dtardon01: update to DEV300_m72

47 files changed, 0 insertions, 39953 deletions

diff --git a/svx/source/editeng/SvXMLAutoCorrectExport.cxx b/svx/source/editeng/SvXMLAutoCorrectExport.cxx
deleted file mode 100644
index b5c3d5865495..000000000000
--- a/svx/source/editeng/SvXMLAutoCorrectExport.cxx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,120 +0,0 @@
-/*************************************************************************
- *
- * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
- *
- * Copyright 2008 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite
- *
- * $RCSfile: SvXMLAutoCorrectExport.cxx,v $
- * $Revision: 1.9 $
- *
- * This file is part of OpenOffice.org.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3
- * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details
- * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code).
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org.  If not, see
- * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html>
- * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License.
- *
- ************************************************************************/
-
-// MARKER(update_precomp.py): autogen include statement, do not remove
-#include "precompiled_svx.hxx"
-#include <SvXMLAutoCorrectExport.hxx>
-#define _SVSTDARR_STRINGSISORTDTOR
-#define _SVSTDARR_STRINGSDTOR
-#include <svl/svstdarr.hxx>
-#include <xmloff/xmltoken.hxx>
-
-using namespace ::com::sun::star::uno;
-using namespace ::com::sun::star;
-using namespace ::xmloff::token;
-using namespace ::rtl;
-
-// #110680#
-SvXMLAutoCorrectExport::SvXMLAutoCorrectExport(
-    const ::com::sun::star::uno::Reference< ::com::sun::star::lang::XMultiServiceFactory > xServiceFactory,
-    const SvxAutocorrWordList *  pNewAutocorr_List,
-    const rtl::OUString &rFileName,
-    com::sun::star::uno::Reference< com::sun::star::xml::sax::XDocumentHandler> &rHandler)
-:   SvXMLExport( xServiceFactory, rFileName, rHandler ),
-    pAutocorr_List( pNewAutocorr_List )
-{
-    _GetNamespaceMap().Add( GetXMLToken ( XML_NP_BLOCK_LIST),
-                            GetXMLToken ( XML_N_BLOCK_LIST ),
-                            XML_NAMESPACE_BLOCKLIST );
-}
-
-sal_uInt32 SvXMLAutoCorrectExport::exportDoc(enum XMLTokenEnum /*eClass*/)
-{
-    GetDocHandler()->startDocument();
-
-    AddAttribute ( XML_NAMESPACE_NONE,
-                   _GetNamespaceMap().GetAttrNameByKey ( XML_NAMESPACE_BLOCKLIST ),
-                   _GetNamespaceMap().GetNameByKey ( XML_NAMESPACE_BLOCKLIST ) );
-    {
-        SvXMLElementExport aRoot (*this, XML_NAMESPACE_BLOCKLIST, XML_BLOCK_LIST, sal_True, sal_True);
-        sal_uInt16 nBlocks= pAutocorr_List->Count();
-        for ( sal_uInt16 i = 0; i < nBlocks; i++)
-        {
-            SvxAutocorrWord* p = pAutocorr_List->GetObject(i);
-
-            AddAttribute( XML_NAMESPACE_BLOCKLIST,
-                          XML_ABBREVIATED_NAME,
-                          OUString(p->GetShort()));
-            AddAttribute( XML_NAMESPACE_BLOCKLIST,
-                          XML_NAME,
-                          OUString(p->IsTextOnly() ? p->GetLong() : p->GetShort()));
-
-            SvXMLElementExport aBlock( *this, XML_NAMESPACE_BLOCKLIST, XML_BLOCK, sal_True, sal_True);
-        }
-    }
-    GetDocHandler()->endDocument();
-    return 0;
-}
-
-// #110680#
-SvXMLExceptionListExport::SvXMLExceptionListExport(
-    const ::com::sun::star::uno::Reference< ::com::sun::star::lang::XMultiServiceFactory > xServiceFactory,
-    const SvStringsISortDtor &rNewList,
-    const rtl::OUString &rFileName,
-    com::sun::star::uno::Reference< com::sun::star::xml::sax::XDocumentHandler> &rHandler)
-:   SvXMLExport( xServiceFactory, rFileName, rHandler ),
-    rList( rNewList )
-{
-    _GetNamespaceMap().Add( GetXMLToken ( XML_NP_BLOCK_LIST ),
-                            GetXMLToken ( XML_N_BLOCK_LIST ),
-                            XML_NAMESPACE_BLOCKLIST );
-}
-
-sal_uInt32 SvXMLExceptionListExport::exportDoc(enum XMLTokenEnum /*eClass*/)
-{
-    GetDocHandler()->startDocument();
-
-    AddAttribute ( XML_NAMESPACE_NONE,
-                   _GetNamespaceMap().GetAttrNameByKey ( XML_NAMESPACE_BLOCKLIST ),
-                   _GetNamespaceMap().GetNameByKey ( XML_NAMESPACE_BLOCKLIST ) );
-    {
-        SvXMLElementExport aRoot (*this, XML_NAMESPACE_BLOCKLIST, XML_BLOCK_LIST, sal_True, sal_True);
-        sal_uInt16 nBlocks= rList.Count();
-        for ( sal_uInt16 i = 0; i < nBlocks; i++)
-        {
-            AddAttribute( XML_NAMESPACE_BLOCKLIST,
-                          XML_ABBREVIATED_NAME,
-                          OUString( *rList[i] ) );
-            SvXMLElementExport aBlock( *this, XML_NAMESPACE_BLOCKLIST, XML_BLOCK, sal_True, sal_True);
-        }
-    }
-    GetDocHandler()->endDocument();
-    return 0;
-}
diff --git a/svx/source/editeng/SvXMLAutoCorrectExport.hxx b/svx/source/editeng/SvXMLAutoCorrectExport.hxx
deleted file mode 100644
index 0b5d02cc143c..000000000000
--- a/svx/source/editeng/SvXMLAutoCorrectExport.hxx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
-/*************************************************************************
- *
- * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
- *
- * Copyright 2008 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite
- *
- * $RCSfile: SvXMLAutoCorrectExport.hxx,v $
- * $Revision: 1.9 $
- *
- * This file is part of OpenOffice.org.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3
- * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details
- * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code).
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org.  If not, see
- * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html>
- * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License.
- *
- ************************************************************************/
-#ifndef _SV_XMLAUTOCORRECTEXPORT_HXX
-#define _SV_XMLAUTOCORRECTEXPORT_HXX
-
-#include <xmloff/xmlictxt.hxx>
-#include <xmloff/xmlexp.hxx>
-#include <xmloff/nmspmap.hxx>
-#include <xmloff/xmlnmspe.hxx>
-#include <svx/svxacorr.hxx>
-
-class SvXMLAutoCorrectExport : public SvXMLExport
-{
-private:
-    const SvxAutocorrWordList   *pAutocorr_List;
-public:
-    // #110680#
-    SvXMLAutoCorrectExport(
-        const ::com::sun::star::uno::Reference< ::com::sun::star::lang::XMultiServiceFactory > xServiceFactory,
-        const SvxAutocorrWordList * pNewAutocorr_List,
-        const rtl::OUString &rFileName,
-        com::sun::star::uno::Reference< com::sun::star::xml::sax::XDocumentHandler> &rHandler);
-
-    virtual ~SvXMLAutoCorrectExport ( void ) {}
-    sal_uInt32 exportDoc(enum ::xmloff::token::XMLTokenEnum eClass);
-    void _ExportAutoStyles() {}
-    void _ExportMasterStyles () {}
-    void _ExportContent() {}
-};
-
-class SvStringsISortDtor;
-
-class SvXMLExceptionListExport : public SvXMLExport
-{
-private:
-    const SvStringsISortDtor & rList;
-public:
-    // #110680#
-    SvXMLExceptionListExport(
-        const ::com::sun::star::uno::Reference< ::com::sun::star::lang::XMultiServiceFactory > xServiceFactory,
-        const SvStringsISortDtor &rNewList,
-        const rtl::OUString &rFileName,
-        com::sun::star::uno::Reference< com::sun::star::xml::sax::XDocumentHandler> &rHandler);
-
-    virtual ~SvXMLExceptionListExport ( void ) {}
-    sal_uInt32 exportDoc(enum ::xmloff::token::XMLTokenEnum eClass);
-    void _ExportAutoStyles() {}
-    void _ExportMasterStyles () {}
-    void _ExportContent() {}
-};
-#endif
diff --git a/svx/source/editeng/SvXMLAutoCorrectImport.cxx b/svx/source/editeng/SvXMLAutoCorrectImport.cxx
deleted file mode 100644
index 49718e68fb94..000000000000
--- a/svx/source/editeng/SvXMLAutoCorrectImport.cxx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,269 +0,0 @@
-/*************************************************************************
- *
- * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
- *
- * Copyright 2008 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite
- *
- * $RCSfile: SvXMLAutoCorrectImport.cxx,v $
- * $Revision: 1.14 $
- *
- * This file is part of OpenOffice.org.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3
- * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details
- * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code).
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org.  If not, see
- * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html>
- * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License.
- *
- ************************************************************************/
-
-// MARKER(update_precomp.py): autogen include statement, do not remove
-#include "precompiled_svx.hxx"
-#include <SvXMLAutoCorrectImport.hxx>
-#ifndef _APP_HXX //autogen
-#include <vcl/svapp.hxx>
-#endif
-
-#define _SVSTDARR_STRINGSISORTDTOR
-#define _SVSTDARR_STRINGSDTOR
-#include <svl/svstdarr.hxx>
-#include <xmloff/xmltoken.hxx>
-
-using namespace ::com::sun::star;
-using namespace ::xmloff::token;
-using namespace ::rtl;
-
-
-static OUString sBlockList ( RTL_CONSTASCII_USTRINGPARAM ( "_block-list" ) );
-
-// #110680#
-SvXMLAutoCorrectImport::SvXMLAutoCorrectImport(
-    const uno::Reference< lang::XMultiServiceFactory > xServiceFactory,
-    SvxAutocorrWordList *pNewAutocorr_List,
-    SvxAutoCorrect &rNewAutoCorrect,
-    const com::sun::star::uno::Reference < com::sun::star::embed::XStorage >& rNewStorage)
-:   SvXMLImport( xServiceFactory ),
-    pAutocorr_List (pNewAutocorr_List),
-    rAutoCorrect ( rNewAutoCorrect ),
-    xStorage ( rNewStorage )
-{
-    GetNamespaceMap().Add(
-            sBlockList,
-            GetXMLToken ( XML_N_BLOCK_LIST),
-            XML_NAMESPACE_BLOCKLIST );
-}
-
-SvXMLAutoCorrectImport::~SvXMLAutoCorrectImport ( void ) throw ()
-{
-}
-
-SvXMLImportContext *SvXMLAutoCorrectImport::CreateContext(
-        sal_uInt16 nPrefix,
-        const OUString& rLocalName,
-        const uno::Reference< xml::sax::XAttributeList > & xAttrList )
-{
-    SvXMLImportContext *pContext = 0;
-
-    if( XML_NAMESPACE_BLOCKLIST == nPrefix &&
-        IsXMLToken ( rLocalName, XML_BLOCK_LIST ) )
-        pContext = new SvXMLWordListContext( *this, nPrefix, rLocalName, xAttrList );
-    else
-        pContext = SvXMLImport::CreateContext( nPrefix, rLocalName, xAttrList );
-    return pContext;
-}
-
-SvXMLWordListContext::SvXMLWordListContext(
-   SvXMLAutoCorrectImport& rImport,
-   sal_uInt16 nPrefix,
-   const OUString& rLocalName,
-   const com::sun::star::uno::Reference<
-   com::sun::star::xml::sax::XAttributeList > & /*xAttrList*/ ) :
-   SvXMLImportContext ( rImport, nPrefix, rLocalName ),
-   rLocalRef(rImport)
-{
-}
-
-SvXMLImportContext *SvXMLWordListContext::CreateChildContext(
-    sal_uInt16 nPrefix,
-    const OUString& rLocalName,
-    const uno::Reference< xml::sax::XAttributeList > & xAttrList )
-{
-    SvXMLImportContext *pContext = 0;
-
-    if (nPrefix == XML_NAMESPACE_BLOCKLIST &&
-        IsXMLToken ( rLocalName, XML_BLOCK ) )
-        pContext = new SvXMLWordContext (rLocalRef, nPrefix, rLocalName, xAttrList);
-    else
-        pContext = new SvXMLImportContext( rLocalRef, nPrefix, rLocalName);
-    return pContext;
-}
-SvXMLWordListContext::~SvXMLWordListContext ( void )
-{
-}
-
-SvXMLWordContext::SvXMLWordContext(
-   SvXMLAutoCorrectImport& rImport,
-   sal_uInt16 nPrefix,
-   const OUString& rLocalName,
-   const com::sun::star::uno::Reference<
-   com::sun::star::xml::sax::XAttributeList > & xAttrList ) :
-   SvXMLImportContext ( rImport, nPrefix, rLocalName ),
-   rLocalRef(rImport)
-{
-    String sRight, sWrong;
-    sal_Int16 nAttrCount = xAttrList.is() ? xAttrList->getLength() : 0;
-
-    for (sal_Int16 i=0; i < nAttrCount; i++)
-    {
-        const OUString& rAttrName = xAttrList->getNameByIndex( i );
-        OUString aLocalName;
-        sal_uInt16 nAttrPrefix = rImport.GetNamespaceMap().GetKeyByAttrName( rAttrName, &aLocalName);
-        const OUString& rAttrValue = xAttrList->getValueByIndex( i );
-        if (XML_NAMESPACE_BLOCKLIST == nAttrPrefix)
-        {
-            if ( IsXMLToken ( aLocalName, XML_ABBREVIATED_NAME ) )
-            {
-                sWrong = rAttrValue;
-            }
-            else if ( IsXMLToken ( aLocalName, XML_NAME ) )
-            {
-                sRight = rAttrValue;
-            }
-        }
-    }
-    if (!sWrong.Len() || !sRight.Len() )
-        return;
-
-//  const International& rInter = Application::GetAppInternational();
-//  BOOL bOnlyTxt = COMPARE_EQUAL != rInter.Compare( sRight, sWrong, INTN_COMPARE_IGNORECASE );
-    BOOL bOnlyTxt = sRight != sWrong;
-    if( !bOnlyTxt )
-    {
-        String sLongSave( sRight );
-        if( !rLocalRef.rAutoCorrect.GetLongText( rLocalRef.xStorage, String(), sWrong, sRight ) &&
-            sLongSave.Len() )
-        {
-            sRight = sLongSave;
-            bOnlyTxt = TRUE;
-        }
-    }
-    SvxAutocorrWordPtr pNew = new SvxAutocorrWord( sWrong, sRight, bOnlyTxt );
-
-    if( !rLocalRef.pAutocorr_List->Insert( pNew ) )
-        delete pNew;
-}
-
-SvXMLWordContext::~SvXMLWordContext ( void )
-{
-}
-
-// #110680#
-SvXMLExceptionListImport::SvXMLExceptionListImport(
-    const uno::Reference< lang::XMultiServiceFactory > xServiceFactory,
-    SvStringsISortDtor & rNewList )
-:   SvXMLImport( xServiceFactory ),
-    rList (rNewList)
-{
-    GetNamespaceMap().Add(
-            sBlockList,
-            GetXMLToken ( XML_N_BLOCK_LIST),
-            XML_NAMESPACE_BLOCKLIST );
-}
-
-SvXMLExceptionListImport::~SvXMLExceptionListImport ( void ) throw ()
-{
-}
-
-SvXMLImportContext *SvXMLExceptionListImport::CreateContext(
-        sal_uInt16 nPrefix,
-        const OUString& rLocalName,
-        const uno::Reference< xml::sax::XAttributeList > & xAttrList )
-{
-    SvXMLImportContext *pContext = 0;
-
-    if( XML_NAMESPACE_BLOCKLIST==nPrefix &&
-        IsXMLToken ( rLocalName, XML_BLOCK_LIST ) )
-        pContext = new SvXMLExceptionListContext( *this, nPrefix, rLocalName, xAttrList );
-    else
-        pContext = SvXMLImport::CreateContext( nPrefix, rLocalName, xAttrList );
-    return pContext;
-}
-
-SvXMLExceptionListContext::SvXMLExceptionListContext(
-   SvXMLExceptionListImport& rImport,
-   sal_uInt16 nPrefix,
-   const OUString& rLocalName,
-   const com::sun::star::uno::Reference<
-   com::sun::star::xml::sax::XAttributeList > & /* xAttrList */ ) :
-   SvXMLImportContext ( rImport, nPrefix, rLocalName ),
-   rLocalRef(rImport)
-{
-}
-
-SvXMLImportContext *SvXMLExceptionListContext::CreateChildContext(
-    sal_uInt16 nPrefix,
-    const OUString& rLocalName,
-    const uno::Reference< xml::sax::XAttributeList > & xAttrList )
-{
-    SvXMLImportContext *pContext = 0;
-
-    if (nPrefix == XML_NAMESPACE_BLOCKLIST &&
-        IsXMLToken ( rLocalName, XML_BLOCK ) )
-        pContext = new SvXMLExceptionContext (rLocalRef, nPrefix, rLocalName, xAttrList);
-    else
-        pContext = new SvXMLImportContext( rLocalRef, nPrefix, rLocalName);
-    return pContext;
-}
-SvXMLExceptionListContext::~SvXMLExceptionListContext ( void )
-{
-}
-
-SvXMLExceptionContext::SvXMLExceptionContext(
-   SvXMLExceptionListImport& rImport,
-   sal_uInt16 nPrefix,
-   const OUString& rLocalName,
-   const com::sun::star::uno::Reference<
-   com::sun::star::xml::sax::XAttributeList > & xAttrList ) :
-   SvXMLImportContext ( rImport, nPrefix, rLocalName ),
-   rLocalRef(rImport)
-{
-    String sWord;
-    sal_Int16 nAttrCount = xAttrList.is() ? xAttrList->getLength() : 0;
-
-    for (sal_Int16 i=0; i < nAttrCount; i++)
-    {
-        const OUString& rAttrName = xAttrList->getNameByIndex( i );
-        OUString aLocalName;
-        sal_uInt16 nAttrPrefix = rImport.GetNamespaceMap().GetKeyByAttrName( rAttrName, &aLocalName);
-        const OUString& rAttrValue = xAttrList->getValueByIndex( i );
-        if (XML_NAMESPACE_BLOCKLIST == nAttrPrefix)
-        {
-            if ( IsXMLToken ( aLocalName, XML_ABBREVIATED_NAME ) )
-            {
-                sWord = rAttrValue;
-            }
-        }
-    }
-    if (!sWord.Len() )
-        return;
-
-    String * pNew = new String( sWord );
-
-    if( !rLocalRef.rList.Insert( pNew ) )
-        delete pNew;
-}
-
-SvXMLExceptionContext::~SvXMLExceptionContext ( void )
-{
-}
diff --git a/svx/source/editeng/SvXMLAutoCorrectImport.hxx b/svx/source/editeng/SvXMLAutoCorrectImport.hxx
deleted file mode 100644
index 97ca3677b631..000000000000
--- a/svx/source/editeng/SvXMLAutoCorrectImport.hxx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,151 +0,0 @@
-/*************************************************************************
- *
- * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
- *
- * Copyright 2008 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite
- *
- * $RCSfile: SvXMLAutoCorrectImport.hxx,v $
- * $Revision: 1.11 $
- *
- * This file is part of OpenOffice.org.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3
- * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details
- * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code).
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org.  If not, see
- * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html>
- * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License.
- *
- ************************************************************************/
-#ifndef _SV_XMLAUTOCORRECTIMPORT_HXX
-#define _SV_XMLAUTOCORRECTIMPORT_HXX
-
-#ifndef _SVSTOR_HXX
-#include <sot/storage.hxx>
-#endif
-#include <xmloff/xmlictxt.hxx>
-#include <xmloff/xmlimp.hxx>
-#include <xmloff/nmspmap.hxx>
-#include <xmloff/xmlnmspe.hxx>
-#include <svx/svxacorr.hxx>
-
-class SvXMLAutoCorrectImport : public SvXMLImport
-{
-protected:
-
-    // This method is called after the namespace map has been updated, but
-    // before a context for the current element has been pushed.
-    virtual SvXMLImportContext *CreateContext( sal_uInt16 nPrefix,
-                  const ::rtl::OUString& rLocalName,
-                  const ::com::sun::star::uno::Reference<
-                    ::com::sun::star::xml::sax::XAttributeList > & xAttrList );
-public:
-    SvxAutocorrWordList     *pAutocorr_List;
-    SvxAutoCorrect          &rAutoCorrect;
-    com::sun::star::uno::Reference < com::sun::star::embed::XStorage > xStorage;
-    //SvStorageRef            &rStorage;
-
-    // #110680#
-    SvXMLAutoCorrectImport(
-        const ::com::sun::star::uno::Reference< ::com::sun::star::lang::XMultiServiceFactory > xServiceFactory,
-        SvxAutocorrWordList *pNewAutocorr_List,
-        SvxAutoCorrect &rNewAutoCorrect,
-        const com::sun::star::uno::Reference < com::sun::star::embed::XStorage >& rNewStorage);
-
-    ~SvXMLAutoCorrectImport ( void ) throw ();
-};
-
-class SvXMLWordListContext : public SvXMLImportContext
-{
-private:
-    SvXMLAutoCorrectImport & rLocalRef;
-public:
-    SvXMLWordListContext ( SvXMLAutoCorrectImport& rImport,
-                           sal_uInt16 nPrefix,
-                           const rtl::OUString& rLocalName,
-                           const ::com::sun::star::uno::Reference<
-                           ::com::sun::star::xml::sax::XAttributeList > & xAttrList );
-    virtual SvXMLImportContext *CreateChildContext( sal_uInt16 nPrefix,
-                           const rtl::OUString& rLocalName,
-                           const ::com::sun::star::uno::Reference<
-                           ::com::sun::star::xml::sax::XAttributeList > & xAttrList );
-    ~SvXMLWordListContext ( void );
-};
-
-class SvXMLWordContext : public SvXMLImportContext
-{
-private:
-    SvXMLAutoCorrectImport & rLocalRef;
-public:
-    SvXMLWordContext ( SvXMLAutoCorrectImport& rImport,
-                           sal_uInt16 nPrefix,
-                           const rtl::OUString& rLocalName,
-                           const ::com::sun::star::uno::Reference<
-                           ::com::sun::star::xml::sax::XAttributeList > & xAttrList );
-    ~SvXMLWordContext ( void );
-};
-
-
-class SvXMLExceptionListImport : public SvXMLImport
-{
-protected:
-
-    // This method is called after the namespace map has been updated, but
-    // before a context for the current element has been pushed.
-    virtual SvXMLImportContext *CreateContext( sal_uInt16 nPrefix,
-                  const ::rtl::OUString& rLocalName,
-                  const ::com::sun::star::uno::Reference<
-                    ::com::sun::star::xml::sax::XAttributeList > & xAttrList );
-public:
-    SvStringsISortDtor  &rList;
-
-    // #110680#
-    SvXMLExceptionListImport(
-        const ::com::sun::star::uno::Reference< ::com::sun::star::lang::XMultiServiceFactory > xServiceFactory,
-        SvStringsISortDtor & rNewList );
-
-    ~SvXMLExceptionListImport ( void ) throw ();
-};
-
-class SvXMLExceptionListContext : public SvXMLImportContext
-{
-private:
-    SvXMLExceptionListImport & rLocalRef;
-public:
-    SvXMLExceptionListContext ( SvXMLExceptionListImport& rImport,
-                           sal_uInt16 nPrefix,
-                           const rtl::OUString& rLocalName,
-                           const ::com::sun::star::uno::Reference<
-                           ::com::sun::star::xml::sax::XAttributeList > & xAttrList );
-    virtual SvXMLImportContext *CreateChildContext( sal_uInt16 nPrefix,
-                           const rtl::OUString& rLocalName,
-                           const ::com::sun::star::uno::Reference<
-                           ::com::sun::star::xml::sax::XAttributeList > & xAttrList );
-    ~SvXMLExceptionListContext ( void );
-};
-
-class SvXMLExceptionContext : public SvXMLImportContext
-{
-private:
-    SvXMLExceptionListImport & rLocalRef;
-public:
-    SvXMLExceptionContext ( SvXMLExceptionListImport& rImport,
-                           sal_uInt16 nPrefix,
-                           const rtl::OUString& rLocalName,
-                           const ::com::sun::star::uno::Reference<
-                           ::com::sun::star::xml::sax::XAttributeList > & xAttrList );
-    ~SvXMLExceptionContext ( void );
-};
-
-
-#endif
diff --git a/svx/source/editeng/acorrcfg.cxx b/svx/source/editeng/acorrcfg.cxx
deleted file mode 100644
index e0e34ed085d4..000000000000
--- a/svx/source/editeng/acorrcfg.cxx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,687 +0,0 @@
-/*************************************************************************
- *
- * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
- *
- * Copyright 2008 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite
- *
- * $RCSfile: acorrcfg.cxx,v $
- * $Revision: 1.11 $
- *
- * This file is part of OpenOffice.org.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3
- * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details
- * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code).
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org.  If not, see
- * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html>
- * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License.
- *
- ************************************************************************/
-
-// MARKER(update_precomp.py): autogen include statement, do not remove
-#include "precompiled_svx.hxx"
-
-#include "acorrcfg.hxx"
-#include <sfx2/app.hxx>
-
-#include <tools/urlobj.hxx>
-#include <unotools/pathoptions.hxx>
-#include <svl/urihelper.hxx>
-
-#include <svx/svxacorr.hxx>
-#include <com/sun/star/uno/Any.hxx>
-#include <com/sun/star/uno/Sequence.hxx>
-
-using namespace utl;
-using namespace rtl;
-using namespace com::sun::star::uno;
-
-#define C2U(cChar) OUString::createFromAscii(cChar)
-
-static SvxAutoCorrCfg* pAutoCorrCfg = 0;
-
-/*--------------------------------------------------------------------
-    Beschreibung:   Ctor Dtor
- --------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-SvxAutoCorrCfg::SvxAutoCorrCfg() :
-    aBaseConfig(*this),
-    aSwConfig(*this),
-    bFileRel(TRUE),
-    bNetRel(TRUE),
-    bAutoTextTip(TRUE),
-    bAutoTextPreview(FALSE),
-    bAutoFmtByInput(TRUE),
-    bSearchInAllCategories(FALSE)
-{
-    SvtPathOptions aPathOpt;
-    String sSharePath, sUserPath, sAutoPath( aPathOpt.GetAutoCorrectPath() );
-
-    String* pS = &sSharePath;
-    for( USHORT n = 0; n < 2; ++n, pS = &sUserPath )
-    {
-        *pS = sAutoPath.GetToken( n, ';' );
-        INetURLObject aPath( *pS );
-        aPath.insertName( String::CreateFromAscii("acor") );
-        *pS = aPath.GetMainURL(INetURLObject::DECODE_TO_IURI);
-    }
-    pAutoCorrect = new SvxAutoCorrect( sSharePath, sUserPath );
-
-    aBaseConfig.Load(sal_True);
-    aSwConfig.Load(sal_True);
-}
-
-SvxAutoCorrCfg::~SvxAutoCorrCfg()
-{
-    delete pAutoCorrect;
-}
-
-/*String SvxAutoCorrCfg::GetName() const
-{
-    return String( OffResId( RID_STR_NAME_ACORRCFG ));
-}
-*/
-void SvxAutoCorrCfg::SetAutoCorrect( SvxAutoCorrect* pNew )
-{
-    if( pNew && pNew != pAutoCorrect )
-    {
-        if( pAutoCorrect->GetFlags() != pNew->GetFlags() )
-        {
-            aBaseConfig.SetModified();
-            aSwConfig.SetModified();
-        }
-        delete pAutoCorrect;
-        pAutoCorrect = pNew;
-    }
-}
-/*-- 12.10.00 11:44:17---------------------------------------------------
-
-  -----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-Sequence<OUString>  SvxBaseAutoCorrCfg::GetPropertyNames()
-{
-    static const char* aPropNames[] =
-    {
-        "Exceptions/TwoCapitalsAtStart",        //  0
-        "Exceptions/CapitalAtStartSentence",    //  1
-        "UseReplacementTable",                  //  2
-        "TwoCapitalsAtStart",                   //  3
-        "CapitalAtStartSentence",               //  4
-        "ChangeUnderlineWeight",                //  5
-        "SetInetAttribute",                     //  6
-        "ChangeOrdinalNumber",                  //  7
-        "ChangeFraction",                       //  8
-        "ChangeDash",                           //  9
-        "RemoveDoubleSpaces",                   // 10
-        "ReplaceSingleQuote",                   // 11
-        "SingleQuoteAtStart",                   // 12
-        "SingleQuoteAtEnd",                     // 13
-        "ReplaceDoubleQuote",                   // 14
-        "DoubleQuoteAtStart",                   // 15
-        "DoubleQuoteAtEnd"                      // 16
-    };
-    const int nCount = 17;
-    Sequence<OUString> aNames(nCount);
-    OUString* pNames = aNames.getArray();
-    for(int i = 0; i < nCount; i++)
-        pNames[i] = OUString::createFromAscii(aPropNames[i]);
-    return aNames;
-}
-/*-- 12.10.00 11:44:18---------------------------------------------------
-
-  -----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-void SvxBaseAutoCorrCfg::Load(sal_Bool bInit)
-{
-    Sequence<OUString> aNames = GetPropertyNames();
-    Sequence<Any> aValues = GetProperties(aNames);
-    if(bInit)
-        EnableNotification(aNames);
-    const Any* pValues = aValues.getConstArray();
-    DBG_ASSERT(aValues.getLength() == aNames.getLength(), "GetProperties failed");
-    if(aValues.getLength() == aNames.getLength())
-    {
-        long nFlags = 0;        // default alles aus
-        sal_Int32 nTemp = 0;
-        for(int nProp = 0; nProp < aNames.getLength(); nProp++)
-        {
-            if(pValues[nProp].hasValue())
-            {
-                switch(nProp)
-                {
-                    case  0:
-                        if(*(sal_Bool*)pValues[nProp].getValue())
-                            nFlags |= SaveWordCplSttLst;
-                    break;//"Exceptions/TwoCapitalsAtStart",
-                    case  1:
-                        if(*(sal_Bool*)pValues[nProp].getValue())
-                            nFlags |= SaveWordWrdSttLst;
-                    break;//"Exceptions/CapitalAtStartSentence",
-                    case  2:
-                        if(*(sal_Bool*)pValues[nProp].getValue())
-                            nFlags |= Autocorrect;
-                    break;//"UseReplacementTable",
-                    case  3:
-                        if(*(sal_Bool*)pValues[nProp].getValue())
-                            nFlags |= CptlSttWrd;
-                    break;//"TwoCapitalsAtStart",
-                    case  4:
-                        if(*(sal_Bool*)pValues[nProp].getValue())
-                            nFlags |= CptlSttSntnc;
-                    break;//"CapitalAtStartSentence",
-                    case  5:
-                        if(*(sal_Bool*)pValues[nProp].getValue())
-                            nFlags |= ChgWeightUnderl;
-                    break;//"ChangeUnderlineWeight",
-                    case  6:
-                        if(*(sal_Bool*)pValues[nProp].getValue())
-                            nFlags |= SetINetAttr;
-                    break;//"SetInetAttribute",
-                    case  7:
-                        if(*(sal_Bool*)pValues[nProp].getValue())
-                            nFlags |= ChgOrdinalNumber;
-                    break;//"ChangeOrdinalNumber",
-                    case  8:
-                        if(*(sal_Bool*)pValues[nProp].getValue())
-                            nFlags |= ChgFractionSymbol;
-                    break;//"ChangeFraction",
-                    case  9:
-                        if(*(sal_Bool*)pValues[nProp].getValue())
-                            nFlags |= ChgToEnEmDash;
-                    break;//"ChangeDash",
-                    case 10:
-                        if(*(sal_Bool*)pValues[nProp].getValue())
-                            nFlags |= IngnoreDoubleSpace;
-                    break;//"RemoveDoubleSpaces",
-                    case 11:
-                        if(*(sal_Bool*)pValues[nProp].getValue())
-                            nFlags |= ChgSglQuotes;
-                    break;//"ReplaceSingleQuote",
-                    case 12:
-                        pValues[nProp] >>= nTemp;
-                        rParent.pAutoCorrect->SetStartSingleQuote(
-                            sal::static_int_cast< sal_Unicode >( nTemp ) );
-                    break;//"SingleQuoteAtStart",
-                    case 13:
-                        pValues[nProp] >>= nTemp;
-                        rParent.pAutoCorrect->SetEndSingleQuote(
-                            sal::static_int_cast< sal_Unicode >( nTemp ) );
-                    break;//"SingleQuoteAtEnd",
-                    case 14:
-                        if(*(sal_Bool*)pValues[nProp].getValue())
-                            nFlags |= ChgQuotes;
-                    break;//"ReplaceDoubleQuote",
-                    case 15:
-                        pValues[nProp] >>= nTemp;
-                        rParent.pAutoCorrect->SetStartDoubleQuote(
-                            sal::static_int_cast< sal_Unicode >( nTemp ) );
-                    break;//"DoubleQuoteAtStart",
-                    case 16:
-                        pValues[nProp] >>= nTemp;
-                        rParent.pAutoCorrect->SetEndDoubleQuote(
-                            sal::static_int_cast< sal_Unicode >( nTemp ) );
-                    break;//"DoubleQuoteAtEnd"
-                }
-            }
-        }
-        if( nFlags )
-            rParent.pAutoCorrect->SetAutoCorrFlag( nFlags, TRUE );
-        rParent.pAutoCorrect->SetAutoCorrFlag( ( 0xffff & ~nFlags ), FALSE );
-
-    }
-}
-/*-- 12.10.00 11:44:19---------------------------------------------------
-
-  -----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-SvxBaseAutoCorrCfg::SvxBaseAutoCorrCfg(SvxAutoCorrCfg& rPar) :
-    utl::ConfigItem(C2U("Office.Common/AutoCorrect")),
-    rParent(rPar)
-{
-}
-/*-- 12.10.00 11:44:19---------------------------------------------------
-
-  -----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-SvxBaseAutoCorrCfg::~SvxBaseAutoCorrCfg()
-{
-}
-/*-- 12.10.00 11:44:20---------------------------------------------------
-
-  -----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-void SvxBaseAutoCorrCfg::Commit()
-{
-    Sequence<OUString> aNames( GetPropertyNames() );
-
-    Sequence<Any> aValues(aNames.getLength());
-    Any* pValues = aValues.getArray();
-
-    const Type& rType = ::getBooleanCppuType();
-    BOOL bVal;
-    const long nFlags = rParent.pAutoCorrect->GetFlags();
-    for(int nProp = 0; nProp < aNames.getLength(); nProp++)
-    {
-        switch(nProp)
-        {
-            case  0:
-                bVal = 0 != (nFlags & SaveWordCplSttLst);
-                pValues[nProp].setValue(&bVal, rType);
-            break;//"Exceptions/TwoCapitalsAtStart",
-            case  1:
-                bVal = 0 != (nFlags & SaveWordWrdSttLst);
-                pValues[nProp].setValue(&bVal, rType);
-            break;//"Exceptions/CapitalAtStartSentence",
-            case  2:
-                bVal = 0 != (nFlags & Autocorrect);
-                pValues[nProp].setValue(&bVal, rType);
-            break;//"UseReplacementTable",
-            case  3:
-                bVal = 0 != (nFlags & CptlSttWrd);
-                pValues[nProp].setValue(&bVal, rType);
-            break;//"TwoCapitalsAtStart",
-            case  4:
-                bVal = 0 != (nFlags & CptlSttSntnc);
-                pValues[nProp].setValue(&bVal, rType);
-            break;//"CapitalAtStartSentence",
-            case  5:
-                bVal = 0 != (nFlags & ChgWeightUnderl);
-                pValues[nProp].setValue(&bVal, rType);
-            break;//"ChangeUnderlineWeight",
-            case  6:
-                bVal = 0 != (nFlags & SetINetAttr);
-                pValues[nProp].setValue(&bVal, rType);
-            break;//"SetInetAttribute",
-            case  7:
-                bVal = 0 != (nFlags & ChgOrdinalNumber);
-                pValues[nProp].setValue(&bVal, rType);
-            break;//"ChangeOrdinalNumber",
-            case  8:
-                bVal = 0 != (nFlags & ChgFractionSymbol);
-                pValues[nProp].setValue(&bVal, rType);
-            break;//"ChangeFraction",
-            case  9:
-                bVal = 0 != (nFlags & ChgToEnEmDash);
-                pValues[nProp].setValue(&bVal, rType);
-            break;//"ChangeDash",
-            case 10:
-                bVal = 0 != (nFlags & IngnoreDoubleSpace);
-                pValues[nProp].setValue(&bVal, rType);
-            break;//"RemoveDoubleSpaces",
-            case 11:
-                bVal = 0 != (nFlags & ChgSglQuotes);
-                pValues[nProp].setValue(&bVal, rType);
-            break;//"ReplaceSingleQuote",
-            case 12:
-                pValues[nProp] <<= (sal_Int32)rParent.pAutoCorrect->GetStartSingleQuote();
-            break;//"SingleQuoteAtStart",
-            case 13:
-                pValues[nProp] <<= (sal_Int32) rParent.pAutoCorrect->GetEndSingleQuote();
-            break;//"SingleQuoteAtEnd",
-            case 14:
-                bVal = 0 != (nFlags & ChgQuotes);
-                pValues[nProp].setValue(&bVal, rType);
-            break;//"ReplaceDoubleQuote",
-            case 15:
-                pValues[nProp] <<= (sal_Int32) rParent.pAutoCorrect->GetStartDoubleQuote();
-            break;//"DoubleQuoteAtStart",
-            case 16:
-                pValues[nProp] <<= (sal_Int32) rParent.pAutoCorrect->GetEndDoubleQuote();
-            break;//"DoubleQuoteAtEnd"
-        }
-    }
-    PutProperties(aNames, aValues);
-}
-/*-- 12.10.00 11:44:21---------------------------------------------------
-
-  -----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-void SvxBaseAutoCorrCfg::Notify( const Sequence<OUString>& /* aPropertyNames */)
-{
-    Load(sal_False);
-}
-/*-- 12.10.00 11:51:48---------------------------------------------------
-
-  -----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-Sequence<OUString>  SvxSwAutoCorrCfg::GetPropertyNames()
-{
-    static const char* aPropNames[] =
-    {
-        "Text/FileLinks",                             // 0
-        "Text/InternetLinks",                         // 1
-        "Text/ShowPreview",                           // 2
-        "Text/ShowToolTip",                           // 3
-        "Text/SearchInAllCategories",                                   // 4
-        "Format/Option/UseReplacementTable",                            // 5
-        "Format/Option/TwoCapitalsAtStart",                             // 6
-        "Format/Option/CapitalAtStartSentence",                         // 7
-        "Format/Option/ChangeUnderlineWeight",                          // 8
-        "Format/Option/SetInetAttribute",                               // 9
-        "Format/Option/ChangeOrdinalNumber",                            //10
-        "Format/Option/ChangeFraction",                                 //11
-        "Format/Option/ChangeDash",                                     //12
-        "Format/Option/DelEmptyParagraphs",                             //13
-        "Format/Option/ReplaceUserStyle",                               //14
-        "Format/Option/ChangeToBullets/Enable",                         //15
-        "Format/Option/ChangeToBullets/SpecialCharacter/Char",          //16
-        "Format/Option/ChangeToBullets/SpecialCharacter/Font",          //17
-        "Format/Option/ChangeToBullets/SpecialCharacter/FontFamily",    //18
-        "Format/Option/ChangeToBullets/SpecialCharacter/FontCharset",   //19
-        "Format/Option/ChangeToBullets/SpecialCharacter/FontPitch",     //20
-        "Format/Option/ReplaceQuote",                                   //21
-        "Format/Option/CombineParagraphs",                              //22
-        "Format/Option/CombineValue",                                   //23
-        "Format/Option/DelSpacesAtStartEnd",                            //24
-        "Format/Option/DelSpacesBetween",                               //25
-        "Format/ByInput/Enable",                                        //26
-        "Format/ByInput/ChangeDash",                                    //27
-        "Format/ByInput/ApplyNumbering/Enable",                         //28
-        "Format/ByInput/ChangeToBorders",                               //29
-        "Format/ByInput/ChangeToTable",                                 //30
-        "Format/ByInput/ReplaceStyle",                                  //31
-        "Format/ByInput/DelSpacesAtStartEnd",                           //32
-        "Format/ByInput/DelSpacesBetween",                              //33
-        "Completion/Enable",                                            //34
-        "Completion/MinWordLen",                                        //35
-        "Completion/MaxListLen",                                        //36
-        "Completion/CollectWords",                                      //37
-        "Completion/EndlessList",                                       //38
-        "Completion/AppendBlank",                                       //39
-        "Completion/ShowAsTip",                                         //40
-        "Completion/AcceptKey",                                         //41
-        "Completion/KeepList",                                          //42
-        "Format/ByInput/ApplyNumbering/SpecialCharacter/Char",          //43
-        "Format/ByInput/ApplyNumbering/SpecialCharacter/Font",          //44
-        "Format/ByInput/ApplyNumbering/SpecialCharacter/FontFamily",    //45
-        "Format/ByInput/ApplyNumbering/SpecialCharacter/FontCharset",   //46
-        "Format/ByInput/ApplyNumbering/SpecialCharacter/FontPitch",     //47
-    };
-    const int nCount = 48;
-    Sequence<OUString> aNames(nCount);
-    OUString* pNames = aNames.getArray();
-    for(int i = 0; i < nCount; i++)
-        pNames[i] = OUString::createFromAscii(aPropNames[i]);
-    return aNames;
-}
-/*-- 12.10.00 11:51:48---------------------------------------------------
-
-  -----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-void SvxSwAutoCorrCfg::Load(sal_Bool bInit)
-{
-    Sequence<OUString> aNames = GetPropertyNames();
-    Sequence<Any> aValues = GetProperties(aNames);
-    if(bInit)
-        EnableNotification(aNames);
-    const Any* pValues = aValues.getConstArray();
-    DBG_ASSERT(aValues.getLength() == aNames.getLength(), "GetProperties failed");
-    if(aValues.getLength() == aNames.getLength())
-    {
-        SvxSwAutoFmtFlags& rSwFlags = rParent.pAutoCorrect->GetSwFlags();
-        for(int nProp = 0; nProp < aNames.getLength(); nProp++)
-        {
-            if(pValues[nProp].hasValue())
-            {
-                switch(nProp)
-                {
-                    case   0: rParent.bFileRel = *(sal_Bool*)pValues[nProp].getValue(); break; // "Text/FileLinks",
-                    case   1: rParent.bNetRel = *(sal_Bool*)pValues[nProp].getValue();  break; // "Text/InternetLinks",
-                    case   2: rParent.bAutoTextPreview = *(sal_Bool*)pValues[nProp].getValue(); break; // "Text/ShowPreview",
-                    case   3: rParent.bAutoTextTip = *(sal_Bool*)pValues[nProp].getValue();  break; // "Text/ShowToolTip",
-                    case   4: rParent.bSearchInAllCategories = *(sal_Bool*)pValues[nProp].getValue();  break; //"Text/SearchInAllCategories"
-                    case   5: rSwFlags.bAutoCorrect = *(sal_Bool*)pValues[nProp].getValue(); break; // "Format/Option/UseReplacementTable",
-                    case   6: rSwFlags.bCptlSttSntnc = *(sal_Bool*)pValues[nProp].getValue(); break; // "Format/Option/TwoCapitalsAtStart",
-                    case   7: rSwFlags.bCptlSttWrd = *(sal_Bool*)pValues[nProp].getValue(); break; // "Format/Option/CapitalAtStartSentence",
-                    case   8: rSwFlags.bChgWeightUnderl = *(sal_Bool*)pValues[nProp].getValue(); break; // "Format/Option/ChangeUnderlineWeight",
-                    case   9: rSwFlags.bSetINetAttr = *(sal_Bool*)pValues[nProp].getValue(); break; // "Format/Option/SetInetAttribute",
-                    case  10: rSwFlags.bChgOrdinalNumber = *(sal_Bool*)pValues[nProp].getValue(); break; // "Format/Option/ChangeOrdinalNumber",
-                    case  11: rSwFlags.bChgFracionSymbol = *(sal_Bool*)pValues[nProp].getValue(); break; // "Format/Option/ChangeFraction",
-// it doesn't exist here - the common flags are used for that -> LM
-//                  case  12: rSwFlags.bChgToEnEmDash = *(sal_Bool*)pValues[nProp].getValue(); break; // "Format/Option/ChangeDash",
-                    case  13: rSwFlags.bDelEmptyNode = *(sal_Bool*)pValues[nProp].getValue(); break; // "Format/Option/DelEmptyParagraphs",
-                    case  14: rSwFlags.bChgUserColl = *(sal_Bool*)pValues[nProp].getValue(); break; // "Format/Option/ReplaceUserStyle",
-                    case  15: rSwFlags.bChgEnumNum = *(sal_Bool*)pValues[nProp].getValue(); break; // "Format/Option/ChangeToBullets/Enable",
-                    case  16:
-                    {
-                        sal_Int32 nVal = 0; pValues[nProp] >>= nVal;
-                        rSwFlags.cBullet =
-                            sal::static_int_cast< sal_Unicode >(nVal);
-                    }
-                    break; // "Format/Option/ChangeToBullets/SpecialCharacter/Char",
-                    case  17:
-                    {
-                        OUString sTemp; pValues[nProp] >>= sTemp;
-                        rSwFlags.aBulletFont.SetName(sTemp);
-                    }
-                    break; // "Format/Option/ChangeToBullets/SpecialCharacter/Font",
-                    case  18:
-                    {
-                        sal_Int32 nVal = 0; pValues[nProp] >>= nVal;
-                        rSwFlags.aBulletFont.SetFamily(FontFamily(nVal));
-                    }
-                    break; // "Format/Option/ChangeToBullets/SpecialCharacter/FontFamily",
-                    case  19:
-                    {
-                        sal_Int32 nVal = 0; pValues[nProp] >>= nVal;
-                        rSwFlags.aBulletFont.SetCharSet(CharSet(nVal));
-                    }
-                    break; // "Format/Option/ChangeToBullets/SpecialCharacter/FontCharset",
-                    case  20:
-                    {
-                                            sal_Int32 nVal = 0; pValues[nProp] >>= nVal;
-                        rSwFlags.aBulletFont.SetPitch(FontPitch(nVal));
-                    }
-                    break; // "Format/Option/ChangeToBullets/SpecialCharacter/FontPitch",
-                    case  21: rSwFlags.bReplaceQuote = *(sal_Bool*)pValues[nProp].getValue(); break; // "Format/Option/ReplaceQuote",
-                    case  22: rSwFlags.bRightMargin = *(sal_Bool*)pValues[nProp].getValue(); break; // "Format/Option/CombineParagraphs",
-                    case  23:
-                    {
-                        sal_Int32 nVal = 0; pValues[nProp] >>= nVal;
-                        rSwFlags.nRightMargin =
-                            sal::static_int_cast< BYTE >(nVal);
-                    }
-                    break; // "Format/Option/CombineValue",
-                    case  24: rSwFlags.bAFmtDelSpacesAtSttEnd =  *(sal_Bool*)pValues[nProp].getValue(); break; // "Format/Option/DelSpacesAtStartEnd",
-                    case  25: rSwFlags.bAFmtDelSpacesBetweenLines = *(sal_Bool*)pValues[nProp].getValue(); break; // "Format/Option/DelSpacesBetween",
-                    case  26: rParent.bAutoFmtByInput = *(sal_Bool*)pValues[nProp].getValue(); break; // "Format/ByInput/Enable",
-                    case  27: rSwFlags.bChgToEnEmDash = *(sal_Bool*)pValues[nProp].getValue(); break; // "Format/ByInput/ChangeDash",
-                    case  28: rSwFlags.bSetNumRule = *(sal_Bool*)pValues[nProp].getValue(); break; // "Format/ByInput/ApplyNumbering/Enable",
-                    case  29: rSwFlags.bSetBorder = *(sal_Bool*)pValues[nProp].getValue(); break; // "Format/ByInput/ChangeToBorders",
-                    case  30: rSwFlags.bCreateTable = *(sal_Bool*)pValues[nProp].getValue(); break; // "Format/ByInput/ChangeToTable",
-                    case  31: rSwFlags.bReplaceStyles =  *(sal_Bool*)pValues[nProp].getValue(); break; // "Format/ByInput/ReplaceStyle",
-                    case  32: rSwFlags.bAFmtByInpDelSpacesAtSttEnd =  *(sal_Bool*)pValues[nProp].getValue(); break; // "Format/ByInput/DelSpacesAtStartEnd",
-                    case  33: rSwFlags.bAFmtByInpDelSpacesBetweenLines = *(sal_Bool*)pValues[nProp].getValue(); break; // "Format/ByInput/DelSpacesBetween",
-                    case  34: rSwFlags.bAutoCompleteWords = *(sal_Bool*)pValues[nProp].getValue(); break; // "Completion/Enable",
-                    case  35:
-                    {
-                        sal_Int32 nVal = 0; pValues[nProp] >>= nVal;
-                        rSwFlags.nAutoCmpltWordLen =
-                            sal::static_int_cast< USHORT >(nVal);
-                    }
-                    break; // "Completion/MinWordLen",
-                    case  36:
-                    {
-                        sal_Int32 nVal = 0; pValues[nProp] >>= nVal;
-                        rSwFlags.nAutoCmpltListLen =
-                            sal::static_int_cast< USHORT >(nVal);
-                    }
-                    break; // "Completion/MaxListLen",
-                    case  37: rSwFlags.bAutoCmpltCollectWords = *(sal_Bool*)pValues[nProp].getValue(); break; // "Completion/CollectWords",
-                    case  38: rSwFlags.bAutoCmpltEndless = *(sal_Bool*)pValues[nProp].getValue(); break; // "Completion/EndlessList",
-                    case  39: rSwFlags.bAutoCmpltAppendBlanc = *(sal_Bool*)pValues[nProp].getValue(); break; // "Completion/AppendBlank",
-                    case  40: rSwFlags.bAutoCmpltShowAsTip = *(sal_Bool*)pValues[nProp].getValue(); break; // "Completion/ShowAsTip",
-                    case  41:
-                    {
-                        sal_Int32 nVal = 0; pValues[nProp] >>= nVal;
-                        rSwFlags.nAutoCmpltExpandKey =
-                            sal::static_int_cast< USHORT >(nVal);
-                    }
-                    break; // "Completion/AcceptKey"
-                    case 42 :rSwFlags.bAutoCmpltKeepList = *(sal_Bool*)pValues[nProp].getValue(); break;//"Completion/KeepList"
-                    case 43 :
-                    {
-                        sal_Int32 nVal = 0; pValues[nProp] >>= nVal;
-                        rSwFlags.cByInputBullet =
-                            sal::static_int_cast< sal_Unicode >(nVal);
-                    }
-                    break;// "Format/ByInput/ApplyNumbering/SpecialCharacter/Char",
-                    case 44 :
-                    {
-                        OUString sTemp; pValues[nProp] >>= sTemp;
-                        rSwFlags.aByInputBulletFont.SetName(sTemp);
-                    }
-                    break;// "Format/ByInput/ApplyNumbering/SpecialCharacter/Font",
-                    case 45 :
-                    {
-                        sal_Int32 nVal = 0; pValues[nProp] >>= nVal;
-                        rSwFlags.aByInputBulletFont.SetFamily(FontFamily(nVal));
-                    }
-                    break;// "Format/ByInput/ApplyNumbering/SpecialCharacter/FontFamily",
-                    case 46 :
-                    {
-                        sal_Int32 nVal = 0; pValues[nProp] >>= nVal;
-                        rSwFlags.aByInputBulletFont.SetCharSet(CharSet(nVal));
-                    }
-                    break;// "Format/ByInput/ApplyNumbering/SpecialCharacter/FontCharset",
-                    case 47 :
-                    {
-                        sal_Int32 nVal = 0; pValues[nProp] >>= nVal;
-                        rSwFlags.aByInputBulletFont.SetPitch(FontPitch(nVal));
-                    }
-                    break;// "Format/ByInput/ApplyNumbering/SpecialCharacter/FontPitch",
-                }
-            }
-        }
-    }
-}
-/*-- 12.10.00 11:51:48---------------------------------------------------
-
-  -----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-SvxSwAutoCorrCfg::SvxSwAutoCorrCfg(SvxAutoCorrCfg& rPar) :
-    utl::ConfigItem(C2U("Office.Writer/AutoFunction")),
-    rParent(rPar)
-{
-}
-/*-- 12.10.00 11:51:48---------------------------------------------------
-
-  -----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-SvxSwAutoCorrCfg::~SvxSwAutoCorrCfg()
-{
-}
-/*-- 12.10.00 11:51:48---------------------------------------------------
-
-  -----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-void SvxSwAutoCorrCfg::Commit()
-{
-    Sequence<OUString> aNames = GetPropertyNames();
-
-    Sequence<Any> aValues(aNames.getLength());
-    Any* pValues = aValues.getArray();
-
-    const Type& rType = ::getBooleanCppuType();
-    BOOL bVal;
-    SvxSwAutoFmtFlags& rSwFlags = rParent.pAutoCorrect->GetSwFlags();
-    for(int nProp = 0; nProp < aNames.getLength(); nProp++)
-    {
-        switch(nProp)
-        {
-            case   0: pValues[nProp].setValue(&rParent.bFileRel, rType); break; // "Text/FileLinks",
-            case   1: pValues[nProp].setValue(&rParent.bNetRel, rType);   break; // "Text/InternetLinks",
-            case   2: pValues[nProp].setValue(&rParent.bAutoTextPreview, rType); break; // "Text/ShowPreview",
-            case   3: pValues[nProp].setValue(&rParent.bAutoTextTip, rType); break; // "Text/ShowToolTip",
-            case   4: pValues[nProp].setValue(&rParent.bSearchInAllCategories, rType );break; //"Text/SearchInAllCategories"
-            case   5: bVal = rSwFlags.bAutoCorrect; pValues[nProp].setValue(&bVal, rType); break; // "Format/Option/UseReplacementTable",
-            case   6: bVal = rSwFlags.bCptlSttSntnc; pValues[nProp].setValue(&bVal, rType); break; // "Format/Option/TwoCapitalsAtStart",
-            case   7: bVal = rSwFlags.bCptlSttWrd; pValues[nProp].setValue(&bVal, rType); break; // "Format/Option/CapitalAtStartSentence",
-            case   8: bVal = rSwFlags.bChgWeightUnderl; pValues[nProp].setValue(&bVal, rType); break; // "Format/Option/ChangeUnderlineWeight",
-            case   9: bVal = rSwFlags.bSetINetAttr; pValues[nProp].setValue(&bVal, rType); break; // "Format/Option/SetInetAttribute",
-            case  10: bVal = rSwFlags.bChgOrdinalNumber; pValues[nProp].setValue(&bVal, rType); break; // "Format/Option/ChangeOrdinalNumber",
-            case  11: bVal = rSwFlags.bChgFracionSymbol; pValues[nProp].setValue(&bVal, rType); break; // "Format/Option/ChangeFraction",
-// it doesn't exist here - the common flags are used for that -> LM
-            case  12:
-                bVal = sal_True;  pValues[nProp].setValue(&bVal, rType);
-            break; // "Format/Option/ChangeDash",
-            case  13: bVal = rSwFlags.bDelEmptyNode; pValues[nProp].setValue(&bVal, rType); break; // "Format/Option/DelEmptyParagraphs",
-            case  14: bVal = rSwFlags.bChgUserColl; pValues[nProp].setValue(&bVal, rType); break; // "Format/Option/ReplaceUserStyle",
-            case  15: bVal = rSwFlags.bChgEnumNum; pValues[nProp].setValue(&bVal, rType); break; // "Format/Option/ChangeToBullets/Enable",
-            case  16:
-                pValues[nProp] <<= (sal_Int32)rSwFlags.cBullet;
-            break; // "Format/Option/ChangeToBullets/SpecialCharacter/Char",
-            case  17:
-                pValues[nProp] <<= OUString(rSwFlags.aBulletFont.GetName());
-            break; // "Format/Option/ChangeToBullets/SpecialCharacter/Font",
-            case  18:
-                pValues[nProp] <<= (sal_Int32)rSwFlags.aBulletFont.GetFamily();
-            break; // "Format/Option/ChangeToBullets/SpecialCharacter/FontFamily",
-            case  19:
-                pValues[nProp] <<= (sal_Int32)rSwFlags.aBulletFont.GetCharSet();
-            break; // "Format/Option/ChangeToBullets/SpecialCharacter/FontCharset",
-            case  20:
-                pValues[nProp] <<= (sal_Int32)rSwFlags.aBulletFont.GetPitch();
-            break; // "Format/Option/ChangeToBullets/SpecialCharacter/FontPitch",
-            case  21: bVal = rSwFlags.bReplaceQuote; pValues[nProp].setValue(&bVal, rType); break; // "Format/Option/ReplaceQuote",
-            case  22: bVal = rSwFlags.bRightMargin; pValues[nProp].setValue(&bVal, rType); break; // "Format/Option/CombineParagraphs",
-            case  23:
-                pValues[nProp] <<= (sal_Int32)rSwFlags.nRightMargin;
-            break; // "Format/Option/CombineValue",
-            case  24: bVal = rSwFlags.bAFmtDelSpacesAtSttEnd; pValues[nProp].setValue(&bVal, rType); break; // "Format/Option/DelSpacesAtStartEnd",
-            case  25: bVal = rSwFlags.bAFmtDelSpacesBetweenLines; pValues[nProp].setValue(&bVal, rType); break; // "Format/Option/DelSpacesBetween",
-            case  26: bVal = rParent.bAutoFmtByInput; pValues[nProp].setValue(&bVal, rType); break; // "Format/ByInput/Enable",
-            case  27: bVal = rSwFlags.bChgToEnEmDash; pValues[nProp].setValue(&bVal, rType); break; // "Format/ByInput/ChangeDash",
-            case  28: bVal = rSwFlags.bSetNumRule; pValues[nProp].setValue(&bVal, rType); break; // "Format/ByInput/ApplyNumbering/Enable",
-            case  29: bVal = rSwFlags.bSetBorder; pValues[nProp].setValue(&bVal, rType); break; // "Format/ByInput/ChangeToBorders",
-            case  30: bVal = rSwFlags.bCreateTable; pValues[nProp].setValue(&bVal, rType); break; // "Format/ByInput/ChangeToTable",
-            case  31: bVal = rSwFlags.bReplaceStyles; pValues[nProp].setValue(&bVal, rType); break; // "Format/ByInput/ReplaceStyle",
-            case  32: bVal = rSwFlags.bAFmtByInpDelSpacesAtSttEnd; pValues[nProp].setValue(&bVal, rType); break; // "Format/ByInput/DelSpacesAtStartEnd",
-            case  33: bVal = rSwFlags.bAFmtByInpDelSpacesBetweenLines; pValues[nProp].setValue(&bVal, rType); break; // "Format/ByInput/DelSpacesBetween",
-            case  34: bVal = rSwFlags.bAutoCompleteWords; pValues[nProp].setValue(&bVal, rType); break; // "Completion/Enable",
-            case  35:
-                pValues[nProp] <<= (sal_Int32)rSwFlags.nAutoCmpltWordLen;
-            break; // "Completion/MinWordLen",
-            case  36:
-                pValues[nProp] <<= (sal_Int32)rSwFlags.nAutoCmpltListLen;
-            break; // "Completion/MaxListLen",
-            case  37: bVal = rSwFlags.bAutoCmpltCollectWords; pValues[nProp].setValue(&bVal, rType); break; // "Completion/CollectWords",
-            case  38: bVal = rSwFlags.bAutoCmpltEndless; pValues[nProp].setValue(&bVal, rType); break; // "Completion/EndlessList",
-            case  39: bVal = rSwFlags.bAutoCmpltAppendBlanc; pValues[nProp].setValue(&bVal, rType); break; // "Completion/AppendBlank",
-            case  40: bVal = rSwFlags.bAutoCmpltShowAsTip; pValues[nProp].setValue(&bVal, rType); break; // "Completion/ShowAsTip",
-            case  41:
-                pValues[nProp] <<= (sal_Int32)rSwFlags.nAutoCmpltExpandKey;
-            break; // "Completion/AcceptKey"
-            case 42 :bVal = rSwFlags.bAutoCmpltKeepList; pValues[nProp].setValue(&bVal, rType); break;// "Completion/KeepList"
-            case 43 :
-                pValues[nProp] <<= (sal_Int32)rSwFlags.cByInputBullet;
-            break;// "Format/ByInput/ApplyNumbering/SpecialCharacter/Char",
-            case 44 :
-                pValues[nProp] <<= OUString(rSwFlags.aByInputBulletFont.GetName());
-            break;// "Format/ByInput/ApplyNumbering/SpecialCharacter/Font",
-            case 45 :
-                pValues[nProp] <<= (sal_Int32)rSwFlags.aByInputBulletFont.GetFamily();
-            break;// "Format/ByInput/ApplyNumbering/SpecialCharacter/FontFamily",
-            case 46 :
-                pValues[nProp] <<= (sal_Int32)rSwFlags.aByInputBulletFont.GetCharSet();
-            break;// "Format/ByInput/ApplyNumbering/SpecialCharacter/FontCharset",
-            case 47 :
-                pValues[nProp] <<= (sal_Int32)rSwFlags.aByInputBulletFont.GetPitch();
-            break;// "Format/ByInput/ApplyNumbering/SpecialCharacter/FontPitch",
-        }
-    }
-    PutProperties(aNames, aValues);
-}
-/*-- 12.10.00 11:51:49---------------------------------------------------
-
-  -----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-void SvxSwAutoCorrCfg::Notify( const Sequence<OUString>& /* aPropertyNames */ )
-{
-    Load(sal_False);
-}
-
-SvxAutoCorrCfg* SvxAutoCorrCfg::Get()
-{
-    if( !pAutoCorrCfg )
-        pAutoCorrCfg = new SvxAutoCorrCfg;
-    return pAutoCorrCfg;
-}
diff --git a/svx/source/editeng/editattr.cxx b/svx/source/editeng/editattr.cxx
deleted file mode 100644
index 7dd1516a2a5c..000000000000
--- a/svx/source/editeng/editattr.cxx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,454 +0,0 @@
-/*************************************************************************
- *
- * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
- *
- * Copyright 2008 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite
- *
- * $RCSfile: editattr.cxx,v $
- * $Revision: 1.16.212.1 $
- *
- * This file is part of OpenOffice.org.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3
- * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details
- * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code).
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org.  If not, see
- * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html>
- * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License.
- *
- ************************************************************************/
-
-// MARKER(update_precomp.py): autogen include statement, do not remove
-#include "precompiled_svx.hxx"
-
-#include <eeng_pch.hxx>
-
-#include <svx/svxfont.hxx>
-#include <svx/flditem.hxx>
-#include <fontitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/postitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/wghtitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/udlnitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/cntritem.hxx>
-#include <svx/shdditem.hxx>
-#include <svx/escpitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/colritem.hxx>
-#include <svx/wrlmitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/fhgtitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/crsditem.hxx>
-#include <svx/cscoitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/kernitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/akrnitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/langitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/emphitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/charscaleitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/charreliefitem.hxx>
-
-
-#include <editattr.hxx>
-
-DBG_NAME( EE_EditAttrib )
-
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// class EditAttrib
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-EditAttrib::EditAttrib( const SfxPoolItem& rAttr )
-{
-    DBG_CTOR( EE_EditAttrib, 0 );
-    pItem = &rAttr;
-}
-
-EditAttrib::~EditAttrib()
-{
-    DBG_DTOR( EE_EditAttrib, 0 );
-}
-
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// class EditCharAttrib
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-EditCharAttrib::EditCharAttrib( const SfxPoolItem& rAttr, USHORT nS, USHORT nE )
-                    : EditAttrib( rAttr )
-{
-    nStart      = nS;
-    nEnd        = nE;
-    bFeature    = FALSE;
-    bEdge       = FALSE;
-
-    DBG_ASSERT( ( rAttr.Which() >= EE_ITEMS_START ) && ( rAttr.Which() <= EE_ITEMS_END ), "EditCharAttrib CTOR: Invalid id!" );
-    DBG_ASSERT( ( rAttr.Which() < EE_FEATURE_START ) || ( rAttr.Which() > EE_FEATURE_END ) || ( nE == (nS+1) ), "EditCharAttrib CTOR: Invalid feature!" );
-}
-
-void EditCharAttrib::SetFont( SvxFont&, OutputDevice* )
-{
-}
-
-
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// class EditCharAttribFont
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-EditCharAttribFont::EditCharAttribFont( const SvxFontItem& rAttr, USHORT _nStart, USHORT _nEnd )
-    : EditCharAttrib( rAttr, _nStart, _nEnd )
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( rAttr.Which() == EE_CHAR_FONTINFO || rAttr.Which() == EE_CHAR_FONTINFO_CJK || rAttr.Which() == EE_CHAR_FONTINFO_CTL, "Kein Fontattribut!" );
-}
-
-void EditCharAttribFont::SetFont( SvxFont& rFont, OutputDevice* )
-{
-    const SvxFontItem& rAttr = (const SvxFontItem&)(*GetItem());
-
-    rFont.SetName( rAttr.GetFamilyName() );
-    rFont.SetFamily( rAttr.GetFamily() );
-    rFont.SetPitch( rAttr.GetPitch() );
-    rFont.SetCharSet( rAttr.GetCharSet() );
-}
-
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// class EditCharAttribItalic
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-EditCharAttribItalic::EditCharAttribItalic( const SvxPostureItem& rAttr, USHORT _nStart, USHORT _nEnd )
-    : EditCharAttrib( rAttr, _nStart, _nEnd )
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( rAttr.Which() == EE_CHAR_ITALIC || rAttr.Which() == EE_CHAR_ITALIC_CJK || rAttr.Which() == EE_CHAR_ITALIC_CTL, "Kein Italicattribut!" );
-}
-
-void EditCharAttribItalic::SetFont( SvxFont& rFont, OutputDevice* )
-{
-    rFont.SetItalic( ((const SvxPostureItem*)GetItem())->GetPosture() );
-}
-
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// class EditCharAttribWeight
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-EditCharAttribWeight::EditCharAttribWeight( const SvxWeightItem& rAttr, USHORT _nStart, USHORT _nEnd )
-    : EditCharAttrib( rAttr, _nStart, _nEnd )
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( rAttr.Which() == EE_CHAR_WEIGHT || rAttr.Which() == EE_CHAR_WEIGHT_CJK || rAttr.Which() == EE_CHAR_WEIGHT_CTL, "Kein Weightttribut!" );
-}
-
-void EditCharAttribWeight::SetFont( SvxFont& rFont, OutputDevice* )
-{
-    rFont.SetWeight( (FontWeight)((const SvxWeightItem*)GetItem())->GetValue() );
-}
-
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// class EditCharAttribUnderline
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-EditCharAttribUnderline::EditCharAttribUnderline( const SvxUnderlineItem& rAttr, USHORT _nStart, USHORT _nEnd )
-    : EditCharAttrib( rAttr, _nStart, _nEnd )
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( rAttr.Which() == EE_CHAR_UNDERLINE, "Kein Underlineattribut!" );
-}
-
-void EditCharAttribUnderline::SetFont( SvxFont& rFont, OutputDevice* pOutDev )
-{
-    rFont.SetUnderline( (FontUnderline)((const SvxUnderlineItem*)GetItem())->GetValue() );
-    if ( pOutDev )
-        pOutDev->SetTextLineColor( ((const SvxUnderlineItem*)GetItem())->GetColor() );
-}
-
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// class EditCharAttribOverline
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-EditCharAttribOverline::EditCharAttribOverline( const SvxOverlineItem& rAttr, USHORT _nStart, USHORT _nEnd )
-    : EditCharAttrib( rAttr, _nStart, _nEnd )
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( rAttr.Which() == EE_CHAR_OVERLINE, "Kein Overlineattribut!" );
-}
-
-void EditCharAttribOverline::SetFont( SvxFont& rFont, OutputDevice* pOutDev )
-{
-    rFont.SetOverline( (FontUnderline)((const SvxOverlineItem*)GetItem())->GetValue() );
-    if ( pOutDev )
-        pOutDev->SetOverlineColor( ((const SvxOverlineItem*)GetItem())->GetColor() );
-}
-
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// class EditCharAttribFontHeight
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-EditCharAttribFontHeight::EditCharAttribFontHeight( const SvxFontHeightItem& rAttr, USHORT _nStart, USHORT _nEnd )
-    : EditCharAttrib( rAttr, _nStart, _nEnd )
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( rAttr.Which() == EE_CHAR_FONTHEIGHT || rAttr.Which() == EE_CHAR_FONTHEIGHT_CJK || rAttr.Which() == EE_CHAR_FONTHEIGHT_CTL, "Kein Heightattribut!" );
-}
-
-void EditCharAttribFontHeight::SetFont( SvxFont& rFont, OutputDevice* )
-{
-    // Prop wird ignoriert
-    rFont.SetSize( Size( rFont.GetSize().Width(), ((const SvxFontHeightItem*)GetItem())->GetHeight() ) );
-}
-
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// class EditCharAttribFontWidth
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-EditCharAttribFontWidth::EditCharAttribFontWidth( const SvxCharScaleWidthItem& rAttr, USHORT _nStart, USHORT _nEnd )
-    : EditCharAttrib( rAttr, _nStart, _nEnd )
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( rAttr.Which() == EE_CHAR_FONTWIDTH, "Kein Widthattribut!" );
-}
-
-void EditCharAttribFontWidth::SetFont( SvxFont& /*rFont*/, OutputDevice* )
-{
-    // must be calculated outside, because f(device)...
-}
-
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// class EditCharAttribStrikeout
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-EditCharAttribStrikeout::EditCharAttribStrikeout( const SvxCrossedOutItem& rAttr, USHORT _nStart, USHORT _nEnd )
-    : EditCharAttrib( rAttr, _nStart, _nEnd )
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( rAttr.Which() == EE_CHAR_STRIKEOUT, "Kein Sizeattribut!" );
-}
-
-void EditCharAttribStrikeout::SetFont( SvxFont& rFont, OutputDevice* )
-{
-    rFont.SetStrikeout( (FontStrikeout)((const SvxCrossedOutItem*)GetItem())->GetValue() );
-}
-
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// class EditCharAttribColor
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-EditCharAttribColor::EditCharAttribColor( const SvxColorItem& rAttr, USHORT _nStart, USHORT _nEnd )
-    : EditCharAttrib( rAttr, _nStart, _nEnd )
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( rAttr.Which() == EE_CHAR_COLOR, "Kein Colorattribut!" );
-}
-
-void EditCharAttribColor::SetFont( SvxFont& rFont, OutputDevice* )
-{
-    rFont.SetColor( ((const SvxColorItem*)GetItem())->GetValue() );
-}
-
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// class EditCharAttribLanguage
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-EditCharAttribLanguage::EditCharAttribLanguage( const SvxLanguageItem& rAttr, USHORT _nStart, USHORT _nEnd )
-    : EditCharAttrib( rAttr, _nStart, _nEnd )
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( ( rAttr.Which() == EE_CHAR_LANGUAGE ) || ( rAttr.Which() == EE_CHAR_LANGUAGE_CJK ) || ( rAttr.Which() == EE_CHAR_LANGUAGE_CTL ), "Kein Languageattribut!" );
-}
-
-void EditCharAttribLanguage::SetFont( SvxFont& rFont, OutputDevice* )
-{
-    rFont.SetLanguage( ((const SvxLanguageItem*)GetItem())->GetLanguage() );
-}
-
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// class EditCharAttribShadow
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-EditCharAttribShadow::EditCharAttribShadow( const SvxShadowedItem& rAttr, USHORT _nStart, USHORT _nEnd )
-    : EditCharAttrib( rAttr, _nStart, _nEnd )
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( rAttr.Which() == EE_CHAR_SHADOW, "Kein Shadowattribut!" );
-}
-
-void EditCharAttribShadow::SetFont( SvxFont& rFont, OutputDevice* )
-{
-    rFont.SetShadow( (BOOL)((const SvxShadowedItem*)GetItem())->GetValue() );
-}
-
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// class EditCharAttribEscapement
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-EditCharAttribEscapement::EditCharAttribEscapement( const SvxEscapementItem& rAttr, USHORT _nStart, USHORT _nEnd )
-    : EditCharAttrib( rAttr, _nStart, _nEnd )
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( rAttr.Which() == EE_CHAR_ESCAPEMENT, "Kein Escapementattribut!" );
-}
-
-#if defined( WIN ) && !defined( WNT )
-#pragma optimize ("", off)
-#endif
-
-void EditCharAttribEscapement::SetFont( SvxFont& rFont, OutputDevice* )
-{
-    USHORT nProp = ((const SvxEscapementItem*)GetItem())->GetProp();
-    rFont.SetPropr( (BYTE)nProp );
-
-    short nEsc = ((const SvxEscapementItem*)GetItem())->GetEsc();
-    if ( nEsc == DFLT_ESC_AUTO_SUPER )
-        nEsc = 100 - nProp;
-    else if ( nEsc == DFLT_ESC_AUTO_SUB )
-        nEsc = sal::static_int_cast< short >( -( 100 - nProp ) );
-    rFont.SetEscapement( nEsc );
-}
-
-#if defined( WIN ) && !defined( WNT )
-#pragma optimize ("", on)
-#endif
-
-
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// class EditCharAttribOutline
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-EditCharAttribOutline::EditCharAttribOutline( const SvxContourItem& rAttr, USHORT _nStart, USHORT _nEnd )
-    : EditCharAttrib( rAttr, _nStart, _nEnd )
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( rAttr.Which() == EE_CHAR_OUTLINE, "Kein Outlineattribut!" );
-}
-
-void EditCharAttribOutline::SetFont( SvxFont& rFont, OutputDevice* )
-{
-    rFont.SetOutline( (BOOL)((const SvxContourItem*)GetItem())->GetValue() );
-}
-
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// class EditCharAttribTab
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-EditCharAttribTab::EditCharAttribTab( const SfxVoidItem& rAttr, USHORT nPos )
-    : EditCharAttrib( rAttr, nPos, nPos+1 )
-{
-    SetFeature( TRUE );
-}
-
-void EditCharAttribTab::SetFont( SvxFont&, OutputDevice* )
-{
-}
-
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// class EditCharAttribLineBreak
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-EditCharAttribLineBreak::EditCharAttribLineBreak( const SfxVoidItem& rAttr, USHORT nPos )
-    : EditCharAttrib( rAttr, nPos, nPos+1 )
-{
-    SetFeature( TRUE );
-}
-
-void EditCharAttribLineBreak::SetFont( SvxFont&, OutputDevice* )
-{
-}
-
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// class EditCharAttribField
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-EditCharAttribField::EditCharAttribField( const SvxFieldItem& rAttr, USHORT nPos )
-    : EditCharAttrib( rAttr, nPos, nPos+1 )
-{
-    SetFeature( TRUE ); // !!!
-    pTxtColor = 0;
-    pFldColor = 0;
-}
-
-void EditCharAttribField::SetFont( SvxFont& rFont, OutputDevice* )
-{
-    if ( pFldColor )
-    {
-        rFont.SetFillColor( *pFldColor );
-        rFont.SetTransparent( FALSE );
-    }
-    if ( pTxtColor )
-        rFont.SetColor( *pTxtColor );
-}
-
-EditCharAttribField::EditCharAttribField( const EditCharAttribField& rAttr )
-    : EditCharAttrib( *rAttr.GetItem(), rAttr.GetStart(), rAttr.GetEnd() ),
-        aFieldValue( rAttr.aFieldValue )
-{
-    // Diesen CCTOR nur fuer temporaeres Object verwenden,
-    // Item wird nicht gepoolt.
-    pTxtColor = rAttr.pTxtColor ? new Color( *rAttr.pTxtColor ) : 0;
-    pFldColor = rAttr.pFldColor ? new Color( *rAttr.pFldColor ) : 0;
-}
-
-EditCharAttribField::~EditCharAttribField()
-{
-    Reset();
-}
-
-BOOL EditCharAttribField::operator == ( const EditCharAttribField& rAttr ) const
-{
-    if ( aFieldValue != rAttr.aFieldValue )
-        return FALSE;
-
-    if ( ( pTxtColor && !rAttr.pTxtColor ) || ( !pTxtColor && rAttr.pTxtColor ) )
-        return FALSE;
-    if ( ( pTxtColor && rAttr.pTxtColor ) && ( *pTxtColor != *rAttr.pTxtColor ) )
-        return FALSE;
-
-    if ( ( pFldColor && !rAttr.pFldColor ) || ( !pFldColor && rAttr.pFldColor ) )
-        return FALSE;
-    if ( ( pFldColor && rAttr.pFldColor ) && ( *pFldColor != *rAttr.pFldColor ) )
-        return FALSE;
-
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// class EditCharAttribPairKerning
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-EditCharAttribPairKerning::EditCharAttribPairKerning( const SvxAutoKernItem& rAttr, USHORT _nStart, USHORT _nEnd )
-: EditCharAttrib( rAttr, _nStart, _nEnd )
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( rAttr.Which() == EE_CHAR_PAIRKERNING, "Kein PairKerning!" );
-}
-
-void EditCharAttribPairKerning::SetFont( SvxFont& rFont, OutputDevice* )
-{
-    rFont.SetKerning( ((const SvxAutoKernItem*)GetItem())->GetValue() );
-}
-
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// class EditCharAttribKerning
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-EditCharAttribKerning::EditCharAttribKerning( const SvxKerningItem& rAttr, USHORT _nStart, USHORT _nEnd )
-: EditCharAttrib( rAttr, _nStart, _nEnd )
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( rAttr.Which() == EE_CHAR_KERNING, "Kein Kerning!" );
-}
-
-void EditCharAttribKerning::SetFont( SvxFont& rFont, OutputDevice* )
-{
-    rFont.SetFixKerning( ((const SvxKerningItem*)GetItem())->GetValue() );
-}
-
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// class EditCharAttribWordLineMode
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-EditCharAttribWordLineMode::EditCharAttribWordLineMode( const SvxWordLineModeItem& rAttr, USHORT _nStart, USHORT _nEnd )
-: EditCharAttrib( rAttr, _nStart, _nEnd )
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( rAttr.Which() == EE_CHAR_WLM, "Kein Kerning!" );
-}
-
-void EditCharAttribWordLineMode::SetFont( SvxFont& rFont, OutputDevice* )
-{
-    rFont.SetWordLineMode( ((const SvxWordLineModeItem*)GetItem())->GetValue() );
-}
-
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// class EditCharAttribEmphasisMark
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-EditCharAttribEmphasisMark::EditCharAttribEmphasisMark( const SvxEmphasisMarkItem& rAttr, USHORT _nStart, USHORT _nEnd )
-    : EditCharAttrib( rAttr, _nStart, _nEnd )
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( rAttr.Which() == EE_CHAR_EMPHASISMARK, "Kein Emphasisattribut!" );
-}
-
-void EditCharAttribEmphasisMark::SetFont( SvxFont& rFont, OutputDevice* )
-{
-    rFont.SetEmphasisMark( ((const SvxEmphasisMarkItem*)GetItem())->GetEmphasisMark() );
-}
-
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// class EditCharAttribRelief
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-EditCharAttribRelief::EditCharAttribRelief( const SvxCharReliefItem& rAttr, USHORT _nStart, USHORT _nEnd )
-    : EditCharAttrib( rAttr, _nStart, _nEnd )
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( rAttr.Which() == EE_CHAR_RELIEF, "Not a relief attribute!" );
-}
-
-void EditCharAttribRelief::SetFont( SvxFont& rFont, OutputDevice* )
-{
-    rFont.SetRelief( (FontRelief)((const SvxCharReliefItem*)GetItem())->GetValue() );
-}
diff --git a/svx/source/editeng/editattr.hxx b/svx/source/editeng/editattr.hxx
deleted file mode 100644
index c8e2a1c268f1..000000000000
--- a/svx/source/editeng/editattr.hxx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,429 +0,0 @@
-/*************************************************************************
- *
- * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
- *
- * Copyright 2008 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite
- *
- * $RCSfile: editattr.hxx,v $
- * $Revision: 1.13.212.1 $
- *
- * This file is part of OpenOffice.org.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3
- * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details
- * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code).
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org.  If not, see
- * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html>
- * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License.
- *
- ************************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef _EDITATTR_HXX
-#define _EDITATTR_HXX
-
-#include <svx/eeitem.hxx>
-
-class SvxFont;
-class SvxFontItem;
-class SvxWeightItem;
-class SvxPostureItem;
-class SvxShadowedItem;
-class SvxEscapementItem;
-class SvxContourItem;
-class SvxCrossedOutItem;
-class SvxUnderlineItem;
-class SvxOverlineItem;
-class SvxFontHeightItem;
-class SvxCharScaleWidthItem;
-class SvxColorItem;
-class SvxAutoKernItem;
-class SvxKerningItem;
-class SvxCharSetColorItem;
-class SvxWordLineModeItem;
-class SvxFieldItem;
-class SvxLanguageItem;
-class SvxEmphasisMarkItem;
-class SvxCharReliefItem;
-#include <svl/poolitem.hxx>
-
-
-class SfxVoidItem;
-
-#define CH_FEATURE_OLD  (BYTE)          0xFF
-#define CH_FEATURE      (sal_Unicode)   0x01
-
-// DEF_METRIC: Bei meinem Pool sollte immer die DefMetric bei
-// GetMetric( nWhich ) ankommen!
-// => Zum ermitteln der DefMetrik einfach ein GetMetric( 0 )
-#define DEF_METRIC  0
-
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// class EditAttrib
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-class EditAttrib
-{
-private:
-            EditAttrib() {;}
-            EditAttrib( const EditAttrib & ) {;}
-
-protected:
-    const SfxPoolItem*  pItem;
-
-                        EditAttrib( const SfxPoolItem& rAttr );
-    virtual             ~EditAttrib();
-
-public:
-    // RemoveFromPool muss immer vorm DTOR Aufruf erfolgen!!
-    void                RemoveFromPool( SfxItemPool& rPool );
-
-    USHORT              Which() const   { return pItem->Which(); }
-    const SfxPoolItem*  GetItem() const { return pItem; }
-};
-
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// class EditCharAttrib
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// bFeature: Attribut darf nicht expandieren/schrumfen, Laenge immer 1
-// bEdge: Attribut expandiert nicht, wenn genau an der Kante expandiert werden soll
-class EditCharAttrib : public EditAttrib
-{
-protected:
-
-    USHORT              nStart;
-    USHORT              nEnd;
-    BOOL                bFeature    :1;
-    BOOL                bEdge       :1;
-
-public:
-            EditCharAttrib( const SfxPoolItem& rAttr, USHORT nStart, USHORT nEnd );
-
-    USHORT&         GetStart()                  { return nStart; }
-    USHORT&         GetEnd()                    { return nEnd; }
-
-    USHORT          GetStart() const            { return nStart; }
-    USHORT          GetEnd() const              { return nEnd; }
-
-    inline USHORT   GetLen() const;
-
-    inline void     MoveForward( USHORT nDiff );
-    inline void     MoveBackward( USHORT nDiff );
-
-    inline void     Expand( USHORT nDiff );
-    inline void     Collaps( USHORT nDiff );
-
-    virtual void    SetFont( SvxFont& rFont, OutputDevice* pOutDev );
-
-    BOOL    IsIn( USHORT nIndex )
-                { return ( ( nStart <= nIndex ) && ( nEnd >= nIndex ) ); }
-    BOOL    IsInside( USHORT nIndex )
-                { return ( ( nStart < nIndex ) && ( nEnd > nIndex ) ); }
-    BOOL    IsEmpty()
-                { return nStart == nEnd; }
-
-    BOOL    IsFeature() const   { return bFeature; }
-    void    SetFeature( BOOL b) { bFeature = b; }
-
-    BOOL    IsEdge() const      { return bEdge; }
-    void    SetEdge( BOOL b )   { bEdge = b; }
-};
-
-inline USHORT EditCharAttrib::GetLen() const
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( nEnd >= nStart, "EditCharAttrib: nEnd < nStart!" );
-    return nEnd-nStart;
-}
-
-inline void EditCharAttrib::MoveForward( USHORT nDiff )
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( ((long)nEnd + nDiff) <= 0xFFFF, "EditCharAttrib: MoveForward?!" );
-    nStart = nStart + nDiff;
-    nEnd = nEnd + nDiff;
-}
-
-inline void EditCharAttrib::MoveBackward( USHORT nDiff )
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( ((long)nStart - nDiff) >= 0, "EditCharAttrib: MoveBackward?!" );
-    nStart = nStart - nDiff;
-    nEnd = nEnd - nDiff;
-}
-
-inline void EditCharAttrib::Expand( USHORT nDiff )
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( ( ((long)nEnd + nDiff) <= (long)0xFFFF ), "EditCharAttrib: Expand?!" );
-    DBG_ASSERT( !bFeature, "Bitte keine Features expandieren!" );
-    nEnd = nEnd + nDiff;
-}
-
-inline void EditCharAttrib::Collaps( USHORT nDiff )
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( (long)nEnd - nDiff >= (long)nStart, "EditCharAttrib: Collaps?!" );
-    DBG_ASSERT( !bFeature, "Bitte keine Features schrumpfen!" );
-    nEnd = nEnd - nDiff;
-}
-
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// class EditCharAttribFont
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-class EditCharAttribFont: public EditCharAttrib
-{
-public:
-    EditCharAttribFont( const SvxFontItem& rAttr, USHORT nStart, USHORT nEnd );
-
-    virtual void    SetFont( SvxFont& rFont, OutputDevice* pOutDev );
-};
-
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// class EditCharAttribWeight
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-class EditCharAttribWeight : public EditCharAttrib
-{
-public:
-    EditCharAttribWeight( const SvxWeightItem& rAttr, USHORT nStart, USHORT nEnd );
-
-    virtual void    SetFont( SvxFont& rFont, OutputDevice* pOutDev );
-};
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// class EditCharAttribItalic
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-class EditCharAttribItalic : public EditCharAttrib
-{
-public:
-    EditCharAttribItalic( const SvxPostureItem& rAttr, USHORT nStart, USHORT nEnd );
-
-    virtual void    SetFont( SvxFont& rFont, OutputDevice* pOutDev );
-};
-
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// class EditCharAttribShadow
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-class EditCharAttribShadow : public EditCharAttrib
-{
-public:
-    EditCharAttribShadow( const SvxShadowedItem& rAttr, USHORT nStart, USHORT nEnd );
-
-    virtual void    SetFont( SvxFont& rFont, OutputDevice* pOutDev );
-};
-
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// class EditCharAttribEscapement
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-class EditCharAttribEscapement : public EditCharAttrib
-{
-public:
-    EditCharAttribEscapement( const SvxEscapementItem& rAttr, USHORT nStart, USHORT nEnd );
-
-    virtual void    SetFont( SvxFont& rFont, OutputDevice* pOutDev );
-};
-
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// class EditCharAttribOutline
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-class EditCharAttribOutline : public EditCharAttrib
-{
-public:
-    EditCharAttribOutline( const SvxContourItem& rAttr, USHORT nStart, USHORT nEnd );
-
-    virtual void    SetFont( SvxFont& rFont, OutputDevice* pOutDev );
-};
-
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// class EditCharAttribStrikeout
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-class EditCharAttribStrikeout : public EditCharAttrib
-{
-public:
-    EditCharAttribStrikeout( const SvxCrossedOutItem& rAttr, USHORT nStart, USHORT nEnd );
-
-    virtual void    SetFont( SvxFont& rFont, OutputDevice* pOutDev );
-};
-
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// class EditCharAttribUnderline
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-class EditCharAttribUnderline : public EditCharAttrib
-{
-public:
-    EditCharAttribUnderline( const SvxUnderlineItem& rAttr, USHORT nStart, USHORT nEnd );
-
-    virtual void    SetFont( SvxFont& rFont, OutputDevice* pOutDev );
-};
-
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// class EditCharAttribOverline
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-class EditCharAttribOverline : public EditCharAttrib
-{
-public:
-    EditCharAttribOverline( const SvxOverlineItem& rAttr, USHORT nStart, USHORT nEnd );
-
-    virtual void    SetFont( SvxFont& rFont, OutputDevice* pOutDev );
-};
-
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// class EditCharAttribEmphasisMark
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-class EditCharAttribEmphasisMark : public EditCharAttrib
-{
-public:
-    EditCharAttribEmphasisMark( const SvxEmphasisMarkItem& rAttr, USHORT nStart, USHORT nEnd );
-
-    virtual void    SetFont( SvxFont& rFont, OutputDevice* pOutDev );
-};
-
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// class EditCharAttribRelief
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-class EditCharAttribRelief : public EditCharAttrib
-{
-public:
-    EditCharAttribRelief( const SvxCharReliefItem& rAttr, USHORT nStart, USHORT nEnd );
-
-    virtual void    SetFont( SvxFont& rFont, OutputDevice* pOutDev );
-};
-
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// class EditCharAttribFontHeight
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-class EditCharAttribFontHeight : public EditCharAttrib
-{
-public:
-    EditCharAttribFontHeight( const SvxFontHeightItem& rAttr, USHORT nStart, USHORT nEnd );
-
-    virtual void    SetFont( SvxFont& rFont, OutputDevice* pOutDev );
-};
-
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// class EditCharAttribFontWidth
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-class EditCharAttribFontWidth : public EditCharAttrib
-{
-public:
-    EditCharAttribFontWidth( const SvxCharScaleWidthItem& rAttr, USHORT nStart, USHORT nEnd );
-
-    virtual void    SetFont( SvxFont& rFont, OutputDevice* pOutDev );
-};
-
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// class EditCharAttribColor
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-class EditCharAttribColor : public EditCharAttrib
-{
-public:
-    EditCharAttribColor( const SvxColorItem& rAttr, USHORT nStart, USHORT nEnd );
-
-    virtual void    SetFont( SvxFont& rFont, OutputDevice* pOutDev );
-};
-
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// class EditCharAttribLanguage
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-class EditCharAttribLanguage : public EditCharAttrib
-{
-public:
-    EditCharAttribLanguage( const SvxLanguageItem& rAttr, USHORT nStart, USHORT nEnd );
-
-    virtual void    SetFont( SvxFont& rFont, OutputDevice* pOutDev );
-};
-
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// class EditCharAttribTab
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-class EditCharAttribTab : public EditCharAttrib
-{
-public:
-    EditCharAttribTab( const SfxVoidItem& rAttr, USHORT nPos );
-
-    virtual void    SetFont( SvxFont& rFont, OutputDevice* pOutDev );
-};
-
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// class EditCharAttribLineBreak
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-class EditCharAttribLineBreak : public EditCharAttrib
-{
-public:
-    EditCharAttribLineBreak( const SfxVoidItem& rAttr, USHORT nPos );
-
-    virtual void    SetFont( SvxFont& rFont, OutputDevice* pOutDev );
-};
-
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// class EditCharAttribField
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-class EditCharAttribField: public EditCharAttrib
-{
-    XubString       aFieldValue;
-    Color*          pTxtColor;
-    Color*          pFldColor;
-
-    EditCharAttribField& operator = ( const EditCharAttribField& rAttr ) const;
-
-public:
-    EditCharAttribField( const SvxFieldItem& rAttr, USHORT nPos );
-    EditCharAttribField( const EditCharAttribField& rAttr );
-    ~EditCharAttribField();
-
-    BOOL operator == ( const EditCharAttribField& rAttr ) const;
-    BOOL operator != ( const EditCharAttribField& rAttr ) const
-                                    { return !(operator == ( rAttr ) ); }
-
-    virtual void    SetFont( SvxFont& rFont, OutputDevice* pOutDev );
-    Color*&         GetTxtColor()           { return pTxtColor; }
-    Color*&         GetFldColor()           { return pFldColor; }
-
-    const XubString&    GetFieldValue() const   { return aFieldValue; }
-    XubString&      GetFieldValue()         { return aFieldValue; }
-
-    void            Reset()
-                    {
-                        aFieldValue.Erase();
-                        delete pTxtColor; pTxtColor = 0;
-                        delete pFldColor; pFldColor = 0;
-                    }
-};
-
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// class EditCharAttribPairKerning
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-class EditCharAttribPairKerning : public EditCharAttrib
-{
-public:
-    EditCharAttribPairKerning( const SvxAutoKernItem& rAttr, USHORT nStart, USHORT nEnd );
-
-    virtual void    SetFont( SvxFont& rFont, OutputDevice* pOutDev );
-};
-
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// class EditCharAttribKerning
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-class EditCharAttribKerning : public EditCharAttrib
-{
-public:
-    EditCharAttribKerning( const SvxKerningItem& rAttr, USHORT nStart, USHORT nEnd );
-
-    virtual void    SetFont( SvxFont& rFont, OutputDevice* pOutDev );
-};
-
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// class EditCharAttribWordLineMode
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-class EditCharAttribWordLineMode: public EditCharAttrib
-{
-public:
-    EditCharAttribWordLineMode( const SvxWordLineModeItem& rAttr, USHORT nStart, USHORT nEnd );
-
-    virtual void    SetFont( SvxFont& rFont, OutputDevice* pOutDev );
-};
-
-
-#endif // _EDITATTR_HXX
diff --git a/svx/source/editeng/editdbg.cxx b/svx/source/editeng/editdbg.cxx
deleted file mode 100644
index 8a2cde5f7522..000000000000
--- a/svx/source/editeng/editdbg.cxx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,591 +0,0 @@
-/*************************************************************************
- *
- * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
- *
- * Copyright 2008 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite
- *
- * $RCSfile: editdbg.cxx,v $
- * $Revision: 1.22.148.1 $
- *
- * This file is part of OpenOffice.org.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3
- * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details
- * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code).
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org.  If not, see
- * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html>
- * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License.
- *
- ************************************************************************/
-
-// MARKER(update_precomp.py): autogen include statement, do not remove
-#include "precompiled_svx.hxx"
-
-#include <eeng_pch.hxx>
-
-#ifndef _MSGBOX_HXX //autogen
-#include <vcl/msgbox.hxx>
-#endif
-
-#include <svx/lspcitem.hxx>
-
-#include <svx/lrspitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/ulspitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/cntritem.hxx>
-#include <svx/colritem.hxx>
-#include <svx/fhgtitem.hxx>
-#include <fontitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/adjitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/wghtitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/postitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/udlnitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/crsditem.hxx>
-#include <svx/shdditem.hxx>
-#include <svx/escpitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/kernitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/wrlmitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/akrnitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/langitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/emphitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/numitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/tstpitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/charscaleitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/charreliefitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/frmdiritem.hxx>
-
-#include <impedit.hxx>
-#include <svx/editeng.hxx>
-#include <svx/editview.hxx>
-#include <editdoc.hxx>
-#include <editdbg.hxx>
-
-#if defined( DBG_UTIL ) || ( OSL_DEBUG_LEVEL > 1 )
-
-ByteString DbgOutItem( const SfxItemPool& rPool, const SfxPoolItem& rItem )
-{
-    ByteString aDebStr;
-    switch ( rItem.Which() )
-    {
-        case EE_PARA_WRITINGDIR:
-            aDebStr += "WritingDir=";
-            aDebStr += ByteString::CreateFromInt32( ((SvxFrameDirectionItem&)rItem).GetValue() );
-        break;
-        case EE_PARA_OUTLLRSPACE:
-        case EE_PARA_LRSPACE:
-            aDebStr += "FI=";
-            aDebStr += ByteString::CreateFromInt32( ((SvxLRSpaceItem&)rItem).GetTxtFirstLineOfst() );
-            aDebStr += ", LI=";
-            aDebStr += ByteString::CreateFromInt32( ((SvxLRSpaceItem&)rItem).GetTxtLeft() );
-            aDebStr += ", RI=";
-            aDebStr += ByteString::CreateFromInt32( ((SvxLRSpaceItem&)rItem).GetRight() );
-        break;
-        case EE_PARA_NUMBULLET:
-            {
-            aDebStr += "NumItem ";
-            for ( USHORT nLevel = 0; nLevel < 3; nLevel++ )
-            {
-                aDebStr += "Level";
-                aDebStr += ByteString::CreateFromInt32( nLevel );
-                aDebStr += "=";
-                const SvxNumberFormat* pFmt = ((const SvxNumBulletItem&)rItem).GetNumRule()->Get( nLevel );
-                if ( pFmt )
-                {
-                    aDebStr += "(";
-                    aDebStr += ByteString::CreateFromInt32( pFmt->GetFirstLineOffset() );
-                    aDebStr += ",";
-                    aDebStr += ByteString::CreateFromInt32( pFmt->GetAbsLSpace() );
-                    aDebStr += ",";
-                    if ( pFmt->GetNumberingType() == SVX_NUM_BITMAP )
-                    {
-                        aDebStr += "Bitmap";
-                    }
-                    else if( pFmt->GetNumberingType() != SVX_NUM_CHAR_SPECIAL )
-                    {
-                        aDebStr += "Number";
-                    }
-                    else
-                    {
-                        aDebStr += "Char=[";
-                        aDebStr += ByteString::CreateFromInt32( pFmt->GetBulletChar() );
-                        aDebStr += "]";
-                    }
-                    aDebStr += ") ";
-                }
-            }
-            }
-        break;
-        case EE_PARA_BULLETSTATE:
-            aDebStr += "ShowBullet=";
-            aDebStr += ByteString::CreateFromInt32( ((SfxBoolItem&)rItem).GetValue() );
-        break;
-        case EE_PARA_HYPHENATE:
-            aDebStr += "Hyphenate=";
-            aDebStr += ByteString::CreateFromInt32( ((SfxBoolItem&)rItem).GetValue() );
-        break;
-        case EE_PARA_OUTLLEVEL:
-            aDebStr += "Level=";
-            aDebStr += ByteString::CreateFromInt32( ((SfxInt16Item&)rItem).GetValue() );
-        break;
-        case EE_PARA_ULSPACE:
-            aDebStr += "SB=";
-            aDebStr += ByteString::CreateFromInt32( ((SvxULSpaceItem&)rItem).GetUpper() );
-            aDebStr += ", SA=";
-            aDebStr += ByteString::CreateFromInt32( ((SvxULSpaceItem&)rItem).GetLower() );
-        break;
-        case EE_PARA_SBL:
-            aDebStr += "SBL=";
-            if ( ((SvxLineSpacingItem&)rItem).GetLineSpaceRule() == SVX_LINE_SPACE_MIN )
-            {
-                aDebStr += "Min: ";
-                aDebStr += ByteString::CreateFromInt32( ((SvxLineSpacingItem&)rItem).GetInterLineSpace() );
-            }
-            else if ( ((SvxLineSpacingItem&)rItem).GetInterLineSpaceRule() == SVX_INTER_LINE_SPACE_PROP )
-            {
-                aDebStr += "Prop: ";
-                aDebStr += ByteString::CreateFromInt32( (ULONG)((SvxLineSpacingItem&)rItem).GetPropLineSpace() );
-            }
-            else
-                aDebStr += "Unsupported Type!";
-        break;
-        case EE_PARA_JUST:
-            aDebStr += "SvxAdust=";
-            aDebStr += ByteString::CreateFromInt32( (USHORT)((SvxAdjustItem&)rItem).GetAdjust() );
-        break;
-        case EE_PARA_TABS:
-        {
-            aDebStr += "Tabs: ";
-            const SvxTabStopItem& rTabs = (const SvxTabStopItem&) rItem;
-            aDebStr += ByteString::CreateFromInt32( rTabs.Count() );
-            if ( rTabs.Count() )
-            {
-                aDebStr += "( ";
-                for ( USHORT i = 0; i < rTabs.Count(); i++ )
-                {
-                    const SvxTabStop& rTab = rTabs[i];
-                    aDebStr += ByteString::CreateFromInt32( rTab.GetTabPos() );
-                    aDebStr += " ";
-                }
-                aDebStr += ")";
-            }
-        }
-        break;
-        case EE_CHAR_LANGUAGE:
-        case EE_CHAR_LANGUAGE_CJK:
-        case EE_CHAR_LANGUAGE_CTL:
-            aDebStr += "Language=";
-            aDebStr += ByteString::CreateFromInt32( (USHORT)((SvxLanguageItem&)rItem).GetLanguage() );
-        break;
-        case EE_CHAR_COLOR:
-        {
-            aDebStr += "Color= ";
-            Color aColor( ((SvxColorItem&)rItem).GetValue() );
-            aDebStr += ByteString::CreateFromInt32( (USHORT)aColor.GetRed() );
-            aDebStr += ", ";
-            aDebStr += ByteString::CreateFromInt32( (USHORT)aColor.GetGreen() );
-            aDebStr += ", ";
-            aDebStr += ByteString::CreateFromInt32( (USHORT)aColor.GetBlue() );
-        }
-        break;
-        case EE_CHAR_FONTINFO:
-        case EE_CHAR_FONTINFO_CJK:
-        case EE_CHAR_FONTINFO_CTL:
-        {
-            aDebStr += "Font=";
-            aDebStr += ByteString( ((SvxFontItem&)rItem).GetFamilyName(), RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US );
-            aDebStr += " (CharSet: ";
-            aDebStr += ByteString::CreateFromInt32( (USHORT)((SvxFontItem&)rItem).GetCharSet() );
-            aDebStr += ')';
-        }
-        break;
-        case EE_CHAR_FONTHEIGHT:
-        case EE_CHAR_FONTHEIGHT_CJK:
-        case EE_CHAR_FONTHEIGHT_CTL:
-        {
-            aDebStr += "Groesse=";
-            aDebStr += ByteString::CreateFromInt32( ((SvxFontHeightItem&)rItem).GetHeight() );
-            Size aSz( 0, ((SvxFontHeightItem&)rItem).GetHeight() );
-            SfxMapUnit eUnit = rPool.GetMetric( rItem.Which() );
-            MapMode aItemMapMode( (MapUnit) eUnit );
-            MapMode aPntMap( MAP_POINT );
-            aSz = OutputDevice::LogicToLogic( aSz, aItemMapMode, aPntMap );
-            aDebStr += " Points=";
-            aDebStr += ByteString::CreateFromInt32( aSz.Height() );
-        }
-        break;
-        case EE_CHAR_FONTWIDTH:
-        {
-            aDebStr += "Breite=";
-            aDebStr += ByteString::CreateFromInt32( ((SvxCharScaleWidthItem&)rItem).GetValue() );
-            aDebStr += "%";
-        }
-        break;
-        case EE_CHAR_WEIGHT:
-        case EE_CHAR_WEIGHT_CJK:
-        case EE_CHAR_WEIGHT_CTL:
-            aDebStr += "FontWeight=";
-            aDebStr += ByteString::CreateFromInt32( (USHORT)((SvxWeightItem&)rItem).GetWeight() );
-        break;
-        case EE_CHAR_UNDERLINE:
-            aDebStr += "FontUnderline=";
-            aDebStr += ByteString::CreateFromInt32( (USHORT)((SvxUnderlineItem&)rItem).GetLineStyle() );
-        break;
-        case EE_CHAR_OVERLINE:
-            aDebStr += "FontOverline=";
-            aDebStr += ByteString::CreateFromInt32( (USHORT)((SvxOverlineItem&)rItem).GetLineStyle() );
-        break;
-        case EE_CHAR_EMPHASISMARK:
-            aDebStr += "FontUnderline=";
-            aDebStr += ByteString::CreateFromInt32( (USHORT)((SvxEmphasisMarkItem&)rItem).GetEmphasisMark() );
-        break;
-        case EE_CHAR_RELIEF:
-            aDebStr += "FontRelief=";
-            aDebStr += ByteString::CreateFromInt32( (USHORT)((SvxCharReliefItem&)rItem).GetValue() );
-        break;
-        case EE_CHAR_STRIKEOUT:
-            aDebStr += "FontStrikeout=";
-            aDebStr +=ByteString::CreateFromInt32(  (USHORT)((SvxCrossedOutItem&)rItem).GetStrikeout() );
-        break;
-        case EE_CHAR_ITALIC:
-        case EE_CHAR_ITALIC_CJK:
-        case EE_CHAR_ITALIC_CTL:
-            aDebStr += "FontPosture=";
-            aDebStr +=ByteString::CreateFromInt32(  (USHORT)((SvxPostureItem&)rItem).GetPosture() );
-        break;
-        case EE_CHAR_OUTLINE:
-            aDebStr += "FontOutline=";
-            aDebStr += ByteString::CreateFromInt32( (USHORT)((SvxContourItem&)rItem).GetValue() );
-        break;
-        case EE_CHAR_SHADOW:
-            aDebStr += "FontShadowed=";
-            aDebStr += ByteString::CreateFromInt32( (USHORT)((SvxShadowedItem&)rItem).GetValue() );
-        break;
-        case EE_CHAR_ESCAPEMENT:
-            aDebStr += "Escape=";
-            aDebStr += ByteString::CreateFromInt32( (short)((SvxEscapementItem&)rItem).GetEsc() );
-            aDebStr += ", ";
-            aDebStr += ByteString::CreateFromInt32( (short)((SvxEscapementItem&)rItem).GetProp() );
-        break;
-        case EE_CHAR_PAIRKERNING:
-            aDebStr += "PairKerning=";
-            aDebStr += ByteString::CreateFromInt32( (USHORT)((SvxAutoKernItem&)rItem).GetValue() );
-        break;
-        case EE_CHAR_KERNING:
-        {
-            aDebStr += "Kerning=";
-            aDebStr += ByteString::CreateFromInt32( (short)((SvxKerningItem&)rItem).GetValue() );
-            Size aSz( 0, (short)((SvxKerningItem&)rItem).GetValue() );
-            SfxMapUnit eUnit = rPool.GetMetric( rItem.Which() );
-            MapMode aItemMapMode( (MapUnit) eUnit );
-            MapMode aPntMap( MAP_POINT );
-            aSz = OutputDevice::LogicToLogic( aSz, aItemMapMode, aPntMap );
-            aDebStr += " Points=";
-            aDebStr += ByteString::CreateFromInt32( aSz.Height() );
-        }
-        break;
-        case EE_CHAR_WLM:
-            aDebStr += "WordLineMode=";
-            aDebStr += ByteString::CreateFromInt32( (USHORT)((SvxWordLineModeItem&)rItem).GetValue() );
-        break;
-        case EE_CHAR_XMLATTRIBS:
-            aDebStr += "XMLAttribs=...";
-        break;
-    }
-    return aDebStr;
-}
-
-void DbgOutItemSet( FILE* fp, const SfxItemSet& rSet, BOOL bSearchInParent, BOOL bShowALL )
-{
-    for ( USHORT nWhich = EE_PARA_START; nWhich <= EE_CHAR_END; nWhich++ )
-    {
-        fprintf( fp, "\nWhich: %i\t", nWhich );
-        if ( rSet.GetItemState( nWhich, bSearchInParent ) == SFX_ITEM_OFF )
-            fprintf( fp, "ITEM_OFF   " );
-        else if ( rSet.GetItemState( nWhich, bSearchInParent ) == SFX_ITEM_DONTCARE )
-            fprintf( fp, "ITEM_DC    " );
-        else if ( rSet.GetItemState( nWhich, bSearchInParent ) == SFX_ITEM_ON )
-            fprintf( fp, "ITEM_ON   *" );
-
-        if ( !bShowALL && ( rSet.GetItemState( nWhich, bSearchInParent ) != SFX_ITEM_ON ) )
-            continue;
-
-        const SfxPoolItem& rItem = rSet.Get( nWhich, bSearchInParent );
-        ByteString aDebStr = DbgOutItem( *rSet.GetPool(), rItem );
-        fprintf( fp, "%s", aDebStr.GetBuffer() );
-    }
-}
-
-void EditDbg::ShowEditEngineData( EditEngine* pEE, BOOL bInfoBox )
-{
-#if defined UNX
-    FILE* fp = fopen( "/tmp/debug.log", "w" );
-#else
-    FILE* fp = fopen( "d:\\debug.log", "w" );
-#endif
-    if ( fp == 0 )
-    {
-        DBG_ERROR( "Log-File konnte nicht angelegt werden!" );
-        return;
-    }
-
-    const SfxItemPool& rPool = *pEE->GetEmptyItemSet().GetPool();
-
-    fprintf( fp, "================================================================================" );
-    fprintf( fp, "\n==================   Dokument   ================================================" );
-    fprintf( fp, "\n================================================================================" );
-    for ( USHORT nPortion = 0; nPortion < pEE->pImpEditEngine->GetParaPortions(). Count(); nPortion++)
-    {
-
-        ParaPortion* pPPortion = pEE->pImpEditEngine->GetParaPortions().GetObject(nPortion );
-        fprintf( fp, "\nAbsatz %i: Laenge = %i, Invalid = %i\nText = '%s'", nPortion, pPPortion->GetNode()->Len(), pPPortion->IsInvalid(), ByteString( *pPPortion->GetNode(), RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US ).GetBuffer() );
-        fprintf( fp, "\nVorlage:" );
-        SfxStyleSheet* pStyle = pPPortion->GetNode()->GetStyleSheet();
-        if ( pStyle )
-            fprintf( fp, " %s", ByteString( pStyle->GetName(), RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US ).GetBuffer() );
-        fprintf( fp, "\nAbsatzattribute:" );
-        DbgOutItemSet( fp, pPPortion->GetNode()->GetContentAttribs().GetItems(), FALSE, FALSE );
-
-        fprintf( fp, "\nZeichenattribute:" );
-        BOOL bZeroAttr = FALSE;
-        USHORT z;
-        for ( z = 0; z < pPPortion->GetNode()->GetCharAttribs().Count(); z++ )
-        {
-            EditCharAttrib* pAttr = pPPortion->GetNode()->GetCharAttribs().GetAttribs().GetObject( z );
-            ByteString aCharAttribs;
-            aCharAttribs += "\nA";
-            aCharAttribs += ByteString::CreateFromInt32( nPortion );
-            aCharAttribs += ":  ";
-            aCharAttribs += ByteString::CreateFromInt32( pAttr->GetItem()->Which() );
-            aCharAttribs += '\t';
-            aCharAttribs += ByteString::CreateFromInt32( pAttr->GetStart() );
-            aCharAttribs += '\t';
-            aCharAttribs += ByteString::CreateFromInt32( pAttr->GetEnd() );
-            if ( pAttr->IsEmpty() )
-                bZeroAttr = TRUE;
-            fprintf( fp, "%s => ", aCharAttribs.GetBuffer() );
-
-            ByteString aDebStr = DbgOutItem( rPool, *pAttr->GetItem() );
-            fprintf( fp, "%s", aDebStr.GetBuffer() );
-        }
-        if ( bZeroAttr )
-            fprintf( fp, "\nNULL-Attribute!" );
-
-        USHORT nTextPortions = pPPortion->GetTextPortions().Count();
-        ByteString aPortionStr("\nTextportions: #");
-        aPortionStr += ByteString::CreateFromInt32( nTextPortions );
-        aPortionStr += " \nA";
-        aPortionStr += ByteString::CreateFromInt32( nPortion );
-        aPortionStr += ": Absatzlaenge = ";
-        aPortionStr += ByteString::CreateFromInt32( pPPortion->GetNode()->Len() );
-        aPortionStr += "\nA";
-        aPortionStr += ByteString::CreateFromInt32( nPortion );
-        aPortionStr += ": ";
-        ULONG n = 0;
-        for ( z = 0; z < nTextPortions; z++ )
-        {
-            TextPortion* pPortion = pPPortion->GetTextPortions().GetObject( z );
-            aPortionStr += " ";
-            aPortionStr += ByteString::CreateFromInt32( pPortion->GetLen() );
-            aPortionStr += "(";
-            aPortionStr += ByteString::CreateFromInt32( pPortion->GetSize().Width() );
-            aPortionStr += ")";
-            aPortionStr += "[";
-            aPortionStr += ByteString::CreateFromInt32( (USHORT)pPortion->GetKind() );
-            aPortionStr += "]";
-            aPortionStr += ";";
-            n += pPortion->GetLen();
-        }
-        aPortionStr += "\nA";
-        aPortionStr += ByteString::CreateFromInt32( nPortion );
-        aPortionStr += ": Gesamtlaenge: ";
-        aPortionStr += ByteString::CreateFromInt32( n );
-        if ( pPPortion->GetNode()->Len() != n )
-            aPortionStr += " => Fehler !!!";
-        fprintf( fp, "%s", aPortionStr.GetBuffer() );
-
-
-        fprintf( fp, "\n\nZeilen:" );
-        // Erstmal die Inhalte...
-        USHORT nLine;
-        for ( nLine = 0; nLine < pPPortion->GetLines().Count(); nLine++ )
-        {
-            EditLine* pLine = pPPortion->GetLines().GetObject( nLine );
-
-            ByteString aLine( *(pPPortion->GetNode()), pLine->GetStart(), pLine->GetEnd() - pLine->GetStart(), RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US );
-            fprintf( fp, "\nZeile %i\t>%s<", nLine, aLine.GetBuffer() );
-        }
-        // dann die internen Daten...
-        for ( nLine = 0; nLine < pPPortion->GetLines().Count(); nLine++ )
-        {
-            EditLine* pLine = pPPortion->GetLines().GetObject( nLine );
-            fprintf( fp, "\nZeile %i:\tStart: %i,\tEnd: %i", nLine, pLine->GetStart(), pLine->GetEnd() );
-            fprintf( fp, "\t\tPortions: %i - %i.\tHoehe: %i, Ascent=%i", pLine->GetStartPortion(), pLine->GetEndPortion(), pLine->GetHeight(), pLine->GetMaxAscent() );
-        }
-
-        fprintf( fp, "\n-----------------------------------------------------------------------------" );
-    }
-
-    if ( pEE->pImpEditEngine->GetStyleSheetPool() )
-    {
-        ULONG nStyles = pEE->pImpEditEngine->GetStyleSheetPool() ? pEE->pImpEditEngine->GetStyleSheetPool()->Count() : 0;
-        fprintf( fp, "\n\n================================================================================" );
-        fprintf( fp, "\n==================   Stylesheets   =============================================" );
-        fprintf( fp, "\n================================================================================" );
-        fprintf( fp, "\n#Vorlagen:   %lu\n", nStyles );
-        SfxStyleSheetIterator aIter( pEE->pImpEditEngine->GetStyleSheetPool(), SFX_STYLE_FAMILY_ALL );
-        SfxStyleSheetBase* pStyle = aIter.First();
-        while ( pStyle )
-        {
-            fprintf( fp, "\nVorlage:   %s", ByteString( pStyle->GetName(), RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US ).GetBuffer() );
-            fprintf( fp, "\nParent:    %s", ByteString( pStyle->GetParent(), RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US ).GetBuffer() );
-            fprintf( fp, "\nFollow:    %s", ByteString( pStyle->GetFollow(), RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US ).GetBuffer() );
-            DbgOutItemSet( fp, pStyle->GetItemSet(), FALSE, FALSE );
-            fprintf( fp, "\n----------------------------------" );
-
-            pStyle = aIter.Next();
-        }
-    }
-
-    fprintf( fp, "\n\n================================================================================" );
-    fprintf( fp, "\n==================   Defaults   ================================================" );
-    fprintf( fp, "\n================================================================================" );
-    DbgOutItemSet( fp, pEE->pImpEditEngine->GetEmptyItemSet(), TRUE, TRUE );
-
-    fprintf( fp, "\n\n================================================================================" );
-    fprintf( fp, "\n==================   EditEngine & Views   ======================================" );
-    fprintf( fp, "\n================================================================================" );
-    fprintf( fp, "\nControl: %lx", pEE->GetControlWord() );
-    fprintf( fp, "\nRefMapMode: %i", pEE->pImpEditEngine->pRefDev->GetMapMode().GetMapUnit() );
-    fprintf( fp, "\nPaperSize: %li x %li", pEE->GetPaperSize().Width(), pEE->GetPaperSize().Height() );
-    fprintf( fp, "\nMaxAutoPaperSize: %li x %li", pEE->GetMaxAutoPaperSize().Width(), pEE->GetMaxAutoPaperSize().Height() );
-    fprintf( fp, "\nMinAutoPaperSize: %li x %li", pEE->GetMinAutoPaperSize().Width(), pEE->GetMinAutoPaperSize().Height() );
-    fprintf( fp, "\nUpdate: %i", pEE->GetUpdateMode() );
-    fprintf( fp, "\nAnzahl der Views: %i", pEE->GetViewCount() );
-    for ( USHORT nView = 0; nView < pEE->GetViewCount(); nView++ )
-    {
-        EditView* pV = pEE->GetView( nView );
-        DBG_ASSERT( pV, "View nicht gefunden!" );
-        fprintf( fp, "\nView %i: Focus=%i", nView, pV->GetWindow()->HasFocus() );
-        Rectangle aR( pV->GetOutputArea() );
-        fprintf( fp, "\n  OutputArea: nX=%li, nY=%li, dX=%li, dY=%li, MapMode = %i", aR.TopLeft().X(), aR.TopLeft().Y(), aR.GetSize().Width(), aR.GetSize().Height() , pV->GetWindow()->GetMapMode().GetMapUnit() );
-        aR = pV->GetVisArea();
-        fprintf( fp, "\n  VisArea: nX=%li, nY=%li, dX=%li, dY=%li", aR.TopLeft().X(), aR.TopLeft().Y(), aR.GetSize().Width(), aR.GetSize().Height() );
-        ESelection aSel = pV->GetSelection();
-        fprintf( fp, "\n  Selektion: Start=%u,%u, End=%u,%u", aSel.nStartPara, aSel.nStartPos, aSel.nEndPara, aSel.nEndPos );
-    }
-    if ( pEE->GetActiveView() )
-    {
-        fprintf( fp, "\n\n================================================================================" );
-        fprintf( fp, "\n==================   Aktuelle View   ===========================================" );
-        fprintf( fp, "\n================================================================================" );
-        DbgOutItemSet( fp, pEE->GetActiveView()->GetAttribs(), TRUE, FALSE );
-    }
-    fclose( fp );
-    if ( bInfoBox )
-        InfoBox(0, String( RTL_CONSTASCII_USTRINGPARAM( "D:\\DEBUG.LOG !" ) ) ).Execute();
-}
-
-ByteString EditDbg::GetPortionInfo( ParaPortion* pPPortion )
-{
-    USHORT z;
-
-    ByteString aDebStr( "Absatzlaenge = " );
-    aDebStr += ByteString::CreateFromInt32( pPPortion->GetNode()->Len() );
-
-    aDebStr += "\nZeichenattribute:";
-    for ( z = 0; z < pPPortion->GetNode()->GetCharAttribs().Count(); z++ )
-    {
-        EditCharAttrib* pAttr = pPPortion->GetNode()->GetCharAttribs().GetAttribs().GetObject( z );
-        aDebStr += "\n  ";
-        aDebStr += ByteString::CreateFromInt32( pAttr->GetItem()->Which() );
-        aDebStr += '\t';
-        aDebStr += ByteString::CreateFromInt32( pAttr->GetStart() );
-        aDebStr += '\t';
-        aDebStr += ByteString::CreateFromInt32( pAttr->GetEnd() );
-    }
-
-    aDebStr += "\nTextportions:";
-    USHORT n = 0;
-    for ( z = 0; z < pPPortion->GetTextPortions().Count(); z++ )
-    {
-        TextPortion* pPortion = pPPortion->GetTextPortions().GetObject( z );
-        aDebStr += " ";
-        aDebStr += ByteString::CreateFromInt32( pPortion->GetLen() );
-        aDebStr += "(";
-        aDebStr += ByteString::CreateFromInt32( pPortion->GetSize().Width() );
-        aDebStr += ")";
-        aDebStr += ";";
-        n = n + pPortion->GetLen();
-    }
-    aDebStr += "\nGesamtlaenge: ";
-    aDebStr += ByteString::CreateFromInt32( n );
-    aDebStr += "\nSortiert nach Start:";
-    for ( USHORT x = 0; x < pPPortion->GetNode()->GetCharAttribs().Count(); x++ )
-    {
-        EditCharAttrib* pCurAttrib = pPPortion->GetNode()->GetCharAttribs().GetAttribs().GetObject( x );
-        aDebStr += "\nStart: ";
-        aDebStr += ByteString::CreateFromInt32( pCurAttrib->GetStart() );
-        aDebStr += "\tEnde: ";
-        aDebStr += ByteString::CreateFromInt32( pCurAttrib->GetEnd() );
-    }
-    return aDebStr;
-}
-
-ByteString EditDbg::GetTextPortionInfo( TextPortionList& rPortions )
-{
-    ByteString aDebStr;
-    for ( USHORT z = 0; z < rPortions.Count(); z++ )
-    {
-        TextPortion* pPortion = rPortions.GetObject( z );
-        aDebStr += " ";
-        aDebStr += ByteString::CreateFromInt32( pPortion->GetLen() );
-        aDebStr += "(";
-        aDebStr += ByteString::CreateFromInt32( pPortion->GetSize().Width() );
-        aDebStr += ")";
-        aDebStr += ";";
-    }
-    return aDebStr;
-}
-
-void EditDbg::ShowPortionData( ParaPortion* pPortion )
-{
-    ByteString aDebStr( GetPortionInfo( pPortion ) );
-    InfoBox( 0, String( aDebStr, RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US )  ).Execute();
-}
-
-
-BOOL ParaPortion::DbgCheckTextPortions()
-{
-    // pruefen, ob Portionlaenge ok:
-    USHORT nXLen = 0;
-    for ( USHORT nPortion = 0; nPortion < aTextPortionList.Count(); nPortion++  )
-        nXLen = nXLen + aTextPortionList[nPortion]->GetLen();
-    return nXLen == pNode->Len() ? TRUE : FALSE;
-}
-
-BOOL CheckOrderedList( CharAttribArray& rAttribs, BOOL bStart )
-{
-    USHORT nPrev = 0;
-    for ( USHORT nAttr = 0; nAttr < rAttribs.Count(); nAttr++ )
-    {
-        EditCharAttrib* pAttr = rAttribs[nAttr];
-        USHORT nCur = bStart ? pAttr->GetStart() : pAttr->GetEnd();
-        if ( nCur < nPrev )
-            return FALSE;
-
-        nPrev = nCur;
-    }
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/svx/source/editeng/editdbg.hxx b/svx/source/editeng/editdbg.hxx
deleted file mode 100644
index e75a0baef217..000000000000
--- a/svx/source/editeng/editdbg.hxx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
-/*************************************************************************
- *
- * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
- *
- * Copyright 2008 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite
- *
- * $RCSfile: editdbg.hxx,v $
- * $Revision: 1.4 $
- *
- * This file is part of OpenOffice.org.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3
- * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details
- * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code).
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org.  If not, see
- * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html>
- * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License.
- *
- ************************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef _EDITDBG_HXX
-#define _EDITDBG_HXX
-
-#include <svl/solar.hrc>
-#include <tools/string.hxx>
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-class EditEngine;
-class ParaPortion;
-class EditUndoList;
-class TextPortionList;
-class SfxItemSet;
-class SfxItemPool;
-class SfxPoolItem;
-
-ByteString  DbgOutItem( const SfxItemPool& rPool, const SfxPoolItem& rItem );
-void        DbgOutItemSet( FILE* fp, const SfxItemSet& rSet, BOOL bSearchInParent, BOOL bShowALL );
-
-class SVX_DLLPUBLIC EditDbg
-{
-public:
-    static void         ShowEditEngineData( EditEngine* pEditEngine, BOOL bInfoBox = TRUE );
-    static void         ShowPortionData( ParaPortion* pPortion );
-    static ByteString   GetPortionInfo( ParaPortion* pPPortion );
-    static ByteString   GetTextPortionInfo( TextPortionList& rPortions );
-    static ByteString   GetUndoDebStr( EditUndoList* pUndoList );
-};
-
-
-#endif // _EDITDBG_HXX
diff --git a/svx/source/editeng/editdoc.cxx b/svx/source/editeng/editdoc.cxx
deleted file mode 100644
index c43c91a02d1f..000000000000
--- a/svx/source/editeng/editdoc.cxx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2318 +0,0 @@
-/*************************************************************************
- *
- * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
- *
- * Copyright 2008 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite
- *
- * $RCSfile: editdoc.cxx,v $
- * $Revision: 1.48.148.1 $
- *
- * This file is part of OpenOffice.org.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3
- * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details
- * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code).
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org.  If not, see
- * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html>
- * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License.
- *
- ************************************************************************/
-
-// MARKER(update_precomp.py): autogen include statement, do not remove
-#include "precompiled_svx.hxx"
-
-#include <eeng_pch.hxx>
-
-#include <svx/tstpitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/colritem.hxx>
-#include <fontitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/crsditem.hxx>
-#include <svx/fhgtitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/postitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/kernitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/wrlmitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/wghtitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/udlnitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/cntritem.hxx>
-#include <svx/escpitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/shdditem.hxx>
-#include <svx/akrnitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/cscoitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/langitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/emphitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/charscaleitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/charreliefitem.hxx>
-#include <xmlcnitm.hxx>
-
-#include <editdoc.hxx>
-#include <editdbg.hxx>
-#include <eerdll.hxx>
-#include <eerdll2.hxx>
-#include <tools/stream.hxx>
-
-#include <tools/debug.hxx>
-#include <tools/shl.hxx>
-#include <vcl/svapp.hxx>
-
-#ifndef _COM_SUN_STAR_TEXT_SCRIPTTYPE_HPP_
-#include <com/sun/star/i18n/ScriptType.hpp>
-#endif
-
-#include <stdlib.h> // qsort
-
-using namespace ::com::sun::star;
-
-
-// ------------------------------------------------------------
-
-USHORT GetScriptItemId( USHORT nItemId, short nScriptType )
-{
-    USHORT nId = nItemId;
-
-    if ( ( nScriptType == i18n::ScriptType::ASIAN ) ||
-         ( nScriptType == i18n::ScriptType::COMPLEX ) )
-    {
-        switch ( nItemId )
-        {
-            case EE_CHAR_LANGUAGE:
-                nId = ( nScriptType == i18n::ScriptType::ASIAN ) ? EE_CHAR_LANGUAGE_CJK : EE_CHAR_LANGUAGE_CTL;
-            break;
-            case EE_CHAR_FONTINFO:
-                nId = ( nScriptType == i18n::ScriptType::ASIAN ) ? EE_CHAR_FONTINFO_CJK : EE_CHAR_FONTINFO_CTL;
-            break;
-            case EE_CHAR_FONTHEIGHT:
-                nId = ( nScriptType == i18n::ScriptType::ASIAN ) ? EE_CHAR_FONTHEIGHT_CJK : EE_CHAR_FONTHEIGHT_CTL;
-            break;
-            case EE_CHAR_WEIGHT:
-                nId = ( nScriptType == i18n::ScriptType::ASIAN ) ? EE_CHAR_WEIGHT_CJK : EE_CHAR_WEIGHT_CTL;
-            break;
-            case EE_CHAR_ITALIC:
-                nId = ( nScriptType == i18n::ScriptType::ASIAN ) ? EE_CHAR_ITALIC_CJK : EE_CHAR_ITALIC_CTL;
-            break;
-        }
-    }
-
-    return nId;
-}
-
-BOOL IsScriptItemValid( USHORT nItemId, short nScriptType )
-{
-    BOOL bValid = TRUE;
-
-    switch ( nItemId )
-    {
-        case EE_CHAR_LANGUAGE:
-            bValid = nScriptType == i18n::ScriptType::LATIN;
-        break;
-        case EE_CHAR_LANGUAGE_CJK:
-            bValid = nScriptType == i18n::ScriptType::ASIAN;
-        break;
-        case EE_CHAR_LANGUAGE_CTL:
-            bValid = nScriptType == i18n::ScriptType::COMPLEX;
-        break;
-        case EE_CHAR_FONTINFO:
-            bValid = nScriptType == i18n::ScriptType::LATIN;
-        break;
-        case EE_CHAR_FONTINFO_CJK:
-            bValid = nScriptType == i18n::ScriptType::ASIAN;
-        break;
-        case EE_CHAR_FONTINFO_CTL:
-            bValid = nScriptType == i18n::ScriptType::COMPLEX;
-        break;
-        case EE_CHAR_FONTHEIGHT:
-            bValid = nScriptType == i18n::ScriptType::LATIN;
-        break;
-        case EE_CHAR_FONTHEIGHT_CJK:
-            bValid = nScriptType == i18n::ScriptType::ASIAN;
-        break;
-        case EE_CHAR_FONTHEIGHT_CTL:
-            bValid = nScriptType == i18n::ScriptType::COMPLEX;
-        break;
-        case EE_CHAR_WEIGHT:
-            bValid = nScriptType == i18n::ScriptType::LATIN;
-        break;
-        case EE_CHAR_WEIGHT_CJK:
-            bValid = nScriptType == i18n::ScriptType::ASIAN;
-        break;
-        case EE_CHAR_WEIGHT_CTL:
-            bValid = nScriptType == i18n::ScriptType::COMPLEX;
-        break;
-        case EE_CHAR_ITALIC:
-            bValid = nScriptType == i18n::ScriptType::LATIN;
-        break;
-        case EE_CHAR_ITALIC_CJK:
-            bValid = nScriptType == i18n::ScriptType::ASIAN;
-        break;
-        case EE_CHAR_ITALIC_CTL:
-            bValid = nScriptType == i18n::ScriptType::COMPLEX;
-        break;
-    }
-
-    return bValid;
-}
-
-
-// ------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Sollte spaeter zentral nach TOOLS/STRING (Aktuell: 303)
-// fuer Grep: WS_TARGET
-
-DBG_NAME( EE_TextPortion );
-DBG_NAME( EE_EditLine );
-DBG_NAME( EE_ContentNode );
-DBG_NAME( EE_CharAttribList );
-
-SfxItemInfo aItemInfos[EDITITEMCOUNT] = {
-        { SID_ATTR_FRAMEDIRECTION, SFX_ITEM_POOLABLE },         // EE_PARA_WRITINGDIR
-        { 0, SFX_ITEM_POOLABLE },                               // EE_PARA_XMLATTRIBS
-        { SID_ATTR_PARA_HANGPUNCTUATION, SFX_ITEM_POOLABLE },   // EE_PARA_HANGINGPUNCTUATION
-        { SID_ATTR_PARA_FORBIDDEN_RULES, SFX_ITEM_POOLABLE },
-        { SID_ATTR_PARA_SCRIPTSPACE, SFX_ITEM_POOLABLE },       // EE_PARA_ASIANCJKSPACING
-        { SID_ATTR_NUMBERING_RULE, SFX_ITEM_POOLABLE },         // EE_PARA_NUMBULL
-        { 0, SFX_ITEM_POOLABLE },                               // EE_PARA_HYPHENATE
-        { 0, SFX_ITEM_POOLABLE },                               // EE_PARA_BULLETSTATE
-        { 0, SFX_ITEM_POOLABLE },                               // EE_PARA_OUTLLRSPACE
-        { SID_ATTR_PARA_OUTLLEVEL, SFX_ITEM_POOLABLE },
-        { SID_ATTR_PARA_BULLET, SFX_ITEM_POOLABLE },
-        { SID_ATTR_LRSPACE, SFX_ITEM_POOLABLE },
-        { SID_ATTR_ULSPACE, SFX_ITEM_POOLABLE },
-        { SID_ATTR_PARA_LINESPACE, SFX_ITEM_POOLABLE },
-        { SID_ATTR_PARA_ADJUST, SFX_ITEM_POOLABLE },
-        { SID_ATTR_TABSTOP, SFX_ITEM_POOLABLE },
-        { SID_ATTR_CHAR_COLOR, SFX_ITEM_POOLABLE },
-        { SID_ATTR_CHAR_FONT, SFX_ITEM_POOLABLE },
-        { SID_ATTR_CHAR_FONTHEIGHT, SFX_ITEM_POOLABLE },
-        { SID_ATTR_CHAR_SCALEWIDTH, SFX_ITEM_POOLABLE },
-        { SID_ATTR_CHAR_WEIGHT, SFX_ITEM_POOLABLE },
-        { SID_ATTR_CHAR_UNDERLINE, SFX_ITEM_POOLABLE },
-        { SID_ATTR_CHAR_STRIKEOUT, SFX_ITEM_POOLABLE },
-        { SID_ATTR_CHAR_POSTURE, SFX_ITEM_POOLABLE },
-        { SID_ATTR_CHAR_CONTOUR, SFX_ITEM_POOLABLE },
-        { SID_ATTR_CHAR_SHADOWED, SFX_ITEM_POOLABLE },
-        { SID_ATTR_CHAR_ESCAPEMENT, SFX_ITEM_POOLABLE },
-        { SID_ATTR_CHAR_AUTOKERN, SFX_ITEM_POOLABLE },
-        { SID_ATTR_CHAR_KERNING, SFX_ITEM_POOLABLE },
-        { SID_ATTR_CHAR_WORDLINEMODE, SFX_ITEM_POOLABLE },
-        { SID_ATTR_CHAR_LANGUAGE, SFX_ITEM_POOLABLE },
-        { SID_ATTR_CHAR_CJK_LANGUAGE, SFX_ITEM_POOLABLE },
-        { SID_ATTR_CHAR_CTL_LANGUAGE, SFX_ITEM_POOLABLE },
-        { SID_ATTR_CHAR_CJK_FONT, SFX_ITEM_POOLABLE },
-        { SID_ATTR_CHAR_CTL_FONT, SFX_ITEM_POOLABLE },
-        { SID_ATTR_CHAR_CJK_FONTHEIGHT, SFX_ITEM_POOLABLE },
-        { SID_ATTR_CHAR_CTL_FONTHEIGHT, SFX_ITEM_POOLABLE },
-        { SID_ATTR_CHAR_CJK_WEIGHT, SFX_ITEM_POOLABLE },
-        { SID_ATTR_CHAR_CTL_WEIGHT, SFX_ITEM_POOLABLE },
-        { SID_ATTR_CHAR_CJK_POSTURE, SFX_ITEM_POOLABLE },
-        { SID_ATTR_CHAR_CTL_POSTURE, SFX_ITEM_POOLABLE },
-        { SID_ATTR_CHAR_EMPHASISMARK, SFX_ITEM_POOLABLE },
-        { SID_ATTR_CHAR_RELIEF, SFX_ITEM_POOLABLE },
-        { 0, SFX_ITEM_POOLABLE },                           // EE_CHAR_RUBI_DUMMY
-        { 0, SFX_ITEM_POOLABLE },                           // EE_CHAR_XMLATTRIBS
-        { SID_ATTR_CHAR_OVERLINE, SFX_ITEM_POOLABLE },
-        { 0, SFX_ITEM_POOLABLE },                           // EE_FEATURE_TAB
-        { 0, SFX_ITEM_POOLABLE },                           // EE_FEATURE_LINEBR
-        { SID_ATTR_CHAR_CHARSETCOLOR, SFX_ITEM_POOLABLE },  // EE_FEATURE_NOTCONV
-        { SID_FIELD, SFX_ITEM_POOLABLE }
-};
-
-USHORT aV1Map[] = {
-    3999, 4001, 4002, 4003, 4004, 4005, 4006,
-    4007, 4008, 4009, 4010, 4011, 4012, 4013, 4017, 4018, 4019 // MI: 4019?
-};
-
-USHORT aV2Map[] = {
-    3999, 4000, 4001, 4002, 4003, 4004, 4005, 4006, 4007, 4008, 4009,
-    4010, 4011, 4012, 4013, 4014, 4015, 4016, 4018, 4019, 4020
-};
-
-USHORT aV3Map[] = {
-    3997, 3998, 3999, 4000, 4001, 4002, 4003, 4004, 4005, 4006, 4007,
-    4009, 4010, 4011, 4012, 4013, 4014, 4015, 4016, 4017, 4018, 4019,
-    4020, 4021
-};
-
-USHORT aV4Map[] = {
-    3994, 3995, 3996, 3997, 3998, 3999, 4000, 4001, 4002, 4003,
-    4004, 4005, 4006, 4007, 4008, 4009, 4010, 4011, 4012, 4013,
-    4014, 4015, 4016, 4017, 4018,
-    /* CJK Items inserted here: EE_CHAR_LANGUAGE - EE_CHAR_XMLATTRIBS */
-    4034, 4035, 4036, 4037
-};
-
-USHORT aV5Map[] = {
-    3994, 3995, 3996, 3997, 3998, 3999, 4000, 4001, 4002, 4003,
-    4004, 4005, 4006, 4007, 4008, 4009, 4010, 4011, 4012, 4013,
-    4014, 4015, 4016, 4017, 4018, 4019, 4020, 4021, 4022, 4023,
-    4024, 4025, 4026, 4027, 4028, 4029, 4030, 4031, 4032, 4033,
-    /* EE_CHAR_OVERLINE inserted here */
-    4035, 4036, 4037, 4038
-};
-
-SV_IMPL_PTRARR( DummyContentList, ContentNode* );
-SV_IMPL_VARARR( ScriptTypePosInfos, ScriptTypePosInfo );
-SV_IMPL_VARARR( WritingDirectionInfos, WritingDirectionInfo );
-// SV_IMPL_VARARR( ExtraCharInfos, ExtraCharInfo );
-
-
-int SAL_CALL CompareStart( const void* pFirst, const void* pSecond )
-{
-    if ( (*((EditCharAttrib**)pFirst))->GetStart() < (*((EditCharAttrib**)pSecond))->GetStart() )
-        return (-1);
-    else if ( (*((EditCharAttrib**)pFirst))->GetStart() > (*((EditCharAttrib**)pSecond))->GetStart() )
-        return (1);
-    return 0;
-}
-
-EditCharAttrib* MakeCharAttrib( SfxItemPool& rPool, const SfxPoolItem& rAttr, USHORT nS, USHORT nE )
-{
-    // das neue Attribut im Pool anlegen
-    const SfxPoolItem& rNew = rPool.Put( rAttr );
-
-    EditCharAttrib* pNew = 0;
-    switch( rNew.Which() )
-    {
-        case EE_CHAR_LANGUAGE:
-        case EE_CHAR_LANGUAGE_CJK:
-        case EE_CHAR_LANGUAGE_CTL:
-        {
-            pNew = new EditCharAttribLanguage( (const SvxLanguageItem&)rNew, nS, nE );
-        }
-        break;
-        case EE_CHAR_COLOR:
-        {
-            pNew = new EditCharAttribColor( (const SvxColorItem&)rNew, nS, nE );
-        }
-        break;
-        case EE_CHAR_FONTINFO:
-        case EE_CHAR_FONTINFO_CJK:
-        case EE_CHAR_FONTINFO_CTL:
-        {
-            pNew = new EditCharAttribFont( (const SvxFontItem&)rNew, nS, nE );
-        }
-        break;
-        case EE_CHAR_FONTHEIGHT:
-        case EE_CHAR_FONTHEIGHT_CJK:
-        case EE_CHAR_FONTHEIGHT_CTL:
-        {
-            pNew = new EditCharAttribFontHeight( (const SvxFontHeightItem&)rNew, nS, nE );
-        }
-        break;
-        case EE_CHAR_FONTWIDTH:
-        {
-            pNew = new EditCharAttribFontWidth( (const SvxCharScaleWidthItem&)rNew, nS, nE );
-        }
-        break;
-        case EE_CHAR_WEIGHT:
-        case EE_CHAR_WEIGHT_CJK:
-        case EE_CHAR_WEIGHT_CTL:
-        {
-            pNew = new EditCharAttribWeight( (const SvxWeightItem&)rNew, nS, nE );
-        }
-        break;
-        case EE_CHAR_UNDERLINE:
-        {
-            pNew = new EditCharAttribUnderline( (const SvxUnderlineItem&)rNew, nS, nE );
-        }
-        break;
-        case EE_CHAR_OVERLINE:
-        {
-            pNew = new EditCharAttribOverline( (const SvxOverlineItem&)rNew, nS, nE );
-        }
-        break;
-        case EE_CHAR_EMPHASISMARK:
-        {
-            pNew = new EditCharAttribEmphasisMark( (const SvxEmphasisMarkItem&)rNew, nS, nE );
-        }
-        break;
-        case EE_CHAR_RELIEF:
-        {
-            pNew = new EditCharAttribRelief( (const SvxCharReliefItem&)rNew, nS, nE );
-        }
-        break;
-        case EE_CHAR_STRIKEOUT:
-        {
-            pNew = new EditCharAttribStrikeout( (const SvxCrossedOutItem&)rNew, nS, nE );
-        }
-        break;
-        case EE_CHAR_ITALIC:
-        case EE_CHAR_ITALIC_CJK:
-        case EE_CHAR_ITALIC_CTL:
-        {
-            pNew = new EditCharAttribItalic( (const SvxPostureItem&)rNew, nS, nE );
-        }
-        break;
-        case EE_CHAR_OUTLINE:
-        {
-            pNew = new EditCharAttribOutline( (const SvxContourItem&)rNew, nS, nE );
-        }
-        break;
-        case EE_CHAR_SHADOW:
-        {
-            pNew = new EditCharAttribShadow( (const SvxShadowedItem&)rNew, nS, nE );
-        }
-        break;
-        case EE_CHAR_ESCAPEMENT:
-        {
-            pNew = new EditCharAttribEscapement( (const SvxEscapementItem&)rNew, nS, nE );
-        }
-        break;
-        case EE_CHAR_PAIRKERNING:
-        {
-            pNew = new EditCharAttribPairKerning( (const SvxAutoKernItem&)rNew, nS, nE );
-        }
-        break;
-        case EE_CHAR_KERNING:
-        {
-            pNew = new EditCharAttribKerning( (const SvxKerningItem&)rNew, nS, nE );
-        }
-        break;
-        case EE_CHAR_WLM:
-        {
-            pNew = new EditCharAttribWordLineMode( (const SvxWordLineModeItem&)rNew, nS, nE );
-        }
-        break;
-        case EE_CHAR_XMLATTRIBS:
-        {
-            pNew = new EditCharAttrib( rNew, nS, nE );  // Attrib is only for holding XML information...
-        }
-        break;
-        case EE_FEATURE_TAB:
-        {
-            pNew = new EditCharAttribTab( (const SfxVoidItem&)rNew, nS );
-        }
-        break;
-        case EE_FEATURE_LINEBR:
-        {
-            pNew = new EditCharAttribLineBreak( (const SfxVoidItem&)rNew, nS );
-        }
-        break;
-        case EE_FEATURE_FIELD:
-        {
-            pNew = new EditCharAttribField( (const SvxFieldItem&)rNew, nS );
-        }
-        break;
-        default:
-        {
-            DBG_ERROR( "Ungueltiges Attribut!" );
-        }
-    }
-    return pNew;
-}
-
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// class EditLine
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-EditLine::EditLine()
-{
-    DBG_CTOR( EE_EditLine, 0 );
-
-    nStart = nEnd = 0;
-    nStartPortion = 0;              // damit in ungueltiger Zeile ohne Portions von einer gueltigen Zeile mit der Portion Nr0 unterscieden werden kann.
-    nEndPortion = 0;
-    nHeight = 0;
-    nStartPosX = 0;
-    nTxtHeight = 0;
-    nTxtWidth = 0;
-    nCrsrHeight = 0;
-    nMaxAscent = 0;
-    bHangingPunctuation = FALSE;
-    bInvalid = TRUE;
-}
-
-EditLine::EditLine( const EditLine& r )
-{
-    DBG_CTOR( EE_EditLine, 0 );
-
-    nEnd = r.nEnd;
-    nStart = r.nStart;
-    nStartPortion = r.nStartPortion;
-    nEndPortion = r.nEndPortion;
-    bHangingPunctuation = r.bHangingPunctuation;
-
-    nHeight = 0;
-    nStartPosX = 0;
-    nTxtHeight = 0;
-    nTxtWidth = 0;
-    nCrsrHeight = 0;
-    nMaxAscent = 0;
-    bInvalid = TRUE;
-}
-
-EditLine::~EditLine()
-{
-    DBG_DTOR( EE_EditLine, 0 );
-}
-
-EditLine* EditLine::Clone() const
-{
-    EditLine* pL = new EditLine;
-    if ( aPositions.Count() )
-    {
-        pL->aPositions.Insert (aPositions.GetData(), aPositions.Count(), 0);
-    }
-    pL->nStartPosX      = nStartPosX;
-    pL->nStart          = nStart;
-    pL->nEnd            = nEnd;
-    pL->nStartPortion   = nStartPortion;
-    pL->nEndPortion     = nEndPortion;
-    pL->nHeight         = nHeight;
-    pL->nTxtWidth       = nTxtWidth;
-    pL->nTxtHeight      = nTxtHeight;
-    pL->nCrsrHeight     = nCrsrHeight;
-    pL->nMaxAscent      = nMaxAscent;
-
-    return pL;
-}
-
-BOOL operator == ( const EditLine& r1,  const EditLine& r2  )
-{
-    if ( r1.nStart != r2.nStart )
-        return FALSE;
-
-    if ( r1.nEnd != r2.nEnd )
-        return FALSE;
-
-    if ( r1.nStartPortion != r2.nStartPortion )
-        return FALSE;
-
-    if ( r1.nEndPortion != r2.nEndPortion )
-        return FALSE;
-
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-EditLine& EditLine::operator = ( const EditLine& r )
-{
-    nEnd = r.nEnd;
-    nStart = r.nStart;
-    nEndPortion = r.nEndPortion;
-    nStartPortion = r.nStartPortion;
-    return *this;
-}
-
-
-BOOL operator != ( const EditLine& r1,  const EditLine& r2  )
-{
-    return !( r1 == r2 );
-}
-
-Size EditLine::CalcTextSize( ParaPortion& rParaPortion )
-{
-    Size aSz;
-    Size aTmpSz;
-    TextPortion* pPortion;
-
-    USHORT nIndex = GetStart();
-
-    DBG_ASSERT( rParaPortion.GetTextPortions().Count(), "GetTextSize vor CreatePortions !" );
-
-    for ( USHORT n = nStartPortion; n <= nEndPortion; n++ )
-    {
-        pPortion = rParaPortion.GetTextPortions().GetObject(n);
-        switch ( pPortion->GetKind() )
-        {
-            case PORTIONKIND_TEXT:
-            case PORTIONKIND_FIELD:
-            case PORTIONKIND_HYPHENATOR:
-            {
-                aTmpSz = pPortion->GetSize();
-                aSz.Width() += aTmpSz.Width();
-                if ( aSz.Height() < aTmpSz.Height() )
-                    aSz.Height() = aTmpSz.Height();
-            }
-            break;
-            case PORTIONKIND_TAB:
-//          case PORTIONKIND_EXTRASPACE:
-            {
-                aSz.Width() += pPortion->GetSize().Width();
-            }
-            break;
-        }
-        nIndex = nIndex + pPortion->GetLen();
-    }
-
-    SetHeight( (USHORT)aSz.Height() );
-    return aSz;
-}
-
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// class EditLineList
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-EditLineList::EditLineList()
-{
-}
-
-EditLineList::~EditLineList()
-{
-    Reset();
-}
-
-void EditLineList::Reset()
-{
-    for ( USHORT nLine = 0; nLine < Count(); nLine++ )
-        delete GetObject(nLine);
-    Remove( 0, Count() );
-}
-
-void EditLineList::DeleteFromLine( USHORT nDelFrom )
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( nDelFrom <= (Count() - 1), "DeleteFromLine: Out of range" );
-    for ( USHORT nL = nDelFrom; nL < Count(); nL++ )
-        delete GetObject(nL);
-    Remove( nDelFrom, Count()-nDelFrom );
-}
-
-USHORT EditLineList::FindLine( USHORT nChar, BOOL bInclEnd )
-{
-    for ( USHORT nLine = 0; nLine < Count(); nLine++ )
-    {
-        EditLine* pLine = GetObject( nLine );
-        if ( ( bInclEnd && ( pLine->GetEnd() >= nChar ) ) ||
-             ( pLine->GetEnd() > nChar ) )
-        {
-            return nLine;
-        }
-    }
-
-    DBG_ASSERT( !bInclEnd, "Zeile nicht gefunden: FindLine" );
-    return ( Count() - 1 );
-}
-
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// class EditSelection
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-BOOL EditPaM::DbgIsBuggy( EditDoc& rDoc )
-{
-    if ( !pNode )
-        return TRUE;
-    if ( rDoc.GetPos( pNode ) >= rDoc.Count() )
-        return TRUE;
-    if ( nIndex > pNode->Len() )
-        return TRUE;
-
-    return FALSE;
-}
-
-BOOL EditSelection::DbgIsBuggy( EditDoc& rDoc )
-{
-    if ( aStartPaM.DbgIsBuggy( rDoc ) )
-        return TRUE;
-    if ( aEndPaM.DbgIsBuggy( rDoc ) )
-        return TRUE;
-
-    return FALSE;
-}
-
-EditSelection::EditSelection()
-{
-}
-
-EditSelection::EditSelection( const EditPaM& rStartAndAnd )
-{
-    // koennte noch optimiert werden!
-    // nicht erst Def-CTOR vom PaM rufen!
-    aStartPaM = rStartAndAnd;
-    aEndPaM = rStartAndAnd;
-}
-
-EditSelection::EditSelection( const EditPaM& rStart, const EditPaM& rEnd )
-{
-    // koennte noch optimiert werden!
-    aStartPaM = rStart;
-    aEndPaM = rEnd;
-}
-
-EditSelection& EditSelection::operator = ( const EditPaM& rPaM )
-{
-    aStartPaM = rPaM;
-    aEndPaM = rPaM;
-    return *this;
-}
-
-BOOL EditSelection::IsInvalid() const
-{
-    EditPaM aEmptyPaM;
-
-    if ( aStartPaM == aEmptyPaM )
-        return TRUE;
-
-    if ( aEndPaM == aEmptyPaM )
-        return TRUE;
-
-    return FALSE;
-}
-
-BOOL EditSelection::Adjust( const ContentList& rNodes )
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( aStartPaM.GetIndex() <= aStartPaM.GetNode()->Len(), "Index im Wald in Adjust(1)" );
-    DBG_ASSERT( aEndPaM.GetIndex() <= aEndPaM.GetNode()->Len(), "Index im Wald in Adjust(2)" );
-
-    ContentNode* pStartNode = aStartPaM.GetNode();
-    ContentNode* pEndNode = aEndPaM.GetNode();
-
-    USHORT nStartNode = rNodes.GetPos( pStartNode );
-    USHORT nEndNode = rNodes.GetPos( pEndNode );
-
-    DBG_ASSERT( nStartNode != USHRT_MAX, "Node im Wald in Adjust(1)" );
-    DBG_ASSERT( nEndNode != USHRT_MAX, "Node im Wald in Adjust(2)" );
-
-    BOOL bSwap = FALSE;
-    if ( nStartNode > nEndNode )
-        bSwap = TRUE;
-    else if ( ( nStartNode == nEndNode ) && ( aStartPaM.GetIndex() > aEndPaM.GetIndex() ) )
-        bSwap = TRUE;
-
-    if ( bSwap )
-    {
-        EditPaM aTmpPaM( aStartPaM );
-        aStartPaM = aEndPaM;
-        aEndPaM = aTmpPaM;
-    }
-
-    return bSwap;
-}
-
-
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// class EditPaM
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-BOOL operator == ( const EditPaM& r1,  const EditPaM& r2  )
-{
-    if ( r1.GetNode() != r2.GetNode() )
-        return FALSE;
-
-    if ( r1.GetIndex() != r2.GetIndex() )
-        return FALSE;
-
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-EditPaM& EditPaM::operator = ( const EditPaM& rPaM )
-{
-    nIndex = rPaM.nIndex;
-    pNode = rPaM.pNode;
-    return *this;
-}
-
-BOOL operator != ( const EditPaM& r1,  const EditPaM& r2  )
-{
-    return !( r1 == r2 );
-}
-
-
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// class ContentNode
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-ContentNode::ContentNode( SfxItemPool& rPool ) : aContentAttribs( rPool )
-{
-    DBG_CTOR( EE_ContentNode, 0 );
-    pWrongList = NULL;
-}
-
-ContentNode::ContentNode( const XubString& rStr, const ContentAttribs& rContentAttribs ) :
-    XubString( rStr ), aContentAttribs( rContentAttribs )
-{
-    DBG_CTOR( EE_ContentNode, 0 );
-    pWrongList = NULL;
-}
-
-ContentNode::~ContentNode()
-{
-    DBG_DTOR( EE_ContentNode, 0 );
-#ifndef SVX_LIGHT
-    delete pWrongList;
-#endif
-}
-
-void ContentNode::ExpandAttribs( USHORT nIndex, USHORT nNew, SfxItemPool& rItemPool )
-{
-    if ( !nNew )
-        return;
-
-    // Da Features anders behandelt werden als normale Zeichenattribute,
-    // kann sich hier auch die Sortierung der Start-Liste aendern!
-    // In jedem if..., in dem weiter (n) Moeglichkeiten aufgrund von
-    // bFeature oder Spezialfall existieren,
-    // muessen (n-1) Moeglichkeiten mit bResort versehen werden.
-    // Die wahrscheinlichste Moeglichkeit erhaelt kein bResort,
-    // so dass nicht neu sortiert wird, wenn sich alle Attribute
-    // gleich verhalten.
-    BOOL bResort = FALSE;
-    BOOL bExpandedEmptyAtIndexNull = FALSE;
-
-    USHORT nAttr = 0;
-    EditCharAttrib* pAttrib = GetAttrib( aCharAttribList.GetAttribs(), nAttr );
-    while ( pAttrib )
-    {
-        if ( pAttrib->GetEnd() >= nIndex )
-        {
-            // Alle Attribute hinter der Einfuegeposition verschieben...
-            if ( pAttrib->GetStart() > nIndex )
-            {
-                pAttrib->MoveForward( nNew );
-            }
-            // 0: Leeres Attribut expandieren, wenn an Einfuegestelle
-            else if ( pAttrib->IsEmpty() )
-            {
-                // Index nicht pruefen, leeres durfte nur dort liegen.
-                // Wenn spaeter doch Ueberpruefung:
-                //   Spezialfall: Start == 0; AbsLen == 1, nNew = 1 => Expand, weil durch Absatzumbruch!
-                // Start <= nIndex, End >= nIndex => Start=End=nIndex!
-//              if ( pAttrib->GetStart() == nIndex )
-                pAttrib->Expand( nNew );
-                if ( pAttrib->GetStart() == 0 )
-                    bExpandedEmptyAtIndexNull = TRUE;
-            }
-            // 1: Attribut startet davor, geht bis Index...
-            else if ( pAttrib->GetEnd() == nIndex ) // Start muss davor liegen
-            {
-                // Nur expandieren, wenn kein Feature,
-                // und wenn nicht in ExcludeListe!
-                // Sonst geht z.B. ein UL bis zum neuen ULDB, beide expandieren
-//              if ( !pAttrib->IsFeature() && !rExclList.FindAttrib( pAttrib->Which() ) )
-                if ( !pAttrib->IsFeature() && !aCharAttribList.FindEmptyAttrib( pAttrib->Which(), nIndex ) )
-                {
-                    if ( !pAttrib->IsEdge() )
-                        pAttrib->Expand( nNew );
-                }
-                else
-                    bResort = TRUE;
-            }
-            // 2: Attribut startet davor, geht hinter Index...
-            else if ( ( pAttrib->GetStart() < nIndex ) && ( pAttrib->GetEnd() > nIndex ) )
-            {
-                DBG_ASSERT( !pAttrib->IsFeature(), "Grosses Feature?!" );
-                pAttrib->Expand( nNew );
-            }
-            // 3: Attribut startet auf Index...
-            else if ( pAttrib->GetStart() == nIndex )
-            {
-                if ( pAttrib->IsFeature() )
-                {
-                    pAttrib->MoveForward( nNew );
-                    bResort = TRUE;
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    BOOL bExpand = FALSE;
-                    if ( nIndex == 0 )
-                    {
-                        bExpand = TRUE;
-                        if( bExpandedEmptyAtIndexNull )
-                        {
-                            // Check if this kind of attribut was empty and expanded here...
-                            USHORT nW = pAttrib->GetItem()->Which();
-                            for ( USHORT nA = 0; nA < nAttr; nA++ )
-                            {
-                                EditCharAttrib* pA = aCharAttribList.GetAttribs()[nA];
-                                if ( ( pA->GetStart() == 0 ) && ( pA->GetItem()->Which() == nW ) )
-                                {
-                                    bExpand = FALSE;
-                                    break;
-                                }
-                            }
-
-                        }
-                    }
-                    if ( bExpand )
-                    {
-                        pAttrib->Expand( nNew );
-                        bResort = TRUE;
-                    }
-                    else
-                    {
-                        pAttrib->MoveForward( nNew );
-                    }
-                }
-            }
-        }
-
-        if ( pAttrib->IsEdge() )
-            pAttrib->SetEdge( FALSE );
-
-        DBG_ASSERT( !pAttrib->IsFeature() || ( pAttrib->GetLen() == 1 ), "Expand: FeaturesLen != 1" );
-
-        DBG_ASSERT( pAttrib->GetStart() <= pAttrib->GetEnd(), "Expand: Attribut verdreht!" );
-        DBG_ASSERT( ( pAttrib->GetEnd() <= Len() ), "Expand: Attrib groesser als Absatz!" );
-        if ( pAttrib->IsEmpty() )
-        {
-            DBG_ERROR( "Leeres Attribut nach ExpandAttribs?" );
-            bResort = TRUE;
-            aCharAttribList.GetAttribs().Remove( nAttr );
-            rItemPool.Remove( *pAttrib->GetItem() );
-            delete pAttrib;
-            nAttr--;
-        }
-        nAttr++;
-        pAttrib = GetAttrib( aCharAttribList.GetAttribs(), nAttr );
-    }
-
-    if ( bResort )
-        aCharAttribList.ResortAttribs();
-
-#ifndef SVX_LIGHT
-    if ( pWrongList )
-    {
-        BOOL bSep = ( GetChar( nIndex ) == ' ' ) || IsFeature( nIndex );
-        pWrongList->TextInserted( nIndex, nNew, bSep );
-    }
-#endif // !SVX_LIGHT
-
-#ifdef EDITDEBUG
-    DBG_ASSERT( CheckOrderedList( aCharAttribList.GetAttribs(), TRUE ), "Expand: Start-Liste verdreht" );
-#endif
-}
-
-void ContentNode::CollapsAttribs( USHORT nIndex, USHORT nDeleted, SfxItemPool& rItemPool )
-{
-    if ( !nDeleted )
-        return;
-
-    // Da Features anders behandelt werden als normale Zeichenattribute,
-    // kann sich hier auch die Sortierung der Start-Liste aendern!
-    BOOL bResort = FALSE;
-    BOOL bDelAttr = FALSE;
-    USHORT nEndChanges = nIndex+nDeleted;
-
-    USHORT nAttr = 0;
-    EditCharAttrib* pAttrib = GetAttrib( aCharAttribList.GetAttribs(), nAttr );
-    while ( pAttrib )
-    {
-        bDelAttr = FALSE;
-        if ( pAttrib->GetEnd() >= nIndex )
-        {
-            // Alles Attribute hinter der Einfuegeposition verschieben...
-            if ( pAttrib->GetStart() >= nEndChanges )
-            {
-                pAttrib->MoveBackward( nDeleted );
-            }
-            // 1. Innenliegende Attribute loeschen...
-            else if ( ( pAttrib->GetStart() >= nIndex ) && ( pAttrib->GetEnd() <= nEndChanges ) )
-            {
-                // Spezialfall: Attrubt deckt genau den Bereich ab
-                // => als leeres Attribut behalten.
-                if ( !pAttrib->IsFeature() && ( pAttrib->GetStart() == nIndex ) && ( pAttrib->GetEnd() == nEndChanges ) )
-                    pAttrib->GetEnd() = nIndex; // leer
-                else
-                    bDelAttr = TRUE;
-            }
-            // 2. Attribut beginnt davor, endet drinnen oder dahinter...
-            else if ( ( pAttrib->GetStart() <= nIndex ) && ( pAttrib->GetEnd() > nIndex ) )
-            {
-                DBG_ASSERT( !pAttrib->IsFeature(), "Collapsing Feature!" );
-                if ( pAttrib->GetEnd() <= nEndChanges ) // endet drinnen
-                    pAttrib->GetEnd() = nIndex;
-                else
-                    pAttrib->Collaps( nDeleted );       // endet dahinter
-            }
-            // 3. Attribut beginnt drinnen, endet dahinter...
-            else if ( ( pAttrib->GetStart() >= nIndex ) && ( pAttrib->GetEnd() > nEndChanges ) )
-            {
-                // Features duerfen nicht expandieren!
-                if ( pAttrib->IsFeature() )
-                {
-                    pAttrib->MoveBackward( nDeleted );
-                    bResort = TRUE;
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    pAttrib->GetStart() = nEndChanges;
-                    pAttrib->MoveBackward( nDeleted );
-                }
-            }
-        }
-        DBG_ASSERT( !pAttrib->IsFeature() || ( pAttrib->GetLen() == 1 ), "Expand: FeaturesLen != 1" );
-
-        DBG_ASSERT( pAttrib->GetStart() <= pAttrib->GetEnd(), "Collaps: Attribut verdreht!" );
-        DBG_ASSERT( ( pAttrib->GetEnd() <= Len()) || bDelAttr, "Collaps: Attrib groesser als Absatz!" );
-        if ( bDelAttr /* || pAttrib->IsEmpty() */ )
-        {
-            bResort = TRUE;
-            aCharAttribList.GetAttribs().Remove( nAttr );
-            rItemPool.Remove( *pAttrib->GetItem() );
-            delete pAttrib;
-            nAttr--;
-        }
-        else if ( pAttrib->IsEmpty() )
-            aCharAttribList.HasEmptyAttribs() = TRUE;
-
-        nAttr++;
-        pAttrib = GetAttrib( aCharAttribList.GetAttribs(), nAttr );
-    }
-
-    if ( bResort )
-        aCharAttribList.ResortAttribs();
-
-#ifndef SVX_LIGHT
-    if ( pWrongList )
-        pWrongList->TextDeleted( nIndex, nDeleted );
-#endif // !SVX_LIGHT
-
-#ifdef EDITDEBUG
-    DBG_ASSERT( CheckOrderedList( aCharAttribList.GetAttribs(), TRUE ), "Collaps: Start-Liste verdreht" );
-#endif
-}
-
-void ContentNode::CopyAndCutAttribs( ContentNode* pPrevNode, SfxItemPool& rPool, BOOL bKeepEndingAttribs )
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( pPrevNode, "kopieren von Attributen auf einen NULL-Pointer ?" );
-
-    xub_StrLen nCut = pPrevNode->Len();
-
-    USHORT nAttr = 0;
-    EditCharAttrib* pAttrib = GetAttrib( pPrevNode->GetCharAttribs().GetAttribs(), nAttr );
-    while ( pAttrib )
-    {
-        if ( pAttrib->GetEnd() < nCut )
-        {
-            // bleiben unveraendert....
-            ;
-        }
-        else if ( pAttrib->GetEnd() == nCut )
-        {
-            // muessen als leeres Attribut kopiert werden.
-            if ( bKeepEndingAttribs && !pAttrib->IsFeature() && !aCharAttribList.FindAttrib( pAttrib->GetItem()->Which(), 0 ) )
-            {
-                EditCharAttrib* pNewAttrib = MakeCharAttrib( rPool, *(pAttrib->GetItem()), 0, 0 );
-                DBG_ASSERT( pNewAttrib, "MakeCharAttrib fehlgeschlagen!" );
-                aCharAttribList.InsertAttrib( pNewAttrib );
-            }
-        }
-        else if ( pAttrib->IsInside( nCut ) || ( !nCut && !pAttrib->GetStart() && !pAttrib->IsFeature() ) )
-        {
-            // Wenn ganz vorne gecuttet wird, muss das Attribut erhalten bleiben!
-            // muessen kopiert und geaendert werden
-            EditCharAttrib* pNewAttrib = MakeCharAttrib( rPool, *(pAttrib->GetItem()), 0, pAttrib->GetEnd()-nCut );
-            DBG_ASSERT( pNewAttrib, "MakeCharAttrib fehlgeschlagen!" );
-            aCharAttribList.InsertAttrib( pNewAttrib );
-            // stutzen:
-            pAttrib->GetEnd() = nCut;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            // alle dahinter verschieben in den neuen Node (this)
-//          pPrevNode->GetCharAttribs().RemoveAttrib( pAttrib );
-            pPrevNode->GetCharAttribs().GetAttribs().Remove( nAttr );
-            aCharAttribList.InsertAttrib( pAttrib );
-            DBG_ASSERT( pAttrib->GetStart() >= nCut, "Start < nCut!" );
-            DBG_ASSERT( pAttrib->GetEnd() >= nCut, "End < nCut!" );
-            pAttrib->GetStart() = pAttrib->GetStart() - nCut;
-            pAttrib->GetEnd() = pAttrib->GetEnd() - nCut;
-            nAttr--;
-        }
-        nAttr++;
-        pAttrib = GetAttrib( pPrevNode->GetCharAttribs().GetAttribs(), nAttr );
-    }
-}
-
-void ContentNode::AppendAttribs( ContentNode* pNextNode )
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( pNextNode, "kopieren von Attributen von einen NULL-Pointer ?" );
-
-    USHORT nNewStart = Len();
-
-#ifdef EDITDEBUG
-    DBG_ASSERT( aCharAttribList.DbgCheckAttribs(), "Attribute VOR AppendAttribs kaputt" );
-#endif
-
-    USHORT nAttr = 0;
-    EditCharAttrib* pAttrib = GetAttrib( pNextNode->GetCharAttribs().GetAttribs(), nAttr );
-    while ( pAttrib )
-    {
-        // alle Attribute verschieben in den aktuellen Node (this)
-        BOOL bMelted = FALSE;
-        if ( ( pAttrib->GetStart() == 0 ) && ( !pAttrib->IsFeature() ) )
-        {
-            // Evtl koennen Attribute zusammengefasst werden:
-            USHORT nTmpAttr = 0;
-            EditCharAttrib* pTmpAttrib = GetAttrib( aCharAttribList.GetAttribs(), nTmpAttr );
-            while ( !bMelted && pTmpAttrib )
-            {
-                if ( pTmpAttrib->GetEnd() == nNewStart )
-                {
-                    if ( ( pTmpAttrib->Which() == pAttrib->Which() ) &&
-                         ( *(pTmpAttrib->GetItem()) == *(pAttrib->GetItem() ) ) )
-                    {
-                        pTmpAttrib->GetEnd() =
-                            pTmpAttrib->GetEnd() + pAttrib->GetLen();
-                        pNextNode->GetCharAttribs().GetAttribs().Remove( nAttr );
-                        // Vom Pool abmelden ?!
-                        delete pAttrib;
-                        bMelted = TRUE;
-                    }
-                }
-                ++nTmpAttr;
-                pTmpAttrib = GetAttrib( aCharAttribList.GetAttribs(), nTmpAttr );
-            }
-        }
-
-        if ( !bMelted )
-        {
-            pAttrib->GetStart() = pAttrib->GetStart() + nNewStart;
-            pAttrib->GetEnd() = pAttrib->GetEnd() + nNewStart;
-            aCharAttribList.InsertAttrib( pAttrib );
-            ++nAttr;
-        }
-        pAttrib = GetAttrib( pNextNode->GetCharAttribs().GetAttribs(), nAttr );
-    }
-    // Fuer die Attribute, die nur ruebergewandert sind:
-    pNextNode->GetCharAttribs().Clear();
-
-#ifdef EDITDEBUG
-    DBG_ASSERT( aCharAttribList.DbgCheckAttribs(), "Attribute NACH AppendAttribs kaputt" );
-#endif
-}
-
-void ContentNode::CreateDefFont()
-{
-    // Erst alle Informationen aus dem Style verwenden...
-    SfxStyleSheet* pS = aContentAttribs.GetStyleSheet();
-    if ( pS )
-        CreateFont( GetCharAttribs().GetDefFont(), pS->GetItemSet() );
-
-    // ... dann die harte Absatzformatierung rueberbuegeln...
-    CreateFont( GetCharAttribs().GetDefFont(),
-        GetContentAttribs().GetItems(), pS == NULL );
-}
-
-void ContentNode::SetStyleSheet( SfxStyleSheet* pS, const SvxFont& rFontFromStyle )
-{
-    aContentAttribs.SetStyleSheet( pS );
-
-    // Erst alle Informationen aus dem Style verwenden...
-    GetCharAttribs().GetDefFont() = rFontFromStyle;
-    // ... dann die harte Absatzformatierung rueberbuegeln...
-    CreateFont( GetCharAttribs().GetDefFont(),
-        GetContentAttribs().GetItems(), pS == NULL );
-}
-
-void ContentNode::SetStyleSheet( SfxStyleSheet* pS, BOOL bRecalcFont )
-{
-    aContentAttribs.SetStyleSheet( pS );
-    if ( bRecalcFont )
-        CreateDefFont();
-}
-
-void ContentNode::DestroyWrongList()
-{
-#ifndef SVX_LIGHT
-    delete pWrongList;
-#endif
-    pWrongList = NULL;
-}
-
-void ContentNode::CreateWrongList()
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( !pWrongList, "WrongList existiert schon!" );
-#ifndef SVX_LIGHT
-    pWrongList = new WrongList;
-#endif
-}
-
-void ContentNode::SetWrongList( WrongList* p )
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( !pWrongList, "WrongList existiert schon!" );
-    pWrongList = p;
-}
-
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// class ContentAttribs
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-ContentAttribs::ContentAttribs( SfxItemPool& rPool ) :
-                    aAttribSet( rPool, EE_PARA_START, EE_CHAR_END )
-{
-    pStyle = 0;
-}
-
-ContentAttribs::ContentAttribs( const ContentAttribs& rRef ) :
-                    aAttribSet( rRef.aAttribSet )
-{
-    pStyle = rRef.pStyle;
-}
-
-ContentAttribs::~ContentAttribs()
-{
-}
-
-SvxTabStop ContentAttribs::FindTabStop( long nCurPos, USHORT nDefTab )
-{
-    const SvxTabStopItem& rTabs = (const SvxTabStopItem&) GetItem( EE_PARA_TABS );
-    for ( USHORT i = 0; i < rTabs.Count(); i++ )
-    {
-        const SvxTabStop& rTab = rTabs[i];
-        if ( rTab.GetTabPos() > nCurPos  )
-            return rTab;
-    }
-
-    // DefTab ermitteln...
-    SvxTabStop aTabStop;
-    long x = nCurPos / nDefTab + 1;
-    aTabStop.GetTabPos() = nDefTab * x;
-    return aTabStop;
-}
-
-void ContentAttribs::SetStyleSheet( SfxStyleSheet* pS )
-{
-    BOOL bStyleChanged = ( pStyle != pS );
-    pStyle = pS;
-    // #104799# Only when other style sheet, not when current style sheet modified
-    if ( pStyle && bStyleChanged )
-    {
-        // Gezielt die Attribute aus der Absatzformatierung entfernen, die im Style
-        // spezifiziert sind, damit die Attribute des Styles wirken koennen.
-        const SfxItemSet& rStyleAttribs = pStyle->GetItemSet();
-        for ( USHORT nWhich = EE_PARA_START; nWhich <= EE_CHAR_END; nWhich++ )
-        {
-            // #99635# Don't change bullet on/off
-            if ( ( nWhich != EE_PARA_BULLETSTATE ) && ( rStyleAttribs.GetItemState( nWhich ) == SFX_ITEM_ON ) )
-                aAttribSet.ClearItem( nWhich );
-        }
-    }
-}
-
-const SfxPoolItem& ContentAttribs::GetItem( USHORT nWhich )
-{
-    // Harte Absatzattribute haben Vorrang!
-    SfxItemSet* pTakeFrom = &aAttribSet;
-    if ( pStyle && ( aAttribSet.GetItemState( nWhich, FALSE ) != SFX_ITEM_ON  ) )
-        pTakeFrom = &pStyle->GetItemSet();
-
-    return pTakeFrom->Get( nWhich );
-}
-
-BOOL ContentAttribs::HasItem( USHORT nWhich )
-{
-    BOOL bHasItem = FALSE;
-    if ( aAttribSet.GetItemState( nWhich, FALSE ) == SFX_ITEM_ON  )
-        bHasItem = TRUE;
-    else if ( pStyle && pStyle->GetItemSet().GetItemState( nWhich ) == SFX_ITEM_ON )
-        bHasItem = TRUE;
-
-    return bHasItem;
-}
-
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-//  class ItemList
-//  ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-const SfxPoolItem* ItemList::FindAttrib( USHORT nWhich )
-{
-    const SfxPoolItem* pItem = First();
-    while ( pItem && ( pItem->Which() != nWhich ) )
-        pItem = Next();
-
-    return pItem;
-}
-
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// class EditDoc
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-EditDoc::EditDoc( SfxItemPool* pPool )
-{
-    if ( pPool )
-    {
-        pItemPool = pPool;
-        bOwnerOfPool = FALSE;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        pItemPool = new EditEngineItemPool( FALSE );
-        bOwnerOfPool = TRUE;
-    }
-
-    nDefTab = DEFTAB;
-    bIsVertical = FALSE;
-    bIsFixedCellHeight = FALSE;
-
-    // Don't create a empty node, Clear() will be called in EditEngine-CTOR
-
-    SetModified( FALSE );
-};
-
-EditDoc::~EditDoc()
-{
-    ImplDestroyContents();
-    if ( bOwnerOfPool )
-        SfxItemPool::Free(pItemPool);
-}
-
-void EditDoc::ImplDestroyContents()
-{
-    for ( USHORT nNode = Count(); nNode; )
-        RemoveItemsFromPool( GetObject( --nNode ) );
-    DeleteAndDestroy( 0, Count() );
-}
-
-void EditDoc::RemoveItemsFromPool( ContentNode* pNode )
-{
-    for ( USHORT nAttr = 0; nAttr < pNode->GetCharAttribs().Count(); nAttr++ )
-    {
-        EditCharAttrib* pAttr = pNode->GetCharAttribs().GetAttribs()[nAttr];
-        GetItemPool().Remove( *pAttr->GetItem() );
-    }
-}
-
-void CreateFont( SvxFont& rFont, const SfxItemSet& rSet, bool bSearchInParent, short nScriptType )
-{
-    Font aPrevFont( rFont );
-    rFont.SetAlign( ALIGN_BASELINE );
-    rFont.SetTransparent( TRUE );
-
-    USHORT nWhich_FontInfo = GetScriptItemId( EE_CHAR_FONTINFO, nScriptType );
-    USHORT nWhich_Language = GetScriptItemId( EE_CHAR_LANGUAGE, nScriptType );
-    USHORT nWhich_FontHeight = GetScriptItemId( EE_CHAR_FONTHEIGHT, nScriptType );
-    USHORT nWhich_Weight = GetScriptItemId( EE_CHAR_WEIGHT, nScriptType );
-    USHORT nWhich_Italic = GetScriptItemId( EE_CHAR_ITALIC, nScriptType );
-
-    if ( bSearchInParent || ( rSet.GetItemState( nWhich_FontInfo ) == SFX_ITEM_ON ) )
-    {
-        const SvxFontItem& rFontItem = (const SvxFontItem&)rSet.Get( nWhich_FontInfo );
-        rFont.SetName( rFontItem.GetFamilyName() );
-        rFont.SetFamily( rFontItem.GetFamily() );
-        rFont.SetPitch( rFontItem.GetPitch() );
-        rFont.SetCharSet( rFontItem.GetCharSet() );
-    }
-    if ( bSearchInParent || ( rSet.GetItemState( nWhich_Language ) == SFX_ITEM_ON ) )
-        rFont.SetLanguage( ((const SvxLanguageItem&)rSet.Get( nWhich_Language )).GetLanguage() );
-    if ( bSearchInParent || ( rSet.GetItemState( EE_CHAR_COLOR ) == SFX_ITEM_ON ) )
-        rFont.SetColor( ((const SvxColorItem&)rSet.Get( EE_CHAR_COLOR )).GetValue() );
-    if ( bSearchInParent || ( rSet.GetItemState( nWhich_FontHeight ) == SFX_ITEM_ON ) )
-        rFont.SetSize( Size( rFont.GetSize().Width(), ((const SvxFontHeightItem&)rSet.Get( nWhich_FontHeight ) ).GetHeight() ) );
-    if ( bSearchInParent || ( rSet.GetItemState( nWhich_Weight ) == SFX_ITEM_ON ) )
-        rFont.SetWeight( ((const SvxWeightItem&)rSet.Get( nWhich_Weight )).GetWeight() );
-    if ( bSearchInParent || ( rSet.GetItemState( EE_CHAR_UNDERLINE ) == SFX_ITEM_ON ) )
-        rFont.SetUnderline( ((const SvxUnderlineItem&)rSet.Get( EE_CHAR_UNDERLINE )).GetLineStyle() );
-    if ( bSearchInParent || ( rSet.GetItemState( EE_CHAR_OVERLINE ) == SFX_ITEM_ON ) )
-        rFont.SetOverline( ((const SvxOverlineItem&)rSet.Get( EE_CHAR_OVERLINE )).GetLineStyle() );
-    if ( bSearchInParent || ( rSet.GetItemState( EE_CHAR_STRIKEOUT ) == SFX_ITEM_ON ) )
-        rFont.SetStrikeout( ((const SvxCrossedOutItem&)rSet.Get( EE_CHAR_STRIKEOUT )).GetStrikeout() );
-    if ( bSearchInParent || ( rSet.GetItemState( nWhich_Italic ) == SFX_ITEM_ON ) )
-        rFont.SetItalic( ((const SvxPostureItem&)rSet.Get( nWhich_Italic )).GetPosture() );
-    if ( bSearchInParent || ( rSet.GetItemState( EE_CHAR_OUTLINE ) == SFX_ITEM_ON ) )
-        rFont.SetOutline( ((const SvxContourItem&)rSet.Get( EE_CHAR_OUTLINE )).GetValue() );
-    if ( bSearchInParent || ( rSet.GetItemState( EE_CHAR_SHADOW ) == SFX_ITEM_ON ) )
-        rFont.SetShadow( ((const SvxShadowedItem&)rSet.Get( EE_CHAR_SHADOW )).GetValue() );
-    if ( bSearchInParent || ( rSet.GetItemState( EE_CHAR_ESCAPEMENT ) == SFX_ITEM_ON ) )
-    {
-        const SvxEscapementItem& rEsc = (const SvxEscapementItem&) rSet.Get( EE_CHAR_ESCAPEMENT );
-
-        USHORT nProp = rEsc.GetProp();
-        rFont.SetPropr( (BYTE)nProp );
-
-        short nEsc = rEsc.GetEsc();
-        if ( nEsc == DFLT_ESC_AUTO_SUPER )
-            nEsc = 100 - nProp;
-        else if ( nEsc == DFLT_ESC_AUTO_SUB )
-            nEsc = sal::static_int_cast< short >( -( 100 - nProp ) );
-        rFont.SetEscapement( nEsc );
-    }
-    if ( bSearchInParent || ( rSet.GetItemState( EE_CHAR_PAIRKERNING ) == SFX_ITEM_ON ) )
-        rFont.SetKerning( ((const SvxAutoKernItem&)rSet.Get( EE_CHAR_PAIRKERNING )).GetValue() );
-    if ( bSearchInParent || ( rSet.GetItemState( EE_CHAR_KERNING ) == SFX_ITEM_ON ) )
-        rFont.SetFixKerning( ((const SvxKerningItem&)rSet.Get( EE_CHAR_KERNING )).GetValue() );
-    if ( bSearchInParent || ( rSet.GetItemState( EE_CHAR_WLM ) == SFX_ITEM_ON ) )
-        rFont.SetWordLineMode( ((const SvxWordLineModeItem&)rSet.Get( EE_CHAR_WLM )).GetValue() );
-    if ( bSearchInParent || ( rSet.GetItemState( EE_CHAR_EMPHASISMARK ) == SFX_ITEM_ON ) )
-        rFont.SetEmphasisMark( ((const SvxEmphasisMarkItem&)rSet.Get( EE_CHAR_EMPHASISMARK )).GetValue() );
-    if ( bSearchInParent || ( rSet.GetItemState( EE_CHAR_RELIEF ) == SFX_ITEM_ON ) )
-        rFont.SetRelief( (FontRelief)((const SvxCharReliefItem&)rSet.Get( EE_CHAR_RELIEF )).GetValue() );
-
-    // Ob ich jetzt den ganzen Font vergleiche, oder vor jeder Aenderung
-    // pruefe, ob der Wert sich aendert, bleibt sich relativ gleich.
-    // So ggf ein MakeUniqFont im Font mehr, dafuer bei Aenderung schnellerer
-    // Abbruch der Abfrage, oder ich musste noch jedesmal ein bChanged pflegen.
-    if ( rFont == aPrevFont  )
-        rFont = aPrevFont;  // => Gleicher ImpPointer fuer IsSameInstance
-}
-
-void EditDoc::CreateDefFont( BOOL bUseStyles )
-{
-    SfxItemSet aTmpSet( GetItemPool(), EE_PARA_START, EE_CHAR_END );
-    CreateFont( aDefFont, aTmpSet );
-    aDefFont.SetVertical( IsVertical() );
-    aDefFont.SetOrientation( IsVertical() ? 2700 : 0 );
-
-    for ( USHORT nNode = 0; nNode < Count(); nNode++ )
-    {
-        ContentNode* pNode = GetObject( nNode );
-        pNode->GetCharAttribs().GetDefFont() = aDefFont;
-        if ( bUseStyles )
-            pNode->CreateDefFont();
-    }
-}
-
-static const sal_Unicode aCR[] = { 0x0d, 0x00 };
-static const sal_Unicode aLF[] = { 0x0a, 0x00 };
-static const sal_Unicode aCRLF[] = { 0x0d, 0x0a, 0x00 };
-
-XubString EditDoc::GetSepStr( LineEnd eEnd )
-{
-    XubString aSep;
-    if ( eEnd == LINEEND_CR )
-        aSep = aCR;
-    else if ( eEnd == LINEEND_LF )
-        aSep = aLF;
-    else
-        aSep = aCRLF;
-    return aSep;
-}
-
-XubString EditDoc::GetText( LineEnd eEnd ) const
-{
-    ULONG nLen = GetTextLen();
-    USHORT nNodes = Count();
-
-    String aSep = EditDoc::GetSepStr( eEnd );
-    USHORT nSepSize = aSep.Len();
-
-    if ( nSepSize )
-        nLen += nNodes * nSepSize;
-    if ( nLen > 0xFFFb / sizeof(xub_Unicode) )
-    {
-        DBG_ERROR( "Text zu gross fuer String" );
-        return XubString();
-    }
-    xub_Unicode* pStr = new xub_Unicode[nLen+1];
-    xub_Unicode* pCur = pStr;
-    USHORT nLastNode = nNodes-1;
-    for ( USHORT nNode = 0; nNode < nNodes; nNode++ )
-    {
-        XubString aTmp( GetParaAsString( GetObject(nNode) ) );
-        memcpy( pCur, aTmp.GetBuffer(), aTmp.Len()*sizeof(sal_Unicode) );
-        pCur += aTmp.Len();
-        if ( nSepSize && ( nNode != nLastNode ) )
-        {
-            memcpy( pCur, aSep.GetBuffer(), nSepSize*sizeof(sal_Unicode ) );
-            pCur += nSepSize;
-        }
-    }
-    *pCur = '\0';
-    XubString aASCIIText( pStr );
-    delete[] pStr;
-    return aASCIIText;
-}
-
-XubString EditDoc::GetParaAsString( USHORT nNode ) const
-{
-    return GetParaAsString( SaveGetObject( nNode ) );
-}
-
-XubString EditDoc::GetParaAsString( ContentNode* pNode, USHORT nStartPos, USHORT nEndPos, BOOL bResolveFields ) const
-{
-    if ( nEndPos > pNode->Len() )
-        nEndPos = pNode->Len();
-
-    DBG_ASSERT( nStartPos <= nEndPos, "Start und Ende vertauscht?" );
-
-    USHORT nIndex = nStartPos;
-    XubString aStr;
-    EditCharAttrib* pNextFeature = pNode->GetCharAttribs().FindFeature( nIndex );
-    while ( nIndex < nEndPos )
-    {
-        USHORT nEnd = nEndPos;
-        if ( pNextFeature && ( pNextFeature->GetStart() < nEnd ) )
-            nEnd = pNextFeature->GetStart();
-        else
-            pNextFeature = 0;   // Feature interessiert unten nicht
-
-        DBG_ASSERT( nEnd >= nIndex, "Ende vorm Index?" );
-        //!! beware of sub string length  of -1 which is also defined as STRING_LEN and
-        //!! thus would result in adding the whole sub string up to the end of the node !!
-        if (nEnd > nIndex)
-            aStr += XubString( *pNode, nIndex, nEnd - nIndex );
-
-        if ( pNextFeature )
-        {
-            switch ( pNextFeature->GetItem()->Which() )
-            {
-                case EE_FEATURE_TAB:    aStr += '\t';
-                break;
-                case EE_FEATURE_LINEBR: aStr += '\x0A';
-                break;
-                case EE_FEATURE_FIELD:  if ( bResolveFields )
-                                            aStr += ((EditCharAttribField*)pNextFeature)->GetFieldValue();
-                break;
-                default:    DBG_ERROR( "Was fuer ein Feature ?" );
-            }
-            pNextFeature = pNode->GetCharAttribs().FindFeature( ++nEnd );
-        }
-        nIndex = nEnd;
-    }
-    return aStr;
-}
-
-ULONG EditDoc::GetTextLen() const
-{
-    ULONG nLen = 0;
-    for ( USHORT nNode = 0; nNode < Count(); nNode++ )
-    {
-        ContentNode* pNode = GetObject( nNode );
-        nLen += pNode->Len();
-        // Felder k�nnen laenger sein als der Platzhalter im Node.
-        const CharAttribArray& rAttrs = pNode->GetCharAttribs().GetAttribs();
-        for ( USHORT nAttr = rAttrs.Count(); nAttr; )
-        {
-            EditCharAttrib* pAttr = rAttrs[--nAttr];
-            if ( pAttr->Which() == EE_FEATURE_FIELD )
-            {
-                USHORT nFieldLen = ((EditCharAttribField*)pAttr)->GetFieldValue().Len();
-                if ( !nFieldLen )
-                    nLen--;
-                else
-                    nLen += nFieldLen-1;
-            }
-        }
-    }
-    return nLen;
-}
-
-EditPaM EditDoc::Clear()
-{
-    ImplDestroyContents();
-
-    ContentNode* pNode = new ContentNode( GetItemPool() );
-    Insert( pNode, 0 );
-
-    CreateDefFont( FALSE );
-
-    SetModified( FALSE );
-
-    EditPaM aPaM( pNode, 0 );
-    return aPaM;
-}
-
-void EditDoc::SetModified( BOOL b )
-{
-    bModified = b;
-    if ( bModified )
-    {
-        aModifyHdl.Call( NULL );
-    }
-}
-
-EditPaM EditDoc::RemoveText()
-{
-    // Das alte ItemSetmerken, damit z.B. im Chart Font behalten bleibt
-    ContentNode* pPrevFirstNode = GetObject(0);
-    SfxStyleSheet* pPrevStyle = pPrevFirstNode->GetStyleSheet();
-    SfxItemSet aPrevSet( pPrevFirstNode->GetContentAttribs().GetItems() );
-    Font aPrevFont( pPrevFirstNode->GetCharAttribs().GetDefFont() );
-
-    ImplDestroyContents();
-
-    ContentNode* pNode = new ContentNode( GetItemPool() );
-    Insert( pNode, 0 );
-
-    pNode->SetStyleSheet( pPrevStyle, FALSE );
-    pNode->GetContentAttribs().GetItems().Set( aPrevSet );
-    pNode->GetCharAttribs().GetDefFont() = aPrevFont;
-
-    SetModified( TRUE );
-
-    EditPaM aPaM( pNode, 0 );
-    return aPaM;
-}
-
-void EditDoc::InsertText( const EditPaM& rPaM, xub_Unicode c )
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( c != 0x0A, "EditDoc::InsertText: Zeilentrenner in Absatz nicht erlaubt!" );
-    DBG_ASSERT( c != 0x0D, "EditDoc::InsertText: Zeilentrenner in Absatz nicht erlaubt!" );
-    DBG_ASSERT( c != '\t', "EditDoc::InsertText: Zeilentrenner in Absatz nicht erlaubt!" );
-
-    rPaM.GetNode()->Insert( c, rPaM.GetIndex() );
-    rPaM.GetNode()->ExpandAttribs( rPaM.GetIndex(), 1, GetItemPool() );
-
-    SetModified( TRUE );
-}
-
-EditPaM EditDoc::InsertText( EditPaM aPaM, const XubString& rStr )
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( rStr.Search( 0x0A ) == STRING_NOTFOUND, "EditDoc::InsertText: Zeilentrenner in Absatz nicht erlaubt!" );
-    DBG_ASSERT( rStr.Search( 0x0D ) == STRING_NOTFOUND, "EditDoc::InsertText: Zeilentrenner in Absatz nicht erlaubt!" );
-    DBG_ASSERT( rStr.Search( '\t' ) == STRING_NOTFOUND, "EditDoc::InsertText: Zeilentrenner in Absatz nicht erlaubt!" );
-    DBG_ASSERT( aPaM.GetNode(), "Blinder PaM in EditDoc::InsertText1" );
-
-    aPaM.GetNode()->Insert( rStr, aPaM.GetIndex() );
-    aPaM.GetNode()->ExpandAttribs( aPaM.GetIndex(), rStr.Len(), GetItemPool() );
-    aPaM.GetIndex() = aPaM.GetIndex() + rStr.Len();
-
-    SetModified( TRUE );
-
-    return aPaM;
-}
-
-EditPaM EditDoc::InsertParaBreak( EditPaM aPaM, BOOL bKeepEndingAttribs )
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( aPaM.GetNode(), "Blinder PaM in EditDoc::InsertParaBreak" );
-    ContentNode* pCurNode = aPaM.GetNode();
-    USHORT nPos = GetPos( pCurNode );
-    XubString aStr = aPaM.GetNode()->Copy( aPaM.GetIndex() );
-    aPaM.GetNode()->Erase( aPaM.GetIndex() );
-
-    // the paragraph attributes...
-    ContentAttribs aContentAttribs( aPaM.GetNode()->GetContentAttribs() );
-
-    // for a new paragraph we like to have the bullet/numbering visible by default
-    aContentAttribs.GetItems().Put( SfxBoolItem( EE_PARA_BULLETSTATE, TRUE), EE_PARA_BULLETSTATE );
-
-    // ContenNode-CTOR kopiert auch die Absatzattribute
-    ContentNode* pNode = new ContentNode( aStr, aContentAttribs );
-
-    // Den Default-Font kopieren
-    pNode->GetCharAttribs().GetDefFont() = aPaM.GetNode()->GetCharAttribs().GetDefFont();
-    SfxStyleSheet* pStyle = aPaM.GetNode()->GetStyleSheet();
-    if ( pStyle )
-    {
-        XubString aFollow( pStyle->GetFollow() );
-        if ( aFollow.Len() && ( aFollow != pStyle->GetName() ) )
-        {
-            SfxStyleSheetBase* pNext = pStyle->GetPool().Find( aFollow, pStyle->GetFamily() );
-            pNode->SetStyleSheet( (SfxStyleSheet*)pNext );
-        }
-    }
-
-    // Zeichenattribute muessen ggf. kopiert bzw gestutzt werden:
-    pNode->CopyAndCutAttribs( aPaM.GetNode(), GetItemPool(), bKeepEndingAttribs );
-
-    Insert( pNode, nPos+1 );
-
-    SetModified( TRUE );
-
-    aPaM.SetNode( pNode );
-    aPaM.SetIndex( 0 );
-    return aPaM;
-}
-
-EditPaM EditDoc::InsertFeature( EditPaM aPaM, const SfxPoolItem& rItem  )
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( aPaM.GetNode(), "Blinder PaM in EditDoc::InsertFeature" );
-
-    aPaM.GetNode()->Insert( CH_FEATURE, aPaM.GetIndex() );
-    aPaM.GetNode()->ExpandAttribs( aPaM.GetIndex(), 1, GetItemPool() );
-
-    // Fuer das Feature ein Feature-Attribut anlegen...
-    EditCharAttrib* pAttrib = MakeCharAttrib( GetItemPool(), rItem, aPaM.GetIndex(), aPaM.GetIndex()+1 );
-    DBG_ASSERT( pAttrib, "Warum kann ich kein Feature anlegen ?" );
-    aPaM.GetNode()->GetCharAttribs().InsertAttrib( pAttrib );
-
-    SetModified( TRUE );
-
-    aPaM.GetIndex()++;
-    return aPaM;
-}
-
-EditPaM EditDoc::ConnectParagraphs( ContentNode* pLeft, ContentNode* pRight )
-{
-    const EditPaM aPaM( pLeft, pLeft->Len() );
-
-    // Erst die Attribute, da sonst nLen nicht stimmt!
-    pLeft->AppendAttribs( pRight );
-    // Dann den Text...
-    *pLeft += *pRight;
-
-    // der rechte verschwindet.
-    RemoveItemsFromPool( pRight );
-    USHORT nRight = GetPos( pRight );
-    Remove( nRight );
-    delete pRight;
-
-    SetModified( TRUE );
-
-    return aPaM;
-}
-
-EditPaM EditDoc::RemoveChars( EditPaM aPaM, USHORT nChars )
-{
-    // Evtl. Features entfernen!
-    aPaM.GetNode()->Erase( aPaM.GetIndex(), nChars );
-    aPaM.GetNode()->CollapsAttribs( aPaM.GetIndex(), nChars, GetItemPool() );
-
-    SetModified( TRUE );
-
-    return aPaM;
-}
-
-void EditDoc::InsertAttribInSelection( ContentNode* pNode, USHORT nStart, USHORT nEnd, const SfxPoolItem& rPoolItem )
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( pNode, "Wohin mit dem Attribut?" );
-    DBG_ASSERT( nEnd <= pNode->Len(), "InsertAttrib: Attribut zu gross!" );
-
-    // fuer Optimierung:
-    // dieses endet am Anfang der Selektion => kann erweitert werden
-    EditCharAttrib* pEndingAttrib = 0;
-    // dieses startet am Ende der Selektion => kann erweitert werden
-    EditCharAttrib* pStartingAttrib = 0;
-
-    DBG_ASSERT( nStart <= nEnd, "Kleiner Rechenfehler in InsertAttribInSelection" );
-
-    RemoveAttribs( pNode, nStart, nEnd, pStartingAttrib, pEndingAttrib, rPoolItem.Which() );
-
-    if ( pStartingAttrib && pEndingAttrib &&
-         ( *(pStartingAttrib->GetItem()) == rPoolItem ) &&
-         ( *(pEndingAttrib->GetItem()) == rPoolItem ) )
-    {
-        // wird ein groesses Attribut.
-        pEndingAttrib->GetEnd() = pStartingAttrib->GetEnd();
-        GetItemPool().Remove( *(pStartingAttrib->GetItem()) );
-        pNode->GetCharAttribs().GetAttribs().Remove( pNode->GetCharAttribs().GetAttribs().GetPos( pStartingAttrib ) );
-        delete pStartingAttrib;
-    }
-    else if ( pStartingAttrib && ( *(pStartingAttrib->GetItem()) == rPoolItem ) )
-        pStartingAttrib->GetStart() = nStart;
-    else if ( pEndingAttrib && ( *(pEndingAttrib->GetItem()) == rPoolItem ) )
-        pEndingAttrib->GetEnd() = nEnd;
-    else
-        InsertAttrib( rPoolItem, pNode, nStart, nEnd );
-
-    if ( pStartingAttrib )
-        pNode->GetCharAttribs().ResortAttribs();
-
-    SetModified( TRUE );
-}
-
-BOOL EditDoc::RemoveAttribs( ContentNode* pNode, USHORT nStart, USHORT nEnd, USHORT nWhich )
-{
-    EditCharAttrib* pStarting;
-    EditCharAttrib* pEnding;
-    return RemoveAttribs( pNode, nStart, nEnd, pStarting, pEnding, nWhich );
-}
-
-BOOL EditDoc::RemoveAttribs( ContentNode* pNode, USHORT nStart, USHORT nEnd, EditCharAttrib*& rpStarting, EditCharAttrib*& rpEnding, USHORT nWhich )
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( pNode, "Wohin mit dem Attribut?" );
-    DBG_ASSERT( nEnd <= pNode->Len(), "InsertAttrib: Attribut zu gross!" );
-
-    // dieses endet am Anfang der Selektion => kann erweitert werden
-    rpEnding = 0;
-    // dieses startet am Ende der Selektion => kann erweitert werden
-    rpStarting = 0;
-
-    BOOL bChanged = FALSE;
-
-    DBG_ASSERT( nStart <= nEnd, "Kleiner Rechenfehler in InsertAttribInSelection" );
-
-    // ueber die Attribute iterieren...
-    USHORT nAttr = 0;
-    EditCharAttrib* pAttr = GetAttrib( pNode->GetCharAttribs().GetAttribs(), nAttr );
-    while ( pAttr )
-    {
-        BOOL bRemoveAttrib = FALSE;
-        // MT 11.9.97:
-        // Ich denke dass in dieser Methode generell keine Features geloescht
-        // werden sollen.
-        // => Dann koennen die Feature-Abfragen weiter unten entfallen
-        USHORT nAttrWhich = pAttr->Which();
-        if ( ( nAttrWhich < EE_FEATURE_START ) && ( !nWhich || ( nAttrWhich == nWhich ) ) )
-        {
-            // Attribut beginnt in Selection
-            if ( ( pAttr->GetStart() >= nStart ) && ( pAttr->GetStart() <= nEnd ) )
-            {
-                bChanged = TRUE;
-                if ( pAttr->GetEnd() > nEnd )
-                {
-                    pAttr->GetStart() = nEnd;   // dann faengt es dahinter an
-                    rpStarting = pAttr;
-                    if ( nWhich )
-                        break;  // es kann kein weiteres Attrib hier liegen
-                }
-                else if ( !pAttr->IsFeature() || ( pAttr->GetStart() == nStart ) )
-                {
-                    // Feature nur loeschen, wenn genau an der Stelle
-                    bRemoveAttrib = TRUE;
-                }
-            }
-
-            // Attribut endet in Selection
-            else if ( ( pAttr->GetEnd() >= nStart ) && ( pAttr->GetEnd() <= nEnd ) )
-            {
-                bChanged = TRUE;
-                if ( ( pAttr->GetStart() < nStart ) && !pAttr->IsFeature() )
-                {
-                    pAttr->GetEnd() = nStart;   // dann hoert es hier auf
-                    rpEnding = pAttr;
-                }
-                else if ( !pAttr->IsFeature() || ( pAttr->GetStart() == nStart ) )
-                {
-                    // Feature nur loeschen, wenn genau an der Stelle
-                    bRemoveAttrib = TRUE;
-                }
-            }
-            // Attribut ueberlappt die Selektion
-            else if ( ( pAttr->GetStart() <= nStart ) && ( pAttr->GetEnd() >= nEnd ) )
-            {
-                bChanged = TRUE;
-                if ( pAttr->GetStart() == nStart )
-                {
-                    pAttr->GetStart() = nEnd;
-                    rpStarting = pAttr;
-                    if ( nWhich )
-                        break;  // es kann weitere Attribute geben!
-                }
-                else if ( pAttr->GetEnd() == nEnd )
-                {
-                    pAttr->GetEnd() = nStart;
-                    rpEnding = pAttr;
-                    if ( nWhich )
-                        break;  // es kann weitere Attribute geben!
-                }
-                else // Attribut muss gesplittet werden...
-                {
-                    USHORT nOldEnd = pAttr->GetEnd();
-                    pAttr->GetEnd() = nStart;
-                    rpEnding = pAttr;
-                    InsertAttrib( *pAttr->GetItem(), pNode, nEnd, nOldEnd );
-                    if ( nWhich )
-                        break;  // es kann weitere Attribute geben!
-                }
-            }
-        }
-        if ( bRemoveAttrib )
-        {
-            DBG_ASSERT( ( pAttr != rpStarting ) && ( pAttr != rpEnding ), "Loeschen und behalten des gleichen Attributs ?" );
-            DBG_ASSERT( !pAttr->IsFeature(), "RemoveAttribs: Remove a feature?!" );
-            pNode->GetCharAttribs().GetAttribs().Remove(nAttr);
-            GetItemPool().Remove( *pAttr->GetItem() );
-            delete pAttr;
-            nAttr--;
-        }
-        nAttr++;
-        pAttr = GetAttrib( pNode->GetCharAttribs().GetAttribs(), nAttr );
-    }
-
-    if ( bChanged )
-    {
-        // char attributes need to be sorted by start again
-        pNode->GetCharAttribs().ResortAttribs();
-
-        SetModified( TRUE );
-    }
-
-    return bChanged;
-}
-
-void EditDoc::InsertAttrib( const SfxPoolItem& rPoolItem, ContentNode* pNode, USHORT nStart, USHORT nEnd )
-{
-    // Diese Methode prueft nicht mehr, ob ein entspr. Attribut
-    // schon an der Stelle existiert!
-
-    EditCharAttrib* pAttrib = MakeCharAttrib( GetItemPool(), rPoolItem, nStart, nEnd );
-    DBG_ASSERT( pAttrib, "MakeCharAttrib fehlgeschlagen!" );
-    pNode->GetCharAttribs().InsertAttrib( pAttrib );
-
-    SetModified( TRUE );
-}
-
-void EditDoc::InsertAttrib( ContentNode* pNode, USHORT nStart, USHORT nEnd, const SfxPoolItem& rPoolItem )
-{
-    if ( nStart != nEnd )
-    {
-        InsertAttribInSelection( pNode, nStart, nEnd, rPoolItem );
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        // Pruefen, ob schon ein neues Attribut mit der WhichId an der Stelle:
-        EditCharAttrib* pAttr = pNode->GetCharAttribs().FindEmptyAttrib( rPoolItem.Which(), nStart );
-        if ( pAttr )
-        {
-            // Attribut entfernen....
-            pNode->GetCharAttribs().GetAttribs().Remove(
-                pNode->GetCharAttribs().GetAttribs().GetPos( pAttr ) );
-        }
-
-        // pruefen, ob ein 'gleiches' Attribut an der Stelle liegt.
-        pAttr = pNode->GetCharAttribs().FindAttrib( rPoolItem.Which(), nStart );
-        if ( pAttr )
-        {
-            if ( pAttr->IsInside( nStart ) )    // splitten
-            {
-                // ???????????????????????????????
-                // eigentlich noch pruefen, ob wirklich splittet, oder return !
-                // ???????????????????????????????
-                USHORT nOldEnd = pAttr->GetEnd();
-                pAttr->GetEnd() = nStart;
-                pAttr = MakeCharAttrib( GetItemPool(), *(pAttr->GetItem()), nStart, nOldEnd );
-                pNode->GetCharAttribs().InsertAttrib( pAttr );
-            }
-            else if ( pAttr->GetEnd() == nStart )
-            {
-                DBG_ASSERT( !pAttr->IsEmpty(), "Doch noch ein leeres Attribut?" );
-                // pruefen, ob genau das gleiche Attribut
-                if ( *(pAttr->GetItem()) == rPoolItem )
-                    return;
-            }
-        }
-        InsertAttrib( rPoolItem, pNode, nStart, nStart );
-    }
-
-    SetModified( TRUE );
-}
-
-void EditDoc::FindAttribs( ContentNode* pNode, USHORT nStartPos, USHORT nEndPos, SfxItemSet& rCurSet )
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( pNode, "Wo soll ich suchen ?" );
-    DBG_ASSERT( nStartPos <= nEndPos, "Ungueltiger Bereich!" );
-
-    USHORT nAttr = 0;
-    EditCharAttrib* pAttr = GetAttrib( pNode->GetCharAttribs().GetAttribs(), nAttr );
-    // keine Selection...
-    if ( nStartPos == nEndPos )
-    {
-        while ( pAttr && ( pAttr->GetStart() <= nEndPos) )
-        {
-            const SfxPoolItem* pItem = 0;
-            // Attribut liegt dadrueber...
-            if ( ( pAttr->GetStart() < nStartPos ) && ( pAttr->GetEnd() > nStartPos ) )
-                pItem = pAttr->GetItem();
-            // Attribut endet hier, ist nicht leer
-            else if ( ( pAttr->GetStart() < nStartPos ) && ( pAttr->GetEnd() == nStartPos ) )
-            {
-                if ( !pNode->GetCharAttribs().FindEmptyAttrib( pAttr->GetItem()->Which(), nStartPos ) )
-                    pItem = pAttr->GetItem();
-            }
-            // Attribut endet hier, ist leer
-            else if ( ( pAttr->GetStart() == nStartPos ) && ( pAttr->GetEnd() == nStartPos ) )
-            {
-                pItem = pAttr->GetItem();
-            }
-            // Attribut beginnt hier
-            else if ( ( pAttr->GetStart() == nStartPos ) && ( pAttr->GetEnd() > nStartPos ) )
-            {
-                if ( nStartPos == 0 )   // Sonderfall
-                    pItem = pAttr->GetItem();
-            }
-
-            if ( pItem )
-            {
-                USHORT nWhich = pItem->Which();
-                if ( rCurSet.GetItemState( nWhich ) == SFX_ITEM_OFF )
-                {
-                    rCurSet.Put( *pItem );
-                }
-                else if ( rCurSet.GetItemState( nWhich ) == SFX_ITEM_ON )
-                {
-                    const SfxPoolItem& rItem = rCurSet.Get( nWhich );
-                    if ( rItem != *pItem )
-                    {
-                        rCurSet.InvalidateItem( nWhich );
-                    }
-                }
-            }
-            nAttr++;
-            pAttr = GetAttrib( pNode->GetCharAttribs().GetAttribs(), nAttr );
-        }
-    }
-    else    // Selektion
-    {
-        while ( pAttr && ( pAttr->GetStart() < nEndPos) )
-        {
-            const SfxPoolItem* pItem = 0;
-            // Attribut liegt dadrueber...
-            if ( ( pAttr->GetStart() <= nStartPos ) && ( pAttr->GetEnd() >= nEndPos ) )
-                pItem = pAttr->GetItem();
-            // Attribut startet mitten drin...
-            else if ( pAttr->GetStart() >= nStartPos )
-            {
-                // !!! pItem = pAttr->GetItem();
-                // einfach nur pItem reicht nicht, da ich z.B. bei Shadow
-                // niemals ein ungleiches Item finden wuerde, da ein solche
-                // seine Anwesenheit durch Abwesenheit repraesentiert!
-                // if ( ... )
-                // Es muesste geprueft werden, on genau das gleiche Attribut
-                // an der Bruchstelle aufsetzt, was recht aufwendig ist.
-                // Da ich beim Einfuegen von Attributen aber etwas optimiere
-                // tritt der Fall nicht so schnell auf...
-                // Also aus Geschwindigkeitsgruenden:
-                rCurSet.InvalidateItem( pAttr->GetItem()->Which() );
-
-            }
-            // Attribut endet mitten drin...
-            else if ( pAttr->GetEnd() > nStartPos )
-            {
-                // pItem = pAttr->GetItem();
-                // s.o.
-                /*-----------------31.05.95 16:01-------------------
-                 Ist falsch, wenn das gleiche Attribut sofort wieder
-                 eingestellt wird!
-                 => Sollte am besten nicht vorkommen, also gleich beim
-                    Setzen von Attributen richtig machen!
-                --------------------------------------------------*/
-                rCurSet.InvalidateItem( pAttr->GetItem()->Which() );
-            }
-
-            if ( pItem )
-            {
-                USHORT nWhich = pItem->Which();
-                if ( rCurSet.GetItemState( nWhich ) == SFX_ITEM_OFF )
-                {
-                    rCurSet.Put( *pItem );
-                }
-                else if ( rCurSet.GetItemState( nWhich ) == SFX_ITEM_ON )
-                {
-                    const SfxPoolItem& rItem = rCurSet.Get( nWhich );
-                    if ( rItem != *pItem )
-                    {
-                        rCurSet.InvalidateItem( nWhich );
-                    }
-                }
-            }
-            nAttr++;
-            pAttr = GetAttrib( pNode->GetCharAttribs().GetAttribs(), nAttr );
-        }
-    }
-}
-
-
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// class EditCharAttribList
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-CharAttribList::CharAttribList()
-{
-    DBG_CTOR( EE_CharAttribList, 0 );
-    bHasEmptyAttribs = FALSE;
-}
-
-CharAttribList::~CharAttribList()
-{
-    DBG_DTOR( EE_CharAttribList, 0 );
-
-    USHORT nAttr = 0;
-    EditCharAttrib* pAttr = GetAttrib( aAttribs, nAttr );
-    while ( pAttr )
-    {
-        delete pAttr;
-        ++nAttr;
-        pAttr = GetAttrib( aAttribs, nAttr );
-    }
-    Clear();
-}
-
-void CharAttribList::InsertAttrib( EditCharAttrib* pAttrib )
-{
-// !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-// optimieren: binaere Suche ? !
-// !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-
-    // MT: 26.11.98
-    // Vielleicht aber auch einfach nur rueckwaerts iterieren:
-    // Der haeufigste und kritischste Fall: Attribute kommen bereits
-    // sortiert an (InsertBinTextObject!)
-    // Hier waere auch binaere Suche nicht optimal.
-    // => Wuerde einiges bringen!
-
-    const USHORT nCount = Count();
-    const USHORT nStart = pAttrib->GetStart(); // vielleicht besser fuer Comp.Opt.
-
-    if ( pAttrib->IsEmpty() )
-        bHasEmptyAttribs = TRUE;
-
-    BOOL bInserted = FALSE;
-    for ( USHORT x = 0; x < nCount; x++ )
-    {
-        EditCharAttribPtr pCurAttrib = aAttribs[x];
-        if ( pCurAttrib->GetStart() > nStart )
-        {
-            aAttribs.Insert( pAttrib, x );
-            bInserted = TRUE;
-            break;
-        }
-    }
-    if ( !bInserted )
-        aAttribs.Insert( pAttrib, nCount );
-}
-
-void CharAttribList::ResortAttribs()
-{
-    if ( Count() )
-    {
-#if defined __SUNPRO_CC
-#pragma disable_warn
-#endif
-        qsort( (void*)aAttribs.GetData(), aAttribs.Count(), sizeof( EditCharAttrib* ), CompareStart );
-#if defined __SUNPRO_CC
-#pragma enable_warn
-#endif
-    }
-}
-
-void CharAttribList::OptimizeRanges( SfxItemPool& rItemPool )
-{
-    for ( USHORT n = 0; n < aAttribs.Count(); n++ )
-    {
-        EditCharAttrib* pAttr = aAttribs.GetObject( n );
-        for ( USHORT nNext = n+1; nNext < aAttribs.Count(); nNext++ )
-        {
-            EditCharAttrib* p = aAttribs.GetObject( nNext );
-            if ( !pAttr->IsFeature() && ( p->GetStart() == pAttr->GetEnd() ) && ( p->Which() == pAttr->Which() ) )
-            {
-                if ( *p->GetItem() == *pAttr->GetItem() )
-                {
-                    pAttr->GetEnd() = p->GetEnd();
-                    aAttribs.Remove( nNext );
-                    rItemPool.Remove( *p->GetItem() );
-                    delete p;
-                }
-                break;  // only 1 attr with same which can start here.
-            }
-            else if ( p->GetStart() > pAttr->GetEnd() )
-            {
-                break;
-            }
-        }
-    }
-}
-
-EditCharAttrib* CharAttribList::FindAttrib( USHORT nWhich, USHORT nPos )
-{
-    // Rueckwaerts, falls eins dort endet, das naechste startet.
-    // => Das startende gilt...
-    USHORT nAttr = aAttribs.Count()-1;
-    EditCharAttrib* pAttr = GetAttrib( aAttribs, nAttr );
-    while ( pAttr )
-    {
-        if ( ( pAttr->Which() == nWhich ) && pAttr->IsIn(nPos) )
-            return pAttr;
-        pAttr = GetAttrib( aAttribs, --nAttr );
-    }
-    return 0;
-}
-
-EditCharAttrib* CharAttribList::FindNextAttrib( USHORT nWhich, USHORT nFromPos ) const
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( nWhich, "FindNextAttrib: Which?" );
-    const USHORT nAttribs = aAttribs.Count();
-    for ( USHORT nAttr = 0; nAttr < nAttribs; nAttr++ )
-    {
-        EditCharAttrib* pAttr = aAttribs[ nAttr ];
-        if ( ( pAttr->GetStart() >= nFromPos ) && ( pAttr->Which() == nWhich ) )
-            return pAttr;
-    }
-    return 0;
-}
-
-BOOL CharAttribList::HasAttrib( USHORT nWhich ) const
-{
-    for ( USHORT nAttr = aAttribs.Count(); nAttr; )
-    {
-        const EditCharAttrib* pAttr = aAttribs[--nAttr];
-        if ( pAttr->Which() == nWhich )
-            return TRUE;
-    }
-    return FALSE;
-}
-
-BOOL CharAttribList::HasAttrib( USHORT nStartPos, USHORT nEndPos ) const
-{
-    BOOL bAttr = FALSE;
-    for ( USHORT nAttr = aAttribs.Count(); nAttr && !bAttr; )
-    {
-        const EditCharAttrib* pAttr = aAttribs[--nAttr];
-        if ( ( pAttr->GetStart() < nEndPos ) && ( pAttr->GetEnd() > nStartPos ) )
-            return bAttr = TRUE;
-    }
-    return bAttr;
-}
-
-
-BOOL CharAttribList::HasBoundingAttrib( USHORT nBound )
-{
-    // Rueckwaerts, falls eins dort endet, das naechste startet.
-    // => Das startende gilt...
-    USHORT nAttr = aAttribs.Count()-1;
-    EditCharAttrib* pAttr = GetAttrib( aAttribs, nAttr );
-    while ( pAttr && ( pAttr->GetEnd() >= nBound ) )
-    {
-        if ( ( pAttr->GetStart() == nBound ) || ( pAttr->GetEnd() == nBound ) )
-            return TRUE;
-        pAttr = GetAttrib( aAttribs, --nAttr );
-    }
-    return FALSE;
-}
-
-EditCharAttrib* CharAttribList::FindEmptyAttrib( USHORT nWhich, USHORT nPos )
-{
-    if ( !bHasEmptyAttribs )
-        return 0;
-    USHORT nAttr = 0;
-    EditCharAttrib* pAttr = GetAttrib( aAttribs, nAttr );
-    while ( pAttr && ( pAttr->GetStart() <= nPos ) )
-    {
-        if ( ( pAttr->GetStart() == nPos ) && ( pAttr->GetEnd() == nPos ) && ( pAttr->Which() == nWhich ) )
-            return pAttr;
-        nAttr++;
-        pAttr = GetAttrib( aAttribs, nAttr );
-    }
-    return 0;
-}
-
-EditCharAttrib* CharAttribList::FindFeature( USHORT nPos ) const
-{
-
-    USHORT nAttr = 0;
-    EditCharAttrib* pNextAttrib = GetAttrib( aAttribs, nAttr );
-
-    // erstmal zur gewuenschten Position...
-    while ( pNextAttrib && ( pNextAttrib->GetStart() < nPos ) )
-    {
-        nAttr++;
-        pNextAttrib = GetAttrib( aAttribs, nAttr );
-    }
-
-    // jetzt das Feature suchen...
-    while ( pNextAttrib && !pNextAttrib->IsFeature() )
-    {
-        nAttr++;
-        pNextAttrib = GetAttrib( aAttribs, nAttr );
-    }
-
-    return pNextAttrib;
-}
-
-
-void CharAttribList::DeleteEmptyAttribs( SfxItemPool& rItemPool )
-{
-    for ( USHORT nAttr = 0; nAttr < aAttribs.Count(); nAttr++ )
-    {
-        EditCharAttrib* pAttr = aAttribs[nAttr];
-        if ( pAttr->IsEmpty() )
-        {
-            rItemPool.Remove( *pAttr->GetItem() );
-            aAttribs.Remove( nAttr );
-            delete pAttr;
-            nAttr--;
-        }
-    }
-    bHasEmptyAttribs = FALSE;
-}
-
-BOOL CharAttribList::DbgCheckAttribs()
-{
-#ifdef  DBG_UTIL
-    BOOL bOK = TRUE;
-    for ( USHORT nAttr = 0; nAttr < aAttribs.Count(); nAttr++ )
-    {
-        EditCharAttrib* pAttr = aAttribs[nAttr];
-        if ( pAttr->GetStart() > pAttr->GetEnd() )
-        {
-            bOK = FALSE;
-            DBG_ERROR( "Attr verdreht" );
-        }
-        else if ( pAttr->IsFeature() && ( pAttr->GetLen() != 1 ) )
-        {
-            bOK = FALSE;
-            DBG_ERROR( "Feature, Len != 1" );
-        }
-    }
-    return bOK;
-#else
-    return TRUE;
-#endif
-}
-
-
-
-SvxFontTable::SvxFontTable()
-{
-}
-
-SvxFontTable::~SvxFontTable()
-{
-    SvxFontItem* pItem = First();
-    while( pItem )
-    {
-        delete pItem;
-        pItem = Next();
-    }
-}
-
-ULONG SvxFontTable::GetId( const SvxFontItem& rFontItem )
-{
-    SvxFontItem* pItem = First();
-    while ( pItem )
-    {
-        if ( *pItem == rFontItem )
-            return GetCurKey();
-        pItem = Next();
-    }
-    DBG_WARNING( "Font nicht gefunden: GetId()" );
-    return 0;
-}
-
-SvxColorList::SvxColorList()
-{
-}
-
-SvxColorList::~SvxColorList()
-{
-    SvxColorItem* pItem = First();
-    while( pItem )
-    {
-        delete pItem;
-        pItem = Next();
-    }
-}
-
-ULONG SvxColorList::GetId( const SvxColorItem& rColorItem )
-{
-    SvxColorItem* pItem = First();
-    while ( pItem )
-    {
-        if ( *pItem == rColorItem )
-            return GetCurPos();
-        pItem = Next();
-    }
-    DBG_WARNING( "Color nicht gefunden: GetId()" );
-    return 0;
-}
-
-EditEngineItemPool::EditEngineItemPool( BOOL bPersistenRefCounts )
-    : SfxItemPool( String( "EditEngineItemPool", RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US ), EE_ITEMS_START, EE_ITEMS_END,
-                    aItemInfos, 0, bPersistenRefCounts )
-{
-    SetVersionMap( 1, 3999, 4015, aV1Map );
-    SetVersionMap( 2, 3999, 4019, aV2Map );
-    SetVersionMap( 3, 3997, 4020, aV3Map );
-    SetVersionMap( 4, 3994, 4022, aV4Map );
-    SetVersionMap( 5, 3994, 4037, aV5Map );
-
-    DBG_ASSERT( EE_DLL(), "EditDLL?!" );
-    SfxPoolItem** ppDefItems = EE_DLL()->GetGlobalData()->GetDefItems();
-    SetDefaults( ppDefItems );
-}
-
-EditEngineItemPool::~EditEngineItemPool()
-{
-}
-
-SvStream& EditEngineItemPool::Store( SvStream& rStream ) const
-{
-    // Bei einem 3.1-Export muess ein Hack eingebaut werden, da BUG im
-    // SfxItemSet::Load, aber nicht nachtraeglich in 3.1 fixbar.
-
-    // Der eingestellte Range muss nach Store erhalten bleiben, weil dann
-    // erst die ItemSets gespeichert werden...
-
-    long nVersion = rStream.GetVersion();
-    BOOL b31Format = ( nVersion && ( nVersion <= SOFFICE_FILEFORMAT_31 ) )
-                        ? TRUE : FALSE;
-
-    EditEngineItemPool* pThis = (EditEngineItemPool*)this;
-    if ( b31Format )
-        pThis->SetStoringRange( 3997, 4022 );
-    else
-        pThis->SetStoringRange( EE_ITEMS_START, EE_ITEMS_END );
-
-    return SfxItemPool::Store( rStream );
-}
diff --git a/svx/source/editeng/editdoc.hxx b/svx/source/editeng/editdoc.hxx
deleted file mode 100644
index 3364157cfc1a..000000000000
--- a/svx/source/editeng/editdoc.hxx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,805 +0,0 @@
-/*************************************************************************
- *
- * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
- *
- * Copyright 2008 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite
- *
- * $RCSfile: editdoc.hxx,v $
- * $Revision: 1.29 $
- *
- * This file is part of OpenOffice.org.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3
- * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details
- * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code).
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org.  If not, see
- * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html>
- * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License.
- *
- ************************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef _EDITDOC_HXX
-#define _EDITDOC_HXX
-
-#ifndef _COM_SUN_STAR_I18N_XEXTENDEDINPUTSEQUENCECHECKER_HDL_
-#include <com/sun/star/i18n/XExtendedInputSequenceChecker.hpp>
-#endif
-
-#include <editattr.hxx>
-#include <edtspell.hxx>
-#include <svx/svxfont.hxx>
-#include <svl/itemset.hxx>
-#include <svl/style.hxx>
-#include <svl/itempool.hxx>
-#include <tools/table.hxx>
-
-class ImpEditEngine;
-class SvxTabStop;
-class SvtCTLOptions;
-
-DBG_NAMEEX( EE_TextPortion )
-
-#define CHARPOSGROW     16
-#define DEFTAB          720
-
-void CreateFont( SvxFont& rFont, const SfxItemSet& rSet, bool bSearchInParent = true, short nScriptType = 0 );
-USHORT GetScriptItemId( USHORT nItemId, short nScriptType );
-BOOL IsScriptItemValid( USHORT nItemId, short nScriptType );
-
-EditCharAttrib* MakeCharAttrib( SfxItemPool& rPool, const SfxPoolItem& rAttr, USHORT nS, USHORT nE );
-
-class ContentNode;
-class EditDoc;
-
-struct EPaM
-{
-    USHORT nPara;
-    USHORT nIndex;
-
-    EPaM()                              { nPara = 0; nIndex = 0; }
-    EPaM( USHORT nP, USHORT nI )        { nPara = nP; nIndex = nI; }
-    EPaM( const EPaM& r)                { nPara = r.nPara; nIndex = r.nIndex; }
-    EPaM& operator = ( const EPaM& r )  { nPara = r.nPara; nIndex = r.nIndex; return *this; }
-    inline BOOL operator == ( const EPaM& r ) const;
-    inline BOOL operator < ( const EPaM& r ) const;
-};
-
-inline BOOL EPaM::operator < ( const EPaM& r ) const
-{
-    return ( ( nPara < r.nPara ) ||
-             ( ( nPara == r.nPara ) && nIndex < r.nIndex ) ) ? TRUE : FALSE;
-}
-
-inline BOOL EPaM::operator == ( const EPaM& r ) const
-{
-    return ( ( nPara == r.nPara ) && ( nIndex == r.nIndex ) ) ? TRUE : FALSE;
-}
-
-struct ScriptTypePosInfo
-{
-    short   nScriptType;
-    USHORT  nStartPos;
-    USHORT  nEndPos;
-
-    ScriptTypePosInfo( short _Type, USHORT _Start, USHORT _End )
-    {
-        nScriptType = _Type;
-        nStartPos = _Start;
-        nEndPos = _End;
-    }
-};
-
-SV_DECL_VARARR( ScriptTypePosInfos, ScriptTypePosInfo, 0, 4 )
-
-struct WritingDirectionInfo
-{
-    BYTE    nType;
-    USHORT  nStartPos;
-    USHORT  nEndPos;
-
-    WritingDirectionInfo( BYTE _Type, USHORT _Start, USHORT _End )
-    {
-        nType = _Type;
-        nStartPos = _Start;
-        nEndPos = _End;
-    }
-};
-
-SV_DECL_VARARR( WritingDirectionInfos, WritingDirectionInfo, 0, 4 )
-
-typedef EditCharAttrib* EditCharAttribPtr;
-SV_DECL_PTRARR( CharAttribArray, EditCharAttribPtr, 0, 4 )
-
-class ContentAttribsInfo
-{
-private:
-    SfxItemSet          aPrevParaAttribs;
-    CharAttribArray     aPrevCharAttribs;
-
-public:
-                        ContentAttribsInfo( const SfxItemSet& rParaAttribs );
-
-    const SfxItemSet&       GetPrevParaAttribs() const  { return aPrevParaAttribs; }
-    const CharAttribArray&  GetPrevCharAttribs() const  { return aPrevCharAttribs; }
-
-    CharAttribArray&        GetPrevCharAttribs()        { return aPrevCharAttribs; }
-};
-
-typedef ContentAttribsInfo* ContentAttribsInfoPtr;
-SV_DECL_PTRARR( ContentInfoArray, ContentAttribsInfoPtr, 1, 1 )
-
-//  ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-//  class SvxFontTable
-//  ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-DECLARE_TABLE( DummyFontTable, SvxFontItem* )
-class SvxFontTable : public DummyFontTable
-{
-public:
-            SvxFontTable();
-            ~SvxFontTable();
-
-    ULONG   GetId( const SvxFontItem& rFont );
-};
-
-//  ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-//  class SvxColorList
-//  ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-typedef ContentNode* ContentNodePtr;
-DECLARE_LIST( DummyColorList, SvxColorItem* )
-class SvxColorList : public DummyColorList
-{
-public:
-            SvxColorList();
-            ~SvxColorList();
-
-    ULONG   GetId( const SvxColorItem& rColor );
-};
-
-//  ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-//  class ItemList
-//  ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-typedef const SfxPoolItem* ConstPoolItemPtr;
-DECLARE_LIST( DummyItemList, ConstPoolItemPtr )
-class ItemList : public DummyItemList
-{
-public:
-    const SfxPoolItem*  FindAttrib( USHORT nWhich );
-};
-
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// class ContentAttribs
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-class ContentAttribs
-{
-private:
-    SfxStyleSheet*  pStyle;
-    SfxItemSet      aAttribSet;
-
-public:
-                    ContentAttribs( SfxItemPool& rItemPool );
-                    ContentAttribs( const ContentAttribs& );
-                    ~ContentAttribs();  // erst bei umfangreicheren Tabs
-
-    SvxTabStop      FindTabStop( long nCurPos, USHORT nDefTab );
-    SfxItemSet&     GetItems()                          { return aAttribSet; }
-    SfxStyleSheet*  GetStyleSheet() const               { return pStyle; }
-    void            SetStyleSheet( SfxStyleSheet* pS );
-
-    const SfxPoolItem&  GetItem( USHORT nWhich );
-    BOOL                HasItem( USHORT nWhich );
-};
-
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// class CharAttribList
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-class CharAttribList
-{
-private:
-    CharAttribArray aAttribs;
-    SvxFont         aDefFont;               // schneller, als jedesmal vom Pool!
-    BOOL            bHasEmptyAttribs;
-
-                    CharAttribList( const CharAttribList& ) {;}
-
-public:
-                    CharAttribList();
-                    ~CharAttribList();
-
-    void            DeleteEmptyAttribs(  SfxItemPool& rItemPool );
-    void            RemoveItemsFromPool( SfxItemPool* pItemPool );
-
-    EditCharAttrib* FindAttrib( USHORT nWhich, USHORT nPos );
-    EditCharAttrib* FindNextAttrib( USHORT nWhich, USHORT nFromPos ) const;
-    EditCharAttrib* FindEmptyAttrib( USHORT nWhich, USHORT nPos );
-    EditCharAttrib* FindFeature( USHORT nPos ) const;
-
-
-    void            ResortAttribs();
-    void            OptimizeRanges( SfxItemPool& rItemPool );
-
-    USHORT          Count()                 { return aAttribs.Count(); }
-    void            Clear()                 { aAttribs.Remove( 0, aAttribs.Count()); }
-    void            InsertAttrib( EditCharAttrib* pAttrib );
-
-    SvxFont&        GetDefFont()            { return aDefFont; }
-
-    BOOL            HasEmptyAttribs() const { return bHasEmptyAttribs; }
-    BOOL&           HasEmptyAttribs()       { return bHasEmptyAttribs; }
-    BOOL            HasBoundingAttrib( USHORT nBound );
-    BOOL            HasAttrib( USHORT nWhich ) const;
-    BOOL            HasAttrib( USHORT nStartPos, USHORT nEndPos ) const;
-
-    CharAttribArray&        GetAttribs()        { return aAttribs; }
-    const CharAttribArray&  GetAttribs() const  { return aAttribs; }
-
-    // Debug:
-    BOOL            DbgCheckAttribs();
-};
-
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// class ContentNode
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-class ContentNode : public XubString
-{
-private:
-    ContentAttribs  aContentAttribs;
-    CharAttribList  aCharAttribList;
-    WrongList*      pWrongList;
-
-public:
-                    ContentNode( SfxItemPool& rItemPool );
-                    ContentNode( const XubString& rStr, const ContentAttribs& rContentAttribs );
-                    ~ContentNode();
-
-    ContentAttribs& GetContentAttribs()     { return aContentAttribs; }
-    CharAttribList& GetCharAttribs()        { return aCharAttribList; }
-
-    void            ExpandAttribs( USHORT nIndex, USHORT nNewChars, SfxItemPool& rItemPool );
-    void            CollapsAttribs( USHORT nIndex, USHORT nDelChars, SfxItemPool& rItemPool );
-    void            AppendAttribs( ContentNode* pNextNode );
-    void            CopyAndCutAttribs( ContentNode* pPrevNode, SfxItemPool& rPool, BOOL bKeepEndingAttribs );
-
-    void            SetStyleSheet( SfxStyleSheet* pS, BOOL bRecalcFont = TRUE );
-    void            SetStyleSheet( SfxStyleSheet* pS, const SvxFont& rFontFromStyle );
-    SfxStyleSheet*  GetStyleSheet() { return aContentAttribs.GetStyleSheet(); }
-
-    void            CreateDefFont();
-
-    WrongList*      GetWrongList()          { return pWrongList; }
-    void            SetWrongList( WrongList* p );
-
-    void            CreateWrongList();
-    void            DestroyWrongList();
-
-    BOOL            IsFeature( USHORT nPos ) const { return ( GetChar( nPos ) == CH_FEATURE ); }
-};
-
-typedef ContentNode* ContentNodePtr;
-SV_DECL_PTRARR( DummyContentList, ContentNodePtr, 0, 4 )
-
-class ContentList : public DummyContentList
-{
-  USHORT nLastCache;
-public:
-  ContentList() : DummyContentList( 0, 4 ), nLastCache(0) {}
-  USHORT GetPos( const ContentNodePtr &rPtr ) const;
-};
-
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// class EditPaM
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-class EditPaM
-{
-private:
-    ContentNode*    pNode;
-    USHORT          nIndex;
-
-public:
-                    EditPaM()                           { pNode = NULL; nIndex = 0; }
-                    EditPaM( ContentNode* p, USHORT n ) { pNode = p; nIndex = n; }
-
-    ContentNode*    GetNode() const                 { return pNode; }
-    void            SetNode( ContentNode* p)        { pNode = p; }
-
-    USHORT          GetIndex() const                { return nIndex; }
-    USHORT&         GetIndex()                      { return nIndex; }
-    void            SetIndex( USHORT n )            { nIndex = n; }
-
-    BOOL            IsParaStart() const             { return nIndex == 0; }
-    BOOL            IsParaEnd() const               { return nIndex == pNode->Len(); }
-
-    BOOL            DbgIsBuggy( EditDoc& rDoc );
-
-    EditPaM&    operator = ( const EditPaM& rPaM );
-    friend BOOL operator == ( const EditPaM& r1,  const EditPaM& r2  );
-    friend BOOL operator != ( const EditPaM& r1,  const EditPaM& r2  );
-};
-
-#define PORTIONKIND_TEXT        0
-#define PORTIONKIND_TAB         1
-#define PORTIONKIND_LINEBREAK   2
-#define PORTIONKIND_FIELD       3
-#define PORTIONKIND_HYPHENATOR  4
-// #define PORTIONKIND_EXTRASPACE   5
-
-#define DELMODE_SIMPLE          0
-#define DELMODE_RESTOFWORD      1
-#define DELMODE_RESTOFCONTENT   2
-
-#define CHAR_NORMAL            0x00
-#define CHAR_KANA              0x01
-#define CHAR_PUNCTUATIONLEFT   0x02
-#define CHAR_PUNCTUATIONRIGHT  0x04
-
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// struct ExtraPortionInfos
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-struct ExtraPortionInfo
-{
-    long    nOrgWidth;
-    long    nWidthFullCompression;
-
-    long    nPortionOffsetX;
-
-    USHORT  nMaxCompression100thPercent;
-
-    BYTE    nAsianCompressionTypes;
-    BOOL    bFirstCharIsRightPunktuation;
-    BOOL    bCompressed;
-
-    sal_Int32*    pOrgDXArray;
-
-
-            ExtraPortionInfo();
-            ~ExtraPortionInfo();
-
-    void    SaveOrgDXArray( const sal_Int32* pDXArray, USHORT nLen );
-    void    DestroyOrgDXArray();
-};
-
-
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// class TextPortion
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-class TextPortion
-{
-private:
-    ExtraPortionInfo*   pExtraInfos;
-    USHORT              nLen;
-    Size                aOutSz;
-    BYTE                nKind;
-    BYTE                nRightToLeft;
-    sal_Unicode         nExtraValue;
-
-
-                TextPortion()               { DBG_CTOR( EE_TextPortion, 0 );
-                                              pExtraInfos = NULL; nLen = 0; nKind = PORTIONKIND_TEXT; nExtraValue = 0; nRightToLeft = FALSE;}
-
-public:
-                TextPortion( USHORT nL ) : aOutSz( -1, -1 )
-                                            {   DBG_CTOR( EE_TextPortion, 0 );
-                                                pExtraInfos = NULL; nLen = nL; nKind = PORTIONKIND_TEXT; nExtraValue = 0; nRightToLeft = FALSE;}
-                TextPortion( const TextPortion& r ) : aOutSz( r.aOutSz )
-                                            { DBG_CTOR( EE_TextPortion, 0 );
-                                                pExtraInfos = NULL; nLen = r.nLen; nKind = r.nKind; nExtraValue = r.nExtraValue; nRightToLeft = r.nRightToLeft; }
-
-                ~TextPortion()              {   DBG_DTOR( EE_TextPortion, 0 ); delete pExtraInfos; }
-
-    USHORT      GetLen() const              { return nLen; }
-    USHORT&     GetLen()                    { return nLen; }
-    void        SetLen( USHORT nL )         { nLen = nL; }
-
-    Size&       GetSize()                   { return aOutSz; }
-    Size        GetSize() const             { return aOutSz; }
-
-    BYTE&       GetKind()                   { return nKind; }
-    BYTE        GetKind() const             { return nKind; }
-
-    void        SetRightToLeft( BYTE b )    { nRightToLeft = b; }
-    BYTE        GetRightToLeft() const      { return nRightToLeft; }
-    BOOL        IsRightToLeft() const       { return (nRightToLeft&1); }
-
-    sal_Unicode GetExtraValue() const       { return nExtraValue; }
-    void        SetExtraValue( sal_Unicode n )  { nExtraValue = n; }
-
-    BOOL        HasValidSize() const        { return aOutSz.Width() != (-1); }
-
-    ExtraPortionInfo*   GetExtraInfos() const { return pExtraInfos; }
-    void                SetExtraInfos( ExtraPortionInfo* p ) { delete pExtraInfos; pExtraInfos = p; }
-};
-
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// class TextPortionList
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-typedef TextPortion* TextPortionPtr;
-SV_DECL_PTRARR( TextPortionArray, TextPortionPtr, 0, 8 )
-
-class TextPortionList : public TextPortionArray
-{
-public:
-            TextPortionList();
-            ~TextPortionList();
-
-    void    Reset();
-    USHORT  FindPortion( USHORT nCharPos, USHORT& rPortionStart, BOOL bPreferStartingPortion = FALSE );
-    USHORT  GetStartPos( USHORT nPortion );
-    void    DeleteFromPortion( USHORT nDelFrom );
-};
-
-class ParaPortion;
-
-SV_DECL_VARARR( CharPosArray, sal_Int32, 0, CHARPOSGROW )
-
-// ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// class EditLine
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-class EditLine
-{
-private:
-    CharPosArray    aPositions;
-    long            nTxtWidth;
-    USHORT          nStartPosX;
-    USHORT          nStart;     // koennte durch nStartPortion ersetzt werden
-    USHORT          nEnd;       // koennte durch nEndPortion ersetzt werden
-    USHORT          nStartPortion;
-    USHORT          nEndPortion;
-    USHORT          nHeight;    // Gesamthoehe der Zeile
-    USHORT          nTxtHeight; // Reine Texthoehe
-    USHORT          nCrsrHeight;    // Bei Konturfluss hohe Zeilen => Cursor zu gro�.
-    USHORT          nMaxAscent;
-    BOOL            bHangingPunctuation;
-    BOOL            bInvalid;   // fuer geschickte Formatierung
-
-public:
-                    EditLine();
-                    EditLine( const EditLine& );
-                    ~EditLine();
-
-    BOOL            IsIn( USHORT nIndex ) const
-                        { return ( (nIndex >= nStart ) && ( nIndex < nEnd ) ); }
-
-    BOOL            IsIn( USHORT nIndex, BOOL bInclEnd ) const
-                        { return ( ( nIndex >= nStart ) && ( bInclEnd ? ( nIndex <= nEnd ) : ( nIndex < nEnd ) ) ); }
-
-    void            SetStart( USHORT n )            { nStart = n; }
-    USHORT          GetStart() const                { return nStart; }
-    USHORT&         GetStart()                      { return nStart; }
-
-    void            SetEnd( USHORT n )              { nEnd = n; }
-    USHORT          GetEnd() const                  { return nEnd; }
-    USHORT&         GetEnd()                        { return nEnd; }
-
-    void            SetStartPortion( USHORT n )     { nStartPortion = n; }
-    USHORT          GetStartPortion() const         { return nStartPortion; }
-    USHORT&         GetStartPortion()               { return nStartPortion; }
-
-    void            SetEndPortion( USHORT n )       { nEndPortion = n; }
-    USHORT          GetEndPortion() const           { return nEndPortion; }
-    USHORT&         GetEndPortion()                 { return nEndPortion; }
-
-    void            SetHeight( USHORT nH, USHORT nTxtH = 0, USHORT nCrsrH = 0 )
-                    {   nHeight = nH;
-                        nTxtHeight = ( nTxtH ? nTxtH : nH );
-                        nCrsrHeight = ( nCrsrH ? nCrsrH : nTxtHeight );
-                    }
-    USHORT          GetHeight() const               { return nHeight; }
-    USHORT          GetTxtHeight() const            { return nTxtHeight; }
-    USHORT          GetCrsrHeight() const           { return nCrsrHeight; }
-
-    void            SetTextWidth( long n )          { nTxtWidth = n; }
-    long            GetTextWidth() const            { return nTxtWidth; }
-
-    void            SetMaxAscent( USHORT n )        { nMaxAscent = n; }
-    USHORT          GetMaxAscent() const            { return nMaxAscent; }
-
-    void            SetHangingPunctuation( BOOL b )     { bHangingPunctuation = b; }
-    BOOL            IsHangingPunctuation() const        { return bHangingPunctuation; }
-
-    USHORT          GetLen() const                  { return nEnd - nStart; }
-
-    USHORT          GetStartPosX() const            { return nStartPosX; }
-    void            SetStartPosX( USHORT start )    { nStartPosX = start; }
-
-    Size            CalcTextSize( ParaPortion& rParaPortion );
-
-    BOOL            IsInvalid() const               { return bInvalid; }
-    BOOL            IsValid() const                 { return !bInvalid; }
-    void            SetInvalid()                    { bInvalid = TRUE; }
-    void            SetValid()                      { bInvalid = FALSE; }
-
-    BOOL            IsEmpty() const                 { return (nEnd > nStart) ? FALSE : TRUE; }
-
-    CharPosArray&   GetCharPosArray()               { return aPositions; }
-
-    EditLine*       Clone() const;
-
-    EditLine&   operator = ( const EditLine& rLine );
-    friend BOOL operator == ( const EditLine& r1,  const EditLine& r2  );
-    friend BOOL operator != ( const EditLine& r1,  const EditLine& r2  );
-};
-
-
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// class LineList
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-typedef EditLine* EditLinePtr;
-SV_DECL_PTRARR( LineArray, EditLinePtr, 0, 4 )
-
-class EditLineList : public LineArray
-{
-public:
-            EditLineList();
-            ~EditLineList();
-
-    void    Reset();
-    void    DeleteFromLine( USHORT nDelFrom );
-    USHORT  FindLine( USHORT nChar, BOOL bInclEnd );
-};
-
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// class ParaPortion
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-class ParaPortion
-{
-    friend class ImpEditEngine; // zum Einstellen der Hoehe
-private:
-    EditLineList        aLineList;
-    TextPortionList     aTextPortionList;
-    ContentNode*        pNode;
-    long                nHeight;
-
-    ScriptTypePosInfos      aScriptInfos;
-    WritingDirectionInfos   aWritingDirectionInfos;
-
-    USHORT              nInvalidPosStart;
-    USHORT              nFirstLineOffset;   // Fuer Writer-LineSpacing-Interpretation
-    USHORT              nBulletX;
-    short               nInvalidDiff;
-
-    BOOL                bInvalid            : 1;
-    BOOL                bSimple             : 1;    // nur lineares Tippen
-    BOOL                bVisible            : 1;    // MT 05/00: Gehoert an den Node!!!
-    BOOL                bForceRepaint       : 1;
-
-                        ParaPortion( const ParaPortion& );
-
-public:
-                        ParaPortion( ContentNode* pNode );
-                        ~ParaPortion();
-
-    USHORT              GetLineNumber( USHORT nIndex );
-
-    EditLineList&       GetLines()                  { return aLineList; }
-
-    BOOL                IsInvalid() const           { return bInvalid; }
-    BOOL                IsSimpleInvalid()   const   { return bSimple; }
-    void                SetValid()                  { bInvalid = FALSE; bSimple = TRUE;}
-
-    BOOL                MustRepaint() const         { return bForceRepaint; }
-    void                SetMustRepaint( BOOL bRP )  { bForceRepaint = bRP; }
-
-    USHORT              GetBulletX() const          { return nBulletX; }
-    void                SetBulletX( USHORT n )      { nBulletX = n; }
-
-    void                MarkInvalid( USHORT nStart, short nDiff);
-    void                MarkSelectionInvalid( USHORT nStart, USHORT nEnd );
-
-    void                SetVisible( BOOL bVisible );
-    BOOL                IsVisible()                 { return bVisible; }
-
-    long                GetHeight() const           { return ( bVisible ? nHeight : 0 ); }
-    USHORT              GetFirstLineOffset() const  { return ( bVisible ? nFirstLineOffset : 0 ); }
-    void                ResetHeight()   { nHeight = 0; nFirstLineOffset = 0; }
-
-    ContentNode*        GetNode() const             { return pNode; }
-    TextPortionList&    GetTextPortions()           { return aTextPortionList; }
-
-    USHORT              GetInvalidPosStart() const  { return nInvalidPosStart; }
-    short               GetInvalidDiff() const      { return nInvalidDiff; }
-
-    void                CorrectValuesBehindLastFormattedLine( USHORT nLastFormattedLine );
-
-    BOOL                DbgCheckTextPortions();
-};
-
-typedef ParaPortion* ParaPortionPtr;
-SV_DECL_PTRARR( DummyParaPortionList, ParaPortionPtr, 0, 4 )
-
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// class ParaPortionList
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-class ParaPortionList : public DummyParaPortionList
-{
-    USHORT nLastCache;
-public:
-                    ParaPortionList();
-                    ~ParaPortionList();
-
-    void            Reset();
-    long            GetYOffset( ParaPortion* pPPortion );
-    USHORT          FindParagraph( long nYOffset );
-
-    inline ParaPortion* SaveGetObject( USHORT nPos ) const
-        { return ( nPos < Count() ) ? GetObject( nPos ) : 0; }
-
-    USHORT                  GetPos( const ParaPortionPtr &rPtr ) const;
-
-    // temporaer:
-    void            DbgCheck( EditDoc& rDoc );
-};
-
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// class EditSelection
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-class EditSelection
-{
-private:
-    EditPaM         aStartPaM;
-    EditPaM         aEndPaM;
-
-public:
-                    EditSelection();    // kein CCTOR und DTOR, geht autom. richtig!
-                    EditSelection( const EditPaM& rStartAndAnd );
-                    EditSelection( const EditPaM& rStart, const EditPaM& rEnd );
-
-    EditPaM&        Min()               { return aStartPaM; }
-    EditPaM&        Max()               { return aEndPaM; }
-
-    const EditPaM&  Min() const         { return aStartPaM; }
-    const EditPaM&  Max() const         { return aEndPaM; }
-
-    BOOL            HasRange() const    { return aStartPaM != aEndPaM; }
-    BOOL            IsInvalid() const;
-    BOOL            DbgIsBuggy( EditDoc& rDoc );
-
-    BOOL            Adjust( const ContentList& rNodes );
-
-    EditSelection&  operator = ( const EditPaM& r );
-    BOOL            operator == ( const EditSelection& r ) const
-                    { return ( ( aStartPaM == r.aStartPaM ) && ( aEndPaM == r.aEndPaM ) )
-                            ? TRUE : FALSE; }
-    BOOL            operator != ( const EditSelection& r ) const { return !( r == *this ); }
-};
-
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// class DeletedNodeInfo
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-class DeletedNodeInfo
-{
-private:
-    ULONG   nInvalidAdressPtr;
-    USHORT  nInvalidParagraph;
-
-public:
-            DeletedNodeInfo( ULONG nInvAdr, USHORT nPos )
-                                            {   nInvalidAdressPtr = nInvAdr;
-                                                nInvalidParagraph = nPos; }
-
-    ULONG   GetInvalidAdress()              {   return nInvalidAdressPtr; }
-    USHORT  GetPosition()                   {   return nInvalidParagraph; }
-};
-
-typedef DeletedNodeInfo* DeletedNodeInfoPtr;
-SV_DECL_PTRARR( DeletedNodesList, DeletedNodeInfoPtr, 0, 4 )
-
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// class EditDoc
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-class EditDoc : public ContentList
-{
-private:
-    SfxItemPool*    pItemPool;
-    Link            aModifyHdl;
-
-    SvxFont         aDefFont;           //schneller, als jedesmal vom Pool!
-    USHORT          nDefTab;
-    BOOL            bIsVertical;
-    BOOL            bIsFixedCellHeight;
-
-    BOOL            bOwnerOfPool;
-    BOOL            bModified;
-
-protected:
-    void            ImplDestroyContents();
-
-public:
-                    EditDoc( SfxItemPool* pItemPool );
-                    ~EditDoc();
-
-    BOOL            IsModified() const      { return bModified; }
-    void            SetModified( BOOL b );
-
-    void            SetModifyHdl( const Link& rLink ) { aModifyHdl = rLink; }
-    Link            GetModifyHdl() const { return aModifyHdl; }
-
-    void            CreateDefFont( BOOL bUseStyles );
-    const SvxFont&  GetDefFont() { return aDefFont; }
-
-    void            SetDefTab( USHORT nTab )    { nDefTab = nTab ? nTab : DEFTAB; }
-    USHORT          GetDefTab() const           { return nDefTab; }
-
-    void            SetVertical( BOOL bVertical )   { bIsVertical = bVertical; }
-    BOOL            IsVertical() const              { return bIsVertical; }
-
-    void            SetFixedCellHeight( BOOL bUseFixedCellHeight )  { bIsFixedCellHeight = bUseFixedCellHeight; }
-    BOOL            IsFixedCellHeight() const               { return bIsFixedCellHeight; }
-
-    EditPaM         Clear();
-    EditPaM         RemoveText();
-    EditPaM         RemoveChars( EditPaM aPaM, USHORT nChars );
-    void            InsertText( const EditPaM& rPaM, xub_Unicode c );
-    EditPaM         InsertText( EditPaM aPaM, const XubString& rStr );
-    EditPaM         InsertParaBreak( EditPaM aPaM, BOOL bKeepEndingAttribs );
-    EditPaM         InsertFeature( EditPaM aPaM, const SfxPoolItem& rItem );
-    EditPaM         ConnectParagraphs( ContentNode* pLeft, ContentNode* pRight );
-
-    String          GetText( LineEnd eEnd ) const;
-    ULONG           GetTextLen() const;
-
-    XubString       GetParaAsString( USHORT nNode ) const;
-    XubString       GetParaAsString( ContentNode* pNode, USHORT nStartPos = 0, USHORT nEndPos = 0xFFFF, BOOL bResolveFields = TRUE ) const;
-
-    inline EditPaM  GetStartPaM() const;
-    inline EditPaM  GetEndPaM() const;
-
-    SfxItemPool&        GetItemPool()                   { return *pItemPool; }
-    const SfxItemPool&  GetItemPool() const             { return *pItemPool; }
-
-    void            RemoveItemsFromPool( ContentNode* pNode );
-
-    void            InsertAttrib( const SfxPoolItem& rItem, ContentNode* pNode, USHORT nStart, USHORT nEnd );
-    void            InsertAttrib( ContentNode* pNode, USHORT nStart, USHORT nEnd, const SfxPoolItem& rPoolItem );
-    void            InsertAttribInSelection( ContentNode* pNode, USHORT nStart, USHORT nEnd, const SfxPoolItem& rPoolItem );
-    BOOL            RemoveAttribs( ContentNode* pNode, USHORT nStart, USHORT nEnd, USHORT nWhich = 0 );
-    BOOL            RemoveAttribs( ContentNode* pNode, USHORT nStart, USHORT nEnd, EditCharAttrib*& rpStarting, EditCharAttrib*& rpEnding, USHORT nWhich = 0 );
-    void            FindAttribs( ContentNode* pNode, USHORT nStartPos, USHORT nEndPos, SfxItemSet& rCurSet );
-
-    USHORT          GetPos( ContentNode* pNode ) const { return ContentList::GetPos(pNode); }
-    ContentNode*    SaveGetObject( USHORT nPos ) const { return ( nPos < Count() ) ? GetObject( nPos ) : 0; }
-
-    static XubString    GetSepStr( LineEnd eEnd );
-};
-
-inline EditPaM EditDoc::GetStartPaM() const
-{
-    return EditPaM( GetObject( 0 ), 0 );
-}
-
-inline EditPaM EditDoc::GetEndPaM() const
-{
-    ContentNode* pLastNode = GetObject( Count()-1 );
-    return EditPaM( pLastNode, pLastNode->Len() );
-}
-
-inline EditCharAttrib* GetAttrib( const CharAttribArray& rAttribs, USHORT nAttr )
-{
-    return ( nAttr < rAttribs.Count() ) ? rAttribs[nAttr] : 0;
-}
-
-BOOL CheckOrderedList( CharAttribArray& rAttribs, BOOL bStart );
-
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// class EditEngineItemPool
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-class EditEngineItemPool : public SfxItemPool
-{
-public:
-                        EditEngineItemPool( BOOL bPersistenRefCounts );
-protected:
-                        virtual ~EditEngineItemPool();
-public:
-
-    virtual SvStream&   Store( SvStream& rStream ) const;
-};
-
-#endif // _EDITDOC_HXX
diff --git a/svx/source/editeng/editdoc2.cxx b/svx/source/editeng/editdoc2.cxx
deleted file mode 100644
index c779e0d53734..000000000000
--- a/svx/source/editeng/editdoc2.cxx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,543 +0,0 @@
-/*************************************************************************
- *
- * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
- *
- * Copyright 2008 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite
- *
- * $RCSfile: editdoc2.cxx,v $
- * $Revision: 1.19 $
- *
- * This file is part of OpenOffice.org.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3
- * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details
- * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code).
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org.  If not, see
- * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html>
- * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License.
- *
- ************************************************************************/
-
-// MARKER(update_precomp.py): autogen include statement, do not remove
-#include "precompiled_svx.hxx"
-
-#include <eeng_pch.hxx>
-#include <svl/smplhint.hxx>
-#include <tools/rtti.hxx>
-#include <svx/lspcitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/adjitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/tstpitem.hxx>
-
-#include <editdoc.hxx>
-#include <impedit.hxx>
-#include <editdbg.hxx>
-
-#include <svx/numitem.hxx>
-
-#include <svx/akrnitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/cntritem.hxx>
-#include <svx/colritem.hxx>
-#include <svx/crsditem.hxx>
-#include <svx/escpitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/fhgtitem.hxx>
-#include "fontitem.hxx"
-#include <svx/kernitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/lrspitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/postitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/shdditem.hxx>
-#include <svx/udlnitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/ulspitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/wghtitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/wrlmitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/charscaleitem.hxx>
-
-#include <vcl/svapp.hxx>    // Fuer AppWindow...
-
-DBG_NAME( EE_ParaPortion )
-
-SV_IMPL_VARARR( CharPosArray, sal_Int32 );
-
-/*
-
-BOOL EditStyleSheet::HasStyleAsAnyParent( SfxStyleSheet& rStyle )
-{
-    if ( GetParent() == rStyle.GetName() )
-        return TRUE;
-
-    if ( GetParent().Len() && ( GetParent() != GetName() ) )
-    {
-        EditStyleSheet* pS = (EditStyleSheet*)GetPool().Find( GetParent(), rStyle.GetFamily() );
-        if ( pS )
-            return pS->HasStyleAsAnyParent( rStyle );
-    }
-    return FALSE;
-}
-
-*/
-
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// class TextPortionList
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-TextPortionList::TextPortionList()
-{
-}
-
-TextPortionList::~TextPortionList()
-{
-    Reset();
-}
-
-void TextPortionList::Reset()
-{
-    for ( USHORT nPortion = 0; nPortion < Count(); nPortion++ )
-        delete GetObject( nPortion );
-    Remove( 0, Count() );
-}
-
-void TextPortionList::DeleteFromPortion( USHORT nDelFrom )
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( ( nDelFrom < Count() ) || ( (nDelFrom == 0) && (Count() == 0) ), "DeleteFromPortion: Out of range" );
-    for ( USHORT nP = nDelFrom; nP < Count(); nP++ )
-        delete GetObject( nP );
-    Remove( nDelFrom, Count()-nDelFrom );
-}
-
-USHORT TextPortionList::FindPortion( USHORT nCharPos, USHORT& nPortionStart, BOOL bPreferStartingPortion )
-{
-    // Bei nCharPos an Portion-Grenze wird die linke Portion gefunden
-    USHORT nTmpPos = 0;
-    for ( USHORT nPortion = 0; nPortion < Count(); nPortion++ )
-    {
-        TextPortion* pPortion = GetObject( nPortion );
-        nTmpPos = nTmpPos + pPortion->GetLen();
-        if ( nTmpPos >= nCharPos )
-        {
-            // take this one if we don't prefer the starting portion, or if it's the last one
-            if ( ( nTmpPos != nCharPos ) || !bPreferStartingPortion || ( nPortion == Count() - 1 ) )
-            {
-                nPortionStart = nTmpPos - pPortion->GetLen();
-                return nPortion;
-            }
-        }
-    }
-    DBG_ERROR( "FindPortion: Nicht gefunden!" );
-    return ( Count() - 1 );
-}
-
-USHORT TextPortionList::GetStartPos( USHORT nPortion )
-{
-    USHORT nPos = 0;
-    for ( USHORT n = 0; n < nPortion; n++ )
-    {
-        TextPortion* pPortion = GetObject( n );
-        nPos = nPos + pPortion->GetLen();
-    }
-    return nPos;
-}
-
-
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// class ExtraPortionInfo
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-ExtraPortionInfo::ExtraPortionInfo()
-{
-    nOrgWidth = 0;
-    nWidthFullCompression = 0;
-    nMaxCompression100thPercent = 0;
-    nAsianCompressionTypes = 0;
-    nPortionOffsetX = 0;
-    bFirstCharIsRightPunktuation = FALSE;
-    bCompressed = FALSE;
-    pOrgDXArray = NULL;
-}
-
-ExtraPortionInfo::~ExtraPortionInfo()
-{
-    delete[] pOrgDXArray;
-}
-
-void ExtraPortionInfo::SaveOrgDXArray( const sal_Int32* pDXArray, USHORT nLen )
-{
-    delete[] pOrgDXArray;
-    pOrgDXArray = new sal_Int32[nLen];
-    memcpy( pOrgDXArray, pDXArray, nLen*sizeof(sal_Int32) );
-}
-
-void ExtraPortionInfo::DestroyOrgDXArray()
-{
-    delete[] pOrgDXArray;
-    pOrgDXArray = NULL;
-}
-
-
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// class ParaPortion
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-ParaPortion::ParaPortion( ContentNode* pN )
-{
-    DBG_CTOR( EE_ParaPortion, 0 );
-
-    pNode               = pN;
-    bInvalid            = TRUE;
-    bVisible            = TRUE;
-    bSimple             = FALSE;
-    bForceRepaint       = FALSE;
-    nInvalidPosStart    = 0;
-    nInvalidDiff        = 0;
-    nHeight             = 0;
-    nFirstLineOffset    = 0;
-    nBulletX            = 0;
-}
-
-ParaPortion::~ParaPortion()
-{
-    DBG_DTOR( EE_ParaPortion, 0 );
-}
-
-void ParaPortion::MarkInvalid( USHORT nStart, short nDiff )
-{
-    if ( bInvalid == FALSE )
-    {
-//      nInvalidPosEnd = nStart;    // ??? => CreateLines
-        nInvalidPosStart = ( nDiff >= 0 ) ? nStart : ( nStart + nDiff );
-        nInvalidDiff = nDiff;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        // Einfaches hintereinander tippen
-        if ( ( nDiff > 0 ) && ( nInvalidDiff > 0 ) &&
-             ( ( nInvalidPosStart+nInvalidDiff ) == nStart ) )
-        {
-            nInvalidDiff = nInvalidDiff + nDiff;
-        }
-        // Einfaches hintereinander loeschen
-        else if ( ( nDiff < 0 ) && ( nInvalidDiff < 0 ) && ( nInvalidPosStart == nStart ) )
-        {
-            nInvalidPosStart = nInvalidPosStart + nDiff;
-            nInvalidDiff = nInvalidDiff + nDiff;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-//          nInvalidPosEnd = pNode->Len();
-            DBG_ASSERT( ( nDiff >= 0 ) || ( (nStart+nDiff) >= 0 ), "MarkInvalid: Diff out of Range" );
-            nInvalidPosStart = Min( nInvalidPosStart, (USHORT) ( nDiff < 0 ? nStart+nDiff : nDiff ) );
-            nInvalidDiff = 0;
-            bSimple = FALSE;
-        }
-    }
-    bInvalid = TRUE;
-    aScriptInfos.Remove( 0, aScriptInfos.Count() );
-    aWritingDirectionInfos.Remove( 0, aWritingDirectionInfos.Count() );
-//  aExtraCharInfos.Remove( 0, aExtraCharInfos.Count() );
-}
-
-void ParaPortion::MarkSelectionInvalid( USHORT nStart, USHORT /* nEnd */ )
-{
-    if ( bInvalid == FALSE )
-    {
-        nInvalidPosStart = nStart;
-//      nInvalidPosEnd = nEnd;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        nInvalidPosStart = Min( nInvalidPosStart, nStart );
-//      nInvalidPosEnd = pNode->Len();
-    }
-    nInvalidDiff = 0;
-    bInvalid = TRUE;
-    bSimple = FALSE;
-    aScriptInfos.Remove( 0, aScriptInfos.Count() );
-    aWritingDirectionInfos.Remove( 0, aWritingDirectionInfos.Count() );
-//  aExtraCharInfos.Remove( 0, aExtraCharInfos.Count() );
-}
-
-USHORT ParaPortion::GetLineNumber( USHORT nIndex )
-{
-    DBG_ASSERTWARNING( aLineList.Count(), "Leere ParaPortion in GetLine!" );
-    DBG_ASSERT( bVisible, "Wozu GetLine() bei einem unsichtbaren Absatz?" );
-
-    for ( USHORT nLine = 0; nLine < aLineList.Count(); nLine++ )
-    {
-        if ( aLineList[nLine]->IsIn( nIndex ) )
-            return nLine;
-    }
-
-    // Dann sollte es am Ende der letzten Zeile sein!
-    DBG_ASSERT( nIndex == aLineList[ aLineList.Count() - 1 ]->GetEnd(), "Index voll daneben!" );
-    return (aLineList.Count()-1);
-}
-
-void ParaPortion::SetVisible( BOOL bMakeVisible )
-{
-    bVisible = bMakeVisible;
-}
-
-void ParaPortion::CorrectValuesBehindLastFormattedLine( USHORT nLastFormattedLine )
-{
-    USHORT nLines = aLineList.Count();
-    DBG_ASSERT( nLines, "CorrectPortionNumbersFromLine: Leere Portion?" );
-    if ( nLastFormattedLine < ( nLines - 1 ) )
-    {
-        const EditLine* pLastFormatted = aLineList[ nLastFormattedLine ];
-        const EditLine* pUnformatted = aLineList[ nLastFormattedLine+1 ];
-        short nPortionDiff = pUnformatted->GetStartPortion() - pLastFormatted->GetEndPortion();
-        short nTextDiff = pUnformatted->GetStart() - pLastFormatted->GetEnd();
-        nTextDiff++;    // LastFormatted->GetEnd() war incl. => 1 zuviel abgezogen!
-
-        // Die erste unformatierte muss genau eine Portion hinter der letzten der
-        // formatierten beginnen:
-        // Wenn in der geaenderten Zeile eine Portion gesplittet wurde,
-        // kann nLastEnd > nNextStart sein!
-        int nPDiff = -( nPortionDiff-1 );
-        int nTDiff = -( nTextDiff-1 );
-        if ( nPDiff || nTDiff )
-        {
-            for ( USHORT nL = nLastFormattedLine+1; nL < nLines; nL++ )
-            {
-                EditLine* pLine = aLineList[ nL ];
-
-                pLine->GetStartPortion() = sal::static_int_cast< USHORT >(
-                    pLine->GetStartPortion() + nPDiff);
-                pLine->GetEndPortion() = sal::static_int_cast< USHORT >(
-                    pLine->GetEndPortion() + nPDiff);
-
-                pLine->GetStart() = sal::static_int_cast< USHORT >(
-                    pLine->GetStart() + nTDiff);
-                pLine->GetEnd() = sal::static_int_cast< USHORT >(
-                    pLine->GetEnd() + nTDiff);
-
-                pLine->SetValid();
-            }
-        }
-    }
-    DBG_ASSERT( aLineList[ aLineList.Count()-1 ]->GetEnd() == pNode->Len(), "CorrectLines: Ende stimmt nicht!" );
-}
-
-// Shared reverse lookup acceleration pieces ...
-
-static USHORT FastGetPos( const VoidPtr *pPtrArray, USHORT nPtrArrayLen,
-                          VoidPtr pPtr, USHORT &rLastPos )
-{
-  // Through certain filter code-paths we do a lot of appends, which in
-  // turn call GetPos - creating some N^2 nightmares. If we have a
-  // non-trivially large list, do a few checks from the end first.
-  if( rLastPos > 16 )
-    {
-      USHORT nEnd;
-      if (rLastPos > nPtrArrayLen - 2)
-        nEnd = nPtrArrayLen;
-      else
-        nEnd = rLastPos + 2;
-
-      for( USHORT nIdx = rLastPos - 2; nIdx < nEnd; nIdx++ )
-        {
-          if( pPtrArray[ nIdx ] == pPtr )
-            {
-              rLastPos = nIdx;
-              return nIdx;
-            }
-        }
-    }
-  // The world's lamest linear search from svarray ...
-  for( USHORT nIdx = 0; nIdx < nPtrArrayLen; nIdx++ )
-    if (pPtrArray[ nIdx ] == pPtr )
-      return rLastPos = nIdx;
-  return USHRT_MAX;
-}
-
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// class ParaPortionList
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-ParaPortionList::ParaPortionList() : nLastCache( 0 )
-{
-}
-
-ParaPortionList::~ParaPortionList()
-{
-    Reset();
-}
-
-USHORT ParaPortionList::GetPos( const ParaPortionPtr &rPtr ) const
-{
-    return FastGetPos( reinterpret_cast<const VoidPtr *>( GetData() ),
-                       Count(), static_cast<VoidPtr>( rPtr ),
-                       ((ParaPortionList *)this)->nLastCache );
-}
-
-USHORT ContentList::GetPos( const ContentNodePtr &rPtr ) const
-{
-    return FastGetPos( reinterpret_cast<const VoidPtr *>( GetData() ),
-                       Count(), static_cast<VoidPtr>( rPtr ),
-                       ((ContentList *)this)->nLastCache );
-}
-
-void ParaPortionList::Reset()
-{
-    for ( USHORT nPortion = 0; nPortion < Count(); nPortion++ )
-        delete GetObject( nPortion );
-    Remove( 0, Count() );
-}
-
-long ParaPortionList::GetYOffset( ParaPortion* pPPortion )
-{
-    long nHeight = 0;
-    for ( USHORT nPortion = 0; nPortion < Count(); nPortion++ )
-    {
-        ParaPortion* pTmpPortion = GetObject(nPortion);
-        if ( pTmpPortion == pPPortion )
-            return nHeight;
-        nHeight += pTmpPortion->GetHeight();
-    }
-    DBG_ERROR( "GetYOffset: Portion nicht gefunden" );
-    return nHeight;
-}
-
-USHORT ParaPortionList::FindParagraph( long nYOffset )
-{
-    long nY = 0;
-    for ( USHORT nPortion = 0; nPortion < Count(); nPortion++ )
-    {
-        nY += GetObject(nPortion)->GetHeight(); // sollte auch bei !bVisible richtig sein!
-        if ( nY > nYOffset )
-            return nPortion;
-    }
-    return 0xFFFF;  // solte mal ueber EE_PARA_NOT_FOUND erreicht werden!
-}
-
-void ParaPortionList::DbgCheck( EditDoc&
-#ifdef DBG_UTIL
-                               rDoc
-#endif
-                                )
-{
-#ifdef DBG_UTIL
-    DBG_ASSERT( Count() == rDoc.Count(), "ParaPortionList::DbgCheck() - Count() ungleich!" );
-    for ( USHORT i = 0; i < Count(); i++ )
-    {
-        DBG_ASSERT( SaveGetObject(i), "ParaPortionList::DbgCheck() - Null-Pointer in Liste!" );
-        DBG_ASSERT( GetObject(i)->GetNode(), "ParaPortionList::DbgCheck() - Null-Pointer in Liste(2)!" );
-        DBG_ASSERT( GetObject(i)->GetNode() == rDoc.GetObject(i), "ParaPortionList::DbgCheck() - Eintraege kreuzen sich!" );
-    }
-#endif
-}
-
-
-ContentAttribsInfo::ContentAttribsInfo( const SfxItemSet& rParaAttribs ) :
-        aPrevParaAttribs( rParaAttribs)
-{
-}
-
-
-void ConvertItem( SfxPoolItem& rPoolItem, MapUnit eSourceUnit, MapUnit eDestUnit )
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( eSourceUnit != eDestUnit, "ConvertItem - Why?!" );
-
-    switch ( rPoolItem.Which() )
-    {
-        case EE_PARA_LRSPACE:
-        {
-            DBG_ASSERT( rPoolItem.IsA( TYPE( SvxLRSpaceItem ) ), "ConvertItem: Ungueltiges Item!" );
-            SvxLRSpaceItem& rItem = (SvxLRSpaceItem&)rPoolItem;
-            rItem.SetTxtFirstLineOfst( sal::static_int_cast< short >( OutputDevice::LogicToLogic( rItem.GetTxtFirstLineOfst(), eSourceUnit, eDestUnit ) ) );
-            rItem.SetTxtLeft( OutputDevice::LogicToLogic( rItem.GetTxtLeft(), eSourceUnit, eDestUnit ) );
-//          rItem.SetLeft( OutputDevice::LogicToLogic( rItem.GetLeft(), eSourceUnit, eDestUnit ) ); // #96298# SetLeft manipulates nTxtLeft!
-            rItem.SetRight( OutputDevice::LogicToLogic( rItem.GetRight(), eSourceUnit, eDestUnit ) );
-        }
-        break;
-        case EE_PARA_ULSPACE:
-        {
-            DBG_ASSERT( rPoolItem.IsA( TYPE( SvxULSpaceItem ) ), "ConvertItem: Ungueltiges Item!" );
-            SvxULSpaceItem& rItem = (SvxULSpaceItem&)rPoolItem;
-            rItem.SetUpper( sal::static_int_cast< USHORT >( OutputDevice::LogicToLogic( rItem.GetUpper(), eSourceUnit, eDestUnit ) ) );
-            rItem.SetLower( sal::static_int_cast< USHORT >( OutputDevice::LogicToLogic( rItem.GetLower(), eSourceUnit, eDestUnit ) ) );
-        }
-        break;
-        case EE_PARA_SBL:
-        {
-            DBG_ASSERT( rPoolItem.IsA( TYPE( SvxLineSpacingItem ) ), "ConvertItem: Ungueltiges Item!" );
-            SvxLineSpacingItem& rItem = (SvxLineSpacingItem&)rPoolItem;
-            // #96298# SetLineHeight changes also eLineSpace!
-            if ( rItem.GetLineSpaceRule() == SVX_LINE_SPACE_MIN )
-                rItem.SetLineHeight( sal::static_int_cast< USHORT >( OutputDevice::LogicToLogic( rItem.GetLineHeight(), eSourceUnit, eDestUnit ) ) );
-        }
-        break;
-        case EE_PARA_TABS:
-        {
-            DBG_ASSERT( rPoolItem.IsA( TYPE( SvxTabStopItem ) ), "ConvertItem: Ungueltiges Item!" );
-            SvxTabStopItem& rItem = (SvxTabStopItem&)rPoolItem;
-            SvxTabStopItem aNewItem( EE_PARA_TABS );
-            for ( USHORT i = 0; i < rItem.Count(); i++ )
-            {
-                const SvxTabStop& rTab = rItem[i];
-                SvxTabStop aNewStop( OutputDevice::LogicToLogic( rTab.GetTabPos(), eSourceUnit, eDestUnit ), rTab.GetAdjustment(), rTab.GetDecimal(), rTab.GetFill() );
-                aNewItem.Insert( aNewStop );
-            }
-            rItem = aNewItem;
-        }
-        break;
-        case EE_CHAR_FONTHEIGHT:
-        case EE_CHAR_FONTHEIGHT_CJK:
-        case EE_CHAR_FONTHEIGHT_CTL:
-        {
-            DBG_ASSERT( rPoolItem.IsA( TYPE( SvxFontHeightItem ) ), "ConvertItem: Ungueltiges Item!" );
-            SvxFontHeightItem& rItem = (SvxFontHeightItem&)rPoolItem;
-            rItem.SetHeight( OutputDevice::LogicToLogic( rItem.GetHeight(), eSourceUnit, eDestUnit ) );
-        }
-        break;
-    }
-}
-
-void ConvertAndPutItems( SfxItemSet& rDest, const SfxItemSet& rSource, const MapUnit* pSourceUnit, const MapUnit* pDestUnit )
-{
-    const SfxItemPool* pSourcePool = rSource.GetPool();
-    const SfxItemPool* pDestPool = rDest.GetPool();
-
-    for ( USHORT nWhich = EE_PARA_START; nWhich <= EE_CHAR_END; nWhich++ )
-    {
-        // Wenn moeglich ueber SlotID gehen...
-
-        USHORT nSourceWhich = nWhich;
-        USHORT nSlot = pDestPool->GetTrueSlotId( nWhich );
-        if ( nSlot )
-        {
-            USHORT nW = pSourcePool->GetTrueWhich( nSlot );
-            if ( nW )
-                nSourceWhich = nW;
-        }
-
-        if ( rSource.GetItemState( nSourceWhich, FALSE ) == SFX_ITEM_ON )
-        {
-            MapUnit eSourceUnit = pSourceUnit ? *pSourceUnit : (MapUnit)pSourcePool->GetMetric( nSourceWhich );
-            MapUnit eDestUnit = pDestUnit ? *pDestUnit : (MapUnit)pDestPool->GetMetric( nWhich );
-            if ( eSourceUnit != eDestUnit )
-            {
-                SfxPoolItem* pItem = rSource.Get( nSourceWhich ).Clone();
-//              pItem->SetWhich( nWhich );
-                ConvertItem( *pItem, eSourceUnit, eDestUnit );
-                rDest.Put( *pItem, nWhich );
-                delete pItem;
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                rDest.Put( rSource.Get( nSourceWhich ), nWhich );
-            }
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            // MT 3.3.99: Waere so eigentlich richtig, aber schon seit Jahren nicht so...
-//          rDest.ClearItem( nWhich );
-        }
-    }
-}
-
diff --git a/svx/source/editeng/editeng.cxx b/svx/source/editeng/editeng.cxx
deleted file mode 100644
index 58a735529d2c..000000000000
--- a/svx/source/editeng/editeng.cxx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2935 +0,0 @@
-/*************************************************************************
- *
- * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
- *
- * Copyright 2008 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite
- *
- * $RCSfile: editeng.cxx,v $
- * $Revision: 1.117.12.2 $
- *
- * This file is part of OpenOffice.org.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3
- * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details
- * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code).
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org.  If not, see
- * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html>
- * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License.
- *
- ************************************************************************/
-
-// MARKER(update_precomp.py): autogen include statement, do not remove
-#include "precompiled_svx.hxx"
-#include <eeng_pch.hxx>
-
-// #define _SOLAR__PRIVATE 1
-#define USE_SVXFONT
-
-#define _SVSTDARR_USHORTS
-#include <svl/svstdarr.hxx>
-#include <svl/ctloptions.hxx>
-#include <svtools/ctrltool.hxx>
-
-#include <svx/svxfont.hxx>
-#include <impedit.hxx>
-#include <svx/editeng.hxx>
-#include <svx/editview.hxx>
-#include <editstat.hxx>
-#include <editdbg.hxx>
-#include <eerdll2.hxx>
-#include <eerdll.hxx>
-#include <editeng.hrc>
-#include <svx/flditem.hxx>
-#include <txtrange.hxx>
-#include <vcl/graph.hxx>
-
-#include <svx/akrnitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/cntritem.hxx>
-#include <svx/colritem.hxx>
-#include <svx/crsditem.hxx>
-#include <svx/escpitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/fhgtitem.hxx>
-#include "fontitem.hxx"
-#include <svx/kernitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/lrspitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/postitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/shdditem.hxx>
-#include <svx/udlnitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/wghtitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/wrlmitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/brshitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/cscoitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/langitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/emphitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/charscaleitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/charreliefitem.hxx>
-
-#include <sot/exchange.hxx>
-#include <sot/formats.hxx>
-
-#include <svx/numitem.hxx>
-#include <bulitem.hxx>
-#include <unolingu.hxx>
-#include <linguistic/lngprops.hxx>
-#include <sfx2/sfxuno.hxx>
-#include <i18npool/mslangid.hxx>
-#include <vcl/help.hxx>
-#include <svx/xpoly.hxx>
-#include <com/sun/star/datatransfer/clipboard/XClipboard.hpp>
-#include <com/sun/star/i18n/InputSequenceCheckMode.hpp>
-
-#include <sfx2/srchdefs.hxx>
-
-#if OSL_DEBUG_LEVEL > 1
-#include <svx/frmdiritem.hxx>
-#endif
-#include <basegfx/polygon/b2dpolygon.hxx>
-
-// Spaeter -> TOOLS\STRING.H (fuer Grep: WS_TARGET)
-
-using namespace ::com::sun::star;
-using namespace ::com::sun::star::uno;
-using namespace ::com::sun::star::linguistic2;
-
-
-DBG_NAME( EditEngine )
-DBG_NAMEEX( EditView )
-
-#if (OSL_DEBUG_LEVEL > 1) || defined ( DBG_UTIL )
-static sal_Bool bDebugPaint = sal_False;
-#endif
-
-SV_IMPL_VARARR( EECharAttribArray, EECharAttrib );
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EditEngine
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-EditEngine::EditEngine( SfxItemPool* pItemPool )
-{
-    DBG_CTOR( EditEngine, 0 );
-    pImpEditEngine = new ImpEditEngine( this, pItemPool );
-}
-
-EditEngine::~EditEngine()
-{
-    DBG_DTOR( EditEngine, 0 );
-    delete pImpEditEngine;
-}
-
-void EditEngine::EnableUndo( sal_Bool bEnable )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    pImpEditEngine->EnableUndo( bEnable );
-}
-
-sal_Bool EditEngine::IsUndoEnabled()
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    return pImpEditEngine->IsUndoEnabled();
-}
-
-sal_Bool EditEngine::IsInUndo()
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    return pImpEditEngine->IsInUndo();
-}
-
-SfxUndoManager& EditEngine::GetUndoManager()
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    return pImpEditEngine->GetUndoManager();
-}
-
-void EditEngine::UndoActionStart( sal_uInt16 nId )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    DBG_ASSERT( !pImpEditEngine->IsInUndo(), "Aufruf von UndoActionStart im Undomodus!" );
-    if ( !pImpEditEngine->IsInUndo() )
-        pImpEditEngine->UndoActionStart( nId );
-}
-
-void EditEngine::UndoActionEnd( sal_uInt16 nId )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    DBG_ASSERT( !pImpEditEngine->IsInUndo(), "Aufruf von UndoActionEnd im Undomodus!" );
-    if ( !pImpEditEngine->IsInUndo() )
-        pImpEditEngine->UndoActionEnd( nId );
-}
-
-BOOL EditEngine::HasTriedMergeOnLastAddUndo() const
-{
-    return pImpEditEngine->mbLastTryMerge;
-}
-
-void EditEngine::SetRefDevice( OutputDevice* pRefDev )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    pImpEditEngine->SetRefDevice( pRefDev );
-}
-
-OutputDevice* EditEngine::GetRefDevice() const
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    return pImpEditEngine->GetRefDevice();
-}
-
-void EditEngine::SetRefMapMode( const MapMode& rMapMode )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    pImpEditEngine->SetRefMapMode( rMapMode );
-}
-
-MapMode EditEngine::GetRefMapMode()
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    return pImpEditEngine->GetRefMapMode();
-}
-
-void EditEngine::SetBackgroundColor( const Color& rColor )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    pImpEditEngine->SetBackgroundColor( rColor );
-}
-
-Color EditEngine::GetBackgroundColor() const
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    return pImpEditEngine->GetBackgroundColor();
-}
-
-Color EditEngine::GetAutoColor() const
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    return pImpEditEngine->GetAutoColor();
-}
-
-void EditEngine::EnableAutoColor( BOOL b )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    pImpEditEngine->EnableAutoColor( b );
-}
-
-BOOL EditEngine::IsAutoColorEnabled() const
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    return pImpEditEngine->IsAutoColorEnabled();
-}
-
-void EditEngine::ForceAutoColor( BOOL b )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    pImpEditEngine->ForceAutoColor( b );
-}
-
-BOOL EditEngine::IsForceAutoColor() const
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    return pImpEditEngine->IsForceAutoColor();
-}
-
-const SfxItemSet& EditEngine::GetEmptyItemSet()
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    return pImpEditEngine->GetEmptyItemSet();
-}
-
-void EditEngine::Draw( OutputDevice* pOutDev, const Rectangle& rOutRect )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    Draw( pOutDev, rOutRect, Point( 0, 0 ) );
-}
-
-void EditEngine::Draw( OutputDevice* pOutDev, const Point& rStartPos, short nOrientation )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    // Mit 2 Punkten erzeugen, da bei Positivem Punkt, LONGMAX als Size
-    // Bottom und Right im Bereich > LONGMAX landen.
-    Rectangle aBigRec( -0x3FFFFFFF, -0x3FFFFFFF, 0x3FFFFFFF, 0x3FFFFFFF );
-    if( pOutDev->GetConnectMetaFile() )
-        pOutDev->Push();
-    Point aStartPos( rStartPos );
-    if ( IsVertical() )
-    {
-        aStartPos.X() += GetPaperSize().Width();
-        aStartPos = Rotate( aStartPos, nOrientation, rStartPos );
-    }
-    pImpEditEngine->Paint( pOutDev, aBigRec, aStartPos, sal_False, nOrientation );
-    if( pOutDev->GetConnectMetaFile() )
-        pOutDev->Pop();
-}
-
-void EditEngine::Draw( OutputDevice* pOutDev, const Rectangle& rOutRect, const Point& rStartDocPos )
-{
-    Draw( pOutDev, rOutRect, rStartDocPos, sal_True );
-}
-
-void EditEngine::Draw( OutputDevice* pOutDev, const Rectangle& rOutRect, const Point& rStartDocPos, sal_Bool bClip )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-
-#if defined( DBG_UTIL ) || (OSL_DEBUG_LEVEL > 1)
-    if ( bDebugPaint )
-        EditDbg::ShowEditEngineData( this, sal_False );
-#endif
-
-    // Auf Pixelgrenze ausrichten, damit genau das gleiche
-    // wie bei Paint().
-    Rectangle aOutRect( pOutDev->LogicToPixel( rOutRect ) );
-    aOutRect = pOutDev->PixelToLogic( aOutRect );
-
-    Point aStartPos;
-    if ( !IsVertical() )
-    {
-        aStartPos.X() = aOutRect.Left() - rStartDocPos.X();
-        aStartPos.Y() = aOutRect.Top() - rStartDocPos.Y();
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        aStartPos.X() = aOutRect.Right() + rStartDocPos.Y();
-        aStartPos.Y() = aOutRect.Top() - rStartDocPos.X();
-    }
-
-    sal_Bool bClipRegion = pOutDev->IsClipRegion();
-    sal_Bool bMetafile = pOutDev->GetConnectMetaFile() ? sal_True : sal_False;
-    Region aOldRegion = pOutDev->GetClipRegion();
-
-#ifdef EDIT_PRINTER_LOG
-    if ( pOutDev->GetOutDevType() == OUTDEV_PRINTER )
-    {
-        SvFileStream aLog( "d:\\editprn.log", STREAM_WRITE );
-        aLog.Seek( STREAM_SEEK_TO_END );
-        aLog << '' << endl << "Printing: ";
-        aLog << GetText( "\n\r" ).GetStr();
-        aLog << endl << endl;
-         aLog << "Ref-Device: " << String( (sal_uInt32)GetRefDevice() ).GetStr() << " Type=" << String( (sal_uInt16)GetRefDevice()->GetOutDevType() ).GetStr() << ", MapX=" << String( GetRefDevice()->GetMapMode().GetScaleX().GetNumerator() ).GetStr() << "/" << String( GetRefDevice()->GetMapMode().GetScaleX().GetDenominator() ).GetStr() <<endl;
-        aLog << "Paper-Width: " << String( GetPaperSize().Width() ).GetStr() << ",\tOut-Width: " << String( rOutRect.GetWidth() ).GetStr() << ",\tCalculated: " << String( CalcTextWidth() ).GetStr() << endl;
-        aLog << "Paper-Height: " << String( GetPaperSize().Height() ).GetStr() << ",\tOut-Height: " << String( rOutRect.GetHeight() ).GetStr() << ",\tCalculated: " << String( GetTextHeight() ).GetStr() << endl;
-
-        aLog << endl;
-    }
-#endif
-
-    // Wenn es eine gab => Schnittmenge !
-    // Bei der Metafileaufzeichnung Push/Pop verwenden.
-    if ( bMetafile )
-        pOutDev->Push();
-
-    // Immer die Intersect-Methode, weil beim Metafile ein Muss!
-    if ( bClip )
-    {
-        // Clip only if neccesary...
-        if ( !rStartDocPos.X() && !rStartDocPos.Y() &&
-             ( rOutRect.GetHeight() >= (long)GetTextHeight() ) &&
-             ( rOutRect.GetWidth() >= (long)CalcTextWidth() ) )
-        {
-            bClip = FALSE;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            // Einige Druckertreiber bereiten Probleme, wenn Buchstaben die
-            // ClipRegion streifen, deshalb lieber ein Pixel mehr...
-            Rectangle aClipRect( aOutRect );
-            if ( pOutDev->GetOutDevType() == OUTDEV_PRINTER )
-            {
-                Size aPixSz( 1, 0 );
-                aPixSz = pOutDev->PixelToLogic( aPixSz );
-                aClipRect.Right() += aPixSz.Width();
-                aClipRect.Bottom() += aPixSz.Width();
-            }
-            pOutDev->IntersectClipRegion( aClipRect );
-        }
-    }
-
-    pImpEditEngine->Paint( pOutDev, aOutRect, aStartPos );
-
-    if ( bMetafile )
-        pOutDev->Pop();
-    else if ( bClipRegion )
-        pOutDev->SetClipRegion( aOldRegion );
-    else
-        pOutDev->SetClipRegion();
-}
-
-void EditEngine::InsertView( EditView* pEditView, sal_uInt16 nIndex )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    DBG_CHKOBJ( pEditView, EditView, 0 );
-
-    if ( nIndex > pImpEditEngine->GetEditViews().Count() )
-        nIndex = pImpEditEngine->GetEditViews().Count();
-
-    pImpEditEngine->GetEditViews().Insert( pEditView, nIndex );
-    EditSelection aStartSel;
-    aStartSel = pImpEditEngine->GetEditDoc().GetStartPaM();
-    pEditView->pImpEditView->SetEditSelection( aStartSel );
-    if ( !pImpEditEngine->GetActiveView() )
-        pImpEditEngine->SetActiveView( pEditView );
-
-    pEditView->pImpEditView->AddDragAndDropListeners();
-}
-
-EditView* EditEngine::RemoveView( EditView* pView )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    DBG_CHKOBJ( pView, EditView, 0 );
-
-    pView->HideCursor();
-    EditView* pRemoved = 0;
-    sal_uInt16 nPos = pImpEditEngine->GetEditViews().GetPos( pView );
-    DBG_ASSERT( nPos != USHRT_MAX, "RemoveView mit ungueltigem Index" );
-    if ( nPos != USHRT_MAX )
-    {
-        pRemoved = pImpEditEngine->GetEditViews().GetObject( nPos );
-        pImpEditEngine->GetEditViews().Remove( nPos );
-        if ( pImpEditEngine->GetActiveView() == pView )
-        {
-            pImpEditEngine->SetActiveView( 0 );
-            pImpEditEngine->GetSelEngine().SetCurView( 0 );
-        }
-        pView->pImpEditView->RemoveDragAndDropListeners();
-
-    }
-    return pRemoved;
-}
-
-EditView* EditEngine::RemoveView( sal_uInt16 nIndex )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    EditView* pView = pImpEditEngine->GetEditViews().GetObject( nIndex );
-    if ( pView )
-        return RemoveView( pView );
-    return NULL;
-}
-
-EditView* EditEngine::GetView( sal_uInt16 nIndex ) const
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    return pImpEditEngine->GetEditViews().GetObject( nIndex );
-}
-
-sal_uInt16 EditEngine::GetViewCount() const
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    return pImpEditEngine->GetEditViews().Count();
-}
-
-sal_Bool EditEngine::HasView( EditView* pView ) const
-{
-    return pImpEditEngine->GetEditViews().GetPos( pView ) != USHRT_MAX;
-}
-
-EditView* EditEngine::GetActiveView() const
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    return pImpEditEngine->GetActiveView();
-}
-
-void EditEngine::SetActiveView( EditView* pView )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    if ( pView )
-    {
-        DBG_CHKOBJ( pView, EditView, 0 );
-    }
-    pImpEditEngine->SetActiveView( pView );
-}
-
-void EditEngine::SetDefTab( sal_uInt16 nDefTab )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    pImpEditEngine->GetEditDoc().SetDefTab( nDefTab );
-    if ( pImpEditEngine->IsFormatted() )
-    {
-        pImpEditEngine->FormatFullDoc();
-        pImpEditEngine->UpdateViews( (EditView*) 0 );
-    }
-}
-
-sal_uInt16 EditEngine::GetDefTab() const
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    return pImpEditEngine->GetEditDoc().GetDefTab();
-}
-
-void EditEngine::SetPaperSize( const Size& rNewSize )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-
-    Size aOldSize( pImpEditEngine->GetPaperSize() );
-    pImpEditEngine->SetValidPaperSize( rNewSize );
-    Size aNewSize( pImpEditEngine->GetPaperSize() );
-
-    sal_Bool bAutoPageSize = pImpEditEngine->GetStatus().AutoPageSize();
-    if ( bAutoPageSize || ( aNewSize.Width() != aOldSize.Width() ) )
-    {
-        for ( sal_uInt16 nView = 0; nView < pImpEditEngine->aEditViews.Count(); nView++ )
-        {
-            EditView* pView = pImpEditEngine->aEditViews[nView];
-             DBG_CHKOBJ( pView, EditView, 0 );
-            if ( bAutoPageSize )
-                pView->pImpEditView->RecalcOutputArea();
-            else if ( pView->pImpEditView->DoAutoSize() )
-            {
-                pView->pImpEditView->ResetOutputArea( Rectangle(
-                    pView->pImpEditView->GetOutputArea().TopLeft(), aNewSize ) );
-            }
-        }
-
-        if ( bAutoPageSize || pImpEditEngine->IsFormatted() )
-        {
-            // Aendern der Breite hat bei AutoPageSize keine Wirkung, da durch
-            // Textbreite bestimmt.
-            // Optimierung erst nach Vobis-Auslieferung aktivieren...
-//          if ( !bAutoPageSize )
-                pImpEditEngine->FormatFullDoc();
-//          else
-//          {
-//              pImpEditEngine->FormatDoc();            // PageSize, falls Aenderung
-//              pImpEditEngine->CheckAutoPageSize();    // Falls nichts formatiert wurde
-//          }
-
-            pImpEditEngine->UpdateViews( pImpEditEngine->GetActiveView() );
-
-            if ( pImpEditEngine->GetUpdateMode() && pImpEditEngine->GetActiveView() )
-                pImpEditEngine->pActiveView->ShowCursor( sal_False, sal_False );
-        }
-    }
-}
-
-const Size& EditEngine::GetPaperSize() const
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    return pImpEditEngine->GetPaperSize();
-}
-
-void EditEngine::SetVertical( BOOL bVertical )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    pImpEditEngine->SetVertical( bVertical );
-}
-
-BOOL EditEngine::IsVertical() const
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    return pImpEditEngine->IsVertical();
-}
-
-void EditEngine::SetFixedCellHeight( BOOL bUseFixedCellHeight )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    pImpEditEngine->SetFixedCellHeight( bUseFixedCellHeight );
-}
-
-BOOL EditEngine::IsFixedCellHeight() const
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    return pImpEditEngine->IsFixedCellHeight();
-}
-
-void EditEngine::SetDefaultHorizontalTextDirection( EEHorizontalTextDirection eHTextDir )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    pImpEditEngine->SetDefaultHorizontalTextDirection( eHTextDir );
-}
-
-EEHorizontalTextDirection EditEngine::GetDefaultHorizontalTextDirection() const
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    return pImpEditEngine->GetDefaultHorizontalTextDirection();
-}
-
-USHORT EditEngine::GetScriptType( const ESelection& rSelection ) const
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    EditSelection aSel( pImpEditEngine->CreateSel( rSelection ) );
-    return pImpEditEngine->GetScriptType( aSel );
-}
-
-LanguageType EditEngine::GetLanguage( USHORT nPara, USHORT nPos ) const
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    ContentNode* pNode = pImpEditEngine->GetEditDoc().SaveGetObject( nPara );
-    DBG_ASSERT( pNode, "GetLanguage - nPara is invalid!" );
-    return pNode ? pImpEditEngine->GetLanguage( EditPaM( pNode, nPos ) ) : LANGUAGE_DONTKNOW;
-}
-
-
-void EditEngine::TransliterateText( const ESelection& rSelection, sal_Int32 nTransliterationMode )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    pImpEditEngine->TransliterateText( pImpEditEngine->CreateSel( rSelection ), nTransliterationMode );
-}
-
-void EditEngine::SetAsianCompressionMode( USHORT n )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    pImpEditEngine->SetAsianCompressionMode( n );
-}
-
-USHORT EditEngine::GetAsianCompressionMode() const
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    return pImpEditEngine->GetAsianCompressionMode();
-}
-
-void EditEngine::SetKernAsianPunctuation( BOOL b )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    pImpEditEngine->SetKernAsianPunctuation( b );
-}
-
-BOOL EditEngine::IsKernAsianPunctuation() const
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    return pImpEditEngine->IsKernAsianPunctuation();
-}
-
-void EditEngine::SetAddExtLeading( BOOL b )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    pImpEditEngine->SetAddExtLeading( b );
-}
-
-BOOL EditEngine::IsAddExtLeading() const
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    return pImpEditEngine->IsAddExtLeading();
-}
-
-void EditEngine::SetPolygon( const basegfx::B2DPolyPolygon& rPolyPolygon )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    SetPolygon( rPolyPolygon, 0L );
-}
-
-void EditEngine::SetPolygon(const basegfx::B2DPolyPolygon& rPolyPolygon, const basegfx::B2DPolyPolygon* pLinePolyPolygon)
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    sal_Bool bSimple(sal_False);
-
-    if(pLinePolyPolygon && 1L == rPolyPolygon.count())
-    {
-        if(rPolyPolygon.getB2DPolygon(0L).isClosed())
-        {
-            // open polygon
-            bSimple = sal_True;
-        }
-    }
-
-    TextRanger* pRanger = new TextRanger( rPolyPolygon, pLinePolyPolygon, 30, 2, 2, bSimple, sal_True );
-    pImpEditEngine->SetTextRanger( pRanger );
-    pImpEditEngine->SetPaperSize( pRanger->GetBoundRect().GetSize() );
-}
-
-void EditEngine::ClearPolygon()
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    pImpEditEngine->SetTextRanger( 0 );
-}
-
-const PolyPolygon* EditEngine::GetPolygon()
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    return pImpEditEngine->GetTextRanger() ?
-        &pImpEditEngine->GetTextRanger()->GetPolyPolygon() : NULL;
-}
-
-const Size& EditEngine::GetMinAutoPaperSize() const
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    return pImpEditEngine->GetMinAutoPaperSize();
-}
-
-void EditEngine::SetMinAutoPaperSize( const Size& rSz )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    pImpEditEngine->SetMinAutoPaperSize( rSz );
-}
-
-const Size& EditEngine::GetMaxAutoPaperSize() const
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    return pImpEditEngine->GetMaxAutoPaperSize();
-}
-
-void EditEngine::SetMaxAutoPaperSize( const Size& rSz )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    pImpEditEngine->SetMaxAutoPaperSize( rSz );
-}
-
-XubString EditEngine::GetText( LineEnd eEnd ) const
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    return pImpEditEngine->GetEditDoc().GetText( eEnd );
-}
-
-XubString EditEngine::GetText( const ESelection& rESelection, const LineEnd eEnd ) const
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    EditSelection aSel( pImpEditEngine->CreateSel( rESelection ) );
-    return pImpEditEngine->GetSelected( aSel, eEnd );
-}
-
-sal_uInt32 EditEngine::GetTextLen() const
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    return pImpEditEngine->GetEditDoc().GetTextLen();
-}
-
-sal_uInt16 EditEngine::GetParagraphCount() const
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    return pImpEditEngine->aEditDoc.Count();
-}
-
-sal_uInt16 EditEngine::GetLineCount( sal_uInt16 nParagraph ) const
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    if ( !pImpEditEngine->IsFormatted() )
-        pImpEditEngine->FormatDoc();
-    return pImpEditEngine->GetLineCount( nParagraph );
-}
-
-sal_uInt16 EditEngine::GetLineLen( sal_uInt16 nParagraph, sal_uInt16 nLine ) const
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    if ( !pImpEditEngine->IsFormatted() )
-        pImpEditEngine->FormatDoc();
-    return pImpEditEngine->GetLineLen( nParagraph, nLine );
-}
-
-void EditEngine::GetLineBoundaries( /*out*/USHORT &rStart, /*out*/USHORT &rEnd, USHORT nParagraph, USHORT nLine ) const
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    if ( !pImpEditEngine->IsFormatted() )
-        pImpEditEngine->FormatDoc();
-    return pImpEditEngine->GetLineBoundaries( rStart, rEnd, nParagraph, nLine );
-}
-
-USHORT EditEngine::GetLineNumberAtIndex( USHORT nPara, USHORT nIndex ) const
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    if ( !pImpEditEngine->IsFormatted() )
-        pImpEditEngine->FormatDoc();
-    return pImpEditEngine->GetLineNumberAtIndex( nPara, nIndex );
-}
-
-sal_uInt32 EditEngine::GetLineHeight( sal_uInt16 nParagraph, sal_uInt16 nLine )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    // Falls jemand mit einer leeren Engine ein GetLineHeight() macht.
-    if ( !pImpEditEngine->IsFormatted() )
-        pImpEditEngine->FormatDoc();
-    return pImpEditEngine->GetLineHeight( nParagraph, nLine );
-}
-
-sal_uInt16 EditEngine::GetFirstLineOffset( sal_uInt16 nParagraph )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    if ( !pImpEditEngine->IsFormatted() )
-        pImpEditEngine->FormatDoc();
-    ParaPortion* pPortion = pImpEditEngine->GetParaPortions().SaveGetObject( nParagraph );
-    return ( pPortion ? pPortion->GetFirstLineOffset() : 0 );
-}
-
-sal_uInt32 EditEngine::GetTextHeight( sal_uInt16 nParagraph ) const
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-
-    if ( !pImpEditEngine->IsFormatted() )
-        pImpEditEngine->FormatDoc();
-
-    sal_uInt32 nHeight = pImpEditEngine->GetParaHeight( nParagraph );
-     return nHeight;
-}
-
-XubString EditEngine::GetWord( sal_uInt16 nPara, sal_uInt16 nIndex )
-{
-    ESelection aESel( nPara, nIndex, nPara, nIndex );
-    EditSelection aSel( pImpEditEngine->CreateSel( aESel ) );
-    aSel = pImpEditEngine->SelectWord( aSel );
-    return pImpEditEngine->GetSelected( aSel );
-}
-
-ESelection EditEngine::GetWord( const ESelection& rSelection, USHORT nWordType  ) const
-{
-    // ImpEditEngine-Iteration-Methods should be const!
-    EditEngine* pE = (EditEngine*)this;
-
-    EditSelection aSel( pE->pImpEditEngine->CreateSel( rSelection ) );
-    aSel = pE->pImpEditEngine->SelectWord( aSel, nWordType );
-    return pE->pImpEditEngine->CreateESel( aSel );
-}
-
-ESelection EditEngine::WordLeft( const ESelection& rSelection, USHORT nWordType  ) const
-{
-    // ImpEditEngine-Iteration-Methods should be const!
-    EditEngine* pE = (EditEngine*)this;
-
-    EditSelection aSel( pE->pImpEditEngine->CreateSel( rSelection ) );
-    aSel = pE->pImpEditEngine->WordLeft( aSel.Min(), nWordType );
-    return pE->pImpEditEngine->CreateESel( aSel );
-}
-
-ESelection EditEngine::WordRight( const ESelection& rSelection, USHORT nWordType  ) const
-{
-    // ImpEditEngine-Iteration-Methods should be const!
-    EditEngine* pE = (EditEngine*)this;
-
-    EditSelection aSel( pE->pImpEditEngine->CreateSel( rSelection ) );
-    aSel = pE->pImpEditEngine->WordRight( aSel.Max(), nWordType );
-    return pE->pImpEditEngine->CreateESel( aSel );
-}
-
-ESelection EditEngine::CursorLeft( const ESelection& rSelection, USHORT nCharacterIteratorMode ) const
-{
-    // ImpEditEngine-Iteration-Methods should be const!
-    EditEngine* pE = (EditEngine*)this;
-
-    EditSelection aSel( pE->pImpEditEngine->CreateSel( rSelection ) );
-    aSel = pE->pImpEditEngine->CursorLeft( aSel.Min(), nCharacterIteratorMode );
-    return pE->pImpEditEngine->CreateESel( aSel );
-}
-
-ESelection EditEngine::CursorRight( const ESelection& rSelection, USHORT nCharacterIteratorMode ) const
-{
-    // ImpEditEngine-Iteration-Methods should be const!
-    EditEngine* pE = (EditEngine*)this;
-
-    EditSelection aSel( pE->pImpEditEngine->CreateSel( rSelection ) );
-    aSel = pE->pImpEditEngine->CursorRight( aSel.Max(), nCharacterIteratorMode );
-    return pE->pImpEditEngine->CreateESel( aSel );
-}
-
-sal_Bool EditEngine::PostKeyEvent( const KeyEvent& rKeyEvent, EditView* pEditView )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    DBG_CHKOBJ( pEditView, EditView, 0 );
-    DBG_ASSERT( pEditView, "Keine View - keine Kekse !" );
-
-    sal_Bool bDone = sal_True;
-
-    sal_Bool bModified  = sal_False;
-    sal_Bool bMoved     = sal_False;
-    sal_Bool bAllowIdle = sal_True;
-    sal_Bool bReadOnly  = pEditView->IsReadOnly();
-
-    USHORT nNewCursorFlags = 0;
-    BOOL bSetCursorFlags = TRUE;
-
-    EditSelection aCurSel( pEditView->pImpEditView->GetEditSelection() );
-    DBG_ASSERT( !aCurSel.IsInvalid(), "Blinde Selection in EditEngine::PostKeyEvent" );
-
-    String aAutoText( pImpEditEngine->GetAutoCompleteText() );
-    if ( pImpEditEngine->GetAutoCompleteText().Len() )
-        pImpEditEngine->SetAutoCompleteText( String(), sal_True );
-
-    sal_uInt16 nCode = rKeyEvent.GetKeyCode().GetCode();
-    KeyFuncType eFunc = rKeyEvent.GetKeyCode().GetFunction();
-    if ( eFunc != KEYFUNC_DONTKNOW )
-    {
-        switch ( eFunc )
-        {
-            case KEYFUNC_UNDO:
-            {
-                if ( !bReadOnly )
-                    pEditView->Undo();
-                return sal_True;
-            }
-            // break;
-            case KEYFUNC_REDO:
-            {
-                if ( !bReadOnly )
-                    pEditView->Redo();
-                return sal_True;
-            }
-            // break;
-
-            default:    // wird dann evtl. unten bearbeitet.
-                        eFunc = KEYFUNC_DONTKNOW;
-        }
-    }
-
-    pImpEditEngine->EnterBlockNotifications();
-
-    if ( GetNotifyHdl().IsSet() )
-    {
-        EENotify aNotify( EE_NOTIFY_INPUT_START );
-        aNotify.pEditEngine = this;
-        pImpEditEngine->CallNotify( aNotify );
-    }
-
-    if ( eFunc == KEYFUNC_DONTKNOW )
-    {
-        switch ( nCode )
-        {
-           #if defined( DBG_UTIL ) || (OSL_DEBUG_LEVEL > 1)
-            case KEY_F1:
-            {
-                if ( rKeyEvent.GetKeyCode().IsMod1() && rKeyEvent.GetKeyCode().IsMod2() )
-                {
-                    USHORT nParas = GetParagraphCount();
-                    Point aPos;
-                    Point aViewStart( pEditView->GetOutputArea().TopLeft() );
-                    long n20 = 40 * pImpEditEngine->nOnePixelInRef;
-                    for ( USHORT n = 0; n < nParas; n++ )
-                    {
-                        long nH = GetTextHeight( n );
-                        Point P1( aViewStart.X() + n20 + n20*(n%2), aViewStart.Y() + aPos.Y() );
-                        Point P2( P1 );
-                        P2.X() += n20;
-                        P2.Y() += nH;
-                        pEditView->GetWindow()->SetLineColor();
-                        pEditView->GetWindow()->SetFillColor( Color( (n%2) ? COL_YELLOW : COL_LIGHTGREEN ) );
-                        pEditView->GetWindow()->DrawRect( Rectangle( P1, P2 ) );
-                        aPos.Y() += nH;
-                    }
-                }
-                bDone = FALSE;
-            }
-            break;
-            case KEY_F11:
-            {
-                if ( rKeyEvent.GetKeyCode().IsMod1() && rKeyEvent.GetKeyCode().IsMod2() )
-                {
-                    bDebugPaint = !bDebugPaint;
-                    ByteString aInfo( "DebugPaint: " );
-                    aInfo += bDebugPaint ? "On" : "Off";
-                    InfoBox( NULL, String( aInfo, RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US ) ).Execute();
-                }
-                bDone = FALSE;
-            }
-            break;
-            case KEY_F12:
-            {
-                if ( rKeyEvent.GetKeyCode().IsMod1() && rKeyEvent.GetKeyCode().IsMod2() )
-                {
-                    EditDbg::ShowEditEngineData( this );
-                    #ifdef EDIT_PRINTER_LOG
-                        SvFileStream aLog( "d:\\editprn.log", STREAM_WRITE );
-                        aLog.Seek( STREAM_SEEK_TO_END );
-                        aLog << '' << endl << "Debug: ";
-                        aLog << GetText( "\n\r" ).GetStr();
-                        aLog << endl << endl;
-                        aLog << "Ref-Device: " << String( (sal_uInt32)GetRefDevice() ).GetStr() << " Type=" << String( (sal_uInt16)GetRefDevice()->GetOutDevType() ).GetStr() << ", MapX=" << String( GetRefDevice()->GetMapMode().GetScaleX().GetNumerator() ).GetStr() << "/" << String( GetRefDevice()->GetMapMode().GetScaleX().GetDenominator() ).GetStr() <<endl;
-                        aLog << "Paper-Width: " << String( GetPaperSize().Width() ).GetStr() << ",\tCalculated: " << String( CalcTextWidth() ).GetStr() << endl;
-                        aLog << "Paper-Height: " << String( GetPaperSize().Height() ).GetStr() << ",\tCalculated: " << String( GetTextHeight() ).GetStr() << endl;
-                        aLog << endl;
-                    #endif
-                }
-                bDone = FALSE;
-            }
-            break;
-           #endif
-            case KEY_UP:
-            case KEY_DOWN:
-            case KEY_LEFT:
-            case KEY_RIGHT:
-            case KEY_HOME:
-            case KEY_END:
-            case KEY_PAGEUP:
-            case KEY_PAGEDOWN:
-            case com::sun::star::awt::Key::MOVE_WORD_FORWARD:
-            case com::sun::star::awt::Key::SELECT_WORD_FORWARD:
-            case com::sun::star::awt::Key::MOVE_WORD_BACKWARD:
-            case com::sun::star::awt::Key::SELECT_WORD_BACKWARD:
-            case com::sun::star::awt::Key::MOVE_TO_BEGIN_OF_LINE:
-            case com::sun::star::awt::Key::MOVE_TO_END_OF_LINE:
-            case com::sun::star::awt::Key::SELECT_TO_BEGIN_OF_LINE:
-            case com::sun::star::awt::Key::SELECT_TO_END_OF_LINE:
-            case com::sun::star::awt::Key::MOVE_TO_BEGIN_OF_PARAGRAPH:
-            case com::sun::star::awt::Key::MOVE_TO_END_OF_PARAGRAPH:
-            case com::sun::star::awt::Key::SELECT_TO_BEGIN_OF_PARAGRAPH:
-            case com::sun::star::awt::Key::SELECT_TO_END_OF_PARAGRAPH:
-            case com::sun::star::awt::Key::MOVE_TO_BEGIN_OF_DOCUMENT:
-            case com::sun::star::awt::Key::MOVE_TO_END_OF_DOCUMENT:
-            case com::sun::star::awt::Key::SELECT_TO_BEGIN_OF_DOCUMENT:
-            case com::sun::star::awt::Key::SELECT_TO_END_OF_DOCUMENT:
-            {
-                if ( !rKeyEvent.GetKeyCode().IsMod2() || ( nCode == KEY_LEFT ) || ( nCode == KEY_RIGHT ) )
-                {
-                    if ( pImpEditEngine->DoVisualCursorTraveling( aCurSel.Max().GetNode() ) && ( ( nCode == KEY_LEFT ) || ( nCode == KEY_RIGHT ) /* || ( nCode == KEY_HOME ) || ( nCode == KEY_END ) */ ) )
-                        bSetCursorFlags = FALSE;    // Will be manipulated within visual cursor move
-
-                    aCurSel = pImpEditEngine->MoveCursor( rKeyEvent, pEditView );
-
-                    if ( aCurSel.HasRange() ) {
-                        Reference<com::sun::star::datatransfer::clipboard::XClipboard> aSelection(pEditView->GetWindow()->GetPrimarySelection());
-                        pEditView->pImpEditView->CutCopy( aSelection, FALSE );
-                    }
-
-                    bMoved = sal_True;
-                    if ( nCode == KEY_HOME )
-                        nNewCursorFlags |= GETCRSR_STARTOFLINE;
-                    else if ( nCode == KEY_END )
-                        nNewCursorFlags |= GETCRSR_ENDOFLINE;
-
-                }
-#if OSL_DEBUG_LEVEL > 1
-                GetLanguage( pImpEditEngine->GetEditDoc().GetPos( aCurSel.Max().GetNode() ), aCurSel.Max().GetIndex() );
-#endif
-            }
-            break;
-            case KEY_BACKSPACE:
-            case KEY_DELETE:
-            case com::sun::star::awt::Key::DELETE_WORD_BACKWARD:
-            case com::sun::star::awt::Key::DELETE_WORD_FORWARD:
-            case com::sun::star::awt::Key::DELETE_TO_BEGIN_OF_PARAGRAPH:
-            case com::sun::star::awt::Key::DELETE_TO_END_OF_PARAGRAPH:
-            {
-                if ( !bReadOnly && !rKeyEvent.GetKeyCode().IsMod2() )
-                {
-                    // check if we are behind a bullet and using the backspace key
-                    ContentNode *pNode = aCurSel.Min().GetNode();
-                    const SvxNumberFormat *pFmt = pImpEditEngine->GetNumberFormat( pNode );
-                    if (pFmt && nCode == KEY_BACKSPACE &&
-                        !aCurSel.HasRange() && aCurSel.Min().GetIndex() == 0)
-                    {
-                        // if the bullet is still visible just do not paint it from
-                        // now on and that will be all. Otherwise continue as usual.
-                        // ...
-
-                        USHORT nPara = pImpEditEngine->GetEditDoc().GetPos( pNode );
-                        SfxBoolItem aBulletState( (const SfxBoolItem&) pImpEditEngine->GetParaAttrib( nPara, EE_PARA_BULLETSTATE ) );
-                        bool bBulletIsVisible = aBulletState.GetValue() ? true : false;
-
-                        // just toggling EE_PARA_BULLETSTATE should be fine for both cases...
-                        aBulletState.SetValue( !bBulletIsVisible );
-                        SfxItemSet aSet( pImpEditEngine->GetParaAttribs( nPara ) );
-                        aSet.Put( aBulletState );
-                        pImpEditEngine->SetParaAttribs( nPara, aSet );
-
-                        // have this and the following paragraphs formatted and repainted.
-                        // (not painting a numbering in the list may cause the following
-                        // numberings to have different numbers than before and thus the
-                        // length may have changed as well )
-                        pImpEditEngine->FormatAndUpdate( pImpEditEngine->GetActiveView() );
-
-                        if (bBulletIsVisible)   // bullet just turned invisible...
-                            break;
-                    }
-
-                    BYTE nDel = 0, nMode = 0;
-                    switch( nCode )
-                    {
-                    case com::sun::star::awt::Key::DELETE_WORD_BACKWARD:
-                        nMode = DELMODE_RESTOFWORD;
-                        nDel = DEL_LEFT;
-                        break;
-                    case com::sun::star::awt::Key::DELETE_WORD_FORWARD:
-                        nMode = DELMODE_RESTOFWORD;
-                        nDel = DEL_RIGHT;
-                        break;
-                    case com::sun::star::awt::Key::DELETE_TO_BEGIN_OF_PARAGRAPH:
-                        nMode = DELMODE_RESTOFCONTENT;
-                        nDel = DEL_LEFT;
-                        break;
-                    case com::sun::star::awt::Key::DELETE_TO_END_OF_PARAGRAPH:
-                        nMode = DELMODE_RESTOFCONTENT;
-                        nDel = DEL_RIGHT;
-                        break;
-                    default:
-                        nDel = ( nCode == KEY_DELETE ) ? DEL_RIGHT : DEL_LEFT;
-                        nMode = rKeyEvent.GetKeyCode().IsMod1() ? DELMODE_RESTOFWORD : DELMODE_SIMPLE;
-                        if ( ( nMode == DELMODE_RESTOFWORD ) && rKeyEvent.GetKeyCode().IsShift() )
-                            nMode = DELMODE_RESTOFCONTENT;
-                        break;
-                    }
-
-                    pEditView->pImpEditView->DrawSelection();
-                    pImpEditEngine->UndoActionStart( EDITUNDO_DELETE );
-                    aCurSel = pImpEditEngine->DeleteLeftOrRight( aCurSel, nDel, nMode );
-                    pImpEditEngine->UndoActionEnd( EDITUNDO_DELETE );
-                    bModified = sal_True;
-                    bAllowIdle = sal_False;
-                }
-            }
-            break;
-            case KEY_TAB:
-            {
-                if ( !bReadOnly && !rKeyEvent.GetKeyCode().IsMod1() && !rKeyEvent.GetKeyCode().IsMod2() )
-                {
-                    sal_Bool bShift = rKeyEvent.GetKeyCode().IsShift();
-                    if ( pImpEditEngine->GetStatus().DoTabIndenting() &&
-                        ( aCurSel.Min().GetNode() != aCurSel.Max().GetNode() ) )
-                    {
-                        pImpEditEngine->IndentBlock( pEditView, !bShift );
-                    }
-                    else if ( !bShift )
-                    {
-                        sal_Bool bSel = pEditView->HasSelection();
-                        if ( bSel )
-                            pImpEditEngine->UndoActionStart( EDITUNDO_INSERT );
-                        if ( pImpEditEngine->GetStatus().DoAutoCorrect() )
-                            aCurSel = pImpEditEngine->AutoCorrect( aCurSel, 0, !pEditView->IsInsertMode() );
-                        aCurSel = pImpEditEngine->InsertTab( aCurSel );
-                        if ( bSel )
-                            pImpEditEngine->UndoActionEnd( EDITUNDO_INSERT );
-                        bModified = sal_True;
-                    }
-                }
-                else
-                    bDone = sal_False;
-            }
-            break;
-            case KEY_RETURN:
-            {
-                if ( !bReadOnly )
-                {
-                    pEditView->pImpEditView->DrawSelection();
-                    if ( !rKeyEvent.GetKeyCode().IsMod1() && !rKeyEvent.GetKeyCode().IsMod2() )
-                    {
-                        pImpEditEngine->UndoActionStart( EDITUNDO_INSERT );
-                        if ( rKeyEvent.GetKeyCode().IsShift() )
-                        {
-                            aCurSel = pImpEditEngine->AutoCorrect( aCurSel, 0, !pEditView->IsInsertMode() );
-                            aCurSel = pImpEditEngine->InsertLineBreak( aCurSel );
-                        }
-                        else
-                        {
-                            if ( !aAutoText.Len() )
-                            {
-                                if ( pImpEditEngine->GetStatus().DoAutoCorrect() )
-                                    aCurSel = pImpEditEngine->AutoCorrect( aCurSel, 0, !pEditView->IsInsertMode() );
-                                aCurSel = pImpEditEngine->InsertParaBreak( aCurSel );
-                            }
-                            else
-                            {
-                                DBG_ASSERT( !aCurSel.HasRange(), "Selektion bei Complete?!" );
-                                EditPaM aStart( pImpEditEngine->WordLeft( aCurSel.Max() ) );
-                                aCurSel = pImpEditEngine->InsertText(
-                                                EditSelection( aStart, aCurSel.Max() ), aAutoText );
-                                pImpEditEngine->SetAutoCompleteText( String(), sal_True );
-                            }
-                        }
-                        pImpEditEngine->UndoActionEnd( EDITUNDO_INSERT );
-                        bModified = sal_True;
-                    }
-                }
-            }
-            break;
-            case KEY_INSERT:
-            {
-                if ( !rKeyEvent.GetKeyCode().IsMod1() && !rKeyEvent.GetKeyCode().IsMod2() )
-                    pEditView->SetInsertMode( !pEditView->IsInsertMode() );
-            }
-            break;
-            default:
-            {
-                #if (OSL_DEBUG_LEVEL > 1) && defined(DBG_UTIL)
-                    if ( ( nCode == KEY_W ) && rKeyEvent.GetKeyCode().IsMod1() && rKeyEvent.GetKeyCode().IsMod2() )
-                    {
-                        SfxItemSet aAttribs = pEditView->GetAttribs();
-                        const SvxFrameDirectionItem& rCurrentWritingMode = (const SvxFrameDirectionItem&)aAttribs.Get( EE_PARA_WRITINGDIR );
-                        SvxFrameDirectionItem aNewItem( FRMDIR_HORI_LEFT_TOP, EE_PARA_WRITINGDIR );
-                        if ( rCurrentWritingMode.GetValue() != FRMDIR_HORI_RIGHT_TOP )
-                            aNewItem.SetValue( FRMDIR_HORI_RIGHT_TOP );
-                        aAttribs.Put( aNewItem );
-                        pEditView->SetAttribs( aAttribs );
-                    }
-                #endif
-                if ( !bReadOnly && IsSimpleCharInput( rKeyEvent ) )
-                {
-                    xub_Unicode nCharCode = rKeyEvent.GetCharCode();
-                    pEditView->pImpEditView->DrawSelection();
-                    // Autokorrektur ?
-                    if ( ( pImpEditEngine->GetStatus().DoAutoCorrect() ) &&
-                         (  ( nCharCode == ' ' ) || ( nCharCode == '*' ) ||
-                             ( nCharCode == '\"' ) || ( nCharCode == '\'' ) ||
-                            ( nCharCode == '_' )  ))
-                    {
-                        aCurSel = pImpEditEngine->AutoCorrect( aCurSel, nCharCode, !pEditView->IsInsertMode() );
-                    }
-                    else
-                    {
-                        aCurSel = pImpEditEngine->InsertText( (const EditSelection&)aCurSel, nCharCode, !pEditView->IsInsertMode(), sal_True );
-                    }
-                    // AutoComplete ???
-                    if ( pImpEditEngine->GetStatus().DoAutoComplete() && ( nCharCode != ' ' ) )
-                    {
-                        // Aber nur wenn Wort-Ende...
-                        sal_uInt16 nIndex = aCurSel.Max().GetIndex();
-                        if ( ( nIndex >= aCurSel.Max().GetNode()->Len() ) ||
-                             ( pImpEditEngine->aWordDelimiters.Search( aCurSel.Max().GetNode()->GetChar( nIndex ) ) != STRING_NOTFOUND ) )
-                        {
-                            EditPaM aStart( pImpEditEngine->WordLeft( aCurSel.Max() ) );
-                            String aWord = pImpEditEngine->GetSelected( EditSelection( aStart, aCurSel.Max() ) );
-                            if ( aWord.Len() >= 3 )
-                            {
-                                String aComplete;
-
-                                LanguageType eLang = pImpEditEngine->GetLanguage( EditPaM( aStart.GetNode(), aStart.GetIndex()+1));
-                                lang::Locale aLocale( MsLangId::convertLanguageToLocale( eLang));
-
-                                if (!pImpEditEngine->xLocaleDataWrapper.isInitialized())
-                                    pImpEditEngine->xLocaleDataWrapper.init( SvtSysLocale().GetLocaleData().getServiceFactory(), aLocale, eLang);
-                                else
-                                    pImpEditEngine->xLocaleDataWrapper.changeLocale( aLocale, eLang);
-
-                                if (!pImpEditEngine->xTransliterationWrapper.isInitialized())
-                                    pImpEditEngine->xTransliterationWrapper.init( SvtSysLocale().GetLocaleData().getServiceFactory(), eLang, i18n::TransliterationModules_IGNORE_CASE);
-                                else
-                                    pImpEditEngine->xTransliterationWrapper.changeLocale( eLang);
-
-                                const ::utl::TransliterationWrapper* pTransliteration = pImpEditEngine->xTransliterationWrapper.get();
-                                Sequence< i18n::CalendarItem > xItem = pImpEditEngine->xLocaleDataWrapper->getDefaultCalendarDays();
-                                sal_Int32 nCount = xItem.getLength();
-                                const i18n::CalendarItem* pArr = xItem.getArray();
-                                for( sal_Int32 n = 0; n <= nCount; ++n )
-                                {
-                                    const ::rtl::OUString& rDay = pArr[n].FullName;
-                                    if( pTransliteration->isMatch( aWord, rDay) )
-                                    {
-                                        aComplete = rDay;
-                                        break;
-                                    }
-                                }
-
-                                if ( !aComplete.Len() )
-                                {
-                                    xItem = pImpEditEngine->xLocaleDataWrapper->getDefaultCalendarMonths();
-                                    sal_Int32 nMonthCount = xItem.getLength();
-                                    const i18n::CalendarItem* pMonthArr = xItem.getArray();
-                                    for( sal_Int32 n = 0; n <= nMonthCount; ++n )
-                                    {
-                                        const ::rtl::OUString& rMon = pMonthArr[n].FullName;
-                                        if( pTransliteration->isMatch( aWord, rMon) )
-                                        {
-                                            aComplete = rMon;
-                                            break;
-                                        }
-                                    }
-                                }
-
-                                if( aComplete.Len() && ( ( aWord.Len() + 1 ) < aComplete.Len() ) )
-                                {
-                                    pImpEditEngine->SetAutoCompleteText( aComplete, sal_False );
-                                    Point aPos = pImpEditEngine->PaMtoEditCursor( aCurSel.Max() ).TopLeft();
-                                    aPos = pEditView->pImpEditView->GetWindowPos( aPos );
-                                    aPos = pEditView->pImpEditView->GetWindow()->LogicToPixel( aPos );
-                                    aPos = pEditView->GetWindow()->OutputToScreenPixel( aPos );
-                                    aPos.Y() -= 3;
-                                    Help::ShowQuickHelp( pEditView->GetWindow(), Rectangle( aPos, Size( 1, 1 ) ), aComplete, QUICKHELP_BOTTOM|QUICKHELP_LEFT );
-                                }
-                            }
-                        }
-                    }
-                    bModified = sal_True;
-                }
-                else
-                    bDone = sal_False;
-            }
-        }
-    }
-
-    pEditView->pImpEditView->SetEditSelection( aCurSel );
-    pImpEditEngine->UpdateSelections();
-
-    if ( ( !IsVertical() && ( nCode != KEY_UP ) && ( nCode != KEY_DOWN ) ) ||
-         ( IsVertical() && ( nCode != KEY_LEFT ) && ( nCode != KEY_RIGHT ) ))
-    {
-        pEditView->pImpEditView->nTravelXPos = TRAVEL_X_DONTKNOW;
-    }
-
-    if ( /* ( nCode != KEY_HOME ) && ( nCode != KEY_END ) && */
-        ( !IsVertical() && ( nCode != KEY_LEFT ) && ( nCode != KEY_RIGHT ) ) ||
-         ( IsVertical() && ( nCode != KEY_UP ) && ( nCode != KEY_DOWN ) ))
-    {
-        pEditView->pImpEditView->SetCursorBidiLevel( 0xFFFF );
-    }
-
-    if ( bSetCursorFlags )
-        pEditView->pImpEditView->nExtraCursorFlags = nNewCursorFlags;
-
-    if ( bModified )
-    {
-        DBG_ASSERT( !bReadOnly, "ReadOnly but modified???" );
-        // Idle-Formatter nur, wenn AnyInput.
-        if ( bAllowIdle && pImpEditEngine->GetStatus().UseIdleFormatter()
-                && Application::AnyInput( INPUT_KEYBOARD) )
-            pImpEditEngine->IdleFormatAndUpdate( pEditView );
-        else
-            pImpEditEngine->FormatAndUpdate( pEditView );
-    }
-    else if ( bMoved )
-    {
-        sal_Bool bGotoCursor = pEditView->pImpEditView->DoAutoScroll();
-        pEditView->pImpEditView->ShowCursor( bGotoCursor, sal_True );
-        pImpEditEngine->CallStatusHdl();
-    }
-
-    if ( GetNotifyHdl().IsSet() )
-    {
-        EENotify aNotify( EE_NOTIFY_INPUT_END );
-        aNotify.pEditEngine = this;
-        pImpEditEngine->CallNotify( aNotify );
-    }
-
-    pImpEditEngine->LeaveBlockNotifications();
-
-    return bDone;
-}
-
-sal_uInt32 EditEngine::GetTextHeight() const
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-
-    if ( !pImpEditEngine->IsFormatted() )
-        pImpEditEngine->FormatDoc();
-
-    sal_uInt32 nHeight = !IsVertical() ? pImpEditEngine->GetTextHeight() : pImpEditEngine->CalcTextWidth( TRUE );
-    return nHeight;
-}
-
-sal_uInt32 EditEngine::CalcTextWidth()
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-
-    if ( !pImpEditEngine->IsFormatted() )
-        pImpEditEngine->FormatDoc();
-
-    sal_uInt32 nWidth = !IsVertical() ? pImpEditEngine->CalcTextWidth( TRUE ) : pImpEditEngine->GetTextHeight();
-     return nWidth;
-}
-
-void EditEngine::SetUpdateMode( sal_Bool bUpdate )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    pImpEditEngine->SetUpdateMode( bUpdate );
-    if ( pImpEditEngine->pActiveView )
-        pImpEditEngine->pActiveView->ShowCursor( sal_False, sal_False );
-}
-
-sal_Bool EditEngine::GetUpdateMode() const
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    return pImpEditEngine->GetUpdateMode();
-}
-
-void EditEngine::Clear()
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    pImpEditEngine->Clear();
-}
-
-void EditEngine::SetText( const XubString& rText )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    pImpEditEngine->SetText( rText );
-    if ( rText.Len() )
-        pImpEditEngine->FormatAndUpdate();
-}
-
-ULONG EditEngine::Read( SvStream& rInput, const String& rBaseURL, EETextFormat eFormat, SvKeyValueIterator* pHTTPHeaderAttrs /* = NULL */ )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    sal_Bool bUndoEnabled = pImpEditEngine->IsUndoEnabled();
-    pImpEditEngine->EnableUndo( sal_False );
-    pImpEditEngine->SetText( XubString() );
-    EditPaM aPaM( pImpEditEngine->GetEditDoc().GetStartPaM() );
-    pImpEditEngine->Read( rInput, rBaseURL, eFormat, EditSelection( aPaM, aPaM ), pHTTPHeaderAttrs );
-    pImpEditEngine->EnableUndo( bUndoEnabled );
-    return rInput.GetError();
-}
-
-ULONG EditEngine::Write( SvStream& rOutput, EETextFormat eFormat )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    EditPaM aStartPaM( pImpEditEngine->GetEditDoc().GetStartPaM() );
-    EditPaM aEndPaM( pImpEditEngine->GetEditDoc().GetEndPaM() );
-    pImpEditEngine->Write( rOutput, eFormat, EditSelection( aStartPaM, aEndPaM ) );
-    return rOutput.GetError();
-}
-
-EditTextObject* EditEngine::CreateTextObject()
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    return pImpEditEngine->CreateTextObject();
-}
-
-EditTextObject* EditEngine::CreateTextObject( const ESelection& rESelection )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    EditSelection aSel( pImpEditEngine->CreateSel( rESelection ) );
-    return pImpEditEngine->CreateTextObject( aSel );
-}
-
-void EditEngine::SetText( const EditTextObject& rTextObject )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    pImpEditEngine->EnterBlockNotifications();
-    pImpEditEngine->SetText( rTextObject );
-    pImpEditEngine->FormatAndUpdate();
-    pImpEditEngine->LeaveBlockNotifications();
-}
-
-void EditEngine::ShowParagraph( sal_uInt16 nParagraph, sal_Bool bShow )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    pImpEditEngine->ShowParagraph( nParagraph, bShow );
-}
-
-sal_Bool EditEngine::IsParagraphVisible( sal_uInt16 nParagraph )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    return pImpEditEngine->IsParagraphVisible( nParagraph );
-}
-
-void EditEngine::SetNotifyHdl( const Link& rLink )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    pImpEditEngine->SetNotifyHdl( rLink );
-}
-
-Link EditEngine::GetNotifyHdl() const
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    return pImpEditEngine->GetNotifyHdl();
-}
-
-void EditEngine::SetStatusEventHdl( const Link& rLink )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    pImpEditEngine->SetStatusEventHdl( rLink );
-}
-
-Link EditEngine::GetStatusEventHdl() const
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    return pImpEditEngine->GetStatusEventHdl();
-}
-
-void EditEngine::SetImportHdl( const Link& rLink )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    pImpEditEngine->aImportHdl = rLink;
-}
-
-Link EditEngine::GetImportHdl() const
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    return pImpEditEngine->aImportHdl;
-}
-
-void EditEngine::SetBeginMovingParagraphsHdl( const Link& rLink )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    pImpEditEngine->aBeginMovingParagraphsHdl = rLink;
-}
-
-void EditEngine::SetEndMovingParagraphsHdl( const Link& rLink )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    pImpEditEngine->aEndMovingParagraphsHdl = rLink;
-}
-
-void EditEngine::SetBeginPasteOrDropHdl( const Link& rLink )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-
-    pImpEditEngine->aBeginPasteOrDropHdl = rLink;
-}
-
-void EditEngine::SetEndPasteOrDropHdl( const Link& rLink )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    pImpEditEngine->aEndPasteOrDropHdl = rLink;
-}
-
-EditTextObject* EditEngine::CreateTextObject( sal_uInt16 nPara, sal_uInt16 nParas )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    DBG_ASSERT( nPara < pImpEditEngine->GetEditDoc().Count(), "CreateTextObject: Startpara out of Range" );
-    DBG_ASSERT( nPara+nParas-1 < pImpEditEngine->GetEditDoc().Count(), "CreateTextObject: Endpara out of Range" );
-
-    ContentNode* pStartNode = pImpEditEngine->GetEditDoc().SaveGetObject( nPara );
-    ContentNode* pEndNode = pImpEditEngine->GetEditDoc().SaveGetObject( nPara+nParas-1 );
-    DBG_ASSERT( pStartNode, "Start-Absatz existiert nicht: CreateTextObject" );
-    DBG_ASSERT( pEndNode, "End-Absatz existiert nicht: CreateTextObject" );
-
-    if ( pStartNode && pEndNode )
-    {
-        EditSelection aTmpSel;
-        aTmpSel.Min() = EditPaM( pStartNode, 0 );
-        aTmpSel.Max() = EditPaM( pEndNode, pEndNode->Len() );
-        return pImpEditEngine->CreateTextObject( aTmpSel );
-    }
-    return 0;
-}
-
-void EditEngine::RemoveParagraph( sal_uInt16 nPara )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    DBG_ASSERT( pImpEditEngine->GetEditDoc().Count() > 1, "Der erste Absatz darf nicht geloescht werden!" );
-    if( pImpEditEngine->GetEditDoc().Count() <= 1 )
-        return;
-
-    ContentNode* pNode = pImpEditEngine->GetEditDoc().SaveGetObject( nPara );
-    ParaPortion* pPortion = pImpEditEngine->GetParaPortions().SaveGetObject( nPara );
-    DBG_ASSERT( pPortion && pNode, "Absatz nicht gefunden: RemoveParagraph" );
-    if ( pNode && pPortion )
-    {
-        // Keine Undokappselung noetig.
-        pImpEditEngine->ImpRemoveParagraph( nPara );
-        pImpEditEngine->InvalidateFromParagraph( nPara );
-        pImpEditEngine->UpdateSelections();
-        pImpEditEngine->FormatAndUpdate();
-    }
-}
-
-sal_uInt16 EditEngine::GetTextLen( sal_uInt16 nPara ) const
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    ContentNode* pNode = pImpEditEngine->GetEditDoc().SaveGetObject( nPara );
-    DBG_ASSERT( pNode, "Absatz nicht gefunden: GetTextLen" );
-    if ( pNode )
-        return pNode->Len();
-    return 0;
-}
-
-XubString EditEngine::GetText( sal_uInt16 nPara ) const
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    XubString aStr;
-    if ( nPara < pImpEditEngine->GetEditDoc().Count() )
-        aStr = pImpEditEngine->GetEditDoc().GetParaAsString( nPara );
-    return aStr;
-}
-
-void EditEngine::SetModifyHdl( const Link& rLink )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    pImpEditEngine->SetModifyHdl( rLink );
-}
-
-Link EditEngine::GetModifyHdl() const
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    return pImpEditEngine->GetModifyHdl();
-}
-
-
-void EditEngine::ClearModifyFlag()
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    pImpEditEngine->SetModifyFlag( sal_False );
-}
-
-void EditEngine::SetModified()
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    pImpEditEngine->SetModifyFlag( sal_True );
-}
-
-sal_Bool EditEngine::IsModified() const
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    return pImpEditEngine->IsModified();
-}
-
-sal_Bool EditEngine::IsInSelectionMode() const
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    return ( pImpEditEngine->IsInSelectionMode() ||
-                pImpEditEngine->GetSelEngine().IsInSelection() );
-}
-
-void EditEngine::StopSelectionMode()
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    pImpEditEngine->StopSelectionMode();
-}
-
-void EditEngine::InsertParagraph( sal_uInt16 nPara, const EditTextObject& rTxtObj )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    if ( nPara > GetParagraphCount() )
-    {
-        DBG_ASSERTWARNING( nPara == USHRT_MAX, "AbsatzNr zu Gro???, aber nicht LIST_APPEND! " );
-        nPara = GetParagraphCount();
-    }
-
-    pImpEditEngine->UndoActionStart( EDITUNDO_INSERT );
-
-    // Keine Undoklammerung noetig.
-    EditPaM aPaM( pImpEditEngine->InsertParagraph( nPara ) );
-    // Bei einem InsertParagraph von aussen sollen keine Harten
-    // Attribute uebernommen werden !
-    pImpEditEngine->RemoveCharAttribs( nPara );
-    pImpEditEngine->InsertText( rTxtObj, EditSelection( aPaM, aPaM ) );
-
-    pImpEditEngine->UndoActionEnd( EDITUNDO_INSERT );
-
-    pImpEditEngine->FormatAndUpdate();
-}
-
-void EditEngine::InsertParagraph( sal_uInt16 nPara, const XubString& rTxt )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    if ( nPara > GetParagraphCount() )
-    {
-        DBG_ASSERTWARNING( nPara == USHRT_MAX, "AbsatzNr zu Gro???, aber nicht LIST_APPEND! " );
-        nPara = GetParagraphCount();
-    }
-
-    pImpEditEngine->UndoActionStart( EDITUNDO_INSERT );
-    EditPaM aPaM( pImpEditEngine->InsertParagraph( nPara ) );
-    // Bei einem InsertParagraph von aussen sollen keine Harten
-    // Attribute uebernommen werden !
-    pImpEditEngine->RemoveCharAttribs( nPara );
-    pImpEditEngine->UndoActionEnd( EDITUNDO_INSERT );
-    pImpEditEngine->ImpInsertText( EditSelection( aPaM, aPaM ), rTxt );
-    pImpEditEngine->FormatAndUpdate();
-}
-
-void EditEngine::SetText( sal_uInt16 nPara, const EditTextObject& rTxtObj )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    EditSelection* pSel = pImpEditEngine->SelectParagraph( nPara );
-    if ( pSel )
-    {
-        pImpEditEngine->UndoActionStart( EDITUNDO_INSERT );
-        pImpEditEngine->InsertText( rTxtObj, *pSel );
-        pImpEditEngine->UndoActionEnd( EDITUNDO_INSERT );
-        pImpEditEngine->FormatAndUpdate();
-        delete pSel;
-    }
-}
-
-void EditEngine::SetText( sal_uInt16 nPara, const XubString& rTxt )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    EditSelection* pSel = pImpEditEngine->SelectParagraph( nPara );
-    if ( pSel )
-    {
-        pImpEditEngine->UndoActionStart( EDITUNDO_INSERT );
-        pImpEditEngine->ImpInsertText( *pSel, rTxt );
-        pImpEditEngine->UndoActionEnd( EDITUNDO_INSERT );
-        pImpEditEngine->FormatAndUpdate();
-        delete pSel;
-    }
-}
-
-void EditEngine::SetParaAttribs( sal_uInt16 nPara, const SfxItemSet& rSet )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    // Keine Undoklammerung noetig.
-    pImpEditEngine->SetParaAttribs( nPara, rSet );
-    pImpEditEngine->FormatAndUpdate();
-}
-
-const SfxItemSet& EditEngine::GetParaAttribs( sal_uInt16 nPara ) const
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    return pImpEditEngine->GetParaAttribs( nPara );
-}
-
-sal_Bool EditEngine::HasParaAttrib( sal_uInt16 nPara, sal_uInt16 nWhich ) const
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    return pImpEditEngine->HasParaAttrib( nPara, nWhich );
-}
-
-const SfxPoolItem& EditEngine::GetParaAttrib( sal_uInt16 nPara, sal_uInt16 nWhich )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    return pImpEditEngine->GetParaAttrib( nPara, nWhich );
-}
-
-void EditEngine::GetCharAttribs( sal_uInt16 nPara, EECharAttribArray& rLst ) const
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    pImpEditEngine->GetCharAttribs( nPara, rLst );
-}
-
-SfxItemSet EditEngine::GetAttribs( const ESelection& rSel, BOOL bOnlyHardAttrib )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    EditSelection aSel( pImpEditEngine->
-        ConvertSelection( rSel.nStartPara, rSel.nStartPos, rSel.nEndPara, rSel.nEndPos ) );
-    return pImpEditEngine->GetAttribs( aSel, bOnlyHardAttrib );
-}
-
-SfxItemSet EditEngine::GetAttribs( USHORT nPara, USHORT nStart, USHORT nEnd, sal_uInt8 nFlags ) const
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    return pImpEditEngine->GetAttribs( nPara, nStart, nEnd, nFlags );
-}
-
-void EditEngine::RemoveAttribs( const ESelection& rSelection, sal_Bool bRemoveParaAttribs, sal_uInt16 nWhich )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-
-    pImpEditEngine->UndoActionStart( EDITUNDO_RESETATTRIBS );
-    EditSelection aSel( pImpEditEngine->ConvertSelection( rSelection.nStartPara, rSelection.nStartPos, rSelection.nEndPara, rSelection.nEndPos ) );
-    pImpEditEngine->RemoveCharAttribs( aSel, bRemoveParaAttribs, nWhich  );
-    pImpEditEngine->UndoActionEnd( EDITUNDO_RESETATTRIBS );
-    pImpEditEngine->FormatAndUpdate();
-}
-
-// MT: Can be removed after 6.x?
-Font EditEngine::GetStandardFont( sal_uInt16 nPara )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    return GetStandardSvxFont( nPara );
-}
-
-SvxFont EditEngine::GetStandardSvxFont( sal_uInt16 nPara )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    ContentNode* pNode = pImpEditEngine->GetEditDoc().SaveGetObject( nPara );
-    return pNode->GetCharAttribs().GetDefFont();
-}
-
-void EditEngine::StripPortions()
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    VirtualDevice aTmpDev;
-    Rectangle aBigRec( Point( 0, 0 ), Size( 0x7FFFFFFF, 0x7FFFFFFF ) );
-    if ( IsVertical() )
-    {
-        aBigRec.Right() = 0;
-        aBigRec.Left() = -0x7FFFFFFF;
-    }
-    pImpEditEngine->Paint( &aTmpDev, aBigRec, Point(), sal_True );
-}
-
-void EditEngine::GetPortions( sal_uInt16 nPara, SvUShorts& rList )
-{
-    if ( !pImpEditEngine->IsFormatted() )
-        pImpEditEngine->FormatFullDoc();
-
-    ParaPortion* pParaPortion = pImpEditEngine->GetParaPortions().SaveGetObject( nPara );
-    if ( pParaPortion )
-    {
-        sal_uInt16 nEnd = 0;
-        sal_uInt16 nTextPortions = pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().Count();
-        for ( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < nTextPortions; n++ )
-        {
-            nEnd = nEnd + pParaPortion->GetTextPortions()[n]->GetLen();
-            rList.Insert( nEnd, rList.Count() );
-        }
-    }
-}
-
-void EditEngine::SetFlatMode( sal_Bool bFlat)
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    pImpEditEngine->SetFlatMode( bFlat );
-}
-
-sal_Bool EditEngine::IsFlatMode() const
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    return !( pImpEditEngine->aStatus.UseCharAttribs() );
-}
-
-void EditEngine::SetControlWord( sal_uInt32 nWord )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-
-    if ( nWord != pImpEditEngine->aStatus.GetControlWord() )
-    {
-        sal_uInt32 nPrev = pImpEditEngine->aStatus.GetControlWord();
-        pImpEditEngine->aStatus.GetControlWord() = nWord;
-
-        sal_uInt32 nChanges = nPrev ^ nWord;
-        if ( pImpEditEngine->IsFormatted() )
-        {
-            // ggf. neu formatieren:
-            if ( ( nChanges & EE_CNTRL_USECHARATTRIBS ) ||
-                 ( nChanges & EE_CNTRL_USEPARAATTRIBS ) ||
-                 ( nChanges & EE_CNTRL_ONECHARPERLINE ) ||
-                 ( nChanges & EE_CNTRL_STRETCHING ) ||
-                 ( nChanges & EE_CNTRL_OUTLINER ) ||
-                 ( nChanges & EE_CNTRL_NOCOLORS ) ||
-                 ( nChanges & EE_CNTRL_OUTLINER2 ) )
-            {
-                if ( ( nChanges & EE_CNTRL_USECHARATTRIBS ) ||
-                     ( nChanges & EE_CNTRL_USEPARAATTRIBS ) )
-                {
-                    sal_Bool bUseCharAttribs = ( nWord & EE_CNTRL_USECHARATTRIBS ) ? sal_True : sal_False;
-                    pImpEditEngine->GetEditDoc().CreateDefFont( bUseCharAttribs );
-                }
-
-                pImpEditEngine->FormatFullDoc();
-                pImpEditEngine->UpdateViews( pImpEditEngine->GetActiveView() );
-            }
-        }
-
-        sal_Bool bSpellingChanged = nChanges & EE_CNTRL_ONLINESPELLING ? sal_True : sal_False;
-
-        if ( bSpellingChanged )
-        {
-            pImpEditEngine->StopOnlineSpellTimer();
-            if ( bSpellingChanged && ( nWord & EE_CNTRL_ONLINESPELLING ) )
-            {
-                // WrongListen anlegen, Timer starten...
-                sal_uInt16 nNodes = pImpEditEngine->GetEditDoc().Count();
-                for ( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < nNodes; n++ )
-                {
-                    ContentNode* pNode = pImpEditEngine->GetEditDoc().GetObject( n );
-                    pNode->CreateWrongList();
-                }
-                pImpEditEngine->StartOnlineSpellTimer();
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                long nY = 0;
-                sal_uInt16 nNodes = pImpEditEngine->GetEditDoc().Count();
-                for ( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < nNodes; n++ )
-                {
-                    ContentNode* pNode = pImpEditEngine->GetEditDoc().GetObject( n );
-                    ParaPortion* pPortion = pImpEditEngine->GetParaPortions().GetObject( n );
-                    sal_Bool bWrongs = ( bSpellingChanged || ( nWord & EE_CNTRL_ONLINESPELLING ) ) ? pNode->GetWrongList()->HasWrongs() : sal_False;
-                    if ( bSpellingChanged )         // Also aus
-                        pNode->DestroyWrongList();  // => vorm Paint weghaun.
-                    if ( bWrongs )
-                    {
-                        pImpEditEngine->aInvalidRec.Left() = 0;
-                        pImpEditEngine->aInvalidRec.Right() = pImpEditEngine->GetPaperSize().Width();
-                        pImpEditEngine->aInvalidRec.Top() = nY+1;
-                        pImpEditEngine->aInvalidRec.Bottom() = nY+pPortion->GetHeight()-1;
-                        pImpEditEngine->UpdateViews( pImpEditEngine->pActiveView );
-                    }
-                    nY += pPortion->GetHeight();
-                }
-            }
-        }
-    }
-}
-
-sal_uInt32 EditEngine::GetControlWord() const
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    return pImpEditEngine->aStatus.GetControlWord();
-}
-
-long EditEngine::GetFirstLineStartX( sal_uInt16 nParagraph )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-
-    long nX = 0;
-    ParaPortion* pPPortion = pImpEditEngine->GetParaPortions().SaveGetObject( nParagraph );
-    if ( pPPortion )
-    {
-        DBG_ASSERT( pImpEditEngine->IsFormatted() || !pImpEditEngine->IsFormatting(), "GetFirstLineStartX: Doc not formatted - unable to format!" );
-        if ( !pImpEditEngine->IsFormatted() )
-            pImpEditEngine->FormatDoc();
-        EditLine* pFirstLine = pPPortion->GetLines()[0];
-        nX = pFirstLine->GetStartPosX();
-    }
-    return nX;
-}
-
-Point EditEngine::GetDocPos( const Point& rPaperPos ) const
-{
-    Point aDocPos( rPaperPos );
-    if ( IsVertical() )
-    {
-        aDocPos.X() = rPaperPos.Y();
-        aDocPos.Y() = GetPaperSize().Width() - rPaperPos.X();
-    }
-    return aDocPos;
-}
-
-Point EditEngine::GetDocPosTopLeft( sal_uInt16 nParagraph )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    ParaPortion* pPPortion = pImpEditEngine->GetParaPortions().SaveGetObject( nParagraph );
-    DBG_ASSERT( pPPortion, "Absatz nicht gefunden: GetWindowPosTopLeft" );
-    Point aPoint;
-    if ( pPPortion )
-    {
-        // Falls jemand mit einer leeren Engine ein GetLineHeight() macht.
-        DBG_ASSERT( pImpEditEngine->IsFormatted() || !pImpEditEngine->IsFormatting(), "GetDocPosTopLeft: Doc not formatted - unable to format!" );
-        if ( !pImpEditEngine->IsFormatted() )
-            pImpEditEngine->FormatAndUpdate();
-        if ( pPPortion->GetLines().Count() )
-        {
-            // So richtiger, falls grosses Bullet.
-            EditLine* pFirstLine = pPPortion->GetLines()[0];
-            aPoint.X() = pFirstLine->GetStartPosX();
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            const SvxLRSpaceItem& rLRItem = pImpEditEngine->GetLRSpaceItem( pPPortion->GetNode() );
-// TL_NF_LR         aPoint.X() = pImpEditEngine->GetXValue( (short)(rLRItem.GetTxtLeft() + rLRItem.GetTxtFirstLineOfst()) );
-            sal_Int32 nSpaceBefore = 0;
-            pImpEditEngine->GetSpaceBeforeAndMinLabelWidth( pPPortion->GetNode(), &nSpaceBefore );
-            short nX = (short)(rLRItem.GetTxtLeft()
-                            + rLRItem.GetTxtFirstLineOfst()
-                            + nSpaceBefore);
-            aPoint.X() = pImpEditEngine->GetXValue( nX
-                             );
-        }
-        aPoint.Y() = pImpEditEngine->GetParaPortions().GetYOffset( pPPortion );
-    }
-    return aPoint;
-}
-
-const SvxNumberFormat* EditEngine::GetNumberFormat( USHORT nPara ) const
-{
-    // derived objects may overload this function to give access to
-    // bullet information (see Outliner)
-    (void) nPara;
-    return 0;
-}
-
-BOOL EditEngine::IsRightToLeft( USHORT nPara ) const
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    return pImpEditEngine->IsRightToLeft( nPara );
-}
-
-sal_Bool EditEngine::IsTextPos( const Point& rPaperPos, sal_uInt16 nBorder )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-
-    if ( !pImpEditEngine->IsFormatted() )
-        pImpEditEngine->FormatDoc();
-
-    sal_Bool bTextPos = sal_False;
-    // #90780# take unrotated positions for calculation here
-    Point aDocPos = GetDocPos( rPaperPos );
-
-    if ( ( aDocPos.Y() > 0  ) && ( aDocPos.Y() < (long)pImpEditEngine->GetTextHeight() ) )
-    {
-        EditPaM aPaM = pImpEditEngine->GetPaM( aDocPos, sal_False );
-        if ( aPaM.GetNode() )
-        {
-            ParaPortion* pParaPortion = pImpEditEngine->FindParaPortion( aPaM.GetNode() );
-            DBG_ASSERT( pParaPortion, "ParaPortion?" );
-
-            sal_uInt16 nLine = pParaPortion->GetLineNumber( aPaM.GetIndex() );
-            EditLine* pLine = pParaPortion->GetLines().GetObject( nLine );
-            Range aLineXPosStartEnd = pImpEditEngine->GetLineXPosStartEnd( pParaPortion, pLine );
-            if ( ( aDocPos.X() >= aLineXPosStartEnd.Min() - nBorder ) &&
-                 ( aDocPos.X() <= aLineXPosStartEnd.Max() + nBorder ) )
-            {
-                 bTextPos = sal_True;
-            }
-        }
-    }
-    return bTextPos;
-}
-
-void EditEngine::SetEditTextObjectPool( SfxItemPool* pPool )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    pImpEditEngine->SetEditTextObjectPool( pPool );
-}
-
-SfxItemPool* EditEngine::GetEditTextObjectPool() const
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    return pImpEditEngine->GetEditTextObjectPool();
-}
-
-void EditEngine::QuickSetAttribs( const SfxItemSet& rSet, const ESelection& rSel )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-
-    EditSelection aSel( pImpEditEngine->
-        ConvertSelection( rSel.nStartPara, rSel.nStartPos, rSel.nEndPara, rSel.nEndPos ) );
-
-    pImpEditEngine->SetAttribs( aSel, rSet );
-}
-
-void EditEngine::QuickMarkInvalid( const ESelection& rSel )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    DBG_ASSERT( rSel.nStartPara < pImpEditEngine->GetEditDoc().Count(), "MarkInvalid: Start out of Range!" );
-    DBG_ASSERT( rSel.nEndPara < pImpEditEngine->GetEditDoc().Count(), "MarkInvalid: End out of Range!" );
-    for ( sal_uInt16 nPara = rSel.nStartPara; nPara <= rSel.nEndPara; nPara++ )
-    {
-        ParaPortion* pPortion = pImpEditEngine->GetParaPortions().SaveGetObject( nPara );
-        if ( pPortion )
-            pPortion->MarkSelectionInvalid( 0, pPortion->GetNode()->Len() );
-    }
-}
-
-void EditEngine::QuickInsertText( const XubString& rText, const ESelection& rSel )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-
-    EditSelection aSel( pImpEditEngine->
-        ConvertSelection( rSel.nStartPara, rSel.nStartPos, rSel.nEndPara, rSel.nEndPos ) );
-
-    pImpEditEngine->ImpInsertText( aSel, rText );
-}
-
-void EditEngine::QuickDelete( const ESelection& rSel )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-
-    EditSelection aSel( pImpEditEngine->
-        ConvertSelection( rSel.nStartPara, rSel.nStartPos, rSel.nEndPara, rSel.nEndPos ) );
-
-    pImpEditEngine->ImpDeleteSelection( aSel );
-}
-
-void EditEngine::QuickMarkToBeRepainted( sal_uInt16 nPara )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    ParaPortion* pPortion = pImpEditEngine->GetParaPortions().SaveGetObject( nPara );
-    if ( pPortion )
-        pPortion->SetMustRepaint( sal_True );
-}
-
-void EditEngine::QuickInsertLineBreak( const ESelection& rSel )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-
-    EditSelection aSel( pImpEditEngine->
-        ConvertSelection( rSel.nStartPara, rSel.nStartPos, rSel.nEndPara, rSel.nEndPos ) );
-
-    pImpEditEngine->InsertLineBreak( aSel );
-}
-
-void EditEngine::QuickInsertField( const SvxFieldItem& rFld, const ESelection& rSel )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-
-    EditSelection aSel( pImpEditEngine->
-        ConvertSelection( rSel.nStartPara, rSel.nStartPos, rSel.nEndPara, rSel.nEndPos ) );
-
-    pImpEditEngine->ImpInsertFeature( aSel, rFld );
-}
-
-void EditEngine::QuickFormatDoc( sal_Bool bFull )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    if ( bFull )
-        pImpEditEngine->FormatFullDoc();
-    else
-        pImpEditEngine->FormatDoc();
-
-    // #111072# Don't pass active view, maybe selection is not updated yet...
-    pImpEditEngine->UpdateViews( NULL );
-}
-
-void EditEngine::QuickRemoveCharAttribs( sal_uInt16 nPara, sal_uInt16 nWhich )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    pImpEditEngine->RemoveCharAttribs( nPara, nWhich );
-}
-
-void EditEngine::SetStyleSheet( sal_uInt16 nPara, SfxStyleSheet* pStyle )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    pImpEditEngine->SetStyleSheet( nPara, pStyle );
-}
-
-SfxStyleSheet* EditEngine::GetStyleSheet( sal_uInt16 nPara ) const
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    return pImpEditEngine->GetStyleSheet( nPara );
-}
-
-void EditEngine::SetStyleSheetPool( SfxStyleSheetPool* pSPool )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    pImpEditEngine->SetStyleSheetPool( pSPool );
-}
-
-SfxStyleSheetPool* EditEngine::GetStyleSheetPool()
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    return pImpEditEngine->GetStyleSheetPool();
-}
-
-void EditEngine::SetWordDelimiters( const XubString& rDelimiters )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    pImpEditEngine->aWordDelimiters = rDelimiters;
-    if ( pImpEditEngine->aWordDelimiters.Search( CH_FEATURE ) == STRING_NOTFOUND )
-        pImpEditEngine->aWordDelimiters.Insert( CH_FEATURE );
-}
-
-XubString EditEngine::GetWordDelimiters() const
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    return pImpEditEngine->aWordDelimiters;
-}
-
-void EditEngine::SetGroupChars( const XubString& rChars )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    DBG_ASSERT( ( rChars.Len() % 2 ) == 0, "SetGroupChars: Ungerade Anzahl!" );
-    pImpEditEngine->aGroupChars = rChars;
-}
-
-XubString EditEngine::GetGroupChars() const
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    return pImpEditEngine->aGroupChars;
-}
-
-void EditEngine::EnablePasteSpecial( sal_Bool bEnable )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    if ( bEnable )
-        pImpEditEngine->GetStatus().TurnOnFlags( EE_CNTRL_PASTESPECIAL );
-    else
-        pImpEditEngine->GetStatus().TurnOffFlags( EE_CNTRL_PASTESPECIAL );
-}
-
-sal_Bool EditEngine::IsPasteSpecialEnabled() const
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    return pImpEditEngine->GetStatus().AllowPasteSpecial();
-}
-
-void EditEngine::EnableIdleFormatter( sal_Bool bEnable )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    if ( bEnable )
-        pImpEditEngine->GetStatus().TurnOnFlags( EE_CNTRL_DOIDLEFORMAT );
-    else
-        pImpEditEngine->GetStatus().TurnOffFlags( EE_CNTRL_DOIDLEFORMAT);
-}
-
-sal_Bool EditEngine::IsIdleFormatterEnabled() const
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    return pImpEditEngine->GetStatus().UseIdleFormatter();
-}
-
-void EditEngine::EraseVirtualDevice()
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    pImpEditEngine->EraseVirtualDevice();
-}
-
-void EditEngine::SetSpeller( Reference< XSpellChecker1 >  &xSpeller )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    pImpEditEngine->SetSpeller( xSpeller );
-}
-Reference< XSpellChecker1 >  EditEngine::GetSpeller()
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    return pImpEditEngine->GetSpeller();
-}
-Reference< XHyphenator >  EditEngine::GetHyphenator() const
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    return pImpEditEngine->GetHyphenator();
-}
-
-void EditEngine::SetHyphenator( Reference< XHyphenator > & xHyph )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    pImpEditEngine->SetHyphenator( xHyph );
-}
-
-void EditEngine::SetForbiddenCharsTable( vos::ORef<SvxForbiddenCharactersTable> xForbiddenChars )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    pImpEditEngine->SetForbiddenCharsTable( xForbiddenChars );
-}
-
-vos::ORef<SvxForbiddenCharactersTable> EditEngine::GetForbiddenCharsTable() const
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    return pImpEditEngine->GetForbiddenCharsTable( FALSE );
-}
-
-
-void EditEngine::SetDefaultLanguage( LanguageType eLang )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    pImpEditEngine->SetDefaultLanguage( eLang );
-}
-
-LanguageType EditEngine::GetDefaultLanguage() const
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    return pImpEditEngine->GetDefaultLanguage();
-}
-
-sal_Bool __EXPORT EditEngine::SpellNextDocument()
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    return sal_False;
-}
-
-EESpellState EditEngine::HasSpellErrors()
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    if ( !pImpEditEngine->GetSpeller().is()  )
-        return EE_SPELL_NOSPELLER;
-
-    return pImpEditEngine->HasSpellErrors();
-}
-/*-- 13.10.2003 16:56:23---------------------------------------------------
-
-  -----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-void EditEngine::StartSpelling(EditView& rEditView, sal_Bool bMultipleDoc)
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    pImpEditEngine->StartSpelling(rEditView, bMultipleDoc);
-}
-/*-- 13.10.2003 16:56:23---------------------------------------------------
-
-  -----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-void EditEngine::EndSpelling()
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    pImpEditEngine->EndSpelling();
-}
-
-/*-- 13.10.2003 16:43:27---------------------------------------------------
-
-  -----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-bool EditEngine::SpellSentence(EditView& rView, ::svx::SpellPortions& rToFill, bool bIsGrammarChecking )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    return pImpEditEngine->SpellSentence( rView, rToFill, bIsGrammarChecking  );
-}
-/*-- 08.09.2008 11:38:32---------------------------------------------------
-
-  -----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-void EditEngine::PutSpellingToSentenceStart( EditView& rEditView )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    pImpEditEngine->PutSpellingToSentenceStart( rEditView );
-}
-/*-- 13.10.2003 16:43:27---------------------------------------------------
-
-  -----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-void EditEngine::ApplyChangedSentence(EditView& rEditView, const ::svx::SpellPortions& rNewPortions, bool bIsGrammarChecking )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    pImpEditEngine->ApplyChangedSentence( rEditView, rNewPortions, bIsGrammarChecking  );
-}
-
-sal_Bool EditEngine::HasConvertibleTextPortion( LanguageType nLang )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    return pImpEditEngine->HasConvertibleTextPortion( nLang );
-}
-
-sal_Bool __EXPORT EditEngine::ConvertNextDocument()
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    return sal_False;
-}
-
-sal_Bool EditEngine::HasText( const SvxSearchItem& rSearchItem )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    return pImpEditEngine->HasText( rSearchItem );
-}
-
-void EditEngine::SetGlobalCharStretching( sal_uInt16 nX, sal_uInt16 nY )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    pImpEditEngine->SetCharStretching( nX, nY );
-}
-
-void EditEngine::GetGlobalCharStretching( sal_uInt16& rX, sal_uInt16& rY )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    pImpEditEngine->GetCharStretching( rX, rY );
-}
-
-void EditEngine::DoStretchChars( sal_uInt16 nX, sal_uInt16 nY )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    pImpEditEngine->DoStretchChars( nX, nY );
-}
-
-void EditEngine::SetBigTextObjectStart( sal_uInt16 nStartAtPortionCount )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    pImpEditEngine->SetBigTextObjectStart( nStartAtPortionCount );
-}
-
-sal_uInt16 EditEngine::GetBigTextObjectStart() const
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    return pImpEditEngine->GetBigTextObjectStart();
-}
-
-sal_Bool EditEngine::ShouldCreateBigTextObject() const
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    sal_uInt16 nTextPortions = 0;
-    sal_uInt16 nParas = pImpEditEngine->GetEditDoc().Count();
-    for ( sal_uInt16 nPara = 0; nPara < nParas; nPara++  )
-    {
-        ParaPortion* pParaPortion = pImpEditEngine->GetParaPortions()[nPara];
-        nTextPortions = nTextPortions + pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().Count();
-    }
-    return ( nTextPortions >= pImpEditEngine->GetBigTextObjectStart() ) ? sal_True : sal_False;
-}
-
-USHORT EditEngine::GetFieldCount( USHORT nPara ) const
-{
-    USHORT nFields = 0;
-    ContentNode* pNode = pImpEditEngine->GetEditDoc().SaveGetObject( nPara );
-    if ( pNode )
-    {
-        const CharAttribArray& rAttrs = pNode->GetCharAttribs().GetAttribs();
-        for ( sal_uInt16 nAttr = 0; nAttr < rAttrs.Count(); nAttr++ )
-        {
-            EditCharAttrib* pAttr = rAttrs[nAttr];
-            if ( pAttr->Which() == EE_FEATURE_FIELD )
-                nFields++;
-        }
-    }
-
-    return nFields;
-}
-
-EFieldInfo EditEngine::GetFieldInfo( USHORT nPara, USHORT nField ) const
-{
-    ContentNode* pNode = pImpEditEngine->GetEditDoc().SaveGetObject( nPara );
-    if ( pNode )
-    {
-        USHORT nCurrentField = 0;
-        const CharAttribArray& rAttrs = pNode->GetCharAttribs().GetAttribs();
-        for ( sal_uInt16 nAttr = 0; nAttr < rAttrs.Count(); nAttr++ )
-        {
-            EditCharAttrib* pAttr = rAttrs[nAttr];
-            if ( pAttr->Which() == EE_FEATURE_FIELD )
-            {
-                if ( nCurrentField == nField )
-                {
-                    EFieldInfo aInfo( *(const SvxFieldItem*)pAttr->GetItem(), nPara, pAttr->GetStart() );
-                    aInfo.aCurrentText = ((EditCharAttribField*)pAttr)->GetFieldValue();
-                    return aInfo;
-                }
-
-                nCurrentField++;
-            }
-        }
-    }
-    return EFieldInfo();
-}
-
-
-sal_Bool EditEngine::UpdateFields()
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    sal_Bool bChanges = pImpEditEngine->UpdateFields();
-    if ( bChanges )
-        pImpEditEngine->FormatAndUpdate();
-    return bChanges;
-}
-
-void EditEngine::RemoveFields( sal_Bool bKeepFieldText, TypeId aType )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-
-    if ( bKeepFieldText )
-        pImpEditEngine->UpdateFields();
-
-    sal_uInt16 nParas = pImpEditEngine->GetEditDoc().Count();
-    for ( sal_uInt16 nPara = 0; nPara < nParas; nPara++  )
-    {
-        ContentNode* pNode = pImpEditEngine->GetEditDoc().GetObject( nPara );
-        const CharAttribArray& rAttrs = pNode->GetCharAttribs().GetAttribs();
-        for ( sal_uInt16 nAttr = rAttrs.Count(); nAttr; )
-        {
-            const EditCharAttrib* pAttr = rAttrs[--nAttr];
-            if ( pAttr->Which() == EE_FEATURE_FIELD )
-            {
-                const SvxFieldData* pFldData = ((const SvxFieldItem*)pAttr->GetItem())->GetField();
-                if ( pFldData && ( !aType || ( pFldData->IsA( aType ) ) ) )
-                {
-                    DBG_ASSERT( pAttr->GetItem()->ISA( SvxFieldItem ), "Kein FeldItem..." );
-                    EditSelection aSel( EditPaM( pNode, pAttr->GetStart() ), EditPaM( pNode, pAttr->GetEnd() ) );
-                    String aFieldText = ((EditCharAttribField*)pAttr)->GetFieldValue();
-                    pImpEditEngine->ImpInsertText( aSel, aFieldText );
-                }
-            }
-        }
-    }
-}
-
-sal_Bool EditEngine::HasOnlineSpellErrors() const
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    sal_uInt16 nNodes = pImpEditEngine->GetEditDoc().Count();
-    for ( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < nNodes; n++ )
-    {
-        ContentNode* pNode = pImpEditEngine->GetEditDoc().GetObject( n );
-        if ( pNode->GetWrongList() && pNode->GetWrongList()->Count() )
-            return sal_True;
-    }
-    return sal_False;
-}
-
-void EditEngine::CompleteOnlineSpelling()
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    if ( pImpEditEngine->GetStatus().DoOnlineSpelling() )
-    {
-        if( !pImpEditEngine->IsFormatted() )
-            pImpEditEngine->FormatAndUpdate();
-
-        pImpEditEngine->StopOnlineSpellTimer();
-        pImpEditEngine->DoOnlineSpelling( 0, sal_True, sal_False );
-    }
-}
-
-USHORT EditEngine::FindParagraph( long nDocPosY )
-{
-    return pImpEditEngine->GetParaPortions().FindParagraph( nDocPosY );
-}
-
-EPosition EditEngine::FindDocPosition( const Point& rDocPos ) const
-{
-    EPosition aPos;
-    // From the point of the API, this is const....
-    EditPaM aPaM = ((EditEngine*)this)->pImpEditEngine->GetPaM( rDocPos, FALSE );
-    if ( aPaM.GetNode() )
-    {
-        aPos.nPara = pImpEditEngine->aEditDoc.GetPos( aPaM.GetNode() );
-        aPos.nIndex = aPaM.GetIndex();
-    }
-    return aPos;
-}
-
-Rectangle EditEngine::GetCharacterBounds( const EPosition& rPos ) const
-{
-    Rectangle aBounds;
-    ContentNode* pNode = pImpEditEngine->GetEditDoc().SaveGetObject( rPos.nPara );
-
-    // #109151# Check against index, not paragraph
-    if ( pNode && ( rPos.nIndex < pNode->Len() ) )
-    {
-        aBounds = pImpEditEngine->PaMtoEditCursor( EditPaM( pNode, rPos.nIndex ), GETCRSR_TXTONLY );
-        Rectangle aR2 = pImpEditEngine->PaMtoEditCursor( EditPaM( pNode, rPos.nIndex+1 ), GETCRSR_TXTONLY|GETCRSR_ENDOFLINE );
-        if ( aR2.Right() > aBounds.Right() )
-            aBounds.Right() = aR2.Right();
-    }
-    return aBounds;
-}
-
-ParagraphInfos EditEngine::GetParagraphInfos( sal_uInt16 nPara )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-
-    // Funktioniert nur, wenn nicht bereits in der Formatierung...
-    if ( !pImpEditEngine->IsFormatted() )
-        pImpEditEngine->FormatDoc();
-
-    ParagraphInfos aInfos;
-    aInfos.bValid = pImpEditEngine->IsFormatted();
-    if ( pImpEditEngine->IsFormatted() )
-    {
-        ParaPortion* pParaPortion = pImpEditEngine->GetParaPortions()[nPara];
-        EditLine* pLine = (pParaPortion && pParaPortion->GetLines().Count()) ?
-                pParaPortion->GetLines().GetObject( 0 ) : NULL;
-        DBG_ASSERT( pParaPortion && pLine, "GetParagraphInfos - Paragraph out of range" );
-        if ( pParaPortion && pLine )
-        {
-            aInfos.nParaHeight = (USHORT)pParaPortion->GetHeight();
-            aInfos.nLines = pParaPortion->GetLines().Count();
-            aInfos.nFirstLineStartX = pLine->GetStartPosX();
-            aInfos.nFirstLineOffset = pParaPortion->GetFirstLineOffset();
-            aInfos.nFirstLineHeight = pLine->GetHeight();
-            aInfos.nFirstLineTextHeight = pLine->GetTxtHeight();
-            aInfos.nFirstLineMaxAscent = pLine->GetMaxAscent();
-        }
-    }
-    return aInfos;
-}
-
-::com::sun::star::uno::Reference< ::com::sun::star::datatransfer::XTransferable >
-                    EditEngine::CreateTransferable( const ESelection& rSelection ) const
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    EditSelection aSel( pImpEditEngine->CreateSel( rSelection ) );
-    return pImpEditEngine->CreateTransferable( aSel );
-}
-
-// =====================================================================
-// ======================   Virtuelle Methoden   =======================
-// =====================================================================
-void __EXPORT EditEngine::DrawingText( const Point&, const XubString&, USHORT, USHORT,
-    const sal_Int32*, const SvxFont&, sal_uInt16, sal_uInt16, BYTE,
-    const EEngineData::WrongSpellVector*, const SvxFieldData*, bool, bool, bool,
-    const ::com::sun::star::lang::Locale*, const Color&, const Color&)
-
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-}
-
-void __EXPORT EditEngine::PaintingFirstLine( sal_uInt16, const Point&, long, const Point&, short, OutputDevice* )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-}
-
-void __EXPORT EditEngine::ParagraphInserted( sal_uInt16 nPara )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-
-    if ( GetNotifyHdl().IsSet() )
-    {
-        EENotify aNotify( EE_NOTIFY_PARAGRAPHINSERTED );
-        aNotify.pEditEngine = this;
-        aNotify.nParagraph = nPara;
-        pImpEditEngine->CallNotify( aNotify );
-    }
-}
-
-void __EXPORT EditEngine::ParagraphDeleted( sal_uInt16 nPara )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-
-    if ( GetNotifyHdl().IsSet() )
-    {
-        EENotify aNotify( EE_NOTIFY_PARAGRAPHREMOVED );
-        aNotify.pEditEngine = this;
-        aNotify.nParagraph = nPara;
-        pImpEditEngine->CallNotify( aNotify );
-    }
-}
-void EditEngine::ParagraphConnected( USHORT /*nLeftParagraph*/, USHORT /*nRightParagraph*/ )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-}
-
-sal_Bool __EXPORT EditEngine::FormattingParagraph( sal_uInt16 )
-{
-    // return sal_True, wenn die Attribute geaendert wurden...
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    return sal_False;
-}
-
-void __EXPORT EditEngine::ParaAttribsChanged( sal_uInt16 /* nParagraph */ )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-}
-
-void __EXPORT EditEngine::StyleSheetChanged( SfxStyleSheet* /* pStyle */ )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-}
-
-void __EXPORT EditEngine::ParagraphHeightChanged( sal_uInt16 nPara )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-
-    if ( GetNotifyHdl().IsSet() )
-    {
-        EENotify aNotify( EE_NOTIFY_TEXTHEIGHTCHANGED );
-        aNotify.pEditEngine = this;
-        aNotify.nParagraph = nPara;
-        pImpEditEngine->CallNotify( aNotify );
-    }
-}
-
-XubString __EXPORT EditEngine::GetUndoComment( sal_uInt16 nId ) const
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    XubString aComment;
-    switch ( nId )
-    {
-        case EDITUNDO_REMOVECHARS:
-        case EDITUNDO_CONNECTPARAS:
-        case EDITUNDO_REMOVEFEATURE:
-        case EDITUNDO_DELCONTENT:
-        case EDITUNDO_DELETE:
-        case EDITUNDO_CUT:
-            aComment = XubString( EditResId( RID_EDITUNDO_DEL ) );
-        break;
-        case EDITUNDO_MOVEPARAGRAPHS:
-        case EDITUNDO_MOVEPARAS:
-        case EDITUNDO_DRAGANDDROP:
-            aComment = XubString( EditResId( RID_EDITUNDO_MOVE ) );
-        break;
-        case EDITUNDO_INSERTFEATURE:
-        case EDITUNDO_SPLITPARA:
-        case EDITUNDO_INSERTCHARS:
-        case EDITUNDO_PASTE:
-        case EDITUNDO_INSERT:
-        case EDITUNDO_READ:
-            aComment = XubString( EditResId( RID_EDITUNDO_INSERT ) );
-        break;
-        case EDITUNDO_SRCHANDREPL:
-        case EDITUNDO_REPLACEALL:
-            aComment = XubString( EditResId( RID_EDITUNDO_REPLACE ) );
-        break;
-        case EDITUNDO_ATTRIBS:
-        case EDITUNDO_PARAATTRIBS:
-        case EDITUNDO_STRETCH:
-            aComment = XubString( EditResId( RID_EDITUNDO_SETATTRIBS ) );
-        break;
-        case EDITUNDO_RESETATTRIBS:
-            aComment = XubString( EditResId( RID_EDITUNDO_RESETATTRIBS ) );
-        break;
-        case EDITUNDO_STYLESHEET:
-            aComment = XubString( EditResId( RID_EDITUNDO_SETSTYLE ) );
-        break;
-        case EDITUNDO_TRANSLITERATE:
-            aComment = XubString( EditResId( RID_EDITUNDO_TRANSLITERATE ) );
-        break;
-        case EDITUNDO_INDENTBLOCK:
-        case EDITUNDO_UNINDENTBLOCK:
-            aComment = XubString( EditResId( RID_EDITUNDO_INDENT ) );
-        break;
-    }
-    return aComment;
-}
-
-Rectangle EditEngine::GetBulletArea( sal_uInt16 )
-{
-    return Rectangle( Point(), Point() );
-}
-
-XubString __EXPORT EditEngine::CalcFieldValue( const SvxFieldItem&, sal_uInt16, sal_uInt16, Color*&, Color*& )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-    return ' ';
-}
-
-void __EXPORT EditEngine::FieldClicked( const SvxFieldItem&, sal_uInt16, sal_uInt16 )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-}
-
-void __EXPORT EditEngine::FieldSelected( const SvxFieldItem&, sal_uInt16, sal_uInt16 )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditEngine, 0 );
-}
-
-// =====================================================================
-// ======================   Statische Methoden   =======================
-// =====================================================================
-SfxItemPool* EditEngine::CreatePool( sal_Bool bPersistentRefCounts )
-{
-    SfxItemPool* pPool = new EditEngineItemPool( bPersistentRefCounts );
-    return pPool;
-}
-
-sal_uInt32 EditEngine::RegisterClipboardFormatName()
-{
-    static sal_uInt32 nFormat = 0;
-    if ( !nFormat )
-        nFormat = SotExchange::RegisterFormatName( String( RTL_CONSTASCII_USTRINGPARAM( "EditEngineFormat" ) ) );
-    return nFormat;
-}
-
-sal_uInt16 EditEngine::GetAvailableSearchOptions()
-{
-    return SEARCH_OPTIONS_SEARCH | SEARCH_OPTIONS_REPLACE |
-            SEARCH_OPTIONS_REPLACE_ALL | SEARCH_OPTIONS_WHOLE_WORDS |
-            SEARCH_OPTIONS_BACKWARDS | SEARCH_OPTIONS_REG_EXP |
-            SEARCH_OPTIONS_EXACT | SEARCH_OPTIONS_SELECTION;
-}
-
-void EditEngine::SetFontInfoInItemSet( SfxItemSet& rSet, const Font& rFont )
-{
-    SvxFont aSvxFont( rFont );
-    SetFontInfoInItemSet( rSet, aSvxFont );
-
-}
-
-void EditEngine::SetFontInfoInItemSet( SfxItemSet& rSet, const SvxFont& rFont )
-{
-    rSet.Put( SvxLanguageItem( rFont.GetLanguage(), EE_CHAR_LANGUAGE ) );
-    rSet.Put( SvxFontItem( rFont.GetFamily(), rFont.GetName(), XubString(), rFont.GetPitch(), rFont.GetCharSet(), EE_CHAR_FONTINFO ) );
-    rSet.Put( SvxFontHeightItem( rFont.GetSize().Height(), 100, EE_CHAR_FONTHEIGHT )  );
-    rSet.Put( SvxCharScaleWidthItem( 100, EE_CHAR_FONTWIDTH ) );
-    rSet.Put( SvxShadowedItem( rFont.IsShadow(), EE_CHAR_SHADOW )  );
-    rSet.Put( SvxEscapementItem( rFont.GetEscapement(), rFont.GetPropr(), EE_CHAR_ESCAPEMENT )  );
-    rSet.Put( SvxWeightItem( rFont.GetWeight(), EE_CHAR_WEIGHT )  );
-    rSet.Put( SvxColorItem( rFont.GetColor(), EE_CHAR_COLOR )  );
-    rSet.Put( SvxUnderlineItem( rFont.GetUnderline(), EE_CHAR_UNDERLINE )  );
-    rSet.Put( SvxOverlineItem( rFont.GetOverline(), EE_CHAR_OVERLINE )  );
-    rSet.Put( SvxCrossedOutItem( rFont.GetStrikeout(), EE_CHAR_STRIKEOUT )  );
-    rSet.Put( SvxPostureItem( rFont.GetItalic(), EE_CHAR_ITALIC )  );
-    rSet.Put( SvxContourItem( rFont.IsOutline(), EE_CHAR_OUTLINE )  );
-    rSet.Put( SvxAutoKernItem( rFont.IsKerning(), EE_CHAR_PAIRKERNING ) );
-    rSet.Put( SvxKerningItem( rFont.GetFixKerning(), EE_CHAR_KERNING ) );
-    rSet.Put( SvxWordLineModeItem( rFont.IsWordLineMode(), EE_CHAR_WLM ) );
-    rSet.Put( SvxEmphasisMarkItem( rFont.GetEmphasisMark(), EE_CHAR_EMPHASISMARK ) );
-    rSet.Put( SvxCharReliefItem( rFont.GetRelief(), EE_CHAR_RELIEF ) );
-}
-
-Font EditEngine::CreateFontFromItemSet( const SfxItemSet& rItemSet, USHORT nScriptType )
-{
-    SvxFont aFont;
-    CreateFont( aFont, rItemSet, true, nScriptType );
-    return aFont;
-}
-
-// Maybe we can remove the next two methods, check after 6.x
-Font EditEngine::CreateFontFromItemSet( const SfxItemSet& rItemSet )
-{
-    return CreateSvxFontFromItemSet( rItemSet );
-}
-
-SvxFont EditEngine::CreateSvxFontFromItemSet( const SfxItemSet& rItemSet )
-{
-    SvxFont aFont;
-    CreateFont( aFont, rItemSet );
-    return aFont;
-}
-
-sal_Bool EditEngine::DoesKeyMoveCursor( const KeyEvent& rKeyEvent )
-{
-    sal_Bool bDoesMove = sal_False;
-
-    switch ( rKeyEvent.GetKeyCode().GetCode() )
-    {
-        case KEY_UP:
-        case KEY_DOWN:
-        case KEY_LEFT:
-        case KEY_RIGHT:
-        case KEY_HOME:
-        case KEY_END:
-        case KEY_PAGEUP:
-        case KEY_PAGEDOWN:
-        {
-            if ( !rKeyEvent.GetKeyCode().IsMod2() )
-                bDoesMove = sal_True;
-        }
-        break;
-    }
-    return bDoesMove;
-}
-
-sal_Bool EditEngine::DoesKeyChangeText( const KeyEvent& rKeyEvent )
-{
-    sal_Bool bDoesChange = sal_False;
-
-    KeyFuncType eFunc = rKeyEvent.GetKeyCode().GetFunction();
-    if ( eFunc != KEYFUNC_DONTKNOW )
-    {
-        switch ( eFunc )
-        {
-            case KEYFUNC_UNDO:
-            case KEYFUNC_REDO:
-            case KEYFUNC_CUT:
-            case KEYFUNC_PASTE: bDoesChange = sal_True;
-            break;
-            default:    // wird dann evtl. unten bearbeitet.
-                        eFunc = KEYFUNC_DONTKNOW;
-        }
-    }
-    if ( eFunc == KEYFUNC_DONTKNOW )
-    {
-        switch ( rKeyEvent.GetKeyCode().GetCode() )
-        {
-            case KEY_DELETE:
-            case KEY_BACKSPACE: bDoesChange = sal_True;
-            break;
-            case KEY_RETURN:
-            case KEY_TAB:
-            {
-                if ( !rKeyEvent.GetKeyCode().IsMod1() && !rKeyEvent.GetKeyCode().IsMod2() )
-                    bDoesChange = sal_True;
-            }
-            break;
-            default:
-            {
-                bDoesChange = IsSimpleCharInput( rKeyEvent );
-            }
-        }
-    }
-    return bDoesChange;
-}
-
-sal_Bool EditEngine::IsSimpleCharInput( const KeyEvent& rKeyEvent )
-{
-    if( EditEngine::IsPrintable( rKeyEvent.GetCharCode() ) &&
-        ( KEY_MOD2 != (rKeyEvent.GetKeyCode().GetModifier() & ~KEY_SHIFT ) ) &&
-        ( KEY_MOD1 != (rKeyEvent.GetKeyCode().GetModifier() & ~KEY_SHIFT ) ) )
-    {
-        return sal_True;
-    }
-    return sal_False;
-}
-
-// Mal in den Outliner schieben...
-void EditEngine::ImportBulletItem( SvxNumBulletItem& /*rNumBullet*/, sal_uInt16 /*nLevel*/,
-                                    const SvxBulletItem* /*pOldBullet*/, const SvxLRSpaceItem* /*pOldLRSpace*/ )
-{
-/* TL_NFLR
-    if ( pOldBullet || pOldLRSpace )
-    {
-        // Numberformat dynamisch, weil Zuweisungsoperator nicht implementiert.
-
-        // Altes NumBulletItem nur uebernehmen, wenn kein altes BulletItem
-        const SvxNumberFormat* pFmt = ( !pOldBullet && ( rNumBullet.GetNumRule()->GetLevelCount() > nLevel ) ) ?
-                                        rNumBullet.GetNumRule()->Get( nLevel ) : NULL;
-        SvxNumberFormat* pNumberFormat = pFmt
-                                            ? new SvxNumberFormat( *pFmt )
-                                            : new SvxNumberFormat( SVX_NUM_NUMBER_NONE );
-        if ( pOldBullet )
-        {
-            // Style
-            SvxExtNumType eNumType;
-            switch( pOldBullet->GetStyle() )
-            {
-                case BS_BMP:            eNumType = SVX_NUM_BITMAP;              break;
-                case BS_BULLET:         eNumType = SVX_NUM_CHAR_SPECIAL;        break;
-                case BS_ROMAN_BIG:      eNumType = SVX_NUM_ROMAN_UPPER;         break;
-                case BS_ROMAN_SMALL:    eNumType = SVX_NUM_ROMAN_LOWER;         break;
-                case BS_ABC_BIG:        eNumType = SVX_NUM_CHARS_UPPER_LETTER;  break;
-                case BS_ABC_SMALL:      eNumType = SVX_NUM_CHARS_LOWER_LETTER;  break;
-                case BS_123:            eNumType = SVX_NUM_ARABIC;              break;
-                default:                eNumType = SVX_NUM_NUMBER_NONE;         break;
-            }
-            pNumberFormat->SetNumberingType(
-                sal::static_int_cast< sal_Int16 >( eNumType ) );
-
-            // Justification
-            SvxAdjust eAdjust;
-            switch( pOldBullet->GetJustification() & (BJ_HRIGHT|BJ_HCENTER|BJ_HLEFT) )
-            {
-                case BJ_HRIGHT:     eAdjust = SVX_ADJUST_RIGHT;     break;
-                case BJ_HCENTER:    eAdjust = SVX_ADJUST_CENTER;    break;
-                default:            eAdjust = SVX_ADJUST_LEFT;      break;
-            }
-            pNumberFormat->SetNumAdjust(eAdjust);
-
-            // Prefix/Suffix
-            pNumberFormat->SetPrefix( pOldBullet->GetPrevText() );
-            pNumberFormat->SetSuffix( pOldBullet->GetFollowText() );
-
-            //Font
-            if ( eNumType != SVX_NUM_BITMAP )
-            {
-                Font aTmpFont = pOldBullet->GetFont();
-                pNumberFormat->SetBulletFont( &aTmpFont );
-            }
-
-            // Color
-            pNumberFormat->SetBulletColor( pOldBullet->GetFont().GetColor() );
-
-            // Start
-            pNumberFormat->SetStart( pOldBullet->GetStart() );
-
-            // Scale
-            pNumberFormat->SetBulletRelSize( pOldBullet->GetScale() );
-
-            // Bullet/Bitmap
-            if( eNumType == SVX_NUM_CHAR_SPECIAL )
-            {
-                pNumberFormat->SetBulletChar( pOldBullet->GetSymbol() );
-            }
-            else if( eNumType == SVX_NUM_BITMAP )
-            {
-                SvxBrushItem aBItem( Graphic( pOldBullet->GetBitmap() ), GPOS_NONE, SID_ATTR_BRUSH );
-                pNumberFormat->SetGraphicBrush( &aBItem );
-            }
-        }
-
-        // Einzug und Erstzeileneinzug
-//TL_NFLR       if ( pOldLRSpace )
-//TL_NFLR       {
-//TL_NFLR           short nLSpace = (short)pOldLRSpace->GetTxtLeft();
-//TL_NFLR           pNumberFormat->SetLSpace( nLSpace );
-//TL_NFLR           pNumberFormat->SetAbsLSpace( nLSpace );
-//TL_NFLR           pNumberFormat->SetFirstLineOffset( pOldLRSpace->GetTxtFirstLineOfst() );
-//TL_NFLR       }
-
-        rNumBullet.GetNumRule()->SetLevel( nLevel, *pNumberFormat );
-        delete pNumberFormat;
-    }
-*/
-}
-
-BOOL EditEngine::HasValidData( const ::com::sun::star::uno::Reference< ::com::sun::star::datatransfer::XTransferable >& rTransferable )
-{
-    BOOL bValidData = FALSE;
-
-    if ( rTransferable.is() )
-    {
-        // Every application that copies rtf or any other text format also copies plain text into the clipboard....
-        datatransfer::DataFlavor aFlavor;
-        SotExchange::GetFormatDataFlavor( SOT_FORMAT_STRING, aFlavor );
-        bValidData = rTransferable->isDataFlavorSupported( aFlavor );
-    }
-
-    return bValidData;
-}
-
-/** sets a link that is called at the beginning of a drag operation at an edit view */
-void EditEngine::SetBeginDropHdl( const Link& rLink )
-{
-    pImpEditEngine->SetBeginDropHdl( rLink );
-}
-
-Link EditEngine::GetBeginDropHdl() const
-{
-    return pImpEditEngine->GetBeginDropHdl();
-}
-
-/** sets a link that is called at the end of a drag operation at an edit view */
-void EditEngine::SetEndDropHdl( const Link& rLink )
-{
-    pImpEditEngine->SetEndDropHdl( rLink );
-}
-
-Link EditEngine::GetEndDropHdl() const
-{
-    return pImpEditEngine->GetEndDropHdl();
-}
-
-void EditEngine::SetFirstWordCapitalization( BOOL bCapitalize )
-{
-    pImpEditEngine->SetFirstWordCapitalization( bCapitalize );
-}
-
-BOOL EditEngine::IsFirstWordCapitalization() const
-{
-    return pImpEditEngine->IsFirstWordCapitalization();
-}
-
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------
-
-
-EFieldInfo::EFieldInfo()
-{
-    pFieldItem = NULL;
-}
-
-
-EFieldInfo::EFieldInfo( const SvxFieldItem& rFieldItem, USHORT nPara, USHORT nPos ) : aPosition( nPara, nPos )
-{
-    pFieldItem = new SvxFieldItem( rFieldItem );
-}
-
-EFieldInfo::~EFieldInfo()
-{
-    delete pFieldItem;
-}
-
-EFieldInfo::EFieldInfo( const EFieldInfo& rFldInfo )
-{
-    *this = rFldInfo;
-}
-
-EFieldInfo& EFieldInfo::operator= ( const EFieldInfo& rFldInfo )
-{
-    if( this == &rFldInfo )
-        return *this;
-
-    pFieldItem = rFldInfo.pFieldItem ? new SvxFieldItem( *rFldInfo.pFieldItem ) : 0;
-    aCurrentText = rFldInfo.aCurrentText;
-    aPosition = rFldInfo.aPosition;
-
-    return *this;
-}
diff --git a/svx/source/editeng/editeng.hrc b/svx/source/editeng/editeng.hrc
deleted file mode 100644
index 280c90f66341..000000000000
--- a/svx/source/editeng/editeng.hrc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
-/*************************************************************************
- *
- * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
- *
- * Copyright 2008 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite
- *
- * $RCSfile: editeng.hrc,v $
- * $Revision: 1.5 $
- *
- * This file is part of OpenOffice.org.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3
- * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details
- * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code).
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org.  If not, see
- * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html>
- * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License.
- *
- ************************************************************************/
-#ifndef _EDITENG_HRC
-#define _EDITENG_HRC
-
-#ifndef _SOLAR_HRC
-#include <svl/solar.hrc>
-#endif
-
-#define RID_EDITUNDO_DEL            ( RID_EDIT_START + 0 )
-#define RID_EDITUNDO_MOVE           ( RID_EDIT_START + 1 )
-#define RID_EDITUNDO_INSERT         ( RID_EDIT_START + 2 )
-#define RID_EDITUNDO_REPLACE        ( RID_EDIT_START + 3 )
-#define RID_EDITUNDO_SETATTRIBS     ( RID_EDIT_START + 4 )
-#define RID_EDITUNDO_SETSTYLE       ( RID_EDIT_START + 5 )
-#define RID_EDITUNDO_RESETATTRIBS   ( RID_EDIT_START + 6 )
-#define RID_EDITUNDO_INDENT         ( RID_EDIT_START + 7 )
-#define RID_EDITUNDO_TRANSLITERATE  ( RID_EDIT_START + 8 )
-
-#define RID_MENU_SPELL              ( RID_EDIT_START + 10 )
-#define RID_STR_PARAGRAPH           ( RID_EDIT_START + 11 )
-#define RID_STR_WORD                ( RID_EDIT_START + 12 )
-
-#define MN_SPELLING         1
-#define MN_INSERT           2
-#define MN_IGNORE           3
-#define MN_AUTOCORR         4
-#define MN_WORDLANGUAGE     5
-#define MN_PARALANGUAGE     6
-
-#define MN_ALTSTART     1000
-#define MN_AUTOSTART    2000
-#define MN_DICTSTART    3000
-
-
-#endif  // _EDITENG_HRC
diff --git a/svx/source/editeng/editeng.src b/svx/source/editeng/editeng.src
deleted file mode 100644
index 24c366e63ccc..000000000000
--- a/svx/source/editeng/editeng.src
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,127 +0,0 @@
-/*************************************************************************
- *
- * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
- *
- * Copyright 2008 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite
- *
- * $RCSfile: editeng.src,v $
- * $Revision: 1.47 $
- *
- * This file is part of OpenOffice.org.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3
- * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details
- * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code).
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org.  If not, see
- * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html>
- * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License.
- *
- ************************************************************************/
-
-#include <editeng.hrc>
-#include <helpid.hrc>
-
-String RID_EDITUNDO_DEL
-{
-    Text [ en-US ] = "Delete" ;
-};
-
-String RID_EDITUNDO_MOVE
-{
-    Text [ en-US ] = "Move" ;
-};
-
-String RID_EDITUNDO_INSERT
-{
-    Text [ en-US ] = "Insert" ;
-};
-
-String RID_EDITUNDO_REPLACE
-{
-    Text [ en-US ] = "Replace" ;
-};
-
-String RID_EDITUNDO_SETATTRIBS
-{
-    Text [ en-US ] = "Apply attributes" ;
-};
-
-String RID_EDITUNDO_RESETATTRIBS
-{
-    Text [ en-US ] = "Reset attributes" ;
-};
-
-String RID_EDITUNDO_INDENT
-{
-    Text [ en-US ] = "Indent" ;
-};
-
-String RID_EDITUNDO_SETSTYLE
-{
-    Text [ en-US ] = "Apply Styles" ;
-};
-
-String RID_EDITUNDO_TRANSLITERATE
-{
-    Text [ en-US ] = "Case/Characters";
-};
-
-
-Menu RID_MENU_SPELL
-{
-    ItemList =
-    {
-        MenuItem
-        {
-            Identifier = MN_SPELLING ;
-            HelpId = HID_EDITENG_SPELLER_START;
-            Text [ en-US ] = "~Spellcheck..." ;
-        };
-        MenuItem
-        {
-            Identifier = MN_INSERT ;
-            HelpId = HID_EDITENG_SPELLER_ADDWORD;
-            SubMenu = Menu
-            {
-            };
-            Text [ en-US ] = "~Add" ;
-        };
-        MenuItem
-        {
-            Identifier = MN_IGNORE ;
-            HelpId = HID_EDITENG_SPELLER_IGNORE;
-            Text [ en-US ] = "Ignore All" ;
-        };
-        MenuItem
-        {
-            Identifier = MN_AUTOCORR ;
-            HelpId = HID_EDITENG_SPELLER_AUTOCORRECT;
-            SubMenu = Menu
-            {
-            };
-            Text [ en-US ] = "AutoCorrect" ;
-        };
-    };
-};
-
-
-String RID_STR_WORD
-{
-    Text [ en-US ] = "Word is %x";
-};
-
-String RID_STR_PARAGRAPH
-{
-    Text [ en-US ] = "Paragraph is %x";
-};
-
diff --git a/svx/source/editeng/editobj.cxx b/svx/source/editeng/editobj.cxx
deleted file mode 100644
index 92bba45fa007..000000000000
--- a/svx/source/editeng/editobj.cxx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1726 +0,0 @@
-/*************************************************************************
- *
- * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
- *
- * Copyright 2008 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite
- *
- * $RCSfile: editobj.cxx,v $
- * $Revision: 1.30 $
- *
- * This file is part of OpenOffice.org.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3
- * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details
- * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code).
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org.  If not, see
- * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html>
- * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License.
- *
- ************************************************************************/
-
-// MARKER(update_precomp.py): autogen include statement, do not remove
-#include "precompiled_svx.hxx"
-
-
-#include <eeng_pch.hxx>
-
-#define ENABLE_STRING_STREAM_OPERATORS
-#include <tools/stream.hxx>
-
-#include <editobj2.hxx>
-#include <svx/editdata.hxx>
-#include <editattr.hxx>
-#include <svx/editeng.hxx>
-#include <fontitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/cscoitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/flditem.hxx>
-#include <svx/lrspitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/tstpitem.hxx>
-#include <bulitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/numitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/brshitem.hxx>
-#include <vcl/graph.hxx>
-#include <svl/intitem.hxx>
-#include <unotools/fontcvt.hxx>
-#include <tools/tenccvt.hxx>
-
-DBG_NAME( EE_EditTextObject )
-DBG_NAME( XEditAttribute )
-
-//--------------------------------------------------------------
-
-BOOL lcl_CreateBulletItem( const SvxNumBulletItem& rNumBullet, USHORT nLevel, SvxBulletItem& rBullet )
-{
-    const SvxNumberFormat* pFmt = rNumBullet.GetNumRule()->Get( nLevel );
-    if ( pFmt )
-    {
-        rBullet.SetWidth( (-pFmt->GetFirstLineOffset()) + pFmt->GetCharTextDistance() );
-        rBullet.SetSymbol( pFmt->GetBulletChar() );
-        rBullet.SetPrevText( pFmt->GetPrefix() );
-        rBullet.SetFollowText( pFmt->GetSuffix() );
-        rBullet.SetStart( pFmt->GetStart() );
-        rBullet.SetScale( pFmt->GetBulletRelSize() );
-
-        Font aBulletFont( rBullet.GetFont() );
-        if ( pFmt->GetBulletFont() )
-            aBulletFont = *pFmt->GetBulletFont();
-        aBulletFont.SetColor( pFmt->GetBulletColor() );
-        rBullet.SetFont( aBulletFont );
-
-        if ( pFmt->GetBrush() && pFmt->GetBrush()->GetGraphic() )
-        {
-            Bitmap aBmp( pFmt->GetBrush()->GetGraphic()->GetBitmap() );
-            aBmp.SetPrefSize( pFmt->GetGraphicSize() );
-            aBmp.SetPrefMapMode( MAP_100TH_MM );
-            rBullet.SetBitmap( aBmp );
-        }
-
-        switch ( pFmt->GetNumberingType() )
-        {
-            case SVX_NUM_CHARS_UPPER_LETTER:
-            case SVX_NUM_CHARS_UPPER_LETTER_N:
-                rBullet.SetStyle( BS_ABC_BIG );
-                break;
-            case SVX_NUM_CHARS_LOWER_LETTER:
-            case SVX_NUM_CHARS_LOWER_LETTER_N:
-                rBullet.SetStyle( BS_ABC_SMALL );
-                break;
-            case SVX_NUM_ROMAN_UPPER:
-                rBullet.SetStyle( BS_ROMAN_BIG );
-                break;
-            case SVX_NUM_ROMAN_LOWER:
-                rBullet.SetStyle( BS_ROMAN_SMALL );
-                break;
-            case SVX_NUM_ARABIC:
-                rBullet.SetStyle( BS_123 );
-                break;
-            case SVX_NUM_NUMBER_NONE:
-                rBullet.SetStyle( BS_NONE );
-                break;
-            case SVX_NUM_CHAR_SPECIAL:
-                rBullet.SetStyle( BS_BULLET );
-                break;
-            case SVX_NUM_PAGEDESC:
-                DBG_ERROR( "Unknown: SVX_NUM_PAGEDESC" );
-                rBullet.SetStyle( BS_BULLET );
-                break;
-            case SVX_NUM_BITMAP:
-                rBullet.SetStyle( BS_BMP );
-                break;
-            default:
-                DBG_ERROR( "Unknown NumType" );
-        }
-
-        switch ( pFmt->GetNumAdjust() )
-        {
-            case SVX_ADJUST_LEFT:
-                rBullet.SetJustification( BJ_VCENTER|BJ_HLEFT );
-                break;
-            case SVX_ADJUST_RIGHT:
-                rBullet.SetJustification( BJ_VCENTER|BJ_HRIGHT );
-                break;
-            case SVX_ADJUST_CENTER:
-                rBullet.SetJustification( BJ_VCENTER|BJ_HCENTER );
-                break;
-            default:
-                DBG_ERROR( "Unknown or invalid NumAdjust" );
-        }
-    }
-    return pFmt ? TRUE : FALSE;
-}
-
-
-XEditAttribute* MakeXEditAttribute( SfxItemPool& rPool, const SfxPoolItem& rItem, USHORT nStart, USHORT nEnd )
-{
-    // das neue Attribut im Pool anlegen
-    const SfxPoolItem& rNew = rPool.Put( rItem );
-
-    XEditAttribute* pNew = new XEditAttribute( rNew, nStart, nEnd );
-    return pNew;
-}
-
-
-XEditAttribute::XEditAttribute( const SfxPoolItem& rAttr )
-{
-    DBG_CTOR( XEditAttribute, 0 );
-    pItem = &rAttr;
-    nStart = 0;
-    nEnd = 0;
-}
-
-XEditAttribute::XEditAttribute( const SfxPoolItem& rAttr, USHORT nS, USHORT nE )
-{
-    DBG_CTOR( XEditAttribute, 0 );
-    pItem = &rAttr;
-    nStart = nS;
-    nEnd = nE;
-}
-
-XEditAttribute::~XEditAttribute()
-{
-    DBG_DTOR( XEditAttribute, 0 );
-    pItem = 0;  // Gehoert dem Pool.
-}
-
-XEditAttribute* XEditAttributeList::FindAttrib( USHORT _nWhich, USHORT nChar ) const
-{
-    for ( USHORT n = Count(); n; )
-    {
-        XEditAttribute* pAttr = GetObject( --n );
-        if( ( pAttr->GetItem()->Which() == _nWhich ) && ( pAttr->GetStart() <= nChar ) && ( pAttr->GetEnd() > nChar ) )
-            return pAttr;
-    }
-    return NULL;
-}
-
-ContentInfo::ContentInfo( SfxItemPool& rPool ) : aParaAttribs( rPool, EE_PARA_START, EE_CHAR_END )
-{
-    eFamily = SFX_STYLE_FAMILY_PARA;
-    pWrongs = NULL;
-/* cl removed because not needed anymore since binfilter
-    pTempLoadStoreInfos = NULL;
-*/
-}
-
-// Richtiger CopyCTOR unsinning, weil ich mit einem anderen Pool arbeiten muss!
-ContentInfo::ContentInfo( const ContentInfo& rCopyFrom, SfxItemPool& rPoolToUse )
-    : aParaAttribs( rPoolToUse, EE_PARA_START, EE_CHAR_END )
-{
-    pWrongs = NULL;
-/* cl removed because not needed anymore since binfilter
-    pTempLoadStoreInfos = NULL;
-*/
-    if ( rCopyFrom.GetWrongList() )
-        pWrongs = rCopyFrom.GetWrongList()->Clone();
-    // So sollten die Items im richtigen Pool landen!
-    aParaAttribs.Set( rCopyFrom.GetParaAttribs() );
-    aText = rCopyFrom.GetText();
-    aStyle = rCopyFrom.GetStyle();
-    eFamily = rCopyFrom.GetFamily();
-
-    // Attribute kopieren...
-    for ( USHORT n = 0; n < rCopyFrom.GetAttribs().Count(); n++  )
-    {
-        XEditAttribute* pAttr = rCopyFrom.GetAttribs().GetObject( n );
-        XEditAttribute* pMyAttr = MakeXEditAttribute( rPoolToUse, *pAttr->GetItem(), pAttr->GetStart(), pAttr->GetEnd() );
-        aAttribs.Insert( pMyAttr, aAttribs.Count()  );
-    }
-
-    // Wrongs
-    pWrongs = NULL;
-#ifndef SVX_LIGHT
-    if ( rCopyFrom.GetWrongList() )
-        pWrongs = rCopyFrom.GetWrongList()->Clone();
-#endif // !SVX_LIGHT
-}
-
-ContentInfo::~ContentInfo()
-{
-    for ( USHORT nAttr = 0; nAttr < aAttribs.Count(); nAttr++ )
-    {
-        XEditAttribute* pAttr = aAttribs.GetObject(nAttr);
-        // Item aus Pool entfernen!
-        aParaAttribs.GetPool()->Remove( *pAttr->GetItem() );
-        delete pAttr;
-    }
-    aAttribs.Remove( 0, aAttribs.Count() );
-#ifndef SVX_LIGHT
-    delete pWrongs;
-#endif
-}
-
-/* cl removed because not needed anymore since binfilter
-void ContentInfo::CreateLoadStoreTempInfos()
-{
-    delete pTempLoadStoreInfos;
-    pTempLoadStoreInfos = new LoadStoreTempInfos;
-}
-
-void ContentInfo::DestroyLoadStoreTempInfos()
-{
-    delete pTempLoadStoreInfos;
-    pTempLoadStoreInfos = NULL;
-}
-*/
-
-// #i102062#
-bool ContentInfo::isWrongListEqual(const ContentInfo& rCompare) const
-{
-    if(GetWrongList() == rCompare.GetWrongList())
-        return true;
-
-    if(!GetWrongList() || !rCompare.GetWrongList())
-        return false;
-
-    return (*GetWrongList() == *rCompare.GetWrongList());
-}
-
-bool ContentInfo::operator==( const ContentInfo& rCompare ) const
-{
-    if( (aText == rCompare.aText) &&
-            (aStyle == rCompare.aStyle ) &&
-            (aAttribs.Count() == rCompare.aAttribs.Count() ) &&
-            (eFamily == rCompare.eFamily ) &&
-            (aParaAttribs == rCompare.aParaAttribs ) )
-    {
-        const USHORT nCount = aAttribs.Count();
-        if( nCount == rCompare.aAttribs.Count() )
-        {
-            USHORT n;
-            for( n = 0; n < nCount; n++ )
-            {
-                if( !(*aAttribs.GetObject(n) == *rCompare.aAttribs.GetObject(n)) )
-                    return false;
-            }
-
-            return true;
-        }
-    }
-
-    return false;
-}
-
-EditTextObject::EditTextObject( USHORT n)
-{
-    DBG_CTOR( EE_EditTextObject, 0 );
-    nWhich = n;
-}
-
-EditTextObject::EditTextObject( const EditTextObject& r )
-{
-    DBG_CTOR( EE_EditTextObject, 0 );
-    nWhich = r.nWhich;
-}
-
-__EXPORT EditTextObject::~EditTextObject()
-{
-    DBG_DTOR( EE_EditTextObject, 0 );
-}
-
-USHORT EditTextObject::GetParagraphCount() const
-{
-    DBG_ERROR( "V-Methode direkt vom EditTextObject!" );
-    return 0;
-}
-
-XubString EditTextObject::GetText( USHORT /* nParagraph */ ) const
-{
-    DBG_ERROR( "V-Methode direkt vom EditTextObject!" );
-    return XubString();
-}
-
-void EditTextObject::Insert( const EditTextObject& /* rObj */, USHORT /* nPara */)
-{
-    DBG_ERROR( "V-Methode direkt vom EditTextObject!" );
-}
-
-EditTextObject* EditTextObject::CreateTextObject( USHORT /*nPara*/, USHORT /*nParas*/ ) const
-{
-    DBG_ERROR( "V-Methode direkt vom EditTextObject!" );
-    return 0;
-}
-
-void EditTextObject::RemoveParagraph( USHORT /*nPara*/ )
-{
-    DBG_ERROR( "V-Methode direkt vom EditTextObject!" );
-}
-
-BOOL EditTextObject::HasPortionInfo() const
-{
-    DBG_ERROR( "V-Methode direkt vom EditTextObject!" );
-    return FALSE;
-}
-
-void EditTextObject::ClearPortionInfo()
-{
-    DBG_ERROR( "V-Methode direkt vom EditTextObject!" );
-}
-
-BOOL EditTextObject::HasOnlineSpellErrors() const
-{
-    DBG_ERROR( "V-Methode direkt vom EditTextObject!" );
-    return FALSE;
-}
-
-BOOL EditTextObject::HasCharAttribs( USHORT ) const
-{
-    DBG_ERROR( "V-Methode direkt vom EditTextObject!" );
-    return FALSE;
-}
-
-void EditTextObject::GetCharAttribs( USHORT /*nPara*/, EECharAttribArray& /*rLst*/ ) const
-{
-    DBG_ERROR( "V-Methode direkt vom EditTextObject!" );
-}
-
-void EditTextObject::MergeParaAttribs( const SfxItemSet& /*rAttribs*/, USHORT /*nStart*/, USHORT /*nEnd*/ )
-{
-    DBG_ERROR( "V-Methode direkt vom EditTextObject!" );
-}
-
-BOOL EditTextObject::IsFieldObject() const
-{
-    DBG_ERROR( "V-Methode direkt vom EditTextObject!" );
-    return FALSE;
-}
-
-const SvxFieldItem* EditTextObject::GetField() const
-{
-    DBG_ERROR( "V-Methode direkt vom EditTextObject!" );
-    return 0;
-}
-
-BOOL EditTextObject::HasField( TypeId /*aType*/ ) const
-{
-    DBG_ERROR( "V-Methode direkt vom EditTextObject!" );
-    return FALSE;
-}
-
-SfxItemSet EditTextObject::GetParaAttribs( USHORT /*nPara*/ ) const
-{
-    DBG_ERROR( "V-Methode direkt vom EditTextObject!" );
-    return SfxItemSet( *(SfxItemPool*)NULL );
-}
-
-void EditTextObject::SetParaAttribs( USHORT /*nPara*/, const SfxItemSet& /*rAttribs*/ )
-{
-    DBG_ERROR( "V-Methode direkt vom EditTextObject!" );
-}
-
-BOOL EditTextObject::RemoveCharAttribs( USHORT /*nWhich*/ )
-{
-    DBG_ERROR( "V-Methode direkt vom EditTextObject!" );
-    return FALSE;
-}
-
-BOOL EditTextObject::RemoveParaAttribs( USHORT /*nWhich*/ )
-{
-    DBG_ERROR( "V-Methode direkt vom EditTextObject!" );
-    return FALSE;
-}
-
-BOOL EditTextObject::HasStyleSheet( const XubString& /*rName*/, SfxStyleFamily /*eFamily*/ ) const
-{
-    DBG_ERROR( "V-Methode direkt vom EditTextObject!" );
-    return FALSE;
-}
-
-void EditTextObject::GetStyleSheet( USHORT /*nPara*/, XubString& /*rName*/, SfxStyleFamily& /*eFamily*/ ) const
-{
-    DBG_ERROR( "V-Methode direkt vom EditTextObject!" );
-}
-
-void EditTextObject::SetStyleSheet( USHORT /*nPara*/, const XubString& /*rName*/, const SfxStyleFamily& /*eFamily*/ )
-{
-    DBG_ERROR( "V-Methode direkt vom EditTextObject!" );
-}
-
-BOOL __EXPORT EditTextObject::ChangeStyleSheets( const XubString&, SfxStyleFamily,
-                                            const XubString&, SfxStyleFamily )
-{
-    DBG_ERROR( "V-Methode direkt vom EditTextObject!" );
-    return FALSE;
-}
-
-void __EXPORT EditTextObject::ChangeStyleSheetName( SfxStyleFamily /*eFamily*/,
-                const XubString& /*rOldName*/, const XubString& /*rNewName*/ )
-{
-    DBG_ERROR( "V-Methode direkt vom EditTextObject!" );
-}
-
-USHORT EditTextObject::GetUserType() const
-{
-    DBG_ERROR( "V-Methode direkt vom EditTextObject!" );
-    return 0;
-}
-
-void EditTextObject::SetUserType( USHORT )
-{
-    DBG_ERROR( "V-Methode direkt vom EditTextObject!" );
-}
-
-ULONG EditTextObject::GetObjectSettings() const
-{
-    DBG_ERROR( "V-Methode direkt vom EditTextObject!" );
-    return 0;
-}
-
-void EditTextObject::SetObjectSettings( ULONG )
-{
-    DBG_ERROR( "V-Methode direkt vom EditTextObject!" );
-}
-
-BOOL EditTextObject::IsVertical() const
-{
-    DBG_ERROR( "V-Methode direkt vom EditTextObject!" );
-    return FALSE;
-}
-
-void EditTextObject::SetVertical( BOOL bVertical )
-{
-    DBG_ERROR( "V-Methode direkt vom EditTextObject!" );
-    ((BinTextObject*)this)->SetVertical( bVertical );
-}
-
-USHORT EditTextObject::GetScriptType() const
-{
-    DBG_ERROR( "V-Methode direkt vom EditTextObject!" );
-    return ((const BinTextObject*)this)->GetScriptType();
-}
-
-
-BOOL EditTextObject::Store( SvStream& rOStream ) const
-{
-    if ( rOStream.GetError() )
-        return FALSE;
-
-    // Vorspann:
-    sal_Size nStartPos = rOStream.Tell();
-
-    rOStream << (USHORT)Which();
-
-    sal_uInt32 nStructSz = 0;
-    rOStream << nStructSz;
-
-    // Eigene Daten:
-    StoreData( rOStream );
-
-    // Nachspann:
-    sal_Size nEndPos = rOStream.Tell();
-    nStructSz = nEndPos - nStartPos - sizeof( nWhich ) - sizeof( nStructSz );
-    rOStream.Seek( nStartPos + sizeof( nWhich ) );
-    rOStream << nStructSz;
-    rOStream.Seek( nEndPos );
-
-    return rOStream.GetError() ? FALSE : TRUE;
-}
-
-EditTextObject* EditTextObject::Create( SvStream& rIStream, SfxItemPool* pGlobalTextObjectPool )
-{
-    ULONG nStartPos = rIStream.Tell();
-
-    // Ertmal sehen, was fuer ein Object...
-    USHORT nWhich;
-    rIStream >> nWhich;
-
-    sal_uInt32 nStructSz;
-    rIStream >> nStructSz;
-
-    DBG_ASSERT( ( nWhich == 0x22 /*EE_FORMAT_BIN300*/ ) || ( nWhich == EE_FORMAT_BIN ), "CreateTextObject: Unbekanntes Objekt!" );
-
-    if ( rIStream.GetError() )
-        return NULL;
-
-    EditTextObject* pTxtObj = NULL;
-    switch ( nWhich )
-    {
-        case 0x22 /*BIN300*/:       pTxtObj = new BinTextObject( 0 );
-                                    ((BinTextObject*)pTxtObj)->CreateData300( rIStream );
-                                    break;
-        case EE_FORMAT_BIN:         pTxtObj = new BinTextObject( pGlobalTextObjectPool );
-                                    pTxtObj->CreateData( rIStream );
-                                    break;
-        default:
-        {
-            // Wenn ich das Format nicht kenne, ueberlese ich den Inhalt:
-            rIStream.SetError( EE_READWRITE_WRONGFORMAT );
-        }
-    }
-
-    // Sicherstellen, dass der Stream an der richtigen Stelle hinterlassen wird.
-    sal_Size nFullSz = sizeof( nWhich ) + sizeof( nStructSz ) + nStructSz;
-    rIStream.Seek( nStartPos + nFullSz );
-    return pTxtObj;
-}
-
-void EditTextObject::Skip( SvStream& rIStream )
-{
-    sal_Size nStartPos = rIStream.Tell();
-
-    USHORT _nWhich;
-    rIStream >> _nWhich;
-
-    sal_uInt32 nStructSz;
-    rIStream >> nStructSz;
-
-    sal_Size nFullSz = sizeof( _nWhich ) + sizeof( nStructSz ) + nStructSz;
-    rIStream.Seek( nStartPos + nFullSz );
-}
-
-void __EXPORT EditTextObject::StoreData( SvStream& ) const
-{
-    DBG_ERROR( "StoreData: Basisklasse!" );
-}
-
-void __EXPORT EditTextObject::CreateData( SvStream& )
-{
-    DBG_ERROR( "CreateData: Basisklasse!" );
-}
-
-USHORT EditTextObject::GetVersion() const
-{
-    DBG_ERROR( "V-Methode direkt vom EditTextObject!" );
-    return 0;
-}
-
-bool EditTextObject::operator==( const EditTextObject& rCompare ) const
-{
-    return static_cast< const BinTextObject* >( this )->operator==( static_cast< const BinTextObject& >( rCompare ) );
-}
-
-// #i102062#
-bool EditTextObject::isWrongListEqual(const EditTextObject& rCompare) const
-{
-    return static_cast< const BinTextObject* >(this)->isWrongListEqual(static_cast< const BinTextObject& >(rCompare));
-}
-
-// from SfxItemPoolUser
-void BinTextObject::ObjectInDestruction(const SfxItemPool& rSfxItemPool)
-{
-    if(!bOwnerOfPool && pPool && pPool == &rSfxItemPool)
-    {
-        // The pool we are based on gets destructed; get owner of pool by creating own one.
-        // No need to call RemoveSfxItemPoolUser(), this is done from the pool's destructor
-        // Base new pool on EditEnginePool; it would also be possible to clone the used
-        // pool if needed, but only text attributes should be used.
-        SfxItemPool* pNewPool = EditEngine::CreatePool();
-
-        if(pPool)
-        {
-            pNewPool->SetDefaultMetric(pPool->GetMetric(DEF_METRIC));
-        }
-
-        for(sal_uInt16 n(0); n < aContents.Count(); n++)
-        {
-            // clone ContentInfos for new pool
-            ContentInfo* pOrg = aContents.GetObject(n);
-            DBG_ASSERT(pOrg, "NULL-Pointer in ContentList!");
-
-            ContentInfo* pNew = new ContentInfo(*pOrg, *pNewPool);
-            aContents.Replace(pNew, n);
-            delete pOrg;
-        }
-
-        // set local variables
-        pPool = pNewPool;
-        bOwnerOfPool = TRUE;
-    }
-}
-
-EditEngineItemPool* getEditEngineItemPool(SfxItemPool* pPool)
-{
-    EditEngineItemPool* pRetval = dynamic_cast< EditEngineItemPool* >(pPool);
-
-    while(!pRetval && pPool && pPool->GetSecondaryPool())
-    {
-        pPool = pPool->GetSecondaryPool();
-
-        if(pPool)
-        {
-            pRetval = dynamic_cast< EditEngineItemPool* >(pPool);
-        }
-    }
-
-    return pRetval;
-}
-
-BinTextObject::BinTextObject( SfxItemPool* pP ) :
-    EditTextObject( EE_FORMAT_BIN ),
-    SfxItemPoolUser()
-{
-    nVersion = 0;
-    nMetric = 0xFFFF;
-    nUserType = 0;
-    nObjSettings = 0;
-    pPortionInfo = 0;
-
-    // #i101239# ensure target is a EditEngineItemPool, else
-    // fallback to pool ownership. This is needed to ensure that at
-    // pool destruction time of an alien pool, the pool is still alive.
-    // When registering would happen at an alien pool which just uses an
-    // EditEngineItemPool as some sub-pool, that pool could already
-    // be decoupled and deleted whcih would lead to crashes.
-    pPool = getEditEngineItemPool(pP);
-
-    if ( pPool )
-    {
-        bOwnerOfPool = FALSE;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        pPool = EditEngine::CreatePool();
-        bOwnerOfPool =  TRUE;
-    }
-
-    if(!bOwnerOfPool && pPool)
-    {
-        // it is sure now that the pool is an EditEngineItemPool
-        pPool->AddSfxItemPoolUser(*this);
-    }
-
-    bVertical = FALSE;
-    bStoreUnicodeStrings = FALSE;
-    nScriptType = 0;
-}
-
-BinTextObject::BinTextObject( const BinTextObject& r ) :
-    EditTextObject( r ),
-    SfxItemPoolUser()
-{
-    nVersion = r.nVersion;
-    nMetric = r.nMetric;
-    nUserType = r.nUserType;
-    nObjSettings = r.nObjSettings;
-    bVertical = r.bVertical;
-    nScriptType = r.nScriptType;
-    pPortionInfo = NULL;    // PortionInfo nicht kopieren
-    bStoreUnicodeStrings = FALSE;
-
-    if ( !r.bOwnerOfPool )
-    {
-        // reuse alien pool; this must be a EditEngineItemPool
-        // since there is no other way to construct a BinTextObject
-        // than it's regular constructor where that is ensured
-        pPool = r.pPool;
-        bOwnerOfPool = FALSE;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        pPool = EditEngine::CreatePool();
-        bOwnerOfPool =  TRUE;
-
-    }
-
-    if(!bOwnerOfPool && pPool)
-    {
-        // it is sure now that the pool is an EditEngineItemPool
-        pPool->AddSfxItemPoolUser(*this);
-    }
-
-    if ( bOwnerOfPool && pPool && r.pPool )
-        pPool->SetDefaultMetric( r.pPool->GetMetric( DEF_METRIC ) );
-
-    for ( USHORT n = 0; n < r.aContents.Count(); n++ )
-    {
-        ContentInfo* pOrg = r.aContents.GetObject( n );
-        DBG_ASSERT( pOrg, "NULL-Pointer in ContentList!" );
-        ContentInfo* pNew = new ContentInfo( *pOrg, *pPool );
-        aContents.Insert( pNew, aContents.Count() );
-    }
-}
-
-__EXPORT BinTextObject::~BinTextObject()
-{
-    if(!bOwnerOfPool && pPool)
-    {
-        pPool->RemoveSfxItemPoolUser(*this);
-    }
-
-    ClearPortionInfo();
-    DeleteContents();
-    if ( bOwnerOfPool )
-    {
-        // Nicht mehr, wegen 1xDefItems.
-        // siehe auch ~EditDoc().
-//      pPool->ReleaseDefaults( TRUE /* bDelete */ );
-        SfxItemPool::Free(pPool);
-    }
-}
-
-USHORT BinTextObject::GetUserType() const
-{
-    return nUserType;
-}
-
-void BinTextObject::SetUserType( USHORT n )
-{
-    nUserType = n;
-}
-
-ULONG BinTextObject::GetObjectSettings() const
-{
-    return nObjSettings;
-}
-
-void BinTextObject::SetObjectSettings( ULONG n )
-{
-    nObjSettings = n;
-}
-
-BOOL BinTextObject::IsVertical() const
-{
-    return bVertical;
-}
-
-void BinTextObject::SetVertical( BOOL b )
-{
-    if ( b != bVertical )
-    {
-        bVertical = b;
-        ClearPortionInfo();
-    }
-}
-
-USHORT BinTextObject::GetScriptType() const
-{
-    return nScriptType;
-}
-
-void BinTextObject::SetScriptType( USHORT nType )
-{
-    nScriptType = nType;
-}
-
-
-void BinTextObject::DeleteContents()
-{
-    for ( USHORT n = 0; n < aContents.Count(); n++ )
-    {
-        ContentInfo* p = aContents.GetObject( n );
-        DBG_ASSERT( p, "NULL-Pointer in ContentList!" );
-        delete p;
-    }
-    aContents.Remove( 0, aContents.Count() );
-}
-
-EditTextObject* __EXPORT BinTextObject::Clone() const
-{
-    return new BinTextObject( *this );
-}
-
-XEditAttribute* BinTextObject::CreateAttrib( const SfxPoolItem& rItem, USHORT nStart, USHORT nEnd )
-{
-    return MakeXEditAttribute( *pPool, rItem, nStart, nEnd );
-}
-
-void BinTextObject::DestroyAttrib( XEditAttribute* pAttr )
-{
-    pPool->Remove( *pAttr->GetItem() );
-    delete pAttr;
-}
-
-ContentInfo* BinTextObject::CreateAndInsertContent()
-{
-    ContentInfo* pC = new ContentInfo( *pPool );
-    aContents.Insert( pC, aContents.Count() );
-    return pC;
-}
-
-USHORT BinTextObject::GetParagraphCount() const
-{
-    return aContents.Count();
-}
-
-XubString BinTextObject::GetText( USHORT nPara ) const
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( nPara < aContents.Count(), "BinTextObject::GetText: Absatz existiert nicht!" );
-    if ( nPara < aContents.Count() )
-    {
-        ContentInfo* pC = aContents[ nPara ];
-        return pC->GetText();
-    }
-    return XubString();
-}
-
-void BinTextObject::Insert( const EditTextObject& rObj, USHORT nDestPara )
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( rObj.Which() == EE_FORMAT_BIN, "UTO: Unbekanntes Textobjekt" );
-
-    const BinTextObject& rBinObj = (const BinTextObject&)rObj;
-
-    if ( nDestPara > aContents.Count() )
-        nDestPara = aContents.Count();
-
-    const USHORT nParas = rBinObj.GetContents().Count();
-    for ( USHORT nP = 0; nP < nParas; nP++ )
-    {
-        ContentInfo* pC = rBinObj.GetContents()[ nP ];
-        ContentInfo* pNew = new ContentInfo( *pC, *GetPool() );
-        aContents.Insert( pNew, nDestPara+nP );
-    }
-    ClearPortionInfo();
-}
-
-EditTextObject* BinTextObject::CreateTextObject( USHORT nPara, USHORT nParas ) const
-{
-    if ( ( nPara >= aContents.Count() ) || !nParas )
-        return NULL;
-
-    // Pool nur teilen, wenn von aussen eingestellter Pool.
-    BinTextObject* pObj = new BinTextObject( bOwnerOfPool ? 0 : pPool );
-    if ( bOwnerOfPool && pPool )
-        pObj->GetPool()->SetDefaultMetric( pPool->GetMetric( DEF_METRIC ) );
-
-    // If complete text is only one ScriptType, this is valid.
-    // If text contains different ScriptTypes, this shouldn't be a problem...
-    pObj->nScriptType = nScriptType;
-
-    const USHORT nEndPara = nPara+nParas-1;
-    for ( USHORT nP = nPara; nP <= nEndPara; nP++ )
-    {
-        ContentInfo* pC = aContents[ nP ];
-        ContentInfo* pNew = new ContentInfo( *pC, *pObj->GetPool() );
-        pObj->GetContents().Insert( pNew, pObj->GetContents().Count() );
-    }
-    return pObj;
-}
-
-void BinTextObject::RemoveParagraph( USHORT nPara )
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( nPara < aContents.Count(), "BinTextObject::GetText: Absatz existiert nicht!" );
-    if ( nPara < aContents.Count() )
-    {
-        ContentInfo* pC = aContents[ nPara ];
-        aContents.Remove( nPara );
-        delete pC;
-        ClearPortionInfo();
-    }
-}
-
-BOOL BinTextObject::HasPortionInfo() const
-{
-    return pPortionInfo ? TRUE : FALSE;
-}
-
-void BinTextObject::ClearPortionInfo()
-{
-    if ( pPortionInfo )
-    {
-        for ( USHORT n = pPortionInfo->Count(); n; )
-            delete pPortionInfo->GetObject( --n );
-        delete pPortionInfo;
-        pPortionInfo = NULL;
-    }
-}
-
-BOOL BinTextObject::HasOnlineSpellErrors() const
-{
-#ifndef SVX_LIGHT
-    for ( USHORT n = 0; n < aContents.Count(); n++ )
-    {
-        ContentInfo* p = aContents.GetObject( n );
-        if ( p->GetWrongList() && p->GetWrongList()->Count() )
-            return TRUE;
-    }
-#endif // !SVX_LIGHT
-    return FALSE;
-
-}
-
-BOOL BinTextObject::HasCharAttribs( USHORT _nWhich ) const
-{
-    for ( USHORT nPara = GetContents().Count(); nPara; )
-    {
-        ContentInfo* pC = GetContents().GetObject( --nPara );
-
-        USHORT nAttribs = pC->GetAttribs().Count();
-        if ( nAttribs && !_nWhich )
-            return TRUE;
-
-        for ( USHORT nAttr = nAttribs; nAttr; )
-        {
-            XEditAttribute* pX = pC->GetAttribs().GetObject( --nAttr );
-            if ( pX->GetItem()->Which() == _nWhich )
-                return TRUE;
-        }
-    }
-    return FALSE;
-}
-
-void BinTextObject::GetCharAttribs( USHORT nPara, EECharAttribArray& rLst ) const
-{
-    rLst.Remove( 0, rLst.Count() );
-    ContentInfo* pC = GetContents().GetObject( nPara );
-    if ( pC )
-    {
-        for ( USHORT nAttr = 0; nAttr < pC->GetAttribs().Count(); nAttr++ )
-        {
-            XEditAttribute* pAttr = pC->GetAttribs().GetObject( nAttr );
-            EECharAttrib aEEAttr;
-            aEEAttr.pAttr = pAttr->GetItem();
-            aEEAttr.nPara = nPara;
-            aEEAttr.nStart = pAttr->GetStart();
-            aEEAttr.nEnd = pAttr->GetEnd();
-            rLst.Insert( aEEAttr, rLst.Count() );
-        }
-    }
-}
-
-void BinTextObject::MergeParaAttribs( const SfxItemSet& rAttribs, USHORT nStart, USHORT nEnd )
-{
-    BOOL bChanged = FALSE;
-
-    for ( USHORT nPara = GetContents().Count(); nPara; )
-    {
-        ContentInfo* pC = GetContents().GetObject( --nPara );
-
-        for ( USHORT nW = nStart; nW <= nEnd; nW++ )
-        {
-            if ( ( pC->GetParaAttribs().GetItemState( nW, FALSE ) != SFX_ITEM_ON )
-                    && ( rAttribs.GetItemState( nW, FALSE ) == SFX_ITEM_ON ) )
-            {
-                pC->GetParaAttribs().Put( rAttribs.Get( nW ) );
-                bChanged = TRUE;
-            }
-        }
-    }
-
-    if ( bChanged )
-        ClearPortionInfo();
-}
-
-BOOL BinTextObject::IsFieldObject() const
-{
-    return BinTextObject::GetField() ? TRUE : FALSE;
-}
-
-const SvxFieldItem* BinTextObject::GetField() const
-{
-    if ( GetContents().Count() == 1 )
-    {
-        ContentInfo* pC = GetContents()[0];
-        if ( pC->GetText().Len() == 1 )
-        {
-            USHORT nAttribs = pC->GetAttribs().Count();
-            for ( USHORT nAttr = nAttribs; nAttr; )
-            {
-                XEditAttribute* pX = pC->GetAttribs().GetObject( --nAttr );
-                if ( pX->GetItem()->Which() == EE_FEATURE_FIELD )
-                    return (const SvxFieldItem*)pX->GetItem();
-            }
-        }
-    }
-    return 0;
-}
-
-BOOL BinTextObject::HasField( TypeId aType ) const
-{
-    USHORT nParagraphs = GetContents().Count();
-    for ( USHORT nPara = 0; nPara < nParagraphs; nPara++ )
-    {
-        ContentInfo* pC = GetContents().GetObject( nPara );
-        USHORT nAttrs = pC->GetAttribs().Count();
-        for ( USHORT nAttr = 0; nAttr < nAttrs; nAttr++ )
-        {
-            XEditAttribute* pAttr = pC->GetAttribs()[nAttr];
-            if ( pAttr->GetItem()->Which() == EE_FEATURE_FIELD )
-            {
-                if ( !aType )
-                    return TRUE;
-
-                const SvxFieldData* pFldData = ((const SvxFieldItem*)pAttr->GetItem())->GetField();
-                if ( pFldData && pFldData->IsA( aType ) )
-                    return TRUE;
-            }
-        }
-    }
-    return FALSE;
-}
-
-SfxItemSet BinTextObject::GetParaAttribs( USHORT nPara ) const
-{
-    ContentInfo* pC = GetContents().GetObject( nPara );
-    return pC->GetParaAttribs();
-}
-
-void BinTextObject::SetParaAttribs( USHORT nPara, const SfxItemSet& rAttribs )
-{
-    ContentInfo* pC = GetContents().GetObject( nPara );
-    pC->GetParaAttribs().Set( rAttribs );
-    ClearPortionInfo();
-}
-
-BOOL BinTextObject::RemoveCharAttribs( USHORT _nWhich )
-{
-    BOOL bChanged = FALSE;
-
-    for ( USHORT nPara = GetContents().Count(); nPara; )
-    {
-        ContentInfo* pC = GetContents().GetObject( --nPara );
-
-        for ( USHORT nAttr = pC->GetAttribs().Count(); nAttr; )
-        {
-            XEditAttribute* pAttr = pC->GetAttribs().GetObject( --nAttr );
-            if ( !_nWhich || ( pAttr->GetItem()->Which() == _nWhich ) )
-            {
-                pC->GetAttribs().Remove( nAttr );
-                DestroyAttrib( pAttr );
-                bChanged = TRUE;
-            }
-        }
-    }
-
-    if ( bChanged )
-        ClearPortionInfo();
-
-    return bChanged;
-}
-
-BOOL BinTextObject::RemoveParaAttribs( USHORT _nWhich )
-{
-    BOOL bChanged = FALSE;
-
-    for ( USHORT nPara = GetContents().Count(); nPara; )
-    {
-        ContentInfo* pC = GetContents().GetObject( --nPara );
-
-        if ( !_nWhich )
-        {
-            if( pC->GetParaAttribs().Count() )
-                bChanged = TRUE;
-            pC->GetParaAttribs().ClearItem();
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            if ( pC->GetParaAttribs().GetItemState( _nWhich ) == SFX_ITEM_ON )
-            {
-                pC->GetParaAttribs().ClearItem( _nWhich );
-                bChanged = TRUE;
-            }
-        }
-    }
-
-    if ( bChanged )
-        ClearPortionInfo();
-
-    return bChanged;
-}
-
-BOOL BinTextObject::HasStyleSheet( const XubString& rName, SfxStyleFamily eFamily ) const
-{
-    USHORT nParagraphs = GetContents().Count();
-    for ( USHORT nPara = 0; nPara < nParagraphs; nPara++ )
-    {
-        ContentInfo* pC = GetContents().GetObject( nPara );
-        if ( ( pC->GetFamily() == eFamily ) && ( pC->GetStyle() == rName ) )
-            return TRUE;
-    }
-    return FALSE;
-}
-
-void BinTextObject::GetStyleSheet( USHORT nPara, XubString& rName, SfxStyleFamily& rFamily ) const
-{
-    if ( nPara < aContents.Count() )
-    {
-        ContentInfo* pC = aContents[ nPara ];
-        rName = pC->GetStyle();
-        rFamily = pC->GetFamily();
-    }
-}
-
-void BinTextObject::SetStyleSheet( USHORT nPara, const XubString& rName, const SfxStyleFamily& rFamily )
-{
-    if ( nPara < aContents.Count() )
-    {
-        ContentInfo* pC = aContents[ nPara ];
-        pC->GetStyle() = rName;
-        pC->GetFamily() = rFamily;
-    }
-}
-
-BOOL BinTextObject::ImpChangeStyleSheets(
-                    const XubString& rOldName, SfxStyleFamily eOldFamily,
-                    const XubString& rNewName, SfxStyleFamily eNewFamily )
-{
-    const USHORT nParagraphs = GetContents().Count();
-    BOOL bChanges = FALSE;
-
-    for ( USHORT nPara = 0; nPara < nParagraphs; nPara++ )
-    {
-        ContentInfo* pC = GetContents().GetObject( nPara );
-        if ( pC->GetFamily() == eOldFamily )
-        {
-            if ( pC->GetStyle() == rOldName )
-            {
-                pC->GetStyle() = rNewName;
-                pC->GetFamily() = eNewFamily;
-                bChanges = TRUE;
-            }
-        }
-    }
-    return bChanges;
-}
-
-BOOL __EXPORT BinTextObject::ChangeStyleSheets(
-                    const XubString& rOldName, SfxStyleFamily eOldFamily,
-                    const XubString& rNewName, SfxStyleFamily eNewFamily )
-{
-    BOOL bChanges = ImpChangeStyleSheets( rOldName, eOldFamily, rNewName, eNewFamily );
-    if ( bChanges )
-        ClearPortionInfo();
-
-    return bChanges;
-}
-
-void __EXPORT BinTextObject::ChangeStyleSheetName( SfxStyleFamily eFamily,
-                const XubString& rOldName, const XubString& rNewName )
-{
-    ImpChangeStyleSheets( rOldName, eFamily, rNewName, eFamily );
-}
-
-void __EXPORT BinTextObject::StoreData( SvStream& rOStream ) const
-{
-    USHORT nVer = 602;
-    rOStream << nVer;
-
-    rOStream << bOwnerOfPool;
-
-    // Erst den Pool speichern, spaeter nur noch Surregate
-    if ( bOwnerOfPool )
-    {
-        GetPool()->SetFileFormatVersion( SOFFICE_FILEFORMAT_50 );
-        GetPool()->Store( rOStream );
-    }
-
-    // Aktuelle Zeichensatz speichern...
-    // #90477# GetSOStoreTextEncoding: Bug in 5.2, when default char set is multi byte text encoding
-    rtl_TextEncoding eEncoding = GetSOStoreTextEncoding( gsl_getSystemTextEncoding(), (USHORT) rOStream.GetVersion() );
-    rOStream << (USHORT) eEncoding;
-
-    // Die Anzahl der Absaetze...
-    USHORT nParagraphs = GetContents().Count();
-    rOStream << nParagraphs;
-
-    char cFeatureConverted = ByteString( CH_FEATURE, eEncoding ).GetChar(0);
-
-    // Die einzelnen Absaetze...
-    for ( USHORT nPara = 0; nPara < nParagraphs; nPara++ )
-    {
-        ContentInfo* pC = GetContents().GetObject( nPara );
-
-        // Text...
-        ByteString aText( pC->GetText(), eEncoding );
-
-        // Symbols?
-        BOOL bSymbolPara = FALSE;
-        if ( pC->GetParaAttribs().GetItemState( EE_CHAR_FONTINFO ) == SFX_ITEM_ON )
-        {
-            const SvxFontItem& rFontItem = (const SvxFontItem&)pC->GetParaAttribs().Get( EE_CHAR_FONTINFO );
-            if ( rFontItem.GetCharSet() == RTL_TEXTENCODING_SYMBOL )
-            {
-                aText = ByteString( pC->GetText(), RTL_TEXTENCODING_SYMBOL );
-                bSymbolPara = TRUE;
-            }
-        }
-        for ( USHORT nA = 0; nA < pC->GetAttribs().Count(); nA++ )
-        {
-            XEditAttribute* pAttr = pC->GetAttribs().GetObject( nA );
-
-            if ( pAttr->GetItem()->Which() == EE_CHAR_FONTINFO )
-            {
-                const SvxFontItem& rFontItem = (const SvxFontItem&)*pAttr->GetItem();
-                if ( ( !bSymbolPara && ( rFontItem.GetCharSet() == RTL_TEXTENCODING_SYMBOL ) )
-                      || ( bSymbolPara && ( rFontItem.GetCharSet() != RTL_TEXTENCODING_SYMBOL ) ) )
-                {
-                    // Not correctly converted
-                    String aPart( pC->GetText(), pAttr->GetStart(), pAttr->GetEnd() - pAttr->GetStart() );
-                    ByteString aNew( aPart, rFontItem.GetCharSet() );
-                    aText.Erase( pAttr->GetStart(), pAttr->GetEnd() - pAttr->GetStart() );
-                    aText.Insert( aNew, pAttr->GetStart() );
-                }
-
-                // #88414# Convert StarSymbol back to StarBats
-                FontToSubsFontConverter hConv = CreateFontToSubsFontConverter( rFontItem.GetFamilyName(), FONTTOSUBSFONT_EXPORT | FONTTOSUBSFONT_ONLYOLDSOSYMBOLFONTS );
-                if ( hConv )
-                {
-                    // Don't create a new Attrib with StarBats font, MBR changed the
-                    // SvxFontItem::Store() to store StarBats instead of StarSymbol!
-                    for ( USHORT nChar = pAttr->GetStart(); nChar < pAttr->GetEnd(); nChar++ )
-                    {
-                        sal_Unicode cOld = pC->GetText().GetChar( nChar );
-                        char cConv = ByteString::ConvertFromUnicode( ConvertFontToSubsFontChar( hConv, cOld ), RTL_TEXTENCODING_SYMBOL );
-                        if ( cConv )
-                            aText.SetChar( nChar, cConv );
-                    }
-
-                    DestroyFontToSubsFontConverter( hConv );
-                }
-            }
-        }
-
-        // #88414# Convert StarSymbol back to StarBats
-        // StarSymbol as paragraph attribute or in StyleSheet?
-
-        FontToSubsFontConverter hConv = NULL;
-        if ( pC->GetParaAttribs().GetItemState( EE_CHAR_FONTINFO ) == SFX_ITEM_ON )
-        {
-            hConv = CreateFontToSubsFontConverter( ((const SvxFontItem&)pC->GetParaAttribs().Get( EE_CHAR_FONTINFO )).GetFamilyName(), FONTTOSUBSFONT_EXPORT | FONTTOSUBSFONT_ONLYOLDSOSYMBOLFONTS );
-        }
-/* cl removed because not needed anymore since binfilter
-
-        else if ( pC->GetStyle().Len() && pC->GetLoadStoreTempInfos() )
-        {
-            hConv = pC->GetLoadStoreTempInfos()->hOldSymbolConv_Store;
-        }
-*/
-        if ( hConv )
-        {
-            for ( USHORT nChar = 0; nChar < pC->GetText().Len(); nChar++ )
-            {
-                if ( !pC->GetAttribs().FindAttrib( EE_CHAR_FONTINFO, nChar ) )
-                {
-                    sal_Unicode cOld = pC->GetText().GetChar( nChar );
-                    char cConv = ByteString::ConvertFromUnicode( ConvertFontToSubsFontChar( hConv, cOld ), RTL_TEXTENCODING_SYMBOL );
-                    if ( cConv )
-                        aText.SetChar( nChar, cConv );
-                }
-            }
-
-            DestroyFontToSubsFontConverter( hConv );
-
-        }
-
-
-        // Convert CH_FEATURE to CH_FEATURE_OLD
-        aText.SearchAndReplaceAll( cFeatureConverted, CH_FEATURE_OLD );
-        rOStream.WriteByteString( aText );
-
-        // StyleName und Family...
-        rOStream.WriteByteString( ByteString( pC->GetStyle(), eEncoding ) );
-        rOStream << (USHORT)pC->GetFamily();
-
-        // Absatzattribute...
-        pC->GetParaAttribs().Store( rOStream );
-
-        // Die Anzahl der Attribute...
-        USHORT nAttribs = pC->GetAttribs().Count();
-        rOStream << nAttribs;
-
-        // Und die einzelnen Attribute
-        // Items als Surregate => immer 8 Byte pro Attrib
-        // Which = 2; Surregat = 2; Start = 2; End = 2;
-        for ( USHORT nAttr = 0; nAttr < nAttribs; nAttr++ )
-        {
-            XEditAttribute* pX = pC->GetAttribs().GetObject( nAttr );
-
-            rOStream << pX->GetItem()->Which();
-            GetPool()->StoreSurrogate( rOStream, pX->GetItem() );
-            rOStream << pX->GetStart();
-            rOStream << pX->GetEnd();
-        }
-    }
-
-    // Ab 400:
-    rOStream << nMetric;
-
-    // Ab 600
-    rOStream << nUserType;
-    rOStream << nObjSettings;
-
-    // Ab 601
-    rOStream << bVertical;
-
-    // Ab 602
-    rOStream << nScriptType;
-
-    rOStream << bStoreUnicodeStrings;
-    if ( bStoreUnicodeStrings )
-    {
-        for ( USHORT nPara = 0; nPara < nParagraphs; nPara++ )
-        {
-            ContentInfo* pC = GetContents().GetObject( nPara );
-            USHORT nL = pC->GetText().Len();
-            rOStream << nL;
-            rOStream.Write( pC->GetText().GetBuffer(), nL*sizeof(sal_Unicode) );
-
-            // #91575# StyleSheetName must be Unicode too!
-            // Copy/Paste from EA3 to BETA or from BETA to EA3 not possible, not needed...
-            // If needed, change nL back to ULONG and increase version...
-            nL = pC->GetStyle().Len();
-            rOStream << nL;
-            rOStream.Write( pC->GetStyle().GetBuffer(), nL*sizeof(sal_Unicode) );
-        }
-    }
-}
-
-void __EXPORT BinTextObject::CreateData( SvStream& rIStream )
-{
-    rIStream >> nVersion;
-
-    // Das Textobject wurde erstmal mit der aktuellen Einstellung
-    // von pTextObjectPool erzeugt.
-    BOOL bOwnerOfCurrent = bOwnerOfPool;
-    rIStream >> bOwnerOfPool;
-
-    if ( bOwnerOfCurrent && !bOwnerOfPool )
-    {
-        // Es wurde ein globaler Pool verwendet, mir jetzt nicht uebergeben,
-        // aber ich brauche ihn!
-        DBG_ERROR( "Man gebe mir den globalen TextObjectPool!" );
-        return;
-    }
-    else if ( !bOwnerOfCurrent && bOwnerOfPool )
-    {
-        // Es soll ein globaler Pool verwendet werden, aber dieses
-        // Textobject hat einen eigenen.
-        pPool = EditEngine::CreatePool();
-    }
-
-    if ( bOwnerOfPool )
-        GetPool()->Load( rIStream );
-
-    // CharSet, in dem gespeichert wurde:
-    USHORT nCharSet;
-    rIStream >> nCharSet;
-
-    rtl_TextEncoding eSrcEncoding = GetSOLoadTextEncoding( (rtl_TextEncoding)nCharSet, (USHORT)rIStream.GetVersion() );
-
-    // Die Anzahl der Absaetze...
-    USHORT nParagraphs;
-    rIStream >> nParagraphs;
-
-    // Die einzelnen Absaetze...
-    for ( ULONG nPara = 0; nPara < nParagraphs; nPara++ )
-    {
-        ContentInfo* pC = CreateAndInsertContent();
-
-        // Der Text...
-        ByteString aByteString;
-        rIStream.ReadByteString( aByteString );
-        pC->GetText() = String( aByteString, eSrcEncoding );
-
-        // StyleName und Family...
-        rIStream.ReadByteString( pC->GetStyle(), eSrcEncoding );
-        USHORT nStyleFamily;
-        rIStream >> nStyleFamily;
-        pC->GetFamily() = (SfxStyleFamily)nStyleFamily;
-
-        // Absatzattribute...
-        pC->GetParaAttribs().Load( rIStream );
-
-        // Die Anzahl der Attribute...
-        USHORT nAttribs;
-        rIStream >> nAttribs;
-
-        // Und die einzelnen Attribute
-        // Items als Surregate => immer 8 Byte pro Attrib
-        // Which = 2; Surregat = 2; Start = 2; End = 2;
-        USHORT nAttr;
-        for ( nAttr = 0; nAttr < nAttribs; nAttr++ )
-        {
-            USHORT _nWhich, nStart, nEnd;
-            const SfxPoolItem* pItem;
-
-            rIStream >> _nWhich;
-            _nWhich = pPool->GetNewWhich( _nWhich );
-            pItem = pPool->LoadSurrogate( rIStream, _nWhich, 0 );
-            rIStream >> nStart;
-            rIStream >> nEnd;
-            if ( pItem )
-            {
-                if ( pItem->Which() == EE_FEATURE_NOTCONV )
-                {
-                    pC->GetText().SetChar( nStart, ByteString::ConvertToUnicode( aByteString.GetChar( nStart ), ((SvxCharSetColorItem*)pItem)->GetCharSet() ) );
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    XEditAttribute* pAttr = new XEditAttribute( *pItem, nStart, nEnd );
-                    pC->GetAttribs().Insert( pAttr, pC->GetAttribs().Count() );
-
-                    if ( ( _nWhich >= EE_FEATURE_START ) && ( _nWhich <= EE_FEATURE_END ) )
-                    {
-                        // Convert CH_FEATURE to CH_FEATURE_OLD
-                        DBG_ASSERT( (BYTE) aByteString.GetChar( nStart ) == CH_FEATURE_OLD, "CreateData: CH_FEATURE expected!" );
-                        if ( (BYTE) aByteString.GetChar( nStart ) == CH_FEATURE_OLD )
-                            pC->GetText().SetChar( nStart, CH_FEATURE );
-                    }
-                }
-            }
-        }
-
-        // But check for paragraph and character symbol attribs here,
-        // FinishLoad will not be called in OpenOffice Calc, no StyleSheets...
-
-        BOOL bSymbolPara = FALSE;
-        if ( pC->GetParaAttribs().GetItemState( EE_CHAR_FONTINFO ) == SFX_ITEM_ON )
-        {
-            const SvxFontItem& rFontItem = (const SvxFontItem&)pC->GetParaAttribs().Get( EE_CHAR_FONTINFO );
-            if ( rFontItem.GetCharSet() == RTL_TEXTENCODING_SYMBOL )
-            {
-                pC->GetText() = String( aByteString, RTL_TEXTENCODING_SYMBOL );
-                bSymbolPara = TRUE;
-            }
-        }
-
-        for ( nAttr = pC->GetAttribs().Count(); nAttr; )
-        {
-            XEditAttribute* pAttr = pC->GetAttribs().GetObject( --nAttr );
-            if ( pAttr->GetItem()->Which() == EE_CHAR_FONTINFO )
-            {
-                const SvxFontItem& rFontItem = (const SvxFontItem&)*pAttr->GetItem();
-                if ( ( !bSymbolPara && ( rFontItem.GetCharSet() == RTL_TEXTENCODING_SYMBOL ) )
-                      || ( bSymbolPara && ( rFontItem.GetCharSet() != RTL_TEXTENCODING_SYMBOL ) ) )
-                {
-                    // Not correctly converted
-                    ByteString aPart( aByteString, pAttr->GetStart(), pAttr->GetEnd()-pAttr->GetStart() );
-                    String aNew( aPart, rFontItem.GetCharSet() );
-                    pC->GetText().Erase( pAttr->GetStart(), pAttr->GetEnd()-pAttr->GetStart() );
-                    pC->GetText().Insert( aNew, pAttr->GetStart() );
-                }
-
-                // #88414# Convert StarMath and StarBats to StarSymbol
-                FontToSubsFontConverter hConv = CreateFontToSubsFontConverter( rFontItem.GetFamilyName(), FONTTOSUBSFONT_IMPORT | FONTTOSUBSFONT_ONLYOLDSOSYMBOLFONTS );
-                if ( hConv )
-                {
-                    SvxFontItem aNewFontItem( rFontItem );
-                    aNewFontItem.GetFamilyName() = GetFontToSubsFontName( hConv );
-
-                    pC->GetAttribs().Remove( nAttr );
-                    XEditAttribute* pNewAttr = CreateAttrib( aNewFontItem, pAttr->GetStart(), pAttr->GetEnd() );
-                    pC->GetAttribs().Insert( pNewAttr, nAttr );
-                    DestroyAttrib( pAttr );
-
-                    for ( USHORT nChar = pNewAttr->GetStart(); nChar < pNewAttr->GetEnd(); nChar++ )
-                    {
-                        sal_Unicode cOld = pC->GetText().GetChar( nChar );
-                        DBG_ASSERT( cOld >= 0xF000, "cOld not converted?!" );
-                        sal_Unicode cConv = ConvertFontToSubsFontChar( hConv, cOld );
-                        if ( cConv )
-                            pC->GetText().SetChar( nChar, cConv );
-                    }
-
-                    DestroyFontToSubsFontConverter( hConv );
-                }
-            }
-        }
-
-
-        // #88414# Convert StarMath and StarBats to StarSymbol
-        // Maybe old symbol font as paragraph attribute?
-        if ( pC->GetParaAttribs().GetItemState( EE_CHAR_FONTINFO ) == SFX_ITEM_ON )
-        {
-            const SvxFontItem& rFontItem = (const SvxFontItem&)pC->GetParaAttribs().Get( EE_CHAR_FONTINFO );
-            FontToSubsFontConverter hConv = CreateFontToSubsFontConverter( rFontItem.GetFamilyName(), FONTTOSUBSFONT_IMPORT | FONTTOSUBSFONT_ONLYOLDSOSYMBOLFONTS );
-            if ( hConv )
-            {
-                SvxFontItem aNewFontItem( rFontItem );
-                aNewFontItem.GetFamilyName() = GetFontToSubsFontName( hConv );
-                pC->GetParaAttribs().Put( aNewFontItem );
-
-                for ( USHORT nChar = 0; nChar < pC->GetText().Len(); nChar++ )
-                {
-                    if ( !pC->GetAttribs().FindAttrib( EE_CHAR_FONTINFO, nChar ) )
-                    {
-                        sal_Unicode cOld = pC->GetText().GetChar( nChar );
-                        DBG_ASSERT( cOld >= 0xF000, "cOld not converted?!" );
-                        sal_Unicode cConv = ConvertFontToSubsFontChar( hConv, cOld );
-                        if ( cConv )
-                            pC->GetText().SetChar( nChar, cConv );
-                    }
-                }
-
-                DestroyFontToSubsFontConverter( hConv );
-            }
-        }
-    }
-
-    // Ab 400 auch die DefMetric:
-    if ( nVersion >= 400 )
-    {
-        USHORT nTmpMetric;
-        rIStream >> nTmpMetric;
-        if ( nVersion >= 401 )
-        {
-            // In der 400 gab es noch einen Bug bei Textobjekten mit eigenem
-            // Pool, deshalb erst ab 401 auswerten.
-            nMetric = nTmpMetric;
-            if ( bOwnerOfPool && pPool && ( nMetric != 0xFFFF ) )
-                pPool->SetDefaultMetric( (SfxMapUnit)nMetric );
-        }
-    }
-
-    if ( nVersion >= 600 )
-    {
-        rIStream >> nUserType;
-        rIStream >> nObjSettings;
-    }
-
-    if ( nVersion >= 601 )
-    {
-        rIStream >> bVertical;
-    }
-
-    if ( nVersion >= 602 )
-    {
-        rIStream >> nScriptType;
-
-        BOOL bUnicodeStrings;
-        rIStream >> bUnicodeStrings;
-        if ( bUnicodeStrings )
-        {
-            for ( USHORT nPara = 0; nPara < nParagraphs; nPara++ )
-            {
-                ContentInfo* pC = GetContents().GetObject( nPara );
-                USHORT nL;
-
-                // Text
-                rIStream >> nL;
-                if ( nL )
-                {
-                    pC->GetText().AllocBuffer( nL );
-                    rIStream.Read( pC->GetText().GetBufferAccess(), nL*sizeof(sal_Unicode) );
-                    pC->GetText().ReleaseBufferAccess( (USHORT)nL );
-                }
-
-                // StyleSheetName
-                rIStream >> nL;
-                if ( nL )
-                {
-                    pC->GetStyle().AllocBuffer( nL );
-                    rIStream.Read( pC->GetStyle().GetBufferAccess(), nL*sizeof(sal_Unicode) );
-                    pC->GetStyle().ReleaseBufferAccess( (USHORT)nL );
-                }
-            }
-        }
-    }
-
-
-    // Ab 500 werden die Tabs anders interpretiert: TabPos + LI, vorher nur TabPos.
-    // Wirkt nur wenn auch Tab-Positionen eingestellt wurden, nicht beim DefTab.
-    if ( nVersion < 500 )
-    {
-        for ( USHORT n = 0; n < aContents.Count(); n++ )
-        {
-            ContentInfo* pC = aContents.GetObject( n );
-            const SvxLRSpaceItem& rLRSpace = (const SvxLRSpaceItem&) pC->GetParaAttribs().Get( EE_PARA_LRSPACE );
-            if ( rLRSpace.GetTxtLeft() && ( pC->GetParaAttribs().GetItemState( EE_PARA_TABS ) == SFX_ITEM_ON ) )
-            {
-                const SvxTabStopItem& rTabs = (const SvxTabStopItem&) pC->GetParaAttribs().Get( EE_PARA_TABS );
-                SvxTabStopItem aNewTabs( 0, 0, SVX_TAB_ADJUST_LEFT, EE_PARA_TABS );
-                for ( USHORT t = 0; t < rTabs.Count(); t++ )
-                {
-                    const SvxTabStop& rT = rTabs[ t ];
-                    aNewTabs.Insert( SvxTabStop( rT.GetTabPos() - rLRSpace.GetTxtLeft(),
-                                rT.GetAdjustment(), rT.GetDecimal(), rT.GetFill() ) );
-                }
-                pC->GetParaAttribs().Put( aNewTabs );
-            }
-        }
-    }
-}
-
-USHORT BinTextObject::GetVersion() const
-{
-    return nVersion;
-}
-
-bool BinTextObject::operator==( const BinTextObject& rCompare ) const
-{
-    if( this == &rCompare )
-        return true;
-
-    if( ( aContents.Count() != rCompare.aContents.Count() ) ||
-            ( pPool != rCompare.pPool ) ||
-            ( nMetric != rCompare.nMetric ) ||
-            ( nUserType!= rCompare.nUserType ) ||
-            ( nScriptType != rCompare.nScriptType ) ||
-            ( bVertical != rCompare.bVertical ) )
-        return false;
-
-    USHORT n;
-    for( n = 0; n < aContents.Count(); n++ )
-    {
-        if( !( *aContents.GetObject( n ) == *rCompare.aContents.GetObject( n ) ) )
-            return false;
-    }
-
-    return true;
-}
-
-// #i102062#
-bool BinTextObject::isWrongListEqual(const BinTextObject& rCompare) const
-{
-    if(GetContents().Count() != rCompare.GetContents().Count())
-    {
-        return false;
-    }
-
-    for(USHORT a(0); a < GetContents().Count(); a++)
-    {
-        const ContentInfo& rCandA(*GetContents().GetObject(a));
-        const ContentInfo& rCandB(*rCompare.GetContents().GetObject(a));
-
-        if(!rCandA.isWrongListEqual(rCandB))
-        {
-            return false;
-        }
-    }
-
-    return true;
-}
-
-#define CHARSETMARKER   0x9999
-
-void __EXPORT BinTextObject::CreateData300( SvStream& rIStream )
-{
-    // Fuer Aufwaertskompatibilitaet.
-
-    // Erst den Pool laden...
-    // Ist in der 300 immer gespeichert worden!
-    GetPool()->Load( rIStream );
-
-    // Die Anzahl der Absaetze...
-    sal_uInt32 nParagraphs;
-    rIStream >> nParagraphs;
-
-    // Die einzelnen Absaetze...
-    for ( ULONG nPara = 0; nPara < nParagraphs; nPara++ )
-    {
-        ContentInfo* pC = CreateAndInsertContent();
-
-        // Der Text...
-        rIStream.ReadByteString( pC->GetText() );
-
-        // StyleName und Family...
-        rIStream.ReadByteString( pC->GetStyle() );
-        USHORT nStyleFamily;
-        rIStream >> nStyleFamily;
-        pC->GetFamily() = (SfxStyleFamily)nStyleFamily;
-
-        // Absatzattribute...
-        pC->GetParaAttribs().Load( rIStream );
-
-        // Die Anzahl der Attribute...
-        sal_uInt32 nAttribs;
-        rIStream >> nAttribs;
-
-        // Und die einzelnen Attribute
-        // Items als Surregate => immer 8 Byte pro Attrib
-        // Which = 2; Surregat = 2; Start = 2; End = 2;
-        for ( ULONG nAttr = 0; nAttr < nAttribs; nAttr++ )
-        {
-            USHORT _nWhich, nStart, nEnd;
-            const SfxPoolItem* pItem;
-
-            rIStream >> _nWhich;
-            _nWhich = pPool->GetNewWhich( _nWhich );
-            pItem = pPool->LoadSurrogate( rIStream, _nWhich, 0 );
-            rIStream >> nStart;
-            rIStream >> nEnd;
-            if ( pItem )
-            {
-                XEditAttribute* pAttr = new XEditAttribute( *pItem, nStart, nEnd );
-                pC->GetAttribs().Insert( pAttr, pC->GetAttribs().Count() );
-            }
-        }
-    }
-
-    // Prueffen, ob ein Zeichensatz gespeichert wurde
-    USHORT nCharSetMarker;
-    rIStream >> nCharSetMarker;
-    if ( nCharSetMarker == CHARSETMARKER )
-    {
-        USHORT nCharSet;
-        rIStream >> nCharSet;
-    }
-}
diff --git a/svx/source/editeng/editobj2.hxx b/svx/source/editeng/editobj2.hxx
deleted file mode 100644
index 27883757230e..000000000000
--- a/svx/source/editeng/editobj2.hxx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,312 +0,0 @@
-/*************************************************************************
- *
- * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
- *
- * Copyright 2008 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite
- *
- * $RCSfile: editobj2.hxx,v $
- * $Revision: 1.14 $
- *
- * This file is part of OpenOffice.org.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3
- * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details
- * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code).
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org.  If not, see
- * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html>
- * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License.
- *
- ************************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef _EDITOBJ2_HXX
-#define _EDITOBJ2_HXX
-
-#include <svx/editobj.hxx>
-#include <editdoc.hxx>
-
-#include <unotools/fontcvt.hxx>
-
-
-class SfxStyleSheetPool;
-
-class XEditAttribute
-{
-    friend class ContentInfo;   // fuer DTOR
-    friend class BinTextObject; // fuer DTOR
-
-private:
-    const SfxPoolItem*  pItem;
-    USHORT              nStart;
-    USHORT              nEnd;
-
-                        XEditAttribute();
-                        XEditAttribute( const XEditAttribute& rCopyFrom );
-
-                        ~XEditAttribute();
-
-public:
-                        XEditAttribute( const SfxPoolItem& rAttr );
-                        XEditAttribute( const SfxPoolItem& rAttr, USHORT nStart, USHORT nEnd );
-
-    const SfxPoolItem*  GetItem() const             { return pItem; }
-
-    USHORT&             GetStart()                  { return nStart; }
-    USHORT&             GetEnd()                    { return nEnd; }
-
-    USHORT              GetStart() const            { return nStart; }
-    USHORT              GetEnd() const              { return nEnd; }
-
-    USHORT              GetLen() const              { return nEnd-nStart; }
-
-    inline BOOL         IsFeature();
-
-    inline bool         operator==( const XEditAttribute& rCompare );
-};
-
-inline bool XEditAttribute::operator==( const XEditAttribute& rCompare )
-{
-    return  (nStart == rCompare.nStart) &&
-            (nEnd == rCompare.nEnd) &&
-            ( (pItem == rCompare.pItem) ||
-            ( pItem->Which() != rCompare.pItem->Which()) ||
-            (*pItem == *rCompare.pItem));
-}
-
-inline BOOL XEditAttribute::IsFeature()
-{
-    USHORT nWhich = pItem->Which();
-    return  ( ( nWhich >= EE_FEATURE_START ) &&
-              ( nWhich <=  EE_FEATURE_END ) );
-}
-
-typedef XEditAttribute* XEditAttributePtr;
-SV_DECL_PTRARR( XEditAttributeListImpl, XEditAttributePtr, 0, 4 )
-
-class XEditAttributeList : public XEditAttributeListImpl
-{
-public:
-    XEditAttribute* FindAttrib( USHORT nWhich, USHORT nChar ) const;
-};
-
-struct XParaPortion
-{
-    long                nHeight;
-    USHORT              nFirstLineOffset;
-
-    EditLineList        aLines;
-    TextPortionList     aTextPortions;
-};
-
-typedef XParaPortion* XParaPortionPtr;
-SV_DECL_PTRARR( XBaseParaPortionList, XParaPortionPtr, 0, 4 )
-
-class XParaPortionList : public  XBaseParaPortionList
-{
-    ULONG       nRefDevPtr;
-    OutDevType  eRefDevType;
-    MapMode     aRefMapMode;
-    ULONG       nPaperWidth;
-
-
-public:
-            XParaPortionList( OutputDevice* pRefDev, ULONG nPW ) :
-                aRefMapMode( pRefDev->GetMapMode() )
-                {
-                    nRefDevPtr = (ULONG)pRefDev; nPaperWidth = nPW;
-                    eRefDevType = pRefDev->GetOutDevType();
-                }
-
-    ULONG           GetRefDevPtr() const        { return nRefDevPtr; }
-    ULONG           GetPaperWidth() const       { return nPaperWidth; }
-    OutDevType      GetRefDevType() const       { return eRefDevType; }
-    const MapMode&  GetRefMapMode() const       { return aRefMapMode; }
-};
-
-/* cl removed because not needed anymore since binfilter
-struct LoadStoreTempInfos
-{
-    ByteString              aOrgString_Load;
-
-    FontToSubsFontConverter hOldSymbolConv_Store;
-    BOOL                    bSymbolParagraph_Store;
-
-
-    LoadStoreTempInfos() { bSymbolParagraph_Store = FALSE; hOldSymbolConv_Store = NULL; }
-};
-*/
-
-class ContentInfo
-{
-    friend class BinTextObject;
-
-private:
-    String              aText;
-    String              aStyle;
-    XEditAttributeList  aAttribs;
-    SfxStyleFamily      eFamily;
-    SfxItemSet          aParaAttribs;
-    WrongList*          pWrongs;
-
-/* cl removed because not needed anymore since binfilter
-    LoadStoreTempInfos* pTempLoadStoreInfos;
-*/
-
-                        ContentInfo( SfxItemPool& rPool );
-                        ContentInfo( const ContentInfo& rCopyFrom, SfxItemPool& rPoolToUse  );
-
-public:
-                        ~ContentInfo();
-
-    const String&       GetText()           const   { return aText; }
-    const String&       GetStyle()          const   { return aStyle; }
-    const XEditAttributeList& GetAttribs()  const   { return aAttribs; }
-    const SfxItemSet&   GetParaAttribs()    const   { return aParaAttribs; }
-    SfxStyleFamily      GetFamily()         const   { return eFamily; }
-
-    String&             GetText()           { return aText; }
-    String&             GetStyle()          { return aStyle; }
-    XEditAttributeList& GetAttribs()        { return aAttribs; }
-    SfxItemSet&         GetParaAttribs()    { return aParaAttribs; }
-    SfxStyleFamily&     GetFamily()         { return eFamily; }
-
-    WrongList*          GetWrongList() const            { return pWrongs; }
-    void                SetWrongList( WrongList* p )    { pWrongs = p; }
-    bool                operator==( const ContentInfo& rCompare ) const;
-
-    // #i102062#
-    bool isWrongListEqual(const ContentInfo& rCompare) const;
-};
-
-typedef ContentInfo* ContentInfoPtr;
-SV_DECL_PTRARR( ContentInfoList, ContentInfoPtr, 1, 4 )
-
-// MT 05/00: Sollte mal direkt EditTextObjekt werden => keine virtuellen Methoden mehr.
-
-class BinTextObject : public EditTextObject, public SfxItemPoolUser
-{
-    using EditTextObject::operator==;
-    using EditTextObject::isWrongListEqual;
-
-private:
-    ContentInfoList         aContents;
-    SfxItemPool*            pPool;
-    BOOL                    bOwnerOfPool;
-    XParaPortionList*       pPortionInfo;
-
-    sal_uInt32              nObjSettings;
-    USHORT                  nMetric;
-    USHORT                  nVersion;
-    USHORT                  nUserType;
-    USHORT                  nScriptType;
-
-    BOOL                    bVertical;
-    BOOL                    bStoreUnicodeStrings;
-
-protected:
-    void                    DeleteContents();
-    virtual void            StoreData( SvStream& rOStream ) const;
-    virtual void            CreateData( SvStream& rIStream );
-    BOOL                    ImpChangeStyleSheets( const String& rOldName, SfxStyleFamily eOldFamily,
-                                        const String& rNewName, SfxStyleFamily eNewFamily );
-
-public:
-                            BinTextObject( SfxItemPool* pPool );
-                            BinTextObject( const BinTextObject& );
-    virtual                 ~BinTextObject();
-
-    virtual EditTextObject* Clone() const;
-
-    USHORT                  GetUserType() const;
-    void                    SetUserType( USHORT n );
-
-    ULONG                   GetObjectSettings() const;
-    void                    SetObjectSettings( ULONG n );
-
-    BOOL                    IsVertical() const;
-    void                    SetVertical( BOOL b );
-
-    USHORT                  GetScriptType() const;
-    void                    SetScriptType( USHORT nType );
-
-    USHORT                  GetVersion() const; // Solange der Outliner keine Recordlaenge speichert
-
-    ContentInfo*            CreateAndInsertContent();
-    XEditAttribute*         CreateAttrib( const SfxPoolItem& rItem, USHORT nStart, USHORT nEnd );
-    void                    DestroyAttrib( XEditAttribute* pAttr );
-
-    ContentInfoList&        GetContents()           { return aContents; }
-    const ContentInfoList&  GetContents() const     { return aContents; }
-    SfxItemPool*            GetPool() const         { return pPool; }
-    XParaPortionList*       GetPortionInfo() const  { return pPortionInfo; }
-    void                    SetPortionInfo( XParaPortionList* pP )
-                                { pPortionInfo = pP; }
-
-    virtual USHORT          GetParagraphCount() const;
-    virtual String          GetText( USHORT nParagraph ) const;
-    virtual void            Insert( const EditTextObject& rObj, USHORT nPara );
-    virtual EditTextObject* CreateTextObject( USHORT nPara, USHORT nParas = 1 ) const;
-    virtual void            RemoveParagraph( USHORT nPara );
-
-    virtual BOOL            HasPortionInfo() const;
-    virtual void            ClearPortionInfo();
-
-    virtual BOOL            HasOnlineSpellErrors() const;
-
-    virtual BOOL            HasCharAttribs( USHORT nWhich = 0 ) const;
-    virtual void            GetCharAttribs( USHORT nPara, EECharAttribArray& rLst ) const;
-
-    virtual BOOL            RemoveCharAttribs( USHORT nWhich = 0 );
-    virtual BOOL            RemoveParaAttribs( USHORT nWhich = 0 );
-
-    virtual void            MergeParaAttribs( const SfxItemSet& rAttribs, USHORT nStart, USHORT nEnd );
-
-    virtual BOOL            IsFieldObject() const;
-    virtual const SvxFieldItem* GetField() const;
-    virtual BOOL            HasField( TypeId Type = NULL ) const;
-
-    SfxItemSet              GetParaAttribs( USHORT nPara ) const;
-    void                    SetParaAttribs( USHORT nPara, const SfxItemSet& rAttribs );
-
-    virtual BOOL            HasStyleSheet( const XubString& rName, SfxStyleFamily eFamily ) const;
-    virtual void            GetStyleSheet( USHORT nPara, XubString& rName, SfxStyleFamily& eFamily ) const;
-    virtual void            SetStyleSheet( USHORT nPara, const XubString& rName, const SfxStyleFamily& eFamily );
-    virtual BOOL            ChangeStyleSheets(  const XubString& rOldName, SfxStyleFamily eOldFamily,
-                                                const String& rNewName, SfxStyleFamily eNewFamily );
-    virtual void            ChangeStyleSheetName( SfxStyleFamily eFamily, const XubString& rOldName, const XubString& rNewName );
-
-    void                    CreateData300( SvStream& rIStream );
-
-    BOOL                    HasMetric() const           { return nMetric != 0xFFFF; }
-    USHORT                  GetMetric() const           { return nMetric; }
-    void                    SetMetric( USHORT n )       { nMetric = n; }
-
-    BOOL                    IsOwnerOfPool() const       { return bOwnerOfPool; }
-    void                    StoreUnicodeStrings( BOOL b ) { bStoreUnicodeStrings = b; }
-
-/* cl removed because not needed anymore since binfilter
-    void                    PrepareStore( SfxStyleSheetPool* pStyleSheetPool );
-    void                    FinishStore();
-    void                    FinishLoad( SfxStyleSheetPool* pStyleSheetPool );
-*/
-
-    bool                    operator==( const BinTextObject& rCompare ) const;
-
-    // #i102062#
-    bool isWrongListEqual(const BinTextObject& rCompare) const;
-
-    // from SfxItemPoolUser
-    virtual void ObjectInDestruction(const SfxItemPool& rSfxItemPool);
-};
-
-#endif  // _EDITOBJ2_HXX
-
diff --git a/svx/source/editeng/editsel.cxx b/svx/source/editeng/editsel.cxx
deleted file mode 100644
index b29e4bcac45a..000000000000
--- a/svx/source/editeng/editsel.cxx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,124 +0,0 @@
-/*************************************************************************
- *
- * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
- *
- * Copyright 2008 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite
- *
- * $RCSfile: editsel.cxx,v $
- * $Revision: 1.7 $
- *
- * This file is part of OpenOffice.org.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3
- * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details
- * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code).
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org.  If not, see
- * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html>
- * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License.
- *
- ************************************************************************/
-
-// MARKER(update_precomp.py): autogen include statement, do not remove
-#include "precompiled_svx.hxx"
-
-#include <eeng_pch.hxx>
-
-#include <editsel.hxx>
-#include <impedit.hxx>
-#include <svx/editview.hxx>
-
-//  ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-//  class EditSelFunctionSet
-//  ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-EditSelFunctionSet::EditSelFunctionSet()
-{
-    pCurView = NULL;
-}
-
-void __EXPORT EditSelFunctionSet::CreateAnchor()
-{
-    if ( pCurView )
-        pCurView->pImpEditView->CreateAnchor();
-}
-
-void __EXPORT EditSelFunctionSet::DestroyAnchor()
-{
-    // Nur bei Mehrfachselektion
-}
-
-BOOL __EXPORT EditSelFunctionSet::SetCursorAtPoint( const Point& rPointPixel, BOOL )
-{
-    if ( pCurView )
-        return pCurView->pImpEditView->SetCursorAtPoint( rPointPixel );
-
-    return FALSE;
-}
-
-BOOL __EXPORT EditSelFunctionSet::IsSelectionAtPoint( const Point& rPointPixel )
-{
-    if ( pCurView )
-        return pCurView->pImpEditView->IsSelectionAtPoint( rPointPixel );
-
-    return FALSE;
-}
-
-void __EXPORT EditSelFunctionSet::DeselectAtPoint( const Point& )
-{
-// !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-// !  Implementieren, wenn Mehrfachselektion moeglich  !
-// !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-}
-
-void __EXPORT EditSelFunctionSet::BeginDrag()
-{
-    // Nur bei Mehrfachselektion
-}
-
-
-void __EXPORT EditSelFunctionSet::DeselectAll()
-{
-    if ( pCurView )
-        pCurView->pImpEditView->DeselectAll();
-}
-
-//  ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-//  class EditSelectionEngine
-//  ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-EditSelectionEngine::EditSelectionEngine() : SelectionEngine( (Window*)0 )
-{
-    // Wegen Bug OV: (1994)
-    // 1995: RangeSelection lassen, SingleSelection nur fuer ListBoxen geeignet!
-    SetSelectionMode( RANGE_SELECTION );
-    EnableDrag( TRUE );
-}
-
-void EditSelectionEngine::SetCurView( EditView* pNewView )
-{
-    if ( GetFunctionSet() )
-        ((EditSelFunctionSet*)GetFunctionSet())->SetCurView( pNewView );
-
-    if ( pNewView )
-        SetWindow( pNewView->GetWindow() );
-    else
-        SetWindow( (Window*)0 );
-}
-
-EditView* EditSelectionEngine::GetCurView()
-{
-    EditView* pView = 0;
-    if ( GetFunctionSet() )
-        pView = ((EditSelFunctionSet*)GetFunctionSet())->GetCurView();
-
-    return pView;
-}
-
diff --git a/svx/source/editeng/editsel.hxx b/svx/source/editeng/editsel.hxx
deleted file mode 100644
index 8e1e88dd73ed..000000000000
--- a/svx/source/editeng/editsel.hxx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
-/*************************************************************************
- *
- * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
- *
- * Copyright 2008 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite
- *
- * $RCSfile: editsel.hxx,v $
- * $Revision: 1.4 $
- *
- * This file is part of OpenOffice.org.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3
- * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details
- * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code).
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org.  If not, see
- * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html>
- * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License.
- *
- ************************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef _EDITSEL_HXX
-#define _EDITSEL_HXX
-
-#include <vcl/seleng.hxx>
-
-class EditView;
-
-//  ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-//  class EditSelFunctionSet
-//  ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-class EditSelFunctionSet: public FunctionSet
-{
-private:
-    EditView*       pCurView;
-
-public:
-                    EditSelFunctionSet();
-
-    virtual void    BeginDrag();
-
-    virtual void    CreateAnchor();
-    virtual void    DestroyAnchor();
-
-    virtual BOOL    SetCursorAtPoint( const Point& rPointPixel, BOOL bDontSelectAtCursor = FALSE );
-
-    virtual BOOL    IsSelectionAtPoint( const Point& rPointPixel );
-    virtual void    DeselectAtPoint( const Point& rPointPixel );
-    virtual void    DeselectAll();
-
-    void            SetCurView( EditView* pView )       { pCurView = pView; }
-    EditView*       GetCurView()                        { return pCurView; }
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-//  class EditSelectionEngine
-//  ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-class EditSelectionEngine : public SelectionEngine
-{
-private:
-
-public:
-                    EditSelectionEngine();
-
-    void            SetCurView( EditView* pNewView );
-    EditView*       GetCurView();
-};
-
-#endif // _EDITSEL_HXX
diff --git a/svx/source/editeng/editstt2.hxx b/svx/source/editeng/editstt2.hxx
deleted file mode 100644
index e8b0128cf7ee..000000000000
--- a/svx/source/editeng/editstt2.hxx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,133 +0,0 @@
-/*************************************************************************
- *
- * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
- *
- * Copyright 2008 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite
- *
- * $RCSfile: editstt2.hxx,v $
- * $Revision: 1.3 $
- *
- * This file is part of OpenOffice.org.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3
- * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details
- * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code).
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org.  If not, see
- * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html>
- * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License.
- *
- ************************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef _EDITSTT2_HXX
-#define _EDITSTT2_HXX
-
-#include <editstat.hxx>
-
-class InternalEditStatus : public EditStatus
-{
-
-public:
-            InternalEditStatus() { ; }
-
-    void    TurnOnFlags( ULONG nFlags )
-                { nControlBits |= nFlags; }
-
-    void    TurnOffFlags( ULONG nFlags )
-                { nControlBits &= ~nFlags; }
-
-    void    TurnOnStatusBits( ULONG nBits )
-                { nStatusBits |= nBits; }
-
-    void    TurnOffStatusBits( ULONG nBits )
-                { nStatusBits &= ~nBits; }
-
-
-    BOOL    UseCharAttribs() const
-                { return ( ( nControlBits & EE_CNTRL_USECHARATTRIBS ) != 0 ); }
-
-    BOOL    NotifyCursorMovements() const
-                { return ( ( nControlBits & EE_CNTRL_CRSRLEFTPARA ) != 0 ); }
-
-    BOOL    UseIdleFormatter() const
-                { return ( ( nControlBits & EE_CNTRL_DOIDLEFORMAT) != 0 ); }
-
-    BOOL    AllowPasteSpecial() const
-                { return ( ( nControlBits & EE_CNTRL_PASTESPECIAL ) != 0 ); }
-
-    BOOL    DoAutoIndenting() const
-                { return ( ( nControlBits & EE_CNTRL_AUTOINDENTING ) != 0 ); }
-
-    BOOL    DoUndoAttribs() const
-                { return ( ( nControlBits & EE_CNTRL_UNDOATTRIBS ) != 0 ); }
-
-    BOOL    OneCharPerLine() const
-                { return ( ( nControlBits & EE_CNTRL_ONECHARPERLINE ) != 0 ); }
-
-    BOOL    IsOutliner() const
-                { return ( ( nControlBits & EE_CNTRL_OUTLINER ) != 0 ); }
-
-    BOOL    IsOutliner2() const
-                { return ( ( nControlBits & EE_CNTRL_OUTLINER2 ) != 0 ); }
-
-    BOOL    IsAnyOutliner() const
-                { return IsOutliner() || IsOutliner2(); }
-
-    BOOL    DoNotUseColors() const
-                { return ( ( nControlBits & EE_CNTRL_NOCOLORS ) != 0 ); }
-
-    BOOL    AllowBigObjects() const
-                { return ( ( nControlBits & EE_CNTRL_ALLOWBIGOBJS ) != 0 ); }
-
-    BOOL    DoOnlineSpelling() const
-                { return ( ( nControlBits & EE_CNTRL_ONLINESPELLING ) != 0 ); }
-
-    BOOL    DoStretch() const
-                { return ( ( nControlBits & EE_CNTRL_STRETCHING ) != 0 ); }
-
-    BOOL    AutoPageSize() const
-                { return ( ( nControlBits & EE_CNTRL_AUTOPAGESIZE ) != 0 ); }
-    BOOL    AutoPageWidth() const
-                { return ( ( nControlBits & EE_CNTRL_AUTOPAGESIZEX ) != 0 ); }
-    BOOL    AutoPageHeight() const
-                { return ( ( nControlBits & EE_CNTRL_AUTOPAGESIZEY ) != 0 ); }
-
-    BOOL    MarkFields() const
-                { return ( ( nControlBits & EE_CNTRL_MARKFIELDS ) != 0 ); }
-
-    BOOL    DoRestoreFont() const
-                { return ( ( nControlBits & EE_CNTRL_RESTOREFONT ) != 0 ); }
-
-    BOOL    DoImportRTFStyleSheets() const
-                { return ( ( nControlBits & EE_CNTRL_RTFSTYLESHEETS ) != 0 ); }
-
-    BOOL    DoAutoCorrect() const
-                { return ( ( nControlBits & EE_CNTRL_AUTOCORRECT ) != 0 ); }
-
-    BOOL    DoAutoComplete() const
-                { return ( ( nControlBits & EE_CNTRL_AUTOCOMPLETE ) != 0 ); }
-
-    BOOL    DoTabIndenting() const
-                { return ( ( nControlBits & EE_CNTRL_TABINDENTING ) != 0 ); }
-
-    BOOL    DoFormat100() const
-                { return ( ( nControlBits & EE_CNTRL_FORMAT100 ) != 0 ); }
-
-    BOOL    ULSpaceSummation() const
-                { return ( ( nControlBits & EE_CNTRL_ULSPACESUMMATION ) != 0 ); }
-
-    BOOL    ULSpaceFirstParagraph() const
-                { return ( ( nControlBits & EE_CNTRL_ULSPACEFIRSTPARA ) != 0 ); }
-};
-
-#endif // _EDITSTT2_HXX
-
diff --git a/svx/source/editeng/editundo.cxx b/svx/source/editeng/editundo.cxx
deleted file mode 100644
index 3dceb952d779..000000000000
--- a/svx/source/editeng/editundo.cxx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,753 +0,0 @@
-/*************************************************************************
- *
- * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
- *
- * Copyright 2008 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite
- *
- * $RCSfile: editundo.cxx,v $
- * $Revision: 1.10 $
- *
- * This file is part of OpenOffice.org.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3
- * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details
- * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code).
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org.  If not, see
- * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html>
- * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License.
- *
- ************************************************************************/
-
-// MARKER(update_precomp.py): autogen include statement, do not remove
-#include "precompiled_svx.hxx"
-
-#include <eeng_pch.hxx>
-
-#include <impedit.hxx>
-#include <editundo.hxx>
-#include <svx/editview.hxx>
-#include <svx/editeng.hxx>
-
-DBG_NAME( EditUndo )
-
-#define MAX_UNDOS   100     // ab dieser Menge darf geloescht werden....
-#define MIN_UNDOS   50      // soviel muss stehen bleiben...
-
-#define NO_UNDO         0xFFFF
-#define GROUP_NOTFOUND  0xFFFF
-
-TYPEINIT1( EditUndo, SfxUndoAction );
-TYPEINIT1( EditUndoDelContent, EditUndo );
-TYPEINIT1( EditUndoConnectParas, EditUndo );
-TYPEINIT1( EditUndoSplitPara, EditUndo );
-TYPEINIT1( EditUndoInsertChars, EditUndo );
-TYPEINIT1( EditUndoRemoveChars, EditUndo );
-TYPEINIT1( EditUndoInsertFeature, EditUndo );
-TYPEINIT1( EditUndoMoveParagraphs, EditUndo );
-TYPEINIT1( EditUndoSetStyleSheet, EditUndo );
-TYPEINIT1( EditUndoSetParaAttribs, EditUndo );
-TYPEINIT1( EditUndoSetAttribs, EditUndo );
-TYPEINIT1( EditUndoTransliteration, EditUndo );
-TYPEINIT1( EditUndoMarkSelection, EditUndo );
-
-void lcl_DoSetSelection( EditView* pView, USHORT nPara )
-{
-    EPaM aEPaM( nPara, 0 );
-    EditPaM aPaM( pView->GetImpEditEngine()->CreateEditPaM( aEPaM ) );
-    aPaM.SetIndex( aPaM.GetNode()->Len() );
-    EditSelection aSel( aPaM, aPaM );
-    pView->GetImpEditView()->SetEditSelection( aSel );
-}
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EditUndoManager
-// ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-EditUndoManager::EditUndoManager( ImpEditEngine* p )
-{
-    pImpEE = p;
-}
-
-BOOL __EXPORT EditUndoManager::Undo( USHORT nCount )
-{
-    if ( GetUndoActionCount() == 0 )
-        return FALSE;
-
-    DBG_ASSERT( pImpEE->GetActiveView(), "Active View?" );
-
-    if ( !pImpEE->GetActiveView() )
-    {
-        if ( pImpEE->GetEditViews().Count() )
-            pImpEE->SetActiveView( pImpEE->GetEditViews().GetObject(0) );
-        else
-        {
-            DBG_ERROR( "Undo in Engine ohne View nicht moeglich!" );
-            return FALSE;
-        }
-    }
-
-    pImpEE->GetActiveView()->GetImpEditView()->DrawSelection(); // alte Selektion entfernen
-
-    pImpEE->SetUndoMode( TRUE );
-    BOOL bDone = SfxUndoManager::Undo( nCount );
-    pImpEE->SetUndoMode( FALSE );
-
-    EditSelection aNewSel( pImpEE->GetActiveView()->GetImpEditView()->GetEditSelection() );
-    DBG_ASSERT( !aNewSel.IsInvalid(), "Ungueltige Selektion nach Undo()" );
-    DBG_ASSERT( !aNewSel.DbgIsBuggy( pImpEE->GetEditDoc() ), "Kaputte Selektion nach Undo()" );
-
-    aNewSel.Min() = aNewSel.Max();
-    pImpEE->GetActiveView()->GetImpEditView()->SetEditSelection( aNewSel );
-    pImpEE->FormatAndUpdate( pImpEE->GetActiveView() );
-
-    return bDone;
-}
-
-BOOL __EXPORT EditUndoManager::Redo( USHORT nCount )
-{
-    if ( GetRedoActionCount() == 0 )
-        return FALSE;
-
-    DBG_ASSERT( pImpEE->GetActiveView(), "Active View?" );
-
-    if ( !pImpEE->GetActiveView() )
-    {
-        if ( pImpEE->GetEditViews().Count() )
-            pImpEE->SetActiveView( pImpEE->GetEditViews().GetObject(0) );
-        else
-        {
-            DBG_ERROR( "Redo in Engine ohne View nicht moeglich!" );
-            return FALSE;
-        }
-    }
-
-    pImpEE->GetActiveView()->GetImpEditView()->DrawSelection(); // alte Selektion entfernen
-
-    pImpEE->SetUndoMode( TRUE );
-    BOOL bDone = SfxUndoManager::Redo( nCount );
-    pImpEE->SetUndoMode( FALSE );
-
-    EditSelection aNewSel( pImpEE->GetActiveView()->GetImpEditView()->GetEditSelection() );
-    DBG_ASSERT( !aNewSel.IsInvalid(), "Ungueltige Selektion nach Undo()" );
-    DBG_ASSERT( !aNewSel.DbgIsBuggy( pImpEE->GetEditDoc() ), "Kaputte Selektion nach Redo()" );
-
-    aNewSel.Min() = aNewSel.Max();
-    pImpEE->GetActiveView()->GetImpEditView()->SetEditSelection( aNewSel );
-    pImpEE->FormatAndUpdate( pImpEE->GetActiveView() );
-
-    return bDone;
-}
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EditUndo
-// ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-EditUndo::EditUndo( USHORT nI, ImpEditEngine* p )
-{
-    DBG_CTOR( EditUndo, 0 );
-    nId = nI;
-    pImpEE = p;
-}
-
-EditUndo::~EditUndo()
-{
-    DBG_DTOR( EditUndo, 0 );
-}
-
-USHORT __EXPORT EditUndo::GetId() const
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditUndo, 0 );
-    return nId;
-}
-
-BOOL __EXPORT EditUndo::CanRepeat(SfxRepeatTarget&) const
-{
-    return FALSE;
-}
-
-XubString __EXPORT EditUndo::GetComment() const
-{
-    XubString aComment;
-    if ( pImpEE )
-    {
-        EditEngine* pEditEng = pImpEE->GetEditEnginePtr();
-        aComment = pEditEng->GetUndoComment( GetId() );
-    }
-    return aComment;
-}
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EditUndoDelContent
-// ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-EditUndoDelContent::EditUndoDelContent( ImpEditEngine* _pImpEE, ContentNode* pNode, USHORT n )
-                    : EditUndo( EDITUNDO_DELCONTENT, _pImpEE )
-{
-    pContentNode = pNode;
-    nNode = n;
-    bDelObject = TRUE;
-}
-
-EditUndoDelContent::~EditUndoDelContent()
-{
-    if ( bDelObject )
-        delete pContentNode;
-}
-
-void __EXPORT EditUndoDelContent::Undo()
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( GetImpEditEngine()->GetActiveView(), "Undo/Redo: Keine Active View!" );
-    GetImpEditEngine()->InsertContent( pContentNode, nNode );
-    bDelObject = FALSE; // gehoert wieder der Engine
-    EditSelection aSel( EditPaM( pContentNode, 0 ), EditPaM( pContentNode, pContentNode->Len() ) );
-    GetImpEditEngine()->GetActiveView()->GetImpEditView()->SetEditSelection( aSel );
-}
-
-void __EXPORT EditUndoDelContent::Redo()
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( GetImpEditEngine()->GetActiveView(), "Undo/Redo: Keine Active View!" );
-
-    ImpEditEngine* _pImpEE = GetImpEditEngine();
-
-    // pNode stimmt nicht mehr, falls zwischendurch Undos, in denen
-    // Absaetze verschmolzen sind.
-    pContentNode = _pImpEE->GetEditDoc().SaveGetObject( nNode );
-    DBG_ASSERT( pContentNode, "EditUndoDelContent::Redo(): Node?!" );
-
-    delete _pImpEE->GetParaPortions()[nNode];
-    _pImpEE->GetParaPortions().Remove( nNode );
-
-    // Node nicht loeschen, haengt im Undo!
-    _pImpEE->GetEditDoc().Remove( nNode );
-    if( _pImpEE->IsCallParaInsertedOrDeleted() )
-        _pImpEE->GetEditEnginePtr()->ParagraphDeleted( nNode );
-
-    DeletedNodeInfo* pInf = new DeletedNodeInfo( (ULONG)pContentNode, nNode );
-    _pImpEE->aDeletedNodes.Insert( pInf, _pImpEE->aDeletedNodes.Count() );
-    _pImpEE->UpdateSelections();
-
-    ContentNode* pN = ( nNode < _pImpEE->GetEditDoc().Count() )
-        ? _pImpEE->GetEditDoc().SaveGetObject( nNode )
-        : _pImpEE->GetEditDoc().SaveGetObject( nNode-1 );
-    DBG_ASSERT( pN && ( pN != pContentNode ), "?! RemoveContent !? " );
-    EditPaM aPaM( pN, pN->Len() );
-
-    bDelObject = TRUE;  // gehoert wieder dem Undo
-
-    _pImpEE->GetActiveView()->GetImpEditView()->SetEditSelection( EditSelection( aPaM, aPaM ) );
-}
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EditUndoConnectParas
-// ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-EditUndoConnectParas::EditUndoConnectParas( ImpEditEngine* _pImpEE, USHORT nN, USHORT nSP,
-                                            const SfxItemSet& rLeftParaAttribs, const SfxItemSet& rRightParaAttribs,
-                                            const SfxStyleSheet* pLeftStyle, const SfxStyleSheet* pRightStyle, BOOL bBkwrd )
-                    :   EditUndo( EDITUNDO_CONNECTPARAS, _pImpEE ),
-                        aLeftParaAttribs( rLeftParaAttribs ),
-                        aRightParaAttribs( rRightParaAttribs )
-{
-    nNode   = nN;
-    nSepPos = nSP;
-
-    if ( pLeftStyle )
-    {
-        aLeftStyleName = pLeftStyle->GetName();
-        eLeftStyleFamily = pLeftStyle->GetFamily();
-    }
-    if ( pRightStyle )
-    {
-        aRightStyleName = pRightStyle->GetName();
-        eRightStyleFamily = pRightStyle->GetFamily();
-    }
-
-    bBackward = bBkwrd;
-}
-
-EditUndoConnectParas::~EditUndoConnectParas()
-{
-}
-
-void __EXPORT EditUndoConnectParas::Undo()
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( GetImpEditEngine()->GetActiveView(), "Undo/Redo: Keine Active View!" );
-
-    // Bei SplitContent darf noch kein ParagraphInserted gerufen werden,
-    // weil der Outliner sich auf die Attribute verlaesst um die Tiefe
-    // des Absatzes zu initialisieren
-
-    BOOL bCall = GetImpEditEngine()->IsCallParaInsertedOrDeleted();
-    GetImpEditEngine()->SetCallParaInsertedOrDeleted( FALSE );
-
-    EditPaM aPaM = GetImpEditEngine()->SplitContent( nNode, nSepPos );
-    GetImpEditEngine()->SetParaAttribs( nNode, aLeftParaAttribs );
-    GetImpEditEngine()->SetParaAttribs( nNode+1, aRightParaAttribs );
-
-    GetImpEditEngine()->SetCallParaInsertedOrDeleted( bCall );
-    if ( GetImpEditEngine()->IsCallParaInsertedOrDeleted() )
-        GetImpEditEngine()->GetEditEnginePtr()->ParagraphInserted( nNode+1 );
-
-    if ( GetImpEditEngine()->GetStyleSheetPool() )
-    {
-        if ( aLeftStyleName.Len() )
-            GetImpEditEngine()->SetStyleSheet( (USHORT)nNode, (SfxStyleSheet*)GetImpEditEngine()->GetStyleSheetPool()->Find( aLeftStyleName, eLeftStyleFamily ) );
-        if ( aRightStyleName.Len() )
-            GetImpEditEngine()->SetStyleSheet( nNode+1, (SfxStyleSheet*)GetImpEditEngine()->GetStyleSheetPool()->Find( aRightStyleName, eRightStyleFamily ) );
-    }
-
-    GetImpEditEngine()->GetActiveView()->GetImpEditView()->SetEditSelection( EditSelection( aPaM, aPaM ) );
-}
-
-void __EXPORT EditUndoConnectParas::Redo()
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( GetImpEditEngine()->GetActiveView(), "Undo/Redo: Keine Active View!" );
-    EditPaM aPaM = GetImpEditEngine()->ConnectContents( nNode, bBackward );
-
-    GetImpEditEngine()->GetActiveView()->GetImpEditView()->SetEditSelection( EditSelection( aPaM, aPaM ) );
-}
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EditUndoSplitPara
-// ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-EditUndoSplitPara::EditUndoSplitPara( ImpEditEngine* _pImpEE, USHORT nN, USHORT nSP )
-                    : EditUndo( EDITUNDO_SPLITPARA, _pImpEE )
-{
-    nNode   = nN;
-    nSepPos = nSP;
-}
-
-EditUndoSplitPara::~EditUndoSplitPara()
-{
-}
-
-void __EXPORT EditUndoSplitPara::Undo()
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( GetImpEditEngine()->GetActiveView(), "Undo/Redo: Keine Active View!" );
-    EditPaM aPaM = GetImpEditEngine()->ConnectContents( nNode, FALSE );
-    GetImpEditEngine()->GetActiveView()->GetImpEditView()->SetEditSelection( EditSelection( aPaM, aPaM ) );
-}
-
-void __EXPORT EditUndoSplitPara::Redo()
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( GetImpEditEngine()->GetActiveView(), "Undo/Redo: Keine Active View!" );
-    EditPaM aPaM = GetImpEditEngine()->SplitContent( nNode, nSepPos );
-    GetImpEditEngine()->GetActiveView()->GetImpEditView()->SetEditSelection( EditSelection( aPaM, aPaM ) );
-}
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EditUndoInsertChars
-// ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-EditUndoInsertChars::EditUndoInsertChars( ImpEditEngine* _pImpEE, const EPaM& rEPaM, const XubString& rStr )
-                    : EditUndo( EDITUNDO_INSERTCHARS, _pImpEE ),
-                        aEPaM( rEPaM ), aText( rStr )
-{
-}
-
-void __EXPORT EditUndoInsertChars::Undo()
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( GetImpEditEngine()->GetActiveView(), "Undo/Redo: Keine Active View!" );
-    EditPaM aPaM( GetImpEditEngine()->CreateEditPaM( aEPaM ) );
-    EditSelection aSel( aPaM, aPaM );
-    aSel.Max().GetIndex() = aSel.Max().GetIndex() + aText.Len();
-    EditPaM aNewPaM( GetImpEditEngine()->ImpDeleteSelection( aSel ) );
-    GetImpEditEngine()->GetActiveView()->GetImpEditView()->SetEditSelection( EditSelection( aNewPaM, aNewPaM ) );
-}
-
-void __EXPORT EditUndoInsertChars::Redo()
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( GetImpEditEngine()->GetActiveView(), "Undo/Redo: Keine Active View!" );
-    EditPaM aPaM( GetImpEditEngine()->CreateEditPaM( aEPaM ) );
-    GetImpEditEngine()->ImpInsertText( EditSelection( aPaM, aPaM ), aText );
-    EditPaM aNewPaM( aPaM );
-    aNewPaM.GetIndex() = aNewPaM.GetIndex() + aText.Len();
-    GetImpEditEngine()->GetActiveView()->GetImpEditView()->SetEditSelection( EditSelection( aPaM, aNewPaM ) );
-}
-
-BOOL __EXPORT EditUndoInsertChars::Merge( SfxUndoAction* pNextAction )
-{
-    if ( !pNextAction->ISA( EditUndoInsertChars ) )
-        return FALSE;
-
-    EditUndoInsertChars* pNext = (EditUndoInsertChars*)pNextAction;
-
-    if ( aEPaM.nPara != pNext->aEPaM.nPara )
-        return FALSE;
-
-    if ( ( aEPaM.nIndex + aText.Len() ) == pNext->aEPaM.nIndex )
-    {
-        aText += pNext->aText;
-        return TRUE;
-    }
-    return FALSE;
-}
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EditUndoRemoveChars
-// ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-EditUndoRemoveChars::EditUndoRemoveChars( ImpEditEngine* _pImpEE, const EPaM& rEPaM, const XubString& rStr )
-                    : EditUndo( EDITUNDO_REMOVECHARS, _pImpEE ),
-                        aEPaM( rEPaM ), aText( rStr )
-{
-}
-
-void __EXPORT EditUndoRemoveChars::Undo()
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( GetImpEditEngine()->GetActiveView(), "Undo/Redo: Keine Active View!" );
-    EditPaM aPaM( GetImpEditEngine()->CreateEditPaM( aEPaM ) );
-    EditSelection aSel( aPaM, aPaM );
-    GetImpEditEngine()->ImpInsertText( aSel, aText );
-    aSel.Max().GetIndex() = aSel.Max().GetIndex() + aText.Len();
-    GetImpEditEngine()->GetActiveView()->GetImpEditView()->SetEditSelection( aSel );
-}
-
-void __EXPORT EditUndoRemoveChars::Redo()
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( GetImpEditEngine()->GetActiveView(), "Undo/Redo: Keine Active View!" );
-    EditPaM aPaM( GetImpEditEngine()->CreateEditPaM( aEPaM ) );
-    EditSelection aSel( aPaM, aPaM );
-    aSel.Max().GetIndex() = aSel.Max().GetIndex() + aText.Len();
-    EditPaM aNewPaM = GetImpEditEngine()->ImpDeleteSelection( aSel );
-    GetImpEditEngine()->GetActiveView()->GetImpEditView()->SetEditSelection( aNewPaM );
-}
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EditUndoInsertFeature
-// ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-EditUndoInsertFeature::EditUndoInsertFeature( ImpEditEngine* _pImpEE, const EPaM& rEPaM, const SfxPoolItem& rFeature)
-                    : EditUndo( EDITUNDO_INSERTFEATURE, _pImpEE ), aEPaM( rEPaM )
-{
-    pFeature = rFeature.Clone();
-    DBG_ASSERT( pFeature, "Feature konnte nicht dupliziert werden: EditUndoInsertFeature" );
-}
-
-EditUndoInsertFeature::~EditUndoInsertFeature()
-{
-    delete pFeature;
-}
-
-void __EXPORT EditUndoInsertFeature::Undo()
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( GetImpEditEngine()->GetActiveView(), "Undo/Redo: Keine Active View!" );
-    EditPaM aPaM( GetImpEditEngine()->CreateEditPaM( aEPaM ) );
-    EditSelection aSel( aPaM, aPaM );
-    // Attribute werden dort implizit vom Dokument korrigiert...
-    aSel.Max().GetIndex()++;
-    EditPaM aNewPaM = GetImpEditEngine()->ImpDeleteSelection( aSel );
-    aSel.Max().GetIndex()--;    // Fuer Selektion
-    GetImpEditEngine()->GetActiveView()->GetImpEditView()->SetEditSelection( aSel );
-}
-
-void __EXPORT EditUndoInsertFeature::Redo()
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( GetImpEditEngine()->GetActiveView(), "Undo/Redo: Keine Active View!" );
-    EditPaM aPaM( GetImpEditEngine()->CreateEditPaM( aEPaM ) );
-    EditSelection aSel( aPaM, aPaM );
-    GetImpEditEngine()->ImpInsertFeature( aSel, *pFeature );
-    if ( pFeature->Which() == EE_FEATURE_FIELD )
-        GetImpEditEngine()->UpdateFields();
-    aSel.Max().GetIndex()++;
-    GetImpEditEngine()->GetActiveView()->GetImpEditView()->SetEditSelection( aSel );
-}
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EditUndoMoveParagraphs
-// ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-EditUndoMoveParagraphs::EditUndoMoveParagraphs
-                            ( ImpEditEngine* _pImpEE, const Range& rParas, USHORT n )
-                            :   EditUndo( EDITUNDO_MOVEPARAGRAPHS, _pImpEE ),
-                                nParagraphs( rParas )
-{
-    nDest = n;
-}
-
-EditUndoMoveParagraphs::~EditUndoMoveParagraphs()
-{
-}
-
-void __EXPORT EditUndoMoveParagraphs::Undo()
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( GetImpEditEngine()->GetActiveView(), "Undo/Redo: Keine Active View!" );
-    Range aTmpRange( nParagraphs );
-    long nTmpDest = aTmpRange.Min();
-
-    long nDiff = ( nDest - aTmpRange.Min() );
-    aTmpRange.Min() += nDiff;
-    aTmpRange.Max() += nDiff;
-
-    if ( nParagraphs.Min() < (long)nDest )
-    {
-        long nLen = aTmpRange.Len();
-        aTmpRange.Min() -= nLen;
-        aTmpRange.Max() -= nLen;
-    }
-    else
-        nTmpDest += aTmpRange.Len();
-
-    EditSelection aNewSel( GetImpEditEngine()->MoveParagraphs( aTmpRange, (USHORT)nTmpDest, 0 ) );
-    GetImpEditEngine()->GetActiveView()->GetImpEditView()->SetEditSelection( aNewSel );
-}
-
-void __EXPORT EditUndoMoveParagraphs::Redo()
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( GetImpEditEngine()->GetActiveView(), "Undo/Redo: Keine Active View!" );
-    EditSelection aNewSel( GetImpEditEngine()->MoveParagraphs( nParagraphs, nDest, 0 ) );
-    GetImpEditEngine()->GetActiveView()->GetImpEditView()->SetEditSelection( aNewSel );
-}
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EditUndoSetStyleSheet
-// ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-EditUndoSetStyleSheet::EditUndoSetStyleSheet( ImpEditEngine* _pImpEE, USHORT nP,
-                        const XubString& rPrevName, SfxStyleFamily ePrevFam,
-                        const XubString& rNewName, SfxStyleFamily eNewFam,
-                        const SfxItemSet& rPrevParaAttribs )
-    : EditUndo( EDITUNDO_STYLESHEET, _pImpEE ), aPrevName( rPrevName ), aNewName( rNewName ),
-      aPrevParaAttribs( rPrevParaAttribs )
-{
-    ePrevFamily = ePrevFam;
-    eNewFamily = eNewFam;
-    nPara = nP;
-}
-
-EditUndoSetStyleSheet::~EditUndoSetStyleSheet()
-{
-}
-
-void __EXPORT EditUndoSetStyleSheet::Undo()
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( GetImpEditEngine()->GetActiveView(), "Undo/Redo: Keine Active View!" );
-    GetImpEditEngine()->SetStyleSheet( nPara, (SfxStyleSheet*)GetImpEditEngine()->GetStyleSheetPool()->Find( aPrevName, ePrevFamily ) );
-    GetImpEditEngine()->SetParaAttribs( nPara, aPrevParaAttribs );
-    lcl_DoSetSelection( GetImpEditEngine()->GetActiveView(), nPara );
-}
-
-void __EXPORT EditUndoSetStyleSheet::Redo()
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( GetImpEditEngine()->GetActiveView(), "Undo/Redo: Keine Active View!" );
-    GetImpEditEngine()->SetStyleSheet( nPara, (SfxStyleSheet*)GetImpEditEngine()->GetStyleSheetPool()->Find( aNewName, eNewFamily ) );
-    lcl_DoSetSelection( GetImpEditEngine()->GetActiveView(), nPara );
-}
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EditUndoSetParaAttribs
-// ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-EditUndoSetParaAttribs::EditUndoSetParaAttribs( ImpEditEngine* _pImpEE, USHORT nP, const SfxItemSet& rPrevItems, const SfxItemSet& rNewItems )
-    : EditUndo( EDITUNDO_PARAATTRIBS, _pImpEE ),
-      aPrevItems( rPrevItems ),
-      aNewItems(rNewItems )
-{
-    nPara = nP;
-}
-
-EditUndoSetParaAttribs::~EditUndoSetParaAttribs()
-{
-}
-
-void __EXPORT EditUndoSetParaAttribs::Undo()
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( GetImpEditEngine()->GetActiveView(), "Undo/Redo: Keine Active View!" );
-    GetImpEditEngine()->SetParaAttribs( nPara, aPrevItems );
-    lcl_DoSetSelection( GetImpEditEngine()->GetActiveView(), nPara );
-}
-
-void __EXPORT EditUndoSetParaAttribs::Redo()
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( GetImpEditEngine()->GetActiveView(), "Undo/Redo: Keine Active View!" );
-    GetImpEditEngine()->SetParaAttribs( nPara, aNewItems );
-    lcl_DoSetSelection( GetImpEditEngine()->GetActiveView(), nPara );
-}
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EditUndoSetAttribs
-// ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-EditUndoSetAttribs::EditUndoSetAttribs( ImpEditEngine* _pImpEE, const ESelection& rESel, const SfxItemSet& rNewItems )
-    : EditUndo( EDITUNDO_ATTRIBS, _pImpEE ),
-      aESel( rESel ),
-      aNewAttribs( rNewItems )
-{
-    // Wenn das EditUndoSetAttribs eigentlich ein RemoveAttribs ist, koennte
-    // man das eigentlich an einem leeren ItemSet erkennen, aber dann muesste
-    // an einigen Stellen abgefangen werden, das ggf. ein SetAttribs mit einem
-    // leeren ItemSet gemacht wird.
-    // => Ich habe lieber diesen Member spendiert...
-    bSetIsRemove = FALSE;
-    bRemoveParaAttribs = FALSE;
-    nRemoveWhich = 0;
-    nSpecial = 0;
-}
-
-EditUndoSetAttribs::~EditUndoSetAttribs()
-{
-    // Items aus Pool holen...
-    SfxItemPool* pPool = aNewAttribs.GetPool();
-    USHORT nContents = aPrevAttribs.Count();
-    for ( USHORT n = 0; n < nContents; n++ )
-    {
-        ContentAttribsInfo* pInf = aPrevAttribs[n];
-        DBG_ASSERT( pInf, "Undo_DTOR (SetAttribs): pInf = NULL!" );
-        for ( USHORT nAttr = 0; nAttr < pInf->GetPrevCharAttribs().Count(); nAttr++ )
-        {
-            EditCharAttrib* pX = pInf->GetPrevCharAttribs()[nAttr];
-            DBG_ASSERT( pX, "Undo_DTOR (SetAttribs): pX = NULL!" );
-            pPool->Remove( *pX->GetItem() );
-            delete pX;
-        }
-        delete pInf;
-    }
-}
-
-void __EXPORT EditUndoSetAttribs::Undo()
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( GetImpEditEngine()->GetActiveView(), "Undo/Redo: Keine Active View!" );
-    ImpEditEngine* _pImpEE = GetImpEditEngine();
-    BOOL bFields = FALSE;
-    for ( USHORT nPara = aESel.nStartPara; nPara <= aESel.nEndPara; nPara++ )
-    {
-        ContentAttribsInfo* pInf = aPrevAttribs[ (USHORT)(nPara-aESel.nStartPara) ];
-        DBG_ASSERT( pInf, "Undo (SetAttribs): pInf = NULL!" );
-
-        // erstmal die Absatzattribute...
-        _pImpEE->SetParaAttribs( nPara, pInf->GetPrevParaAttribs() );
-
-        // Dann die Zeichenattribute...
-        // Alle Attribute inkl. Features entfernen, werden wieder neu eingestellt.
-        _pImpEE->RemoveCharAttribs( nPara, 0, TRUE );
-        DBG_ASSERT( _pImpEE->GetEditDoc().SaveGetObject( nPara ), "Undo (SetAttribs): pNode = NULL!" );
-        ContentNode* pNode = _pImpEE->GetEditDoc().GetObject( nPara );
-        for ( USHORT nAttr = 0; nAttr < pInf->GetPrevCharAttribs().Count(); nAttr++ )
-        {
-            EditCharAttrib* pX = pInf->GetPrevCharAttribs()[nAttr];
-            DBG_ASSERT( pX, "Redo (SetAttribs): pX = NULL!" );
-            // wird autom. 'eingepoolt'.
-            _pImpEE->GetEditDoc().InsertAttrib( pNode, pX->GetStart(), pX->GetEnd(), *pX->GetItem() );
-            if ( pX->Which() == EE_FEATURE_FIELD )
-                bFields = TRUE;
-        }
-    }
-    if ( bFields )
-        _pImpEE->UpdateFields();
-    ImpSetSelection( GetImpEditEngine()->GetActiveView() );
-}
-
-void __EXPORT EditUndoSetAttribs::Redo()
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( GetImpEditEngine()->GetActiveView(), "Undo/Redo: Keine Active View!" );
-    ImpEditEngine* _pImpEE = GetImpEditEngine();
-
-    EditSelection aSel( _pImpEE->CreateSel( aESel ) );
-    if ( !bSetIsRemove )
-        _pImpEE->SetAttribs( aSel, aNewAttribs, nSpecial );
-    else
-        _pImpEE->RemoveCharAttribs( aSel, bRemoveParaAttribs, nRemoveWhich );
-
-    ImpSetSelection( GetImpEditEngine()->GetActiveView() );
-}
-
-void EditUndoSetAttribs::ImpSetSelection( EditView* /*pView*/ )
-{
-    ImpEditEngine* _pImpEE = GetImpEditEngine();
-    EditSelection aSel( _pImpEE->CreateSel( aESel ) );
-    GetImpEditEngine()->GetActiveView()->GetImpEditView()->SetEditSelection( aSel );
-}
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EditUndoTransliteration
-// ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-EditUndoTransliteration::EditUndoTransliteration( ImpEditEngine* _pImpEE, const ESelection& rESel, sal_Int32 nM )
-    : EditUndo( EDITUNDO_TRANSLITERATE, _pImpEE ), aOldESel( rESel )
-{
-    nMode = nM;
-    pTxtObj = NULL;
-}
-
-EditUndoTransliteration::~EditUndoTransliteration()
-{
-    delete pTxtObj;
-}
-
-void __EXPORT EditUndoTransliteration::Undo()
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( GetImpEditEngine()->GetActiveView(), "Undo/Redo: Keine Active View!" );
-
-    ImpEditEngine* _pImpEE = GetImpEditEngine();
-
-    EditSelection aSel( _pImpEE->CreateSel( aNewESel ) );
-
-    // Insert text, but don't expand Atribs at the current position:
-    aSel = _pImpEE->DeleteSelected( aSel );
-    EditSelection aDelSel( aSel );
-    aSel = _pImpEE->InsertParaBreak( aSel );
-    aDelSel.Max() = aSel.Min();
-    aDelSel.Max().GetNode()->GetCharAttribs().DeleteEmptyAttribs( _pImpEE->GetEditDoc().GetItemPool() );
-    EditSelection aNewSel;
-    if ( pTxtObj )
-    {
-        aNewSel = _pImpEE->InsertText( *pTxtObj, aSel );
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        aNewSel = _pImpEE->InsertText( aSel, aText );
-    }
-    if ( aNewSel.Min().GetNode() == aDelSel.Max().GetNode() )
-    {
-        aNewSel.Min().SetNode( aDelSel.Min().GetNode() );
-        aNewSel.Min().GetIndex() =
-            aNewSel.Min().GetIndex() + aDelSel.Min().GetIndex();
-    }
-    if ( aNewSel.Max().GetNode() == aDelSel.Max().GetNode() )
-    {
-        aNewSel.Max().SetNode( aDelSel.Min().GetNode() );
-        aNewSel.Max().GetIndex() =
-            aNewSel.Max().GetIndex() + aDelSel.Min().GetIndex();
-    }
-    _pImpEE->DeleteSelected( aDelSel );
-
-    GetImpEditEngine()->GetActiveView()->GetImpEditView()->SetEditSelection( aNewSel );
-}
-
-void __EXPORT EditUndoTransliteration::Redo()
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( GetImpEditEngine()->GetActiveView(), "Undo/Redo: Keine Active View!" );
-    ImpEditEngine* _pImpEE = GetImpEditEngine();
-
-    EditSelection aSel( _pImpEE->CreateSel( aOldESel ) );
-    EditSelection aNewSel = _pImpEE->TransliterateText( aSel, nMode );
-    GetImpEditEngine()->GetActiveView()->GetImpEditView()->SetEditSelection( aNewSel );
-}
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EditUndoMarkSelection
-// ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-EditUndoMarkSelection::EditUndoMarkSelection( ImpEditEngine* _pImpEE, const ESelection& rSel )
-    : EditUndo( EDITUNDO_MARKSELECTION, _pImpEE ), aSelection( rSel )
-{
-}
-
-EditUndoMarkSelection::~EditUndoMarkSelection()
-{
-}
-
-void __EXPORT EditUndoMarkSelection::Undo()
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( GetImpEditEngine()->GetActiveView(), "Undo/Redo: Keine Active View!" );
-    if ( GetImpEditEngine()->GetActiveView() )
-    {
-        if ( GetImpEditEngine()->IsFormatted() )
-            GetImpEditEngine()->GetActiveView()->SetSelection( aSelection );
-        else
-            GetImpEditEngine()->GetActiveView()->GetImpEditView()->SetEditSelection( GetImpEditEngine()->CreateSel( aSelection ) );
-    }
-}
-
-void __EXPORT EditUndoMarkSelection::Redo()
-{
-    // Fuer Redo unwichtig, weil am Anfang der Undo-Klammerung
-}
-
diff --git a/svx/source/editeng/editundo.hxx b/svx/source/editeng/editundo.hxx
deleted file mode 100644
index d3331c9b100a..000000000000
--- a/svx/source/editeng/editundo.hxx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,318 +0,0 @@
-/*************************************************************************
- *
- * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
- *
- * Copyright 2008 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite
- *
- * $RCSfile: editundo.hxx,v $
- * $Revision: 1.9 $
- *
- * This file is part of OpenOffice.org.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3
- * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details
- * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code).
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org.  If not, see
- * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html>
- * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License.
- *
- ************************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef _EDITUNDO_HXX
-#define _EDITUNDO_HXX
-
-#include <editdoc.hxx>
-#include <editund2.hxx>
-#include <svx/editdata.hxx>
-
-#define UNDO_NOACTION           0
-#define UNDO_NEWUNDO            1
-#define UNDO_UNDOSDELETED       2
-#define UNDO_EMPTYGROUPDELETED  3
-#define UNDO_INVALIDEND         4
-
-class ImpEditEngine;
-class EditView;
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EditUndoDelContent
-// ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-class EditUndoDelContent : public EditUndo
-{
-private:
-    BOOL            bDelObject;
-    USHORT          nNode;
-    ContentNode*    pContentNode;   // Zeigt auf das gueltige,
-                                    // nicht zerstoerte Objekt!
-
-public:
-                    TYPEINFO();
-                    EditUndoDelContent( ImpEditEngine* pImpEE, ContentNode* pNode, USHORT nPortio );
-                    ~EditUndoDelContent();
-
-    virtual void    Undo();
-    virtual void    Redo();
-};
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EditUndoConnectParas
-// ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-class EditUndoConnectParas : public EditUndo
-{
-private:
-    USHORT          nNode;
-    USHORT          nSepPos;
-    SfxItemSet      aLeftParaAttribs;
-    SfxItemSet      aRightParaAttribs;
-
-    // 2 Pointer waeren schoener, aber dann muesste es ein SfxListener sein.
-    String          aLeftStyleName;
-    String          aRightStyleName;
-    SfxStyleFamily  eLeftStyleFamily;
-    SfxStyleFamily  eRightStyleFamily;
-
-    BOOL            bBackward;
-
-public:
-                    TYPEINFO();
-                    EditUndoConnectParas( ImpEditEngine* pImpEE, USHORT nNode, USHORT nSepPos,
-                                            const SfxItemSet& rLeftParaAttribs, const SfxItemSet& rRightParaAttribs,
-                                            const SfxStyleSheet* pLeftStyle, const SfxStyleSheet* pRightStyle, BOOL bBackward );
-                    ~EditUndoConnectParas();
-
-    virtual void    Undo();
-    virtual void    Redo();
-};
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EditUndoSplitPara
-// ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-class EditUndoSplitPara : public EditUndo
-{
-private:
-    USHORT          nNode;
-    USHORT          nSepPos;
-
-public:
-                    TYPEINFO();
-                    EditUndoSplitPara( ImpEditEngine* pImpEE, USHORT nNode, USHORT nSepPos );
-                    ~EditUndoSplitPara();
-
-    virtual void    Undo();
-    virtual void    Redo();
-};
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EditUndoInsertChars
-// ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-class EditUndoInsertChars : public EditUndo
-{
-private:
-    EPaM            aEPaM;
-    String          aText;
-
-public:
-                    TYPEINFO();
-                    EditUndoInsertChars( ImpEditEngine* pImpEE, const EPaM& rEPaM, const String& rStr );
-
-    const EPaM&     GetEPaM() { return aEPaM; }
-    String&         GetStr() { return aText; }
-
-    virtual void    Undo();
-    virtual void    Redo();
-
-    virtual BOOL    Merge( SfxUndoAction *pNextAction );
-};
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EditUndoRemoveChars
-// ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-class EditUndoRemoveChars : public EditUndo
-{
-private:
-    EPaM            aEPaM;
-    String          aText;
-
-public:
-                    TYPEINFO();
-                    EditUndoRemoveChars( ImpEditEngine* pImpEE, const EPaM& rEPaM, const String& rStr );
-
-    const EPaM&     GetEPaM() { return aEPaM; }
-    String&         GetStr() { return aText; }
-
-    virtual void    Undo();
-    virtual void    Redo();
-};
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EditUndoInsertFeature
-// ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-class EditUndoInsertFeature : public EditUndo
-{
-private:
-    EPaM            aEPaM;
-    SfxPoolItem*    pFeature;
-
-public:
-                    TYPEINFO();
-                    EditUndoInsertFeature( ImpEditEngine* pImpEE, const EPaM& rEPaM,
-                                            const SfxPoolItem& rFeature);
-                    ~EditUndoInsertFeature();
-
-    virtual void    Undo();
-    virtual void    Redo();
-};
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EditUndoMoveParagraphs
-// ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-class EditUndoMoveParagraphs: public EditUndo
-{
-private:
-    Range           nParagraphs;
-    USHORT          nDest;
-
-public:
-                    TYPEINFO();
-                    EditUndoMoveParagraphs( ImpEditEngine* pImpEE, const Range& rParas, USHORT nDest );
-                    ~EditUndoMoveParagraphs();
-
-    virtual void    Undo();
-    virtual void    Redo();
-};
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EditUndoSetStyleSheet
-// ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-class EditUndoSetStyleSheet: public EditUndo
-{
-private:
-    USHORT          nPara;
-    XubString       aPrevName;
-    XubString       aNewName;
-    SfxStyleFamily  ePrevFamily;
-    SfxStyleFamily  eNewFamily;
-    SfxItemSet      aPrevParaAttribs;
-
-public:
-                    TYPEINFO();
-
-                    EditUndoSetStyleSheet( ImpEditEngine* pImpEE, USHORT nPara,
-                        const XubString& rPrevName, SfxStyleFamily ePrevFamily,
-                        const XubString& rNewName, SfxStyleFamily eNewFamily,
-                        const SfxItemSet& rPrevParaAttribs );
-                    ~EditUndoSetStyleSheet();
-
-    virtual void    Undo();
-    virtual void    Redo();
-};
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EditUndoSetParaAttribs
-// ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-class EditUndoSetParaAttribs: public EditUndo
-{
-private:
-    USHORT          nPara;
-    SfxItemSet      aPrevItems;
-    SfxItemSet      aNewItems;
-
-public:
-                    TYPEINFO();
-                    EditUndoSetParaAttribs( ImpEditEngine* pImpEE, USHORT nPara, const SfxItemSet& rPrevItems, const SfxItemSet& rNewItems );
-                    ~EditUndoSetParaAttribs();
-
-    virtual void    Undo();
-    virtual void    Redo();
-};
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EditUndoSetAttribs
-// ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-class EditUndoSetAttribs: public EditUndo
-{
-private:
-    ESelection          aESel;
-    SfxItemSet          aNewAttribs;
-    ContentInfoArray    aPrevAttribs;
-
-    BYTE                nSpecial;
-    BOOL                bSetIsRemove;
-    BOOL                bRemoveParaAttribs;
-    USHORT              nRemoveWhich;
-
-    void                ImpSetSelection( EditView* pView );
-
-
-public:
-                        TYPEINFO();
-                        EditUndoSetAttribs( ImpEditEngine* pImpEE, const ESelection& rESel, const SfxItemSet& rNewItems );
-                        ~EditUndoSetAttribs();
-
-    ContentInfoArray&   GetContentInfos()   { return aPrevAttribs; }
-    SfxItemSet&         GetNewAttribs()     { return aNewAttribs; }
-
-    void                SetSpecial( BYTE n )            { nSpecial = n; }
-    void                SetRemoveAttribs( BOOL b )      { bSetIsRemove = b; }
-    void                SetRemoveParaAttribs( BOOL b )  { bRemoveParaAttribs = b; }
-    void                SetRemoveWhich( USHORT n )      { nRemoveWhich = n; }
-
-    virtual void        Undo();
-    virtual void        Redo();
-};
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EditUndoTransliteration
-// ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-class EditUndoTransliteration: public EditUndo
-{
-private:
-    ESelection          aOldESel;
-    ESelection          aNewESel;
-
-    sal_Int32           nMode;
-    EditTextObject*     pTxtObj;
-    String              aText;
-
-public:
-                        TYPEINFO();
-                        EditUndoTransliteration( ImpEditEngine* pImpEE, const ESelection& rESel, sal_Int32 nMode );
-                        ~EditUndoTransliteration();
-
-    void                SetText( const String& rText ) { aText = rText; }
-    void                SetText( EditTextObject* pObj ) { pTxtObj = pObj; }
-    void                SetNewSelection( const ESelection& rSel ) { aNewESel = rSel; }
-
-    virtual void        Undo();
-    virtual void        Redo();
-};
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EditUndoMarkSelection
-// ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-class EditUndoMarkSelection: public EditUndo
-{
-private:
-    ESelection      aSelection;
-
-public:
-                    TYPEINFO();
-                    EditUndoMarkSelection( ImpEditEngine* pImpEE, const ESelection& rSel );
-                    ~EditUndoMarkSelection();
-
-    virtual void    Undo();
-    virtual void    Redo();
-};
-
-
-#endif // _EDITUNDO_HXX
diff --git a/svx/source/editeng/editview.cxx b/svx/source/editeng/editview.cxx
deleted file mode 100644
index e67d17832f6d..000000000000
--- a/svx/source/editeng/editview.cxx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1599 +0,0 @@
-/*************************************************************************
- *
- * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
- *
- * Copyright 2008 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite
- *
- * $RCSfile: editview.cxx,v $
- * $Revision: 1.52.74.1 $
- *
- * This file is part of OpenOffice.org.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3
- * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details
- * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code).
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org.  If not, see
- * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html>
- * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License.
- *
- ************************************************************************/
-
-// MARKER(update_precomp.py): autogen include statement, do not remove
-#include "precompiled_svx.hxx"
-#include <eeng_pch.hxx>
-
-#include <com/sun/star/i18n/WordType.hpp>
-#include <vcl/metric.hxx>
-
-#define _SOLAR__PRIVATE 1
-
-#include <i18npool/mslangid.hxx>
-#include <svl/languageoptions.hxx>
-#include <svtools/ctrltool.hxx>
-
-#include <sfx2/srchitem.hxx>
-
-#define _SVSTDARR_USHORTS
-#include <svl/svstdarr.hxx>
-
-#include <impedit.hxx>
-#include <svx/editeng.hxx>
-#include <svx/editview.hxx>
-#include <svx/flditem.hxx>
-#include <svx/svxacorr.hxx>
-#include <svx/langitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/fhgtitem.hxx>
-#include <eerdll.hxx>
-#include <eerdll2.hxx>
-#include <editeng.hrc>
-#include <dlgutil.hxx>
-#include <helpid.hrc>
-#include <i18npool/lang.h>
-#include <vcl/menu.hxx>
-#include <acorrcfg.hxx>
-#include <unolingu.hxx>
-#include <fontitem.hxx>
-
-#include <com/sun/star/frame/XStorable.hpp>
-#ifndef _COM_SUN_STAR_BEANS_PROPERTYVALUES_HDL_
-#include <com/sun/star/beans/PropertyValues.hdl>
-#endif
-#include <com/sun/star/lang/Locale.hpp>
-#include <linguistic/lngprops.hxx>
-#include <vcl/svapp.hxx>
-#include <vcl/settings.hxx>
-#include <unotools/lingucfg.hxx>
-
-
-using ::rtl::OUString;
-using namespace com::sun::star;
-using namespace com::sun::star::uno;
-using namespace com::sun::star::beans;
-using namespace com::sun::star::linguistic2;
-
-
-DBG_NAME( EditView )
-
-
-// From SW => Create common method
-LanguageType lcl_CheckLanguage(
-    const OUString &rText,
-    Reference< XSpellChecker1 > xSpell,
-    Reference< linguistic2::XLanguageGuessing > xLangGuess,
-    sal_Bool bIsParaText )
-{
-    LanguageType nLang = LANGUAGE_NONE;
-    if (bIsParaText)    // check longer texts with language-guessing...
-    {
-        if (!xLangGuess.is())
-            return nLang;
-
-        lang::Locale aLocale( xLangGuess->guessPrimaryLanguage( rText, 0, rText.getLength()) );
-
-        // get language as from "Tools/Options - Language Settings - Languages: Locale setting"
-        LanguageType nTmpLang = Application::GetSettings().GetLanguage();
-
-        // if the result from language guessing does not provide a 'Country' part
-        // try to get it by looking up the locale setting of the office.
-        if (aLocale.Country.getLength() == 0)
-        {
-            lang::Locale aTmpLocale = SvxCreateLocale( nTmpLang );
-            if (aTmpLocale.Language == aLocale.Language)
-                nLang = nTmpLang;
-        }
-        if (nLang == LANGUAGE_NONE) // language not found by looking up the sytem language...
-            nLang = MsLangId::convertLocaleToLanguageWithFallback( aLocale );
-        if (nLang == LANGUAGE_SYSTEM)
-            nLang = nTmpLang;
-        if (nLang == LANGUAGE_DONTKNOW)
-            nLang = LANGUAGE_NONE;
-    }
-    else    // check single word
-    {
-            if (!xSpell.is())
-            return nLang;
-
-        //
-        // build list of languages to check
-        //
-        LanguageType aLangList[4];
-        const AllSettings& rSettings  = Application::GetSettings();
-        SvtLinguOptions aLinguOpt;
-        SvtLinguConfig().GetOptions( aLinguOpt );
-        // The default document language from "Tools/Options - Language Settings - Languages: Western"
-        aLangList[0] = aLinguOpt.nDefaultLanguage;
-        // The one from "Tools/Options - Language Settings - Languages: User interface"
-        aLangList[1] = rSettings.GetUILanguage();
-        // The one from "Tools/Options - Language Settings - Languages: Locale setting"
-        aLangList[2] = rSettings.GetLanguage();
-        // en-US
-        aLangList[3] = LANGUAGE_ENGLISH_US;
-#ifdef DEBUG
-        lang::Locale a0( SvxCreateLocale( aLangList[0] ) );
-        lang::Locale a1( SvxCreateLocale( aLangList[1] ) );
-        lang::Locale a2( SvxCreateLocale( aLangList[2] ) );
-        lang::Locale a3( SvxCreateLocale( aLangList[3] ) );
-#endif
-
-        INT32   nCount = sizeof(aLangList) / sizeof(aLangList[0]);
-        for (INT32 i = 0;  i < nCount;  i++)
-        {
-            INT16 nTmpLang = aLangList[i];
-            if (nTmpLang != LANGUAGE_NONE  &&  nTmpLang != LANGUAGE_DONTKNOW)
-            {
-                if (xSpell->hasLanguage( nTmpLang ) &&
-                    xSpell->isValid( rText, nTmpLang, Sequence< PropertyValue >() ))
-                {
-                    nLang = nTmpLang;
-                    break;
-                }
-            }
-        }
-    }
-
-    return nLang;
-}
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-// class EditView
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-EditView::EditView( EditEngine* pEng, Window* pWindow )
-{
-    DBG_CTOR( EditView, 0 );
-    pImpEditView = new ImpEditView( this, pEng, pWindow );
-}
-
-EditView::~EditView()
-{
-    DBG_DTOR( EditView, 0 );
-    delete pImpEditView;
-}
-
-ImpEditEngine* EditView::GetImpEditEngine() const
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    return pImpEditView->pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine;
-}
-
-EditEngine* EditView::GetEditEngine() const
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    DBG_CHKOBJ( pImpEditView->pEditEngine, EditEngine, 0 );
-    return pImpEditView->pEditEngine;
-}
-
-void EditView::Invalidate()
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    DBG_CHKOBJ( pImpEditView->pEditEngine, EditEngine, 0 );
-    if ( !pImpEditView->DoInvalidateMore() )
-        pImpEditView->GetWindow()->Invalidate( pImpEditView->aOutArea );
-    else
-    {
-        Rectangle aRect( pImpEditView->aOutArea );
-        long nMore = pImpEditView->GetWindow()->PixelToLogic( Size( pImpEditView->GetInvalidateMore(), 0 ) ).Width();
-        aRect.Left() -= nMore;
-        aRect.Right() += nMore;
-        aRect.Top() -= nMore;
-        aRect.Bottom() += nMore;
-        pImpEditView->GetWindow()->Invalidate( aRect );
-    }
-}
-
-void EditView::SetReadOnly( sal_Bool bReadOnly )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    pImpEditView->bReadOnly = bReadOnly;
-}
-
-sal_Bool EditView::IsReadOnly() const
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    return pImpEditView->bReadOnly;
-}
-
-void EditView::SetSelection( const ESelection& rESel )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    DBG_CHKOBJ( pImpEditView->pEditEngine, EditEngine, 0 );
-
-    // Falls jemand gerade ein leeres Attribut hinterlassen hat,
-    // und dann der Outliner die Selektion manipulitert:
-    if ( !pImpEditView->GetEditSelection().HasRange() )
-    {
-        ContentNode* pNode = pImpEditView->GetEditSelection().Max().GetNode();
-        PIMPEE->CursorMoved( pNode );
-    }
-    EditSelection aNewSelection( PIMPEE->ConvertSelection( rESel.nStartPara, rESel.nStartPos, rESel.nEndPara, rESel.nEndPos ) );
-
-    // Wenn nach einem KeyInput die Selection manipuliert wird:
-    PIMPEE->CheckIdleFormatter();
-
-    // Selektion darf nicht bei einem unsichtbaren Absatz Starten/Enden:
-    ParaPortion* pPortion = PIMPEE->FindParaPortion( aNewSelection.Min().GetNode() );
-    if ( !pPortion->IsVisible() )
-    {
-        pPortion = PIMPEE->GetPrevVisPortion( pPortion );
-        ContentNode* pNode = pPortion ? pPortion->GetNode() : PIMPEE->GetEditDoc().GetObject( 0 );
-        aNewSelection.Min() = EditPaM( pNode, pNode->Len() );
-    }
-    pPortion = PIMPEE->FindParaPortion( aNewSelection.Max().GetNode() );
-    if ( !pPortion->IsVisible() )
-    {
-        pPortion = PIMPEE->GetPrevVisPortion( pPortion );
-        ContentNode* pNode = pPortion ? pPortion->GetNode() : PIMPEE->GetEditDoc().GetObject( 0 );
-        aNewSelection.Max() = EditPaM( pNode, pNode->Len() );
-    }
-
-    pImpEditView->DrawSelection();  // alte Selektion 'weg-zeichnen'
-    pImpEditView->SetEditSelection( aNewSelection );
-    pImpEditView->DrawSelection();
-    sal_Bool bGotoCursor = pImpEditView->DoAutoScroll();
-    ShowCursor( bGotoCursor );
-}
-
-ESelection EditView::GetSelection() const
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    DBG_CHKOBJ( pImpEditView->pEditEngine, EditEngine, 0 );
-
-    ESelection aSelection;
-
-    aSelection.nStartPara = PIMPEE->GetEditDoc().GetPos( pImpEditView->GetEditSelection().Min().GetNode() );
-    aSelection.nEndPara = PIMPEE->GetEditDoc().GetPos( pImpEditView->GetEditSelection().Max().GetNode() );
-
-    aSelection.nStartPos = pImpEditView->GetEditSelection().Min().GetIndex();
-    aSelection.nEndPos = pImpEditView->GetEditSelection().Max().GetIndex();
-
-    return aSelection;
-}
-
-sal_Bool EditView::HasSelection() const
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    return pImpEditView->HasSelection();
-}
-
-void EditView::DeleteSelected()
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    DBG_CHKOBJ( pImpEditView->pEditEngine, EditEngine, 0 );
-    pImpEditView->DeleteSelected();
-}
-
-USHORT EditView::GetSelectedScriptType() const
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    DBG_CHKOBJ( pImpEditView->pEditEngine, EditEngine, 0 );
-    return PIMPEE->GetScriptType( pImpEditView->GetEditSelection() );
-}
-
-void EditView::Paint( const Rectangle& rRect )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    DBG_CHKOBJ( pImpEditView->pEditEngine, EditEngine, 0 );
-    PIMPEE->Paint( pImpEditView, rRect );
-}
-
-void EditView::SetEditEngine( EditEngine* pEditEng )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    DBG_CHKOBJ( pImpEditView->pEditEngine, EditEngine, 0 );
-    pImpEditView->pEditEngine = pEditEng;
-    EditSelection aStartSel;
-    aStartSel = PIMPEE->GetEditDoc().GetStartPaM();
-    pImpEditView->SetEditSelection( aStartSel );
-}
-
-void EditView::SetWindow( Window* pWin )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    pImpEditView->pOutWin = pWin;
-    PIMPEE->GetSelEngine().Reset();
-}
-
-Window* EditView::GetWindow() const
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    return pImpEditView->pOutWin;
-}
-
-void EditView::SetVisArea( const Rectangle& rRec )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    pImpEditView->SetVisDocStartPos( rRec.TopLeft() );
-}
-
-const Rectangle& EditView::GetVisArea() const
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    // Change return value to Rectangle in next incompatible build !!!
-    static Rectangle aRect;
-    aRect = pImpEditView->GetVisDocArea();
-    return aRect;
-}
-
-void EditView::SetOutputArea( const Rectangle& rRec )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    pImpEditView->SetOutputArea( rRec );
-
-    // Rest nur hier, wenn API-Aufruf:
-    pImpEditView->CalcAnchorPoint();
-    if ( PIMPEE->GetStatus().AutoPageSize() )
-        pImpEditView->RecalcOutputArea();
-    pImpEditView->ShowCursor( sal_False, sal_False );
-}
-
-const Rectangle& EditView::GetOutputArea() const
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    return pImpEditView->GetOutputArea();
-}
-
-void EditView::SetPointer( const Pointer& rPointer )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    pImpEditView->SetPointer( rPointer );
-}
-
-const Pointer& EditView::GetPointer() const
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    return pImpEditView->GetPointer();
-}
-
-void EditView::SetCursor( const Cursor& rCursor )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    delete pImpEditView->pCursor;
-    pImpEditView->pCursor = new Cursor( rCursor );
-}
-
-Cursor* EditView::GetCursor() const
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    return pImpEditView->pCursor;
-}
-
-void EditView::InsertText( const XubString& rStr, sal_Bool bSelect )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    DBG_CHKOBJ( pImpEditView->pEditEngine, EditEngine, 0 );
-
-    ImpEditEngine* pImpEE = PIMPEE;
-    pImpEditView->DrawSelection();
-
-    EditPaM aPaM1;
-    if ( bSelect )
-    {
-        EditSelection aTmpSel( pImpEditView->GetEditSelection() );
-        aTmpSel.Adjust( pImpEE->GetEditDoc() );
-        aPaM1 = aTmpSel.Min();
-    }
-
-    pImpEE->UndoActionStart( EDITUNDO_INSERT );
-    EditPaM aPaM2( pImpEE->InsertText( pImpEditView->GetEditSelection(), rStr ) );
-    pImpEE->UndoActionEnd( EDITUNDO_INSERT );
-
-    if ( bSelect )
-    {
-        DBG_ASSERT( !aPaM1.DbgIsBuggy( pImpEE->GetEditDoc() ), "Insert: PaM kaputt" );
-        pImpEditView->SetEditSelection( EditSelection( aPaM1, aPaM2 ) );
-    }
-    else
-        pImpEditView->SetEditSelection( EditSelection( aPaM2, aPaM2 ) );
-
-    pImpEE->FormatAndUpdate( this );
-}
-
-sal_Bool EditView::PostKeyEvent( const KeyEvent& rKeyEvent )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    DBG_CHKOBJ( pImpEditView->pEditEngine, EditEngine, 0 );
-    return pImpEditView->PostKeyEvent( rKeyEvent );
-}
-
-sal_Bool EditView::MouseButtonUp( const MouseEvent& rMouseEvent )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    DBG_CHKOBJ( pImpEditView->pEditEngine, EditEngine, 0 );
-    return pImpEditView->MouseButtonUp( rMouseEvent );
-}
-
-sal_Bool EditView::MouseButtonDown( const MouseEvent& rMouseEvent )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    DBG_CHKOBJ( pImpEditView->pEditEngine, EditEngine, 0 );
-    return pImpEditView->MouseButtonDown( rMouseEvent );
-}
-
-sal_Bool EditView::MouseMove( const MouseEvent& rMouseEvent )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    DBG_CHKOBJ( pImpEditView->pEditEngine, EditEngine, 0 );
-    return pImpEditView->MouseMove( rMouseEvent );
-}
-
-void EditView::Command( const CommandEvent& rCEvt )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    DBG_CHKOBJ( pImpEditView->pEditEngine, EditEngine, 0 );
-    pImpEditView->Command( rCEvt );
-}
-
-void EditView::ShowCursor( sal_Bool bGotoCursor, sal_Bool bForceVisCursor )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    DBG_CHKOBJ( pImpEditView->pEditEngine, EditEngine, 0 );
-
-// Draw vertraegt die Assertion nicht, spaeter mal aktivieren
-//  DBG_ASSERT( pImpEditView->pEditEngine->HasView( this ), "ShowCursor - View nicht angemeldet!" );
-//  DBG_ASSERT( !GetWindow()->IsInPaint(), "ShowCursor - Why in Paint ?!" );
-
-    if ( pImpEditView->pEditEngine->HasView( this ) )
-    {
-        // Das ControlWord hat mehr Gewicht:
-        if ( !pImpEditView->DoAutoScroll() )
-            bGotoCursor = sal_False;
-        pImpEditView->ShowCursor( bGotoCursor, bForceVisCursor );
-    }
-}
-
-void EditView::HideCursor()
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    pImpEditView->GetCursor()->Hide();
-}
-
-Pair EditView::Scroll( long ndX, long ndY, BYTE nRangeCheck )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    DBG_CHKOBJ( pImpEditView->pEditEngine, EditEngine, 0 );
-    return pImpEditView->Scroll( ndX, ndY, nRangeCheck );
-}
-
-const SfxItemSet& EditView::GetEmptyItemSet()
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    DBG_CHKOBJ( pImpEditView->pEditEngine, EditEngine, 0 );
-    return PIMPEE->GetEmptyItemSet();
-}
-
-void EditView::SetAttribs( const SfxItemSet& rSet )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    DBG_CHKOBJ( pImpEditView->pEditEngine, EditEngine, 0 );
-    DBG_ASSERT( !pImpEditView->aEditSelection.IsInvalid(), "Blinde Selection in ...." );
-
-    // Kein Undo-Kappseln noetig...
-    pImpEditView->DrawSelection();
-    PIMPEE->SetAttribs( pImpEditView->GetEditSelection(), rSet, ATTRSPECIAL_WHOLEWORD );
-    PIMPEE->FormatAndUpdate( this );
-}
-
-void EditView::SetParaAttribs( const SfxItemSet& rSet, sal_uInt16 nPara )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    DBG_CHKOBJ( pImpEditView->pEditEngine, EditEngine, 0 );
-    // Kein Undo-Kappseln noetig...
-    PIMPEE->SetParaAttribs( nPara, rSet );
-    // Beim Aendern von Absatzattributen muss immer formatiert werden...
-    PIMPEE->FormatAndUpdate( this );
-}
-
-void EditView::RemoveAttribsKeepLanguages( sal_Bool bRemoveParaAttribs )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    DBG_CHKOBJ( pImpEditView->pEditEngine, EditEngine, 0 );
-
-    pImpEditView->DrawSelection();
-    PIMPEE->UndoActionStart( EDITUNDO_RESETATTRIBS );
-    EditSelection aSelection( pImpEditView->GetEditSelection() );
-
-    for (sal_uInt16 nWID = EE_ITEMS_START; nWID <= EE_ITEMS_END; ++nWID)
-    {
-        bool bIsLang =  EE_CHAR_LANGUAGE     == nWID ||
-                        EE_CHAR_LANGUAGE_CJK == nWID ||
-                        EE_CHAR_LANGUAGE_CTL == nWID;
-        if (!bIsLang)
-            PIMPEE->RemoveCharAttribs( aSelection, bRemoveParaAttribs, nWID );
-    }
-
-    PIMPEE->UndoActionEnd( EDITUNDO_RESETATTRIBS );
-    PIMPEE->FormatAndUpdate( this );
-}
-
-void EditView::RemoveAttribs( sal_Bool bRemoveParaAttribs, sal_uInt16 nWhich )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    DBG_CHKOBJ( pImpEditView->pEditEngine, EditEngine, 0 );
-
-    pImpEditView->DrawSelection();
-    PIMPEE->UndoActionStart( EDITUNDO_RESETATTRIBS );
-    PIMPEE->RemoveCharAttribs( pImpEditView->GetEditSelection(), bRemoveParaAttribs, nWhich  );
-    PIMPEE->UndoActionEnd( EDITUNDO_RESETATTRIBS );
-    PIMPEE->FormatAndUpdate( this );
-}
-
-void EditView::RemoveCharAttribs( sal_uInt16 nPara, sal_uInt16 nWhich )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    DBG_CHKOBJ( pImpEditView->pEditEngine, EditEngine, 0 );
-    PIMPEE->UndoActionStart( EDITUNDO_RESETATTRIBS );
-    PIMPEE->RemoveCharAttribs( nPara, nWhich );
-    PIMPEE->UndoActionEnd( EDITUNDO_RESETATTRIBS );
-    PIMPEE->FormatAndUpdate( this );
-}
-
-SfxItemSet EditView::GetAttribs()
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    DBG_CHKOBJ( pImpEditView->pEditEngine, EditEngine, 0 );
-    DBG_ASSERT( !pImpEditView->aEditSelection.IsInvalid(), "Blinde Selection in ...." );
-    return PIMPEE->GetAttribs( pImpEditView->GetEditSelection() );
-}
-
-void EditView::Undo()
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    DBG_CHKOBJ( pImpEditView->pEditEngine, EditEngine, 0 );
-    PIMPEE->Undo( this );
-}
-
-void EditView::Redo()
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    DBG_CHKOBJ( pImpEditView->pEditEngine, EditEngine, 0 );
-    PIMPEE->Redo( this );
-}
-
-ULONG EditView::Read( SvStream& rInput, const String& rBaseURL, EETextFormat eFormat, sal_Bool bSelect, SvKeyValueIterator* pHTTPHeaderAttrs )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    DBG_CHKOBJ( pImpEditView->pEditEngine, EditEngine, 0 );
-    EditSelection aOldSel( pImpEditView->GetEditSelection() );
-    pImpEditView->DrawSelection();
-    PIMPEE->UndoActionStart( EDITUNDO_READ );
-    EditPaM aEndPaM = PIMPEE->Read( rInput, rBaseURL, eFormat, aOldSel, pHTTPHeaderAttrs );
-    PIMPEE->UndoActionEnd( EDITUNDO_READ );
-    EditSelection aNewSel( aEndPaM, aEndPaM );
-    if ( bSelect )
-    {
-        aOldSel.Adjust( PIMPEE->GetEditDoc() );
-        aNewSel.Min() = aOldSel.Min();
-    }
-
-    pImpEditView->SetEditSelection( aNewSel );
-    sal_Bool bGotoCursor = pImpEditView->DoAutoScroll();
-    ShowCursor( bGotoCursor );
-
-    return rInput.GetError();
-}
-
-#ifndef SVX_LIGHT
-ULONG EditView::Write( SvStream& rOutput, EETextFormat eFormat )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    DBG_CHKOBJ( pImpEditView->pEditEngine, EditEngine, 0 );
-    PIMPEE->Write( rOutput, eFormat, pImpEditView->GetEditSelection() );
-    ShowCursor();
-    return rOutput.GetError();
-}
-#endif
-
-void EditView::Cut()
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    Reference<com::sun::star::datatransfer::clipboard::XClipboard> aClipBoard(GetWindow()->GetClipboard());
-    pImpEditView->CutCopy( aClipBoard, sal_True );
-}
-
-::com::sun::star::uno::Reference< ::com::sun::star::datatransfer::XTransferable > EditView::GetTransferable()
-{
-    uno::Reference< datatransfer::XTransferable > xData = GetEditEngine()->pImpEditEngine->CreateTransferable( pImpEditView->GetEditSelection() );
-    return xData;
-}
-
-void EditView::Copy()
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    Reference<com::sun::star::datatransfer::clipboard::XClipboard> aClipBoard(GetWindow()->GetClipboard());
-    pImpEditView->CutCopy( aClipBoard, sal_False );
-}
-
-void EditView::Paste()
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    Reference<com::sun::star::datatransfer::clipboard::XClipboard> aClipBoard(GetWindow()->GetClipboard());
-    pImpEditView->Paste( aClipBoard, sal_False );
-}
-
-void EditView::PasteSpecial()
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    Reference<com::sun::star::datatransfer::clipboard::XClipboard> aClipBoard(GetWindow()->GetClipboard());
-    pImpEditView->Paste(aClipBoard, sal_True );
-}
-
-void EditView::EnablePaste( sal_Bool bEnable )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    DBG_CHKOBJ( pImpEditView->pEditEngine, EditEngine, 0 );
-    pImpEditView->EnablePaste( bEnable );
-}
-
-sal_Bool EditView::IsPasteEnabled() const
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    DBG_CHKOBJ( pImpEditView->pEditEngine, EditEngine, 0 );
-    return pImpEditView->IsPasteEnabled();
-}
-
-Point EditView::GetWindowPosTopLeft( sal_uInt16 nParagraph )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    DBG_CHKOBJ( pImpEditView->pEditEngine, EditEngine, 0 );
-    Point aDocPos( pImpEditView->pEditEngine->GetDocPosTopLeft( nParagraph ) );
-    return pImpEditView->GetWindowPos( aDocPos );
-}
-
-sal_uInt16 EditView::GetParagraph( const Point& rMousePosPixel )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    DBG_CHKOBJ( pImpEditView->pEditEngine, EditEngine, 0 );
-    Point aMousePos( rMousePosPixel );
-    aMousePos = GetWindow()->PixelToLogic( aMousePos );
-    Point aDocPos( pImpEditView->GetDocPos( aMousePos ) );
-    sal_uInt16 nParagraph = PIMPEE->GetParaPortions().FindParagraph( aDocPos.Y() );
-    return nParagraph;
-}
-
-void EditView::IndentBlock()
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    DBG_CHKOBJ( pImpEditView->pEditEngine, EditEngine, 0 );
-
-    PIMPEE->IndentBlock( this, sal_True );
-}
-
-void EditView::UnindentBlock()
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    DBG_CHKOBJ( pImpEditView->pEditEngine, EditEngine, 0 );
-
-    PIMPEE->IndentBlock( this, sal_False );
-}
-
-EESelectionMode EditView::GetSelectionMode() const
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    return pImpEditView->GetSelectionMode();
-}
-
-void EditView::SetSelectionMode( EESelectionMode eMode )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    pImpEditView->SetSelectionMode( eMode );
-}
-
-XubString EditView::GetSelected()
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    DBG_CHKOBJ( pImpEditView->pEditEngine, EditEngine, 0 );
-    return PIMPEE->GetSelected( pImpEditView->GetEditSelection() );
-}
-
-void EditView::MoveParagraphs( Range aParagraphs, sal_uInt16 nNewPos )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    DBG_CHKOBJ( pImpEditView->pEditEngine, EditEngine, 0 );
-    PIMPEE->UndoActionStart( EDITUNDO_MOVEPARAS );
-    PIMPEE->MoveParagraphs( aParagraphs, nNewPos, this );
-    PIMPEE->UndoActionEnd( EDITUNDO_MOVEPARAS );
-}
-
-void EditView::MoveParagraphs( long nDiff )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    DBG_CHKOBJ( pImpEditView->pEditEngine, EditEngine, 0 );
-    ESelection aSel = GetSelection();
-    Range aRange( aSel.nStartPara, aSel.nEndPara );
-    aRange.Justify();
-    long nDest = ( nDiff > 0  ? aRange.Max() : aRange.Min() ) + nDiff;
-    if ( nDiff > 0 )
-        nDest++;
-    DBG_ASSERT( ( nDest >= 0 ) && ( nDest <= pImpEditView->pEditEngine->GetParagraphCount() ), "MoveParagraphs - wrong Parameters!" );
-    MoveParagraphs( aRange,
-        sal::static_int_cast< USHORT >( nDest ) );
-}
-
-void EditView::SetBackgroundColor( const Color& rColor )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    DBG_CHKOBJ( pImpEditView->pEditEngine, EditEngine, 0 );
-    pImpEditView->SetBackgroundColor( rColor );
-}
-
-Color EditView::GetBackgroundColor() const
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    DBG_CHKOBJ( pImpEditView->pEditEngine, EditEngine, 0 );
-    return pImpEditView->GetBackgroundColor();
-}
-
-void EditView::SetControlWord( sal_uInt32 nWord )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    pImpEditView->nControl = nWord;
-}
-
-sal_uInt32 EditView::GetControlWord() const
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    return pImpEditView->nControl;
-}
-
-EditTextObject* EditView::CreateTextObject()
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    DBG_CHKOBJ( pImpEditView->pEditEngine, EditEngine, 0 );
-    return PIMPEE->CreateTextObject( pImpEditView->GetEditSelection() );
-}
-
-void EditView::InsertText( const EditTextObject& rTextObject )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    DBG_CHKOBJ( pImpEditView->pEditEngine, EditEngine, 0 );
-    pImpEditView->DrawSelection();
-
-    PIMPEE->UndoActionStart( EDITUNDO_INSERT );
-    EditSelection aTextSel( PIMPEE->InsertText( rTextObject, pImpEditView->GetEditSelection() ) );
-    PIMPEE->UndoActionEnd( EDITUNDO_INSERT );
-
-    aTextSel.Min() = aTextSel.Max();    // Selektion nicht behalten.
-    pImpEditView->SetEditSelection( aTextSel );
-    PIMPEE->FormatAndUpdate( this );
-}
-
-void EditView::InsertText( ::com::sun::star::uno::Reference< ::com::sun::star::datatransfer::XTransferable > xDataObj, const String& rBaseURL, BOOL bUseSpecial )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    DBG_CHKOBJ( pImpEditView->pEditEngine, EditEngine, 0 );
-
-    PIMPEE->UndoActionStart( EDITUNDO_INSERT );
-    pImpEditView->DeleteSelected();
-    EditSelection aTextSel( PIMPEE->InsertText( xDataObj, rBaseURL, pImpEditView->GetEditSelection().Max(), bUseSpecial ) );
-    PIMPEE->UndoActionEnd( EDITUNDO_INSERT );
-
-    aTextSel.Min() = aTextSel.Max();    // Selektion nicht behalten.
-    pImpEditView->SetEditSelection( aTextSel );
-    PIMPEE->FormatAndUpdate( this );
-}
-
-sal_Bool EditView::Drop( const DropEvent& )
-{
-    return FALSE;
-}
-
-ESelection EditView::GetDropPos()
-{
-    DBG_ERROR( "GetDropPos - Why?!" );
-    return ESelection();
-}
-
-sal_Bool EditView::QueryDrop( DropEvent& )
-{
-    return FALSE;
-}
-
-void EditView::SetEditEngineUpdateMode( sal_Bool bUpdate )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    DBG_CHKOBJ( pImpEditView->pEditEngine, EditEngine, 0 );
-    PIMPEE->SetUpdateMode( bUpdate, this );
-}
-
-void EditView::ForceUpdate()
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    DBG_CHKOBJ( pImpEditView->pEditEngine, EditEngine, 0 );
-    PIMPEE->SetUpdateMode( sal_True, this, sal_True );
-}
-
-void EditView::SetStyleSheet( SfxStyleSheet* pStyle )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    DBG_CHKOBJ( pImpEditView->pEditEngine, EditEngine, 0 );
-
-    EditSelection aSel( pImpEditView->GetEditSelection() );
-    PIMPEE->UndoActionStart( EDITUNDO_STYLESHEET );
-    PIMPEE->SetStyleSheet( aSel, pStyle );
-    PIMPEE->UndoActionEnd( EDITUNDO_STYLESHEET );
-}
-
-SfxStyleSheet* EditView::GetStyleSheet() const
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    DBG_CHKOBJ( pImpEditView->pEditEngine, EditEngine, 0 );
-
-
-    EditSelection aSel( pImpEditView->GetEditSelection() );
-    aSel.Adjust( PIMPEE->GetEditDoc() );
-    sal_uInt16 nStartPara = PIMPEE->GetEditDoc().GetPos( aSel.Min().GetNode() );
-    sal_uInt16 nEndPara = PIMPEE->GetEditDoc().GetPos( aSel.Max().GetNode() );
-
-    SfxStyleSheet* pStyle = NULL;
-    for ( sal_uInt16 n = nStartPara; n <= nEndPara; n++ )
-    {
-        SfxStyleSheet* pTmpStyle = PIMPEE->GetStyleSheet( n );
-        if ( ( n != nStartPara ) && ( pStyle != pTmpStyle ) )
-            return NULL;    // Nicht eindeutig.
-        pStyle = pTmpStyle;
-    }
-    return pStyle;
-}
-
-sal_Bool EditView::IsInsertMode() const
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    return pImpEditView->IsInsertMode();
-}
-
-void EditView::SetInsertMode( sal_Bool bInsert )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    pImpEditView->SetInsertMode( bInsert );
-}
-
-void EditView::SetAnchorMode( EVAnchorMode eMode )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    pImpEditView->SetAnchorMode( eMode );
-}
-
-EVAnchorMode EditView::GetAnchorMode() const
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    return pImpEditView->GetAnchorMode();
-}
-
-void EditView::TransliterateText( sal_Int32 nTransliterationMode )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    EditSelection aOldSel( pImpEditView->GetEditSelection() );
-    EditSelection aNewSel = PIMPEE->TransliterateText( pImpEditView->GetEditSelection(), nTransliterationMode );
-    if ( aNewSel != aOldSel )
-    {
-        pImpEditView->DrawSelection();  // alte Selektion 'weg-zeichnen'
-        pImpEditView->SetEditSelection( aNewSel );
-        pImpEditView->DrawSelection();
-    }
-}
-
-
-sal_Bool EditView::MatchGroup()
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    DBG_CHKOBJ( pImpEditView->pEditEngine, EditEngine, 0 );
-    EditSelection aNewSel( PIMPEE->MatchGroup( pImpEditView->GetEditSelection() ) );
-    if ( aNewSel.HasRange() )
-    {
-        pImpEditView->DrawSelection();
-        pImpEditView->SetEditSelection( aNewSel );
-        pImpEditView->DrawSelection();
-        ShowCursor();
-        return sal_True;
-    }
-    return sal_False;
-}
-
-void EditView::CompleteAutoCorrect()
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    DBG_CHKOBJ( pImpEditView->pEditEngine, EditEngine, 0 );
-    if ( !pImpEditView->HasSelection() && PIMPEE->GetStatus().DoAutoCorrect() )
-    {
-        pImpEditView->DrawSelection();
-        EditSelection aSel = pImpEditView->GetEditSelection();
-        aSel = PIMPEE->EndOfWord( aSel.Max() );
-        // MT 06/00: Why pass EditSelection to AutoCorrect, not EditPaM?!
-        aSel = PIMPEE->AutoCorrect( aSel, 0, !IsInsertMode() );
-        pImpEditView->SetEditSelection( aSel );
-        if ( PIMPEE->IsModified() )
-            PIMPEE->FormatAndUpdate( this );
-    }
-}
-
-EESpellState EditView::StartSpeller( sal_Bool bMultipleDoc )
-{
-#ifdef SVX_LIGHT
-    return EE_SPELL_NOSPELLER;
-#else
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    DBG_CHKOBJ( pImpEditView->pEditEngine, EditEngine, 0 );
-    if ( !PIMPEE->GetSpeller().is() )
-        return EE_SPELL_NOSPELLER;
-
-    return PIMPEE->Spell( this, bMultipleDoc );
-#endif
-}
-
-EESpellState EditView::StartThesaurus()
-{
-#ifdef SVX_LIGHT
-    return EE_SPELL_NOSPELLER;
-#else
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    DBG_CHKOBJ( pImpEditView->pEditEngine, EditEngine, 0 );
-    if ( !PIMPEE->GetSpeller().is() )
-        return EE_SPELL_NOSPELLER;
-
-    return PIMPEE->StartThesaurus( this );
-#endif
-}
-
-
-void EditView::StartTextConversion(
-        LanguageType nSrcLang, LanguageType nDestLang, const Font *pDestFont,
-        INT32 nOptions, BOOL bIsInteractive, BOOL bMultipleDoc )
-{
-#ifdef SVX_LIGHT
-#else
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    DBG_CHKOBJ( pImpEditView->pEditEngine, EditEngine, 0 );
-    PIMPEE->Convert( this, nSrcLang, nDestLang, pDestFont, nOptions, bIsInteractive, bMultipleDoc );
-#endif
-}
-
-
-sal_uInt16 EditView::StartSearchAndReplace( const SvxSearchItem& rSearchItem )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    DBG_CHKOBJ( pImpEditView->pEditEngine, EditEngine, 0 );
-    return PIMPEE->StartSearchAndReplace( this, rSearchItem );
-}
-
-sal_Bool EditView::IsCursorAtWrongSpelledWord( sal_Bool bMarkIfWrong )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    DBG_CHKOBJ( pImpEditView->pEditEngine, EditEngine, 0 );
-    sal_Bool bIsWrong = sal_False;
-    if ( !HasSelection() )
-    {
-        EditPaM aPaM = pImpEditView->GetEditSelection().Max();
-        bIsWrong = pImpEditView->IsWrongSpelledWord( aPaM, bMarkIfWrong );
-    }
-    return bIsWrong;
-}
-
-sal_Bool EditView::IsWrongSpelledWordAtPos( const Point& rPosPixel, sal_Bool bMarkIfWrong )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    DBG_CHKOBJ( pImpEditView->pEditEngine, EditEngine, 0 );
-    Point aPos ( pImpEditView->GetWindow()->PixelToLogic( rPosPixel ) );
-    aPos = pImpEditView->GetDocPos( aPos );
-    EditPaM aPaM = pImpEditView->pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->GetPaM( aPos, sal_False );
-    return pImpEditView->IsWrongSpelledWord( aPaM , bMarkIfWrong );
-}
-
-void EditView::ExecuteSpellPopup( const Point& rPosPixel, Link* pCallBack )
-{
-#ifndef SVX_LIGHT
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    DBG_CHKOBJ( pImpEditView->pEditEngine, EditEngine, 0 );
-
-    Point aPos ( pImpEditView->GetWindow()->PixelToLogic( rPosPixel ) );
-    aPos = pImpEditView->GetDocPos( aPos );
-    EditPaM aPaM = pImpEditView->pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->GetPaM( aPos, sal_False );
-    Reference< XSpellChecker1 >  xSpeller( PIMPEE->GetSpeller() );
-    ESelection aOldSel = GetSelection();
-    if ( xSpeller.is() && pImpEditView->IsWrongSpelledWord( aPaM, sal_True ) )
-    {
-        PopupMenu aPopupMenu( EditResId( RID_MENU_SPELL ) );
-        PopupMenu *pAutoMenu = aPopupMenu.GetPopupMenu( MN_AUTOCORR );
-        PopupMenu *pInsertMenu = aPopupMenu.GetPopupMenu( MN_INSERT );
-
-        EditPaM aPaM2( aPaM );
-        aPaM2.GetIndex()++;
-
-        // Gibt es Replace-Vorschlaege?
-        String aSelected( GetSelected() );
-        //
-        // restrict the maximal number of suggestions displayed
-        // in the context menu.
-        // Note: That could of course be done by clipping the
-        // resulting sequence but the current third party
-        // implementations result differs greatly if the number of
-        // suggestions to be retuned gets changed. Statistically
-        // it gets much better if told to return e.g. only 7 strings
-        // than returning e.g. 16 suggestions and using only the
-        // first 7. Thus we hand down the value to use to that
-        // implementation here by providing an additional parameter.
-        Sequence< PropertyValue > aPropVals(1);
-        PropertyValue &rVal = aPropVals.getArray()[0];
-        rVal.Name = OUString::createFromAscii( UPN_MAX_NUMBER_OF_SUGGESTIONS );
-        rVal.Value <<= (INT16) 7;
-        //
-        // Gibt es Replace-Vorschlaege?
-        Reference< XSpellAlternatives >  xSpellAlt =
-                xSpeller->spell( aSelected, PIMPEE->GetLanguage( aPaM2 ), aPropVals );
-
-        Reference< XLanguageGuessing >  xLangGuesser( EE_DLL()->GetGlobalData()->GetLanguageGuesser() );
-
-        // check if text might belong to a different language...
-        LanguageType nGuessLangWord = LANGUAGE_NONE;
-        LanguageType nGuessLangPara = LANGUAGE_NONE;
-        if (xSpellAlt.is() && xLangGuesser.is())
-        {
-            String aParaText;
-            ContentNode *pNode = aPaM.GetNode();
-            if (pNode)
-            {
-                aParaText = *pNode;
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                DBG_ERROR( "content node is NULL" );
-            }
-
-            nGuessLangWord = lcl_CheckLanguage( xSpellAlt->getWord(), xSpeller, xLangGuesser, sal_False );
-            nGuessLangPara = lcl_CheckLanguage( aParaText, xSpeller, xLangGuesser, sal_True );
-        }
-        if (nGuessLangWord != LANGUAGE_NONE || nGuessLangPara != LANGUAGE_NONE)
-        {
-            // make sure LANGUAGE_NONE gets not used as menu entry
-            if (nGuessLangWord == LANGUAGE_NONE)
-                nGuessLangWord = nGuessLangPara;
-            if (nGuessLangPara == LANGUAGE_NONE)
-                nGuessLangPara = nGuessLangWord;
-
-            aPopupMenu.InsertSeparator();
-            String aTmpWord( ::GetLanguageString( nGuessLangWord ) );
-            String aTmpPara( ::GetLanguageString( nGuessLangPara ) );
-            String aWordStr( EditResId( RID_STR_WORD ) );
-            aWordStr.SearchAndReplace( String( RTL_CONSTASCII_USTRINGPARAM( "%x" ) ), aTmpWord );
-            String aParaStr( EditResId( RID_STR_PARAGRAPH ) );
-            aParaStr.SearchAndReplace( String( RTL_CONSTASCII_USTRINGPARAM( "%x" ) ), aTmpPara );
-            aPopupMenu.InsertItem( MN_WORDLANGUAGE, aWordStr );
-            aPopupMenu.SetHelpId( MN_WORDLANGUAGE, HID_EDITENG_SPELLER_WORDLANGUAGE );
-            aPopupMenu.InsertItem( MN_PARALANGUAGE, aParaStr );
-            aPopupMenu.SetHelpId( MN_PARALANGUAGE, HID_EDITENG_SPELLER_PARALANGUAGE );
-        }
-
-        // ## Create mnemonics here
-        if ( Application::IsAutoMnemonicEnabled() )
-        {
-            aPopupMenu.CreateAutoMnemonics();
-            aPopupMenu.SetMenuFlags( aPopupMenu.GetMenuFlags() | MENU_FLAG_NOAUTOMNEMONICS );
-        }
-
-        // Replace suggestions...
-        Sequence< OUString > aAlt;
-        if (xSpellAlt.is())
-            aAlt = xSpellAlt->getAlternatives();
-        const OUString *pAlt = aAlt.getConstArray();
-        sal_uInt16 nWords = (USHORT) aAlt.getLength();
-        if ( nWords )
-        {
-            for ( sal_uInt16 nW = 0; nW < nWords; nW++ )
-            {
-                String aAlternate( pAlt[nW] );
-                aPopupMenu.InsertItem( MN_ALTSTART+nW, aAlternate, 0, nW );
-                pAutoMenu->InsertItem( MN_AUTOSTART+nW, aAlternate, 0, nW );
-            }
-            aPopupMenu.InsertSeparator( nWords );
-        }
-        else
-            aPopupMenu.RemoveItem( MN_AUTOCORR );   // Loeschen?
-
-        Reference< XDictionaryList >  xDicList( SvxGetDictionaryList() );
-
-        Sequence< Reference< XDictionary >  > aDics;
-        if (xDicList.is())
-            aDics = xDicList->getDictionaries();
-        const Reference< XDictionary >  *pDic = aDics.getConstArray();
-        sal_uInt16 nLanguage = PIMPEE->GetLanguage( aPaM2 );
-        sal_uInt16 nDicCount = (USHORT)aDics.getLength();
-        for ( sal_uInt16 i = 0; i < nDicCount; i++ )
-        {
-            Reference< XDictionary >  xDic( pDic[i], UNO_QUERY );
-            if (xDic.is())
-            {
-                sal_uInt16 nActLanguage = SvxLocaleToLanguage( xDic->getLocale() );
-                if( xDic->isActive() &&
-                    xDic->getDictionaryType() == DictionaryType_POSITIVE &&
-                    (nLanguage == nActLanguage || LANGUAGE_NONE == nActLanguage ) )
-                {
-                    pInsertMenu->InsertItem( MN_DICTSTART + i, xDic->getName() );
-                }
-            }
-        }
-
-        if ( !pInsertMenu->GetItemCount() )
-            aPopupMenu.EnableItem( MN_INSERT, sal_False );
-
-        aPopupMenu.RemoveDisabledEntries( sal_True, sal_True );
-
-        Rectangle aTempRect = PIMPEE->PaMtoEditCursor( aPaM, GETCRSR_TXTONLY );
-        Point aScreenPos = pImpEditView->GetWindowPos( aTempRect.TopLeft() );
-        aScreenPos = pImpEditView->GetWindow()->OutputToScreenPixel( aScreenPos );
-        aTempRect = pImpEditView->GetWindow()->LogicToPixel( Rectangle(aScreenPos, aTempRect.GetSize() ));
-
-        sal_uInt16 nId = aPopupMenu.Execute( pImpEditView->GetWindow(), aTempRect, POPUPMENU_NOMOUSEUPCLOSE );
-        if ( nId == MN_IGNORE )
-        {
-            String aWord = pImpEditView->SpellIgnoreOrAddWord( sal_False );
-            if ( pCallBack )
-            {
-                SpellCallbackInfo aInf( SPELLCMD_IGNOREWORD, aWord );
-                pCallBack->Call( &aInf );
-            }
-            SetSelection( aOldSel );
-        }
-        else if ( ( nId == MN_WORDLANGUAGE ) || ( nId == MN_PARALANGUAGE ) )
-        {
-            LanguageType nLangToUse = (nId == MN_WORDLANGUAGE) ? nGuessLangWord : nGuessLangPara;
-            sal_uInt16 nScriptType = SvtLanguageOptions::GetScriptTypeOfLanguage( nLangToUse );
-
-            SfxItemSet aAttrs = GetEditEngine()->GetEmptyItemSet();
-            if (nScriptType == SCRIPTTYPE_LATIN)
-                aAttrs.Put( SvxLanguageItem( nLangToUse, EE_CHAR_LANGUAGE ) );
-            if (nScriptType == SCRIPTTYPE_COMPLEX)
-                aAttrs.Put( SvxLanguageItem( nLangToUse, EE_CHAR_LANGUAGE_CTL ) );
-            if (nScriptType == SCRIPTTYPE_ASIAN)
-                aAttrs.Put( SvxLanguageItem( nLangToUse, EE_CHAR_LANGUAGE_CJK ) );
-            if ( nId == MN_PARALANGUAGE )
-            {
-                ESelection aSel = GetSelection();
-                aSel.nStartPos = 0;
-                aSel.nEndPos = 0xFFFF;
-                SetSelection( aSel );
-            }
-            SetAttribs( aAttrs );
-            PIMPEE->StartOnlineSpellTimer();
-
-            if ( pCallBack )
-            {
-                SpellCallbackInfo aInf( ( nId == MN_WORDLANGUAGE ) ? SPELLCMD_WORDLANGUAGE : SPELLCMD_PARALANGUAGE, nLangToUse );
-                pCallBack->Call( &aInf );
-            }
-            SetSelection( aOldSel );
-        }
-        else if ( nId == MN_SPELLING )
-        {
-            if ( !pCallBack )
-            {
-                // Cursor vor das Wort setzen...
-                EditPaM aCursor = pImpEditView->GetEditSelection().Min();
-                pImpEditView->DrawSelection();  // alte Selektion 'weg-zeichnen'
-                pImpEditView->SetEditSelection( EditSelection( aCursor, aCursor ) );
-                pImpEditView->DrawSelection();
-                // Stuerzt ab, wenn keine SfxApp
-                PIMPEE->Spell( this, sal_False );
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                SpellCallbackInfo aInf( SPELLCMD_STARTSPELLDLG, String() );
-                pCallBack->Call( &aInf );
-            }
-        }
-        else if ( nId >= MN_DICTSTART )
-        {
-            Reference< XDictionary >  xDic( pDic[nId - MN_DICTSTART], UNO_QUERY );
-            if (xDic.is())
-                xDic->add( aSelected, sal_False, String() );
-            // save modified user-dictionary if it is persistent
-            Reference< frame::XStorable >  xSavDic( xDic, UNO_QUERY );
-            if (xSavDic.is())
-                xSavDic->store();
-
-            aPaM.GetNode()->GetWrongList()->GetInvalidStart() = 0;
-            aPaM.GetNode()->GetWrongList()->GetInvalidEnd() = aPaM.GetNode()->Len();
-            PIMPEE->StartOnlineSpellTimer();
-
-            if ( pCallBack )
-            {
-                SpellCallbackInfo aInf( SPELLCMD_ADDTODICTIONARY, aSelected );
-                pCallBack->Call( &aInf );
-            }
-            SetSelection( aOldSel );
-        }
-        else if ( nId >= MN_AUTOSTART )
-        {
-            DBG_ASSERT(nId - MN_AUTOSTART < aAlt.getLength(), "index out of range");
-            String aWord = pAlt[nId - MN_AUTOSTART];
-            SvxAutoCorrect* pAutoCorrect = SvxAutoCorrCfg::Get()->GetAutoCorrect();
-            if ( pAutoCorrect )
-                pAutoCorrect->PutText( aSelected, aWord, PIMPEE->GetLanguage( aPaM2 ) );
-            InsertText( aWord );
-        }
-        else if ( nId >= MN_ALTSTART )  // Replace
-        {
-            DBG_ASSERT(nId - MN_ALTSTART < aAlt.getLength(), "index out of range");
-            String aWord = pAlt[nId - MN_ALTSTART];
-            InsertText( aWord );
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            SetSelection( aOldSel );
-        }
-    }
-#endif
-}
-
-void EditView::SpellIgnoreWord()
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    DBG_CHKOBJ( pImpEditView->pEditEngine, EditEngine, 0 );
-    pImpEditView->SpellIgnoreOrAddWord( sal_False );
-}
-
-sal_Bool EditView::SelectCurrentWord()
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    DBG_CHKOBJ( pImpEditView->pEditEngine, EditEngine, 0 );
-    EditSelection aCurSel( pImpEditView->GetEditSelection() );
-    pImpEditView->DrawSelection();
-    aCurSel = PIMPEE->SelectWord( aCurSel.Max() );
-    pImpEditView->SetEditSelection( aCurSel );
-    pImpEditView->DrawSelection();
-    ShowCursor( sal_True, sal_False );
-    return aCurSel.HasRange() ? sal_True : sal_False;
-}
-
-void EditView::InsertField( const SvxFieldItem& rFld )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    DBG_CHKOBJ( pImpEditView->pEditEngine, EditEngine, 0 );
-
-    ImpEditEngine* pImpEE = PIMPEE;
-    pImpEditView->DrawSelection();
-    pImpEE->UndoActionStart( EDITUNDO_INSERT );
-    EditPaM aPaM( pImpEE->InsertField( pImpEditView->GetEditSelection(), rFld ) );
-    pImpEE->UndoActionEnd( EDITUNDO_INSERT );
-    pImpEditView->SetEditSelection( EditSelection( aPaM, aPaM ) );
-    pImpEE->UpdateFields();
-    pImpEE->FormatAndUpdate( this );
-}
-
-const SvxFieldItem* EditView::GetFieldUnderMousePointer() const
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    sal_uInt16 nPara, nPos;
-    return GetFieldUnderMousePointer( nPara, nPos );
-}
-
-const SvxFieldItem* EditView::GetField( const Point& rPos, sal_uInt16* pPara, sal_uInt16* pPos ) const
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    DBG_CHKOBJ( pImpEditView->pEditEngine, EditEngine, 0 );
-    return pImpEditView->GetField( rPos, pPara, pPos );
-}
-
-const SvxFieldItem* EditView::GetFieldUnderMousePointer( sal_uInt16& nPara, sal_uInt16& nPos ) const
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    DBG_CHKOBJ( pImpEditView->pEditEngine, EditEngine, 0 );
-    Point aPos = pImpEditView->GetWindow()->GetPointerPosPixel();
-    aPos = pImpEditView->GetWindow()->PixelToLogic( aPos );
-    return GetField( aPos, &nPara, &nPos );
-}
-
-const SvxFieldItem* EditView::GetFieldAtSelection() const
-{
-    EditSelection aSel( pImpEditView->GetEditSelection() );
-    aSel.Adjust( pImpEditView->pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->GetEditDoc() );
-    // Nur wenn Cursor vor Feld, keine Selektion, oder nur Feld selektiert
-    if ( ( aSel.Min().GetNode() == aSel.Max().GetNode() ) &&
-         ( ( aSel.Max().GetIndex() == aSel.Min().GetIndex() ) ||
-           ( aSel.Max().GetIndex() == aSel.Min().GetIndex()+1 ) ) )
-    {
-        EditPaM aPaM = aSel.Min();
-        const CharAttribArray& rAttrs = aPaM.GetNode()->GetCharAttribs().GetAttribs();
-        sal_uInt16 nXPos = aPaM.GetIndex();
-        for ( sal_uInt16 nAttr = rAttrs.Count(); nAttr; )
-        {
-            EditCharAttrib* pAttr = rAttrs[--nAttr];
-            if ( pAttr->GetStart() == nXPos )
-                if ( pAttr->Which() == EE_FEATURE_FIELD )
-                {
-                    DBG_ASSERT( pAttr->GetItem()->ISA( SvxFieldItem ), "Kein FeldItem..." );
-                    return (const SvxFieldItem*)pAttr->GetItem();
-                }
-        }
-    }
-    return 0;
-}
-
-XubString EditView::GetWordUnderMousePointer() const
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    DBG_CHKOBJ( pImpEditView->pEditEngine, EditEngine, 0 );
-
-    Rectangle aRect;
-    return GetWordUnderMousePointer( aRect );
-}
-
-XubString EditView::GetWordUnderMousePointer( Rectangle& rWordRect ) const
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    DBG_CHKOBJ( pImpEditView->pEditEngine, EditEngine, 0 );
-
-    Point aPos = pImpEditView->GetWindow()->GetPointerPosPixel();
-    aPos = pImpEditView->GetWindow()->PixelToLogic( aPos );
-
-    XubString aWord;
-
-    if( GetOutputArea().IsInside( aPos ) )
-    {
-        ImpEditEngine* pImpEE = pImpEditView->pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine;
-        Point aDocPos( pImpEditView->GetDocPos( aPos ) );
-        EditPaM aPaM = pImpEE->GetPaM( aDocPos, sal_False );
-        EditSelection aWordSel = pImpEE->SelectWord( aPaM );
-
-        Rectangle aTopLeftRec( pImpEE->PaMtoEditCursor( aWordSel.Min() ) );
-        Rectangle aBottomRightRec( pImpEE->PaMtoEditCursor( aWordSel.Max() ) );
-
-#if OSL_DEBUG_LEVEL > 1
-        DBG_ASSERT( aTopLeftRec.Top() == aBottomRightRec.Top(), "Top() in einer Zeile unterschiedlich?" );
-#endif
-
-        Point aPnt1( pImpEditView->GetWindowPos( aTopLeftRec.TopLeft() ) );
-        Point aPnt2( pImpEditView->GetWindowPos( aBottomRightRec.BottomRight()) );
-        rWordRect = Rectangle( aPnt1, aPnt2 );
-        aWord = pImpEE->GetSelected( aWordSel );
-    }
-
-    return aWord;
-}
-
-void EditView::SetInvalidateMore( sal_uInt16 nPixel )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    pImpEditView->SetInvalidateMore( nPixel );
-}
-
-sal_uInt16 EditView::GetInvalidateMore() const
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    return (sal_uInt16)pImpEditView->GetInvalidateMore();
-}
-
-static void ChangeFontSizeImpl( EditView* pEditView, bool bGrow, const ESelection& rSel, const FontList* pFontList )
-{
-    pEditView->SetSelection( rSel );
-
-    SfxItemSet aSet( pEditView->GetAttribs() );
-    if( EditView::ChangeFontSize( bGrow, aSet, pFontList ) )
-    {
-        SfxItemSet aNewSet( pEditView->GetEmptyItemSet() );
-        aNewSet.Put( aSet.Get( EE_CHAR_FONTHEIGHT ), EE_CHAR_FONTHEIGHT );
-        aNewSet.Put( aSet.Get( EE_CHAR_FONTHEIGHT_CJK ), EE_CHAR_FONTHEIGHT_CJK );
-        aNewSet.Put( aSet.Get( EE_CHAR_FONTHEIGHT_CTL ), EE_CHAR_FONTHEIGHT_CTL );
-        pEditView->SetAttribs( aNewSet );
-    }
-}
-
-void EditView::ChangeFontSize( bool bGrow, const FontList* pFontList )
-{
-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );
-    DBG_CHKOBJ( pImpEditView->pEditEngine, EditEngine, 0 );
-
-    EditEngine& rEditEngine = *pImpEditView->pEditEngine;
-
-    ESelection aSel( GetSelection() );
-    ESelection aOldSelection( aSel );
-    aSel.Adjust();
-
-    if( !aSel.HasRange() )
-    {
-        aSel = rEditEngine.GetWord( aSel, com::sun::star::i18n::WordType::DICTIONARY_WORD );
-    }
-
-    if( aSel.HasRange() )
-    {
-        for( USHORT nPara = aSel.nStartPara; nPara <= aSel.nEndPara; nPara++ )
-        {
-            SvUShorts aPortions;
-            rEditEngine.GetPortions( nPara, aPortions );
-
-            if( aPortions.Count() == 0 )
-                aPortions.Insert( rEditEngine.GetTextLen(nPara), 0 );
-
-            const USHORT nBeginPos = (nPara == aSel.nStartPara) ? aSel.nStartPos : 0;
-            const USHORT nEndPos = (nPara == aSel.nEndPara) ? aSel.nEndPos : 0xffff;
-
-            for ( USHORT nPos = 0; nPos < aPortions.Count(); ++nPos )
-            {
-                USHORT nPortionEnd   = aPortions.GetObject( nPos );
-                USHORT nPortionStart = nPos > 0 ? aPortions.GetObject( nPos - 1 ) : 0;
-
-                if( (nPortionEnd < nBeginPos) || (nPortionStart > nEndPos) )
-                    continue;
-
-                if( nPortionStart < nBeginPos )
-                    nPortionStart = nBeginPos;
-                if( nPortionEnd > nEndPos )
-                    nPortionEnd = nEndPos;
-
-                if( nPortionStart == nPortionEnd )
-                    continue;
-
-                ESelection aPortionSel( nPara, nPortionStart, nPara, nPortionEnd );
-                ChangeFontSizeImpl( this, bGrow, aPortionSel, pFontList );
-            }
-        }
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        ChangeFontSizeImpl( this, bGrow, aSel, pFontList );
-    }
-
-    SetSelection( aOldSelection );
-}
-
-bool EditView::ChangeFontSize( bool bGrow, SfxItemSet& rSet, const FontList* pFontList )
-{
-    static const sal_uInt16 gFontSizeWichMap[] = { EE_CHAR_FONTHEIGHT, EE_CHAR_FONTHEIGHT_CJK, EE_CHAR_FONTHEIGHT_CTL, 0 };
-
-    const SvxFontItem* pFontItem = static_cast<const SvxFontItem*>(&rSet.Get( EE_CHAR_FONTINFO ));
-    if( !pFontItem || !pFontList )
-        return false;
-
-    bool bRet = false;
-
-    const sal_uInt16* pWhich = gFontSizeWichMap;
-    while( *pWhich )
-    {
-        SvxFontHeightItem aFontHeightItem( static_cast<const SvxFontHeightItem&>(rSet.Get( *pWhich )) );
-        long nHeight = aFontHeightItem.GetHeight();
-        const SfxMapUnit eUnit = rSet.GetPool()->GetMetric( *pWhich );
-        nHeight = OutputDevice::LogicToLogic( nHeight * 10, (MapUnit)eUnit, MAP_POINT );
-
-        FontInfo aFontInfo = pFontList->Get( pFontItem->GetFamilyName(), pFontItem->GetStyleName() );
-        const long* pAry = pFontList->GetSizeAry( aFontInfo );
-
-        if( bGrow )
-        {
-            while( *pAry )
-            {
-                if( *pAry > nHeight )
-                {
-                    nHeight = *pAry;
-                    break;
-                }
-                pAry++;
-            }
-
-            if( *pAry == 0 )
-            {
-                nHeight += (nHeight + 5) / 10;
-                if( nHeight > 9999 )
-                    nHeight = 9999;
-            }
-
-        }
-        else if( *pAry )
-        {
-            bool bFound = false;
-            if( *pAry < nHeight )
-            {
-                pAry++;
-                while( *pAry )
-                {
-                    if( *pAry >= nHeight )
-                    {
-                        nHeight = pAry[-1];
-                        bFound = true;
-                        break;
-                    }
-                    pAry++;
-                }
-            }
-
-            if( !bFound )
-            {
-                nHeight -= (nHeight + 5) / 10;
-                if( nHeight < 2 )
-                    nHeight = 2;
-            }
-        }
-
-        if( (nHeight >= 2) && (nHeight <= 9999 ) )
-        {
-            nHeight = OutputDevice::LogicToLogic( nHeight, MAP_POINT, (MapUnit)eUnit  ) / 10;
-
-            if( nHeight != (long)aFontHeightItem.GetHeight() )
-            {
-                aFontHeightItem.SetHeight( nHeight );
-                rSet.Put( aFontHeightItem, *pWhich );
-                bRet = true;
-            }
-        }
-        pWhich++;
-    }
-    return bRet;
-}
-
-String EditView::GetSurroundingText() const

-{

-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );

-    DBG_CHKOBJ( pImpEditView->pEditEngine, EditEngine, 0 );

-

-    EditSelection aSel( pImpEditView->GetEditSelection() );

-    aSel.Adjust( PIMPEE->GetEditDoc() );

-

-    if( HasSelection() )

-    {

-        XubString aStr = PIMPEE->GetSelected( aSel );

-

-        // Stop reconversion if the selected text includes a line break.

-        if ( aStr.Search( 0x0A ) == STRING_NOTFOUND )

-        return aStr;

-        else

-        return String();

-    }

-    else

-    {

-        aSel.Min().SetIndex( 0 );

-        aSel.Max().SetIndex( aSel.Max().GetNode()->Len() );

-        return PIMPEE->GetSelected( aSel );

-    }

-}

-

-Selection EditView::GetSurroundingTextSelection() const

-{

-    DBG_CHKTHIS( EditView, 0 );

-

-    ESelection aSelection( GetSelection() );

-    aSelection.Adjust();

-

-    if( HasSelection() )

-    {

-        EditSelection aSel( pImpEditView->GetEditSelection() );

-        aSel.Adjust( PIMPEE->GetEditDoc() );

-        XubString aStr = PIMPEE->GetSelected( aSel );

-

-        // Stop reconversion if the selected text includes a line break.

-        if ( aStr.Search( 0x0A ) == STRING_NOTFOUND )

-        return Selection( 0, aSelection.nEndPos - aSelection.nStartPos );

-        else

-        return Selection( 0, 0 );

-    }

-    else

-    {

-        return Selection( aSelection.nStartPos, aSelection.nEndPos );

-    }

-}

diff --git a/svx/source/editeng/edtspell.cxx b/svx/source/editeng/edtspell.cxx
deleted file mode 100644
index 63f788e192d5..000000000000
--- a/svx/source/editeng/edtspell.cxx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,746 +0,0 @@
-/*************************************************************************
- *
- * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
- *
- * Copyright 2008 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite
- *
- * $RCSfile: edtspell.cxx,v $
- * $Revision: 1.16 $
- *
- * This file is part of OpenOffice.org.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3
- * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details
- * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code).
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org.  If not, see
- * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html>
- * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License.
- *
- ************************************************************************/
-
-// MARKER(update_precomp.py): autogen include statement, do not remove
-#include "precompiled_svx.hxx"
-
-#include <eeng_pch.hxx>
-
-#include <impedit.hxx>
-#include <svx/editview.hxx>
-#include <svx/editeng.hxx>
-#include <edtspell.hxx>
-#include <svx/flditem.hxx>
-#include <fontitem.hxx>
-#include <svl/intitem.hxx>
-#include <svl/eitem.hxx>
-#include <unolingu.hxx>
-#include <linguistic/lngprops.hxx>
-#include <com/sun/star/beans/XPropertySet.hpp>
-
-using ::rtl::OUString;
-using namespace com::sun::star::uno;
-using namespace com::sun::star::beans;
-using namespace com::sun::star::linguistic2;
-
-
-EditSpellWrapper::EditSpellWrapper( Window* _pWin,
-        Reference< XSpellChecker1 >  &xChecker,
-        sal_Bool bIsStart, sal_Bool bIsAllRight, EditView* pView ) :
-    SvxSpellWrapper( _pWin, xChecker, bIsStart, bIsAllRight )
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( pView, "Es muss eine View uebergeben werden!" );
-    // IgnoreList behalten, ReplaceList loeschen...
-    if (SvxGetChangeAllList().is())
-        SvxGetChangeAllList()->clear();
-    pEditView = pView;
-}
-
-void __EXPORT EditSpellWrapper::SpellStart( SvxSpellArea eArea )
-{
-    ImpEditEngine* pImpEE = pEditView->GetImpEditEngine();
-    SpellInfo* pSpellInfo = pImpEE->GetSpellInfo();
-
-    if ( eArea == SVX_SPELL_BODY_START )
-    {
-        // Wird gerufen, wenn
-        // a) Spell-Forwad ist am Ende angekomment und soll von vorne beginnen
-        // IsEndDone() liefert auch sal_True, wenn Rueckwaerts-Spelling am Ende gestartet wird!
-        if ( IsEndDone() )
-        {
-            pSpellInfo->bSpellToEnd = sal_False;
-            pSpellInfo->aSpellTo = pSpellInfo->aSpellStart;
-            pEditView->GetImpEditView()->SetEditSelection(
-                    pImpEE->GetEditDoc().GetStartPaM() );
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            pSpellInfo->bSpellToEnd = sal_True;
-            pSpellInfo->aSpellTo = pImpEE->CreateEPaM(
-                    pImpEE->GetEditDoc().GetStartPaM() );
-        }
-    }
-    else if ( eArea == SVX_SPELL_BODY_END )
-    {
-        // Wird gerufen, wenn
-        // a) Spell-Forwad wird gestartet
-        // IsStartDone() liefert auch sal_True, wenn Vorwaerts-Spelling am Anfang gestartet wird!
-        if ( !IsStartDone() )
-        {
-            pSpellInfo->bSpellToEnd = sal_True;
-            pSpellInfo->aSpellTo = pImpEE->CreateEPaM(
-                    pImpEE->GetEditDoc().GetEndPaM() );
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            pSpellInfo->bSpellToEnd = sal_False;
-            pSpellInfo->aSpellTo = pSpellInfo->aSpellStart;
-            pEditView->GetImpEditView()->SetEditSelection(
-                    pImpEE->GetEditDoc().GetEndPaM() );
-        }
-    }
-    else if ( eArea == SVX_SPELL_BODY )
-    {
-        ;   // Wird ueber SpellNextDocument von App gehandelt
-
-        // pSpellInfo->bSpellToEnd = sal_True;
-        // pSpellInfo->aSpellTo = pImpEE->CreateEPaM( pImpEE->GetEditDoc().GetEndPaM() );
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        DBG_ERROR( "SpellStart: Unknown Area!" );
-    }
-}
-
-sal_Bool EditSpellWrapper::SpellContinue()
-{
-    SetLast( pEditView->GetImpEditEngine()->ImpSpell( pEditView ) );
-    return GetLast().is();
-}
-
-void __EXPORT EditSpellWrapper::SpellEnd()
-{
-    // Base class will show language errors...
-    SvxSpellWrapper::SpellEnd();
-}
-
-sal_Bool __EXPORT EditSpellWrapper::HasOtherCnt()
-{
-    return sal_False;
-}
-
-sal_Bool __EXPORT EditSpellWrapper::SpellMore()
-{
-    ImpEditEngine* pImpEE = pEditView->GetImpEditEngine();
-    SpellInfo* pSpellInfo = pImpEE->GetSpellInfo();
-    sal_Bool bMore = sal_False;
-    if ( pSpellInfo->bMultipleDoc )
-    {
-        bMore = pImpEE->GetEditEnginePtr()->SpellNextDocument();
-        if ( bMore )
-        {
-            // Der Text wurde in diese Engine getreten, bei Rueckwaerts
-            // muss die Selektion hinten sein.
-            Reference< XPropertySet >  xProp( SvxGetLinguPropertySet() );
-            pEditView->GetImpEditView()->SetEditSelection(
-                        pImpEE->GetEditDoc().GetStartPaM() );
-        }
-    }
-    return bMore;
-}
-
-void __EXPORT EditSpellWrapper::ScrollArea()
-{
-    // Keine weitere Aktion noetig...
-    // Es sei denn, der Bereich soll in die Mitte gescrollt werden,
-    // und nicht irgendwo stehen.
-}
-
-void __EXPORT EditSpellWrapper::ReplaceAll( const String &rNewText,
-            sal_Int16 )
-{
-    // Wird gerufen, wenn Wort in ReplaceList des SpellCheckers
-    pEditView->InsertText( rNewText );
-    CheckSpellTo();
-}
-
-void __EXPORT EditSpellWrapper::ChangeWord( const String& rNewWord,
-            const sal_uInt16 )
-{
-    // Wird gerufen, wenn Wort Button Change
-    // bzw. intern von mir bei ChangeAll
-
-    // Wenn Punkt hinterm Wort, wird dieser nicht mitgegeben.
-    // Falls '"' => PreStripped.
-    String aNewWord( rNewWord );
-    pEditView->InsertText( aNewWord );
-    CheckSpellTo();
-}
-
-void __EXPORT EditSpellWrapper::ChangeThesWord( const String& rNewWord )
-{
-    pEditView->InsertText( rNewWord );
-    CheckSpellTo();
-}
-
-void __EXPORT EditSpellWrapper::AutoCorrect( const String&, const String& )
-{
-}
-
-void EditSpellWrapper::CheckSpellTo()
-{
-    ImpEditEngine* pImpEE = pEditView->GetImpEditEngine();
-    SpellInfo* pSpellInfo = pImpEE->GetSpellInfo();
-    EditPaM aPaM( pEditView->GetImpEditView()->GetEditSelection().Max() );
-    EPaM aEPaM = pImpEE->CreateEPaM( aPaM );
-    if ( aEPaM.nPara == pSpellInfo->aSpellTo.nPara )
-    {
-        // prueffen, ob SpellToEnd noch gueltiger Index, falls in dem Absatz
-        // ersetzt wurde.
-        if ( pSpellInfo->aSpellTo.nIndex > aPaM.GetNode()->Len() )
-            pSpellInfo->aSpellTo.nIndex = aPaM.GetNode()->Len();
-    }
-}
-SV_IMPL_VARARR( WrongRanges, WrongRange );
-
-WrongList::WrongList()
-{
-    nInvalidStart = 0;
-    nInvalidEnd = 0xFFFF;
-}
-
-WrongList::~WrongList()
-{
-}
-
-void WrongList::TextInserted( sal_uInt16 nPos, sal_uInt16 nNew, sal_Bool bPosIsSep )
-{
-    if ( !IsInvalid() )
-    {
-        nInvalidStart = nPos;
-        nInvalidEnd = nPos+nNew;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        if ( nInvalidStart > nPos )
-            nInvalidStart = nPos;
-        if ( nInvalidEnd >= nPos )
-            nInvalidEnd = nInvalidEnd + nNew;
-        else
-            nInvalidEnd = nPos+nNew;
-    }
-
-    for ( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < Count(); n++ )
-    {
-        WrongRange& rWrong = GetObject( n );
-        sal_Bool bRefIsValid = sal_True;
-        if ( rWrong.nEnd >= nPos )
-        {
-            // Alle Wrongs hinter der Einfuegeposition verschieben...
-            if ( rWrong.nStart > nPos )
-            {
-                rWrong.nStart = rWrong.nStart + nNew;
-                rWrong.nEnd = rWrong.nEnd + nNew;
-            }
-            // 1: Startet davor, geht bis nPos...
-            else if ( rWrong.nEnd == nPos )
-            {
-                // Sollte bei einem Blank unterbunden werden!
-                if ( !bPosIsSep )
-                    rWrong.nEnd = rWrong.nEnd + nNew;
-            }
-            // 2: Startet davor, geht hinter Pos...
-            else if ( ( rWrong.nStart < nPos ) && ( rWrong.nEnd > nPos ) )
-            {
-                rWrong.nEnd = rWrong.nEnd + nNew;
-                // Bei einem Trenner das Wrong entfernen und neu pruefen
-                if ( bPosIsSep )
-                {
-                    // Wrong aufteilen...
-                    WrongRange aNewWrong( rWrong.nStart, nPos );
-                    rWrong.nStart = nPos+1;
-                    Insert( aNewWrong, n );
-                    bRefIsValid = sal_False;    // Referenz nach Insert nicht mehr gueltig, der andere wurde davor an dessen Position eingefuegt
-                    n++; // Diesen nicht nochmal...
-                }
-            }
-            // 3: Attribut startet auf Pos...
-            else if ( rWrong.nStart == nPos )
-            {
-                rWrong.nEnd = rWrong.nEnd + nNew;
-                if ( bPosIsSep )
-                    rWrong.nStart++;
-            }
-        }
-        DBG_ASSERT( !bRefIsValid || ( rWrong.nStart < rWrong.nEnd ),
-                "TextInserted, WrongRange: Start >= End?!" );
-    }
-
-    DBG_ASSERT( !DbgIsBuggy(), "InsertWrong: WrongList kaputt!" );
-}
-
-void WrongList::TextDeleted( sal_uInt16 nPos, sal_uInt16 nDeleted )
-{
-    sal_uInt16 nEndChanges = nPos+nDeleted;
-    if ( !IsInvalid() )
-    {
-        sal_uInt16 nNewInvalidStart = nPos ? nPos - 1 : 0;
-        nInvalidStart = nNewInvalidStart;
-        nInvalidEnd = nNewInvalidStart + 1;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        if ( nInvalidStart > nPos )
-            nInvalidStart = nPos;
-        if ( nInvalidEnd > nPos )
-        {
-            if ( nInvalidEnd > nEndChanges )
-                nInvalidEnd = nInvalidEnd - nDeleted;
-            else
-                nInvalidEnd = nPos+1;
-        }
-    }
-
-    for ( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < Count(); n++ )
-    {
-        WrongRange& rWrong = GetObject( n );
-        sal_Bool bDelWrong = sal_False;
-        if ( rWrong.nEnd >= nPos )
-        {
-            // Alles Wrongs hinter der Einfuegeposition verschieben...
-            if ( rWrong.nStart >= nEndChanges )
-            {
-                rWrong.nStart = rWrong.nStart - nDeleted;
-                rWrong.nEnd = rWrong.nEnd - nDeleted;
-            }
-            // 1. Innenliegende Wrongs loeschen...
-            else if ( ( rWrong.nStart >= nPos ) && ( rWrong.nEnd <= nEndChanges ) )
-            {
-                bDelWrong = sal_True;
-            }
-            // 2. Wrong beginnt davor, endet drinnen oder dahinter...
-            else if ( ( rWrong.nStart <= nPos ) && ( rWrong.nEnd > nPos ) )
-            {
-                if ( rWrong.nEnd <= nEndChanges )   // endet drinnen
-                    rWrong.nEnd = nPos;
-                else
-                    rWrong.nEnd = rWrong.nEnd - nDeleted; // endet dahinter
-            }
-            // 3. Wrong beginnt drinnen, endet dahinter...
-            else if ( ( rWrong.nStart >= nPos ) && ( rWrong.nEnd > nEndChanges ) )
-            {
-                rWrong.nStart = nEndChanges;
-                rWrong.nStart = rWrong.nStart - nDeleted;
-                rWrong.nEnd = rWrong.nEnd - nDeleted;
-            }
-        }
-        DBG_ASSERT( rWrong.nStart < rWrong.nEnd,
-                "TextInserted, WrongRange: Start >= End?!" );
-        if ( bDelWrong )
-        {
-            Remove( n, 1 );
-            n--;
-        }
-    }
-
-    DBG_ASSERT( !DbgIsBuggy(), "InsertWrong: WrongList kaputt!" );
-}
-
-sal_Bool WrongList::NextWrong( sal_uInt16& rnStart, sal_uInt16& rnEnd ) const
-{
-    /*
-        rnStart enthaelt die Startposition, wird ggf. auf Wrong-Start korrigiert
-        rnEnd braucht nicht inizialisiert sein.
-    */
-    for ( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < Count(); n++ )
-    {
-        WrongRange& rWrong = GetObject( n );
-        if ( rWrong.nEnd > rnStart )
-        {
-            rnStart = rWrong.nStart;
-            rnEnd = rWrong.nEnd;
-            return sal_True;
-        }
-    }
-    return sal_False;
-}
-
-sal_Bool WrongList::HasWrong( sal_uInt16 nStart, sal_uInt16 nEnd ) const
-{
-    for ( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < Count(); n++ )
-    {
-        WrongRange& rWrong = GetObject( n );
-        if ( ( rWrong.nStart == nStart ) && ( rWrong.nEnd == nEnd ) )
-            return sal_True;
-        else if ( rWrong.nStart >= nStart )
-            break;
-    }
-    return sal_False;
-}
-
-sal_Bool WrongList::HasAnyWrong( sal_uInt16 nStart, sal_uInt16 nEnd ) const
-{
-    for ( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < Count(); n++ )
-    {
-        WrongRange& rWrong = GetObject( n );
-        if ( ( rWrong.nEnd >= nStart ) && ( rWrong.nStart < nEnd ) )
-            return sal_True;
-        else if ( rWrong.nStart >= nEnd )
-            break;
-    }
-    return sal_False;
-}
-
-void WrongList::ClearWrongs( sal_uInt16 nStart, sal_uInt16 nEnd,
-            const ContentNode* pNode )
-{
-    for ( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < Count(); n++ )
-    {
-        WrongRange& rWrong = GetObject( n );
-        if ( ( rWrong.nEnd > nStart ) && ( rWrong.nStart < nEnd ) )
-        {
-            if ( rWrong.nEnd > nEnd )   // // Laeuft raus
-            {
-                rWrong.nStart = nEnd;
-                // Blanks?
-                while ( ( rWrong.nStart < pNode->Len() ) &&
-                            ( ( pNode->GetChar( rWrong.nStart ) == ' ' ) ||
-                              ( pNode->IsFeature( rWrong.nStart ) ) ) )
-                {
-                    rWrong.nStart++;
-                }
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                Remove( n, 1 );
-                n--;
-            }
-        }
-    }
-
-    DBG_ASSERT( !DbgIsBuggy(), "InsertWrong: WrongList kaputt!" );
-}
-
-void WrongList::InsertWrong( sal_uInt16 nStart, sal_uInt16 nEnd,
-            sal_Bool bClearRange )
-{
-    sal_uInt16 nPos = Count();
-    for ( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < Count(); n++ )
-    {
-        WrongRange& rWrong = GetObject( n );
-        if ( rWrong.nStart >= nStart )
-        {
-            nPos = n;
-            if ( bClearRange )
-            {
-                // Es kann eigentlich nur Passieren, dass der Wrong genau
-                // hier beginnt und weiter rauslauft, aber nicht, dass hier
-                // mehrere im Bereich liegen...
-                // Genau im Bereich darf keiner liegen, sonst darf diese Methode
-                // garnicht erst gerufen werden!
-                DBG_ASSERT( ( ( rWrong.nStart == nStart ) && ( rWrong.nEnd > nEnd ) )
-                                || ( rWrong.nStart > nEnd ), "InsertWrong: RangeMismatch!" );
-                if ( ( rWrong.nStart == nStart ) && ( rWrong.nEnd > nEnd ) )
-                    rWrong.nStart = nEnd+1;
-            }
-            break;
-        }
-    }
-    Insert( WrongRange( nStart, nEnd ), nPos );
-
-    DBG_ASSERT( !DbgIsBuggy(), "InsertWrong: WrongList kaputt!" );
-}
-
-void WrongList::MarkWrongsInvalid()
-{
-    if ( Count() )
-        MarkInvalid( GetObject( 0 ).nStart, GetObject( Count()-1 ).nEnd );
-}
-
-WrongList*  WrongList::Clone() const
-{
-    WrongList* pNew = new WrongList;
-    for ( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < Count(); n++ )
-    {
-        WrongRange& rWrong = GetObject( n );
-        pNew->Insert( rWrong, pNew->Count() );
-    }
-
-    return pNew;
-}
-
-// #i102062#
-bool WrongList::operator==(const WrongList& rCompare) const
-{
-    // cleck direct members
-    if(GetInvalidStart() != rCompare.GetInvalidStart()
-        || GetInvalidEnd() != rCompare.GetInvalidEnd()
-        || Count() != rCompare.Count())
-    {
-        return false;
-    }
-
-    for(USHORT a(0); a < Count(); a++)
-    {
-        const WrongRange& rCandA(GetObject(a));
-        const WrongRange& rCandB(rCompare.GetObject(a));
-
-        if(rCandA.nStart != rCandB.nStart
-            || rCandA.nEnd != rCandB.nEnd)
-        {
-            return false;
-        }
-    }
-
-    return true;
-}
-
-#ifdef DBG_UTIL
-sal_Bool WrongList::DbgIsBuggy() const
-{
-    // Pruefen, ob sich Bereiche ueberlappen
-    sal_Bool bError = sal_False;
-    for ( sal_uInt16 _nA = 0; !bError && ( _nA < Count() ); _nA++ )
-    {
-        WrongRange& rWrong = GetObject( _nA );
-        for ( sal_uInt16 nB = _nA+1; !bError && ( nB < Count() ); nB++ )
-        {
-            WrongRange& rNextWrong = GetObject( nB );
-            // 1) Start davor, End hinterm anderen Start
-            if (   ( rWrong.nStart <= rNextWrong.nStart )
-                && ( rWrong.nEnd >= rNextWrong.nStart ) )
-                bError = sal_True;
-            // 2) Start hinter anderen Start, aber noch vorm anderen End
-            else if (   ( rWrong.nStart >= rNextWrong.nStart)
-                     && ( rWrong.nStart <= rNextWrong.nEnd ) )
-                bError = sal_True;
-        }
-    }
-    return bError;
-}
-#endif
-
-
-EdtAutoCorrDoc::EdtAutoCorrDoc( ImpEditEngine* pE, ContentNode* pN,
-            sal_uInt16 nCrsr, xub_Unicode cIns )
-{
-    pImpEE = pE;
-    pCurNode = pN;
-    nCursor = nCrsr;
-
-    bUndoAction = sal_False;
-    bAllowUndoAction = cIns ? sal_True : sal_False;
-}
-
-EdtAutoCorrDoc::~EdtAutoCorrDoc()
-{
-    if ( bUndoAction )
-        pImpEE->UndoActionEnd( EDITUNDO_INSERT );
-}
-
-sal_Bool EdtAutoCorrDoc::Delete( sal_uInt16 nStt, sal_uInt16 nEnd )
-{
-    EditSelection aSel( EditPaM( pCurNode, nStt ), EditPaM( pCurNode, nEnd ) );
-    pImpEE->ImpDeleteSelection( aSel );
-    DBG_ASSERT( nCursor >= nEnd, "Cursor mitten im Geschehen ?!" );
-    nCursor -= ( nEnd-nStt );
-    bAllowUndoAction = sal_False;
-    return sal_True;
-}
-
-sal_Bool EdtAutoCorrDoc::Insert( sal_uInt16 nPos, const String& rTxt )
-{
-    EditSelection aSel = EditPaM( pCurNode, nPos );
-    pImpEE->ImpInsertText( aSel, rTxt );
-    DBG_ASSERT( nCursor >= nPos, "Cursor mitten im Geschehen ?!" );
-    nCursor = nCursor + rTxt.Len();
-
-    if ( bAllowUndoAction && ( rTxt.Len() == 1 ) )
-        ImplStartUndoAction();
-    bAllowUndoAction = sal_False;
-
-    return sal_True;
-}
-
-sal_Bool EdtAutoCorrDoc::Replace( sal_uInt16 nPos, const String& rTxt )
-{
-    // Eigentlich ein Replace einfuehren => Entspr. UNDO
-    sal_uInt16 nEnd = nPos+rTxt.Len();
-    if ( nEnd > pCurNode->Len() )
-        nEnd = pCurNode->Len();
-
-    // #i5925# First insert new text behind to be deleted text, for keeping attributes.
-    pImpEE->ImpInsertText( EditSelection( EditPaM( pCurNode, nEnd ) ), rTxt );
-    pImpEE->ImpDeleteSelection( EditSelection( EditPaM( pCurNode, nPos ), EditPaM( pCurNode, nEnd ) ) );
-
-    if ( nPos == nCursor )
-        nCursor = nCursor + rTxt.Len();
-
-    if ( bAllowUndoAction && ( rTxt.Len() == 1 ) )
-        ImplStartUndoAction();
-
-    bAllowUndoAction = sal_False;
-
-    return sal_True;
-}
-
-sal_Bool EdtAutoCorrDoc::SetAttr( sal_uInt16 nStt, sal_uInt16 nEnd,
-            sal_uInt16 nSlotId, SfxPoolItem& rItem )
-{
-    SfxItemPool* pPool = &pImpEE->GetEditDoc().GetItemPool();
-    while ( pPool->GetSecondaryPool() &&
-            !pPool->GetName().EqualsAscii( "EditEngineItemPool" ) )
-    {
-        pPool = pPool->GetSecondaryPool();
-
-    }
-    sal_uInt16 nWhich = pPool->GetWhich( nSlotId );
-    if ( nWhich )
-    {
-        rItem.SetWhich( nWhich );
-
-        SfxItemSet aSet( pImpEE->GetEmptyItemSet() );
-        aSet.Put( rItem );
-
-        EditSelection aSel( EditPaM( pCurNode, nStt ), EditPaM( pCurNode, nEnd ) );
-        aSel.Max().SetIndex( nEnd );    // ???
-        pImpEE->SetAttribs( aSel, aSet, ATTRSPECIAL_EDGE );
-        bAllowUndoAction = sal_False;
-    }
-    return sal_True;
-}
-
-sal_Bool EdtAutoCorrDoc::SetINetAttr( sal_uInt16 nStt, sal_uInt16 nEnd,
-            const String& rURL )
-{
-    // Aus dem Text ein Feldbefehl machen...
-    EditSelection aSel( EditPaM( pCurNode, nStt ), EditPaM( pCurNode, nEnd ) );
-    String aText = pImpEE->GetSelected( aSel );
-    aSel = pImpEE->ImpDeleteSelection( aSel );
-    DBG_ASSERT( nCursor >= nEnd, "Cursor mitten im Geschehen ?!" );
-    nCursor -= ( nEnd-nStt );
-    SvxFieldItem aField( SvxURLField( rURL, aText, SVXURLFORMAT_REPR ),
-                                      EE_FEATURE_FIELD  );
-    pImpEE->InsertField( aSel, aField );
-    nCursor++;
-    pImpEE->UpdateFields();
-    bAllowUndoAction = sal_False;
-    return sal_True;
-}
-
-sal_Bool EdtAutoCorrDoc::HasSymbolChars( sal_uInt16 nStt, sal_uInt16 nEnd )
-{
-    USHORT nScriptType = pImpEE->GetScriptType( EditPaM( pCurNode, nStt ) );
-    USHORT nScriptFontInfoItemId = GetScriptItemId( EE_CHAR_FONTINFO, nScriptType );
-
-    CharAttribArray& rAttribs = pCurNode->GetCharAttribs().GetAttribs();
-    sal_uInt16 nAttrs = rAttribs.Count();
-    for ( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < nAttrs; n++ )
-    {
-        EditCharAttrib* pAttr = rAttribs.GetObject( n );
-        if ( pAttr->GetStart() >= nEnd )
-            return sal_False;
-
-        if ( ( pAttr->Which() == nScriptFontInfoItemId ) &&
-                ( ((SvxFontItem*)pAttr->GetItem())->GetCharSet() == RTL_TEXTENCODING_SYMBOL ) )
-        {
-            // Pruefen, ob das Attribt im Bereich liegt...
-            if ( pAttr->GetEnd() >= nStt )
-                return sal_True;
-        }
-    }
-    return sal_False;
-}
-
-const String* EdtAutoCorrDoc::GetPrevPara( sal_Bool )
-{
-    // Vorherigen Absatz zurueck geben, damit ermittel werden kann,
-    // ob es sich beim aktuellen Wort um einen Satzanfang handelt.
-
-    bAllowUndoAction = sal_False;   // Jetzt nicht mehr...
-
-    ContentList& rNodes = pImpEE->GetEditDoc();
-    sal_uInt16 nPos = rNodes.GetPos( pCurNode );
-
-    // Sonderbehandlung: Bullet => Absatzanfang => einfach NULL returnen...
-    const SfxBoolItem& rBulletState = (const SfxBoolItem&)
-            pImpEE->GetParaAttrib( nPos, EE_PARA_BULLETSTATE );
-    sal_Bool bBullet = rBulletState.GetValue() ? sal_True : sal_False;
-    if ( !bBullet && ( pImpEE->aStatus.GetControlWord() & EE_CNTRL_OUTLINER ) )
-    {
-        // Der Outliner hat im Gliederungsmodus auf Ebene 0 immer ein Bullet.
-        const SfxInt16Item& rLevel = (const SfxInt16Item&)
-                pImpEE->GetParaAttrib( nPos, EE_PARA_OUTLLEVEL );
-        if ( rLevel.GetValue() == 0 )
-            bBullet = sal_True;
-    }
-    if ( bBullet )
-        return NULL;
-
-    for ( sal_uInt16 n = nPos; n; )
-    {
-        n--;
-        ContentNode* pNode = rNodes[n];
-        if ( pNode->Len() )
-            return pNode;
-    }
-    return NULL;
-
-}
-
-sal_Bool EdtAutoCorrDoc::ChgAutoCorrWord( sal_uInt16& rSttPos,
-            sal_uInt16 nEndPos, SvxAutoCorrect& rACorrect,
-            const String** ppPara )
-{
-    // Absatz-Anfang oder ein Blank gefunden, suche nach dem Wort
-    // Kuerzel im Auto
-
-    bAllowUndoAction = sal_False;   // Jetzt nicht mehr...
-
-    String aShort( pCurNode->Copy( rSttPos, nEndPos - rSttPos ) );
-    sal_Bool bRet = sal_False;
-
-    if( !aShort.Len() )
-        return bRet;
-
-    LanguageType eLang = pImpEE->GetLanguage( EditPaM( pCurNode, rSttPos+1 ) );
-    const SvxAutocorrWord* pFnd = rACorrect.SearchWordsInList( *pCurNode, rSttPos, nEndPos, *this, eLang );
-    if( pFnd && pFnd->IsTextOnly() )
-    {
-        // dann mal ersetzen
-        EditSelection aSel( EditPaM( pCurNode, rSttPos ),
-                            EditPaM( pCurNode, nEndPos ) );
-        aSel = pImpEE->ImpDeleteSelection( aSel );
-        DBG_ASSERT( nCursor >= nEndPos, "Cursor mitten im Geschehen ?!" );
-        nCursor -= ( nEndPos-rSttPos );
-        pImpEE->ImpInsertText( aSel, pFnd->GetLong() );
-        nCursor = nCursor + pFnd->GetLong().Len();
-        if( ppPara )
-            *ppPara = pCurNode;
-        bRet = sal_True;
-    }
-
-    return bRet;
-}
-
-LanguageType EdtAutoCorrDoc::GetLanguage( sal_uInt16 nPos, sal_Bool ) const
-{
-    return pImpEE->GetLanguage( EditPaM( pCurNode, nPos+1 ) );
-}
-
-void EdtAutoCorrDoc::ImplStartUndoAction()
-{
-    sal_uInt16 nPara = pImpEE->GetEditDoc().GetPos( pCurNode );
-    ESelection aSel( nPara, nCursor, nPara, nCursor );
-    pImpEE->UndoActionStart( EDITUNDO_INSERT, aSel );
-    bUndoAction = sal_True;
-    bAllowUndoAction = sal_False;
-}
-
diff --git a/svx/source/editeng/eehtml.cxx b/svx/source/editeng/eehtml.cxx
deleted file mode 100644
index c76ef59d4c1a..000000000000
--- a/svx/source/editeng/eehtml.cxx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,851 +0,0 @@
-/*************************************************************************
- *
- * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
- *
- * Copyright 2008 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite
- *
- * $RCSfile: eehtml.cxx,v $
- * $Revision: 1.20 $
- *
- * This file is part of OpenOffice.org.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3
- * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details
- * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code).
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org.  If not, see
- * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html>
- * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License.
- *
- ************************************************************************/
-
-// MARKER(update_precomp.py): autogen include statement, do not remove
-#include "precompiled_svx.hxx"
-
-#include <eeng_pch.hxx>
-
-#include <eehtml.hxx>
-#include <impedit.hxx>
-#include <svx/adjitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/flditem.hxx>
-#include <tools/urlobj.hxx>
-#include <svx/fhgtitem.hxx>
-#include "fontitem.hxx"
-#include <svx/ulspitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/wghtitem.hxx>
-#include <svtools/htmltokn.h>
-#include <svtools/htmlkywd.hxx>
-
-
-#define ACTION_INSERTTEXT         1
-#define ACTION_INSERTPARABRK      2
-
-#define STYLE_PRE               101
-
-EditHTMLParser::EditHTMLParser( SvStream& rIn, const String& rBaseURL, SvKeyValueIterator* pHTTPHeaderAttrs )
-    : SfxHTMLParser( rIn, true )
-    , aBaseURL( rBaseURL )
-{
-    pImpEditEngine = 0;
-    pCurAnchor = 0;
-    bInPara = FALSE;
-    bWasInPara = FALSE;
-    nInTable = 0;
-    nInCell = 0;
-    nDefListLevel = 0;
-    nBulletLevel = 0;
-    nNumberingLevel = 0;
-    bFieldsInserted = FALSE;
-
-    if ( pHTTPHeaderAttrs )
-        SetEncodingByHTTPHeader( pHTTPHeaderAttrs );
-}
-
-EditHTMLParser::~EditHTMLParser()
-{
-    delete pCurAnchor;
-}
-
-SvParserState EditHTMLParser::CallParser( ImpEditEngine* pImpEE, const EditPaM& rPaM )
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( pImpEE, "CallParser: ImpEditEngine ?!" );
-    pImpEditEngine = pImpEE;
-    SvParserState _eState = SVPAR_NOTSTARTED;
-    if ( pImpEditEngine )
-    {
-        // Umbrechmimik vom RTF-Import einbauen?
-        aCurSel = EditSelection( rPaM, rPaM );
-
-        if ( pImpEditEngine->aImportHdl.IsSet() )
-        {
-            ImportInfo aImportInfo( HTMLIMP_START, this, pImpEditEngine->CreateESel( aCurSel ) );
-            pImpEditEngine->aImportHdl.Call( &aImportInfo );
-        }
-
-        ImpSetStyleSheet( 0 );
-        _eState = HTMLParser::CallParser();
-
-        if ( pImpEditEngine->aImportHdl.IsSet() )
-        {
-            ImportInfo aImportInfo( HTMLIMP_END, this, pImpEditEngine->CreateESel( aCurSel ) );
-            pImpEditEngine->aImportHdl.Call( &aImportInfo );
-        }
-
-        if ( bFieldsInserted )
-            pImpEditEngine->UpdateFields();
-    }
-    return _eState;
-}
-
-void EditHTMLParser::NextToken( int nToken )
-{
-    #ifdef DBG_UTIL
-        HTML_TOKEN_IDS xID = (HTML_TOKEN_IDS)nToken;
-        (void)xID;
-    #endif
-
-    switch( nToken )
-    {
-    case HTML_META:
-    {
-        const HTMLOptions *_pOptions = GetOptions();
-        USHORT nArrLen = _pOptions->Count();
-        BOOL bEquiv = FALSE;
-        for ( USHORT i = 0; i < nArrLen; i++ )
-        {
-            const HTMLOption *pOption = (*_pOptions)[i];
-            switch( pOption->GetToken() )
-            {
-                case HTML_O_HTTPEQUIV:
-                {
-                    bEquiv = TRUE;
-                }
-                break;
-                case HTML_O_CONTENT:
-                {
-                    if ( bEquiv )
-                    {
-                        rtl_TextEncoding eEnc = GetEncodingByMIME( pOption->GetString() );
-                        if ( eEnc != RTL_TEXTENCODING_DONTKNOW )
-                            SetSrcEncoding( eEnc );
-                    }
-                }
-                break;
-            }
-        }
-
-    }
-    break;
-    case HTML_PLAINTEXT_ON:
-    case HTML_PLAINTEXT2_ON:
-        bInPara = TRUE;
-    break;
-    case HTML_PLAINTEXT_OFF:
-    case HTML_PLAINTEXT2_OFF:
-        bInPara = FALSE;
-    break;
-
-    case HTML_LINEBREAK:
-    case HTML_NEWPARA:
-    {
-        if ( ( bInPara || nInTable ) &&
-            ( ( nToken == HTML_LINEBREAK ) || HasTextInCurrentPara() ) )
-        {
-            ImpInsertParaBreak();
-        }
-    }
-    break;
-    case HTML_HORZRULE:
-    {
-        if ( HasTextInCurrentPara() )
-            ImpInsertParaBreak();
-        ImpInsertParaBreak();
-    }
-    case HTML_NONBREAKSPACE:
-    {
-        if ( bInPara )
-        {
-            ImpInsertText( String( RTL_CONSTASCII_USTRINGPARAM( " " ) ) );
-        }
-    }
-    break;
-    case HTML_TEXTTOKEN:
-    {
-        if ( !bInPara )
-            StartPara( FALSE );
-
-//        if ( bInPara || pCurAnchor )
-        {
-            String aText = aToken;
-            if ( aText.Len() && ( aText.GetChar( 0 ) == ' ' )
-                    && ThrowAwayBlank() && !IsReadPRE() )
-                aText.Erase( 0, 1 );
-
-            if ( pCurAnchor )
-            {
-                pCurAnchor->aText += aText;
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                // Nur bis HTML mit 319 geschrieben ?!
-                if ( IsReadPRE() )
-                {
-                    USHORT nTabPos = aText.Search( '\t', 0 );
-                    while ( nTabPos != STRING_NOTFOUND )
-                    {
-                        aText.Erase( nTabPos, 1 );
-                        aText.Insert( String( RTL_CONSTASCII_USTRINGPARAM( "        " ) ), nTabPos );
-                        nTabPos = aText.Search( '\t', nTabPos+8 );
-                    }
-                }
-                ImpInsertText( aText );
-            }
-        }
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case HTML_CENTER_ON:
-    case HTML_CENTER_OFF:   // if ( bInPara )
-                            {
-                                USHORT nNode = pImpEditEngine->GetEditDoc().GetPos( aCurSel.Max().GetNode() );
-                                SfxItemSet aItems( aCurSel.Max().GetNode()->GetContentAttribs().GetItems() );
-                                aItems.ClearItem( EE_PARA_JUST );
-                                if ( nToken == HTML_CENTER_ON )
-                                    aItems.Put( SvxAdjustItem( SVX_ADJUST_CENTER, EE_PARA_JUST ) );
-                                pImpEditEngine->SetParaAttribs( nNode, aItems );
-                            }
-                            break;
-
-    case HTML_ANCHOR_ON:    AnchorStart();
-                            break;
-    case HTML_ANCHOR_OFF:   AnchorEnd();
-                            break;
-
-    case HTML_PARABREAK_ON:
-        if( bInPara && HasTextInCurrentPara() )
-            EndPara( TRUE );
-        StartPara( TRUE );
-        break;
-
-    case HTML_PARABREAK_OFF:
-        if( bInPara )
-            EndPara( TRUE );
-        break;
-
-    case HTML_HEAD1_ON:
-    case HTML_HEAD2_ON:
-    case HTML_HEAD3_ON:
-    case HTML_HEAD4_ON:
-    case HTML_HEAD5_ON:
-    case HTML_HEAD6_ON:
-    {
-        HeadingStart( nToken );
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case HTML_HEAD1_OFF:
-    case HTML_HEAD2_OFF:
-    case HTML_HEAD3_OFF:
-    case HTML_HEAD4_OFF:
-    case HTML_HEAD5_OFF:
-    case HTML_HEAD6_OFF:
-    {
-        HeadingEnd( nToken );
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case HTML_PREFORMTXT_ON:
-    case HTML_XMP_ON:
-    case HTML_LISTING_ON:
-    {
-        StartPara( TRUE );
-        ImpSetStyleSheet( STYLE_PRE );
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case HTML_DEFLIST_ON:
-    {
-        nDefListLevel++;
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case HTML_DEFLIST_OFF:
-    {
-        if( nDefListLevel )
-            nDefListLevel--;
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case HTML_TABLE_ON:     nInTable++;
-                            break;
-    case HTML_TABLE_OFF:    DBG_ASSERT( nInTable, "Nicht in Table, aber TABLE_OFF?" );
-                            nInTable--;
-                            break;
-
-    case HTML_TABLEHEADER_ON:
-    case HTML_TABLEDATA_ON:
-        nInCell++;
-    // fallthru
-    case HTML_BLOCKQUOTE_ON:
-    case HTML_BLOCKQUOTE_OFF:
-    case HTML_BLOCKQUOTE30_ON:
-    case HTML_BLOCKQUOTE30_OFF:
-    case HTML_LISTHEADER_ON:
-    case HTML_LI_ON:
-    case HTML_DD_ON:
-    case HTML_DT_ON:
-    case HTML_ORDERLIST_ON:
-    case HTML_UNORDERLIST_ON:
-    {
-        BOOL bHasText = HasTextInCurrentPara();
-        if ( bHasText )
-            ImpInsertParaBreak();
-        StartPara( FALSE );
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case HTML_TABLEHEADER_OFF:
-    case HTML_TABLEDATA_OFF:
-    {
-        if ( nInCell )
-            nInCell--;
-    }
-    // fallthru
-    case HTML_LISTHEADER_OFF:
-    case HTML_LI_OFF:
-    case HTML_DD_OFF:
-    case HTML_DT_OFF:
-    case HTML_ORDERLIST_OFF:
-    case HTML_UNORDERLIST_OFF:  EndPara( FALSE );
-                                break;
-
-    case HTML_TABLEROW_ON:
-    case HTML_TABLEROW_OFF: // Nur nach einem CELL ein RETURN, fuer Calc
-
-    case HTML_COL_ON:
-    case HTML_COLGROUP_ON:
-    case HTML_COLGROUP_OFF: break;
-
-    case HTML_FONT_ON:      // ...
-                            break;
-    case HTML_FONT_OFF:     // ...
-                            break;
-
-
-    // #58335# kein SkipGroup on/off auf inline markup etc.
-
-    // globals
-    case HTML_HTML_ON:
-    case HTML_HTML_OFF:
-    case HTML_BODY_ON:
-    case HTML_BODY_OFF:
-    case HTML_HEAD_ON:
-    case HTML_HEAD_OFF:
-    case HTML_FORM_ON:
-    case HTML_FORM_OFF:
-    case HTML_THEAD_ON:
-    case HTML_THEAD_OFF:
-    case HTML_TBODY_ON:
-    case HTML_TBODY_OFF:
-    case HTML_TITLE_ON:
-    case HTML_TITLE_OFF:
-    // inline elements, structural markup
-    // HTML 3.0
-    case HTML_BANNER_ON:
-    case HTML_BANNER_OFF:
-    case HTML_DIVISION_ON:
-    case HTML_DIVISION_OFF:
-//  case HTML_LISTHEADER_ON:        //! special handling
-//  case HTML_LISTHEADER_OFF:
-    case HTML_NOTE_ON:
-    case HTML_NOTE_OFF:
-    // inline elements, logical markup
-    // HTML 2.0
-    case HTML_ADDRESS_ON:
-    case HTML_ADDRESS_OFF:
-//  case HTML_BLOCKQUOTE_ON:        //! extra Behandlung
-//  case HTML_BLOCKQUOTE_OFF:
-    case HTML_CITIATION_ON:
-    case HTML_CITIATION_OFF:
-    case HTML_CODE_ON:
-    case HTML_CODE_OFF:
-    case HTML_DEFINSTANCE_ON:
-    case HTML_DEFINSTANCE_OFF:
-    case HTML_EMPHASIS_ON:
-    case HTML_EMPHASIS_OFF:
-    case HTML_KEYBOARD_ON:
-    case HTML_KEYBOARD_OFF:
-    case HTML_SAMPLE_ON:
-    case HTML_SAMPLE_OFF:
-    case HTML_STRIKE_ON:
-    case HTML_STRIKE_OFF:
-    case HTML_STRONG_ON:
-    case HTML_STRONG_OFF:
-    case HTML_VARIABLE_ON:
-    case HTML_VARIABLE_OFF:
-    // HTML 3.0
-    case HTML_ABBREVIATION_ON:
-    case HTML_ABBREVIATION_OFF:
-    case HTML_ACRONYM_ON:
-    case HTML_ACRONYM_OFF:
-    case HTML_AUTHOR_ON:
-    case HTML_AUTHOR_OFF:
-//  case HTML_BLOCKQUOTE30_ON:      //! extra Behandlung
-//  case HTML_BLOCKQUOTE30_OFF:
-    case HTML_DELETEDTEXT_ON:
-    case HTML_DELETEDTEXT_OFF:
-    case HTML_INSERTEDTEXT_ON:
-    case HTML_INSERTEDTEXT_OFF:
-    case HTML_LANGUAGE_ON:
-    case HTML_LANGUAGE_OFF:
-    case HTML_PERSON_ON:
-    case HTML_PERSON_OFF:
-    case HTML_SHORTQUOTE_ON:
-    case HTML_SHORTQUOTE_OFF:
-    case HTML_SUBSCRIPT_ON:
-    case HTML_SUBSCRIPT_OFF:
-    case HTML_SUPERSCRIPT_ON:
-    case HTML_SUPERSCRIPT_OFF:
-    // inline elements, visual markup
-    // HTML 2.0
-    case HTML_BOLD_ON:
-    case HTML_BOLD_OFF:
-    case HTML_ITALIC_ON:
-    case HTML_ITALIC_OFF:
-    case HTML_TELETYPE_ON:
-    case HTML_TELETYPE_OFF:
-    case HTML_UNDERLINE_ON:
-    case HTML_UNDERLINE_OFF:
-    // HTML 3.0
-    case HTML_BIGPRINT_ON:
-    case HTML_BIGPRINT_OFF:
-    case HTML_STRIKETHROUGH_ON:
-    case HTML_STRIKETHROUGH_OFF:
-    case HTML_SMALLPRINT_ON:
-    case HTML_SMALLPRINT_OFF:
-    // figures
-    case HTML_FIGURE_ON:
-    case HTML_FIGURE_OFF:
-    case HTML_CAPTION_ON:
-    case HTML_CAPTION_OFF:
-    case HTML_CREDIT_ON:
-    case HTML_CREDIT_OFF:
-    // misc
-    case HTML_DIRLIST_ON:
-    case HTML_DIRLIST_OFF:
-    case HTML_FOOTNOTE_ON:          //! landen so im Text
-    case HTML_FOOTNOTE_OFF:
-    case HTML_MENULIST_ON:
-    case HTML_MENULIST_OFF:
-//  case HTML_PLAINTEXT_ON:         //! extra Behandlung
-//  case HTML_PLAINTEXT_OFF:
-//  case HTML_PREFORMTXT_ON:        //! extra Behandlung
-//  case HTML_PREFORMTXT_OFF:
-    case HTML_SPAN_ON:
-    case HTML_SPAN_OFF:
-    // obsolete
-//  case HTML_XMP_ON:               //! extra Behandlung
-//  case HTML_XMP_OFF:
-//  case HTML_LISTING_ON:           //! extra Behandlung
-//  case HTML_LISTING_OFF:
-    // Netscape
-    case HTML_BLINK_ON:
-    case HTML_BLINK_OFF:
-    case HTML_NOBR_ON:
-    case HTML_NOBR_OFF:
-    case HTML_NOEMBED_ON:
-    case HTML_NOEMBED_OFF:
-    case HTML_NOFRAMES_ON:
-    case HTML_NOFRAMES_OFF:
-    // Internet Explorer
-    case HTML_MARQUEE_ON:
-    case HTML_MARQUEE_OFF:
-//  case HTML_PLAINTEXT2_ON:        //! extra Behandlung
-//  case HTML_PLAINTEXT2_OFF:
-    break;
-
-    default:
-    {
-        if ( nToken & HTML_TOKEN_ONOFF )
-        {
-            if ( ( nToken == HTML_UNKNOWNCONTROL_ON ) || ( nToken == HTML_UNKNOWNCONTROL_OFF ) )
-            {
-                ;
-            }
-            else if ( !(nToken & 1) )
-            {
-                DBG_ASSERT( !( nToken & 1 ), "Kein Start-Token ?!" );
-                SkipGroup( nToken + 1 );
-            }
-        }
-    }
-    }   // SWITCH
-
-    if ( pImpEditEngine->aImportHdl.IsSet() )
-    {
-        ImportInfo aImportInfo( HTMLIMP_NEXTTOKEN, this, pImpEditEngine->CreateESel( aCurSel ) );
-        aImportInfo.nToken = nToken;
-        aImportInfo.nTokenValue = (short)nTokenValue;
-        if ( nToken == HTML_TEXTTOKEN )
-            aImportInfo.aText = aToken;
-        pImpEditEngine->aImportHdl.Call( &aImportInfo );
-    }
-
-}
-
-void EditHTMLParser::ImpInsertParaBreak()
-{
-    if ( pImpEditEngine->aImportHdl.IsSet() )
-    {
-        ImportInfo aImportInfo( HTMLIMP_INSERTPARA, this, pImpEditEngine->CreateESel( aCurSel ) );
-        pImpEditEngine->aImportHdl.Call( &aImportInfo );
-    }
-    aCurSel = pImpEditEngine->ImpInsertParaBreak( aCurSel );
-    nLastAction = ACTION_INSERTPARABRK;
-}
-
-void EditHTMLParser::ImpSetAttribs( const SfxItemSet& rItems, EditSelection* pSel )
-{
-    // pSel, wenn Zeichenattribute, sonst Absatzattribute fuer den
-    // aktuellen Absatz.
-    DBG_ASSERT( pSel || ( aCurSel.Min().GetNode() == aCurSel.Max().GetNode() ), "ImpInsertAttribs: Selektion?" );
-
-    EditPaM aStartPaM( pSel ? pSel->Min() : aCurSel.Min() );
-    EditPaM aEndPaM( pSel ? pSel->Max() : aCurSel.Max() );
-
-    if ( !pSel )
-    {
-        aStartPaM.SetIndex( 0 );
-        aEndPaM.SetIndex( aEndPaM.GetNode()->Len() );
-    }
-
-    if ( pImpEditEngine->aImportHdl.IsSet() )
-    {
-        EditSelection aSel( aStartPaM, aEndPaM );
-        ImportInfo aImportInfo( HTMLIMP_SETATTR, this, pImpEditEngine->CreateESel( aSel ) );
-        aImportInfo.pAttrs = (void*)&rItems;
-        pImpEditEngine->aImportHdl.Call( &aImportInfo );
-    }
-
-    ContentNode* pSN = aStartPaM.GetNode();
-    USHORT nStartNode = pImpEditEngine->GetEditDoc().GetPos( pSN );
-
-    // Wenn ein Attribut von 0 bis aktuelle Absatzlaenge geht,
-    // soll es ein Absatz-Attribut sein!
-
-    // Achtung: Selektion kann ueber mehrere Absaetze gehen.
-    // Alle vollstaendigen Absaetze sind Absatzattribute...
-
-    // HTML eigentlich nicht:
-#ifdef DBG_UTIL
-    ContentNode* pEN = aEndPaM.GetNode();
-    USHORT nEndNode = pImpEditEngine->GetEditDoc().GetPos( pEN );
-    DBG_ASSERT( nStartNode == nEndNode, "ImpSetAttribs: Mehrere Absaetze?" );
-#endif
-
-/*
-    for ( USHORT z = nStartNode+1; z < nEndNode; z++ )
-    {
-        DBG_ASSERT( pImpEditEngine->GetEditDoc().SaveGetObject( z ), "Node existiert noch nicht(RTF)" );
-        pImpEditEngine->SetParaAttribs( z, rSet.GetAttrSet() );
-    }
-
-    if ( aStartPaM.GetNode() != aEndPaM.GetNode() )
-    {
-        // Den Rest des StartNodes...
-        if ( aStartPaM.GetIndex() == 0 )
-            pImpEditEngine->SetParaAttribs( nStartNode, rSet.GetAttrSet() );
-        else
-            pImpEditEngine->SetAttribs( EditSelection( aStartPaM, EditPaM( aStartPaM.GetNode(), aStartPaM.GetNode()->Len() ) ), rSet.GetAttrSet() );
-
-        // Den Anfang des EndNodes....
-        if ( aEndPaM.GetIndex() == aEndPaM.GetNode()->Len() )
-            pImpEditEngine->SetParaAttribs( nEndNode, rSet.GetAttrSet() );
-        else
-            pImpEditEngine->SetAttribs( EditSelection( EditPaM( aEndPaM.GetNode(), 0 ), aEndPaM ), rSet.GetAttrSet() );
-    }
-    else
-*/
-    {
-        if ( ( aStartPaM.GetIndex() == 0 ) && ( aEndPaM.GetIndex() == aEndPaM.GetNode()->Len() ) )
-        {
-            // Muesse gemergt werden:
-            SfxItemSet aItems( pImpEditEngine->GetParaAttribs( nStartNode ) );
-            aItems.Put( rItems );
-            pImpEditEngine->SetParaAttribs( nStartNode, aItems );
-        }
-        else
-            pImpEditEngine->SetAttribs( EditSelection( aStartPaM, aEndPaM ), rItems );
-    }
-}
-
-void EditHTMLParser::ImpSetStyleSheet( USHORT nHLevel )
-{
-    /*
-        nHLevel:    0:          Ausschalten
-                    1-6:        Heading
-                    STYLE_PRE:  Preformatted
-    */
-
-//      if ( pImpEditEngine->GetStatus().DoImportRTFStyleSheets() )
-//      {
-//          SvxRTFStyleType* pS = GetStyleTbl().Get( rSet.StyleNo() );
-//          DBG_ASSERT( pS, "Vorlage in RTF nicht definiert!" );
-//          if ( pS )
-//              pImpEditEngine->SetStyleSheet( EditSelection( aStartPaM, aEndPaM ), pS->sName, SFX_STYLE_FAMILY_ALL );
-//      }
-//      else
-        {
-            // Harte Attribute erzeugen...
-            // Reicht fuer Calc, bei StyleSheets muesste noch geklaert werden,
-            // dass diese auch in der App liegen sollten, damit sie beim
-            // fuettern in eine andere Engine auch noch da sind...
-
-            USHORT nNode = pImpEditEngine->GetEditDoc().GetPos( aCurSel.Max().GetNode() );
-//          SfxItemSet aItems( pImpEditEngine->GetEmptyItemSet() );
-            SfxItemSet aItems( aCurSel.Max().GetNode()->GetContentAttribs().GetItems() );
-
-            aItems.ClearItem( EE_PARA_ULSPACE );
-            aItems.ClearItem( EE_CHAR_FONTHEIGHT );
-            aItems.ClearItem( EE_CHAR_FONTINFO );
-            aItems.ClearItem( EE_CHAR_WEIGHT );
-
-            // Fett in den ersten 3 Headings
-            if ( ( nHLevel >= 1 ) && ( nHLevel <= 3 ) )
-            {
-                SvxWeightItem aWeightItem( WEIGHT_BOLD, EE_CHAR_WEIGHT );
-                aItems.Put( aWeightItem );
-            }
-
-            // Fonthoehe und Abstaende, wenn LogicToLogic moeglich:
-            MapUnit eUnit = pImpEditEngine->GetRefMapMode().GetMapUnit();
-            if ( ( eUnit != MAP_PIXEL ) && ( eUnit != MAP_SYSFONT ) &&
-                 ( eUnit != MAP_APPFONT ) && ( eUnit != MAP_RELATIVE ) )
-            {
-                long nPoints = 10;
-                if ( nHLevel == 1 )
-                    nPoints = 22;
-                else if ( nHLevel == 2 )
-                    nPoints = 16;
-                else if ( nHLevel == 3 )
-                    nPoints = 12;
-                else if ( nHLevel == 4 )
-                    nPoints = 11;
-
-                nPoints = OutputDevice::LogicToLogic( nPoints, MAP_POINT, eUnit );
-                SvxFontHeightItem aHeightItem( nPoints, 100, EE_CHAR_FONTHEIGHT );
-                aItems.Put( aHeightItem );
-
-                // Absatzabstaende, wenn Heading:
-                if ( !nHLevel || ((nHLevel >= 1) && (nHLevel <= 6)) )
-                {
-                    SvxULSpaceItem aULSpaceItem( EE_PARA_ULSPACE );
-                    aULSpaceItem.SetUpper( (USHORT)OutputDevice::LogicToLogic( 42, MAP_10TH_MM, eUnit ) );
-                    aULSpaceItem.SetLower( (USHORT)OutputDevice::LogicToLogic( 35, MAP_10TH_MM, eUnit ) );
-                    aItems.Put( aULSpaceItem );
-                }
-            }
-
-            // Bei Pre einen proportionalen Font waehlen
-            if ( nHLevel == STYLE_PRE )
-            {
-                Font aFont = OutputDevice::GetDefaultFont( DEFAULTFONT_FIXED, LANGUAGE_SYSTEM, 0 );
-                SvxFontItem aFontItem( aFont.GetFamily(), aFont.GetName(), XubString(), aFont.GetPitch(), aFont.GetCharSet(), EE_CHAR_FONTINFO );
-                aItems.Put( aFontItem );
-            }
-
-            pImpEditEngine->SetParaAttribs( nNode, aItems );
-        }
-}
-
-void EditHTMLParser::ImpInsertText( const String& rText )
-{
-    String aText( rText );
-    if ( pImpEditEngine->aImportHdl.IsSet() )
-    {
-        ImportInfo aImportInfo( HTMLIMP_INSERTTEXT, this, pImpEditEngine->CreateESel( aCurSel ) );
-        aImportInfo.aText = aText;
-        pImpEditEngine->aImportHdl.Call( &aImportInfo );
-    }
-
-    aCurSel = pImpEditEngine->ImpInsertText( aCurSel, aText );
-    nLastAction = ACTION_INSERTTEXT;
-}
-
-void EditHTMLParser::SkipGroup( int nEndToken )
-{
-    // #69109# groups in cells are closed upon leaving the cell, because those
-    // ******* web authors don't know their job
-    // for example: <td><form></td>   lacks a closing </form>
-    BYTE nCellLevel = nInCell;
-    int nToken;
-    while( nCellLevel <= nInCell && ( (nToken = GetNextToken() ) != nEndToken ) && nToken )
-    {
-        switch ( nToken )
-        {
-            case HTML_TABLEHEADER_ON:
-            case HTML_TABLEDATA_ON:
-                nInCell++;
-            break;
-            case HTML_TABLEHEADER_OFF:
-            case HTML_TABLEDATA_OFF:
-                if ( nInCell )
-                    nInCell--;
-            break;
-        }
-    }
-}
-
-void EditHTMLParser::StartPara( BOOL bReal )
-{
-    if ( bReal )
-    {
-        const HTMLOptions *_pOptions = GetOptions();
-        USHORT nArrLen = _pOptions->Count();
-        SvxAdjust eAdjust = SVX_ADJUST_LEFT;
-        for ( USHORT i = 0; i < nArrLen; i++ )
-        {
-            const HTMLOption *pOption = (*_pOptions)[i];
-            switch( pOption->GetToken() )
-            {
-                case HTML_O_ALIGN:
-                {
-                    if ( pOption->GetString().CompareIgnoreCaseToAscii( OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_HTML_AL_right ) == COMPARE_EQUAL )
-                        eAdjust = SVX_ADJUST_RIGHT;
-                    else if ( pOption->GetString().CompareIgnoreCaseToAscii( OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_HTML_AL_middle ) == COMPARE_EQUAL )
-                        eAdjust = SVX_ADJUST_CENTER;
-                    else if ( pOption->GetString().CompareIgnoreCaseToAscii( OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_HTML_AL_center ) == COMPARE_EQUAL )
-                        eAdjust = SVX_ADJUST_CENTER;
-                    else
-                        eAdjust = SVX_ADJUST_LEFT;
-                }
-                break;
-            }
-        }
-        SfxItemSet aItemSet( pImpEditEngine->GetEmptyItemSet() );
-        aItemSet.Put( SvxAdjustItem( eAdjust, EE_PARA_JUST ) );
-        ImpSetAttribs( aItemSet );
-    }
-    bInPara = TRUE;
-}
-
-void EditHTMLParser::EndPara( BOOL )
-{
-    if ( bInPara )
-    {
-        BOOL bHasText = HasTextInCurrentPara();
-        if ( bHasText )
-            ImpInsertParaBreak();
-        // Nur, wenn ohne Absatzabstaende gearbeitet wird...
-//      if ( !nInTable && bReal && (nNumberingLevel<=1) && (nBulletLevel<=1) )
-//          ImpInsertParaBreak();
-    }
-    bInPara = FALSE;
-}
-
-BOOL EditHTMLParser::ThrowAwayBlank()
-{
-    // Ein Blank muss weggeschmissen werden, wenn der neue Text mit einem
-    // Blank beginnt und der aktuelle Absatz leer ist oder mit einem
-    // Blank endet...
-    ContentNode* pNode = aCurSel.Max().GetNode();
-    if ( pNode->Len() && ( pNode->GetChar( pNode->Len()-1 ) != ' ' ) )
-        return FALSE;
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-BOOL EditHTMLParser::HasTextInCurrentPara()
-{
-    return aCurSel.Max().GetNode()->Len() ? TRUE : FALSE;
-}
-
-void EditHTMLParser::AnchorStart()
-{
-    // Anker im Anker ignoriern
-    if ( !pCurAnchor )
-    {
-        const HTMLOptions* _pOptions = GetOptions();
-        USHORT nArrLen = _pOptions->Count();
-
-        String aRef;
-
-        for ( USHORT i = 0; i < nArrLen; i++ )
-        {
-            const HTMLOption* pOption = (*_pOptions)[i];
-            switch( pOption->GetToken() )
-            {
-                case HTML_O_HREF:
-                    aRef = pOption->GetString();
-                break;
-            }
-        }
-
-        if ( aRef.Len() )
-        {
-            String aURL = aRef;
-            if ( aURL.Len() && ( aURL.GetChar( 0 ) != '#' ) )
-            {
-                INetURLObject aTargetURL;
-                INetURLObject aRootURL( aBaseURL );
-                aRootURL.GetNewAbsURL( aRef, &aTargetURL );
-                aURL = aTargetURL.GetMainURL( INetURLObject::DECODE_TO_IURI );
-            }
-            pCurAnchor = new AnchorInfo;
-            pCurAnchor->aHRef = aURL;
-        }
-    }
-}
-
-void EditHTMLParser::AnchorEnd()
-{
-    if ( pCurAnchor )
-    {
-        // Als URL-Feld einfuegen...
-        SvxFieldItem aFld( SvxURLField( pCurAnchor->aHRef, pCurAnchor->aText, SVXURLFORMAT_REPR ), EE_FEATURE_FIELD  );
-        aCurSel = pImpEditEngine->InsertField( aCurSel, aFld );
-        bFieldsInserted = TRUE;
-        delete pCurAnchor;
-        pCurAnchor = 0;
-
-        if ( pImpEditEngine->aImportHdl.IsSet() )
-        {
-            ImportInfo aImportInfo( HTMLIMP_INSERTFIELD, this, pImpEditEngine->CreateESel( aCurSel ) );
-            pImpEditEngine->aImportHdl.Call( &aImportInfo );
-        }
-    }
-}
-
-void EditHTMLParser::HeadingStart( int nToken )
-{
-    bWasInPara = bInPara;
-    StartPara( FALSE );
-
-    if ( bWasInPara && HasTextInCurrentPara() )
-        ImpInsertParaBreak();
-
-    USHORT nId = sal::static_int_cast< USHORT >(
-        1 + ( ( nToken - HTML_HEAD1_ON ) / 2 ) );
-    DBG_ASSERT( (nId >= 1) && (nId <= 9), "HeadingStart: ID kann nicht stimmen!" );
-    ImpSetStyleSheet( nId );
-}
-
-void EditHTMLParser::HeadingEnd( int )
-{
-    EndPara( FALSE );
-    ImpSetStyleSheet( 0 );
-
-    if ( bWasInPara )
-    {
-        bInPara = TRUE;
-        bWasInPara = FALSE;
-    }
-}
diff --git a/svx/source/editeng/eehtml.hxx b/svx/source/editeng/eehtml.hxx
deleted file mode 100644
index 44146eb0d227..000000000000
--- a/svx/source/editeng/eehtml.hxx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,105 +0,0 @@
-/*************************************************************************
- *
- * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
- *
- * Copyright 2008 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite
- *
- * $RCSfile: eehtml.hxx,v $
- * $Revision: 1.6 $
- *
- * This file is part of OpenOffice.org.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3
- * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details
- * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code).
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org.  If not, see
- * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html>
- * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License.
- *
- ************************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef _EEHTML_HXX
-#define _EEHTML_HXX
-
-#include <svl/svarray.hxx>
-
-#include <editdoc.hxx>
-#include <sfx2/sfxhtml.hxx>
-
-class ImpEditEngine;
-
-#define MAX_NUMBERLEVEL         10
-
-struct AnchorInfo
-{
-    String  aHRef;
-    String  aText;
-};
-
-#ifndef SVX_LIGHT
-
-class EditHTMLParser : public SfxHTMLParser
-{
-    using HTMLParser::CallParser;
-private:
-    EditSelection           aCurSel;
-    String                  aBaseURL;
-    ImpEditEngine*          pImpEditEngine;
-    AnchorInfo*             pCurAnchor;
-
-    BOOL                    bInPara;
-    BOOL                    bWasInPara; // bInPara vor HeadingStart merken, weil sonst hinterher weg
-    BOOL                    bFieldsInserted;
-    BYTE                    nInTable;
-    BYTE                    nInCell;
-
-    BYTE                    nDefListLevel;
-    BYTE                    nBulletLevel;
-    BYTE                    nNumberingLevel;
-
-    BYTE                    nLastAction;
-
-    void                    StartPara( BOOL bReal );
-    void                    EndPara( BOOL bReal );
-    void                    AnchorStart();
-    void                    AnchorEnd();
-    void                    HeadingStart( int nToken );
-    void                    HeadingEnd( int nToken );
-    void                    SkipGroup( int nEndToken );
-    BOOL                    ThrowAwayBlank();
-    BOOL                    HasTextInCurrentPara();
-    void                    ProcessUnknownControl( BOOL bOn );
-
-    void                    ImpInsertParaBreak();
-    void                    ImpInsertText( const String& rText );
-    void                    ImpSetAttribs( const SfxItemSet& rItems, EditSelection* pSel = 0 );
-    void                    ImpSetStyleSheet( USHORT nHeadingLevel );
-
-protected:
-    virtual void            NextToken( int nToken );
-
-public:
-                            EditHTMLParser( SvStream& rIn, const String& rBaseURL, SvKeyValueIterator* pHTTPHeaderAttrs );
-                            ~EditHTMLParser();
-
-    virtual SvParserState   CallParser( ImpEditEngine* pImpEE, const EditPaM& rPaM );
-
-    const EditSelection&    GetCurSelection() const { return aCurSel; }
-};
-
-SV_DECL_REF( EditHTMLParser )
-SV_IMPL_REF( EditHTMLParser );
-
-#endif
-
-#endif // _EEHTML_HXX
diff --git a/svx/source/editeng/eeng_pch.cxx b/svx/source/editeng/eeng_pch.cxx
deleted file mode 100644
index 567249fcfd88..000000000000
--- a/svx/source/editeng/eeng_pch.cxx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
-/*************************************************************************
- *
- * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
- *
- * Copyright 2008 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite
- *
- * $RCSfile: eeng_pch.cxx,v $
- * $Revision: 1.5 $
- *
- * This file is part of OpenOffice.org.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3
- * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details
- * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code).
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org.  If not, see
- * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html>
- * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License.
- *
- ************************************************************************/
-
-// MARKER(update_precomp.py): autogen include statement, do not remove
-#include "precompiled_svx.hxx"
-#include <eeng_pch.hxx>
diff --git a/svx/source/editeng/eeng_pch.hxx b/svx/source/editeng/eeng_pch.hxx
deleted file mode 100644
index c971dcdb22c1..000000000000
--- a/svx/source/editeng/eeng_pch.hxx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
-/*************************************************************************
- *
- * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
- *
- * Copyright 2008 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite
- *
- * $RCSfile: eeng_pch.hxx,v $
- * $Revision: 1.5 $
- *
- * This file is part of OpenOffice.org.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3
- * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details
- * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code).
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org.  If not, see
- * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html>
- * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License.
- *
- ************************************************************************/
-#define _STD_VAR_ARRAYS
-
-#include <vcl/wrkwin.hxx>
-#include <vcl/dialog.hxx>
-#include <vcl/msgbox.hxx>
-#include <vcl/svapp.hxx>
-
-#include <svx/svxids.hrc>
-#include <svx/dialogs.hrc>
-
-#ifndef SVX_LIGHT
-#include <svx/thesdlg.hxx>
-#endif
-
diff --git a/svx/source/editeng/eeobj.cxx b/svx/source/editeng/eeobj.cxx
deleted file mode 100644
index aadc1bd111f3..000000000000
--- a/svx/source/editeng/eeobj.cxx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,115 +0,0 @@
-/*************************************************************************
- *
- * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
- *
- * Copyright 2008 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite
- *
- * $RCSfile: eeobj.cxx,v $
- * $Revision: 1.11 $
- *
- * This file is part of OpenOffice.org.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3
- * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details
- * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code).
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org.  If not, see
- * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html>
- * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License.
- *
- ************************************************************************/
-
-// MARKER(update_precomp.py): autogen include statement, do not remove
-#include "precompiled_svx.hxx"
-
-
-#include <eeng_pch.hxx>
-
-#include <eeobj.hxx>
-#include <sot/exchange.hxx>
-#include <sot/formats.hxx>
-#include <svx/editeng.hxx>
-#include <svl/itempool.hxx>
-#include <vos/mutex.hxx>
-#include <vcl/svapp.hxx>
-using namespace ::com::sun::star;
-
-
-EditDataObject::EditDataObject()
-{
-}
-
-EditDataObject::~EditDataObject()
-{
-}
-
-// uno::XInterface
-uno::Any EditDataObject::queryInterface( const uno::Type & rType ) throw(uno::RuntimeException)
-{
-    uno::Any aRet = ::cppu::queryInterface( rType, SAL_STATIC_CAST( datatransfer::XTransferable*, this ) );
-    return (aRet.hasValue() ? aRet : OWeakObject::queryInterface( rType ));
-}
-
-// datatransfer::XTransferable
-uno::Any EditDataObject::getTransferData( const datatransfer::DataFlavor& rFlavor ) throw(datatransfer::UnsupportedFlavorException, io::IOException, uno::RuntimeException)
-{
-    uno::Any aAny;
-
-    ULONG nT = SotExchange::GetFormat( rFlavor );
-    if ( nT == SOT_FORMAT_STRING )
-    {
-        aAny <<= (::rtl::OUString)GetString();
-    }
-    else if ( ( nT == SOT_FORMATSTR_ID_EDITENGINE ) || ( nT == SOT_FORMAT_RTF ) )
-    {
-        // MT 01/2002: No RTF on demand any more:
-        // 1) Was not working, because I had to flush() the clipboard immediately anyway
-        // 2) Don't have the old pool defaults and the StyleSheetPool here.
-
-        SvMemoryStream* pStream = ( nT == SOT_FORMATSTR_ID_EDITENGINE ) ? &GetStream() : &GetRTFStream();
-        pStream->Seek( STREAM_SEEK_TO_END );
-        ULONG nLen = pStream->Tell();
-        pStream->Seek(0);
-
-        uno::Sequence< sal_Int8 > aSeq( nLen );
-        memcpy( aSeq.getArray(), pStream->GetData(), nLen );
-        aAny <<= aSeq;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        datatransfer::UnsupportedFlavorException aException;
-        throw( aException );
-    }
-
-    return aAny;
-}
-
-uno::Sequence< datatransfer::DataFlavor > EditDataObject::getTransferDataFlavors(  ) throw(uno::RuntimeException)
-{
-    uno::Sequence< datatransfer::DataFlavor > aDataFlavors(3);
-    SotExchange::GetFormatDataFlavor( SOT_FORMATSTR_ID_EDITENGINE, aDataFlavors.getArray()[0] );
-    SotExchange::GetFormatDataFlavor( SOT_FORMAT_STRING, aDataFlavors.getArray()[1] );
-    SotExchange::GetFormatDataFlavor( SOT_FORMAT_RTF, aDataFlavors.getArray()[2] );
-
-    return aDataFlavors;
-}
-
-sal_Bool EditDataObject::isDataFlavorSupported( const datatransfer::DataFlavor& rFlavor ) throw(uno::RuntimeException)
-{
-    sal_Bool bSupported = sal_False;
-
-    ULONG nT = SotExchange::GetFormat( rFlavor );
-    if ( ( nT == SOT_FORMAT_STRING ) || ( nT == SOT_FORMAT_RTF ) /* || ( nT == SOT_FORMAT_XML ) */ || ( nT == SOT_FORMATSTR_ID_EDITENGINE ) )
-        bSupported = sal_True;
-
-    return bSupported;
-}
diff --git a/svx/source/editeng/eeobj.hxx b/svx/source/editeng/eeobj.hxx
deleted file mode 100644
index 00f764ddba97..000000000000
--- a/svx/source/editeng/eeobj.hxx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
-/*************************************************************************
- *
- * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
- *
- * Copyright 2008 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite
- *
- * $RCSfile: eeobj.hxx,v $
- * $Revision: 1.5 $
- *
- * This file is part of OpenOffice.org.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3
- * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details
- * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code).
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org.  If not, see
- * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html>
- * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License.
- *
- ************************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef _DATAOBJ_HXX
-#define _DATAOBJ_HXX
-
-#include <cppuhelper/weak.hxx>
-#include <com/sun/star/datatransfer/XTransferable.hpp>
-
-#include <tools/stream.hxx>
-
-class EditDataObject :  public ::com::sun::star::datatransfer::XTransferable,
-                        public ::cppu::OWeakObject
-
-{
-private:
-    SvMemoryStream  maBinData;
-    SvMemoryStream  maRTFData;
-    String          maText;
-
-    String          maOfficeBookmark;
-
-//  String          maNetscapeBookmark;
-//  SvMemoryStream  maRTFData;
-
-public:
-                    EditDataObject();
-                    ~EditDataObject();
-
-    SvMemoryStream& GetStream() { return maBinData; }
-    SvMemoryStream& GetRTFStream() { return maRTFData; }
-    String&         GetString() { return maText; }
-    String&         GetURL()    { return maOfficeBookmark; }
-
-
-    // ::com::sun::star::uno::XInterface
-    ::com::sun::star::uno::Any                  SAL_CALL queryInterface( const ::com::sun::star::uno::Type & rType ) throw(::com::sun::star::uno::RuntimeException);
-    void                                        SAL_CALL acquire() throw()  { OWeakObject::acquire(); }
-    void                                        SAL_CALL release() throw()  { OWeakObject::release(); }
-
-    // ::com::sun::star::datatransfer::XTransferable
-    ::com::sun::star::uno::Any SAL_CALL getTransferData( const ::com::sun::star::datatransfer::DataFlavor& aFlavor ) throw(::com::sun::star::datatransfer::UnsupportedFlavorException, ::com::sun::star::io::IOException, ::com::sun::star::uno::RuntimeException);
-    ::com::sun::star::uno::Sequence< ::com::sun::star::datatransfer::DataFlavor > SAL_CALL getTransferDataFlavors(  ) throw(::com::sun::star::uno::RuntimeException);
-    sal_Bool SAL_CALL isDataFlavorSupported( const ::com::sun::star::datatransfer::DataFlavor& aFlavor ) throw(::com::sun::star::uno::RuntimeException);
-};
-
-#endif  // _DATAOBJ_HXX
-
diff --git a/svx/source/editeng/eerdll.cxx b/svx/source/editeng/eerdll.cxx
deleted file mode 100644
index fb715925546c..000000000000
--- a/svx/source/editeng/eerdll.cxx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,239 +0,0 @@
-/*************************************************************************
- *
- * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
- *
- * Copyright 2008 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite
- *
- * $RCSfile: eerdll.cxx,v $
- * $Revision: 1.31.148.1 $
- *
- * This file is part of OpenOffice.org.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3
- * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details
- * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code).
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org.  If not, see
- * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html>
- * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License.
- *
- ************************************************************************/
-
-// MARKER(update_precomp.py): autogen include statement, do not remove
-#include "precompiled_svx.hxx"
-
-#include <eeng_pch.hxx>
-#include <com/sun/star/linguistic2/XLanguageGuessing.hpp>
-#include <com/sun/star/lang/XMultiServiceFactory.hpp>
-#include <comphelper/processfactory.hxx>
-
-#include <svl/solar.hrc>
-#include <eerdll.hxx>
-#include <eerdll2.hxx>
-#include <svx/lspcitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/adjitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/tstpitem.hxx>
-#include <bulitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/flditem.hxx>
-#include <svx/emphitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/scriptspaceitem.hxx>
-#include <svl/itempool.hxx>
-#include <vcl/virdev.hxx>
-#include <vcl/svapp.hxx>
-
-#include <svx/akrnitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/cntritem.hxx>
-#include <svx/colritem.hxx>
-#include <svx/crsditem.hxx>
-#include <svx/cscoitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/escpitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/fhgtitem.hxx>
-#include <fontitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/kernitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/lrspitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/postitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/shdditem.hxx>
-#include <svx/udlnitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/ulspitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/wghtitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/wrlmitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/numitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/langitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/charscaleitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/charreliefitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/frmdiritem.hxx>
-#include <xmlcnitm.hxx>
-
-#include <forbiddencharacterstable.hxx>
-
-#include <comphelper/processfactory.hxx>
-
-static EditDLL* pDLL=0;
-
-using namespace ::com::sun::star;
-
-EditDLL* EditDLL::Get()
-{
-    if ( !pDLL )
-        pDLL = new EditDLL;
-    return pDLL;
-}
-
-GlobalEditData::GlobalEditData()
-{
-    ppDefItems = NULL;
-    pStdRefDevice = NULL;
-}
-
-GlobalEditData::~GlobalEditData()
-{
-    // DefItems zerstoeren...
-    // Oder einfach stehen lassen, da sowieso App-Ende?!
-    if ( ppDefItems )
-        SfxItemPool::ReleaseDefaults( ppDefItems, EDITITEMCOUNT, TRUE );
-    delete pStdRefDevice;
-}
-
-SfxPoolItem** GlobalEditData::GetDefItems()
-{
-    if ( !ppDefItems )
-    {
-        ppDefItems = new SfxPoolItem*[EDITITEMCOUNT];
-
-        // Absatzattribute:
-        SvxNumRule aTmpNumRule( 0, 0, FALSE );
-
-        ppDefItems[0]  = new SvxFrameDirectionItem( FRMDIR_HORI_LEFT_TOP, EE_PARA_WRITINGDIR );
-        ppDefItems[1]  = new SvXMLAttrContainerItem( EE_PARA_XMLATTRIBS );
-        ppDefItems[2]  = new SfxBoolItem( EE_PARA_HANGINGPUNCTUATION, FALSE );
-        ppDefItems[3]  = new SfxBoolItem( EE_PARA_FORBIDDENRULES, TRUE );
-        ppDefItems[4]  = new SvxScriptSpaceItem( TRUE, EE_PARA_ASIANCJKSPACING );
-        ppDefItems[5]  = new SvxNumBulletItem( aTmpNumRule, EE_PARA_NUMBULLET );
-        ppDefItems[6]  = new SfxBoolItem( EE_PARA_HYPHENATE, FALSE );
-        ppDefItems[7]  = new SfxBoolItem( EE_PARA_BULLETSTATE, TRUE );
-        ppDefItems[8]  = new SvxLRSpaceItem( EE_PARA_OUTLLRSPACE );
-        ppDefItems[9]  = new SfxInt16Item( EE_PARA_OUTLLEVEL, -1 );
-        ppDefItems[10]  = new SvxBulletItem( EE_PARA_BULLET );
-        ppDefItems[11]  = new SvxLRSpaceItem( EE_PARA_LRSPACE );
-        ppDefItems[12]  = new SvxULSpaceItem( EE_PARA_ULSPACE );
-        ppDefItems[13]  = new SvxLineSpacingItem( 0, EE_PARA_SBL );
-        ppDefItems[14]  = new SvxAdjustItem( SVX_ADJUST_LEFT, EE_PARA_JUST );
-        ppDefItems[15]  = new SvxTabStopItem( 0, 0, SVX_TAB_ADJUST_LEFT, EE_PARA_TABS );
-
-        // Zeichenattribute:
-        ppDefItems[16]  = new SvxColorItem( Color( COL_AUTO ), EE_CHAR_COLOR );
-        ppDefItems[17]  = new SvxFontItem( EE_CHAR_FONTINFO );
-        ppDefItems[18] = new SvxFontHeightItem( 240, 100, EE_CHAR_FONTHEIGHT );
-        ppDefItems[19] = new SvxCharScaleWidthItem( 100, EE_CHAR_FONTWIDTH );
-        ppDefItems[20] = new SvxWeightItem( WEIGHT_NORMAL, EE_CHAR_WEIGHT );
-        ppDefItems[21] = new SvxUnderlineItem( UNDERLINE_NONE, EE_CHAR_UNDERLINE );
-        ppDefItems[22] = new SvxCrossedOutItem( STRIKEOUT_NONE, EE_CHAR_STRIKEOUT );
-        ppDefItems[23] = new SvxPostureItem( ITALIC_NONE, EE_CHAR_ITALIC );
-        ppDefItems[24] = new SvxContourItem( FALSE, EE_CHAR_OUTLINE );
-        ppDefItems[25] = new SvxShadowedItem( FALSE, EE_CHAR_SHADOW );
-        ppDefItems[26] = new SvxEscapementItem( 0, 100, EE_CHAR_ESCAPEMENT );
-        ppDefItems[27] = new SvxAutoKernItem( FALSE, EE_CHAR_PAIRKERNING );
-        ppDefItems[28] = new SvxKerningItem( 0, EE_CHAR_KERNING );
-        ppDefItems[29] = new SvxWordLineModeItem( FALSE, EE_CHAR_WLM );
-        ppDefItems[30] = new SvxLanguageItem( LANGUAGE_DONTKNOW, EE_CHAR_LANGUAGE );
-        ppDefItems[31] = new SvxLanguageItem( LANGUAGE_DONTKNOW, EE_CHAR_LANGUAGE_CJK );
-        ppDefItems[32] = new SvxLanguageItem( LANGUAGE_DONTKNOW, EE_CHAR_LANGUAGE_CTL );
-        ppDefItems[33] = new SvxFontItem( EE_CHAR_FONTINFO_CJK );
-        ppDefItems[34] = new SvxFontItem( EE_CHAR_FONTINFO_CTL );
-        ppDefItems[35] = new SvxFontHeightItem( 240, 100, EE_CHAR_FONTHEIGHT_CJK );
-        ppDefItems[36] = new SvxFontHeightItem( 240, 100, EE_CHAR_FONTHEIGHT_CTL );
-        ppDefItems[37] = new SvxWeightItem( WEIGHT_NORMAL, EE_CHAR_WEIGHT_CJK );
-         ppDefItems[38] = new SvxWeightItem( WEIGHT_NORMAL, EE_CHAR_WEIGHT_CTL );
-        ppDefItems[39] = new SvxPostureItem( ITALIC_NONE, EE_CHAR_ITALIC_CJK );
-        ppDefItems[40] = new SvxPostureItem( ITALIC_NONE, EE_CHAR_ITALIC_CTL );
-        ppDefItems[41] = new SvxEmphasisMarkItem( EMPHASISMARK_NONE, EE_CHAR_EMPHASISMARK );
-        ppDefItems[42] = new SvxCharReliefItem( RELIEF_NONE, EE_CHAR_RELIEF );
-        ppDefItems[43] = new SfxVoidItem( EE_CHAR_RUBI_DUMMY );
-#ifndef SVX_LIGHT
-        ppDefItems[44] = new SvXMLAttrContainerItem( EE_CHAR_XMLATTRIBS );
-#else
-        // no need to have alien attributes persistent
-        ppDefItems[44] = new SfxVoidItem( EE_CHAR_XMLATTRIBS );
-#endif // #ifndef SVX_LIGHT
-        ppDefItems[45] = new SvxOverlineItem( UNDERLINE_NONE, EE_CHAR_OVERLINE );
-
-        // Features
-        ppDefItems[46] = new SfxVoidItem( EE_FEATURE_TAB );
-        ppDefItems[47] = new SfxVoidItem( EE_FEATURE_LINEBR );
-        ppDefItems[48] = new SvxCharSetColorItem( Color( COL_RED ), RTL_TEXTENCODING_DONTKNOW, EE_FEATURE_NOTCONV );
-        ppDefItems[49] = new SvxFieldItem( SvxFieldData(), EE_FEATURE_FIELD );
-
-        DBG_ASSERT( EDITITEMCOUNT == 50, "ITEMCOUNT geaendert, DefItems nicht angepasst!" );
-
-        // Init DefFonts:
-        GetDefaultFonts( *(SvxFontItem*)ppDefItems[EE_CHAR_FONTINFO - EE_ITEMS_START],
-                         *(SvxFontItem*)ppDefItems[EE_CHAR_FONTINFO_CJK - EE_ITEMS_START],
-                         *(SvxFontItem*)ppDefItems[EE_CHAR_FONTINFO_CTL - EE_ITEMS_START] );
-    }
-
-    return ppDefItems;
-}
-
-vos::ORef<SvxForbiddenCharactersTable> GlobalEditData::GetForbiddenCharsTable()
-{
-    if ( !xForbiddenCharsTable.isValid() )
-    {
-        ::com::sun::star::uno::Reference< ::com::sun::star::lang::XMultiServiceFactory > xMSF = ::comphelper::getProcessServiceFactory();
-        xForbiddenCharsTable = new SvxForbiddenCharactersTable( xMSF );
-    }
-    return xForbiddenCharsTable;
-}
-
-uno::Reference< linguistic2::XLanguageGuessing > GlobalEditData::GetLanguageGuesser()
-{
-    if (!xLanguageGuesser.is())
-    {
-        uno::Reference< lang::XMultiServiceFactory > xMgr ( comphelper::getProcessServiceFactory() );
-        if (xMgr.is())
-        {
-            xLanguageGuesser = uno::Reference< linguistic2::XLanguageGuessing >(
-                    xMgr->createInstance(
-                        rtl::OUString::createFromAscii( "com.sun.star.linguistic2.LanguageGuessing" ) ),
-                        uno::UNO_QUERY );
-        }
-    }
-    return xLanguageGuesser;
-}
-
-OutputDevice* GlobalEditData::GetStdRefDevice()
-{
-    if ( !pStdRefDevice )
-    {
-        pStdRefDevice = new VirtualDevice;
-        pStdRefDevice->SetMapMode( MAP_TWIP );
-    }
-    return pStdRefDevice;
-}
-
-EditResId::EditResId( USHORT nId ):
-    ResId( nId, *EE_DLL()->GetResMgr() )
-{
-}
-
-EditDLL::EditDLL()
-{
-    pGlobalData = new GlobalEditData;
-    ByteString aResMgrName( "svx" );
-    pResMgr = ResMgr::CreateResMgr(
-        aResMgrName.GetBuffer(), Application::GetSettings().GetUILocale() );
-}
-
-EditDLL::~EditDLL()
-{
-    delete pResMgr;
-    delete pGlobalData;
-}
diff --git a/svx/source/editeng/eerdll2.hxx b/svx/source/editeng/eerdll2.hxx
deleted file mode 100644
index f74c4b38da14..000000000000
--- a/svx/source/editeng/eerdll2.hxx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
-/*************************************************************************
- *
- * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
- *
- * Copyright 2008 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite
- *
- * $RCSfile: eerdll2.hxx,v $
- * $Revision: 1.6 $
- *
- * This file is part of OpenOffice.org.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3
- * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details
- * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code).
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org.  If not, see
- * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html>
- * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License.
- *
- ************************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef _EERDLL2_HXX
-#define _EERDLL2_HXX
-
-#include <com/sun/star/linguistic2/XLanguageGuessing.hpp>
-
-#include <forbiddencharacterstable.hxx>
-#include <vos/ref.hxx>
-
-class SfxPoolItem;
-
-class GlobalEditData
-{
-private:
-    ::com::sun::star::uno::Reference<
-        ::com::sun::star::linguistic2::XLanguageGuessing >  xLanguageGuesser;
-    SfxPoolItem**   ppDefItems;
-    OutputDevice*   pStdRefDevice;
-
-    vos::ORef<SvxForbiddenCharactersTable>  xForbiddenCharsTable;
-
-public:
-                    GlobalEditData();
-                    ~GlobalEditData();
-
-    SfxPoolItem**   GetDefItems();
-    OutputDevice*   GetStdRefDevice();
-
-    vos::ORef<SvxForbiddenCharactersTable>  GetForbiddenCharsTable();
-    void            SetForbiddenCharsTable( vos::ORef<SvxForbiddenCharactersTable> xForbiddenChars ) { xForbiddenCharsTable = xForbiddenChars; }
-    ::com::sun::star::uno::Reference< ::com::sun::star::linguistic2::XLanguageGuessing > GetLanguageGuesser();
-};
-
-
-#endif //_EERDLL2_HXX
-
diff --git a/svx/source/editeng/eertfpar.cxx b/svx/source/editeng/eertfpar.cxx
deleted file mode 100644
index dd5afec53e7b..000000000000
--- a/svx/source/editeng/eertfpar.cxx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,632 +0,0 @@
-/*************************************************************************
- *
- * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
- *
- * Copyright 2008 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite
- *
- * $RCSfile: eertfpar.cxx,v $
- * $Revision: 1.16 $
- *
- * This file is part of OpenOffice.org.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3
- * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details
- * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code).
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org.  If not, see
- * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html>
- * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License.
- *
- ************************************************************************/
-
-// MARKER(update_precomp.py): autogen include statement, do not remove
-#include "precompiled_svx.hxx"
-
-#include <eeng_pch.hxx>
-
-#include <eertfpar.hxx>
-#include <impedit.hxx>
-#include <svl/intitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/escpitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/fhgtitem.hxx>
-#include "fontitem.hxx"
-#include <svx/flditem.hxx>
-
-#include <svtools/rtftoken.h>
-
-// alle Werte auf default; wird nach einlesen der Bitmap aufgerufen !
-void SvxRTFPictureType::ResetValues()
-{   // setze alle Werte RTF-Defaults
-    eStyle = RTF_BITMAP;
-    nMode = HEX_MODE;
-    nType = nGoalWidth = nGoalHeight = 0;
-    nWidth = nHeight = nWidthBytes = 0;
-    uPicLen = 0;
-    nBitsPerPixel = nPlanes = 1;
-    nScalX = nScalY = 100;      // Skalierung in Prozent
-    nCropT = nCropB = nCropL = nCropR = 0;
-}
-
-ImportInfo::ImportInfo( ImportState eSt, SvParser* pPrsrs, const ESelection& rSel )
-    : aSelection( rSel )
-{
-    pParser     = pPrsrs,
-    eState      = eSt;
-
-    nToken      = 0;
-    nTokenValue = 0;
-    pAttrs      = NULL;
-}
-
-ImportInfo::~ImportInfo()
-{
-}
-
-EditRTFParser::EditRTFParser( SvStream& rIn, EditSelection aSel, SfxItemPool& rAttrPool, ImpEditEngine* pImpEE  )
-    : SvxRTFParser( rAttrPool, rIn, 0 ), aRTFMapMode( MAP_TWIP )
-{
-
-    pImpEditEngine  = pImpEE;
-    aCurSel         = aSel;
-    eDestCharSet    = RTL_TEXTENCODING_DONTKNOW;
-    nDefFont        = 0;
-    nDefTab         = 0;
-    nLastAction     = 0;
-    nDefFontHeight  = 0;
-
-    SetInsPos( EditPosition( pImpEditEngine, &aCurSel ) );
-
-    // Umwandeln der Twips-Werte...
-    SetCalcValue( TRUE );
-    SetChkStyleAttr( pImpEE->GetStatus().DoImportRTFStyleSheets() );
-    SetNewDoc( FALSE );     // damit die Pool-Defaults nicht
-                            // ueberschrieben werden...
-    aEditMapMode = MapMode( pImpEE->GetRefDevice()->GetMapMode().GetMapUnit() );
-}
-
-EditRTFParser::~EditRTFParser()
-{
-}
-
-SvParserState __EXPORT EditRTFParser::CallParser()
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( !aCurSel.HasRange(), "Selection bei CallParser!" );
-    // Den Teil, in den importiert wird, vom Rest abtrennen.
-    // Diese Mimik sollte fuer alle Imports verwendet werden.
-    // aStart1PaM: Letzte Position vor dem importierten Inhalt
-    // aEnd1PaM: Erste Position nach dem importierten Inhalt
-    // aStart2PaM: Erste Position des importierten Inhaltes
-    // aEnd2PaM: Letzte Position des importierten Inhaltes
-    EditPaM aStart1PaM( aCurSel.Min().GetNode(), aCurSel.Min().GetIndex() );
-    aCurSel = pImpEditEngine->ImpInsertParaBreak( aCurSel );
-    EditPaM aStart2PaM = aCurSel.Min();
-    // Sinnvoll oder nicht?:
-    aStart2PaM.GetNode()->GetContentAttribs().GetItems().ClearItem();
-    AddRTFDefaultValues( aStart2PaM, aStart2PaM );
-    EditPaM aEnd1PaM( pImpEditEngine->ImpInsertParaBreak( aCurSel.Max() ) );
-    // aCurCel zeigt jetzt auf den Zwischenraum
-
-    if ( pImpEditEngine->aImportHdl.IsSet() )
-    {
-        ImportInfo aImportInfo( RTFIMP_START, this, pImpEditEngine->CreateESel( aCurSel ) );
-        pImpEditEngine->aImportHdl.Call( &aImportInfo );
-    }
-
-    SvParserState _eState = SvxRTFParser::CallParser();
-
-    if ( pImpEditEngine->aImportHdl.IsSet() )
-    {
-        ImportInfo aImportInfo( RTFIMP_END, this, pImpEditEngine->CreateESel( aCurSel ) );
-        pImpEditEngine->aImportHdl.Call( &aImportInfo );
-    }
-
-    if ( nLastAction == ACTION_INSERTPARABRK )
-    {
-        ContentNode* pCurNode = aCurSel.Max().GetNode();
-        USHORT nPara = pImpEditEngine->GetEditDoc().GetPos( pCurNode );
-        ContentNode* pPrevNode = pImpEditEngine->GetEditDoc().SaveGetObject( nPara-1 );
-        DBG_ASSERT( pPrevNode, "Ungueltiges RTF-Dokument ?!" );
-        EditSelection aSel;
-        aSel.Min() = EditPaM( pPrevNode, pPrevNode->Len() );
-        aSel.Max() = EditPaM( pCurNode, 0 );
-        aCurSel.Max() = pImpEditEngine->ImpDeleteSelection( aSel );
-    }
-    EditPaM aEnd2PaM( aCurSel.Max() );
-    //AddRTFDefaultValues( aStart2PaM, aEnd2PaM );
-    BOOL bOnlyOnePara = ( aEnd2PaM.GetNode() == aStart2PaM.GetNode() );
-    // Den Brocken wieder einfuegen...
-    // Problem: Absatzattribute duerfen ggf. nicht uebernommen werden
-    // => Zeichenattribute machen.
-
-    BOOL bSpecialBackward = aStart1PaM.GetNode()->Len() ? FALSE : TRUE;
-    if ( bOnlyOnePara || aStart1PaM.GetNode()->Len() )
-        pImpEditEngine->ParaAttribsToCharAttribs( aStart2PaM.GetNode() );
-    aCurSel.Min() = pImpEditEngine->ImpConnectParagraphs(
-        aStart1PaM.GetNode(), aStart2PaM.GetNode(), bSpecialBackward );
-    bSpecialBackward = aEnd1PaM.GetNode()->Len() ? TRUE : FALSE;
-    // wenn bOnlyOnePara, dann ist der Node beim Connect verschwunden.
-    if ( !bOnlyOnePara && aEnd1PaM.GetNode()->Len() )
-        pImpEditEngine->ParaAttribsToCharAttribs( aEnd2PaM.GetNode() );
-    aCurSel.Max() = pImpEditEngine->ImpConnectParagraphs(
-        ( bOnlyOnePara ? aStart1PaM.GetNode() : aEnd2PaM.GetNode() ),
-            aEnd1PaM.GetNode(), bSpecialBackward );
-
-    return _eState;
-}
-
-void EditRTFParser::AddRTFDefaultValues( const EditPaM& rStart, const EditPaM& rEnd )
-{
-    // Problem: DefFont und DefFontHeight
-    Size aSz( 12, 0 );
-    MapMode aPntMode( MAP_POINT );
-    MapMode _aEditMapMode( pImpEditEngine->GetRefDevice()->GetMapMode().GetMapUnit() );
-    aSz = pImpEditEngine->GetRefDevice()->LogicToLogic( aSz, &aPntMode, &_aEditMapMode );
-    SvxFontHeightItem aFontHeightItem( aSz.Width(), 100, EE_CHAR_FONTHEIGHT );
-    Font aDefFont( GetDefFont() );
-    SvxFontItem aFontItem( aDefFont.GetFamily(), aDefFont.GetName(),
-                    aDefFont.GetStyleName(), aDefFont.GetPitch(), aDefFont.GetCharSet(), EE_CHAR_FONTINFO );
-
-    USHORT nStartPara = pImpEditEngine->GetEditDoc().GetPos( rStart.GetNode() );
-    USHORT nEndPara = pImpEditEngine->GetEditDoc().GetPos( rEnd.GetNode() );
-    for ( USHORT nPara = nStartPara; nPara <= nEndPara; nPara++ )
-    {
-        ContentNode* pNode = pImpEditEngine->GetEditDoc().SaveGetObject( nPara );
-        DBG_ASSERT( pNode, "AddRTFDefaultValues - Kein Absatz ?!" );
-        if ( !pNode->GetContentAttribs().HasItem( EE_CHAR_FONTINFO ) )
-            pNode->GetContentAttribs().GetItems().Put( aFontItem );
-        if ( !pNode->GetContentAttribs().HasItem( EE_CHAR_FONTHEIGHT ) )
-            pNode->GetContentAttribs().GetItems().Put( aFontHeightItem );
-    }
-}
-
-void __EXPORT EditRTFParser::NextToken( int nToken )
-{
-    switch( nToken )
-    {
-        case RTF_DEFF:
-        {
-            nDefFont = USHORT(nTokenValue);
-        }
-        break;
-        case RTF_DEFTAB:
-        {
-            nDefTab = USHORT(nTokenValue);
-        }
-        break;
-        case RTF_CELL:
-        {
-            aCurSel = pImpEditEngine->ImpInsertParaBreak( aCurSel );
-        }
-        break;
-        case RTF_LINE:
-        {
-            aCurSel = pImpEditEngine->InsertLineBreak( aCurSel );
-        }
-        break;
-        case RTF_FIELD:
-        {
-            ReadField();
-        }
-        break;
-        case RTF_PGDSCTBL: // #i29453# ignore \*\pgdsctbl destination
-        case RTF_LISTTEXT:
-        {
-            SkipGroup();
-        }
-        break;
-        default:
-        {
-            SvxRTFParser::NextToken( nToken );
-            if ( nToken == RTF_STYLESHEET )
-                CreateStyleSheets();
-        }
-        break;
-    }
-    if ( pImpEditEngine->aImportHdl.IsSet() )
-    {
-        ImportInfo aImportInfo( RTFIMP_NEXTTOKEN, this, pImpEditEngine->CreateESel( aCurSel ) );
-        aImportInfo.nToken = nToken;
-        aImportInfo.nTokenValue = short(nTokenValue);
-        pImpEditEngine->aImportHdl.Call( &aImportInfo );
-    }
-}
-
-void __EXPORT EditRTFParser::UnknownAttrToken( int nToken, SfxItemSet* )
-{
-    // fuer Tokens, die im ReadAttr nicht ausgewertet werden
-    // Eigentlich nur fuer Calc (RTFTokenHdl), damit RTF_INTBL
-    if ( pImpEditEngine->aImportHdl.IsSet() )
-    {
-        ImportInfo aImportInfo( RTFIMP_UNKNOWNATTR, this, pImpEditEngine->CreateESel( aCurSel ) );
-        aImportInfo.nToken = nToken;
-        aImportInfo.nTokenValue = short(nTokenValue);
-        pImpEditEngine->aImportHdl.Call( &aImportInfo );
-    }
-}
-
-void __EXPORT EditRTFParser::InsertText()
-{
-    String aText( aToken );
-    if ( pImpEditEngine->aImportHdl.IsSet() )
-    {
-        ImportInfo aImportInfo( RTFIMP_INSERTTEXT, this, pImpEditEngine->CreateESel( aCurSel ) );
-        aImportInfo.aText = aText;
-        pImpEditEngine->aImportHdl.Call( &aImportInfo );
-    }
-    aCurSel = pImpEditEngine->ImpInsertText( aCurSel, aText );
-    nLastAction = ACTION_INSERTTEXT;
-}
-
-void __EXPORT EditRTFParser::InsertPara()
-{
-    if ( pImpEditEngine->aImportHdl.IsSet() )
-    {
-        ImportInfo aImportInfo( RTFIMP_INSERTPARA, this, pImpEditEngine->CreateESel( aCurSel ) );
-        pImpEditEngine->aImportHdl.Call( &aImportInfo );
-    }
-    aCurSel = pImpEditEngine->ImpInsertParaBreak( aCurSel );
-    nLastAction = ACTION_INSERTPARABRK;
-}
-
-void __EXPORT EditRTFParser::MovePos( int bForward )
-{
-    if( bForward )
-        aCurSel = pImpEditEngine->CursorRight( aCurSel.Max(), ::com::sun::star::i18n::CharacterIteratorMode::SKIPCHARACTER );
-    else
-        aCurSel = pImpEditEngine->CursorLeft( aCurSel.Max(), ::com::sun::star::i18n::CharacterIteratorMode::SKIPCHARACTER );
-}
-
-void __EXPORT EditRTFParser::SetEndPrevPara( SvxNodeIdx*& rpNodePos,
-                                    USHORT& rCntPos )
-{
-    //    Gewollt ist: von der aktuellen Einfuegeposition den vorherigen
-    //              Absatz bestimmen und von dem das Ende setzen.
-    //              Dadurch wird "\pard" immer auf den richtigen Absatz
-    //              angewendet.
-
-    ContentNode* pN = aCurSel.Max().GetNode();
-    USHORT nCurPara = pImpEditEngine->GetEditDoc().GetPos( pN );
-    DBG_ASSERT( nCurPara != 0, "Absatz gleich 0: SetEnfPrevPara" );
-    if ( nCurPara )
-        nCurPara--;
-    ContentNode* pPrevNode = pImpEditEngine->GetEditDoc().SaveGetObject( nCurPara );
-    DBG_ASSERT( pPrevNode, "pPrevNode = 0!" );
-    rpNodePos = new EditNodeIdx( pImpEditEngine, pPrevNode );
-    rCntPos = pPrevNode->Len();
-}
-
-int __EXPORT EditRTFParser::IsEndPara( SvxNodeIdx* pNd, USHORT nCnt ) const
-{
-    return ( nCnt == ( ((EditNodeIdx*)pNd)->GetNode()->Len()) );
-}
-
-void __EXPORT EditRTFParser::SetAttrInDoc( SvxRTFItemStackType &rSet )
-{
-    ContentNode* pSttNode = ((EditNodeIdx&)rSet.GetSttNode()).GetNode();
-    ContentNode* pEndNode = ((EditNodeIdx&)rSet.GetEndNode()).GetNode();
-
-    EditPaM aStartPaM( pSttNode, rSet.GetSttCnt() );
-    EditPaM aEndPaM( pEndNode, rSet.GetEndCnt() );
-
-    // ggf. noch das Escapemant-Item umbiegen:
-    const SfxPoolItem* pItem;
-
-    // #i66167# adapt font heights to destination MapUnit if necessary
-    const MapUnit eDestUnit = ( MapUnit )( pImpEditEngine->GetEditDoc().GetItemPool().GetMetric(0) );
-    const MapUnit eSrcUnit  = aRTFMapMode.GetMapUnit();
-    if (eDestUnit != eSrcUnit)
-    {
-        USHORT aFntHeightIems[3] = { EE_CHAR_FONTHEIGHT, EE_CHAR_FONTHEIGHT_CJK, EE_CHAR_FONTHEIGHT_CTL };
-        for (int i = 0; i < 2; ++i)
-        {
-            if (SFX_ITEM_SET == rSet.GetAttrSet().GetItemState( aFntHeightIems[i], FALSE, &pItem ))
-            {
-                UINT32 nHeight  = ((SvxFontHeightItem*)pItem)->GetHeight();
-                long nNewHeight;
-                nNewHeight = pImpEditEngine->GetRefDevice()->LogicToLogic( (long)nHeight, eSrcUnit, eDestUnit );
-
-                SvxFontHeightItem aFntHeightItem( nNewHeight, ((SvxFontHeightItem*)pItem)->GetProp(), aFntHeightIems[i] );
-                rSet.GetAttrSet().Put( aFntHeightItem );
-            }
-        }
-    }
-
-    if( SFX_ITEM_SET == rSet.GetAttrSet().GetItemState( EE_CHAR_ESCAPEMENT, FALSE, &pItem ))
-    {
-        // die richtige
-        long nEsc = ((SvxEscapementItem*)pItem)->GetEsc();
-
-        if( ( DFLT_ESC_AUTO_SUPER != nEsc ) && ( DFLT_ESC_AUTO_SUB != nEsc ) )
-        {
-            nEsc *= 10; //HalPoints => Twips wurde in RTFITEM.CXX unterschlagen!
-            SvxFont aFont;
-            pImpEditEngine->SeekCursor( aStartPaM.GetNode(), aStartPaM.GetIndex()+1, aFont );
-            nEsc = nEsc * 100 / aFont.GetSize().Height();
-
-            SvxEscapementItem aEscItem( (short) nEsc, ((SvxEscapementItem*)pItem)->GetProp(), EE_CHAR_ESCAPEMENT );
-            rSet.GetAttrSet().Put( aEscItem );
-        }
-    }
-
-    if ( pImpEditEngine->aImportHdl.IsSet() )
-    {
-        EditSelection aSel( aStartPaM, aEndPaM );
-        ImportInfo aImportInfo( RTFIMP_SETATTR, this, pImpEditEngine->CreateESel( aSel ) );
-        aImportInfo.pAttrs = &rSet;
-        pImpEditEngine->aImportHdl.Call( &aImportInfo );
-    }
-
-    ContentNode* pSN = aStartPaM.GetNode();
-    ContentNode* pEN = aEndPaM.GetNode();
-    USHORT nStartNode = pImpEditEngine->GetEditDoc().GetPos( pSN );
-    USHORT nEndNode = pImpEditEngine->GetEditDoc().GetPos( pEN );
-    sal_Int16 nOutlLevel = 0xff;
-
-    if ( rSet.StyleNo() && pImpEditEngine->GetStyleSheetPool() && pImpEditEngine->GetStatus().DoImportRTFStyleSheets() )
-    {
-        SvxRTFStyleType* pS = GetStyleTbl().Get( rSet.StyleNo() );
-        DBG_ASSERT( pS, "Vorlage in RTF nicht definiert!" );
-        if ( pS )
-        {
-            pImpEditEngine->SetStyleSheet( EditSelection( aStartPaM, aEndPaM ), (SfxStyleSheet*)pImpEditEngine->GetStyleSheetPool()->Find( pS->sName, SFX_STYLE_FAMILY_ALL ) );
-            nOutlLevel = pS->nOutlineNo;
-        }
-    }
-
-    // Wenn ein Attribut von 0 bis aktuelle Absatzlaenge geht,
-    // soll es ein Absatz-Attribut sein!
-
-    // Achtung: Selektion kann ueber mehrere Absaetze gehen.
-    // Alle vollstaendigen Absaetze sind Absatzattribute...
-    for ( USHORT z = nStartNode+1; z < nEndNode; z++ )
-    {
-        DBG_ASSERT( pImpEditEngine->GetEditDoc().SaveGetObject( z ), "Node existiert noch nicht(RTF)" );
-        pImpEditEngine->SetParaAttribs( z, rSet.GetAttrSet() );
-    }
-
-    if ( aStartPaM.GetNode() != aEndPaM.GetNode() )
-    {
-        // Den Rest des StartNodes...
-        if ( aStartPaM.GetIndex() == 0 )
-            pImpEditEngine->SetParaAttribs( nStartNode, rSet.GetAttrSet() );
-        else
-            pImpEditEngine->SetAttribs( EditSelection( aStartPaM, EditPaM( aStartPaM.GetNode(), aStartPaM.GetNode()->Len() ) ), rSet.GetAttrSet() );
-
-        // Den Anfang des EndNodes....
-        if ( aEndPaM.GetIndex() == aEndPaM.GetNode()->Len() )
-            pImpEditEngine->SetParaAttribs( nEndNode, rSet.GetAttrSet() );
-        else
-            pImpEditEngine->SetAttribs( EditSelection( EditPaM( aEndPaM.GetNode(), 0 ), aEndPaM ), rSet.GetAttrSet() );
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        if ( ( aStartPaM.GetIndex() == 0 ) && ( aEndPaM.GetIndex() == aEndPaM.GetNode()->Len() ) )
-        {
-            // #96298# When settings char attribs as para attribs, we must merge with existing attribs, not overwrite the ItemSet!
-            SfxItemSet aAttrs = pImpEditEngine->GetParaAttribs( nStartNode );
-            aAttrs.Put( rSet.GetAttrSet() );
-            pImpEditEngine->SetParaAttribs( nStartNode, aAttrs );
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            pImpEditEngine->SetAttribs( EditSelection( aStartPaM, aEndPaM ), rSet.GetAttrSet() );
-        }
-    }
-
-    // OutlLevel...
-    if ( nOutlLevel != 0xff )
-    {
-        for ( USHORT n = nStartNode; n <= nEndNode; n++ )
-        {
-            ContentNode* pNode = pImpEditEngine->GetEditDoc().SaveGetObject( n );
-            pNode->GetContentAttribs().GetItems().Put( SfxInt16Item( EE_PARA_OUTLLEVEL, nOutlLevel ) );
-        }
-    }
-}
-
-SvxRTFStyleType* EditRTFParser::FindStyleSheet( const XubString& rName )
-{
-    SvxRTFStyleType* pS = GetStyleTbl().First();
-    while ( pS && ( pS->sName != rName ) )
-        pS = GetStyleTbl().Next();
-
-    return pS;
-}
-
-SfxStyleSheet* EditRTFParser::CreateStyleSheet( SvxRTFStyleType* pRTFStyle )
-{
-    // Prueffen, ob so eine Vorlage existiert....
-    // dann wird sie auch nicht geaendert!
-    SfxStyleSheet* pStyle = (SfxStyleSheet*)pImpEditEngine->GetStyleSheetPool()->Find( pRTFStyle->sName, SFX_STYLE_FAMILY_ALL );
-    if ( pStyle )
-        return pStyle;
-
-    String aName( pRTFStyle->sName );
-    String aParent;
-    if ( pRTFStyle->nBasedOn )
-    {
-        SvxRTFStyleType* pS = GetStyleTbl().Get( pRTFStyle->nBasedOn );
-        if ( pS && ( pS !=pRTFStyle ) )
-            aParent = pS->sName;
-    }
-
-    pStyle = (SfxStyleSheet*) &pImpEditEngine->GetStyleSheetPool()->Make( aName, SFX_STYLE_FAMILY_PARA );
-
-    // 1) Items konvertieren und uebernehmen...
-    ConvertAndPutItems( pStyle->GetItemSet(), pRTFStyle->aAttrSet );
-
-    // 2) Solange Parent nicht im Pool, auch diesen kreieren...
-    if ( aParent.Len() && ( aParent != aName ) )
-    {
-        SfxStyleSheet* pS = (SfxStyleSheet*)pImpEditEngine->GetStyleSheetPool()->Find( aParent, SFX_STYLE_FAMILY_ALL );
-        if ( !pS )
-        {
-            // Wenn nirgendwo gefunden, aus RTF erzeugen...
-            SvxRTFStyleType* _pRTFStyle = FindStyleSheet( aParent );
-            if ( _pRTFStyle )
-                pS = CreateStyleSheet( _pRTFStyle );
-        }
-        // 2b) ItemSet mit Parent verknuepfen...
-        if ( pS )
-            pStyle->GetItemSet().SetParent( &pS->GetItemSet() );
-    }
-    return pStyle;
-}
-
-void EditRTFParser::CreateStyleSheets()
-{
-    // der SvxRTFParser hat jetzt die Vorlagen erzeugt...
-    if ( pImpEditEngine->GetStyleSheetPool() && pImpEditEngine->GetStatus().DoImportRTFStyleSheets() )
-    {
-        SvxRTFStyleType* pRTFStyle = GetStyleTbl().First();
-        while ( pRTFStyle )
-        {
-            CreateStyleSheet( pRTFStyle );
-
-            pRTFStyle = GetStyleTbl().Next();
-        }
-    }
-}
-
-void __EXPORT EditRTFParser::CalcValue()
-{
-    const MapUnit eDestUnit = static_cast< MapUnit >( aEditMapMode.GetMapUnit() );
-    const MapUnit eSrcUnit  = aRTFMapMode.GetMapUnit();
-    if (eDestUnit != eSrcUnit)
-        nTokenValue = OutputDevice::LogicToLogic( (long)nTokenValue, eSrcUnit, eDestUnit );
-}
-
-void EditRTFParser::ReadField()
-{
-    // Aus SwRTFParser::ReadField()
-    int _nOpenBrakets = 1;      // die erste wurde schon vorher erkannt
-    BOOL bFldInst = FALSE;
-    BOOL bFldRslt = FALSE;
-    String aFldInst;
-    String aFldRslt;
-
-    while( _nOpenBrakets && IsParserWorking() )
-    {
-        switch( GetNextToken() )
-        {
-            case '}':
-            {
-                _nOpenBrakets--;
-                if ( _nOpenBrakets == 1 )
-                {
-                    bFldInst = FALSE;
-                    bFldRslt = FALSE;
-                }
-            }
-            break;
-
-            case '{':           _nOpenBrakets++;
-                                break;
-
-            case RTF_FIELD:     SkipGroup();
-                                break;
-
-            case RTF_FLDINST:   bFldInst = TRUE;
-                                break;
-
-            case RTF_FLDRSLT:   bFldRslt = TRUE;
-                                break;
-
-            case RTF_TEXTTOKEN:
-            {
-                if ( bFldInst )
-                    aFldInst += aToken;
-                else if ( bFldRslt )
-                    aFldRslt += aToken;
-            }
-            break;
-        }
-    }
-    if ( aFldInst.Len() )
-    {
-        String aHyperLinkMarker( RTL_CONSTASCII_USTRINGPARAM( "HYPERLINK " ) );
-        if ( aFldInst.CompareIgnoreCaseToAscii( aHyperLinkMarker, aHyperLinkMarker.Len() ) == COMPARE_EQUAL )
-        {
-            aFldInst.Erase( 0, aHyperLinkMarker.Len() );
-            aFldInst.EraseLeadingChars();
-            aFldInst.EraseTrailingChars();
-            aFldInst.Erase( 0, 1 ); // "
-            aFldInst.Erase( aFldInst.Len()-1, 1 );  // "
-
-            if ( !aFldRslt.Len() )
-                aFldRslt = aFldInst;
-
-            SvxFieldItem aField( SvxURLField( aFldInst, aFldRslt, SVXURLFORMAT_REPR ), EE_FEATURE_FIELD  );
-            aCurSel = pImpEditEngine->InsertField( aCurSel, aField );
-            pImpEditEngine->UpdateFields();
-            nLastAction = ACTION_INSERTTEXT;
-        }
-    }
-
-    SkipToken( -1 );        // die schliesende Klammer wird "oben" ausgewertet
-}
-
-void EditRTFParser::SkipGroup()
-{
-    int _nOpenBrakets = 1;      // die erste wurde schon vorher erkannt
-
-    while( _nOpenBrakets && IsParserWorking() )
-    {
-        switch( GetNextToken() )
-        {
-            case '}':
-            {
-                _nOpenBrakets--;
-            }
-            break;
-
-            case '{':
-            {
-                _nOpenBrakets++;
-            }
-            break;
-        }
-    }
-
-    SkipToken( -1 );        // die schliesende Klammer wird "oben" ausgewertet
-}
-
-ULONG __EXPORT EditNodeIdx::GetIdx() const
-{
-    return pImpEditEngine->GetEditDoc().GetPos( pNode );
-}
-
-SvxNodeIdx* __EXPORT EditNodeIdx::Clone() const
-{
-    return new EditNodeIdx( pImpEditEngine, pNode );
-}
-
-SvxPosition* __EXPORT EditPosition::Clone() const
-{
-    return new EditPosition( pImpEditEngine, pCurSel );
-}
-
-SvxNodeIdx* __EXPORT EditPosition::MakeNodeIdx() const
-{
-    return new EditNodeIdx( pImpEditEngine, pCurSel->Max().GetNode() );
-}
-
-ULONG __EXPORT EditPosition::GetNodeIdx() const
-{
-    ContentNode* pN = pCurSel->Max().GetNode();
-    return pImpEditEngine->GetEditDoc().GetPos( pN );
-}
-
-USHORT __EXPORT EditPosition::GetCntIdx() const
-{
-    return pCurSel->Max().GetIndex();
-}
diff --git a/svx/source/editeng/eertfpar.hxx b/svx/source/editeng/eertfpar.hxx
deleted file mode 100644
index e4bf8cd52485..000000000000
--- a/svx/source/editeng/eertfpar.hxx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,131 +0,0 @@
-/*************************************************************************
- *
- * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
- *
- * Copyright 2008 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite
- *
- * $RCSfile: eertfpar.hxx,v $
- * $Revision: 1.6 $
- *
- * This file is part of OpenOffice.org.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3
- * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details
- * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code).
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org.  If not, see
- * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html>
- * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License.
- *
- ************************************************************************/
-#ifndef _EERTFPAR_HXX
-#define _EERTFPAR_HXX
-
-#include <svxrtf.hxx>
-
-#include <editdoc.hxx>
-#include <impedit.hxx>
-
-#ifndef SVX_LIGHT
-
-class EditNodeIdx : public SvxNodeIdx
-{
-private:
-    ContentNode*        pNode;
-    ImpEditEngine*      pImpEditEngine;
-
-public:
-                        EditNodeIdx( ImpEditEngine* pIEE, ContentNode* pNd = 0)
-                            { pImpEditEngine = pIEE; pNode = pNd; }
-    virtual ULONG       GetIdx() const;
-    virtual SvxNodeIdx* Clone() const;
-    ContentNode*        GetNode() { return pNode; }
-};
-
-class EditPosition : public SvxPosition
-{
-private:
-    EditSelection*  pCurSel;
-    ImpEditEngine*  pImpEditEngine;
-
-public:
-                    EditPosition( ImpEditEngine* pIEE, EditSelection* pSel )
-                            { pImpEditEngine = pIEE; pCurSel = pSel; }
-
-    virtual ULONG   GetNodeIdx() const;
-    virtual USHORT  GetCntIdx() const;
-
-    // erzeuge von sich selbst eine Kopie
-    virtual SvxPosition* Clone() const;
-
-    // erzeuge vom NodeIndex eine Kopie
-    virtual SvxNodeIdx* MakeNodeIdx() const;
-};
-
-#define ACTION_INSERTTEXT       1
-#define ACTION_INSERTPARABRK    2
-
-class EditRTFParser : public SvxRTFParser
-{
-private:
-    EditSelection       aCurSel;
-    ImpEditEngine*      pImpEditEngine;
-    CharSet             eDestCharSet;
-    MapMode             aRTFMapMode;
-    MapMode             aEditMapMode;
-
-    USHORT              nDefFont;
-    USHORT              nDefTab;
-    USHORT              nDefFontHeight;
-    BYTE                nLastAction;
-
-protected:
-    virtual void        InsertPara();
-    virtual void        InsertText();
-    virtual void        MovePos( int bForward = TRUE );
-    virtual void        SetEndPrevPara( SvxNodeIdx*& rpNodePos,
-                                            USHORT& rCntPos );
-
-    virtual void        UnknownAttrToken( int nToken, SfxItemSet* pSet );
-    virtual void        NextToken( int nToken );
-    virtual void        SetAttrInDoc( SvxRTFItemStackType &rSet );
-    virtual int         IsEndPara( SvxNodeIdx* pNd, USHORT nCnt ) const;
-    virtual void        CalcValue();
-    void                CreateStyleSheets();
-    SfxStyleSheet*      CreateStyleSheet( SvxRTFStyleType* pRTFStyle );
-    SvxRTFStyleType*    FindStyleSheet( const String& rName );
-    void                AddRTFDefaultValues( const EditPaM& rStart, const EditPaM& rEnd );
-    void                ReadField();
-    void                SkipGroup();
-
-public:
-                EditRTFParser( SvStream& rIn, EditSelection aCurSel, SfxItemPool& rAttrPool, ImpEditEngine* pImpEditEngine );
-                ~EditRTFParser();
-
-    virtual SvParserState   CallParser();
-
-
-    void        SetDestCharSet( CharSet eCharSet )  { eDestCharSet = eCharSet; }
-    CharSet     GetDestCharSet() const              { return eDestCharSet; }
-
-    USHORT      GetDefTab() const                   { return nDefTab; }
-    Font        GetDefFont()                        { return GetFont( nDefFont ); }
-
-    EditPaM     GetCurPaM() const                   { return aCurSel.Max(); }
-};
-
-SV_DECL_REF( EditRTFParser )
-SV_IMPL_REF( EditRTFParser );
-
-
-#endif  // !SVX_LIGH
-#endif  //_EERTFPAR_HXX
diff --git a/svx/source/editeng/forbiddencharacterstable.cxx b/svx/source/editeng/forbiddencharacterstable.cxx
deleted file mode 100644
index cdb4381aca89..000000000000
--- a/svx/source/editeng/forbiddencharacterstable.cxx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,97 +0,0 @@
-/*************************************************************************
- *
- * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
- *
- * Copyright 2008 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite
- *
- * $RCSfile: forbiddencharacterstable.cxx,v $
- * $Revision: 1.5 $
- *
- * This file is part of OpenOffice.org.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3
- * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details
- * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code).
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org.  If not, see
- * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html>
- * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License.
- *
- ************************************************************************/
-
-// MARKER(update_precomp.py): autogen include statement, do not remove
-#include "precompiled_svx.hxx"
-
-#include <forbiddencharacterstable.hxx>
-
-#include <unotools/localedatawrapper.hxx>
-#include <unolingu.hxx>
-
-#ifndef _COM_SUN_STAR_LANG_XSINGLESERVICEFACTORY_HPP_
-#include <com/sun/star/lang/XMultiServiceFactory.hpp>
-#endif
-
-SvxForbiddenCharactersTable::SvxForbiddenCharactersTable( ::com::sun::star::uno::Reference< ::com::sun::star::lang::XMultiServiceFactory > xMSF, USHORT nISize, USHORT nGrow )
- : SvxForbiddenCharactersTableImpl( nISize, nGrow )
-{
-    mxMSF = xMSF;
-}
-
-
-SvxForbiddenCharactersTable::~SvxForbiddenCharactersTable()
-{
-    for ( ULONG n = Count(); n; )
-        delete GetObject( --n );
-}
-
-
-
-const com::sun::star::i18n::ForbiddenCharacters* SvxForbiddenCharactersTable::GetForbiddenCharacters( USHORT nLanguage, BOOL bGetDefault ) const
-{
-    ForbiddenCharactersInfo* pInf = Get( nLanguage );
-    if ( !pInf && bGetDefault && mxMSF.is() )
-    {
-        const SvxForbiddenCharactersTableImpl *pConstImpl = dynamic_cast<const SvxForbiddenCharactersTableImpl*>(this);
-        SvxForbiddenCharactersTableImpl* pImpl = const_cast<SvxForbiddenCharactersTableImpl*>(pConstImpl);
-         pInf = new ForbiddenCharactersInfo;
-        pImpl->Insert( nLanguage, pInf );
-
-        pInf->bTemporary = TRUE;
-        LocaleDataWrapper aWrapper( mxMSF, SvxCreateLocale( nLanguage ) );
-        pInf->aForbiddenChars = aWrapper.getForbiddenCharacters();
-    }
-    return pInf ? &pInf->aForbiddenChars : NULL;
-}
-
-
-
-void SvxForbiddenCharactersTable::SetForbiddenCharacters( USHORT nLanguage, const com::sun::star::i18n::ForbiddenCharacters& rForbiddenChars )
-{
-    ForbiddenCharactersInfo* pInf = Get( nLanguage );
-    if ( !pInf )
-    {
-        pInf = new ForbiddenCharactersInfo;
-        Insert( nLanguage, pInf );
-    }
-    pInf->bTemporary = FALSE;
-    pInf->aForbiddenChars = rForbiddenChars;
-}
-
-void SvxForbiddenCharactersTable::ClearForbiddenCharacters( USHORT nLanguage )
-{
-    ForbiddenCharactersInfo* pInf = Get( nLanguage );
-    if ( pInf )
-    {
-        Remove( nLanguage );
-        delete pInf;
-    }
-}
diff --git a/svx/source/editeng/impedit.cxx b/svx/source/editeng/impedit.cxx
deleted file mode 100644
index 44e8086e1748..000000000000
--- a/svx/source/editeng/impedit.cxx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2012 +0,0 @@
-/*************************************************************************
- *
- * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
- *
- * Copyright 2008 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite
- *
- * $RCSfile: impedit.cxx,v $
- * $Revision: 1.64 $
- *
- * This file is part of OpenOffice.org.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3
- * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details
- * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code).
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org.  If not, see
- * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html>
- * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License.
- *
- ************************************************************************/
-
-// MARKER(update_precomp.py): autogen include statement, do not remove
-#include "precompiled_svx.hxx"
-
-#include <eeng_pch.hxx>
-
-#include <impedit.hxx>
-#include <svx/editeng.hxx>
-#include <svx/editview.hxx>
-#include <tools/poly.hxx>
-#include <unolingu.hxx>
-#include <sfx2/sfxuno.hxx>
-#include <com/sun/star/linguistic2/XDictionaryEntry.hpp>
-#include <com/sun/star/linguistic2/DictionaryType.hpp>
-#include <com/sun/star/linguistic2/DictionaryEvent.hpp>
-#include <com/sun/star/linguistic2/XDictionaryEventListener.hpp>
-#include <com/sun/star/linguistic2/DictionaryEventFlags.hpp>
-#include <com/sun/star/linguistic2/XDictionary.hpp>
-
-#ifndef _COM_SUN_STAR_DATATRANSFER_DND_DNDCONSTANS_HPP_
-#include <com/sun/star/datatransfer/dnd/DNDConstants.hpp>
-#endif
-#include <com/sun/star/datatransfer/dnd/XDragGestureRecognizer.hpp>
-#include <com/sun/star/datatransfer/dnd/XDropTarget.hpp>
-#include <com/sun/star/datatransfer/clipboard/XClipboard.hpp>
-#include <com/sun/star/datatransfer/clipboard/XFlushableClipboard.hpp>
-
-#include <vos/mutex.hxx>
-
-#include <svx/flditem.hxx>
-#include <svl/intitem.hxx>
-#include <svtools/transfer.hxx>
-
-#include <sot/exchange.hxx>
-#include <sot/formats.hxx>
-
-
-using namespace ::com::sun::star;
-using namespace ::com::sun::star::uno;
-using namespace ::com::sun::star::linguistic2;
-
-#define SCRLRANGE   20      // 1/20 der Breite/Hoehe scrollen, wenn im QueryDrop
-
-inline void lcl_AllignToPixel( Point& rPoint, OutputDevice* pOutDev, short nDiffX, short nDiffY )
-{
-    rPoint = pOutDev->LogicToPixel( rPoint );
-
-    if ( nDiffX )
-        rPoint.X() += nDiffX;
-    if ( nDiffY )
-        rPoint.Y() += nDiffY;
-
-    rPoint = pOutDev->PixelToLogic( rPoint );
-}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-//  class ImpEditView
-//  ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-ImpEditView::ImpEditView( EditView* pView, EditEngine* pEng, Window* pWindow ) :
-    aOutArea( Point(), pEng->GetPaperSize() )
-{
-    pEditView           = pView;
-    pEditEngine         = pEng;
-    pOutWin             = pWindow;
-    pPointer            = NULL;
-    pBackgroundColor    = NULL;
-    nScrollDiffX        = 0;
-    nExtraCursorFlags   = 0;
-    nCursorBidiLevel    = CURSOR_BIDILEVEL_DONTKNOW;
-    pCursor             = NULL;
-       pDragAndDropInfo = NULL;
-    bReadOnly           = sal_False;
-    bClickedInSelection = sal_False;
-    eSelectionMode      = EE_SELMODE_TXTONLY;
-    eAnchorMode         = ANCHOR_TOP_LEFT;
-    nInvMore            = 1;
-    nTravelXPos         = TRAVEL_X_DONTKNOW;
-    nControl            = EV_CNTRL_AUTOSCROLL | EV_CNTRL_ENABLEPASTE;
-    bActiveDragAndDropListener = FALSE;
-
-    aEditSelection.Min() = pEng->pImpEditEngine->GetEditDoc().GetStartPaM();
-    aEditSelection.Max() = pEng->pImpEditEngine->GetEditDoc().GetEndPaM();
-}
-
-ImpEditView::~ImpEditView()
-{
-    RemoveDragAndDropListeners();
-
-    if ( pOutWin && ( pOutWin->GetCursor() == pCursor ) )
-        pOutWin->SetCursor( NULL );
-
-    delete pCursor;
-    delete pBackgroundColor;
-    delete pPointer;
-    delete pDragAndDropInfo;
-}
-
-void ImpEditView::SetBackgroundColor( const Color& rColor )
-{
-    delete pBackgroundColor;
-    pBackgroundColor = new Color( rColor );
-}
-
-void ImpEditView::SetEditSelection( const EditSelection& rEditSelection )
-{
-    // #100856# set state before notification
-    aEditSelection = rEditSelection;
-
-    if ( pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->GetNotifyHdl().IsSet() )
-    {
-        EENotify aNotify( EE_NOTIFY_TEXTVIEWSELECTIONCHANGED );
-        aNotify.pEditEngine = pEditEngine;
-        aNotify.pEditView = GetEditViewPtr();
-        pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->CallNotify( aNotify );
-    }
-}
-
-
-void ImpEditView::DrawSelection( EditSelection aTmpSel, Region* pRegion )
-{
-    if ( GetSelectionMode() == EE_SELMODE_HIDDEN )
-        return;
-
-    // Vor dem Zeichnen der Selektion muss sichergestellt werden,
-    // das der Fensterinhalt komplett gueltig ist!
-    // Muss hier stehen, damit auf jeden Fall weg wenn lerr, nicht spaeter
-    // zwei Paint-Events!
-    // 19.10: Muss sogar vor Abfrage von bUpdate, falls nach Invalidate
-    // noch Paints in der Queue, aber jemand schaltet den UpdateMode um!
-
-    // pRegion: Wenn nicht NULL, dann nur Region berechnen.
-    PolyPolygon* pPolyPoly = NULL;
-    if ( pRegion )
-        pPolyPoly = new PolyPolygon;
-
-    sal_Bool bClipRegion = pOutWin->IsClipRegion();
-    Region aOldRegion = pOutWin->GetClipRegion();
-
-    if ( !pRegion )
-    {
-        if ( pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->GetUpdateMode() == sal_False )
-            return;
-        if ( pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->IsInUndo() )
-            return;
-
-        if ( !aTmpSel.HasRange() )
-            return;
-
-        // aTmpOutArea: Falls OutputArea > Papierbreite und
-        // Text > Papierbreite ( uebergrosse Felder )
-        Rectangle aTmpOutArea( aOutArea );
-        if ( aTmpOutArea.GetWidth() > pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->GetPaperSize().Width() )
-            aTmpOutArea.Right() = aTmpOutArea.Left() + pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->GetPaperSize().Width();
-        pOutWin->IntersectClipRegion( aTmpOutArea );
-
-        if ( pOutWin->GetCursor() )
-            pOutWin->GetCursor()->Hide();
-    }
-
-    DBG_ASSERT( !pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->aIdleFormatter.IsActive(), "DrawSelection: Not formatted!" );
-    aTmpSel.Adjust( pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->GetEditDoc() );
-
-    ContentNode* pStartNode = aTmpSel.Min().GetNode();
-    ContentNode* pEndNode = aTmpSel.Max().GetNode();
-    sal_uInt16 nStartPara = pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->GetEditDoc().GetPos( pStartNode );
-    sal_uInt16 nEndPara = pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->GetEditDoc().GetPos( pEndNode );
-    // ueber die Absaetze iterieren....
-    for ( sal_uInt16 nPara = nStartPara; nPara <= nEndPara; nPara++ )
-    {
-        ParaPortion* pTmpPortion = pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->GetParaPortions().SaveGetObject( nPara );
-        DBG_ASSERT( pTmpPortion, "Portion in Selektion nicht gefunden!" );
-        DBG_ASSERT( !pTmpPortion->IsInvalid(), "Portion in Selektion nicht formatiert!" );
-
-        if ( !pTmpPortion->IsVisible() || pTmpPortion->IsInvalid() )
-            continue;
-
-        long nParaStart = pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->GetParaPortions().GetYOffset( pTmpPortion );
-        if ( ( nParaStart + pTmpPortion->GetHeight() ) < GetVisDocTop() )
-            continue;
-        if ( nParaStart > GetVisDocBottom() )
-            break;
-
-        sal_uInt16 nStartLine = 0;
-        sal_uInt16 nEndLine = pTmpPortion->GetLines().Count() -1;
-        if ( nPara == nStartPara )
-            nStartLine = pTmpPortion->GetLines().FindLine( aTmpSel.Min().GetIndex(), sal_False );
-        if ( nPara == nEndPara )
-            nEndLine = pTmpPortion->GetLines().FindLine( aTmpSel.Max().GetIndex(), sal_True );
-
-        // ueber die Zeilen iterieren....
-        for ( sal_uInt16 nLine = nStartLine; nLine <= nEndLine; nLine++ )
-        {
-            EditLine* pLine = pTmpPortion->GetLines().GetObject( nLine );
-            DBG_ASSERT( pLine, "Zeile nicht gefunden: DrawSelection()" );
-
-            BOOL bPartOfLine = FALSE;
-            sal_uInt16 nStartIndex = pLine->GetStart();
-            sal_uInt16 nEndIndex = pLine->GetEnd();
-            if ( ( nPara == nStartPara ) && ( nLine == nStartLine ) && ( nStartIndex != aTmpSel.Min().GetIndex() ) )
-            {
-                nStartIndex = aTmpSel.Min().GetIndex();
-                bPartOfLine = TRUE;
-            }
-            if ( ( nPara == nEndPara ) && ( nLine == nEndLine ) && ( nEndIndex != aTmpSel.Max().GetIndex() ) )
-            {
-                nEndIndex = aTmpSel.Max().GetIndex();
-                bPartOfLine = TRUE;
-            }
-
-            // Kann passieren, wenn am Anfang einer umgebrochenen Zeile.
-            if ( nEndIndex < nStartIndex )
-                nEndIndex = nStartIndex;
-
-            Rectangle aTmpRec( pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->GetEditCursor( pTmpPortion, nStartIndex ) );
-            Point aTopLeft( aTmpRec.TopLeft() );
-            Point aBottomRight( aTmpRec.BottomRight() );
-
-            aTopLeft.Y() += nParaStart;
-            aBottomRight.Y() += nParaStart;
-
-            // Nur Painten, wenn im sichtbaren Bereich...
-            if ( aTopLeft.Y() > GetVisDocBottom() )
-                break;
-
-            if ( aBottomRight.Y() < GetVisDocTop() )
-                continue;
-
-            // Now that we have Bidi, the first/last index doesn't have to be the 'most outside' postion
-            if ( !bPartOfLine )
-            {
-                Range aLineXPosStartEnd = pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->GetLineXPosStartEnd( pTmpPortion, pLine );
-                aTopLeft.X() = aLineXPosStartEnd.Min();
-                aBottomRight.X() = aLineXPosStartEnd.Max();
-                ImplDrawHighlightRect( pOutWin, aTopLeft, aBottomRight, pPolyPoly );
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                USHORT nTmpStartIndex = nStartIndex;
-                USHORT nWritingDirStart, nTmpEndIndex;
-
-                while ( nTmpStartIndex < nEndIndex )
-                {
-                    pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->GetRightToLeft( nPara, nTmpStartIndex+1, &nWritingDirStart, &nTmpEndIndex );
-                    if ( nTmpEndIndex > nEndIndex )
-                        nTmpEndIndex = nEndIndex;
-
-                    DBG_ASSERT( nTmpEndIndex > nTmpStartIndex, "DrawSelection, Start >= End?" );
-
-                    long nX1 = pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->GetXPos( pTmpPortion, pLine, nTmpStartIndex, TRUE );
-                    long nX2 = pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->GetXPos( pTmpPortion, pLine, nTmpEndIndex );
-
-                    Point aPt1( Min( nX1, nX2 ), aTopLeft.Y() );
-                    Point aPt2( Max( nX1, nX2 ), aBottomRight.Y() );
-
-                    ImplDrawHighlightRect( pOutWin, aPt1, aPt2, pPolyPoly );
-
-                    nTmpStartIndex = nTmpEndIndex;
-                }
-            }
-
-        }
-    }
-
-    if ( pRegion )
-    {
-        *pRegion = Region( *pPolyPoly );
-        delete pPolyPoly;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        if ( pOutWin->GetCursor() )
-            pOutWin->GetCursor()->Show();
-
-        if ( bClipRegion )
-            pOutWin->SetClipRegion( aOldRegion );
-        else
-            pOutWin->SetClipRegion();
-    }
-}
-
-void ImpEditView::ImplDrawHighlightRect( Window* _pOutWin, const Point& rDocPosTopLeft, const Point& rDocPosBottomRight, PolyPolygon* pPolyPoly )
-{
-    if ( rDocPosTopLeft.X() != rDocPosBottomRight.X() )
-    {
-        sal_Bool bPixelMode = _pOutWin->GetMapMode() == MAP_PIXEL;
-
-        Point aPnt1( GetWindowPos( rDocPosTopLeft ) );
-        Point aPnt2( GetWindowPos( rDocPosBottomRight ) );
-
-        if ( !IsVertical() )
-        {
-            lcl_AllignToPixel( aPnt1, _pOutWin, +1, 0 );
-            lcl_AllignToPixel( aPnt2, _pOutWin, 0, ( bPixelMode ? 0 : -1 ) );
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            lcl_AllignToPixel( aPnt1, _pOutWin, 0, +1 );
-            lcl_AllignToPixel( aPnt2, _pOutWin, ( bPixelMode ? 0 : +1 ), 0 );
-        }
-
-        Rectangle aRect( aPnt1, aPnt2 );
-        if ( pPolyPoly )
-        {
-            Polygon aTmpPoly( 4 );
-            aTmpPoly[0] = aRect.TopLeft();
-            aTmpPoly[1] = aRect.TopRight();
-            aTmpPoly[2] = aRect.BottomRight();
-            aTmpPoly[3] = aRect.BottomLeft();
-            pPolyPoly->Insert( aTmpPoly );
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            _pOutWin->Invert( aRect );
-        }
-    }
-}
-
-
-BOOL ImpEditView::IsVertical() const
-{
-    return pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->IsVertical();
-}
-
-Rectangle ImpEditView::GetVisDocArea() const
-{
-    return Rectangle( GetVisDocLeft(), GetVisDocTop(), GetVisDocRight(), GetVisDocBottom() );
-}
-
-Point ImpEditView::GetDocPos( const Point& rWindowPos ) const
-{
-    // Fensterposition => Dokumentposition
-    Point aPoint;
-
-    if ( !pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->IsVertical() )
-    {
-        aPoint.X() = rWindowPos.X() - aOutArea.Left() + GetVisDocLeft();
-        aPoint.Y() = rWindowPos.Y() - aOutArea.Top() + GetVisDocTop();
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        aPoint.X() = rWindowPos.Y() - aOutArea.Top() + GetVisDocLeft();
-        aPoint.Y() = aOutArea.Right() - rWindowPos.X() + GetVisDocTop();
-    }
-
-    return aPoint;
-}
-
-Point ImpEditView::GetWindowPos( const Point& rDocPos ) const
-{
-    // Dokumentposition => Fensterposition
-    Point aPoint;
-
-    if ( !pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->IsVertical() )
-    {
-        aPoint.X() = rDocPos.X() + aOutArea.Left() - GetVisDocLeft();
-        aPoint.Y() = rDocPos.Y() + aOutArea.Top() - GetVisDocTop();
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        aPoint.X() = aOutArea.Right() - rDocPos.Y() + GetVisDocTop();
-        aPoint.Y() = rDocPos.X() + aOutArea.Top() - GetVisDocLeft();
-    }
-
-    return aPoint;
-}
-
-Rectangle ImpEditView::GetWindowPos( const Rectangle& rDocRect ) const
-{
-    // Dokumentposition => Fensterposition
-    Point aPos( GetWindowPos( rDocRect.TopLeft() ) );
-    Size aSz = rDocRect.GetSize();
-    Rectangle aRect;
-    if ( !pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->IsVertical() )
-    {
-        aRect = Rectangle( aPos, aSz );
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        Point aNewPos( aPos.X()-aSz.Height(), aPos.Y() );
-        aRect = Rectangle( aNewPos, Size( aSz.Height(), aSz.Width() ) );
-    }
-    return aRect;
-}
-
-
-Region* ImpEditView::CalcSelectedRegion()
-{
-    Region* pRegion = new Region;
-    DrawSelection( GetEditSelection(), pRegion );
-    return pRegion;
-}
-
-void ImpEditView::SetSelectionMode( EESelectionMode eNewMode )
-{
-    if ( eSelectionMode != eNewMode )
-    {
-        DrawSelection();    // 'Wegmalen' ...
-        eSelectionMode = eNewMode;
-        DrawSelection();    // und neu zeichnen.
-    }
-}
-
-void ImpEditView::SetOutputArea( const Rectangle& rRec )
-{
-    // sollte besser auf Pixel allignt sein!
-    Rectangle aNewRec( pOutWin->LogicToPixel( rRec ) );
-    aNewRec = pOutWin->PixelToLogic( aNewRec );
-    aOutArea = aNewRec;
-    if ( aOutArea.Right() < aOutArea.Left() )
-        aOutArea.Right() = aOutArea.Left();
-    if ( aOutArea.Bottom() < aOutArea.Top() )
-        aOutArea.Bottom() = aOutArea.Top();
-
-    if ( DoBigScroll() )
-        SetScrollDiffX( (sal_uInt16)aOutArea.GetWidth() * 3 / 10 );
-    else
-        SetScrollDiffX( (sal_uInt16)aOutArea.GetWidth() * 2 / 10 );
-}
-
-void ImpEditView::ResetOutputArea( const Rectangle& rRec )
-{
-    Rectangle aCurArea( aOutArea );
-    SetOutputArea( rRec );
-    // Umliegende Bereiche invalidieren, wenn UpdateMode der Engine auf sal_True
-    if ( !aCurArea.IsEmpty() && pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->GetUpdateMode() )
-    {
-        long nMore = 0;
-        if ( DoInvalidateMore() )
-            nMore = GetWindow()->PixelToLogic( Size( nInvMore, 0 ) ).Width();
-        if ( aCurArea.Left() < aOutArea.Left() )
-        {
-            Rectangle aRect( aCurArea.TopLeft(),
-                Size( aOutArea.Left()-aCurArea.Left(), aCurArea.GetHeight() ) );
-            if ( nMore )
-            {
-                aRect.Left() -= nMore;
-                aRect.Top() -= nMore;
-                aRect.Bottom() += nMore;
-            }
-            GetWindow()->Invalidate( aRect );
-        }
-        if ( aCurArea.Right() > aOutArea.Right() )
-        {
-            long nW = aCurArea.Right() - aOutArea.Right();
-            Point aPos( aCurArea.TopRight() );
-            aPos.X() -= nW;
-            Rectangle aRect( aPos, Size( nW, aCurArea.GetHeight() ) );
-            if ( nMore )
-            {
-                aRect.Right() += nMore;
-                aRect.Top() -= nMore;
-                aRect.Bottom() += nMore;
-            }
-            GetWindow()->Invalidate( aRect );
-        }
-        if ( aCurArea.Top() < aOutArea.Top() )
-        {
-            Rectangle aRect( aCurArea.TopLeft(), Size( aCurArea.GetWidth(), aOutArea.Top() - aCurArea.Top() ) );
-            if ( nMore )
-            {
-                aRect.Top() -= nMore;
-                aRect.Left() -= nMore;
-                aRect.Right() += nMore;
-            }
-            GetWindow()->Invalidate( aRect );
-        }
-        if ( aCurArea.Bottom() > aOutArea.Bottom() )
-        {
-            long nH = aCurArea.Bottom() - aOutArea.Bottom();
-            Point aPos( aCurArea.BottomLeft() );
-            aPos.Y() -= nH;
-            Rectangle aRect( aPos, Size( aCurArea.GetWidth(), nH ) );
-            if ( nMore )
-            {
-                aRect.Bottom() += nMore;
-                aRect.Left() -= nMore;
-                aRect.Right() += nMore;
-            }
-
-            GetWindow()->Invalidate( aRect );
-        }
-    }
-}
-
-void ImpEditView::RecalcOutputArea()
-{
-    Rectangle aOldArea( aOutArea );
-    Point aNewTopLeft( aOutArea.TopLeft() );
-    Size aNewSz( aOutArea.GetSize() );
-
-    // X:
-    if ( DoAutoWidth() )
-    {
-        if ( pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->GetStatus().AutoPageWidth() )
-            aNewSz.Width() = pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->GetPaperSize().Width();
-        switch ( eAnchorMode )
-        {
-            case ANCHOR_TOP_LEFT:
-            case ANCHOR_VCENTER_LEFT:
-            case ANCHOR_BOTTOM_LEFT:
-            {
-                aNewTopLeft.X() = aAnchorPoint.X();
-            }
-            break;
-            case ANCHOR_TOP_HCENTER:
-            case ANCHOR_VCENTER_HCENTER:
-            case ANCHOR_BOTTOM_HCENTER:
-            {
-                aNewTopLeft.X() = aAnchorPoint.X() - aNewSz.Width() / 2;
-            }
-            break;
-            case ANCHOR_TOP_RIGHT:
-            case ANCHOR_VCENTER_RIGHT:
-            case ANCHOR_BOTTOM_RIGHT:
-            {
-                aNewTopLeft.X() = aAnchorPoint.X() - aNewSz.Width() - 1;
-            }
-            break;
-        }
-    }
-
-    // Y:
-    if ( DoAutoHeight() )
-    {
-        if ( pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->GetStatus().AutoPageHeight() )
-            aNewSz.Height() = pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->GetPaperSize().Height();
-        switch ( eAnchorMode )
-        {
-            case ANCHOR_TOP_LEFT:
-            case ANCHOR_TOP_HCENTER:
-            case ANCHOR_TOP_RIGHT:
-            {
-                aNewTopLeft.Y() = aAnchorPoint.Y();
-            }
-            break;
-            case ANCHOR_VCENTER_LEFT:
-            case ANCHOR_VCENTER_HCENTER:
-            case ANCHOR_VCENTER_RIGHT:
-            {
-                aNewTopLeft.Y() = aAnchorPoint.Y() - aNewSz.Height() / 2;
-            }
-            break;
-            case ANCHOR_BOTTOM_LEFT:
-            case ANCHOR_BOTTOM_HCENTER:
-            case ANCHOR_BOTTOM_RIGHT:
-            {
-                aNewTopLeft.Y() = aAnchorPoint.Y() - aNewSz.Height() - 1;
-            }
-            break;
-        }
-    }
-    ResetOutputArea( Rectangle( aNewTopLeft, aNewSz ) );
-}
-
-void ImpEditView::SetAnchorMode( EVAnchorMode eMode )
-{
-    eAnchorMode = eMode;
-    CalcAnchorPoint();
-}
-
-void ImpEditView::CalcAnchorPoint()
-{
-    // GetHeight() und GetWidth() -1, da Rectangle-Berechnung nicht erwuenscht.
-
-    // X:
-    switch ( eAnchorMode )
-    {
-        case ANCHOR_TOP_LEFT:
-        case ANCHOR_VCENTER_LEFT:
-        case ANCHOR_BOTTOM_LEFT:
-        {
-            aAnchorPoint.X() = aOutArea.Left();
-        }
-        break;
-        case ANCHOR_TOP_HCENTER:
-        case ANCHOR_VCENTER_HCENTER:
-        case ANCHOR_BOTTOM_HCENTER:
-        {
-            aAnchorPoint.X() = aOutArea.Left() + (aOutArea.GetWidth()-1) / 2;
-        }
-        break;
-        case ANCHOR_TOP_RIGHT:
-        case ANCHOR_VCENTER_RIGHT:
-        case ANCHOR_BOTTOM_RIGHT:
-        {
-            aAnchorPoint.X() = aOutArea.Right();
-        }
-        break;
-    }
-
-    // Y:
-    switch ( eAnchorMode )
-    {
-        case ANCHOR_TOP_LEFT:
-        case ANCHOR_TOP_HCENTER:
-        case ANCHOR_TOP_RIGHT:
-        {
-            aAnchorPoint.Y() = aOutArea.Top();
-        }
-        break;
-        case ANCHOR_VCENTER_LEFT:
-        case ANCHOR_VCENTER_HCENTER:
-        case ANCHOR_VCENTER_RIGHT:
-        {
-            aAnchorPoint.Y() = aOutArea.Top() + (aOutArea.GetHeight()-1) / 2;
-        }
-        break;
-        case ANCHOR_BOTTOM_LEFT:
-        case ANCHOR_BOTTOM_HCENTER:
-        case ANCHOR_BOTTOM_RIGHT:
-        {
-            aAnchorPoint.Y() = aOutArea.Bottom() - 1;
-        }
-        break;
-    }
-}
-
-void ImpEditView::ShowCursor( sal_Bool bGotoCursor, sal_Bool bForceVisCursor, USHORT nShowCursorFlags )
-{
-    // Kein ShowCursor bei einer leeren View...
-    if ( ( aOutArea.Left() >= aOutArea.Right() ) && ( aOutArea.Top() >= aOutArea.Bottom() ) )
-        return;
-
-    pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->CheckIdleFormatter();
-    if ( !pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->IsFormatted() )
-        pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->FormatDoc();
-
-    // Aus irgendwelchen Gruenden lande ich waehrend der Formatierung hier,
-    // wenn sich der Outiner im Paint initialisiert, weil kein SetPool();
-    if ( pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->IsFormatting() )
-        return;
-    if ( pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->GetUpdateMode() == sal_False )
-        return;
-    if ( pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->IsInUndo() )
-        return;
-
-    if ( pOutWin->GetCursor() != GetCursor() )
-        pOutWin->SetCursor( GetCursor() );
-
-    EditPaM aPaM( aEditSelection.Max() );
-
-    USHORT nTextPortionStart = 0;
-    USHORT nPara = pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->aEditDoc.GetPos( aPaM.GetNode() );
-    if (nPara == USHRT_MAX) // #i94322
-        return;
-    ParaPortion* pParaPortion = pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->GetParaPortions().GetObject( nPara );
-
-    nShowCursorFlags |= nExtraCursorFlags;
-
-    nShowCursorFlags |= GETCRSR_TXTONLY;
-
-    // Use CursorBidiLevel 0/1 in meaning of
-    // 0: prefer portion end, normal mode
-    // 1: prefer portion start
-
-    if ( ( GetCursorBidiLevel() != CURSOR_BIDILEVEL_DONTKNOW ) && GetCursorBidiLevel() )
-    {
-        nShowCursorFlags |= GETCRSR_PREFERPORTIONSTART;
-    }
-
-    Rectangle aEditCursor = pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->PaMtoEditCursor( aPaM, nShowCursorFlags );
-    if ( !IsInsertMode() && !aEditSelection.HasRange() )
-    {
-        if ( aPaM.GetNode()->Len() && ( aPaM.GetIndex() < aPaM.GetNode()->Len() ) )
-        {
-            // If we are behind a portion, and the next portion has other direction, we must change position...
-            aEditCursor.Left() = aEditCursor.Right() = pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->PaMtoEditCursor( aPaM, GETCRSR_TXTONLY|GETCRSR_PREFERPORTIONSTART ).Left();
-
-            USHORT nTextPortion = pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().FindPortion( aPaM.GetIndex(), nTextPortionStart, TRUE );
-            TextPortion* pTextPortion = pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().GetObject( nTextPortion );
-            if ( pTextPortion->GetKind() == PORTIONKIND_TAB )
-            {
-                aEditCursor.Right() += pTextPortion->GetSize().Width();
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                EditPaM aNext = pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->CursorRight( aPaM, (USHORT)i18n::CharacterIteratorMode::SKIPCELL );
-                Rectangle aTmpRect = pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->PaMtoEditCursor( aNext, GETCRSR_TXTONLY );
-                if ( aTmpRect.Top() != aEditCursor.Top() )
-                    aTmpRect = pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->PaMtoEditCursor( aNext, GETCRSR_TXTONLY|GETCRSR_ENDOFLINE );
-                aEditCursor.Right() = aTmpRect.Left();
-            }
-        }
-    }
-    long nMaxHeight = !IsVertical() ? aOutArea.GetHeight() : aOutArea.GetWidth();
-    if ( aEditCursor.GetHeight() > nMaxHeight )
-    {
-        aEditCursor.Bottom() = aEditCursor.Top() + nMaxHeight - 1;
-    }
-    if ( bGotoCursor  ) // && (!pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->GetStatus().AutoPageSize() ) )
-    {
-        // pruefen, ob scrollen notwendig...
-        // wenn scrollen, dann Update() und Scroll() !
-        long nDocDiffX = 0;
-        long nDocDiffY = 0;
-
-        Rectangle aTmpVisArea( GetVisDocArea() );
-        // aTmpOutArea: Falls OutputArea > Papierbreite und
-        // Text > Papierbreite ( uebergrosse Felder )
-        long nMaxTextWidth = !IsVertical() ? pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->GetPaperSize().Width() : pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->GetPaperSize().Height();
-        if ( aTmpVisArea.GetWidth() > nMaxTextWidth )
-            aTmpVisArea.Right() = aTmpVisArea.Left() + nMaxTextWidth;
-
-        if ( aEditCursor.Bottom() > aTmpVisArea.Bottom() )
-        {   // hochscrollen, hier positiv
-            nDocDiffY = aEditCursor.Bottom() - aTmpVisArea.Bottom();
-        }
-        else if ( aEditCursor.Top() < aTmpVisArea.Top() )
-        {   // runterscrollen, negativ
-            nDocDiffY = aEditCursor.Top() - aTmpVisArea.Top();
-        }
-
-        if ( aEditCursor.Right() > aTmpVisArea.Right() )
-        {
-            // linksscrollen, positiv
-            nDocDiffX = aEditCursor.Right() - aTmpVisArea.Right();
-            // Darfs ein bischen mehr sein?
-            if ( aEditCursor.Right() < ( nMaxTextWidth - GetScrollDiffX() ) )
-                nDocDiffX += GetScrollDiffX();
-            else
-            {
-                long n = nMaxTextWidth - aEditCursor.Right();
-                // Bei einem MapMode != RefMapMode kann der EditCursor auch mal ueber
-                // die Papierbreite Wandern!
-                nDocDiffX += ( n > 0 ? n : -n );
-            }
-        }
-        else if ( aEditCursor.Left() < aTmpVisArea.Left() )
-        {   // rechtsscrollen
-            // negativ:
-            nDocDiffX = aEditCursor.Left() - aTmpVisArea.Left();
-            // Darfs ein bischen mehr sein?
-            if ( aEditCursor.Left() > ( - (long)GetScrollDiffX() ) )
-                nDocDiffX -= GetScrollDiffX();
-            else
-                nDocDiffX -= aEditCursor.Left();
-        }
-        if ( aPaM.GetIndex() == 0 )     // braucht Olli fuer den Outliner
-        {
-            // Aber sicherstellen, dass dadurch der Cursor nicht den
-            // sichtbaren bereich verlaesst!
-            if ( aEditCursor.Left() < aTmpVisArea.GetWidth() )
-            {
-                nDocDiffX = -aTmpVisArea.Left();
-            }
-        }
-
-        if ( nDocDiffX | nDocDiffY )
-        {
-            long nDiffX = !IsVertical() ? nDocDiffX : -nDocDiffY;
-            long nDiffY = !IsVertical() ? nDocDiffY : nDocDiffX;
-
-            // Negativ: Zum Anfang bzw. linken Rand
-            if ( ( Abs( nDiffY ) > pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->nOnePixelInRef ) && DoBigScroll() )
-            {
-                long nH = aOutArea.GetHeight() / 4;
-                if ( ( nH > aEditCursor.GetHeight() ) && ( Abs( nDiffY ) < nH ) )
-                {
-                    if ( nDiffY < 0 )
-                        nDiffY -= nH;
-                    else
-                        nDiffY += nH;
-                }
-            }
-
-            if ( ( Abs( nDiffX ) > pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->nOnePixelInRef ) && DoBigScroll() )
-            {
-                long nW = aOutArea.GetWidth() / 4;
-                if ( Abs( nDiffX ) < nW )
-                {
-                    if ( nDiffY < 0 )
-                        nDiffY -= nW;
-                    else
-                        nDiffY += nW;
-                }
-            }
-
-            if ( nDiffX )
-                pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->aStatus.GetStatusWord() = pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->aStatus.GetStatusWord() | EE_STAT_HSCROLL;
-            if ( nDiffY )
-                pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->aStatus.GetStatusWord() = pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->aStatus.GetStatusWord() | EE_STAT_VSCROLL;
-            Scroll( -nDiffX, -nDiffY );
-            pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->DelayedCallStatusHdl();
-        }
-    }
-
-    // Cursor evtl. etwas stutzen...
-    if ( ( aEditCursor.Bottom() > GetVisDocTop() ) &&
-         ( aEditCursor.Top() < GetVisDocBottom() ) )
-    {
-        if ( aEditCursor.Bottom() > GetVisDocBottom() )
-            aEditCursor.Bottom() = GetVisDocBottom();
-        if ( aEditCursor.Top() < GetVisDocTop() )
-            aEditCursor.Top() = GetVisDocTop();
-    }
-
-    long nOnePixel = pOutWin->PixelToLogic( Size( 1, 0 ) ).Width();
-
-    if ( /* pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->GetStatus().AutoPageSize() || */
-         ( ( aEditCursor.Top() + nOnePixel >= GetVisDocTop() ) &&
-         ( aEditCursor.Bottom() - nOnePixel <= GetVisDocBottom() ) &&
-         ( aEditCursor.Left() + nOnePixel >= GetVisDocLeft() ) &&
-         ( aEditCursor.Right() - nOnePixel <= GetVisDocRight() ) ) )
-    {
-        Rectangle aCursorRect = GetWindowPos( aEditCursor );
-        GetCursor()->SetPos( aCursorRect.TopLeft() );
-        Size aCursorSz( aCursorRect.GetSize() );
-        // Rectangle is inclusive
-        aCursorSz.Width()--;
-        aCursorSz.Height()--;
-        if ( !aCursorSz.Width() || !aCursorSz.Height() )
-        {
-            long nCursorSz = pOutWin->GetSettings().GetStyleSettings().GetCursorSize();
-            nCursorSz = pOutWin->PixelToLogic( Size( nCursorSz, 0 ) ).Width();
-            if ( !aCursorSz.Width() )
-                aCursorSz.Width() = nCursorSz;
-            if ( !aCursorSz.Height() )
-                aCursorSz.Height() = nCursorSz;
-        }
-        // #111036# Let VCL do orientation for cursor, otherwise problem when cursor has direction flag
-        if ( IsVertical() )
-        {
-            Size aOldSz( aCursorSz );
-            aCursorSz.Width() = aOldSz.Height();
-            aCursorSz.Height() = aOldSz.Width();
-            GetCursor()->SetPos( aCursorRect.TopRight() );
-            GetCursor()->SetOrientation( 2700 );
-        }
-        else
-            // --> FME 2004-10-18 #i32593#
-            // Reset correct orientation in horizontal layout
-            GetCursor()->SetOrientation( 0 );
-            // <--
-
-        GetCursor()->SetSize( aCursorSz );
-
-        unsigned char nCursorDir = CURSOR_DIRECTION_NONE;
-        if ( IsInsertMode() && !aEditSelection.HasRange() && ( pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->HasDifferentRTLLevels( aPaM.GetNode() ) ) )
-        {
-            USHORT nTextPortion = pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().FindPortion( aPaM.GetIndex(), nTextPortionStart, nShowCursorFlags & GETCRSR_PREFERPORTIONSTART ? TRUE : FALSE );
-            TextPortion* pTextPortion = pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().GetObject( nTextPortion );
-            USHORT nRTLLevel = pTextPortion->GetRightToLeft();
-            if ( nRTLLevel%2 )
-                nCursorDir = CURSOR_DIRECTION_RTL;
-            else
-                nCursorDir = CURSOR_DIRECTION_LTR;
-
-        }
-        GetCursor()->SetDirection( nCursorDir );
-
-        if ( bForceVisCursor )
-            GetCursor()->Show();
-
-        // #102936# Call SetInputContext every time, otherwise we may have the wrong font
-        // if ( !pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->mpIMEInfos )
-        {
-            SvxFont aFont;
-            pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->SeekCursor( aPaM.GetNode(), aPaM.GetIndex()+1, aFont );
-            ULONG nContextFlags = INPUTCONTEXT_TEXT|INPUTCONTEXT_EXTTEXTINPUT;
-            GetWindow()->SetInputContext( InputContext( aFont, nContextFlags ) );
-        }
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->GetStatus().GetStatusWord() = pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->GetStatus().GetStatusWord() | EE_STAT_CURSOROUT;
-        GetCursor()->Hide();
-        GetCursor()->SetPos( Point( -1, -1 ) );
-        GetCursor()->SetSize( Size( 0, 0 ) );
-    }
-}
-
-Pair ImpEditView::Scroll( long ndX, long ndY, BYTE nRangeCheck )
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->IsFormatted(), "Scroll: Nicht formatiert!" );
-    if ( !ndX && !ndY )
-        return Range( 0, 0 );
-
-#ifdef DBG_UTIL
-    Rectangle aR( aOutArea );
-    aR = pOutWin->LogicToPixel( aR );
-    aR = pOutWin->PixelToLogic( aR );
-    DBG_ASSERTWARNING( aR == aOutArea, "OutArea vor Scroll nicht aligned" );
-#endif
-
-    Rectangle aNewVisArea( GetVisDocArea() );
-    Size aPaperSz( pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->GetPaperSize() );
-
-    // Vertical:
-    if ( !IsVertical() )
-    {
-        aNewVisArea.Top() -= ndY;
-        aNewVisArea.Bottom() -= ndY;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        aNewVisArea.Top() += ndX;
-        aNewVisArea.Bottom() += ndX;
-    }
-    if ( ( nRangeCheck == RGCHK_PAPERSZ1 ) && ( aNewVisArea.Bottom() > (long)pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->GetTextHeight() ) )
-    {
-        // GetTextHeight noch optimieren!
-        long nDiff = pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->GetTextHeight() - aNewVisArea.Bottom(); // negativ
-        aNewVisArea.Move( 0, nDiff );   // koennte im neg. Bereich landen...
-    }
-    if ( ( aNewVisArea.Top() < 0 ) && ( nRangeCheck != RGCHK_NONE ) )
-        aNewVisArea.Move( 0, -aNewVisArea.Top() );
-
-    // Horizontal:
-    if ( !IsVertical() )
-    {
-        aNewVisArea.Left() -= ndX;
-        aNewVisArea.Right() -= ndX;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        aNewVisArea.Left() -= ndY;
-        aNewVisArea.Right() -= ndY;
-    }
-    if ( ( nRangeCheck == RGCHK_PAPERSZ1 ) && ( aNewVisArea.Right() > (long)pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->CalcTextWidth( FALSE ) ) )
-    {
-        long nDiff = pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->CalcTextWidth( FALSE ) - aNewVisArea.Right();     // negativ
-        aNewVisArea.Move( nDiff, 0 );   // koennte im neg. Bereich landen...
-    }
-    if ( ( aNewVisArea.Left() < 0 ) && ( nRangeCheck != RGCHK_NONE ) )
-        aNewVisArea.Move( -aNewVisArea.Left(), 0 );
-
-    // Die Differenz muss auf Pixel alignt sein (wegen Scroll!)
-    long nDiffX = !IsVertical() ? ( GetVisDocLeft() - aNewVisArea.Left() ) : -( GetVisDocTop() - aNewVisArea.Top() );
-    long nDiffY = !IsVertical() ? ( GetVisDocTop() - aNewVisArea.Top() ) : ( GetVisDocLeft() - aNewVisArea.Left() );
-
-    Size aDiffs( nDiffX, nDiffY );
-    aDiffs = pOutWin->LogicToPixel( aDiffs );
-    aDiffs = pOutWin->PixelToLogic( aDiffs );
-
-    long nRealDiffX = aDiffs.Width();
-    long nRealDiffY = aDiffs.Height();
-
-
-    if ( nRealDiffX || nRealDiffY )
-    {
-        Cursor* pCrsr = GetCursor();
-        sal_Bool bVisCursor = pCrsr->IsVisible();
-        pCrsr->Hide();
-        pOutWin->Update();
-        if ( !IsVertical() )
-            aVisDocStartPos.Move( -nRealDiffX, -nRealDiffY );
-        else
-            aVisDocStartPos.Move( -nRealDiffY, nRealDiffX );
-        // Das Move um den allignten Wert ergibt nicht unbedingt ein
-        // alligntes Rechteck...
-        // MT 11/00: Align VisArea???
-        aVisDocStartPos = pOutWin->LogicToPixel( aVisDocStartPos );
-        aVisDocStartPos = pOutWin->PixelToLogic( aVisDocStartPos );
-        Rectangle aRec( aOutArea );
-        pOutWin->Scroll( nRealDiffX, nRealDiffY, aRec, sal_True );
-        pOutWin->Update();
-        pCrsr->SetPos( pCrsr->GetPos() + Point( nRealDiffX, nRealDiffY ) );
-        if ( bVisCursor )
-        {
-            Rectangle aCursorRec( pCrsr->GetPos(), pCrsr->GetSize() );
-            if ( aOutArea.IsInside( aCursorRec ) )
-                pCrsr->Show();
-        }
-
-        if ( pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->GetNotifyHdl().IsSet() )
-        {
-            EENotify aNotify( EE_NOTIFY_TEXTVIEWSCROLLED );
-            aNotify.pEditEngine = pEditEngine;
-            aNotify.pEditView = GetEditViewPtr();
-            pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->CallNotify( aNotify );
-        }
-    }
-
-    return Pair( nRealDiffX, nRealDiffY );
-}
-
-sal_Bool ImpEditView::PostKeyEvent( const KeyEvent& rKeyEvent )
-{
-    BOOL bDone = FALSE;
-
-    KeyFuncType eFunc = rKeyEvent.GetKeyCode().GetFunction();
-    if ( eFunc != KEYFUNC_DONTKNOW )
-    {
-        switch ( eFunc )
-        {
-            case KEYFUNC_CUT:
-            {
-                if ( !bReadOnly )
-                {
-                    Reference<com::sun::star::datatransfer::clipboard::XClipboard> aClipBoard(GetWindow()->GetClipboard());
-                    CutCopy( aClipBoard, sal_True );
-                    bDone = sal_True;
-                }
-            }
-            break;
-            case KEYFUNC_COPY:
-            {
-                Reference<com::sun::star::datatransfer::clipboard::XClipboard> aClipBoard(GetWindow()->GetClipboard());
-                CutCopy( aClipBoard, sal_False );
-                bDone = TRUE;
-            }
-            break;
-            case KEYFUNC_PASTE:
-            {
-                if ( !bReadOnly && IsPasteEnabled() )
-                {
-                    pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->UndoActionStart( EDITUNDO_PASTE );
-                    Reference<com::sun::star::datatransfer::clipboard::XClipboard> aClipBoard(GetWindow()->GetClipboard());
-                    Paste( aClipBoard, pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->GetStatus().AllowPasteSpecial() );
-                    pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->UndoActionEnd( EDITUNDO_PASTE );
-                    bDone = sal_True;
-                }
-            }
-            break;
-            default:
-                break;
-        }
-    }
-
-    if( !bDone )
-        bDone = pEditEngine->PostKeyEvent( rKeyEvent, GetEditViewPtr() );
-
-    return bDone;
-}
-
-sal_Bool ImpEditView::MouseButtonUp( const MouseEvent& rMouseEvent )
-{
-    if ( pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->aStatus.NotifyCursorMovements() )
-    {
-        if ( pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->aStatus.GetPrevParagraph() != pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->GetEditDoc().GetPos( GetEditSelection().Max().GetNode() ) )
-        {
-            pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->aStatus.GetStatusWord() = pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->aStatus.GetStatusWord() | EE_STAT_CRSRLEFTPARA;
-            pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->CallStatusHdl();
-        }
-    }
-    nTravelXPos = TRAVEL_X_DONTKNOW;
-    nCursorBidiLevel = CURSOR_BIDILEVEL_DONTKNOW;
-    nExtraCursorFlags = 0;
-    bClickedInSelection = sal_False;
-
-    if ( rMouseEvent.IsMiddle() && !bReadOnly &&
-         ( GetWindow()->GetSettings().GetMouseSettings().GetMiddleButtonAction() == MOUSE_MIDDLE_PASTESELECTION ) )
-    {
-        Reference<com::sun::star::datatransfer::clipboard::XClipboard> aClipBoard(GetWindow()->GetPrimarySelection());
-        Paste( aClipBoard );
-    }
-    else if ( rMouseEvent.IsLeft() && GetEditSelection().HasRange() )
-    {
-        Reference<com::sun::star::datatransfer::clipboard::XClipboard> aClipBoard(GetWindow()->GetPrimarySelection());
-        CutCopy( aClipBoard, FALSE );
-    }
-
-    return pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->MouseButtonUp( rMouseEvent, GetEditViewPtr() );
-}
-
-sal_Bool ImpEditView::MouseButtonDown( const MouseEvent& rMouseEvent )
-{
-    pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->CheckIdleFormatter();  // Falls schnelles Tippen und MouseButtonDown
-    if ( pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->aStatus.NotifyCursorMovements() )
-        pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->aStatus.GetPrevParagraph() = pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->GetEditDoc().GetPos( GetEditSelection().Max().GetNode() );
-    nTravelXPos = TRAVEL_X_DONTKNOW;
-    nExtraCursorFlags = 0;
-    nCursorBidiLevel    = CURSOR_BIDILEVEL_DONTKNOW;
-    bClickedInSelection = IsSelectionAtPoint( rMouseEvent.GetPosPixel() );
-    return pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->MouseButtonDown( rMouseEvent, GetEditViewPtr() );
-}
-
-sal_Bool ImpEditView::MouseMove( const MouseEvent& rMouseEvent )
-{
-    return pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->MouseMove( rMouseEvent, GetEditViewPtr() );
-}
-
-void ImpEditView::Command( const CommandEvent& rCEvt )
-{
-    pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->CheckIdleFormatter();  // Falls schnelles Tippen und MouseButtonDown
-    pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->Command( rCEvt, GetEditViewPtr() );
-}
-
-
-void ImpEditView::SetInsertMode( sal_Bool bInsert )
-{
-    if ( bInsert != IsInsertMode() )
-    {
-        SetFlags( nControl, EV_CNTRL_OVERWRITE, !bInsert );
-        ShowCursor( DoAutoScroll(), sal_False );
-    }
-}
-
-sal_Bool ImpEditView::IsWrongSpelledWord( const EditPaM& rPaM, sal_Bool bMarkIfWrong )
-{
-    sal_Bool bIsWrong = sal_False;
-#ifndef SVX_LIGHT
-    if ( rPaM.GetNode()->GetWrongList() )
-    {
-        EditSelection aSel = pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->SelectWord( rPaM, ::com::sun::star::i18n::WordType::DICTIONARY_WORD );
-        bIsWrong = rPaM.GetNode()->GetWrongList()->HasWrong( aSel.Min().GetIndex(), aSel.Max().GetIndex() );
-        if ( bIsWrong && bMarkIfWrong )
-        {
-            DrawSelection();    // alte Selektion 'weg-zeichnen'
-            SetEditSelection( aSel );
-            DrawSelection();
-        }
-    }
-#endif // !SVX_LIGHT
-    return bIsWrong;
-}
-
-String ImpEditView::SpellIgnoreOrAddWord( sal_Bool bAdd )
-{
-    String aWord;
-#ifndef SVX_LIGHT
-    if ( pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->GetSpeller().is() )
-    {
-        EditPaM aPaM = GetEditSelection().Max();
-        if ( !HasSelection() )
-        {
-            EditSelection aSel = pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->SelectWord( aPaM );
-            aWord = pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->GetSelected( aSel );
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            aWord = pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->GetSelected( GetEditSelection() );
-            // Und deselektieren
-            DrawSelection();    // alte Selektion 'weg-zeichnen'
-            SetEditSelection( EditSelection( aPaM, aPaM ) );
-            DrawSelection();
-        }
-
-        if ( aWord.Len() )
-        {
-            if ( bAdd )
-            {
-                DBG_ERROR( "Sorry, AddWord not implemented" );
-            }
-            else // Ignore
-            {
-                Reference< XDictionary >  xDic( SvxGetIgnoreAllList(), UNO_QUERY );
-                if (xDic.is())
-                    xDic->add( aWord, sal_False, String() );
-            }
-            const EditDoc& rDoc = pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->GetEditDoc();
-            sal_uInt16 nNodes = rDoc.Count();
-            for ( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < nNodes; n++ )
-            {
-                ContentNode* pNode = rDoc.GetObject( n );
-                pNode->GetWrongList()->MarkWrongsInvalid();
-            }
-            pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->DoOnlineSpelling( aPaM.GetNode() );
-            pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->StartOnlineSpellTimer();
-        }
-    }
-#endif // !SVX_LIGHT
-    return aWord;
-}
-
-void ImpEditView::DeleteSelected()
-{
-    DrawSelection();
-
-    pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->UndoActionStart( EDITUNDO_DELETE );
-
-    EditPaM aPaM = pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->DeleteSelected( GetEditSelection() );
-
-    pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->UndoActionEnd( EDITUNDO_DELETE );
-
-    SetEditSelection( EditSelection( aPaM, aPaM ) );
-    pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->FormatAndUpdate( GetEditViewPtr() );
-    ShowCursor( DoAutoScroll(), TRUE );
-}
-
-const SvxFieldItem* ImpEditView::GetField( const Point& rPos, sal_uInt16* pPara, sal_uInt16* pPos ) const
-{
-    if( !GetOutputArea().IsInside( rPos ) )
-        return 0;
-
-    Point aDocPos( GetDocPos( rPos ) );
-    EditPaM aPaM = pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->GetPaM( aDocPos, sal_False );
-
-    if ( aPaM.GetIndex() == aPaM.GetNode()->Len() )
-    {
-        // Sonst immer, wenn Feld ganz am Schluss und Mouse unter Text
-        return 0;
-    }
-
-    const CharAttribArray& rAttrs = aPaM.GetNode()->GetCharAttribs().GetAttribs();
-    sal_uInt16 nXPos = aPaM.GetIndex();
-    for ( sal_uInt16 nAttr = rAttrs.Count(); nAttr; )
-    {
-        EditCharAttrib* pAttr = rAttrs[--nAttr];
-        if ( pAttr->GetStart() == nXPos )
-            if ( pAttr->Which() == EE_FEATURE_FIELD )
-            {
-                DBG_ASSERT( pAttr->GetItem()->ISA( SvxFieldItem ), "Kein FeldItem..." );
-                if ( pPara )
-                    *pPara = pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->GetEditDoc().GetPos( aPaM.GetNode() );
-                if ( pPos )
-                    *pPos = pAttr->GetStart();
-                return (const SvxFieldItem*)pAttr->GetItem();
-            }
-    }
-    return NULL;
-}
-
-BOOL ImpEditView::IsBulletArea( const Point& rPos, sal_uInt16* pPara )
-{
-    if ( pPara )
-        *pPara = 0xFFFF;
-
-    if( !GetOutputArea().IsInside( rPos ) )
-        return FALSE;
-
-    Point aDocPos( GetDocPos( rPos ) );
-    EditPaM aPaM = pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->GetPaM( aDocPos, sal_False );
-
-    if ( aPaM.GetIndex() == 0 )
-    {
-        USHORT nPara = pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->aEditDoc.GetPos( aPaM.GetNode() );
-        Rectangle aBulletArea = pEditEngine->GetBulletArea( nPara );
-        long nY = pEditEngine->GetDocPosTopLeft( nPara ).Y();
-        ParaPortion* pParaPortion = pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->GetParaPortions().GetObject( nPara );
-        nY += pParaPortion->GetFirstLineOffset();
-        if ( ( aDocPos.Y() > ( nY + aBulletArea.Top() ) ) &&
-             ( aDocPos.Y() < ( nY + aBulletArea.Bottom() ) ) &&
-             ( aDocPos.X() > ( aBulletArea.Left() ) ) &&
-             ( aDocPos.X() < ( aBulletArea.Right() ) ) )
-        {
-            if ( pPara )
-                *pPara = nPara;
-            return TRUE;
-        }
-    }
-
-    return FALSE;
-}
-
-void ImpEditView::CutCopy( ::com::sun::star::uno::Reference< ::com::sun::star::datatransfer::clipboard::XClipboard >& rxClipboard, BOOL bCut )
-{
-    if ( rxClipboard.is() && GetEditSelection().HasRange() )
-    {
-        uno::Reference< datatransfer::XTransferable > xData = pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->CreateTransferable( GetEditSelection() );
-
-        const sal_uInt32 nRef = Application::ReleaseSolarMutex();
-
-        try
-        {
-            rxClipboard->setContents( xData, NULL );
-
-            // #87756# FlushClipboard, but it would be better to become a TerminateListener to the Desktop and flush on demand...
-            uno::Reference< datatransfer::clipboard::XFlushableClipboard > xFlushableClipboard( rxClipboard, uno::UNO_QUERY );
-            if( xFlushableClipboard.is() )
-                xFlushableClipboard->flushClipboard();
-        }
-        catch( const ::com::sun::star::uno::Exception& )
-        {
-        }
-
-        Application::AcquireSolarMutex( nRef );
-
-        if ( bCut )
-        {
-            pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->UndoActionStart( EDITUNDO_CUT );
-            DeleteSelected();
-            pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->UndoActionEnd( EDITUNDO_CUT );
-
-        }
-    }
-}
-
-void ImpEditView::Paste( ::com::sun::star::uno::Reference< ::com::sun::star::datatransfer::clipboard::XClipboard >& rxClipboard, BOOL bUseSpecial )
-{
-    if ( rxClipboard.is() )
-    {
-        uno::Reference< datatransfer::XTransferable > xDataObj;
-
-        const sal_uInt32 nRef = Application::ReleaseSolarMutex();
-
-        try
-        {
-            xDataObj = rxClipboard->getContents();
-        }
-        catch( const ::com::sun::star::uno::Exception& )
-        {
-        }
-
-        Application::AcquireSolarMutex( nRef );
-
-        if ( xDataObj.is() && EditEngine::HasValidData( xDataObj ) )
-        {
-            pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->UndoActionStart( EDITUNDO_PASTE );
-
-            EditSelection aSel( GetEditSelection() );
-            if ( aSel.HasRange() )
-            {
-                DrawSelection();
-                aSel = pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->ImpDeleteSelection( aSel );
-            }
-
-            PasteOrDropInfos aPasteOrDropInfos;
-            aPasteOrDropInfos.nAction = EE_ACTION_PASTE;
-            aPasteOrDropInfos.nStartPara = pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->GetEditDoc().GetPos( aSel.Min().GetNode() );
-            pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->aBeginPasteOrDropHdl.Call( &aPasteOrDropInfos );
-
-            if ( DoSingleLinePaste() )
-            {
-                datatransfer::DataFlavor aFlavor;
-                SotExchange::GetFormatDataFlavor( SOT_FORMAT_STRING, aFlavor );
-                if ( xDataObj->isDataFlavorSupported( aFlavor ) )
-                {
-                    try
-                    {
-                        uno::Any aData = xDataObj->getTransferData( aFlavor );
-                        ::rtl::OUString aTmpText;
-                        aData >>= aTmpText;
-                        String aText( aTmpText );
-                        aText.ConvertLineEnd( LINEEND_LF );
-                        aText.SearchAndReplaceAll( LINE_SEP, ' ' );
-                        aSel = pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->ImpInsertText( aSel, aText );
-                    }
-                    catch( ... )
-                    {
-                        ; // #i9286# can happen, even if isDataFlavorSupported returns true...
-                    }
-                }
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                aSel = pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->InsertText( xDataObj, String(), aSel.Min(), bUseSpecial && pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->GetStatus().AllowPasteSpecial() );
-            }
-
-            aPasteOrDropInfos.nEndPara = pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->GetEditDoc().GetPos( aSel.Max().GetNode() );
-            pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->aEndPasteOrDropHdl.Call( &aPasteOrDropInfos );
-
-            pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->UndoActionEnd( EDITUNDO_PASTE );
-            SetEditSelection( aSel );
-            pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->UpdateSelections();
-            pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->FormatAndUpdate( GetEditViewPtr() );
-            ShowCursor( DoAutoScroll(), TRUE );
-        }
-    }
-}
-
-
-BOOL ImpEditView::IsInSelection( const EditPaM& rPaM )
-{
-    EditSelection aSel = GetEditSelection();
-    if ( !aSel.HasRange() )
-        return FALSE;
-
-    aSel.Adjust( pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->GetEditDoc() );
-
-    USHORT nStartNode = pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->GetEditDoc().GetPos( aSel.Min().GetNode() );
-    USHORT nEndNode = pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->GetEditDoc().GetPos( aSel.Max().GetNode() );
-    USHORT nCurNode = pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->GetEditDoc().GetPos( rPaM.GetNode() );
-
-    if ( ( nCurNode > nStartNode ) && ( nCurNode < nEndNode ) )
-        return TRUE;
-
-    if ( nStartNode == nEndNode )
-    {
-        if ( nCurNode == nStartNode )
-            if ( ( rPaM.GetIndex() >= aSel.Min().GetIndex() ) && ( rPaM.GetIndex() < aSel.Max().GetIndex() ) )
-                return TRUE;
-    }
-    else if ( ( nCurNode == nStartNode ) && ( rPaM.GetIndex() >= aSel.Min().GetIndex() ) )
-        return TRUE;
-    else if ( ( nCurNode == nEndNode ) && ( rPaM.GetIndex() < aSel.Max().GetIndex() ) )
-        return TRUE;
-
-    return FALSE;
-}
-
-void ImpEditView::CreateAnchor()
-{
-    pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->bInSelection = TRUE;
-    GetEditSelection().Min() = GetEditSelection().Max();
-}
-
-void ImpEditView::DeselectAll()
-{
-    pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->bInSelection = FALSE;
-    DrawSelection();
-    GetEditSelection().Min() = GetEditSelection().Max();
-}
-
-BOOL ImpEditView::IsSelectionAtPoint( const Point& rPosPixel )
-{
-    if ( pDragAndDropInfo && pDragAndDropInfo->pField )
-        return TRUE;
-
-    Point aMousePos( rPosPixel );
-
-    // Logische Einheiten...
-    aMousePos = GetWindow()->PixelToLogic( aMousePos );
-
-    if ( ( !GetOutputArea().IsInside( aMousePos ) ) && !pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->IsInSelectionMode() )
-    {
-        return FALSE;
-    }
-
-    Point aDocPos( GetDocPos( aMousePos ) );
-    EditPaM aPaM = pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->GetPaM( aDocPos, FALSE );
-    return IsInSelection( aPaM );
-}
-
-BOOL ImpEditView::SetCursorAtPoint( const Point& rPointPixel )
-{
-    pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->CheckIdleFormatter();
-
-    Point aMousePos( rPointPixel );
-
-    // Logische Einheiten...
-    aMousePos = GetWindow()->PixelToLogic( aMousePos );
-
-    if ( ( !GetOutputArea().IsInside( aMousePos ) ) && !pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->IsInSelectionMode() )
-    {
-        return FALSE;
-    }
-
-    Point aDocPos( GetDocPos( aMousePos ) );
-
-    // Kann optimiert werden: Erst innerhalb eines Absatzes die Zeilen
-    // fuer den PaM durchwuehlen, dann nochmal mit dem PaM fuer das Rect,
-    // obwohl die Zeile schon bekannt ist....
-    // Das muss doch nicht sein !
-
-    EditPaM aPaM = pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->GetPaM( aDocPos );
-    BOOL bGotoCursor = DoAutoScroll();
-
-    // aTmpNewSel: Diff zwischen alt und neu, nicht die neue Selektion
-    EditSelection aTmpNewSel( GetEditSelection().Max(), aPaM );
-
-    // --> OD 2005-12-16 #i27299#
-    // work on copy of current selection and set new selection, if it has changed.
-    EditSelection aNewEditSelection( GetEditSelection() );
-
-    aNewEditSelection.Max() = aPaM;
-    if ( !pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->aSelEngine.HasAnchor() )
-    {
-        if ( aNewEditSelection.Min() != aPaM )
-            pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->CursorMoved( aNewEditSelection.Min().GetNode() );
-        aNewEditSelection.Min() = aPaM;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        DrawSelection( aTmpNewSel );
-    }
-
-    // set changed text selection
-    if ( GetEditSelection() != aNewEditSelection )
-    {
-        SetEditSelection( aNewEditSelection );
-    }
-    // <--
-
-    BOOL bForceCursor = ( pDragAndDropInfo ? FALSE : TRUE ) && !pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->IsInSelectionMode();
-    ShowCursor( bGotoCursor, bForceCursor );
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-
-void ImpEditView::HideDDCursor()
-{
-    if ( pDragAndDropInfo && pDragAndDropInfo->bVisCursor )
-    {
-        GetWindow()->DrawOutDev( pDragAndDropInfo->aCurSavedCursor.TopLeft(), pDragAndDropInfo->aCurSavedCursor.GetSize(),
-                            Point(0,0), pDragAndDropInfo->aCurSavedCursor.GetSize(),*pDragAndDropInfo->pBackground );
-        pDragAndDropInfo->bVisCursor = sal_False;
-    }
-}
-
-void ImpEditView::ShowDDCursor( const Rectangle& rRect )
-{
-    if ( !pDragAndDropInfo->bVisCursor )
-    {
-        if ( pOutWin->GetCursor() )
-            pOutWin->GetCursor()->Hide();
-
-        Color aOldFillColor = GetWindow()->GetFillColor();
-        GetWindow()->SetFillColor( Color(4210752) );    // GRAY BRUSH_50, OLDSV, change to DDCursor!
-
-        // Hintergrund sichern...
-        Rectangle aSaveRec( GetWindow()->LogicToPixel( rRect ) );
-        // lieber etwas mehr sichern...
-        aSaveRec.Right() += 1;
-        aSaveRec.Bottom() += 1;
-
-        Size aNewSzPx( aSaveRec.GetSize() );
-        if ( !pDragAndDropInfo->pBackground )
-        {
-            pDragAndDropInfo->pBackground = new VirtualDevice( *GetWindow() );
-            MapMode aMapMode( GetWindow()->GetMapMode() );
-            aMapMode.SetOrigin( Point( 0, 0 ) );
-            pDragAndDropInfo->pBackground->SetMapMode( aMapMode );
-
-        }
-
-#ifdef DBG_UTIL
-        Size aCurSzPx( pDragAndDropInfo->pBackground->GetOutputSizePixel() );
-        if ( ( aCurSzPx.Width() < aNewSzPx.Width() ) ||( aCurSzPx.Height() < aNewSzPx.Height() ) )
-        {
-            sal_Bool bDone = pDragAndDropInfo->pBackground->SetOutputSizePixel( aNewSzPx );
-            DBG_ASSERT( bDone, "Virtuelles Device kaputt?" );
-        }
-#endif
-
-        aSaveRec = GetWindow()->PixelToLogic( aSaveRec );
-
-        pDragAndDropInfo->pBackground->DrawOutDev( Point(0,0), aSaveRec.GetSize(),
-                                    aSaveRec.TopLeft(), aSaveRec.GetSize(), *GetWindow() );
-        pDragAndDropInfo->aCurSavedCursor = aSaveRec;
-
-        // Cursor malen...
-        GetWindow()->DrawRect( rRect );
-
-        pDragAndDropInfo->bVisCursor = sal_True;
-        pDragAndDropInfo->aCurCursor = rRect;
-
-        GetWindow()->SetFillColor( aOldFillColor );
-    }
-}
-
-void ImpEditView::dragGestureRecognized( const ::com::sun::star::datatransfer::dnd::DragGestureEvent& rDGE ) throw (::com::sun::star::uno::RuntimeException)
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( !pDragAndDropInfo, "dragGestureRecognized - DragAndDropInfo exist!" );
-
-    vos::OGuard aVclGuard( Application::GetSolarMutex() );
-
-    Point aMousePosPixel( rDGE.DragOriginX, rDGE.DragOriginY );
-
-    EditSelection aCopySel( GetEditSelection() );
-    aCopySel.Adjust( pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->GetEditDoc() );
-
-    if ( GetEditSelection().HasRange() && bClickedInSelection )
-    {
-        pDragAndDropInfo = new DragAndDropInfo();
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        // Field?!
-        USHORT nPara, nPos;
-        Point aMousePos = GetWindow()->PixelToLogic( aMousePosPixel );
-        const SvxFieldItem* pField = GetField( aMousePos, &nPara, &nPos );
-        if ( pField )
-        {
-            pDragAndDropInfo = new DragAndDropInfo();
-            pDragAndDropInfo->pField = pField;
-            ContentNode* pNode = pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->GetEditDoc().GetObject( nPara );
-            aCopySel = EditSelection( EditPaM( pNode, nPos ), EditPaM( pNode, nPos+1 ) );
-            GetEditSelection() = aCopySel;
-            DrawSelection();
-            BOOL bGotoCursor = DoAutoScroll();
-            BOOL bForceCursor = ( pDragAndDropInfo ? FALSE : TRUE ) && !pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->IsInSelectionMode();
-            ShowCursor( bGotoCursor, bForceCursor );
-        }
-        else if ( IsBulletArea( aMousePos, &nPara ) )
-        {
-            pDragAndDropInfo = new DragAndDropInfo();
-            pDragAndDropInfo->bOutlinerMode = TRUE;
-            EditPaM aStartPaM( pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->GetEditDoc().GetObject( nPara ), 0 );
-            EditPaM aEndPaM( aStartPaM );
-            const SfxInt16Item& rLevel = (const SfxInt16Item&) pEditEngine->GetParaAttrib( nPara, EE_PARA_OUTLLEVEL );
-            for ( USHORT n = nPara +1; n < pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->GetEditDoc().Count(); n++ )
-            {
-                const SfxInt16Item& rL = (const SfxInt16Item&) pEditEngine->GetParaAttrib( n, EE_PARA_OUTLLEVEL );
-                if ( rL.GetValue() > rLevel.GetValue() )
-                {
-                    aEndPaM.SetNode( pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->GetEditDoc().GetObject( n ) );
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    break;
-                }
-            }
-            aEndPaM.GetIndex() = aEndPaM.GetNode()->Len();
-            SetEditSelection( EditSelection( aStartPaM, aEndPaM ) );
-        }
-    }
-
-    if ( pDragAndDropInfo )
-    {
-
-        pDragAndDropInfo->bStarterOfDD = sal_True;
-
-        // Sensibler Bereich, wo gescrollt werden soll.
-        Size aSz( 5, 0 );
-        aSz = GetWindow()->PixelToLogic( aSz );
-        pDragAndDropInfo->nSensibleRange = (sal_uInt16) aSz.Width();
-        pDragAndDropInfo->nCursorWidth = (sal_uInt16) aSz.Width() / 2;
-        pDragAndDropInfo->aBeginDragSel = pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->CreateESel( aCopySel );
-
-        uno::Reference< datatransfer::XTransferable > xData = pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->CreateTransferable( aCopySel );
-
-        sal_Int8 nActions = bReadOnly ? datatransfer::dnd::DNDConstants::ACTION_COPY : datatransfer::dnd::DNDConstants::ACTION_COPY_OR_MOVE;
-
-        rDGE.DragSource->startDrag( rDGE, nActions, 0 /*cursor*/, 0 /*image*/, xData, mxDnDListener );
-        // Falls Drag&Move in einer Engine, muessen Copy&Del geklammert sein!
-        GetCursor()->Hide();
-
-    }
-}
-
-void ImpEditView::dragDropEnd( const ::com::sun::star::datatransfer::dnd::DragSourceDropEvent& rDSDE ) throw (::com::sun::star::uno::RuntimeException)
-{
-    vos::OGuard aVclGuard( Application::GetSolarMutex() );
-
-    DBG_ASSERT( pDragAndDropInfo, "ImpEditView::dragDropEnd: pDragAndDropInfo is NULL!" );
-
-    // #123688# Shouldn't happen, but seems to happen...
-    if ( pDragAndDropInfo )
-    {
-        if ( !bReadOnly && rDSDE.DropSuccess && !pDragAndDropInfo->bOutlinerMode && ( rDSDE.DropAction & datatransfer::dnd::DNDConstants::ACTION_MOVE ) )
-        {
-            if ( pDragAndDropInfo->bStarterOfDD && pDragAndDropInfo->bDroppedInMe )
-            {
-                // DropPos: Wohin wurde gedroppt, unabhaengig von laenge.
-                ESelection aDropPos( pDragAndDropInfo->aDropSel.nStartPara, pDragAndDropInfo->aDropSel.nStartPos, pDragAndDropInfo->aDropSel.nStartPara, pDragAndDropInfo->aDropSel.nStartPos );
-                ESelection aToBeDelSel = pDragAndDropInfo->aBeginDragSel;
-                ESelection aNewSel( pDragAndDropInfo->aDropSel.nEndPara, pDragAndDropInfo->aDropSel.nEndPos,
-                                    pDragAndDropInfo->aDropSel.nEndPara, pDragAndDropInfo->aDropSel.nEndPos );
-                sal_Bool bBeforeSelection = aDropPos.IsLess( pDragAndDropInfo->aBeginDragSel );
-                sal_uInt16 nParaDiff = pDragAndDropInfo->aBeginDragSel.nEndPara - pDragAndDropInfo->aBeginDragSel.nStartPara;
-                if ( bBeforeSelection )
-                {
-                    // aToBeDelSel anpassen.
-                    DBG_ASSERT( pDragAndDropInfo->aBeginDragSel.nStartPara >= pDragAndDropInfo->aDropSel.nStartPara, "Doch nicht davor?" );
-                    aToBeDelSel.nStartPara = aToBeDelSel.nStartPara + nParaDiff;
-                    aToBeDelSel.nEndPara = aToBeDelSel.nEndPara + nParaDiff;
-                    // Zeichen korrigieren?
-                    if ( aToBeDelSel.nStartPara == pDragAndDropInfo->aDropSel.nEndPara )
-                    {
-                        sal_uInt16 nMoreChars;
-                        if ( pDragAndDropInfo->aDropSel.nStartPara == pDragAndDropInfo->aDropSel.nEndPara )
-                            nMoreChars = pDragAndDropInfo->aDropSel.nEndPos - pDragAndDropInfo->aDropSel.nStartPos;
-                        else
-                            nMoreChars = pDragAndDropInfo->aDropSel.nEndPos;
-                        aToBeDelSel.nStartPos =
-                            aToBeDelSel.nStartPos + nMoreChars;
-                        if ( aToBeDelSel.nStartPara == aToBeDelSel.nEndPara )
-                            aToBeDelSel.nEndPos =
-                                aToBeDelSel.nEndPos + nMoreChars;
-                    }
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    // aToBeDelSel ist ok, aber Selektion der View
-                    // muss angepasst werden, wenn davor geloescht wird!
-                    DBG_ASSERT( pDragAndDropInfo->aBeginDragSel.nStartPara <= pDragAndDropInfo->aDropSel.nStartPara, "Doch nicht davor?" );
-                    aNewSel.nStartPara = aNewSel.nStartPara - nParaDiff;
-                    aNewSel.nEndPara = aNewSel.nEndPara - nParaDiff;
-                    // Zeichen korrigieren?
-                    if ( pDragAndDropInfo->aBeginDragSel.nEndPara == pDragAndDropInfo->aDropSel.nStartPara )
-                    {
-                        sal_uInt16 nLessChars;
-                        if ( pDragAndDropInfo->aBeginDragSel.nStartPara == pDragAndDropInfo->aBeginDragSel.nEndPara )
-                            nLessChars = pDragAndDropInfo->aBeginDragSel.nEndPos - pDragAndDropInfo->aBeginDragSel.nStartPos;
-                        else
-                            nLessChars = pDragAndDropInfo->aBeginDragSel.nEndPos;
-                        aNewSel.nStartPos = aNewSel.nStartPos - nLessChars;
-                        if ( aNewSel.nStartPara == aNewSel.nEndPara )
-                            aNewSel.nEndPos = aNewSel.nEndPos - nLessChars;
-                    }
-                }
-
-                DrawSelection();
-                EditSelection aDelSel( pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->CreateSel( aToBeDelSel ) );
-                DBG_ASSERT( !aDelSel.DbgIsBuggy( pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->aEditDoc ), "ToBeDel ist buggy!" );
-                pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->ImpDeleteSelection( aDelSel );
-                if ( !bBeforeSelection )
-                {
-                    DBG_ASSERT( !pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->CreateSel( aNewSel ).DbgIsBuggy(pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->aEditDoc), "Bad" );
-                    SetEditSelection( pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->CreateSel( aNewSel ) );
-                }
-                pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->FormatAndUpdate( pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->GetActiveView() );
-                DrawSelection();
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                // andere EditEngine...
-                if ( pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->ImplHasText() )   // #88630# SC ist removing the content when switching the task
-                    DeleteSelected();
-            }
-        }
-
-        if ( pDragAndDropInfo->bUndoAction )
-            pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->UndoActionEnd( EDITUNDO_DRAGANDDROP );
-
-        HideDDCursor();
-        ShowCursor( DoAutoScroll(), TRUE );
-        delete pDragAndDropInfo;
-        pDragAndDropInfo = NULL;
-        pEditEngine->GetEndDropHdl().Call(GetEditViewPtr());
-    }
-}
-
-void ImpEditView::drop( const ::com::sun::star::datatransfer::dnd::DropTargetDropEvent& rDTDE ) throw (::com::sun::star::uno::RuntimeException)
-{
-    vos::OGuard aVclGuard( Application::GetSolarMutex() );
-
-    DBG_ASSERT( pDragAndDropInfo, "Drop - No Drag&Drop info?!" );
-
-    if ( pDragAndDropInfo->bDragAccepted )
-    {
-        pEditEngine->GetBeginDropHdl().Call(GetEditViewPtr());
-        BOOL bChanges = FALSE;
-
-        HideDDCursor();
-
-        if ( pDragAndDropInfo->bStarterOfDD )
-        {
-            pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->UndoActionStart( EDITUNDO_DRAGANDDROP );
-            pDragAndDropInfo->bUndoAction = TRUE;
-        }
-
-        if ( pDragAndDropInfo->bOutlinerMode )
-        {
-            bChanges = TRUE;
-            GetEditViewPtr()->MoveParagraphs( Range( pDragAndDropInfo->aBeginDragSel.nStartPara, pDragAndDropInfo->aBeginDragSel.nEndPara ), pDragAndDropInfo->nOutlinerDropDest );
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            uno::Reference< datatransfer::XTransferable > xDataObj = rDTDE.Transferable;
-            if ( xDataObj.is() )
-            {
-                bChanges = TRUE;
-                // Selektion wegmalen...
-                DrawSelection();
-                EditPaM aPaM( pDragAndDropInfo->aDropDest );
-
-                PasteOrDropInfos aPasteOrDropInfos;
-                aPasteOrDropInfos.nAction = EE_ACTION_DROP;
-                aPasteOrDropInfos.nStartPara = pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->GetEditDoc().GetPos( aPaM.GetNode() );
-                pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->aBeginPasteOrDropHdl.Call( &aPasteOrDropInfos );
-
-                EditSelection aNewSel = pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->InsertText( xDataObj, String(), aPaM, pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->GetStatus().AllowPasteSpecial() );
-
-                aPasteOrDropInfos.nEndPara = pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->GetEditDoc().GetPos( aNewSel.Max().GetNode() );
-                pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->aEndPasteOrDropHdl.Call( &aPasteOrDropInfos );
-
-                SetEditSelection( aNewSel );
-                pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->FormatAndUpdate( pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->GetActiveView() );
-                if ( pDragAndDropInfo->bStarterOfDD )
-                {
-                    // Nur dann setzen, wenn in gleicher Engine!
-                    pDragAndDropInfo->aDropSel.nStartPara = pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->aEditDoc.GetPos( aPaM.GetNode() );
-                    pDragAndDropInfo->aDropSel.nStartPos = aPaM.GetIndex();
-                    pDragAndDropInfo->aDropSel.nEndPara = pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->aEditDoc.GetPos( aNewSel.Max().GetNode() );
-                    pDragAndDropInfo->aDropSel.nEndPos = aNewSel.Max().GetIndex();
-                    pDragAndDropInfo->bDroppedInMe = sal_True;
-                }
-            }
-        }
-
-        if ( bChanges )
-        {
-            rDTDE.Context->acceptDrop( rDTDE.DropAction );
-        }
-
-        if ( !pDragAndDropInfo->bStarterOfDD )
-        {
-            delete pDragAndDropInfo;
-            pDragAndDropInfo = NULL;
-        }
-
-        rDTDE.Context->dropComplete( bChanges );
-    }
-}
-
-void ImpEditView::dragEnter( const ::com::sun::star::datatransfer::dnd::DropTargetDragEnterEvent& rDTDEE ) throw (::com::sun::star::uno::RuntimeException)
-{
-    vos::OGuard aVclGuard( Application::GetSolarMutex() );
-
-    if ( !pDragAndDropInfo )
-        pDragAndDropInfo = new DragAndDropInfo( );
-
-    pDragAndDropInfo->bHasValidData = sal_False;
-
-    // Check for supported format...
-    // Only check for text, will also be there if bin or rtf
-    datatransfer::DataFlavor aTextFlavor;
-    SotExchange::GetFormatDataFlavor( SOT_FORMAT_STRING, aTextFlavor );
-    const ::com::sun::star::datatransfer::DataFlavor* pFlavors = rDTDEE.SupportedDataFlavors.getConstArray();
-    int nFlavors = rDTDEE.SupportedDataFlavors.getLength();
-    for ( int n = 0; n < nFlavors; n++ )
-    {
-        if( TransferableDataHelper::IsEqual( pFlavors[n], aTextFlavor ) )
-        {
-            pDragAndDropInfo->bHasValidData = sal_True;
-            break;
-        }
-    }
-
-    dragOver( rDTDEE );
-}
-
-void ImpEditView::dragExit( const ::com::sun::star::datatransfer::dnd::DropTargetEvent& ) throw (::com::sun::star::uno::RuntimeException)
-{
-    vos::OGuard aVclGuard( Application::GetSolarMutex() );
-
-    HideDDCursor();
-
-    if ( !pDragAndDropInfo->bStarterOfDD )
-    {
-        delete pDragAndDropInfo;
-        pDragAndDropInfo = NULL;
-    }
-}
-
-void ImpEditView::dragOver( const ::com::sun::star::datatransfer::dnd::DropTargetDragEvent& rDTDE ) throw (::com::sun::star::uno::RuntimeException)
-{
-    vos::OGuard aVclGuard( Application::GetSolarMutex() );
-
-    Point aMousePos( rDTDE.LocationX, rDTDE.LocationY );
-    aMousePos = GetWindow()->PixelToLogic( aMousePos );
-
-    sal_Bool bAccept = sal_False;
-
-    if ( GetOutputArea().IsInside( aMousePos ) && !bReadOnly )
-    {
-//        sal_Int8 nSupportedActions = bReadOnly ? datatransfer::dnd::DNDConstants::ACTION_COPY : datatransfer::dnd::DNDConstants::ACTION_COPY_OR_MOVE;
-
-        if ( pDragAndDropInfo->bHasValidData /* && ( nSupportedActions & rDTDE.DropAction ) MT: Default = 0x80 ?! */ )
-        {
-            bAccept = sal_True;
-
-            sal_Bool bAllowScroll = DoAutoScroll();
-            if ( bAllowScroll )
-            {
-                long nScrollX = 0;
-                long nScrollY = 0;
-                // pruefen, ob im sensitiven Bereich
-                if ( ( (aMousePos.X()-pDragAndDropInfo->nSensibleRange) < GetOutputArea().Left() ) && ( ( aMousePos.X() + pDragAndDropInfo->nSensibleRange ) > GetOutputArea().Left() ) )
-                        nScrollX = GetOutputArea().GetWidth() / SCRLRANGE;
-                else if ( ( (aMousePos.X()+pDragAndDropInfo->nSensibleRange) > GetOutputArea().Right() ) && ( ( aMousePos.X() - pDragAndDropInfo->nSensibleRange ) < GetOutputArea().Right() ) )
-                        nScrollX = -( GetOutputArea().GetWidth() / SCRLRANGE );
-
-                if ( ( (aMousePos.Y()-pDragAndDropInfo->nSensibleRange) < GetOutputArea().Top() ) && ( ( aMousePos.Y() + pDragAndDropInfo->nSensibleRange ) > GetOutputArea().Top() ) )
-                        nScrollY = GetOutputArea().GetHeight() / SCRLRANGE;
-                else if ( ( (aMousePos.Y()+pDragAndDropInfo->nSensibleRange) > GetOutputArea().Bottom() ) && ( ( aMousePos.Y() - pDragAndDropInfo->nSensibleRange ) < GetOutputArea().Bottom() ) )
-                        nScrollY = -( GetOutputArea().GetHeight() / SCRLRANGE );
-
-                if ( nScrollX || nScrollY )
-                {
-                    HideDDCursor();
-                    Scroll( nScrollX, nScrollY, RGCHK_PAPERSZ1 );
-                }
-            }
-
-            Point aDocPos( GetDocPos( aMousePos ) );
-            EditPaM aPaM = pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->GetPaM( aDocPos );
-            pDragAndDropInfo->aDropDest = aPaM;
-            if ( pDragAndDropInfo->bOutlinerMode )
-            {
-                USHORT nPara = pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->aEditDoc.GetPos( aPaM.GetNode() );
-                ParaPortion* pPPortion = pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->GetParaPortions().SaveGetObject( nPara );
-                long nDestParaStartY = pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->GetParaPortions().GetYOffset( pPPortion );
-                long nRel = aDocPos.Y() - nDestParaStartY;
-                if ( nRel < ( pPPortion->GetHeight() / 2 ) )
-                {
-                    pDragAndDropInfo->nOutlinerDropDest = nPara;
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    pDragAndDropInfo->nOutlinerDropDest = nPara+1;
-                }
-
-                if( ( pDragAndDropInfo->nOutlinerDropDest >= pDragAndDropInfo->aBeginDragSel.nStartPara ) &&
-                    ( pDragAndDropInfo->nOutlinerDropDest <= (pDragAndDropInfo->aBeginDragSel.nEndPara+1) ) )
-                {
-                    bAccept = FALSE;
-                }
-            }
-            else if ( HasSelection() )
-            {
-                // es darf nicht in eine Selektion gedroppt werden
-                EPaM aP = pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->CreateEPaM( aPaM );
-                ESelection aDestSel( aP.nPara, aP.nIndex, aP.nPara, aP.nIndex);
-                ESelection aCurSel = pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->CreateESel( GetEditSelection() );
-                aCurSel.Adjust();
-                if ( !aDestSel.IsLess( aCurSel ) && !aDestSel.IsGreater( aCurSel ) )
-                {
-                    bAccept = FALSE;
-                }
-            }
-            if ( bAccept )
-            {
-                Rectangle aEditCursor;
-                if ( pDragAndDropInfo->bOutlinerMode )
-                {
-                    long nDDYPos;
-                    if ( pDragAndDropInfo->nOutlinerDropDest < pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->GetEditDoc().Count() )
-                    {
-                        ParaPortion* pPPortion = pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->GetParaPortions().SaveGetObject( pDragAndDropInfo->nOutlinerDropDest );
-                        nDDYPos = pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->GetParaPortions().GetYOffset( pPPortion );
-                    }
-                    else
-                    {
-                        nDDYPos = pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->GetTextHeight();
-                    }
-                    Point aStartPos( 0, nDDYPos );
-                    aStartPos = GetWindowPos( aStartPos );
-                    Point aEndPos( GetOutputArea().GetWidth(), nDDYPos );
-                    aEndPos = GetWindowPos( aEndPos );
-                    aEditCursor = GetWindow()->LogicToPixel( Rectangle( aStartPos, aEndPos ) );
-                    if ( !pEditEngine->IsVertical() )
-                    {
-                        aEditCursor.Top()--;
-                        aEditCursor.Bottom()++;
-                    }
-                    else
-                    {
-                        aEditCursor.Left()--;
-                        aEditCursor.Right()++;
-                    }
-                    aEditCursor = GetWindow()->PixelToLogic( aEditCursor );
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    aEditCursor = pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine->PaMtoEditCursor( aPaM );
-                    Point aTopLeft( GetWindowPos( aEditCursor.TopLeft() ) );
-                    aEditCursor.SetPos( aTopLeft );
-                    aEditCursor.Right() = aEditCursor.Left() + pDragAndDropInfo->nCursorWidth;
-                    aEditCursor = GetWindow()->LogicToPixel( aEditCursor );
-                    aEditCursor = GetWindow()->PixelToLogic( aEditCursor );
-                }
-
-                sal_Bool bCursorChanged = !pDragAndDropInfo->bVisCursor || ( pDragAndDropInfo->aCurCursor != aEditCursor );
-                if ( bCursorChanged )
-                {
-                    HideDDCursor();
-                    ShowDDCursor(aEditCursor );
-                }
-                pDragAndDropInfo->bDragAccepted = TRUE;
-                rDTDE.Context->acceptDrag( rDTDE.DropAction );
-            }
-        }
-    }
-
-    if ( !bAccept )
-    {
-        HideDDCursor();
-        pDragAndDropInfo->bDragAccepted = FALSE;
-        rDTDE.Context->rejectDrag();
-    }
-}
-
-void ImpEditView::AddDragAndDropListeners()
-{
-    Window* pWindow = GetWindow();
-    if ( !bActiveDragAndDropListener && pWindow && pWindow->GetDragGestureRecognizer().is() )
-    {
-        vcl::unohelper::DragAndDropWrapper* pDnDWrapper = new vcl::unohelper::DragAndDropWrapper( this );
-        mxDnDListener = pDnDWrapper;
-
-        uno::Reference< datatransfer::dnd::XDragGestureListener> xDGL( mxDnDListener, uno::UNO_QUERY );
-        pWindow->GetDragGestureRecognizer()->addDragGestureListener( xDGL );
-        uno::Reference< datatransfer::dnd::XDropTargetListener> xDTL( xDGL, uno::UNO_QUERY );
-        pWindow->GetDropTarget()->addDropTargetListener( xDTL );
-        pWindow->GetDropTarget()->setActive( sal_True );
-        pWindow->GetDropTarget()->setDefaultActions( datatransfer::dnd::DNDConstants::ACTION_COPY_OR_MOVE );
-
-        bActiveDragAndDropListener = TRUE;
-    }
-}
-
-void ImpEditView::RemoveDragAndDropListeners()
-{
-    if ( bActiveDragAndDropListener && GetWindow() && GetWindow()->GetDragGestureRecognizer().is() )
-    {
-        uno::Reference< datatransfer::dnd::XDragGestureListener> xDGL( mxDnDListener, uno::UNO_QUERY );
-        GetWindow()->GetDragGestureRecognizer()->removeDragGestureListener( xDGL );
-        uno::Reference< datatransfer::dnd::XDropTargetListener> xDTL( xDGL, uno::UNO_QUERY );
-        GetWindow()->GetDropTarget()->removeDropTargetListener( xDTL );
-
-        if ( mxDnDListener.is() )
-        {
-            uno::Reference< lang::XEventListener> xEL( mxDnDListener, uno::UNO_QUERY );
-            xEL->disposing( lang::EventObject() );  // #95154# Empty Source means it's the Client
-            mxDnDListener.clear();
-        }
-
-        bActiveDragAndDropListener = FALSE;
-    }
-}
diff --git a/svx/source/editeng/impedit.hxx b/svx/source/editeng/impedit.hxx
deleted file mode 100644
index 6c4cd7cfb17f..000000000000
--- a/svx/source/editeng/impedit.hxx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1218 +0,0 @@
-/*************************************************************************
- *
- * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
- *
- * Copyright 2008 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite
- *
- * $RCSfile: impedit.hxx,v $
- * $Revision: 1.89.40.1 $
- *
- * This file is part of OpenOffice.org.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3
- * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details
- * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code).
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org.  If not, see
- * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html>
- * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License.
- *
- ************************************************************************/
-#ifndef _IMPEDIT_HXX
-#define _IMPEDIT_HXX
-
-#include <editdoc.hxx>
-#include <editsel.hxx>
-#include <editundo.hxx>
-#include <editobj2.hxx>
-#include <editstt2.hxx>
-#include <svx/editdata.hxx>
-#include <svx/svxacorr.hxx>
-#include <vcl/virdev.hxx>
-#include <vcl/gdimtf.hxx>
-#include <vcl/cursor.hxx>
-
-#include <vcl/dndhelp.hxx>
-#include <svl/ondemand.hxx>
-#include <com/sun/star/linguistic2/XSpellAlternatives.hpp>
-#include <com/sun/star/linguistic2/SpellFailure.hpp>
-#include <com/sun/star/linguistic2/XSpellChecker.hpp>
-#include <com/sun/star/linguistic2/XSpellChecker1.hpp>
-#include <com/sun/star/linguistic2/XHyphenator.hpp>
-#include <com/sun/star/lang/Locale.hpp>
-#include <com/sun/star/lang/XMultiServiceFactory.hpp>
-#include <com/sun/star/i18n/XBreakIterator.hpp>
-#include <com/sun/star/i18n/CharacterIteratorMode.hpp>
-
-#ifndef _COM_SUN_STAR_TEXT_WORDTYPE_HPP_
-#include <com/sun/star/i18n/WordType.hpp>
-#endif
-
-#ifndef _COM_SUN_STAR_I18N_XEXTENDEDINPUTSEQUENCECHECKER_HDL_
-#include <com/sun/star/i18n/XExtendedInputSequenceChecker.hpp>
-#endif
-
-#include <i18npool/lang.h>
-
-#include <vos/ref.hxx>
-
-DBG_NAMEEX( EditView )
-DBG_NAMEEX( EditEngine )
-
-#define PIMPEE      pImpEditView->pEditEngine->pImpEditEngine
-
-#define DEL_LEFT    1
-#define DEL_RIGHT   2
-#define TRAVEL_X_DONTKNOW   0xFFFFFFFF
-#define CURSOR_BIDILEVEL_DONTKNOW   0xFFFF
-#define MAXCHARSINPARA      0x3FFF-CHARPOSGROW  // Max 16K, because WYSIWYG array
-
-#define ATTRSPECIAL_WHOLEWORD   1
-#define ATTRSPECIAL_EDGE        2
-
-#define GETCRSR_TXTONLY             0x0001
-#define GETCRSR_STARTOFLINE         0x0002
-#define GETCRSR_ENDOFLINE           0x0004
-#define GETCRSR_PREFERPORTIONSTART  0x0008
-
-#define LINE_SEP    0x0A
-
-typedef EENotify* EENotifyPtr;
-SV_DECL_PTRARR_DEL( NotifyList, EENotifyPtr, 1, 1 )    // IMPL is in outliner.cxx, move to EE later and share declaration, or use BlockNotifications from EE directly
-
-
-class EditView;
-class EditEngine;
-class SvxFontTable;
-class SvxColorList;
-
-class SvxSearchItem;
-class SvxLRSpaceItem;
-class TextRanger;
-class SvKeyValueIterator;
-class SvxForbiddenCharactersTable;
-class SvtCTLOptions;
-#include <svx/SpellPortions.hxx>
-
-#include <svx/eedata.hxx>
-
-class SvUShorts;
-class SvxNumberFormat;
-
-
-namespace com {
-namespace sun {
-namespace star {
-namespace datatransfer {
-namespace clipboard {
-    class XClipboard;
-}}}}}
-
-namespace svtools {
-    class ColorConfig;
-}
-
-struct DragAndDropInfo
-{
-    Rectangle           aCurCursor;
-    Rectangle           aCurSavedCursor;
-    sal_uInt16          nSensibleRange;
-    sal_uInt16          nCursorWidth;
-    ESelection          aBeginDragSel;
-    EditPaM             aDropDest;
-    USHORT              nOutlinerDropDest;
-    ESelection          aDropSel;
-    VirtualDevice*      pBackground;
-    const SvxFieldItem* pField;
-    sal_Bool            bVisCursor              : 1;
-    sal_Bool            bDroppedInMe            : 1;
-    sal_Bool            bStarterOfDD            : 1;
-    sal_Bool            bHasValidData           : 1;
-    sal_Bool            bUndoAction             : 1;
-    sal_Bool            bOutlinerMode           : 1;
-    sal_Bool            bDragAccepted           : 1;
-
-    DragAndDropInfo()
-    {
-            pBackground = NULL; bVisCursor = sal_False; bDroppedInMe = sal_False; bStarterOfDD = sal_False;
-            bHasValidData = sal_False; bUndoAction = sal_False; bOutlinerMode = sal_False;
-            nSensibleRange = 0; nCursorWidth = 0; pField = 0; nOutlinerDropDest = 0; bDragAccepted = sal_False;
-    }
-};
-
-struct ImplIMEInfos
-{
-    String      aOldTextAfterStartPos;
-    sal_uInt16* pAttribs;
-    EditPaM     aPos;
-    sal_uInt16  nLen;
-    sal_Bool    bCursor;
-    sal_Bool    bWasCursorOverwrite;
-
-            ImplIMEInfos( const EditPaM& rPos, const String& rOldTextAfterStartPos );
-            ~ImplIMEInfos();
-
-    void    CopyAttribs( const sal_uInt16* pA, sal_uInt16 nL );
-    void    DestroyAttribs();
-};
-
-// #i18881# to be able to identify the postions of changed words
-// the positions of each portion need to be saved
-typedef std::vector<EditSelection>  SpellContentSelections;
-
-struct SpellInfo
-{
-    EESpellState    eState;
-    EPaM            aSpellStart;
-    EPaM            aSpellTo;
-    sal_Bool        bSpellToEnd;
-    sal_Bool        bMultipleDoc;
-    ::svx::SpellPortions    aLastSpellPortions;
-    SpellContentSelections  aLastSpellContentSelections;
-    SpellInfo()
-        { bSpellToEnd = sal_True; eState = EE_SPELL_OK; bMultipleDoc = sal_False; }
-};
-
-// used for text conversion
-struct ConvInfo
-{
-    EPaM            aConvStart;
-    EPaM            aConvTo;
-    EPaM            aConvContinue;    // position to start search for next text portion (word) with
-    sal_Bool        bConvToEnd;
-    sal_Bool        bMultipleDoc;
-
-    ConvInfo() { bConvToEnd = sal_True; bMultipleDoc = sal_False; }
-};
-
-struct FormatterFontMetric
-{
-    sal_uInt16 nMaxAscent;
-    sal_uInt16 nMaxDescent;
-
-    FormatterFontMetric()               { nMaxAscent = 0; nMaxDescent = 0; /* nMinLeading = 0xFFFF; */ }
-    sal_uInt16  GetHeight() const       { return nMaxAscent+nMaxDescent; }
-};
-
-class IdleFormattter : public Timer
-{
-private:
-    EditView*   pView;
-    int         nRestarts;
-
-public:
-                IdleFormattter();
-                ~IdleFormattter();
-
-    void        DoIdleFormat( EditView* pV );
-    void        ForceTimeout();
-    void        ResetRestarts() { nRestarts = 0; }
-    EditView*   GetView()       { return pView; }
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-//  class ImpEditView
-//  ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-class ImpEditView : public vcl::unohelper::DragAndDropClient
-{
-    friend class EditView;
-    friend class EditEngine;
-    friend class ImpEditEngine;
-    using vcl::unohelper::DragAndDropClient::dragEnter;
-    using vcl::unohelper::DragAndDropClient::dragExit;
-    using vcl::unohelper::DragAndDropClient::dragOver;
-
-private:
-    EditView*           pEditView;
-    Cursor*             pCursor;
-    Color*              pBackgroundColor;
-    EditEngine*         pEditEngine;
-    Window*             pOutWin;
-    Pointer*            pPointer;
-    DragAndDropInfo*    pDragAndDropInfo;
-
-    ::com::sun::star::uno::Reference< ::com::sun::star::datatransfer::dnd::XDragSourceListener > mxDnDListener;
-
-
-    long                nInvMore;
-    ULONG               nControl;
-    sal_uInt32          nTravelXPos;
-    sal_uInt16          nExtraCursorFlags;
-    sal_uInt16          nCursorBidiLevel;
-    sal_uInt16          nScrollDiffX;
-    sal_Bool            bReadOnly;
-    sal_Bool            bClickedInSelection;
-    sal_Bool            bActiveDragAndDropListener;
-
-    Point               aAnchorPoint;
-    Rectangle           aOutArea;
-    Point               aVisDocStartPos;
-    EESelectionMode     eSelectionMode;
-    EditSelection       aEditSelection;
-    EVAnchorMode        eAnchorMode;
-
-protected:
-
-    // DragAndDropClient
-    void dragGestureRecognized( const ::com::sun::star::datatransfer::dnd::DragGestureEvent& dge ) throw (::com::sun::star::uno::RuntimeException);
-    void dragDropEnd( const ::com::sun::star::datatransfer::dnd::DragSourceDropEvent& dsde ) throw (::com::sun::star::uno::RuntimeException);
-    void drop( const ::com::sun::star::datatransfer::dnd::DropTargetDropEvent& dtde ) throw (::com::sun::star::uno::RuntimeException);
-    void dragEnter( const ::com::sun::star::datatransfer::dnd::DropTargetDragEnterEvent& dtdee ) throw (::com::sun::star::uno::RuntimeException);
-    void dragExit( const ::com::sun::star::datatransfer::dnd::DropTargetEvent& dte ) throw (::com::sun::star::uno::RuntimeException);
-    void dragOver( const ::com::sun::star::datatransfer::dnd::DropTargetDragEvent& dtde ) throw (::com::sun::star::uno::RuntimeException);
-
-    void ShowDDCursor( const Rectangle& rRect );
-    void HideDDCursor();
-
-    void ImplDrawHighlightRect( Window* pOutWin, const Point& rDocPosTopLeft, const Point& rDocPosBottomRight, PolyPolygon* pPolyPoly );
-
-public:
-                    ImpEditView( EditView* pView, EditEngine* pEng, Window* pWindow );
-                    ~ImpEditView();
-
-    EditView*       GetEditViewPtr() { return pEditView; }
-
-    sal_uInt16      GetScrollDiffX() const          { return nScrollDiffX; }
-    void            SetScrollDiffX( sal_uInt16 n )  { nScrollDiffX = n; }
-
-    sal_uInt16      GetCursorBidiLevel() const      { return nCursorBidiLevel; }
-    void            SetCursorBidiLevel( sal_uInt16 n ) { nCursorBidiLevel = n; }
-
-    Point           GetDocPos( const Point& rWindowPos ) const;
-    Point           GetWindowPos( const Point& rDocPos ) const;
-    Rectangle       GetWindowPos( const Rectangle& rDocPos ) const;
-
-    void                SetOutputArea( const Rectangle& rRec );
-    void                ResetOutputArea( const Rectangle& rRec );
-    const Rectangle&    GetOutputArea() const   { return aOutArea; }
-
-    BOOL            IsVertical() const;
-
-    BOOL            PostKeyEvent( const KeyEvent& rKeyEvent );
-
-    BOOL            MouseButtonUp( const MouseEvent& rMouseEvent );
-    BOOL            MouseButtonDown( const MouseEvent& rMouseEvent );
-    BOOL            MouseMove( const MouseEvent& rMouseEvent );
-    void            Command( const CommandEvent& rCEvt );
-
-    void            CutCopy( ::com::sun::star::uno::Reference< ::com::sun::star::datatransfer::clipboard::XClipboard >& rxClipboard, sal_Bool bCut );
-    void            Paste( ::com::sun::star::uno::Reference< ::com::sun::star::datatransfer::clipboard::XClipboard >& rxClipboard, sal_Bool bUseSpecial = sal_False );
-
-    void            SetVisDocStartPos( const Point& rPos ) { aVisDocStartPos = rPos; }
-    const Point&    GetVisDocStartPos() const { return aVisDocStartPos; }
-
-    long            GetVisDocLeft() const { return aVisDocStartPos.X(); }
-    long            GetVisDocTop() const { return aVisDocStartPos.Y(); }
-    long            GetVisDocRight() const { return aVisDocStartPos.X() + ( !IsVertical() ? aOutArea.GetWidth() : aOutArea.GetHeight() ); }
-    long            GetVisDocBottom() const { return aVisDocStartPos.Y() + ( !IsVertical() ? aOutArea.GetHeight() : aOutArea.GetWidth() ); }
-    Rectangle       GetVisDocArea() const;
-
-    EditSelection&  GetEditSelection()          { return aEditSelection; }
-    void            SetEditSelection( const EditSelection& rEditSelection );
-    sal_Bool        HasSelection() const { return aEditSelection.HasRange(); }
-
-    void            DrawSelection() { DrawSelection( aEditSelection ); }
-    void            DrawSelection( EditSelection, Region* pRegion = NULL );
-    Region*         CalcSelectedRegion();
-
-    Window*         GetWindow() const           { return pOutWin; }
-
-    EESelectionMode GetSelectionMode() const    { return eSelectionMode; }
-    void            SetSelectionMode( EESelectionMode eMode );
-
-    inline void     SetPointer( const Pointer& rPointer );
-    inline const Pointer&   GetPointer();
-
-    inline void     SetCursor( const Cursor& rCursor );
-    inline Cursor*  GetCursor();
-
-    void            AddDragAndDropListeners();
-    void            RemoveDragAndDropListeners();
-
-    BOOL            IsBulletArea( const Point& rPos, sal_uInt16* pPara );
-
-//  Fuer die SelectionEngine...
-    void            CreateAnchor();
-    void            DeselectAll();
-    sal_Bool        SetCursorAtPoint( const Point& rPointPixel );
-    sal_Bool        IsSelectionAtPoint( const Point& rPosPixel );
-    sal_Bool        IsInSelection( const EditPaM& rPaM );
-
-
-    void            SetAnchorMode( EVAnchorMode eMode );
-    EVAnchorMode    GetAnchorMode() const           { return eAnchorMode; }
-    void            CalcAnchorPoint();
-    void            RecalcOutputArea();
-
-    void            ShowCursor( sal_Bool bGotoCursor, sal_Bool bForceVisCursor, BOOL test );
-    void            ShowCursor( sal_Bool bGotoCursor, sal_Bool bForceVisCursor, USHORT nShowCursorFlags = 0 );
-    Pair            Scroll( long ndX, long ndY, BYTE nRangeCheck = RGCHK_NEG );
-
-    void            SetInsertMode( sal_Bool bInsert );
-    sal_Bool            IsInsertMode() const            { return ( ( nControl & EV_CNTRL_OVERWRITE ) == 0 ); }
-
-    void                EnablePaste( sal_Bool bEnable )     { SetFlags( nControl, EV_CNTRL_ENABLEPASTE, bEnable ); }
-    sal_Bool            IsPasteEnabled() const          { return ( ( nControl & EV_CNTRL_ENABLEPASTE ) != 0 ); }
-
-    sal_Bool            DoSingleLinePaste() const       { return ( ( nControl & EV_CNTRL_SINGLELINEPASTE ) != 0 ); }
-    sal_Bool            DoAutoScroll() const            { return ( ( nControl & EV_CNTRL_AUTOSCROLL ) != 0 ); }
-    sal_Bool            DoBigScroll() const             { return ( ( nControl & EV_CNTRL_BIGSCROLL ) != 0 ); }
-    sal_Bool            DoAutoSize() const              { return ( ( nControl & EV_CNTRL_AUTOSIZE ) != 0 ); }
-    sal_Bool            DoAutoWidth() const             { return ( ( nControl & EV_CNTRL_AUTOSIZEX) != 0 ); }
-    sal_Bool            DoAutoHeight() const            { return ( ( nControl & EV_CNTRL_AUTOSIZEY) != 0 ); }
-    sal_Bool            DoInvalidateMore() const        { return ( ( nControl & EV_CNTRL_INVONEMORE ) != 0 ); }
-
-    void            SetBackgroundColor( const Color& rColor );
-    const Color&    GetBackgroundColor() const {
-                        return ( pBackgroundColor ? *pBackgroundColor : pOutWin->GetBackground().GetColor() ); }
-
-    sal_Bool            IsWrongSpelledWord( const EditPaM& rPaM, sal_Bool bMarkIfWrong );
-    String          SpellIgnoreOrAddWord( sal_Bool bAdd );
-
-    const SvxFieldItem* GetField( const Point& rPos, sal_uInt16* pPara, sal_uInt16* pPos ) const;
-    void                DeleteSelected();
-
-    // Ggf. mehr als OutputArea invalidieren, fuer den DrawingEngine-Textrahmen...
-    void            SetInvalidateMore( sal_uInt16 nPixel ) { nInvMore = nPixel; }
-    sal_uInt16      GetInvalidateMore() const { return (sal_uInt16)nInvMore; }
-};
-
-//  ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-//  ImpEditEngine
-//  ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-typedef EditView* EditViewPtr;
-SV_DECL_PTRARR( EditViews, EditViewPtr, 0, 1 )
-
-class ImpEditEngine : public SfxListener
-{
-    // Die Undos muessen direkt manipulieren ( private-Methoden ),
-    // damit keine neues Undos eingefuegt werden!
-    friend class EditUndoInsertChars;
-    friend class EditUndoRemoveChars;
-    friend class EditUndoDelContent;
-    friend class EditUndoConnectParas;
-    friend class EditUndoSplitPara;
-    friend class EditUndoInsertFeature;
-    friend class EditUndoMoveParagraphs;
-
-    friend class EditView;
-    friend class ImpEditView;
-    friend class EditEngine;        // Fuer Zugriff auf Imp-Methoden
-    friend class EditRTFParser;     // Fuer Zugriff auf Imp-Methoden
-    friend class EditHTMLParser;    // Fuer Zugriff auf Imp-Methoden
-    friend class EdtAutoCorrDoc;    // Fuer Zugriff auf Imp-Methoden
-    friend class EditDbg;           // DebugRoutinen
-
-private:
-
-    // ================================================================
-    // Daten...
-    // ================================================================
-
-    // Dokument-Spezifische Daten...
-    ParaPortionList     aParaPortionList;       // Formatierung
-    Size                aPaperSize;             // Layout
-    Size                aMinAutoPaperSize;      // Layout ?
-    Size                aMaxAutoPaperSize;      // Layout ?
-    EditDoc             aEditDoc;               // Dokumenteninhalt
-
-    // Engine-Spezifische Daten....
-    EditEngine*         pEditEngine;
-    EditViews           aEditViews;
-    EditView*           pActiveView;
-    TextRanger*         pTextRanger;
-
-    SfxStyleSheetPool*  pStylePool;
-    SfxItemPool*        pTextObjectPool;
-
-    VirtualDevice*      pVirtDev;
-    OutputDevice*       pRefDev;
-
-    svtools::ColorConfig*   pColorConfig;
-    mutable SvtCTLOptions*  pCTLOptions;
-
-    SfxItemSet*         pEmptyItemSet;
-    EditUndoManager*    pUndoManager;
-    ESelection*         pUndoMarkSelection;
-
-    ImplIMEInfos*       mpIMEInfos;
-
-    NotifyList          aNotifyCache;
-
-    XubString           aWordDelimiters;
-    XubString           aGroupChars;
-
-    EditSelFunctionSet  aSelFuncSet;
-    EditSelectionEngine aSelEngine;
-
-    Color               maBackgroundColor;
-
-    sal_uInt32          nBlockNotifications;
-    sal_uInt16          nStretchX;
-    sal_uInt16          nStretchY;
-
-    USHORT              nAsianCompressionMode;
-    BOOL                bKernAsianPunctuation;
-    BOOL                bAddExtLeading;
-
-    EEHorizontalTextDirection eDefaultHorizontalTextDirection;
-
-    sal_uInt16          nBigTextObjectStart;
-    ::com::sun::star::uno::Reference<
-        ::com::sun::star::linguistic2::XSpellChecker1 > xSpeller;
-    ::com::sun::star::uno::Reference<
-        ::com::sun::star::linguistic2::XHyphenator >    xHyphenator;
-    SpellInfo*          pSpellInfo;
-    mutable ::com::sun::star::uno::Reference < ::com::sun::star::i18n::XBreakIterator > xBI;
-    mutable ::com::sun::star::uno::Reference < ::com::sun::star::i18n::XExtendedInputSequenceChecker > xISC;
-
-    ConvInfo *          pConvInfo;
-
-    XubString           aAutoCompleteText;
-
-    InternalEditStatus  aStatus;
-
-    LanguageType        eDefLanguage;
-
-    OnDemandLocaleDataWrapper       xLocaleDataWrapper;
-    OnDemandTransliterationWrapper  xTransliterationWrapper;
-
-    sal_Bool            bIsFormatting;
-    sal_Bool            bFormatted;
-    sal_Bool            bInSelection;
-    sal_Bool            bIsInUndo;
-    sal_Bool            bUpdate;
-    sal_Bool            bUndoEnabled;
-    sal_Bool            bOwnerOfRefDev;
-    sal_Bool            bDowning;
-    sal_Bool            bUseAutoColor;
-    sal_Bool            bForceAutoColor;
-    sal_Bool            bCallParaInsertedOrDeleted;
-    sal_Bool            bImpConvertFirstCall;   // specifies if ImpConvert is called the very first time after Convert was called
-    sal_Bool            bFirstWordCapitalization;   // specifies if auto-correction should capitalize the first word or not
-
-    // Fuer Formatierung / Update....
-    DeletedNodesList    aDeletedNodes;
-    Rectangle           aInvalidRec;
-    sal_uInt32          nCurTextHeight;
-    sal_uInt16          nOnePixelInRef;
-
-    IdleFormattter      aIdleFormatter;
-
-    Timer               aOnlineSpellTimer;
-
-    // Wenn an einer Stelle erkannt wird, dass der StatusHdl gerufen werden
-    // muss, dies aber nicht sofort geschehen darf (kritischer Abschnitt):
-    Timer               aStatusTimer;
-    Link                aStatusHdlLink;
-    Link                aNotifyHdl;
-    Link                aImportHdl;
-    Link                aBeginMovingParagraphsHdl;
-    Link                aEndMovingParagraphsHdl;
-    Link                aBeginPasteOrDropHdl;
-    Link                aEndPasteOrDropHdl;
-    Link                aModifyHdl;
-    Link                maBeginDropHdl;
-    Link                maEndDropHdl;
-
-    vos::ORef<SvxForbiddenCharactersTable>  xForbiddenCharsTable;
-
-
-    // ================================================================
-    // Methoden...
-    // ================================================================
-
-    void                CursorMoved( ContentNode* pPrevNode );
-    void                ParaAttribsChanged( ContentNode* pNode );
-    void                TextModified();
-    void                CalcHeight( ParaPortion* pPortion );
-
-    // ggf. lieber inline, aber so einiges...
-    void                InsertUndo( EditUndo* pUndo, sal_Bool bTryMerge = sal_False );
-    void                ResetUndoManager();
-    sal_Bool            HasUndoManager() const  { return pUndoManager ? sal_True : sal_False; }
-
-    EditUndoSetAttribs* CreateAttribUndo( EditSelection aSel, const SfxItemSet& rSet );
-
-    EditPaM             GetPaM( Point aDocPos, sal_Bool bSmart = sal_True );
-    EditPaM             GetPaM( ParaPortion* pPortion, Point aPos, sal_Bool bSmart = sal_True );
-    long                GetXPos( ParaPortion* pParaPortion, EditLine* pLine, USHORT nIndex, BOOL bPreferPortionStart = FALSE );
-    long                GetPortionXOffset( ParaPortion* pParaPortion, EditLine* pLine, USHORT nTextPortion );
-    USHORT              GetChar( ParaPortion* pParaPortion, EditLine* pLine, long nX, BOOL bSmart = TRUE );
-    Range               GetInvalidYOffsets( ParaPortion* pPortion );
-    Range               GetLineXPosStartEnd( ParaPortion* pParaPortion, EditLine* pLine );
-
-    void                SetParaAttrib( BYTE nFunc, EditSelection aSel, sal_uInt16 nValue );
-    sal_uInt16          GetParaAttrib( BYTE nFunc, EditSelection aSel );
-    void                SetCharAttrib( EditSelection aSel, const SfxPoolItem& rItem );
-    void                ParaAttribsToCharAttribs( ContentNode* pNode );
-    void                GetCharAttribs( sal_uInt16 nPara, EECharAttribArray& rLst ) const;
-
-    EditTextObject*     CreateBinTextObject( EditSelection aSelection, SfxItemPool*, sal_Bool bAllowBigObjects = sal_False, sal_uInt16 nBigObjStart = 0 ) const;
-    void                StoreBinTextObject( SvStream& rOStream, BinTextObject& rTextObject );
-    EditSelection       InsertBinTextObject( BinTextObject&, EditPaM aPaM );
-    EditSelection       InsertText( ::com::sun::star::uno::Reference< ::com::sun::star::datatransfer::XTransferable >& rxDataObj, const String& rBaseURL, const EditPaM& rPaM, BOOL bUseSpecial );
-
-    EditPaM             Clear();
-    EditPaM             RemoveText();
-    EditPaM             RemoveText( EditSelection aEditSelection );
-    sal_Bool            CreateLines( USHORT nPara, sal_uInt32 nStartPosY );
-    void                CreateAndInsertEmptyLine( ParaPortion* pParaPortion, sal_uInt32 nStartPosY );
-    sal_Bool            FinishCreateLines( ParaPortion* pParaPortion );
-    void                CalcCharPositions( ParaPortion* pParaPortion );
-    void                CreateTextPortions( ParaPortion* pParaPortion, sal_uInt16& rStartPos /*, sal_Bool bCreateBlockPortions */ );
-    void                RecalcTextPortion( ParaPortion* pParaPortion, sal_uInt16 nStartPos, short nNewChars );
-    sal_uInt16          SplitTextPortion( ParaPortion* pParaPortion, sal_uInt16 nPos,  EditLine* pCurLine = 0 );
-    void                SeekCursor( ContentNode* pNode, sal_uInt16 nPos, SvxFont& rFont, OutputDevice* pOut = NULL, sal_uInt16 nIgnoreWhich = 0 );
-    void                RecalcFormatterFontMetrics( FormatterFontMetric& rCurMetrics, SvxFont& rFont );
-    void                CheckAutoPageSize();
-
-    void                ImpBreakLine( ParaPortion* pParaPortion, EditLine* pLine, TextPortion* pPortion, sal_uInt16 nPortionStart, long nRemainingWidth, sal_Bool bCanHyphenate );
-    void                ImpAdjustBlocks( ParaPortion* pParaPortion, EditLine* pLine, long nRemainingSpace );
-    EditPaM             ImpConnectParagraphs( ContentNode* pLeft, ContentNode* pRight, sal_Bool bBackward = sal_False );
-    EditPaM             ImpDeleteSelection( EditSelection aEditSelection);
-    EditPaM             ImpInsertParaBreak( const EditPaM& rPaM, sal_Bool bKeepEndingAttribs = sal_True );
-    EditPaM             ImpInsertParaBreak( const EditSelection& rEditSelection, sal_Bool bKeepEndingAttribs = sal_True );
-    EditPaM             ImpInsertText( EditSelection aCurEditSelection, const String& rStr );
-    EditPaM             ImpInsertFeature( EditSelection aEditSelection, const SfxPoolItem& rItem );
-    void                ImpRemoveChars( const EditPaM& rPaM, sal_uInt16 nChars, EditUndoRemoveChars* pCurUndo = 0 );
-    void                ImpRemoveParagraph( sal_uInt16 nPara );
-    EditSelection       ImpMoveParagraphs( Range aParagraphs, sal_uInt16 nNewPos );
-
-    EditPaM             ImpFastInsertText( EditPaM aPaM, const String& rStr );
-    EditPaM             ImpFastInsertParagraph( sal_uInt16 nPara );
-
-    sal_Bool            ImpCheckRefMapMode();
-
-    BOOL                ImplHasText() const;
-
-    void                ImpFindKashidas( ContentNode* pNode, USHORT nStart, USHORT nEnd, SvUShorts& rArray );
-
-    void                InsertContent( ContentNode* pNode, sal_uInt16 nPos );
-    EditPaM             SplitContent( sal_uInt16 nNode, sal_uInt16 nSepPos );
-    EditPaM             ConnectContents( sal_uInt16 nLeftNode, sal_Bool bBackward );
-
-    void                ShowParagraph( sal_uInt16 nParagraph, sal_Bool bShow );
-    sal_Bool            IsParagraphVisible( sal_uInt16 nParagraph );
-
-    EditPaM             PageUp( const EditPaM& rPaM, EditView* pView);
-    EditPaM             PageDown( const EditPaM& rPaM, EditView* pView);
-    EditPaM             CursorUp( const EditPaM& rPaM, EditView* pEditView );
-    EditPaM             CursorDown( const EditPaM& rPaM, EditView* pEditView );
-    EditPaM             CursorLeft( const EditPaM& rPaM, USHORT nCharacterIteratorMode = ::com::sun::star::i18n::CharacterIteratorMode::SKIPCELL );
-    EditPaM             CursorRight( const EditPaM& rPaM, USHORT nCharacterIteratorMode = ::com::sun::star::i18n::CharacterIteratorMode::SKIPCELL );
-    EditPaM             CursorStartOfLine( const EditPaM& rPaM );
-    EditPaM             CursorEndOfLine( const EditPaM& rPaM );
-    EditPaM             CursorStartOfParagraph( const EditPaM& rPaM );
-    EditPaM             CursorEndOfParagraph( const EditPaM& rPaM );
-    EditPaM             CursorStartOfDoc();
-    EditPaM             CursorEndOfDoc();
-    EditPaM             WordLeft( const EditPaM& rPaM, sal_Int16 nWordType = ::com::sun::star::i18n::WordType::ANYWORD_IGNOREWHITESPACES );
-    EditPaM             WordRight( const EditPaM& rPaM, sal_Int16 nWordType = ::com::sun::star::i18n::WordType::ANYWORD_IGNOREWHITESPACES );
-    EditPaM             StartOfWord( const EditPaM& rPaM, sal_Int16 nWordType = ::com::sun::star::i18n::WordType::ANYWORD_IGNOREWHITESPACES );
-    EditPaM             EndOfWord( const EditPaM& rPaM, sal_Int16 nWordType = ::com::sun::star::i18n::WordType::ANYWORD_IGNOREWHITESPACES );
-    EditSelection       SelectWord( const EditSelection& rCurSelection, sal_Int16 nWordType = ::com::sun::star::i18n::WordType::ANYWORD_IGNOREWHITESPACES, BOOL bAcceptStartOfWord = TRUE );
-    EditSelection       SelectSentence( const EditSelection& rCurSel );
-    EditPaM             CursorVisualLeftRight( EditView* pEditView, const EditPaM& rPaM, USHORT nCharacterIteratorMode, BOOL bToLeft );
-    EditPaM             CursorVisualStartEnd( EditView* pEditView, const EditPaM& rPaM, BOOL bStart );
-
-
-    void                InitScriptTypes( USHORT nPara );
-    USHORT              GetScriptType( const EditPaM& rPaM, USHORT* pEndPos = NULL ) const;
-    USHORT              GetScriptType( const EditSelection& rSel ) const;
-    BOOL                IsScriptChange( const EditPaM& rPaM ) const;
-    BOOL                HasScriptType( USHORT nPara, USHORT nType ) const;
-
-    BOOL                ImplCalcAsianCompression( ContentNode* pNode, TextPortion* pTextPortion, USHORT nStartPos, sal_Int32* pDXArray, USHORT n100thPercentFromMax, BOOL bManipulateDXArray );
-    void                ImplExpandCompressedPortions( EditLine* pLine, ParaPortion* pParaPortion, long nRemainingWidth );
-
-    void                ImplInitLayoutMode( OutputDevice* pOutDev, USHORT nPara, USHORT nIndex );
-    void                ImplInitDigitMode( OutputDevice* pOutDev, String* pString, xub_StrLen nStt, xub_StrLen nLen, LanguageType eLang );
-
-    EditPaM             ReadText( SvStream& rInput, EditSelection aSel );
-    EditPaM             ReadRTF( SvStream& rInput, EditSelection aSel );
-    EditPaM             ReadXML( SvStream& rInput, EditSelection aSel );
-    EditPaM             ReadHTML( SvStream& rInput, const String& rBaseURL, EditSelection aSel, SvKeyValueIterator* pHTTPHeaderAttrs );
-    EditPaM             ReadBin( SvStream& rInput, EditSelection aSel );
-    sal_uInt32          WriteText( SvStream& rOutput, EditSelection aSel );
-    sal_uInt32          WriteRTF( SvStream& rOutput, EditSelection aSel );
-    sal_uInt32          WriteXML( SvStream& rOutput, EditSelection aSel );
-    sal_uInt32          WriteHTML( SvStream& rOutput, EditSelection aSel );
-    sal_uInt32          WriteBin( SvStream& rOutput, EditSelection aSel, BOOL bStoreUnicode = FALSE ) const;
-
-    void                WriteItemAsRTF( const SfxPoolItem& rItem, SvStream& rOutput, sal_uInt16 nPara, sal_uInt16 nPos,
-                        SvxFontTable& rFontTable, SvxColorList& rColorList );
-    sal_Bool            WriteItemListAsRTF( ItemList& rLst, SvStream& rOutput, sal_uInt16 nPara, sal_uInt16 nPos,
-                        SvxFontTable& rFontTable, SvxColorList& rColorList );
-    long                LogicToTwips( long n );
-
-    inline short        GetXValue( short nXValue ) const;
-    inline sal_uInt16   GetXValue( sal_uInt16 nXValue ) const;
-    inline long         GetXValue( long nXValue ) const;
-
-    inline short        GetYValue( short nYValue ) const;
-    inline sal_uInt16   GetYValue( sal_uInt16 nYValue ) const;
-
-    ContentNode*        GetPrevVisNode( ContentNode* pCurNode );
-    ContentNode*        GetNextVisNode( ContentNode* pCurNode );
-
-    ParaPortion*        GetPrevVisPortion( ParaPortion* pCurPortion );
-    ParaPortion*        GetNextVisPortion( ParaPortion* pCurPortion );
-
-    void                SetBackgroundColor( const Color& rColor ) { maBackgroundColor = rColor; }
-    Color               GetBackgroundColor() const { return maBackgroundColor; }
-
-    Color               GetAutoColor() const;
-    void                EnableAutoColor( BOOL b ) { bUseAutoColor = b; }
-    BOOL                IsAutoColorEnabled() const { return bUseAutoColor; }
-    void                ForceAutoColor( BOOL b ) { bForceAutoColor = b; }
-    BOOL                IsForceAutoColor() const { return bForceAutoColor; }
-
-    inline VirtualDevice*   GetVirtualDevice( const MapMode& rMapMode, ULONG nDrawMode );
-    inline void             EraseVirtualDevice();
-
-    DECL_LINK( StatusTimerHdl, Timer * );
-    DECL_LINK( IdleFormatHdl, Timer * );
-    DECL_LINK( OnlineSpellHdl, Timer * );
-    DECL_LINK( DocModified, void* );
-
-    void                CheckIdleFormatter();
-
-    inline ParaPortion* FindParaPortion( ContentNode* pNode ) const;
-
-    ::com::sun::star::uno::Reference< ::com::sun::star::datatransfer::XTransferable > CreateTransferable( const EditSelection& rSelection ) const;
-
-    void                SetValidPaperSize( const Size& rSz );
-
-    ::com::sun::star::uno::Reference < ::com::sun::star::i18n::XBreakIterator > ImplGetBreakIterator() const;
-    ::com::sun::star::uno::Reference < ::com::sun::star::i18n::XExtendedInputSequenceChecker > ImplGetInputSequenceChecker() const;
-
-    /** Decorate metafile output with verbose text comments
-
-        This method is used to wrap SvxFont::QuickDrawText, to
-        determine character-by-character wise, which logical text
-        units like characters, words and sentences are contained in
-        the output string at hand. This is necessary for slideshow
-        text effects.
-     */
-    void ImplFillTextMarkingVector(const ::com::sun::star::lang::Locale& rLocale, EEngineData::TextMarkingVector& rTextMarkingVector, const String& rTxt, const USHORT nIdx, const USHORT nLen) const;
-
-protected:
-    virtual void            Notify( SfxBroadcaster& rBC, const SfxHint& rHint );
-
-public:
-                            ImpEditEngine( EditEngine* pEditEngine, SfxItemPool* pPool );
-                            ~ImpEditEngine();
-
-    void                    InitDoc( BOOL bKeepParaAttribs );
-    EditDoc&                GetEditDoc()            { return aEditDoc; }
-    const EditDoc&          GetEditDoc() const      { return aEditDoc; }
-
-    inline EditUndoManager& GetUndoManager();
-
-    void                    SetUpdateMode( sal_Bool bUp, EditView* pCurView = 0, sal_Bool bForceUpdate = sal_False );
-    sal_Bool                GetUpdateMode() const   { return bUpdate; }
-
-    const ParaPortionList&  GetParaPortions() const { return aParaPortionList; }
-    ParaPortionList&        GetParaPortions()       { return aParaPortionList; }
-    EditViews&              GetEditViews()          { return aEditViews; }
-
-    const Size&             GetPaperSize() const                    { return aPaperSize; }
-    void                    SetPaperSize( const Size& rSz )         { aPaperSize = rSz; }
-
-    void                    SetVertical( BOOL bVertical );
-    BOOL                    IsVertical() const                      { return GetEditDoc().IsVertical(); }
-
-    void                    SetFixedCellHeight( BOOL bUseFixedCellHeight );
-    BOOL                    IsFixedCellHeight() const { return GetEditDoc().IsFixedCellHeight(); }
-
-    void                        SetDefaultHorizontalTextDirection( EEHorizontalTextDirection eHTextDir ) { eDefaultHorizontalTextDirection = eHTextDir; }
-    EEHorizontalTextDirection   GetDefaultHorizontalTextDirection() const { return eDefaultHorizontalTextDirection; }
-
-
-    void                    InitWritingDirections( USHORT nPara );
-    BOOL                    IsRightToLeft( USHORT nPara ) const;
-    BYTE                    GetRightToLeft( USHORT nPara, USHORT nChar, USHORT* pStart = NULL, USHORT* pEnd = NULL );
-    BOOL                    HasDifferentRTLLevels( const ContentNode* pNode );
-
-    void                    SetTextRanger( TextRanger* pRanger );
-    TextRanger*             GetTextRanger() const { return pTextRanger; }
-
-    const Size&             GetMinAutoPaperSize() const             { return aMinAutoPaperSize; }
-    void                    SetMinAutoPaperSize( const Size& rSz )  { aMinAutoPaperSize = rSz; }
-
-    const Size&             GetMaxAutoPaperSize() const             { return aMaxAutoPaperSize; }
-    void                    SetMaxAutoPaperSize( const Size& rSz )  { aMaxAutoPaperSize = rSz; }
-
-    void                    FormatDoc();
-    void                    FormatFullDoc();
-    void                    UpdateViews( EditView* pCurView = 0 );
-    void                    Paint( ImpEditView* pView, const Rectangle& rRect, sal_Bool bUseVirtDev = sal_False );
-    void                    Paint( OutputDevice* pOutDev, Rectangle aClipRec, Point aStartPos, sal_Bool bStripOnly = sal_False, short nOrientation = 0 );
-
-    sal_Bool                MouseButtonUp( const MouseEvent& rMouseEvent, EditView* pView );
-    sal_Bool                MouseButtonDown( const MouseEvent& rMouseEvent, EditView* pView );
-    sal_Bool                MouseMove( const MouseEvent& rMouseEvent, EditView* pView );
-    void                    Command( const CommandEvent& rCEvt, EditView* pView );
-
-    EditSelectionEngine&    GetSelEngine() { return aSelEngine; }
-    XubString               GetSelected( const EditSelection& rSel, const LineEnd eParaSep = LINEEND_LF ) const;
-
-    const SfxItemSet&       GetEmptyItemSet();
-
-    void                    UpdateSelections();
-
-    void                    EnableUndo( sal_Bool bEnable );
-    sal_Bool                IsUndoEnabled()         { return bUndoEnabled; }
-    void                    SetUndoMode( sal_Bool b )   { bIsInUndo = b; }
-    sal_Bool                IsInUndo()              { return bIsInUndo; }
-
-    void                    SetCallParaInsertedOrDeleted( sal_Bool b ) { bCallParaInsertedOrDeleted = b; }
-    sal_Bool                IsCallParaInsertedOrDeleted() const { return bCallParaInsertedOrDeleted; }
-
-    sal_Bool                IsFormatted() const { return bFormatted; }
-    sal_Bool                IsFormatting() const { return bIsFormatting; }
-
-    void            SetText( const String& rText );
-    EditPaM         DeleteSelected( EditSelection aEditSelection);
-    EditPaM         InsertText( const EditSelection& rCurEditSelection, sal_Unicode c, sal_Bool bOverwrite, sal_Bool bIsUserInput = sal_False );
-    EditPaM         InsertText( EditSelection aCurEditSelection, const String& rStr );
-    EditPaM         AutoCorrect( const EditSelection& rCurEditSelection, sal_Unicode c, sal_Bool bOverwrite );
-    EditPaM         DeleteLeftOrRight( const EditSelection& rEditSelection, BYTE nMode, BYTE nDelMode = DELMODE_SIMPLE );
-    EditPaM         InsertParaBreak( EditSelection aEditSelection );
-    EditPaM         InsertLineBreak( EditSelection aEditSelection );
-    EditPaM         InsertTab( EditSelection aEditSelection );
-    EditPaM         InsertField( EditSelection aEditSelection, const SvxFieldItem& rFld );
-    sal_Bool        UpdateFields();
-
-    EditPaM         Read( SvStream& rInput, const String& rBaseURL, EETextFormat eFormat, EditSelection aSel, SvKeyValueIterator* pHTTPHeaderAttrs = NULL );
-    void            Write( SvStream& rOutput, EETextFormat eFormat, EditSelection aSel );
-
-    EditTextObject* CreateTextObject();
-    EditTextObject* CreateTextObject( EditSelection aSel );
-    void            SetText( const EditTextObject& rTextObject );
-    EditSelection   InsertText( const EditTextObject& rTextObject, EditSelection aSel );
-
-    EditSelection   MoveCursor( const KeyEvent& rKeyEvent, EditView* pEditView );
-
-    EditSelection   MoveParagraphs( Range aParagraphs, sal_uInt16 nNewPos, EditView* pCurView );
-
-    sal_uInt32      CalcTextHeight();
-    sal_uInt32      GetTextHeight() const;
-    sal_uInt32      CalcTextWidth( BOOL bIgnoreExtraSpace );
-    sal_uInt32      CalcLineWidth( ParaPortion* pPortion, EditLine* pLine, BOOL bIgnoreExtraSpace );
-    sal_uInt16      GetLineCount( sal_uInt16 nParagraph ) const;
-    sal_uInt16      GetLineLen( sal_uInt16 nParagraph, sal_uInt16 nLine ) const;
-    void            GetLineBoundaries( /*out*/USHORT &rStart, /*out*/USHORT &rEnd, USHORT nParagraph, USHORT nLine ) const;
-    USHORT          GetLineNumberAtIndex( USHORT nPara, USHORT nIndex ) const;
-    sal_uInt16      GetLineHeight( sal_uInt16 nParagraph, sal_uInt16 nLine );
-    sal_uInt32      GetParaHeight( sal_uInt16 nParagraph );
-
-    SfxItemSet      GetAttribs( USHORT nPara, USHORT nStart, USHORT nEnd, sal_uInt8 nFlags = 0xFF ) const;
-    SfxItemSet      GetAttribs( EditSelection aSel, BOOL bOnlyHardAttrib = FALSE  );
-    void            SetAttribs( EditSelection aSel, const SfxItemSet& rSet, BYTE nSpecial = 0 );
-    void            RemoveCharAttribs( EditSelection aSel, sal_Bool bRemoveParaAttribs, sal_uInt16 nWhich = 0 );
-    void            RemoveCharAttribs( sal_uInt16 nPara, sal_uInt16 nWhich = 0, sal_Bool bRemoveFeatures = sal_False );
-    void            SetFlatMode( sal_Bool bFlat );
-
-    void                SetParaAttribs( sal_uInt16 nPara, const SfxItemSet& rSet );
-    const SfxItemSet&   GetParaAttribs( sal_uInt16 nPara ) const;
-
-    sal_Bool            HasParaAttrib( sal_uInt16 nPara, sal_uInt16 nWhich ) const;
-    const SfxPoolItem&  GetParaAttrib( sal_uInt16 nPara, sal_uInt16 nWhich ) const;
-
-    Rectangle       PaMtoEditCursor( EditPaM aPaM, sal_uInt16 nFlags = 0 );
-    Rectangle       GetEditCursor( ParaPortion* pPortion, sal_uInt16 nIndex, sal_uInt16 nFlags = 0 );
-
-    sal_Bool        IsModified() const      { return aEditDoc.IsModified(); }
-    void            SetModifyFlag( sal_Bool b ) { aEditDoc.SetModified( b ); }
-    void            SetModifyHdl( const Link& rLink ) { aModifyHdl = rLink; }
-    Link            GetModifyHdl() const { return aModifyHdl; }
-
-
-    sal_Bool        IsInSelectionMode() { return bInSelection; }
-    void            StopSelectionMode();
-
-    void            IndentBlock( EditView* pView, sal_Bool bRight );
-
-//  Fuer Undo/Redo
-    sal_Bool        Undo( EditView* pView );
-    sal_Bool        Redo( EditView* pView );
-    sal_Bool        Repeat( EditView* pView );
-
-//  OV-Special
-    void            InvalidateFromParagraph( sal_uInt16 nFirstInvPara );
-    EditPaM         InsertParagraph( sal_uInt16 nPara );
-    EditSelection*  SelectParagraph( sal_uInt16 nPara );
-
-    void            SetStatusEventHdl( const Link& rLink )  { aStatusHdlLink = rLink; }
-    Link            GetStatusEventHdl() const               { return aStatusHdlLink; }
-
-    void            SetNotifyHdl( const Link& rLink )       { aNotifyHdl = rLink; }
-    Link            GetNotifyHdl() const            { return aNotifyHdl; }
-
-    void            FormatAndUpdate( EditView* pCurView = 0 );
-    inline void     IdleFormatAndUpdate( EditView* pCurView = 0 );
-
-    svtools::ColorConfig& GetColorConfig();
-    BOOL            IsVisualCursorTravelingEnabled();
-    BOOL            DoVisualCursorTraveling( const ContentNode* pNode );
-
-    EditSelection           ConvertSelection( sal_uInt16 nStartPara, sal_uInt16 nStartPos, sal_uInt16 nEndPara, sal_uInt16 nEndPos ) const;
-    inline EPaM             CreateEPaM( const EditPaM& rPaM );
-    inline EditPaM          CreateEditPaM( const EPaM& rEPaM );
-    inline ESelection       CreateESel( const EditSelection& rSel );
-    inline EditSelection    CreateSel( const ESelection& rSel );
-
-
-    void                SetStyleSheetPool( SfxStyleSheetPool* pSPool );
-    SfxStyleSheetPool*  GetStyleSheetPool() const { return pStylePool; }
-
-    void                SetStyleSheet( EditSelection aSel, SfxStyleSheet* pStyle );
-    void                SetStyleSheet( sal_uInt16 nPara, SfxStyleSheet* pStyle );
-    SfxStyleSheet*      GetStyleSheet( sal_uInt16 nPara ) const;
-
-    void                UpdateParagraphsWithStyleSheet( SfxStyleSheet* pStyle );
-    void                RemoveStyleFromParagraphs( SfxStyleSheet* pStyle );
-
-    OutputDevice*       GetRefDevice() const { return pRefDev; }
-    void                SetRefDevice( OutputDevice* pRefDef );
-
-    const MapMode&      GetRefMapMode() { return pRefDev->GetMapMode(); }
-    void                SetRefMapMode( const MapMode& rMapMode );
-
-    InternalEditStatus& GetStatus() { return aStatus; }
-    void                CallStatusHdl();
-    void                DelayedCallStatusHdl()  { aStatusTimer.Start(); }
-
-    void                CallNotify( EENotify& rNotify );
-    void                EnterBlockNotifications();
-    void                LeaveBlockNotifications();
-
-
-    EditSelection       MatchGroup( const EditSelection& rSel );
-
-    void                UndoActionStart( sal_uInt16 nId );
-    void                UndoActionStart( sal_uInt16 nId, const ESelection& rSel );
-    void                UndoActionEnd( sal_uInt16 nId );
-
-    EditView*           GetActiveView() const   { return pActiveView; }
-    void                SetActiveView( EditView* pView );
-
-    ::com::sun::star::uno::Reference<
-        ::com::sun::star::linguistic2::XSpellChecker1 >
-                        GetSpeller();
-    void                SetSpeller( ::com::sun::star::uno::Reference<
-                            ::com::sun::star::linguistic2::XSpellChecker1 >  &xSpl )
-                            { xSpeller = xSpl; }
-    ::com::sun::star::uno::Reference<
-        ::com::sun::star::linguistic2::XHyphenator >
-                        GetHyphenator() const { return xHyphenator; }
-    void                SetHyphenator( ::com::sun::star::uno::Reference<
-                            ::com::sun::star::linguistic2::XHyphenator >  &xHyph )
-                            { xHyphenator = xHyph; }
-    SpellInfo*          GetSpellInfo() const { return pSpellInfo; }
-
-    void                SetDefaultLanguage( LanguageType eLang ) { eDefLanguage = eLang; }
-    LanguageType        GetDefaultLanguage() const { return eDefLanguage; }
-
-
-    LanguageType        GetLanguage( const EditSelection rSelection ) const;
-    LanguageType        GetLanguage( const EditPaM& rPaM, USHORT* pEndPos = NULL ) const;
-    ::com::sun::star::lang::Locale GetLocale( const EditPaM& rPaM ) const;
-
-    void                DoOnlineSpelling( ContentNode* pThisNodeOnly = 0, sal_Bool bSpellAtCursorPos = sal_False, sal_Bool bInteruptable = sal_True );
-    EESpellState        Spell( EditView* pEditView, sal_Bool bMultipleDoc );
-    EESpellState        HasSpellErrors();
-    EESpellState        StartThesaurus( EditView* pEditView );
-    ::com::sun::star::uno::Reference<
-        ::com::sun::star::linguistic2::XSpellAlternatives >
-                        ImpSpell( EditView* pEditView );
-
-    // text conversion functions
-    void                Convert( EditView* pEditView, LanguageType nSrcLang, LanguageType nDestLang, const Font *pDestFont, INT32 nOptions, sal_Bool bIsInteractive, sal_Bool bMultipleDoc );
-    void                ImpConvert( rtl::OUString &rConvTxt, LanguageType &rConvTxtLang, EditView* pEditView, LanguageType nSrcLang, const ESelection &rConvRange,
-                                    sal_Bool bAllowImplicitChangesForNotConvertibleText, LanguageType nTargetLang, const Font *pTargetFont );
-    ConvInfo *          GetConvInfo() const { return pConvInfo; }
-    sal_Bool            HasConvertibleTextPortion( LanguageType nLang );
-    void                SetLanguageAndFont( const ESelection &rESel,
-                                LanguageType nLang, USHORT nLangWhichId,
-                                const Font *pFont,  USHORT nFontWhichId );
-
-    // returns true if input sequence checking should be applied
-    sal_Bool            IsInputSequenceCheckingRequired( sal_Unicode nChar, const EditSelection& rCurSel ) const;
-
-    //find the next error within the given selection - forward only!
-    ::com::sun::star::uno::Reference<
-                ::com::sun::star::linguistic2::XSpellAlternatives >
-                    ImpFindNextError(EditSelection& rSelection);
-    //initialize sentence spelling
-    void            StartSpelling(EditView& rEditView, sal_Bool bMultipleDoc);
-    //spell and return a sentence
-    bool                SpellSentence(EditView& rView, ::svx::SpellPortions& rToFill, bool bIsGrammarChecking );
-    //put spelling back to start of current sentence - needed after switch of grammar support
-    void                PutSpellingToSentenceStart( EditView& rEditView );
-    //applies a changed sentence
-    void                ApplyChangedSentence(EditView& rEditView, const ::svx::SpellPortions& rNewPortions, bool bIsGrammarChecking );
-    //deinitialize sentence spelling
-    void            EndSpelling();
-    //adds one or more portions of text to the SpellPortions depending on language changes
-    void            AddPortionIterated(
-                        EditView& rEditView,
-                        const EditSelection rSel,
-                        ::com::sun::star::uno::Reference< ::com::sun::star::linguistic2::XSpellAlternatives > xAlt,
-                        ::svx::SpellPortions& rToFill);
-    //adds one portion to the SpellPortions
-    void            AddPortion(
-                        const EditSelection rSel,
-                        ::com::sun::star::uno::Reference< ::com::sun::star::linguistic2::XSpellAlternatives > xAlt,
-                        ::svx::SpellPortions& rToFill,
-                        bool bIsField );
-
-    sal_Bool            Search( const SvxSearchItem& rSearchItem, EditView* pView );
-    sal_Bool            ImpSearch( const SvxSearchItem& rSearchItem, const EditSelection& rSearchSelection, const EditPaM& rStartPos, EditSelection& rFoundSel );
-    sal_uInt16          StartSearchAndReplace( EditView* pEditView, const SvxSearchItem& rSearchItem );
-    sal_Bool            HasText( const SvxSearchItem& rSearchItem );
-
-    void                SetEditTextObjectPool( SfxItemPool* pP )    { pTextObjectPool = pP; }
-    SfxItemPool*        GetEditTextObjectPool() const               { return pTextObjectPool; }
-
-    const SvxNumberFormat * GetNumberFormat( const ContentNode* pNode ) const;
-    sal_Int32               GetSpaceBeforeAndMinLabelWidth( const ContentNode *pNode, sal_Int32 *pnSpaceBefore = 0, sal_Int32 *pnMinLabelWidth = 0 ) const;
-
-    const SvxLRSpaceItem&   GetLRSpaceItem( ContentNode* pNode );
-    SvxAdjust               GetJustification( USHORT nPara ) const;
-
-    void                SetCharStretching( sal_uInt16 nX, sal_uInt16 nY );
-    inline void         GetCharStretching( sal_uInt16& rX, sal_uInt16& rY );
-    void                DoStretchChars( sal_uInt16 nX, sal_uInt16 nY );
-
-    void                SetBigTextObjectStart( sal_uInt16 nStartAtPortionCount )    { nBigTextObjectStart = nStartAtPortionCount; }
-    sal_uInt16          GetBigTextObjectStart() const                               { return nBigTextObjectStart; }
-
-    inline EditEngine*  GetEditEnginePtr() const    { return pEditEngine; }
-
-    void                StartOnlineSpellTimer()     { aOnlineSpellTimer.Start(); }
-    void                StopOnlineSpellTimer()      { aOnlineSpellTimer.Stop(); }
-
-    const XubString&    GetAutoCompleteText() const { return aAutoCompleteText; }
-    void                SetAutoCompleteText( const String& rStr, sal_Bool bUpdateTipWindow );
-
-    EditSelection       TransliterateText( const EditSelection& rSelection, sal_Int32 nTransliterationMode );
-
-    void                SetAsianCompressionMode( USHORT n );
-    USHORT              GetAsianCompressionMode() const { return nAsianCompressionMode; }
-
-    void                SetKernAsianPunctuation( BOOL b );
-    BOOL                IsKernAsianPunctuation() const { return bKernAsianPunctuation; }
-
-    void                SetAddExtLeading( BOOL b );
-    BOOL                IsAddExtLeading() const { return bAddExtLeading; }
-
-    vos::ORef<SvxForbiddenCharactersTable>  GetForbiddenCharsTable( BOOL bGetInternal = TRUE ) const;
-    void                SetForbiddenCharsTable( vos::ORef<SvxForbiddenCharactersTable> xForbiddenChars );
-
-    BOOL                mbLastTryMerge;
-
-    /** sets a link that is called at the beginning of a drag operation at an edit view */
-    void                SetBeginDropHdl( const Link& rLink ) { maBeginDropHdl = rLink; }
-    Link                GetBeginDropHdl() const { return maBeginDropHdl; }
-
-    /** sets a link that is called at the end of a drag operation at an edit view */
-    void            SetEndDropHdl( const Link& rLink ) { maEndDropHdl = rLink; }
-    Link            GetEndDropHdl() const { return maEndDropHdl; }
-
-    /// specifies if auto-correction should capitalize the first word or not (default is on)
-    void            SetFirstWordCapitalization( BOOL bCapitalize )  { bFirstWordCapitalization = bCapitalize; }
-    BOOL            IsFirstWordCapitalization() const   { return bFirstWordCapitalization; }
-};
-
-inline EPaM ImpEditEngine::CreateEPaM( const EditPaM& rPaM )
-{
-    ContentNode* pNode = rPaM.GetNode();
-    return EPaM( aEditDoc.GetPos( pNode ), rPaM.GetIndex() );
-}
-
-inline EditPaM ImpEditEngine::CreateEditPaM( const EPaM& rEPaM )
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( rEPaM.nPara < aEditDoc.Count(), "CreateEditPaM: Ungueltiger Absatz" );
-    DBG_ASSERT( aEditDoc[ rEPaM.nPara ]->Len() >= rEPaM.nIndex, "CreateEditPaM: Ungueltiger Index" );
-    return EditPaM( aEditDoc[ rEPaM.nPara], rEPaM.nIndex );
-}
-
-inline ESelection ImpEditEngine::CreateESel( const EditSelection& rSel )
-{
-    ContentNode* pStartNode = rSel.Min().GetNode();
-    ContentNode* pEndNode = rSel.Max().GetNode();
-    ESelection aESel;
-    aESel.nStartPara = aEditDoc.GetPos( pStartNode );
-    aESel.nStartPos = rSel.Min().GetIndex();
-    aESel.nEndPara = aEditDoc.GetPos( pEndNode );
-    aESel.nEndPos = rSel.Max().GetIndex();
-    return aESel;
-}
-
-inline EditSelection ImpEditEngine::CreateSel( const ESelection& rSel )
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( rSel.nStartPara < aEditDoc.Count(), "CreateSel: Ungueltiger Start-Absatz" );
-    DBG_ASSERT( rSel.nEndPara < aEditDoc.Count(), "CreateSel: Ungueltiger End-Absatz" );
-    EditSelection aSel;
-    aSel.Min().SetNode( aEditDoc[ rSel.nStartPara ] );
-    aSel.Min().SetIndex( rSel.nStartPos );
-    aSel.Max().SetNode( aEditDoc[ rSel.nEndPara ] );
-    aSel.Max().SetIndex( rSel.nEndPos );
-    DBG_ASSERT( !aSel.DbgIsBuggy( aEditDoc ), "CreateSel: Fehlerhafte Selektion!" );
-    return aSel;
-}
-
-inline VirtualDevice* ImpEditEngine::GetVirtualDevice( const MapMode& rMapMode, ULONG nDrawMode )
-{
-    if ( !pVirtDev )
-        pVirtDev = new VirtualDevice;
-
-    if ( ( pVirtDev->GetMapMode().GetMapUnit() != rMapMode.GetMapUnit() ) ||
-         ( pVirtDev->GetMapMode().GetScaleX() != rMapMode.GetScaleX() ) ||
-         ( pVirtDev->GetMapMode().GetScaleY() != rMapMode.GetScaleY() ) )
-    {
-        MapMode aMapMode( rMapMode );
-        aMapMode.SetOrigin( Point( 0, 0 ) );
-        pVirtDev->SetMapMode( aMapMode );
-    }
-
-    pVirtDev->SetDrawMode( nDrawMode );
-
-    return pVirtDev;
-}
-
-inline void ImpEditEngine::EraseVirtualDevice()
-{
-    delete pVirtDev;
-    pVirtDev = 0;
-}
-
-inline void ImpEditEngine::IdleFormatAndUpdate( EditView* pCurView )
-{
-    aIdleFormatter.DoIdleFormat( pCurView );
-}
-
-#ifndef SVX_LIGHT
-inline EditUndoManager& ImpEditEngine::GetUndoManager()
-{
-    if ( !pUndoManager )
-        pUndoManager = new EditUndoManager( this );
-    return *pUndoManager;
-}
-#endif
-
-inline ParaPortion* ImpEditEngine::FindParaPortion( ContentNode* pNode ) const
-{
-    sal_uInt16 nPos = aEditDoc.GetPos( pNode );
-    DBG_ASSERT( nPos < GetParaPortions().Count(), "Portionloser Node?" );
-    return GetParaPortions()[ nPos ];
-}
-
-inline void ImpEditEngine::GetCharStretching( sal_uInt16& rX, sal_uInt16& rY )
-{
-    rX = nStretchX;
-    rY = nStretchY;
-}
-
-inline short ImpEditEngine::GetXValue( short nXValue ) const
-{
-    if ( !aStatus.DoStretch() || ( nStretchX == 100 ) )
-        return nXValue;
-
-    return (short) ((long)nXValue*nStretchX/100);
-}
-
-inline sal_uInt16 ImpEditEngine::GetXValue( sal_uInt16 nXValue ) const
-{
-    if ( !aStatus.DoStretch() || ( nStretchX == 100 ) )
-        return nXValue;
-
-    return (sal_uInt16) ((long)nXValue*nStretchX/100);
-}
-
-inline long ImpEditEngine::GetXValue( long nXValue ) const
-{
-    if ( !aStatus.DoStretch() || ( nStretchX == 100 ) )
-        return nXValue;
-
-    return nXValue*nStretchX/100;
-}
-
-inline short ImpEditEngine::GetYValue( short nYValue ) const
-{
-    if ( !aStatus.DoStretch() || ( nStretchY == 100 ) )
-        return nYValue;
-
-    return (short) ((long)nYValue*nStretchY/100);
-}
-
-inline sal_uInt16 ImpEditEngine::GetYValue( sal_uInt16 nYValue ) const
-{
-    if ( !aStatus.DoStretch() || ( nStretchY == 100 ) )
-        return nYValue;
-
-    return (sal_uInt16) ((long)nYValue*nStretchY/100);
-}
-
-inline void ImpEditView::SetPointer( const Pointer& rPointer )
-{
-    delete pPointer;
-    pPointer = new Pointer( rPointer );
-}
-
-inline const Pointer& ImpEditView::GetPointer()
-{
-    if ( !pPointer )
-    {
-        pPointer = new Pointer( IsVertical() ? POINTER_TEXT_VERTICAL : POINTER_TEXT );
-        return *pPointer;
-    }
-
-    if(POINTER_TEXT == pPointer->GetStyle() && IsVertical())
-    {
-        delete pPointer;
-        pPointer = new Pointer(POINTER_TEXT_VERTICAL);
-    }
-    else if(POINTER_TEXT_VERTICAL == pPointer->GetStyle() && !IsVertical())
-    {
-        delete pPointer;
-        pPointer = new Pointer(POINTER_TEXT);
-    }
-
-    return *pPointer;
-}
-
-inline void ImpEditView::SetCursor( const Cursor& rCursor )
-{
-    delete pCursor;
-    pCursor = new Cursor( rCursor );
-}
-
-inline Cursor* ImpEditView::GetCursor()
-{
-    if ( !pCursor )
-        pCursor = new Cursor;
-    return pCursor;
-}
-
-void ConvertItem( SfxPoolItem& rPoolItem, MapUnit eSourceUnit, MapUnit eDestUnit );
-void ConvertAndPutItems( SfxItemSet& rDest, const SfxItemSet& rSource, const MapUnit* pSourceUnit = NULL, const MapUnit* pDestUnit = NULL );
-BYTE GetCharTypeForCompression( xub_Unicode cChar );
-Point Rotate( const Point& rPoint, short nOrientation, const Point& rOrigin );
-
-#endif // _IMPEDIT_HXX
-
-
diff --git a/svx/source/editeng/impedit2.cxx b/svx/source/editeng/impedit2.cxx
deleted file mode 100644
index 9e8236f3b536..000000000000
--- a/svx/source/editeng/impedit2.cxx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,4641 +0,0 @@
-/*************************************************************************
- *
- * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
- *
- * Copyright 2008 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite
- *
- * $RCSfile: impedit2.cxx,v $
- * $Revision: 1.124.40.1 $
- *
- * This file is part of OpenOffice.org.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3
- * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details
- * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code).
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org.  If not, see
- * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html>
- * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License.
- *
- ************************************************************************/
-
-// MARKER(update_precomp.py): autogen include statement, do not remove
-#include "precompiled_svx.hxx"
-
-#include <eeng_pch.hxx>
-
-#include <svx/lspcitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/flditem.hxx>
-#include <impedit.hxx>
-#include <svx/editeng.hxx>
-#include <svx/editview.hxx>
-#include <editdbg.hxx>
-#include <eerdll2.hxx>
-#include <eerdll.hxx>
-#include <edtspell.hxx>
-#include <eeobj.hxx>
-#include <txtrange.hxx>
-#include <svl/urlbmk.hxx>
-#include <svtools/colorcfg.hxx>
-#include <svl/ctloptions.hxx>
-#include <acorrcfg.hxx>
-
-#include <svx/fhgtitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/lrspitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/ulspitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/wghtitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/postitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/udlnitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/adjitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/scripttypeitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/frmdiritem.hxx>
-#include <fontitem.hxx>
-#include <sfx2/viewfrm.hxx>
-#include <sfx2/fcontnr.hxx>
-#include <sfx2/dispatch.hxx>
-#include <vcl/cmdevt.h>
-
-#ifndef SVX_LIGHT
-#ifndef _SFXFRAME_HXX //autogen
-#include <sfx2/frame.hxx>
-#endif
-#endif
-#include <com/sun/star/i18n/CharacterIteratorMode.hpp>
-#include <com/sun/star/i18n/WordType.hpp>
-#include <com/sun/star/i18n/ScriptType.hpp>
-#include <com/sun/star/lang/Locale.hpp>
-#include <com/sun/star/text/CharacterCompressionType.hpp>
-#include <com/sun/star/i18n/InputSequenceCheckMode.hpp>
-
-#include <comphelper/processfactory.hxx>
-
-#include <sot/formats.hxx>
-
-#include <unicode/ubidi.h>
-
-using namespace ::com::sun::star;
-
-USHORT lcl_CalcExtraSpace( ParaPortion*, const SvxLineSpacingItem& rLSItem )
-{
-    USHORT nExtra = 0;
-    /* if ( ( rLSItem.GetInterLineSpaceRule() == SVX_INTER_LINE_SPACE_PROP )
-            && ( rLSItem.GetPropLineSpace() != 100 ) )
-    {
-        // ULONG nH = pPortion->GetNode()->GetCharAttribs().GetDefFont().GetSize().Height();
-        ULONG nH = pPortion->GetLines().GetObject( 0 )->GetHeight();
-        long n = nH * rLSItem.GetPropLineSpace();
-        n /= 100;
-        n -= nH;    // nur den Abstand
-        if ( n > 0 )
-            nExtra = (USHORT)n;
-    }
-    else */
-    if ( rLSItem.GetInterLineSpaceRule() == SVX_INTER_LINE_SPACE_FIX )
-    {
-        nExtra = rLSItem.GetInterLineSpace();
-    }
-
-    return nExtra;
-}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-//  class ImpEditEngine
-//  ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-ImpEditEngine::ImpEditEngine( EditEngine* pEE, SfxItemPool* pItemPool ) :
-    aPaperSize( 0x7FFFFFFF, 0x7FFFFFFF ),
-    aMinAutoPaperSize( 0x0, 0x0 ),
-    aMaxAutoPaperSize( 0x7FFFFFFF, 0x7FFFFFFF ),
-    aEditDoc( pItemPool ),
-    aWordDelimiters( RTL_CONSTASCII_USTRINGPARAM( "  .,;:-'`'?!_=\"{}()[]\0xFF" ) ),
-    aGroupChars( RTL_CONSTASCII_USTRINGPARAM( "{}()[]" ) )
-{
-    pEditEngine         = pEE;
-    pRefDev             = NULL;
-    pVirtDev            = NULL;
-    pEmptyItemSet       = NULL;
-    pActiveView         = NULL;
-    pSpellInfo          = NULL;
-    pConvInfo           = NULL;
-    pTextObjectPool     = NULL;
-    mpIMEInfos          = NULL;
-    pStylePool          = NULL;
-    pUndoManager        = NULL;
-    pUndoMarkSelection  = NULL;
-    pTextRanger         = NULL;
-    pColorConfig        = NULL;
-    pCTLOptions         = NULL;
-
-    nCurTextHeight      = 0;
-    nBlockNotifications = 0;
-    nBigTextObjectStart = 20;
-
-    nStretchX           = 100;
-    nStretchY           = 100;
-
-    bInSelection        = FALSE;
-    bOwnerOfRefDev      = FALSE;
-    bDowning            = FALSE;
-    bIsInUndo           = FALSE;
-    bIsFormatting       = FALSE;
-    bFormatted          = FALSE;
-    bUpdate             = TRUE;
-    bUseAutoColor       = TRUE;
-    bForceAutoColor     = FALSE;
-    bAddExtLeading      = FALSE;
-    bUndoEnabled        = TRUE;
-    bCallParaInsertedOrDeleted = FALSE;
-    bImpConvertFirstCall= FALSE;
-    bFirstWordCapitalization    = TRUE;
-
-    eDefLanguage        = LANGUAGE_DONTKNOW;
-    maBackgroundColor   = COL_AUTO;
-
-    nAsianCompressionMode = text::CharacterCompressionType::NONE;
-    bKernAsianPunctuation = FALSE;
-
-    eDefaultHorizontalTextDirection = EE_HTEXTDIR_DEFAULT;
-
-
-    aStatus.GetControlWord() =  EE_CNTRL_USECHARATTRIBS | EE_CNTRL_DOIDLEFORMAT |
-                                EE_CNTRL_PASTESPECIAL | EE_CNTRL_UNDOATTRIBS |
-                                EE_CNTRL_ALLOWBIGOBJS | EE_CNTRL_RTFSTYLESHEETS |
-                                EE_CNTRL_FORMAT100;
-
-    aSelEngine.SetFunctionSet( &aSelFuncSet );
-
-    aStatusTimer.SetTimeout( 200 );
-    aStatusTimer.SetTimeoutHdl( LINK( this, ImpEditEngine, StatusTimerHdl ) );
-
-    aIdleFormatter.SetTimeout( 5 );
-    aIdleFormatter.SetTimeoutHdl( LINK( this, ImpEditEngine, IdleFormatHdl ) );
-
-    aOnlineSpellTimer.SetTimeout( 100 );
-    aOnlineSpellTimer.SetTimeoutHdl( LINK( this, ImpEditEngine, OnlineSpellHdl ) );
-
-    pRefDev             = EE_DLL()->GetGlobalData()->GetStdRefDevice();
-
-    // Ab hier wird schon auf Daten zugegriffen!
-    SetRefDevice( pRefDev );
-    InitDoc( FALSE );
-
-    bCallParaInsertedOrDeleted = TRUE;
-
-    aEditDoc.SetModifyHdl( LINK( this, ImpEditEngine, DocModified ) );
-
-    mbLastTryMerge = FALSE;
-}
-
-ImpEditEngine::~ImpEditEngine()
-{
-    aStatusTimer.Stop();
-    aOnlineSpellTimer.Stop();
-    aIdleFormatter.Stop();
-
-    // das Zerstoeren von Vorlagen kann sonst unnoetiges Formatieren ausloesen,
-    // wenn eine Parent-Vorlage zerstoert wird.
-    // Und das nach dem Zerstoeren der Daten!
-    bDowning = TRUE;
-    SetUpdateMode( FALSE );
-
-    delete pVirtDev;
-    delete pEmptyItemSet;
-    delete pUndoManager;
-    delete pTextRanger;
-    delete mpIMEInfos;
-    delete pColorConfig;
-    delete pCTLOptions;
-    if ( bOwnerOfRefDev )
-        delete pRefDev;
-    delete pSpellInfo;
-}
-
-void ImpEditEngine::SetRefDevice( OutputDevice* pRef )
-{
-    if ( bOwnerOfRefDev )
-        delete pRefDev;
-
-    pRefDev = pRef;
-    bOwnerOfRefDev = FALSE;
-
-    if ( !pRef )
-        pRefDev = EE_DLL()->GetGlobalData()->GetStdRefDevice();
-
-    nOnePixelInRef = (USHORT)pRefDev->PixelToLogic( Size( 1, 0 ) ).Width();
-
-    if ( IsFormatted() )
-    {
-        FormatFullDoc();
-        UpdateViews( (EditView*) 0);
-    }
-}
-
-void ImpEditEngine::SetRefMapMode( const MapMode& rMapMode )
-{
-    if ( GetRefDevice()->GetMapMode() == rMapMode )
-        return;
-
-    // Wenn RefDev == GlobalRefDev => eigenes anlegen!
-    if ( !bOwnerOfRefDev && ( pRefDev == EE_DLL()->GetGlobalData()->GetStdRefDevice() ) )
-    {
-        pRefDev = new VirtualDevice;
-        pRefDev->SetMapMode( MAP_TWIP );
-        SetRefDevice( pRefDev );
-        bOwnerOfRefDev = TRUE;
-    }
-    pRefDev->SetMapMode( rMapMode );
-    nOnePixelInRef = (USHORT)pRefDev->PixelToLogic( Size( 1, 0 ) ).Width();
-    if ( IsFormatted() )
-    {
-        FormatFullDoc();
-        UpdateViews( (EditView*) 0);
-    }
-}
-
-void ImpEditEngine::InitDoc( BOOL bKeepParaAttribs )
-{
-    USHORT nParas = aEditDoc.Count();
-    for ( USHORT n = bKeepParaAttribs ? 1 : 0; n < nParas; n++ )
-    {
-        if ( aEditDoc[n]->GetStyleSheet() )
-            EndListening( *aEditDoc[n]->GetStyleSheet(), FALSE );
-    }
-
-    if ( bKeepParaAttribs )
-        aEditDoc.RemoveText();
-    else
-        aEditDoc.Clear();
-
-    GetParaPortions().Reset();
-
-    ParaPortion* pIniPortion = new ParaPortion( aEditDoc[0] );
-    GetParaPortions().Insert( pIniPortion, 0 );
-
-    bFormatted = FALSE;
-
-    if ( IsCallParaInsertedOrDeleted() )
-    {
-        GetEditEnginePtr()->ParagraphDeleted( EE_PARA_ALL );
-        GetEditEnginePtr()->ParagraphInserted( 0 );
-    }
-
-#ifndef SVX_LIGHT
-    if ( GetStatus().DoOnlineSpelling() )
-        aEditDoc.GetObject( 0 )->CreateWrongList();
-#endif // !SVX_LIGHT
-}
-
-EditPaM ImpEditEngine::DeleteSelected( EditSelection aSel )
-{
-    EditPaM aPaM ( ImpDeleteSelection( aSel ) );
-    return aPaM;
-}
-
-XubString ImpEditEngine::GetSelected( const EditSelection& rSel, const LineEnd eEnd  ) const
-{
-    XubString aText;
-    if ( !rSel.HasRange() )
-        return aText;
-
-    String aSep = EditDoc::GetSepStr( eEnd );
-
-    EditSelection aSel( rSel );
-    aSel.Adjust( aEditDoc );
-
-    ContentNode* pStartNode = aSel.Min().GetNode();
-    ContentNode* pEndNode = aSel.Max().GetNode();
-    USHORT nStartNode = aEditDoc.GetPos( pStartNode );
-    USHORT nEndNode = aEditDoc.GetPos( pEndNode );
-
-    DBG_ASSERT( nStartNode <= nEndNode, "Selektion nicht sortiert ?" );
-
-    // ueber die Absaetze iterieren...
-    for ( USHORT nNode = nStartNode; nNode <= nEndNode; nNode++ )
-    {
-        DBG_ASSERT( aEditDoc.SaveGetObject( nNode ), "Node nicht gefunden: GetSelected" );
-        ContentNode* pNode = aEditDoc.GetObject( nNode );
-
-        xub_StrLen nStartPos = 0;
-        xub_StrLen nEndPos = pNode->Len();
-        if ( nNode == nStartNode )
-            nStartPos = aSel.Min().GetIndex();
-        if ( nNode == nEndNode ) // kann auch == nStart sein!
-            nEndPos = aSel.Max().GetIndex();
-
-        aText += aEditDoc.GetParaAsString( pNode, nStartPos, nEndPos );
-        if ( nNode < nEndNode )
-            aText += aSep;
-    }
-    return aText;
-}
-
-BOOL ImpEditEngine::MouseButtonDown( const MouseEvent& rMEvt, EditView* pView )
-{
-    GetSelEngine().SetCurView( pView );
-    SetActiveView( pView );
-
-    if ( GetAutoCompleteText().Len() )
-        SetAutoCompleteText( String(), TRUE );
-
-    GetSelEngine().SelMouseButtonDown( rMEvt );
-    // Sonderbehandlungen
-    EditSelection aCurSel( pView->pImpEditView->GetEditSelection() );
-    if ( !rMEvt.IsShift() )
-    {
-        if ( rMEvt.GetClicks() == 2 )
-        {
-            // damit die SelectionEngine weiss, dass Anker.
-            aSelEngine.CursorPosChanging( TRUE, FALSE );
-
-            EditSelection aNewSelection( SelectWord( aCurSel ) );
-            pView->pImpEditView->DrawSelection();
-            pView->pImpEditView->SetEditSelection( aNewSelection );
-            pView->pImpEditView->DrawSelection();
-            pView->ShowCursor( TRUE, TRUE );
-        }
-        else if ( rMEvt.GetClicks() == 3 )
-        {
-            // damit die SelectionEngine weiss, dass Anker.
-            aSelEngine.CursorPosChanging( TRUE, FALSE );
-
-            EditSelection aNewSelection( aCurSel );
-            aNewSelection.Min().SetIndex( 0 );
-            aNewSelection.Max().SetIndex( aCurSel.Min().GetNode()->Len() );
-            pView->pImpEditView->DrawSelection();
-            pView->pImpEditView->SetEditSelection( aNewSelection );
-            pView->pImpEditView->DrawSelection();
-            pView->ShowCursor( TRUE, TRUE );
-        }
-    }
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-void ImpEditEngine::Command( const CommandEvent& rCEvt, EditView* pView )
-{
-    GetSelEngine().SetCurView( pView );
-    SetActiveView( pView );
-    if ( rCEvt.GetCommand() == COMMAND_VOICE )
-    {
-        const CommandVoiceData* pData = rCEvt.GetVoiceData();
-        if ( pData->GetType() == VOICECOMMANDTYPE_DICTATION )
-        {
-            // Funktionen auf KeyEvents umbiegen, wenn keine entsprechende
-            // Methode an EditView/EditEngine, damit Undo konsistent bleibt.
-
-            SfxPoolItem* pNewAttr = NULL;
-
-            switch ( pData->GetCommand() )
-            {
-                case DICTATIONCOMMAND_UNKNOWN:
-                {
-                    pView->InsertText( pData->GetText() );
-                }
-                break;
-                case DICTATIONCOMMAND_NEWPARAGRAPH:
-                {
-                    pView->PostKeyEvent( KeyEvent( 0, KeyCode( KEY_RETURN, 0 ) ) );
-                }
-                break;
-                case DICTATIONCOMMAND_NEWLINE:
-                {
-                    pView->PostKeyEvent( KeyEvent( 0, KeyCode( KEY_RETURN, KEY_SHIFT ) ) );
-                }
-                break;
-                case DICTATIONCOMMAND_TAB:
-                {
-                    pView->PostKeyEvent( KeyEvent( 0, KeyCode( KEY_TAB, 0 ) ) );
-                }
-                break;
-                case DICTATIONCOMMAND_LEFT:
-                {
-                    pView->PostKeyEvent( KeyEvent( 0, KeyCode( KEY_LEFT, KEY_MOD1  ) ) );
-                }
-                break;
-                case DICTATIONCOMMAND_RIGHT:
-                {
-                    pView->PostKeyEvent( KeyEvent( 0, KeyCode( KEY_RIGHT, KEY_MOD1  ) ) );
-                }
-                break;
-                case DICTATIONCOMMAND_UP:
-                {
-                    pView->PostKeyEvent( KeyEvent( 0, KeyCode( KEY_UP, 0 ) ) );
-                }
-                break;
-                case DICTATIONCOMMAND_DOWN:
-                {
-                    pView->PostKeyEvent( KeyEvent( 0, KeyCode( KEY_UP, 0 ) ) );
-                }
-                break;
-                case DICTATIONCOMMAND_UNDO:
-                {
-                    pView->Undo();
-                }
-                break;
-                case DICTATIONCOMMAND_DEL:
-                {
-                    pView->PostKeyEvent( KeyEvent( 0, KeyCode( KEY_LEFT, KEY_MOD1|KEY_SHIFT  ) ) );
-                    pView->DeleteSelected();
-                }
-                break;
-                case DICTATIONCOMMAND_BOLD_ON:
-                {
-                    pNewAttr = new SvxWeightItem( WEIGHT_BOLD, EE_CHAR_WEIGHT );
-                }
-                break;
-                case DICTATIONCOMMAND_BOLD_OFF:
-                {
-                    pNewAttr = new SvxWeightItem( WEIGHT_NORMAL, EE_CHAR_WEIGHT );
-                }
-                break;
-                case DICTATIONCOMMAND_ITALIC_ON:
-                {
-                    pNewAttr = new SvxPostureItem( ITALIC_NORMAL, EE_CHAR_ITALIC );
-                }
-                break;
-                case DICTATIONCOMMAND_ITALIC_OFF:
-                {
-                    pNewAttr = new SvxPostureItem( ITALIC_NORMAL, EE_CHAR_ITALIC );
-                }
-                break;
-                case DICTATIONCOMMAND_UNDERLINE_ON:
-                {
-                    pNewAttr = new SvxUnderlineItem( UNDERLINE_SINGLE, EE_CHAR_UNDERLINE );
-                }
-                break;
-                case DICTATIONCOMMAND_UNDERLINE_OFF:
-                {
-                    pNewAttr = new SvxUnderlineItem( UNDERLINE_NONE, EE_CHAR_UNDERLINE );
-                }
-                break;
-            }
-
-            if ( pNewAttr )
-            {
-                SfxItemSet aSet( GetEmptyItemSet() );
-                aSet.Put( *pNewAttr );
-                pView->SetAttribs( aSet );
-                delete pNewAttr;
-            }
-        }
-    }
-    else if ( rCEvt.GetCommand() == COMMAND_STARTEXTTEXTINPUT )
-    {
-        pView->DeleteSelected();
-        delete mpIMEInfos;
-        EditPaM aPaM = pView->GetImpEditView()->GetEditSelection().Max();
-        String aOldTextAfterStartPos = aPaM.GetNode()->Copy( aPaM.GetIndex() );
-        USHORT nMax = aOldTextAfterStartPos.Search( CH_FEATURE );
-        if ( nMax != STRING_NOTFOUND )  // don't overwrite features!
-            aOldTextAfterStartPos.Erase( nMax );
-        mpIMEInfos = new ImplIMEInfos( aPaM, aOldTextAfterStartPos );
-        mpIMEInfos->bWasCursorOverwrite = !pView->IsInsertMode();
-        UndoActionStart( EDITUNDO_INSERT );
-    }
-    else if ( rCEvt.GetCommand() == COMMAND_ENDEXTTEXTINPUT )
-    {
-        DBG_ASSERT( mpIMEInfos, "COMMAND_ENDEXTTEXTINPUT => Kein Start ?" );
-        if( mpIMEInfos )
-        {
-            // #102812# convert quotes in IME text
-            // works on the last input character, this is escpecially in Korean text often done
-            // quotes that are inside of the string are not replaced!
-            // Borrowed from sw: edtwin.cxx
-            if ( mpIMEInfos->nLen )
-            {
-                EditSelection aSel( mpIMEInfos->aPos );
-                aSel.Min().GetIndex() += mpIMEInfos->nLen-1;
-                aSel.Max().GetIndex() =
-                    aSel.Max().GetIndex() + mpIMEInfos->nLen;
-                // #102812# convert quotes in IME text
-                // works on the last input character, this is escpecially in Korean text often done
-                // quotes that are inside of the string are not replaced!
-                const sal_Unicode nCharCode = aSel.Min().GetNode()->GetChar( aSel.Min().GetIndex() );
-                if ( ( GetStatus().DoAutoCorrect() ) && ( ( nCharCode == '\"' ) || ( nCharCode == '\'' ) ) )
-                {
-                    aSel = DeleteSelected( aSel );
-                    aSel = AutoCorrect( aSel, nCharCode, mpIMEInfos->bWasCursorOverwrite );
-                    pView->pImpEditView->SetEditSelection( aSel );
-                }
-            }
-
-            ParaPortion* pPortion = FindParaPortion( mpIMEInfos->aPos.GetNode() );
-            pPortion->MarkSelectionInvalid( mpIMEInfos->aPos.GetIndex(), 0 );
-
-            BOOL bWasCursorOverwrite = mpIMEInfos->bWasCursorOverwrite;
-
-            delete mpIMEInfos;
-            mpIMEInfos = NULL;
-
-            FormatAndUpdate( pView );
-
-            pView->SetInsertMode( !bWasCursorOverwrite );
-        }
-        UndoActionEnd( EDITUNDO_INSERT );
-    }
-    else if ( rCEvt.GetCommand() == COMMAND_EXTTEXTINPUT )
-    {
-        DBG_ASSERT( mpIMEInfos, "COMMAND_EXTTEXTINPUT => Kein Start ?" );
-        if( mpIMEInfos )
-        {
-            const CommandExtTextInputData* pData = rCEvt.GetExtTextInputData();
-
-            if ( !pData->IsOnlyCursorChanged() )
-            {
-                EditSelection aSel( mpIMEInfos->aPos );
-                aSel.Max().GetIndex() =
-                    aSel.Max().GetIndex() + mpIMEInfos->nLen;
-                aSel = DeleteSelected( aSel );
-                aSel = ImpInsertText( aSel, pData->GetText() );
-
-                if ( mpIMEInfos->bWasCursorOverwrite )
-                {
-                    USHORT nOldIMETextLen = mpIMEInfos->nLen;
-                    USHORT nNewIMETextLen = pData->GetText().Len();
-
-                    if ( ( nOldIMETextLen > nNewIMETextLen ) &&
-                         ( nNewIMETextLen < mpIMEInfos->aOldTextAfterStartPos.Len() ) )
-                    {
-                        // restore old characters
-                        USHORT nRestore = nOldIMETextLen - nNewIMETextLen;
-                        EditPaM aPaM( mpIMEInfos->aPos );
-                        aPaM.GetIndex() = aPaM.GetIndex() + nNewIMETextLen;
-                        ImpInsertText( aPaM, mpIMEInfos->aOldTextAfterStartPos.Copy( nNewIMETextLen, nRestore ) );
-                    }
-                    else if ( ( nOldIMETextLen < nNewIMETextLen ) &&
-                              ( nOldIMETextLen < mpIMEInfos->aOldTextAfterStartPos.Len() ) )
-                    {
-                        // overwrite
-                        USHORT nOverwrite = nNewIMETextLen - nOldIMETextLen;
-                        if ( ( nOldIMETextLen + nOverwrite ) > mpIMEInfos->aOldTextAfterStartPos.Len() )
-                            nOverwrite = mpIMEInfos->aOldTextAfterStartPos.Len() - nOldIMETextLen;
-                        DBG_ASSERT( nOverwrite && (nOverwrite < 0xFF00), "IME Overwrite?!" );
-                        EditPaM aPaM( mpIMEInfos->aPos );
-                        aPaM.GetIndex() = aPaM.GetIndex() + nNewIMETextLen;
-                        EditSelection _aSel( aPaM );
-                        _aSel.Max().GetIndex() =
-                            _aSel.Max().GetIndex() + nOverwrite;
-                        DeleteSelected( _aSel );
-                    }
-                }
-                if ( pData->GetTextAttr() )
-                {
-                    mpIMEInfos->CopyAttribs( pData->GetTextAttr(), pData->GetText().Len() );
-                    mpIMEInfos->bCursor = pData->IsCursorVisible();
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    mpIMEInfos->DestroyAttribs();
-                    mpIMEInfos->nLen = pData->GetText().Len();
-                }
-
-                ParaPortion* pPortion = FindParaPortion( mpIMEInfos->aPos.GetNode() );
-                pPortion->MarkSelectionInvalid( mpIMEInfos->aPos.GetIndex(), 0 );
-                FormatAndUpdate( pView );
-            }
-
-            EditSelection aNewSel = EditPaM( mpIMEInfos->aPos.GetNode(), mpIMEInfos->aPos.GetIndex()+pData->GetCursorPos() );
-            pView->SetSelection( CreateESel( aNewSel ) );
-            pView->SetInsertMode( !pData->IsCursorOverwrite() );
-
-            if ( pData->IsCursorVisible() )
-                pView->ShowCursor();
-            else
-                pView->HideCursor();
-        }
-    }
-    else if ( rCEvt.GetCommand() == COMMAND_INPUTCONTEXTCHANGE )
-    {
-    }
-    else if ( rCEvt.GetCommand() == COMMAND_CURSORPOS )
-    {
-        if ( mpIMEInfos && mpIMEInfos->nLen )
-        {
-            EditPaM aPaM( pView->pImpEditView->GetEditSelection().Max() );
-            Rectangle aR1 = PaMtoEditCursor( aPaM, 0 );
-
-            USHORT nInputEnd = mpIMEInfos->aPos.GetIndex() + mpIMEInfos->nLen;
-
-            if ( !IsFormatted() )
-                FormatDoc();
-
-            ParaPortion* pParaPortion = GetParaPortions().SaveGetObject( GetEditDoc().GetPos( aPaM.GetNode() ) );
-            USHORT nLine = pParaPortion->GetLines().FindLine( aPaM.GetIndex(), sal_True );
-            EditLine* pLine = pParaPortion->GetLines().GetObject( nLine );
-            if ( pLine && ( nInputEnd > pLine->GetEnd() ) )
-                nInputEnd = pLine->GetEnd();
-            Rectangle aR2 = PaMtoEditCursor( EditPaM( aPaM.GetNode(), nInputEnd ), GETCRSR_ENDOFLINE );
-            Rectangle aRect = pView->GetImpEditView()->GetWindowPos( aR1 );
-            pView->GetWindow()->SetCursorRect( &aRect, aR2.Left()-aR1.Right() );
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            pView->GetWindow()->SetCursorRect();
-        }
-    }
-    else if ( rCEvt.GetCommand() == COMMAND_SELECTIONCHANGE )

-    {

-        const CommandSelectionChangeData *pData = rCEvt.GetSelectionChangeData();

-

-        ESelection aSelection = pView->GetSelection();

-        aSelection.Adjust();

-

-        if( pView->HasSelection() )

-        {

-            aSelection.nEndPos = aSelection.nStartPos;

-            aSelection.nStartPos += pData->GetStart();

-            aSelection.nEndPos += pData->GetEnd();

-        }

-        else

-        {

-            aSelection.nStartPos = pData->GetStart();

-            aSelection.nEndPos = pData->GetEnd();

-        }

-        pView->SetSelection( aSelection );

-    }

-    else if ( rCEvt.GetCommand() == COMMAND_PREPARERECONVERSION )

-    {

-        if ( pView->HasSelection() )

-        {

-            ESelection aSelection = pView->GetSelection();

-            aSelection.Adjust();

-

-            if ( aSelection.nStartPara != aSelection.nEndPara )

-            {

-                xub_StrLen aParaLen = pEditEngine->GetTextLen( aSelection.nStartPara );

-                aSelection.nEndPara = aSelection.nStartPara;

-                aSelection.nEndPos = aParaLen;

-                pView->SetSelection( aSelection );

-            }

-        }

-    }
-
-    GetSelEngine().Command( rCEvt );
-}
-
-BOOL ImpEditEngine::MouseButtonUp( const MouseEvent& rMEvt, EditView* pView )
-{
-    GetSelEngine().SetCurView( pView );
-    GetSelEngine().SelMouseButtonUp( rMEvt );
-    bInSelection = FALSE;
-    // Sonderbehandlungen
-    EditSelection aCurSel( pView->pImpEditView->GetEditSelection() );
-    if ( !aCurSel.HasRange() )
-    {
-        if ( ( rMEvt.GetClicks() == 1 ) && rMEvt.IsLeft() && !rMEvt.IsMod2() )
-        {
-            const SvxFieldItem* pFld = pView->GetFieldUnderMousePointer();
-            if ( pFld )
-            {
-                EditPaM aPaM( aCurSel.Max() );
-                USHORT nPara = GetEditDoc().GetPos( aPaM.GetNode() );
-                GetEditEnginePtr()->FieldClicked( *pFld, nPara, aPaM.GetIndex() );
-            }
-        }
-    }
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-BOOL ImpEditEngine::MouseMove( const MouseEvent& rMEvt, EditView* pView )
-{
-    // MouseMove wird sofort nach ShowQuickHelp() gerufen!
-//  if ( GetAutoCompleteText().Len() )
-//      SetAutoCompleteText( String(), TRUE );
-    GetSelEngine().SetCurView( pView );
-    GetSelEngine().SelMouseMove( rMEvt );
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-EditPaM ImpEditEngine::InsertText( EditSelection aSel, const XubString& rStr )
-{
-    EditPaM aPaM = ImpInsertText( aSel, rStr );
-    return aPaM;
-}
-
-EditPaM ImpEditEngine::Clear()
-{
-    InitDoc( FALSE );
-
-    EditPaM aPaM = aEditDoc.GetStartPaM();
-    EditSelection aSel( aPaM );
-
-    nCurTextHeight = 0;
-
-    ResetUndoManager();
-
-    for ( USHORT nView = aEditViews.Count(); nView; )
-    {
-        EditView* pView = aEditViews[--nView];
-        DBG_CHKOBJ( pView, EditView, 0 );
-        pView->pImpEditView->SetEditSelection( aSel );
-    }
-
-    return aPaM;
-}
-
-EditPaM ImpEditEngine::RemoveText()
-{
-    InitDoc( TRUE );
-
-    EditPaM aStartPaM = aEditDoc.GetStartPaM();
-    EditSelection aEmptySel( aStartPaM, aStartPaM );
-    for ( USHORT nView = 0; nView < aEditViews.Count(); nView++ )
-    {
-        EditView* pView = aEditViews.GetObject(nView);
-        DBG_CHKOBJ( pView, EditView, 0 );
-        pView->pImpEditView->SetEditSelection( aEmptySel );
-    }
-    ResetUndoManager();
-    return aEditDoc.GetStartPaM();
-}
-
-
-void ImpEditEngine::SetText( const XubString& rText )
-{
-    // RemoveText loescht die Undo-Liste!
-    EditPaM aStartPaM = RemoveText();
-    BOOL bUndoCurrentlyEnabled = IsUndoEnabled();
-    // Der von Hand reingesteckte Text kann nicht vom Anwender rueckgaengig gemacht werden.
-    EnableUndo( FALSE );
-
-    EditSelection aEmptySel( aStartPaM, aStartPaM );
-    EditPaM aPaM = aStartPaM;
-    if ( rText.Len() )
-        aPaM = ImpInsertText( aEmptySel, rText );
-
-    for ( USHORT nView = 0; nView < aEditViews.Count(); nView++ )
-    {
-        EditView* pView = aEditViews[nView];
-        DBG_CHKOBJ( pView, EditView, 0 );
-        pView->pImpEditView->SetEditSelection( EditSelection( aPaM, aPaM ) );
-        // Wenn kein Text, dann auch Kein Format&Update
-        // => Der Text bleibt stehen.
-        if ( !rText.Len() && GetUpdateMode() )
-        {
-            Rectangle aTmpRec( pView->GetOutputArea().TopLeft(),
-                                Size( aPaperSize.Width(), nCurTextHeight ) );
-            aTmpRec.Intersection( pView->GetOutputArea() );
-            pView->GetWindow()->Invalidate( aTmpRec );
-        }
-    }
-    if( !rText.Len() )  // sonst muss spaeter noch invalidiert werden, !bFormatted reicht.
-        nCurTextHeight = 0;
-    EnableUndo( bUndoCurrentlyEnabled );
-#ifndef SVX_LIGHT
-    DBG_ASSERT( !HasUndoManager() || !GetUndoManager().GetUndoActionCount(), "Undo nach SetText?" );
-#endif
-}
-
-
-const SfxItemSet& ImpEditEngine::GetEmptyItemSet()
-{
-    if ( !pEmptyItemSet )
-    {
-        pEmptyItemSet = new SfxItemSet( aEditDoc.GetItemPool(), EE_ITEMS_START, EE_ITEMS_END );
-        for ( USHORT nWhich = EE_ITEMS_START; nWhich <= EE_CHAR_END; nWhich++)
-        {
-            pEmptyItemSet->ClearItem( nWhich );
-        }
-    }
-    return *pEmptyItemSet;
-}
-
-//  ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-//  MISC
-//  ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-void ImpEditEngine::CursorMoved( ContentNode* pPrevNode )
-{
-    // Leere Attribute loeschen, aber nur, wenn Absatz nicht leer!
-    if ( pPrevNode->GetCharAttribs().HasEmptyAttribs() && pPrevNode->Len() )
-        pPrevNode->GetCharAttribs().DeleteEmptyAttribs( aEditDoc.GetItemPool() );
-}
-
-void ImpEditEngine::TextModified()
-{
-    bFormatted = FALSE;
-
-    if ( GetNotifyHdl().IsSet() )
-    {
-        EENotify aNotify( EE_NOTIFY_TEXTMODIFIED );
-        aNotify.pEditEngine = GetEditEnginePtr();
-        CallNotify( aNotify );
-    }
-}
-
-
-void ImpEditEngine::ParaAttribsChanged( ContentNode* pNode )
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( pNode, "ParaAttribsChanged: Welcher?" );
-
-    aEditDoc.SetModified( TRUE );
-    bFormatted = FALSE;
-
-    ParaPortion* pPortion = FindParaPortion( pNode );
-    DBG_ASSERT( pPortion, "ParaAttribsChanged: Portion?" );
-    pPortion->MarkSelectionInvalid( 0, pNode->Len() );
-
-    USHORT nPara = aEditDoc.GetPos( pNode );
-    pEditEngine->ParaAttribsChanged( nPara );
-
-    ParaPortion* pNextPortion = GetParaPortions().SaveGetObject( nPara+1 );
-    // => wird sowieso noch formatiert, wenn Invalid.
-    if ( pNextPortion && !pNextPortion->IsInvalid() )
-        CalcHeight( pNextPortion );
-}
-
-//  ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-//  Cursorbewegungen
-//  ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-EditSelection ImpEditEngine::MoveCursor( const KeyEvent& rKeyEvent, EditView* pEditView )
-{
-    // Eigentlich nur bei Up/Down noetig, aber was solls.
-    CheckIdleFormatter();
-
-    EditPaM aPaM( pEditView->pImpEditView->GetEditSelection().Max() );
-
-    EditPaM aOldPaM( aPaM );
-
-    TextDirectionality eTextDirection = TextDirectionality_LeftToRight_TopToBottom;
-    if ( IsVertical() )
-        eTextDirection = TextDirectionality_TopToBottom_RightToLeft;
-    else if ( IsRightToLeft( GetEditDoc().GetPos( aPaM.GetNode() ) ) )
-        eTextDirection = TextDirectionality_RightToLeft_TopToBottom;
-
-    KeyEvent aTranslatedKeyEvent = rKeyEvent.LogicalTextDirectionality( eTextDirection );
-
-    BOOL bCtrl = aTranslatedKeyEvent.GetKeyCode().IsMod1() ? TRUE : FALSE;
-    USHORT nCode = aTranslatedKeyEvent.GetKeyCode().GetCode();
-
-    if ( DoVisualCursorTraveling( aPaM.GetNode() ) )
-    {
-        // Only for simple cursor movement...
-        if ( !bCtrl && ( ( nCode == KEY_LEFT ) || ( nCode == KEY_RIGHT ) ) )
-        {
-            aPaM = CursorVisualLeftRight( pEditView, aPaM, rKeyEvent.GetKeyCode().IsMod2() ? i18n::CharacterIteratorMode::SKIPCHARACTER : i18n::CharacterIteratorMode::SKIPCELL, rKeyEvent.GetKeyCode().GetCode() == KEY_LEFT );
-            nCode = 0;  // skip switch statement
-        }
-        /*
-        else if ( !bCtrl && ( ( nCode == KEY_HOME ) || ( nCode == KEY_END ) ) )
-        {
-            aPaM = CursorVisualStartEnd( pEditView, aPaM, nCode == KEY_HOME );
-            nCode = 0;  // skip switch statement
-        }
-        */
-    }
-
-    bool bKeyModifySelection = aTranslatedKeyEvent.GetKeyCode().IsShift();
-    switch ( nCode )
-    {
-        case KEY_UP:        aPaM = CursorUp( aPaM, pEditView );
-                            break;
-        case KEY_DOWN:      aPaM = CursorDown( aPaM, pEditView );
-                            break;
-        case KEY_LEFT:      aPaM = bCtrl ? WordLeft( aPaM ) : CursorLeft( aPaM, aTranslatedKeyEvent.GetKeyCode().IsMod2() ? i18n::CharacterIteratorMode::SKIPCHARACTER : i18n::CharacterIteratorMode::SKIPCELL );
-                            break;
-        case KEY_RIGHT:     aPaM = bCtrl ? WordRight( aPaM ) : CursorRight( aPaM, aTranslatedKeyEvent.GetKeyCode().IsMod2() ? i18n::CharacterIteratorMode::SKIPCHARACTER : i18n::CharacterIteratorMode::SKIPCELL );
-                            break;
-        case KEY_HOME:      aPaM = bCtrl ? CursorStartOfDoc() : CursorStartOfLine( aPaM );
-                            break;
-        case KEY_END:       aPaM = bCtrl ? CursorEndOfDoc() : CursorEndOfLine( aPaM );
-                            break;
-        case KEY_PAGEUP:    aPaM = bCtrl ? CursorStartOfDoc() : PageUp( aPaM, pEditView );
-                            break;
-        case KEY_PAGEDOWN:  aPaM = bCtrl ? CursorEndOfDoc() : PageDown( aPaM, pEditView );
-                            break;
-        case com::sun::star::awt::Key::MOVE_TO_BEGIN_OF_LINE:
-                            aPaM = CursorStartOfLine( aPaM );
-                            bKeyModifySelection = false;
-                            break;
-        case com::sun::star::awt::Key::MOVE_TO_END_OF_LINE:
-                            aPaM = CursorEndOfLine( aPaM );
-                            bKeyModifySelection = false;
-                            break;
-        case com::sun::star::awt::Key::MOVE_WORD_BACKWARD:
-                            aPaM = WordLeft( aPaM );
-                            bKeyModifySelection = false;
-                            break;
-        case com::sun::star::awt::Key::MOVE_WORD_FORWARD:
-                            aPaM = WordRight( aPaM );
-                            bKeyModifySelection = false;
-                            break;
-        case com::sun::star::awt::Key::MOVE_TO_BEGIN_OF_PARAGRAPH:
-                            aPaM = CursorStartOfParagraph( aPaM );
-                            if( aPaM == aOldPaM )
-                            {
-                                aPaM = CursorLeft( aPaM, i18n::CharacterIteratorMode::SKIPCELL );
-                                aPaM = CursorStartOfParagraph( aPaM );
-                            }
-                            bKeyModifySelection = false;
-                            break;
-        case com::sun::star::awt::Key::MOVE_TO_END_OF_PARAGRAPH:
-                            aPaM = CursorEndOfParagraph( aPaM );
-                            if( aPaM == aOldPaM )
-                            {
-                                aPaM = CursorRight( aPaM, i18n::CharacterIteratorMode::SKIPCELL );
-                                aPaM = CursorEndOfParagraph( aPaM );
-                            }
-                            bKeyModifySelection = false;
-                            break;
-        case com::sun::star::awt::Key::MOVE_TO_BEGIN_OF_DOCUMENT:
-                            aPaM = CursorStartOfDoc();
-                            bKeyModifySelection = false;
-                            break;
-        case com::sun::star::awt::Key::MOVE_TO_END_OF_DOCUMENT:
-                            aPaM = CursorEndOfDoc();
-                            bKeyModifySelection = false;
-                            break;
-        case com::sun::star::awt::Key::SELECT_TO_BEGIN_OF_LINE:
-                            aPaM = CursorStartOfLine( aPaM );
-                            bKeyModifySelection = true;
-                            break;
-        case com::sun::star::awt::Key::SELECT_TO_END_OF_LINE:
-                            aPaM = CursorEndOfLine( aPaM );
-                            bKeyModifySelection = true;
-                            break;
-        case com::sun::star::awt::Key::SELECT_BACKWARD:
-                            aPaM = CursorLeft( aPaM, i18n::CharacterIteratorMode::SKIPCELL );
-                            bKeyModifySelection = true;
-                            break;
-        case com::sun::star::awt::Key::SELECT_FORWARD:
-                            aPaM = CursorRight( aPaM, i18n::CharacterIteratorMode::SKIPCELL );
-                            bKeyModifySelection = true;
-                            break;
-        case com::sun::star::awt::Key::SELECT_WORD_BACKWARD:
-                            aPaM = WordLeft( aPaM );
-                            bKeyModifySelection = true;
-                            break;
-        case com::sun::star::awt::Key::SELECT_WORD_FORWARD:
-                            aPaM = WordRight( aPaM );
-                            bKeyModifySelection = true;
-                            break;
-        case com::sun::star::awt::Key::SELECT_TO_BEGIN_OF_PARAGRAPH:
-                            aPaM = CursorStartOfParagraph( aPaM );
-                            if( aPaM == aOldPaM )
-                            {
-                                aPaM = CursorLeft( aPaM, i18n::CharacterIteratorMode::SKIPCELL );
-                                aPaM = CursorStartOfParagraph( aPaM );
-                            }
-                            bKeyModifySelection = true;
-                            break;
-        case com::sun::star::awt::Key::SELECT_TO_END_OF_PARAGRAPH:
-                            aPaM = CursorEndOfParagraph( aPaM );
-                            if( aPaM == aOldPaM )
-                            {
-                                aPaM = CursorRight( aPaM, i18n::CharacterIteratorMode::SKIPCELL );
-                                aPaM = CursorEndOfParagraph( aPaM );
-                            }
-                            bKeyModifySelection = true;
-                            break;
-        case com::sun::star::awt::Key::SELECT_TO_BEGIN_OF_DOCUMENT:
-                            aPaM = CursorStartOfDoc();
-                            bKeyModifySelection = true;
-                            break;
-        case com::sun::star::awt::Key::SELECT_TO_END_OF_DOCUMENT:
-                            aPaM = CursorEndOfDoc();
-                            bKeyModifySelection = true;
-                            break;
-    }
-
-    if ( aOldPaM != aPaM )
-    {
-        CursorMoved( aOldPaM.GetNode() );
-        if ( aStatus.NotifyCursorMovements() && ( aOldPaM.GetNode() != aPaM.GetNode() ) )
-        {
-            aStatus.GetStatusWord() = aStatus.GetStatusWord() | EE_STAT_CRSRLEFTPARA;
-            aStatus.GetPrevParagraph() = aEditDoc.GetPos( aOldPaM.GetNode() );
-        }
-    }
-    else
-        aStatus.GetStatusWord() = aStatus.GetStatusWord() | EE_STAT_CRSRMOVEFAIL;
-
-    // Bewirkt evtl. ein CreateAnchor oder Deselection all
-    aSelEngine.SetCurView( pEditView );
-    aSelEngine.CursorPosChanging( bKeyModifySelection, aTranslatedKeyEvent.GetKeyCode().IsMod1() );
-    EditPaM aOldEnd( pEditView->pImpEditView->GetEditSelection().Max() );
-    pEditView->pImpEditView->GetEditSelection().Max() = aPaM;
-    if ( bKeyModifySelection )
-    {
-        // Dann wird die Selektion erweitert...
-        EditSelection aTmpNewSel( aOldEnd, aPaM );
-        pEditView->pImpEditView->DrawSelection( aTmpNewSel );
-    }
-    else
-        pEditView->pImpEditView->GetEditSelection().Min() = aPaM;
-
-    return pEditView->pImpEditView->GetEditSelection();
-}
-
-EditPaM ImpEditEngine::CursorVisualStartEnd( EditView* pEditView, const EditPaM& rPaM, BOOL bStart )
-{
-    EditPaM aPaM( rPaM );
-
-    USHORT nPara = GetEditDoc().GetPos( aPaM.GetNode() );
-    ParaPortion* pParaPortion = GetParaPortions().SaveGetObject( nPara );
-
-    USHORT nLine = pParaPortion->GetLines().FindLine( aPaM.GetIndex(), sal_False );
-    EditLine* pLine = pParaPortion->GetLines().GetObject( nLine );
-    BOOL bEmptyLine = pLine->GetStart() == pLine->GetEnd();
-
-    pEditView->pImpEditView->nExtraCursorFlags = 0;
-
-    if ( !bEmptyLine )
-    {
-        String aLine( *aPaM.GetNode(), pLine->GetStart(), pLine->GetEnd() - pLine->GetStart() );
-//        USHORT nPosInLine = aPaM.GetIndex() - pLine->GetStart();
-
-        const sal_Unicode* pLineString = aLine.GetBuffer();
-
-        UErrorCode nError = U_ZERO_ERROR;
-        UBiDi* pBidi = ubidi_openSized( aLine.Len(), 0, &nError );
-
-        const UBiDiLevel  nBidiLevel = IsRightToLeft( nPara ) ? 1 /*RTL*/ : 0 /*LTR*/;
-        ubidi_setPara( pBidi, reinterpret_cast<const UChar *>(pLineString), aLine.Len(), nBidiLevel, NULL, &nError );   // UChar != sal_Unicode in MinGW
-
-        USHORT nVisPos = bStart ? 0 : aLine.Len()-1;
-        USHORT nLogPos = (USHORT)ubidi_getLogicalIndex( pBidi, nVisPos, &nError );
-
-        ubidi_close( pBidi );
-
-        aPaM.GetIndex() = nLogPos + pLine->GetStart();
-
-        USHORT nTmp;
-        USHORT nTextPortion = pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().FindPortion( aPaM.GetIndex(), nTmp, TRUE );
-        TextPortion* pTextPortion = pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().GetObject( nTextPortion );
-        USHORT nRTLLevel = pTextPortion->GetRightToLeft();
-//        BOOL bParaRTL = IsRightToLeft( nPara );
-        BOOL bPortionRTL = nRTLLevel%2 ? TRUE : FALSE;
-
-        if ( bStart )
-        {
-            pEditView->pImpEditView->SetCursorBidiLevel( bPortionRTL ? 0 : 1 );
-            // Maybe we must be *behind* the character
-            if ( bPortionRTL && pEditView->IsInsertMode() )
-                aPaM.GetIndex()++;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            pEditView->pImpEditView->SetCursorBidiLevel( bPortionRTL ? 1 : 0 );
-            if ( !bPortionRTL && pEditView->IsInsertMode() )
-                aPaM.GetIndex()++;
-        }
-    }
-
-    return aPaM;
-}
-
-EditPaM ImpEditEngine::CursorVisualLeftRight( EditView* pEditView, const EditPaM& rPaM, USHORT nCharacterIteratorMode, BOOL bVisualToLeft )
-{
-    EditPaM aPaM( rPaM );
-
-    USHORT nPara = GetEditDoc().GetPos( aPaM.GetNode() );
-    ParaPortion* pParaPortion = GetParaPortions().SaveGetObject( nPara );
-
-    USHORT nLine = pParaPortion->GetLines().FindLine( aPaM.GetIndex(), sal_False );
-    EditLine* pLine = pParaPortion->GetLines().GetObject( nLine );
-    BOOL bEmptyLine = pLine->GetStart() == pLine->GetEnd();
-
-//    USHORT nCurrentCursorFlags = pEditView->pImpEditView->nExtraCursorFlags;
-    pEditView->pImpEditView->nExtraCursorFlags = 0;
-
-    BOOL bParaRTL = IsRightToLeft( nPara );
-
-    BOOL bDone = FALSE;
-
-    if ( bEmptyLine )
-    {
-        if ( bVisualToLeft )
-        {
-            aPaM = CursorUp( aPaM, pEditView );
-            if ( aPaM != rPaM )
-                aPaM = CursorVisualStartEnd( pEditView, aPaM, FALSE );
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            aPaM = CursorDown( aPaM, pEditView );
-            if ( aPaM != rPaM )
-                aPaM = CursorVisualStartEnd( pEditView, aPaM, TRUE );
-        }
-
-        bDone = TRUE;
-    }
-
-    BOOL bLogicalBackward = bParaRTL ? !bVisualToLeft : bVisualToLeft;
-
-    if ( !bDone && pEditView->IsInsertMode() )
-    {
-        // Check if we are within a portion and don't have overwrite mode, then it's easy...
-        USHORT nPortionStart;
-        USHORT nTextPortion = pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().FindPortion( aPaM.GetIndex(), nPortionStart, FALSE );
-        TextPortion* pTextPortion = pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().GetObject( nTextPortion );
-
-        BOOL bPortionBoundary = ( aPaM.GetIndex() == nPortionStart ) || ( aPaM.GetIndex() == (nPortionStart+pTextPortion->GetLen()) );
-        USHORT nRTLLevel = pTextPortion->GetRightToLeft();
-
-        // Portion boundary doesn't matter if both have same RTL level
-        USHORT nRTLLevelNextPortion = 0xFFFF;
-        if ( bPortionBoundary && aPaM.GetIndex() && ( aPaM.GetIndex() < aPaM.GetNode()->Len() ) )
-        {
-            USHORT nTmp;
-            USHORT nNextTextPortion = pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().FindPortion( aPaM.GetIndex()+1, nTmp, bLogicalBackward ? FALSE : TRUE );
-            TextPortion* pNextTextPortion = pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().GetObject( nNextTextPortion );
-            nRTLLevelNextPortion = pNextTextPortion->GetRightToLeft();
-        }
-
-        if ( !bPortionBoundary || ( nRTLLevel == nRTLLevelNextPortion ) )
-        {
-            if ( ( bVisualToLeft && !(nRTLLevel%2) ) || ( !bVisualToLeft && (nRTLLevel%2) ) )
-            {
-                aPaM = CursorLeft( aPaM, nCharacterIteratorMode );
-                pEditView->pImpEditView->SetCursorBidiLevel( 1 );
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                aPaM = CursorRight( aPaM, nCharacterIteratorMode );
-                pEditView->pImpEditView->SetCursorBidiLevel( 0 );
-            }
-            bDone = TRUE;
-        }
-    }
-
-    if ( !bDone )
-    {
-        BOOL bGotoStartOfNextLine = FALSE;
-        BOOL bGotoEndOfPrevLine = FALSE;
-
-        String aLine( *aPaM.GetNode(), pLine->GetStart(), pLine->GetEnd() - pLine->GetStart() );
-        USHORT nPosInLine = aPaM.GetIndex() - pLine->GetStart();
-
-        const sal_Unicode* pLineString = aLine.GetBuffer();
-
-        UErrorCode nError = U_ZERO_ERROR;
-        UBiDi* pBidi = ubidi_openSized( aLine.Len(), 0, &nError );
-
-        const UBiDiLevel  nBidiLevel = IsRightToLeft( nPara ) ? 1 /*RTL*/ : 0 /*LTR*/;
-        ubidi_setPara( pBidi, reinterpret_cast<const UChar *>(pLineString), aLine.Len(), nBidiLevel, NULL, &nError );   // UChar != sal_Unicode in MinGW
-
-        if ( !pEditView->IsInsertMode() )
-        {
-            BOOL bEndOfLine = nPosInLine == aLine.Len();
-            USHORT nVisPos = (USHORT)ubidi_getVisualIndex( pBidi, !bEndOfLine ? nPosInLine : nPosInLine-1, &nError );
-            if ( bVisualToLeft )
-            {
-                bGotoEndOfPrevLine = nVisPos == 0;
-                if ( !bEndOfLine )
-                    nVisPos--;
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                bGotoStartOfNextLine = nVisPos == (aLine.Len() - 1);
-                if ( !bEndOfLine )
-                    nVisPos++;
-            }
-
-            if ( !bGotoEndOfPrevLine && !bGotoStartOfNextLine )
-            {
-                USHORT nLogPos = (USHORT)ubidi_getLogicalIndex( pBidi, nVisPos, &nError );
-                aPaM.GetIndex() = pLine->GetStart() + nLogPos;
-                pEditView->pImpEditView->SetCursorBidiLevel( 0 );
-            }
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            BOOL bWasBehind = FALSE;
-            BOOL bBeforePortion = !nPosInLine || pEditView->pImpEditView->GetCursorBidiLevel() == 1;
-            if ( nPosInLine && ( !bBeforePortion ) ) // before the next portion
-                bWasBehind = TRUE;  // step one back, otherwise visual will be unusable when rtl portion follows.
-
-            USHORT nPortionStart;
-            USHORT nTextPortion = pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().FindPortion( aPaM.GetIndex(), nPortionStart, bBeforePortion );
-            TextPortion* pTextPortion = pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().GetObject( nTextPortion );
-            BOOL bRTLPortion = (pTextPortion->GetRightToLeft() % 2) != 0;
-
-            // -1: We are 'behind' the character
-            long nVisPos = (long)ubidi_getVisualIndex( pBidi, bWasBehind ? nPosInLine-1 : nPosInLine, &nError );
-            if ( bVisualToLeft )
-            {
-                if ( !bWasBehind || bRTLPortion )
-                    nVisPos--;
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                if ( bWasBehind || bRTLPortion || bBeforePortion )
-                    nVisPos++;
-//                if ( bWasBehind && bRTLPortion )
-//                    nVisPos++;
-            }
-
-            bGotoEndOfPrevLine = nVisPos < 0;
-            bGotoStartOfNextLine = nVisPos >= aLine.Len();
-
-            if ( !bGotoEndOfPrevLine && !bGotoStartOfNextLine )
-            {
-                USHORT nLogPos = (USHORT)ubidi_getLogicalIndex( pBidi, nVisPos, &nError );
-
-/*
-                if ( nLogPos == aPaM.GetIndex() )
-                {
-                    if ( bVisualToLeft )
-                        bGotoEndOfPrevLine = TRUE;
-                    else
-                        bGotoStartOfNextLine = TRUE;
-                }
-                else
-*/
-                {
-                    aPaM.GetIndex() = pLine->GetStart() + nLogPos;
-
-                    // RTL portion, stay visually on the left side.
-                    USHORT _nPortionStart;
-                    // USHORT nTextPortion = pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().FindPortion( aPaM.GetIndex(), nPortionStart, !bRTLPortion );
-                    USHORT _nTextPortion = pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().FindPortion( aPaM.GetIndex(), _nPortionStart, TRUE );
-                    TextPortion* _pTextPortion = pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().GetObject( _nTextPortion );
-                    if ( bVisualToLeft && !bRTLPortion && ( _pTextPortion->GetRightToLeft() % 2 ) )
-                        aPaM.GetIndex()++;
-                    else if ( !bVisualToLeft && bRTLPortion && ( bWasBehind || !(_pTextPortion->GetRightToLeft() % 2 )) )
-                        aPaM.GetIndex()++;
-
-                    pEditView->pImpEditView->SetCursorBidiLevel( _nPortionStart );
-                }
-            }
-        }
-
-        ubidi_close( pBidi );
-
-        if ( bGotoEndOfPrevLine )
-        {
-            aPaM = CursorUp( aPaM, pEditView );
-            if ( aPaM != rPaM )
-                aPaM = CursorVisualStartEnd( pEditView, aPaM, FALSE );
-        }
-        else if ( bGotoStartOfNextLine )
-        {
-            aPaM = CursorDown( aPaM, pEditView );
-            if ( aPaM != rPaM )
-                aPaM = CursorVisualStartEnd( pEditView, aPaM, TRUE );
-        }
-    }
-    return aPaM;
-}
-
-
-EditPaM ImpEditEngine::CursorLeft( const EditPaM& rPaM, USHORT nCharacterIteratorMode )
-{
-    EditPaM aCurPaM( rPaM );
-    EditPaM aNewPaM( aCurPaM );
-
-    if ( aCurPaM.GetIndex() )
-    {
-        sal_Int32 nCount = 1;
-        uno::Reference < i18n::XBreakIterator > _xBI( ImplGetBreakIterator() );
-         aNewPaM.SetIndex( (USHORT)_xBI->previousCharacters( *aNewPaM.GetNode(), aNewPaM.GetIndex(), GetLocale( aNewPaM ), nCharacterIteratorMode, nCount, nCount ) );
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        ContentNode* pNode = aCurPaM.GetNode();
-        pNode = GetPrevVisNode( pNode );
-        if ( pNode )
-        {
-            aNewPaM.SetNode( pNode );
-            aNewPaM.SetIndex( pNode->Len() );
-        }
-    }
-
-    return aNewPaM;
-}
-
-EditPaM ImpEditEngine::CursorRight( const EditPaM& rPaM, USHORT nCharacterIteratorMode )
-{
-    EditPaM aCurPaM( rPaM );
-    EditPaM aNewPaM( aCurPaM );
-
-    if ( aCurPaM.GetIndex() < aCurPaM.GetNode()->Len() )
-    {
-        uno::Reference < i18n::XBreakIterator > _xBI( ImplGetBreakIterator() );
-        sal_Int32 nCount = 1;
-        aNewPaM.SetIndex( (USHORT)_xBI->nextCharacters( *aNewPaM.GetNode(), aNewPaM.GetIndex(), GetLocale( aNewPaM ), nCharacterIteratorMode, nCount, nCount ) );
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        ContentNode* pNode = aCurPaM.GetNode();
-        pNode = GetNextVisNode( pNode );
-        if ( pNode )
-        {
-            aNewPaM.SetNode( pNode );
-            aNewPaM.SetIndex( 0 );
-        }
-    }
-
-    return aNewPaM;
-}
-
-EditPaM ImpEditEngine::CursorUp( const EditPaM& rPaM, EditView* pView )
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( pView, "Keine View - Keine Cursorbewegung!" );
-
-    ParaPortion* pPPortion = FindParaPortion( rPaM.GetNode() );
-    DBG_ASSERT( pPPortion, "Keine passende Portion gefunden: CursorUp" );
-    USHORT nLine = pPPortion->GetLineNumber( rPaM.GetIndex() );
-    EditLine* pLine = pPPortion->GetLines().GetObject( nLine );
-
-    long nX;
-    if ( pView->pImpEditView->nTravelXPos == TRAVEL_X_DONTKNOW )
-    {
-        nX = GetXPos( pPPortion, pLine, rPaM.GetIndex() );
-        pView->pImpEditView->nTravelXPos = nX+nOnePixelInRef;
-    }
-    else
-        nX = pView->pImpEditView->nTravelXPos;
-
-    EditPaM aNewPaM( rPaM );
-    if ( nLine )    // gleicher Absatz
-    {
-        EditLine* pPrevLine = pPPortion->GetLines().GetObject(nLine-1);
-        aNewPaM.SetIndex( GetChar( pPPortion, pPrevLine, nX ) );
-        // Wenn davor eine autom.Umgebrochene Zeile, und ich muss genau an das
-        // Ende dieser Zeile, landet der Cursor in der aktuellen Zeile am Anfang
-        // Siehe Problem: Letztes Zeichen einer autom.umgebr. Zeile = Cursor
-        if ( aNewPaM.GetIndex() && ( aNewPaM.GetIndex() == pLine->GetStart() ) )
-            aNewPaM = CursorLeft( aNewPaM );
-    }
-    else    // vorheriger Absatz
-    {
-        ParaPortion* pPrevPortion = GetPrevVisPortion( pPPortion );
-        if ( pPrevPortion )
-        {
-            pLine = pPrevPortion->GetLines().GetObject( pPrevPortion->GetLines().Count()-1 );
-            DBG_ASSERT( pLine, "Zeile davor nicht gefunden: CursorUp" );
-            aNewPaM.SetNode( pPrevPortion->GetNode() );
-            aNewPaM.SetIndex( GetChar( pPrevPortion, pLine, nX+nOnePixelInRef ) );
-        }
-    }
-
-    return aNewPaM;
-}
-
-EditPaM ImpEditEngine::CursorDown( const EditPaM& rPaM, EditView* pView )
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( pView, "Keine View - Keine Cursorbewegung!" );
-
-    ParaPortion* pPPortion = FindParaPortion( rPaM.GetNode() );
-    DBG_ASSERT( pPPortion, "Keine passende Portion gefunden: CursorDown" );
-    USHORT nLine = pPPortion->GetLineNumber( rPaM.GetIndex() );
-
-    long nX;
-    if ( pView->pImpEditView->nTravelXPos == TRAVEL_X_DONTKNOW )
-    {
-        EditLine* pLine = pPPortion->GetLines().GetObject(nLine);
-        nX = GetXPos( pPPortion, pLine, rPaM.GetIndex() );
-        pView->pImpEditView->nTravelXPos = nX+nOnePixelInRef;
-    }
-    else
-        nX = pView->pImpEditView->nTravelXPos;
-
-    EditPaM aNewPaM( rPaM );
-    if ( nLine < pPPortion->GetLines().Count()-1 )
-    {
-        EditLine* pNextLine = pPPortion->GetLines().GetObject(nLine+1);
-        aNewPaM.SetIndex( GetChar( pPPortion, pNextLine, nX ) );
-        // Sonderbehandlung siehe CursorUp...
-        if ( ( aNewPaM.GetIndex() == pNextLine->GetEnd() ) && ( aNewPaM.GetIndex() > pNextLine->GetStart() ) && ( aNewPaM.GetIndex() < pPPortion->GetNode()->Len() ) )
-            aNewPaM = CursorLeft( aNewPaM );
-    }
-    else    // naechster Absatz
-    {
-        ParaPortion* pNextPortion = GetNextVisPortion( pPPortion );
-        if ( pNextPortion )
-        {
-            EditLine* pLine = pNextPortion->GetLines().GetObject(0);
-            DBG_ASSERT( pLine, "Zeile davor nicht gefunden: CursorUp" );
-            aNewPaM.SetNode( pNextPortion->GetNode() );
-            // Nie ganz ans Ende wenn mehrere Zeilen, da dann eine
-            // Zeile darunter der Cursor angezeigt wird.
-            aNewPaM.SetIndex( GetChar( pNextPortion, pLine, nX+nOnePixelInRef ) );
-            if ( ( aNewPaM.GetIndex() == pLine->GetEnd() ) && ( aNewPaM.GetIndex() > pLine->GetStart() ) && ( pNextPortion->GetLines().Count() > 1 ) )
-                aNewPaM = CursorLeft( aNewPaM );
-        }
-    }
-
-    return aNewPaM;
-}
-
-EditPaM ImpEditEngine::CursorStartOfLine( const EditPaM& rPaM )
-{
-    ParaPortion* pCurPortion = FindParaPortion( rPaM.GetNode() );
-    DBG_ASSERT( pCurPortion, "Keine Portion fuer den PaM ?" );
-    USHORT nLine = pCurPortion->GetLineNumber( rPaM.GetIndex() );
-    EditLine* pLine = pCurPortion->GetLines().GetObject(nLine);
-    DBG_ASSERT( pLine, "Aktuelle Zeile nicht gefunden ?!" );
-
-    EditPaM aNewPaM( rPaM );
-    aNewPaM.SetIndex( pLine->GetStart() );
-    return aNewPaM;
-}
-
-EditPaM ImpEditEngine::CursorEndOfLine( const EditPaM& rPaM )
-{
-    ParaPortion* pCurPortion = FindParaPortion( rPaM.GetNode() );
-    DBG_ASSERT( pCurPortion, "Keine Portion fuer den PaM ?" );
-    USHORT nLine = pCurPortion->GetLineNumber( rPaM.GetIndex() );
-    EditLine* pLine = pCurPortion->GetLines().GetObject(nLine);
-    DBG_ASSERT( pLine, "Aktuelle Zeile nicht gefunden ?!" );
-
-    EditPaM aNewPaM( rPaM );
-    aNewPaM.SetIndex( pLine->GetEnd() );
-    if ( pLine->GetEnd() > pLine->GetStart() )
-    {
-//      xub_Unicode cLastChar = aNewPaM.GetNode()->GetChar( aNewPaM.GetIndex()-1 );
-        if ( aNewPaM.GetNode()->IsFeature( aNewPaM.GetIndex() - 1 ) )
-        {
-            // Bei einem weichen Umbruch muss ich davor stehen!
-            EditCharAttrib* pNextFeature = aNewPaM.GetNode()->GetCharAttribs().FindFeature( aNewPaM.GetIndex()-1 );
-            if ( pNextFeature && ( pNextFeature->GetItem()->Which() == EE_FEATURE_LINEBR ) )
-                aNewPaM = CursorLeft( aNewPaM );
-        }
-        else if ( ( aNewPaM.GetNode()->GetChar( aNewPaM.GetIndex() - 1 ) == ' ' ) && ( aNewPaM.GetIndex() != aNewPaM.GetNode()->Len() ) )
-        {
-            // Bei einem Blank in einer autom. umgebrochenen Zeile macht es Sinn,
-            // davor zu stehen, da der Anwender hinter das Wort will.
-            // Wenn diese geaendert wird, Sonderbehandlung fuer Pos1 nach End!
-            aNewPaM = CursorLeft( aNewPaM );
-        }
-    }
-    return aNewPaM;
-}
-
-EditPaM ImpEditEngine::CursorStartOfParagraph( const EditPaM& rPaM )
-{
-    EditPaM aPaM( rPaM.GetNode(), 0 );
-    return aPaM;
-}
-
-EditPaM ImpEditEngine::CursorEndOfParagraph( const EditPaM& rPaM )
-{
-    EditPaM aPaM( rPaM.GetNode(), rPaM.GetNode()->Len() );
-    return aPaM;
-}
-
-EditPaM ImpEditEngine::CursorStartOfDoc()
-{
-    EditPaM aPaM( aEditDoc.SaveGetObject( 0 ), 0 );
-    return aPaM;
-}
-
-EditPaM ImpEditEngine::CursorEndOfDoc()
-{
-    ContentNode* pLastNode = aEditDoc.SaveGetObject( aEditDoc.Count()-1 );
-    ParaPortion* pLastPortion = GetParaPortions().SaveGetObject( aEditDoc.Count()-1 );
-    DBG_ASSERT( pLastNode && pLastPortion, "CursorEndOfDoc: Node oder Portion nicht gefunden" );
-
-    if ( !pLastPortion->IsVisible() )
-    {
-        pLastNode = GetPrevVisNode( pLastPortion->GetNode() );
-        DBG_ASSERT( pLastNode, "Kein sichtbarer Absatz?" );
-        if ( !pLastNode )
-            pLastNode = aEditDoc.SaveGetObject( aEditDoc.Count()-1 );
-    }
-
-    EditPaM aPaM( pLastNode, pLastNode->Len() );
-    return aPaM;
-}
-
-EditPaM ImpEditEngine::PageUp( const EditPaM& rPaM, EditView* pView )
-{
-    Rectangle aRec = PaMtoEditCursor( rPaM );
-    Point aTopLeft = aRec.TopLeft();
-    aTopLeft.Y() -= pView->GetVisArea().GetHeight() *9/10;
-    aTopLeft.X() += nOnePixelInRef;
-    if ( aTopLeft.Y() < 0 )
-    {
-        aTopLeft.Y() = 0;
-    }
-    return GetPaM( aTopLeft );
-}
-
-EditPaM ImpEditEngine::PageDown( const EditPaM& rPaM, EditView* pView )
-{
-    Rectangle aRec = PaMtoEditCursor( rPaM );
-    Point aBottomRight = aRec.BottomRight();
-    aBottomRight.Y() += pView->GetVisArea().GetHeight() *9/10;
-    aBottomRight.X() += nOnePixelInRef;
-    long nHeight = GetTextHeight();
-    if ( aBottomRight.Y() > nHeight )
-    {
-        aBottomRight.Y() = nHeight-2;
-    }
-    return GetPaM( aBottomRight );
-}
-
-EditPaM ImpEditEngine::WordLeft( const EditPaM& rPaM, sal_Int16 nWordType )
-{
-    USHORT nCurrentPos = rPaM.GetIndex();
-    EditPaM aNewPaM( rPaM );
-    if ( nCurrentPos == 0 )
-    {
-        // Vorheriger Absatz...
-        USHORT nCurPara = aEditDoc.GetPos( aNewPaM.GetNode() );
-        ContentNode* pPrevNode = aEditDoc.SaveGetObject( --nCurPara );
-        if ( pPrevNode )
-        {
-            aNewPaM.SetNode( pPrevNode );
-            aNewPaM.SetIndex( pPrevNode->Len() );
-        }
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        // we need to increase the position by 1 when retrieving the locale
-        // since the attribute for the char left to the cursor position is returned
-        EditPaM aTmpPaM( aNewPaM );
-        xub_StrLen nMax = rPaM.GetNode()->Len();
-        if ( aTmpPaM.GetIndex() < nMax )
-            aTmpPaM.SetIndex( aTmpPaM.GetIndex() + 1 );
-        lang::Locale aLocale( GetLocale( aTmpPaM ) );
-
-        uno::Reference < i18n::XBreakIterator > _xBI( ImplGetBreakIterator() );
-        i18n::Boundary aBoundary = _xBI->getWordBoundary( *aNewPaM.GetNode(), nCurrentPos, aLocale, nWordType, sal_True );
-        if ( aBoundary.startPos >= nCurrentPos )
-            aBoundary = _xBI->previousWord( *aNewPaM.GetNode(), nCurrentPos, aLocale, nWordType );
-        aNewPaM.SetIndex( ( aBoundary.startPos != (-1) ) ? (USHORT)aBoundary.startPos : 0 );
-    }
-
-    return aNewPaM;
-}
-
-EditPaM ImpEditEngine::WordRight( const EditPaM& rPaM, sal_Int16 nWordType )
-{
-    xub_StrLen nMax = rPaM.GetNode()->Len();
-    EditPaM aNewPaM( rPaM );
-    if ( aNewPaM.GetIndex() < nMax )
-    {
-        // we need to increase the position by 1 when retrieving the locale
-        // since the attribute for the char left to the cursor position is returned
-        EditPaM aTmpPaM( aNewPaM );
-        aTmpPaM.SetIndex( aTmpPaM.GetIndex() + 1 );
-        lang::Locale aLocale( GetLocale( aTmpPaM ) );
-
-        uno::Reference < i18n::XBreakIterator > _xBI( ImplGetBreakIterator() );
-        i18n::Boundary aBoundary = _xBI->nextWord( *aNewPaM.GetNode(), aNewPaM.GetIndex(), aLocale, nWordType );
-        aNewPaM.SetIndex( (USHORT)aBoundary.startPos );
-    }
-    // not 'else', maybe the index reached nMax now...
-    if ( aNewPaM.GetIndex() >= nMax )
-    {
-        // Naechster Absatz...
-        USHORT nCurPara = aEditDoc.GetPos( aNewPaM.GetNode() );
-        ContentNode* pNextNode = aEditDoc.SaveGetObject( ++nCurPara );
-        if ( pNextNode )
-        {
-            aNewPaM.SetNode( pNextNode );
-            aNewPaM.SetIndex( 0 );
-        }
-    }
-    return aNewPaM;
-}
-
-EditPaM ImpEditEngine::StartOfWord( const EditPaM& rPaM, sal_Int16 nWordType )
-{
-    EditPaM aNewPaM( rPaM );
-
-    // we need to increase the position by 1 when retrieving the locale
-    // since the attribute for the char left to the cursor position is returned
-    EditPaM aTmpPaM( aNewPaM );
-    xub_StrLen nMax = rPaM.GetNode()->Len();
-    if ( aTmpPaM.GetIndex() < nMax )
-        aTmpPaM.SetIndex( aTmpPaM.GetIndex() + 1 );
-    lang::Locale aLocale( GetLocale( aTmpPaM ) );
-
-    uno::Reference < i18n::XBreakIterator > _xBI( ImplGetBreakIterator() );
-    i18n::Boundary aBoundary = _xBI->getWordBoundary( *rPaM.GetNode(), rPaM.GetIndex(), aLocale, nWordType, sal_True );
-    aNewPaM.SetIndex( (USHORT)aBoundary.startPos );
-    return aNewPaM;
-}
-
-EditPaM ImpEditEngine::EndOfWord( const EditPaM& rPaM, sal_Int16 nWordType )
-{
-    EditPaM aNewPaM( rPaM );
-
-    // we need to increase the position by 1 when retrieving the locale
-    // since the attribute for the char left to the cursor position is returned
-    EditPaM aTmpPaM( aNewPaM );
-    xub_StrLen nMax = rPaM.GetNode()->Len();
-    if ( aTmpPaM.GetIndex() < nMax )
-        aTmpPaM.SetIndex( aTmpPaM.GetIndex() + 1 );
-    lang::Locale aLocale( GetLocale( aTmpPaM ) );
-
-    uno::Reference < i18n::XBreakIterator > _xBI( ImplGetBreakIterator() );
-    i18n::Boundary aBoundary = _xBI->getWordBoundary( *rPaM.GetNode(), rPaM.GetIndex(), aLocale, nWordType, sal_True );
-    aNewPaM.SetIndex( (USHORT)aBoundary.endPos );
-    return aNewPaM;
-}
-
-EditSelection ImpEditEngine::SelectWord( const EditSelection& rCurSel, sal_Int16 nWordType, BOOL bAcceptStartOfWord )
-{
-    EditSelection aNewSel( rCurSel );
-    EditPaM aPaM( rCurSel.Max() );
-
-    // we need to increase the position by 1 when retrieving the locale
-    // since the attribute for the char left to the cursor position is returned
-    EditPaM aTmpPaM( aPaM );
-    xub_StrLen nMax = aPaM.GetNode()->Len();
-    if ( aTmpPaM.GetIndex() < nMax )
-        aTmpPaM.SetIndex( aTmpPaM.GetIndex() + 1 );
-    lang::Locale aLocale( GetLocale( aTmpPaM ) );
-
-    uno::Reference < i18n::XBreakIterator > _xBI( ImplGetBreakIterator() );
-    sal_Int16 nType = _xBI->getWordType( *aPaM.GetNode(), aPaM.GetIndex(), aLocale );
-    if ( nType == i18n::WordType::ANY_WORD )
-    {
-        i18n::Boundary aBoundary = _xBI->getWordBoundary( *aPaM.GetNode(), aPaM.GetIndex(), aLocale, nWordType, sal_True );
-        // don't select when curser at end of word
-        if ( ( aBoundary.endPos > aPaM.GetIndex() ) &&
-             ( ( aBoundary.startPos < aPaM.GetIndex() ) || ( bAcceptStartOfWord && ( aBoundary.startPos == aPaM.GetIndex() ) ) ) )
-        {
-            aNewSel.Min().SetIndex( (USHORT)aBoundary.startPos );
-            aNewSel.Max().SetIndex( (USHORT)aBoundary.endPos );
-        }
-    }
-
-    return aNewSel;
-}
-
-EditSelection ImpEditEngine::SelectSentence( const EditSelection& rCurSel )
-{
-    uno::Reference < i18n::XBreakIterator > _xBI( ImplGetBreakIterator() );
-    const EditPaM& rPaM = rCurSel.Min();
-    const ContentNode* pNode = rPaM.GetNode();
-    // #i50710# line breaks are marked with 0x01 - the break iterator prefers 0x0a for that
-    String sParagraph(*pNode);
-    sParagraph.SearchAndReplaceAll(0x01,0x0a);
-    //return Null if search starts at the beginning of the string
-    long nStart = rPaM.GetIndex() ? _xBI->beginOfSentence( sParagraph, rPaM.GetIndex(), GetLocale( rPaM ) ) : 0;
-
-    long nEnd = _xBI->endOfSentence( *pNode, rPaM.GetIndex(), GetLocale( rPaM ) );
-    EditSelection aNewSel( rCurSel );
-    DBG_ASSERT(nStart < pNode->Len() && nEnd <= pNode->Len(), "sentence indices out of range");
-    aNewSel.Min().SetIndex( (USHORT)nStart );
-    aNewSel.Max().SetIndex( (USHORT)nEnd );
-    return aNewSel;
-}
-
-sal_Bool ImpEditEngine::IsInputSequenceCheckingRequired( sal_Unicode nChar, const EditSelection& rCurSel ) const
-{
-    uno::Reference < i18n::XBreakIterator > _xBI( ImplGetBreakIterator() );
-    if (!pCTLOptions)
-        pCTLOptions = new SvtCTLOptions;
-
-    // get the index that really is first
-    USHORT nFirstPos = rCurSel.Min().GetIndex();
-    USHORT nMaxPos   = rCurSel.Max().GetIndex();
-    if (nMaxPos < nFirstPos)
-        nFirstPos = nMaxPos;
-
-    sal_Bool bIsSequenceChecking =
-        pCTLOptions->IsCTLFontEnabled() &&
-        pCTLOptions->IsCTLSequenceChecking() &&
-        nFirstPos != 0 && /* first char needs not to be checked */
-        _xBI.is() && i18n::ScriptType::COMPLEX == _xBI->getScriptType( rtl::OUString( nChar ), 0 );
-
-    return bIsSequenceChecking;
-}
-
-/*************************************************************************
- *                 lcl_HasStrongLTR
- *************************************************************************/
- bool lcl_HasStrongLTR ( const String& rTxt, xub_StrLen nStart, xub_StrLen nEnd )
- {
-     for ( xub_StrLen nCharIdx = nStart; nCharIdx < nEnd; ++nCharIdx )
-     {
-         const UCharDirection nCharDir = u_charDirection ( rTxt.GetChar ( nCharIdx ));
-         if ( nCharDir == U_LEFT_TO_RIGHT ||
-              nCharDir == U_LEFT_TO_RIGHT_EMBEDDING ||
-              nCharDir == U_LEFT_TO_RIGHT_OVERRIDE )
-             return true;
-     }
-     return false;
- }
-
-
-
-void ImpEditEngine::InitScriptTypes( USHORT nPara )
-{
-    ParaPortion* pParaPortion = GetParaPortions().SaveGetObject( nPara );
-    ScriptTypePosInfos& rTypes = pParaPortion->aScriptInfos;
-    rTypes.Remove( 0, rTypes.Count() );
-
-//  pParaPortion->aExtraCharInfos.Remove( 0, pParaPortion->aExtraCharInfos.Count() );
-
-    ContentNode* pNode = pParaPortion->GetNode();
-    if ( pNode->Len() )
-    {
-        uno::Reference < i18n::XBreakIterator > _xBI( ImplGetBreakIterator() );
-
-        String aText( *pNode );
-
-        // To handle fields put the character from the field in the string,
-        // because endOfScript( ... ) will skip the CH_FEATURE, because this is WEAK
-        EditCharAttrib* pField = pNode->GetCharAttribs().FindNextAttrib( EE_FEATURE_FIELD, 0 );
-        while ( pField )
-        {
-            ::rtl::OUString aFldText( ((EditCharAttribField*)pField)->GetFieldValue() );
-            if ( aFldText.getLength() )
-            {
-                aText.SetChar( pField->GetStart(), aFldText.getStr()[0] );
-                short nFldScriptType = _xBI->getScriptType( aFldText, 0 );
-
-                for ( USHORT nCharInField = 1; nCharInField < aFldText.getLength(); nCharInField++ )
-                {
-                    short nTmpType = _xBI->getScriptType( aFldText, nCharInField );
-
-                    // First char from field wins...
-                    if ( nFldScriptType == i18n::ScriptType::WEAK )
-                    {
-                        nFldScriptType = nTmpType;
-                        aText.SetChar( pField->GetStart(), aFldText.getStr()[nCharInField] );
-                    }
-
-                    // ...  but if the first one is LATIN, and there are CJK or CTL chars too,
-                    // we prefer that ScripType because we need an other font.
-                    if ( ( nTmpType == i18n::ScriptType::ASIAN ) || ( nTmpType == i18n::ScriptType::COMPLEX ) )
-                    {
-                        aText.SetChar( pField->GetStart(), aFldText.getStr()[nCharInField] );
-                        break;
-                    }
-                }
-            }
-            // #112831# Last Field might go from 0xffff to 0x0000
-            pField = pField->GetEnd() ? pNode->GetCharAttribs().FindNextAttrib( EE_FEATURE_FIELD, pField->GetEnd() ) : NULL;
-        }
-
-        ::rtl::OUString aOUText( aText );
-        USHORT nTextLen = (USHORT)aOUText.getLength();
-
-        sal_Int32 nPos = 0;
-        short nScriptType = _xBI->getScriptType( aOUText, nPos );
-        rTypes.Insert( ScriptTypePosInfo( nScriptType, (USHORT)nPos, nTextLen ), rTypes.Count() );
-        nPos = _xBI->endOfScript( aOUText, nPos, nScriptType );
-        while ( ( nPos != (-1) ) && ( nPos < nTextLen ) )
-        {
-            rTypes[rTypes.Count()-1].nEndPos = (USHORT)nPos;
-
-            nScriptType = _xBI->getScriptType( aOUText, nPos );
-            long nEndPos = _xBI->endOfScript( aOUText, nPos, nScriptType );
-
-            if ( ( nScriptType == i18n::ScriptType::WEAK ) || ( nScriptType == rTypes[rTypes.Count()-1].nScriptType ) )
-            {
-                // Expand last ScriptTypePosInfo, don't create weak or unecessary portions
-                rTypes[rTypes.Count()-1].nEndPos = (USHORT)nEndPos;
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                if ( _xBI->getScriptType( aOUText, nPos - 1 ) == i18n::ScriptType::WEAK )
-                {
-                    switch ( u_charType(aOUText.iterateCodePoints(&nPos, 0) ) ) {
-                    case U_NON_SPACING_MARK:
-                    case U_ENCLOSING_MARK:
-                    case U_COMBINING_SPACING_MARK:
-                        --nPos;
-                        rTypes[rTypes.Count()-1].nEndPos--;
-                        break;
-                    }
-                }
-                rTypes.Insert( ScriptTypePosInfo( nScriptType, (USHORT)nPos, nTextLen ), rTypes.Count() );
-            }
-
-            nPos = nEndPos;
-        }
-
-        if ( rTypes[0].nScriptType == i18n::ScriptType::WEAK )
-            rTypes[0].nScriptType = ( rTypes.Count() > 1 ) ? rTypes[1].nScriptType : GetI18NScriptTypeOfLanguage( GetDefaultLanguage() );
-
-        // create writing direction information:
-        if ( !pParaPortion->aWritingDirectionInfos.Count() )
-            InitWritingDirections( nPara );
-
-        // i89825: Use CTL font for numbers embedded into an RTL run:
-        WritingDirectionInfos& rDirInfos = pParaPortion->aWritingDirectionInfos;
-        for ( USHORT n = 0; n < rDirInfos.Count(); ++n )
-        {
-            const xub_StrLen nStart = rDirInfos[n].nStartPos;
-            const xub_StrLen nEnd   = rDirInfos[n].nEndPos;
-            const BYTE nCurrDirType = rDirInfos[n].nType;
-
-            if ( nCurrDirType % 2 == UBIDI_RTL  || // text in RTL run
-                ( nCurrDirType > UBIDI_LTR && !lcl_HasStrongLTR( aText, nStart, nEnd ) ) ) // non-strong text in embedded LTR run
-            {
-                USHORT nIdx = 0;
-
-                // Skip entries in ScriptArray which are not inside the RTL run:
-                while ( nIdx < rTypes.Count() && rTypes[nIdx].nStartPos < nStart )
-                    ++nIdx;
-
-                // Remove any entries *inside* the current run:
-                while ( nIdx < rTypes.Count() && rTypes[nIdx].nEndPos <= nEnd )
-                    rTypes.Remove( nIdx );
-
-                // special case:
-                if(nIdx < rTypes.Count() && rTypes[nIdx].nStartPos < nStart && rTypes[nIdx].nEndPos > nEnd)
-                {
-                    rTypes.Insert( ScriptTypePosInfo( rTypes[nIdx].nScriptType, (USHORT)nEnd, rTypes[nIdx].nEndPos ), nIdx );
-                    rTypes[nIdx].nEndPos = nStart;
-                }
-
-                if( nIdx )
-                    rTypes[nIdx - 1].nEndPos = nStart;
-
-                rTypes.Insert( ScriptTypePosInfo( i18n::ScriptType::COMPLEX, (USHORT)nStart, (USHORT)nEnd), nIdx );
-                ++nIdx;
-
-                if( nIdx < rTypes.Count() )
-                    rTypes[nIdx].nStartPos = nEnd;
-            }
-        }
-
-#if OSL_DEBUG_LEVEL > 1
-        USHORT nDebugStt = 0;
-        USHORT nDebugEnd = 0;
-        short nDebugType = 0;
-        for ( USHORT n = 0; n < rTypes.Count(); ++n )
-        {
-            nDebugStt  = rTypes[n].nStartPos;
-            nDebugEnd  = rTypes[n].nEndPos;
-            nDebugType = rTypes[n].nScriptType;
-        }
-#endif
-    }
-}
-
-USHORT ImpEditEngine::GetScriptType( const EditPaM& rPaM, USHORT* pEndPos ) const
-{
-    USHORT nScriptType = 0;
-
-    if ( pEndPos )
-        *pEndPos = rPaM.GetNode()->Len();
-
-    if ( rPaM.GetNode()->Len() )
-    {
-         USHORT nPara = GetEditDoc().GetPos( rPaM.GetNode() );
-        ParaPortion* pParaPortion = GetParaPortions().SaveGetObject( nPara );
-        if ( !pParaPortion->aScriptInfos.Count() )
-            ((ImpEditEngine*)this)->InitScriptTypes( nPara );
-
-        ScriptTypePosInfos& rTypes = pParaPortion->aScriptInfos;
-        USHORT nPos = rPaM.GetIndex();
-        for ( USHORT n = 0; n < rTypes.Count(); n++ )
-        {
-            if ( ( rTypes[n].nStartPos <= nPos ) && ( rTypes[n].nEndPos >= nPos ) )
-               {
-                nScriptType = rTypes[n].nScriptType;
-                if( pEndPos )
-                    *pEndPos = rTypes[n].nEndPos;
-                break;
-            }
-        }
-    }
-    return nScriptType ? nScriptType : GetI18NScriptTypeOfLanguage( GetDefaultLanguage() );
-}
-
-USHORT ImpEditEngine::GetScriptType( const EditSelection& rSel ) const
-{
-    EditSelection aSel( rSel );
-    aSel.Adjust( aEditDoc );
-
-    short nScriptType = 0;
-
-     USHORT nStartPara = GetEditDoc().GetPos( aSel.Min().GetNode() );
-     USHORT nEndPara = GetEditDoc().GetPos( aSel.Max().GetNode() );
-
-    for ( USHORT nPara = nStartPara; nPara <= nEndPara; nPara++ )
-    {
-        ParaPortion* pParaPortion = GetParaPortions().SaveGetObject( nPara );
-        if ( !pParaPortion->aScriptInfos.Count() )
-            ((ImpEditEngine*)this)->InitScriptTypes( nPara );
-
-        ScriptTypePosInfos& rTypes = pParaPortion->aScriptInfos;
-
-        // find the first(!) script type position that holds the
-        // complete selection. Thus it will work for selections as
-        // well as with just moving the cursor from char to char.
-        USHORT nS = ( nPara == nStartPara ) ? aSel.Min().GetIndex() : 0;
-        USHORT nE = ( nPara == nEndPara ) ? aSel.Max().GetIndex() : pParaPortion->GetNode()->Len();
-        for ( USHORT n = 0; n < rTypes.Count(); n++ )
-        {
-            if (rTypes[n].nStartPos <= nS  &&  nE <= rTypes[n].nEndPos)
-               {
-                if ( rTypes[n].nScriptType != i18n::ScriptType::WEAK )
-                {
-                    nScriptType |= GetItemScriptType ( rTypes[n].nScriptType );
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    if ( !nScriptType && n )
-                    {
-                        // #93548# When starting with WEAK, use prev ScriptType...
-                        nScriptType = rTypes[n-1].nScriptType;
-                    }
-                }
-                break;
-            }
-        }
-    }
-    return nScriptType ? nScriptType : GetI18NScriptTypeOfLanguage( GetDefaultLanguage() );
-}
-
-BOOL ImpEditEngine::IsScriptChange( const EditPaM& rPaM ) const
-{
-    BOOL bScriptChange = FALSE;
-
-    if ( rPaM.GetNode()->Len() )
-    {
-        USHORT nPara = GetEditDoc().GetPos( rPaM.GetNode() );
-        ParaPortion* pParaPortion = GetParaPortions().SaveGetObject( nPara );
-        if ( !pParaPortion->aScriptInfos.Count() )
-            ((ImpEditEngine*)this)->InitScriptTypes( nPara );
-
-        ScriptTypePosInfos& rTypes = pParaPortion->aScriptInfos;
-        USHORT nPos = rPaM.GetIndex();
-        for ( USHORT n = 0; n < rTypes.Count(); n++ )
-        {
-            if ( rTypes[n].nStartPos == nPos )
-               {
-                bScriptChange = TRUE;
-                break;
-            }
-        }
-    }
-    return bScriptChange;
-}
-
-BOOL ImpEditEngine::HasScriptType( USHORT nPara, USHORT nType ) const
-{
-    BOOL bTypeFound = FALSE;
-
-    ParaPortion* pParaPortion = GetParaPortions().SaveGetObject( nPara );
-    if ( !pParaPortion->aScriptInfos.Count() )
-        ((ImpEditEngine*)this)->InitScriptTypes( nPara );
-
-    ScriptTypePosInfos& rTypes = pParaPortion->aScriptInfos;
-    for ( USHORT n = rTypes.Count(); n && !bTypeFound; )
-    {
-        if ( rTypes[--n].nScriptType == nType )
-                bTypeFound = TRUE;
-    }
-    return bTypeFound;
-}
-
-void ImpEditEngine::InitWritingDirections( USHORT nPara )
-{
-    ParaPortion* pParaPortion = GetParaPortions().SaveGetObject( nPara );
-    WritingDirectionInfos& rInfos = pParaPortion->aWritingDirectionInfos;
-    rInfos.Remove( 0, rInfos.Count() );
-
-    BOOL bCTL = FALSE;
-    ScriptTypePosInfos& rTypes = pParaPortion->aScriptInfos;
-    for ( USHORT n = 0; n < rTypes.Count(); n++ )
-    {
-        if ( rTypes[n].nScriptType == i18n::ScriptType::COMPLEX )
-           {
-            bCTL = TRUE;
-            break;
-        }
-    }
-
-    const UBiDiLevel nBidiLevel = IsRightToLeft( nPara ) ? 1 /*RTL*/ : 0 /*LTR*/;
-    if ( ( bCTL || ( nBidiLevel == 1 /*RTL*/ ) ) && pParaPortion->GetNode()->Len() )
-    {
-
-        String aText( *pParaPortion->GetNode() );
-
-        //
-        // Bidi functions from icu 2.0
-        //
-        UErrorCode nError = U_ZERO_ERROR;
-        UBiDi* pBidi = ubidi_openSized( aText.Len(), 0, &nError );
-        nError = U_ZERO_ERROR;
-
-        ubidi_setPara( pBidi, reinterpret_cast<const UChar *>(aText.GetBuffer()), aText.Len(), nBidiLevel, NULL, &nError ); // UChar != sal_Unicode in MinGW
-        nError = U_ZERO_ERROR;
-
-        long nCount = ubidi_countRuns( pBidi, &nError );
-
-        int32_t nStart = 0;
-        int32_t nEnd;
-        UBiDiLevel nCurrDir;
-
-        for ( USHORT nIdx = 0; nIdx < nCount; ++nIdx )
-        {
-            ubidi_getLogicalRun( pBidi, nStart, &nEnd, &nCurrDir );
-            rInfos.Insert( WritingDirectionInfo( nCurrDir, (USHORT)nStart, (USHORT)nEnd ), rInfos.Count() );
-            nStart = nEnd;
-        }
-
-        ubidi_close( pBidi );
-    }
-
-    // No infos mean no CTL and default dir is L2R...
-    if ( !rInfos.Count() )
-        rInfos.Insert( WritingDirectionInfo( 0, 0, (USHORT)pParaPortion->GetNode()->Len() ), rInfos.Count() );
-
-}
-
-BOOL ImpEditEngine::IsRightToLeft( USHORT nPara ) const
-{
-    BOOL bR2L = FALSE;
-    const SvxFrameDirectionItem* pFrameDirItem = NULL;
-
-    if ( !IsVertical() )
-    {
-        bR2L = GetDefaultHorizontalTextDirection() == EE_HTEXTDIR_R2L;
-        pFrameDirItem = &(const SvxFrameDirectionItem&)GetParaAttrib( nPara, EE_PARA_WRITINGDIR );
-        if ( pFrameDirItem->GetValue() == FRMDIR_ENVIRONMENT )
-        {
-            // #103045# if DefaultHorizontalTextDirection is set, use that value, otherwise pool default.
-            if ( GetDefaultHorizontalTextDirection() != EE_HTEXTDIR_DEFAULT )
-            {
-                pFrameDirItem = NULL; // bR2L allready set to default horizontal text direction
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                // Use pool default
-                pFrameDirItem = &(const SvxFrameDirectionItem&)((ImpEditEngine*)this)->GetEmptyItemSet().Get( EE_PARA_WRITINGDIR );
-            }
-        }
-    }
-
-    if ( pFrameDirItem )
-        bR2L = pFrameDirItem->GetValue() == FRMDIR_HORI_RIGHT_TOP;
-
-    return bR2L;
-}
-
-BOOL ImpEditEngine::HasDifferentRTLLevels( const ContentNode* pNode )
-{
-    USHORT nPara = GetEditDoc().GetPos( (ContentNode*)pNode );
-    ParaPortion* pParaPortion = GetParaPortions().SaveGetObject( nPara );
-
-    BOOL bHasDifferentRTLLevels = FALSE;
-
-    USHORT nRTLLevel = IsRightToLeft( nPara ) ? 1 : 0;
-    for ( USHORT n = 0; n < pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().Count(); n++ )
-    {
-        TextPortion* pTextPortion = pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().GetObject( n );
-        if ( pTextPortion->GetRightToLeft() != nRTLLevel )
-        {
-            bHasDifferentRTLLevels = TRUE;
-            break;
-        }
-    }
-    return bHasDifferentRTLLevels;
-}
-
-
-BYTE ImpEditEngine::GetRightToLeft( USHORT nPara, USHORT nPos, USHORT* pStart, USHORT* pEnd )
-{
-//    BYTE nRightToLeft = IsRightToLeft( nPara ) ? 1 : 0;
-    BYTE nRightToLeft = 0;
-
-    ContentNode* pNode = aEditDoc.SaveGetObject( nPara );
-    if ( pNode && pNode->Len() )
-    {
-        ParaPortion* pParaPortion = GetParaPortions().SaveGetObject( nPara );
-        if ( !pParaPortion->aWritingDirectionInfos.Count() )
-            InitWritingDirections( nPara );
-
-//        BYTE nType = 0;
-        WritingDirectionInfos& rDirInfos = pParaPortion->aWritingDirectionInfos;
-        for ( USHORT n = 0; n < rDirInfos.Count(); n++ )
-        {
-            if ( ( rDirInfos[n].nStartPos <= nPos ) && ( rDirInfos[n].nEndPos >= nPos ) )
-               {
-                nRightToLeft = rDirInfos[n].nType;
-                if ( pStart )
-                    *pStart = rDirInfos[n].nStartPos;
-                if ( pEnd )
-                    *pEnd = rDirInfos[n].nEndPos;
-                break;
-            }
-        }
-    }
-    return nRightToLeft;
-}
-
-SvxAdjust ImpEditEngine::GetJustification( USHORT nPara ) const
-{
-    SvxAdjust eJustification = SVX_ADJUST_LEFT;
-
-    if ( !aStatus.IsOutliner() )
-    {
-        eJustification = ((const SvxAdjustItem&) GetParaAttrib( nPara, EE_PARA_JUST )).GetAdjust();
-
-        if ( IsRightToLeft( nPara ) )
-        {
-            if ( eJustification == SVX_ADJUST_LEFT )
-                eJustification = SVX_ADJUST_RIGHT;
-            else if ( eJustification == SVX_ADJUST_RIGHT )
-                eJustification = SVX_ADJUST_LEFT;
-        }
-    }
-    return eJustification;
-}
-
-
-//  ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-//  Textaenderung
-//  ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void ImpEditEngine::ImpRemoveChars( const EditPaM& rPaM, USHORT nChars, EditUndoRemoveChars* pCurUndo )
-{
-    if ( IsUndoEnabled() && !IsInUndo() )
-    {
-        XubString aStr( rPaM.GetNode()->Copy( rPaM.GetIndex(), nChars ) );
-
-        // Pruefen, ob Attribute geloescht oder geaendert werden:
-        USHORT nStart = rPaM.GetIndex();
-        USHORT nEnd = nStart + nChars;
-        CharAttribArray& rAttribs = rPaM.GetNode()->GetCharAttribs().GetAttribs();
-//      USHORT nAttrs = rAttribs.Count();
-        for ( USHORT nAttr = 0; nAttr < rAttribs.Count(); nAttr++ )
-        {
-            EditCharAttrib* pAttr = rAttribs[nAttr];
-            if ( ( pAttr->GetEnd() >= nStart ) && ( pAttr->GetStart() < nEnd ) )
-            {
-#ifndef SVX_LIGHT
-                EditSelection aSel( rPaM );
-                aSel.Max().GetIndex() = aSel.Max().GetIndex() + nChars;
-                EditUndoSetAttribs* pAttrUndo = CreateAttribUndo( aSel, GetEmptyItemSet() );
-                InsertUndo( pAttrUndo );
-#endif
-                break;  // for
-            }
-        }
-        if ( pCurUndo && ( CreateEditPaM( pCurUndo->GetEPaM() ) == rPaM ) )
-            pCurUndo->GetStr() += aStr;
-#ifndef SVX_LIGHT
-        else
-            InsertUndo( new EditUndoRemoveChars( this, CreateEPaM( rPaM ), aStr ) );
-#endif
-    }
-
-    aEditDoc.RemoveChars( rPaM, nChars );
-    TextModified();
-}
-
-EditSelection ImpEditEngine::ImpMoveParagraphs( Range aOldPositions, USHORT nNewPos )
-{
-    aOldPositions.Justify();
-    BOOL bValidAction = ( (long)nNewPos < aOldPositions.Min() ) || ( (long)nNewPos > aOldPositions.Max() );
-    DBG_ASSERT( bValidAction, "Move in sich selbst ?" );
-    DBG_ASSERT( aOldPositions.Max() <= (long)GetParaPortions().Count(), "Voll drueber weg: MoveParagraphs" );
-
-    EditSelection aSelection;
-
-    if ( !bValidAction )
-    {
-        aSelection = aEditDoc.GetStartPaM();
-        return aSelection;
-    }
-
-    ULONG nParaCount = GetParaPortions().Count();
-
-    if ( nNewPos >= nParaCount )
-        nNewPos = GetParaPortions().Count();
-
-    // Height may change when moving first or last Paragraph
-    ParaPortion* pRecalc1 = NULL;
-    ParaPortion* pRecalc2 = NULL;
-    ParaPortion* pRecalc3 = NULL;
-    ParaPortion* pRecalc4 = NULL;
-
-    if ( nNewPos == 0 ) // Move to Start
-    {
-        pRecalc1 = GetParaPortions().GetObject( 0 );
-        pRecalc2 = GetParaPortions().GetObject( (USHORT)aOldPositions.Min() );
-
-    }
-    else if ( nNewPos == nParaCount )
-    {
-        pRecalc1 = GetParaPortions().GetObject( (USHORT)(nParaCount-1) );
-        pRecalc2 = GetParaPortions().GetObject( (USHORT)aOldPositions.Max() );
-    }
-
-    if ( aOldPositions.Min() == 0 ) // Move from Start
-    {
-        pRecalc3 = GetParaPortions().GetObject( 0 );
-        pRecalc4 = GetParaPortions().GetObject(
-            sal::static_int_cast< USHORT >( aOldPositions.Max()+1 ) );
-    }
-    else if ( (USHORT)aOldPositions.Max() == (nParaCount-1) )
-    {
-        pRecalc3 = GetParaPortions().GetObject( (USHORT)aOldPositions.Max() );
-        pRecalc4 = GetParaPortions().GetObject( (USHORT)(aOldPositions.Min()-1) );
-    }
-
-    MoveParagraphsInfo aMoveParagraphsInfo( sal::static_int_cast< USHORT >(aOldPositions.Min()), sal::static_int_cast< USHORT >(aOldPositions.Max()), nNewPos );
-    aBeginMovingParagraphsHdl.Call( &aMoveParagraphsInfo );
-
-    if ( IsUndoEnabled() && !IsInUndo())
-        InsertUndo( new EditUndoMoveParagraphs( this, aOldPositions, nNewPos ) );
-
-    // Position nicht aus dem Auge verlieren!
-    ParaPortion* pDestPortion = GetParaPortions().SaveGetObject( nNewPos );
-
-    ParaPortionList aTmpPortionList;
-    USHORT i;
-    for ( i = (USHORT)aOldPositions.Min(); i <= (USHORT)aOldPositions.Max(); i++  )
-    {
-        // Immer aOldPositions.Min(), da Remove().
-        ParaPortion* pTmpPortion = GetParaPortions().GetObject( (USHORT)aOldPositions.Min() );
-        GetParaPortions().Remove( (USHORT)aOldPositions.Min() );
-        aEditDoc.Remove( (USHORT)aOldPositions.Min() );
-        aTmpPortionList.Insert( pTmpPortion, aTmpPortionList.Count() );
-    }
-
-    USHORT nRealNewPos = pDestPortion ? GetParaPortions().GetPos( pDestPortion ) : GetParaPortions().Count();
-    DBG_ASSERT( nRealNewPos != USHRT_MAX, "ImpMoveParagraphs: Ungueltige Position!" );
-
-    for ( i = 0; i < (USHORT)aTmpPortionList.Count(); i++  )
-    {
-        ParaPortion* pTmpPortion = aTmpPortionList.GetObject( i );
-        if ( i == 0 )
-            aSelection.Min().SetNode( pTmpPortion->GetNode() );
-
-        aSelection.Max().SetNode( pTmpPortion->GetNode() );
-        aSelection.Max().SetIndex( pTmpPortion->GetNode()->Len() );
-
-        ContentNode* pN = pTmpPortion->GetNode();
-        aEditDoc.Insert( pN, nRealNewPos+i );
-
-        GetParaPortions().Insert( pTmpPortion, nRealNewPos+i );
-    }
-
-    aEndMovingParagraphsHdl.Call( &aMoveParagraphsInfo );
-
-    if ( GetNotifyHdl().IsSet() )
-    {
-        EENotify aNotify( EE_NOTIFY_PARAGRAPHSMOVED );
-        aNotify.pEditEngine = GetEditEnginePtr();
-        aNotify.nParagraph = nNewPos;
-        aNotify.nParam1 = sal::static_int_cast< USHORT >(aOldPositions.Min());
-        aNotify.nParam2 = sal::static_int_cast< USHORT >(aOldPositions.Max());
-        CallNotify( aNotify );
-    }
-
-    aEditDoc.SetModified( TRUE );
-
-    if ( pRecalc1 )
-        CalcHeight( pRecalc1 );
-    if ( pRecalc2 )
-        CalcHeight( pRecalc2 );
-    if ( pRecalc3 )
-        CalcHeight( pRecalc3 );
-    if ( pRecalc4 )
-        CalcHeight( pRecalc4 );
-
-    aTmpPortionList.Remove( 0, aTmpPortionList.Count() );   // wichtig !
-
-#ifdef EDITDEBUG
-    GetParaPortions().DbgCheck(aEditDoc);
-#endif
-    return aSelection;
-}
-
-
-EditPaM ImpEditEngine::ImpConnectParagraphs( ContentNode* pLeft, ContentNode* pRight, BOOL bBackward )
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( pLeft != pRight, "Den gleichen Absatz zusammenfuegen ?" );
-    DBG_ASSERT( aEditDoc.GetPos( pLeft ) != USHRT_MAX, "Einzufuegenden Node nicht gefunden(1)" );
-    DBG_ASSERT( aEditDoc.GetPos( pRight ) != USHRT_MAX, "Einzufuegenden Node nicht gefunden(2)" );
-
-    USHORT nParagraphTobeDeleted = aEditDoc.GetPos( pRight );
-    DeletedNodeInfo* pInf = new DeletedNodeInfo( (ULONG)pRight, nParagraphTobeDeleted );
-    aDeletedNodes.Insert( pInf, aDeletedNodes.Count() );
-
-    GetEditEnginePtr()->ParagraphConnected( aEditDoc.GetPos( pLeft ), aEditDoc.GetPos( pRight ) );
-
-#ifndef SVX_LIGHT
-    if ( IsUndoEnabled() && !IsInUndo() )
-    {
-        InsertUndo( new EditUndoConnectParas( this,
-            aEditDoc.GetPos( pLeft ), pLeft->Len(),
-            pLeft->GetContentAttribs().GetItems(), pRight->GetContentAttribs().GetItems(),
-            pLeft->GetStyleSheet(), pRight->GetStyleSheet(), bBackward ) );
-    }
-#endif
-
-    if ( bBackward )
-    {
-        pLeft->SetStyleSheet( pRight->GetStyleSheet(), TRUE );
-        pLeft->GetContentAttribs().GetItems().Set( pRight->GetContentAttribs().GetItems() );
-        pLeft->GetCharAttribs().GetDefFont() = pRight->GetCharAttribs().GetDefFont();
-    }
-
-    ParaAttribsChanged( pLeft );
-
-    // Erstmal Portions suchen, da pRight nach ConnectParagraphs weg.
-    ParaPortion* pLeftPortion = FindParaPortion( pLeft );
-    ParaPortion* pRightPortion = FindParaPortion( pRight );
-    DBG_ASSERT( pLeftPortion, "Blinde Portion in ImpConnectParagraphs(1)" );
-    DBG_ASSERT( pRightPortion, "Blinde Portion in ImpConnectParagraphs(2)" );
-    DBG_ASSERT( nParagraphTobeDeleted == GetParaPortions().GetPos( pRightPortion ), "NodePos != PortionPos?" );
-
-#ifndef SVX_LIGHT
-    if ( GetStatus().DoOnlineSpelling() )
-    {
-        xub_StrLen nEnd = pLeft->Len();
-        xub_StrLen nInv = nEnd ? nEnd-1 : nEnd;
-        pLeft->GetWrongList()->ClearWrongs( nInv, 0xFFFF, pLeft );  // Evtl. einen wegnehmen
-        pLeft->GetWrongList()->MarkInvalid( nInv, nEnd+1 );
-        // Falschgeschriebene Woerter ruebernehmen:
-        USHORT nRWrongs = pRight->GetWrongList()->Count();
-        for ( USHORT nW = 0; nW < nRWrongs; nW++ )
-        {
-            WrongRange aWrong = pRight->GetWrongList()->GetObject( nW );
-            if ( aWrong.nStart != 0 )   // Nicht ein anschliessender
-            {
-                aWrong.nStart = aWrong.nStart + nEnd;
-                aWrong.nEnd = aWrong.nEnd + nEnd;
-                pLeft->GetWrongList()->InsertWrong( aWrong, pLeft->GetWrongList()->Count() );
-            }
-        }
-    }
-#endif
-
-    if ( IsCallParaInsertedOrDeleted() )
-        GetEditEnginePtr()->ParagraphDeleted( nParagraphTobeDeleted );
-
-    EditPaM aPaM = aEditDoc.ConnectParagraphs( pLeft, pRight );
-    GetParaPortions().Remove( nParagraphTobeDeleted );
-    delete pRightPortion;
-
-    pLeftPortion->MarkSelectionInvalid( aPaM.GetIndex(), pLeft->Len() );
-
-    // der rechte Node wird von EditDoc::ConnectParagraphs() geloescht.
-
-    if ( GetTextRanger() )
-    {
-        // Durch das zusammenfuegen wird der linke zwar neu formatiert, aber
-        // wenn sich dessen Hoehe nicht aendert bekommt die Formatierung die
-        // Aenderung der Gesaamthoehe des Textes zu spaet mit...
-        for ( USHORT n = nParagraphTobeDeleted; n < GetParaPortions().Count(); n++ )
-        {
-            ParaPortion* pPP = GetParaPortions().GetObject( n );
-            pPP->MarkSelectionInvalid( 0, pPP->GetNode()->Len() );
-            pPP->GetLines().Reset();
-        }
-    }
-
-    TextModified();
-
-    return aPaM;
-}
-
-EditPaM ImpEditEngine::DeleteLeftOrRight( const EditSelection& rSel, BYTE nMode, BYTE nDelMode )
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( !EditSelection( rSel ).DbgIsBuggy( aEditDoc ), "Index im Wald in DeleteLeftOrRight" );
-
-    if ( rSel.HasRange() )  // dann nur Sel. loeschen
-        return ImpDeleteSelection( rSel );
-
-    const EditPaM aCurPos( rSel.Max() );
-    EditPaM aDelStart( aCurPos );
-    EditPaM aDelEnd( aCurPos );
-    if ( nMode == DEL_LEFT )
-    {
-        if ( nDelMode == DELMODE_SIMPLE )
-        {
-            aDelStart = CursorLeft( aCurPos, i18n::CharacterIteratorMode::SKIPCHARACTER );
-        }
-        else if ( nDelMode == DELMODE_RESTOFWORD )
-        {
-            aDelStart = StartOfWord( aCurPos );
-            if ( aDelStart.GetIndex() == aCurPos.GetIndex() )
-                aDelStart = WordLeft( aCurPos );
-        }
-        else    // DELMODE_RESTOFCONTENT
-        {
-            aDelStart.SetIndex( 0 );
-            if ( aDelStart == aCurPos )
-            {
-                // kompletter Absatz davor
-                ContentNode* pPrev = GetPrevVisNode( aCurPos.GetNode() );
-                if ( pPrev )
-                    aDelStart = EditPaM( pPrev, 0 );
-            }
-        }
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        if ( nDelMode == DELMODE_SIMPLE )
-        {
-            aDelEnd = CursorRight( aCurPos );
-        }
-        else if ( nDelMode == DELMODE_RESTOFWORD )
-        {
-            aDelEnd = EndOfWord( aCurPos );
-            if (aDelEnd.GetIndex() == aCurPos.GetIndex())
-            {
-                xub_StrLen nLen = aCurPos.GetNode()->Len();
-                // end of para?
-                if (aDelEnd.GetIndex() == nLen)
-                    aDelEnd = WordLeft( aCurPos );
-                else // there's still sth to delete on the right
-                {
-                    aDelEnd = EndOfWord( WordRight( aCurPos ) );
-                    // if there'n no next word...
-                    if (aDelEnd.GetIndex() == nLen )
-                        aDelEnd.SetIndex( nLen );
-                }
-            }
-        }
-        else    // DELMODE_RESTOFCONTENT
-        {
-            aDelEnd.SetIndex( aCurPos.GetNode()->Len() );
-            if ( aDelEnd == aCurPos )
-            {
-                // kompletter Absatz dahinter
-                ContentNode* pNext = GetNextVisNode( aCurPos.GetNode() );
-                if ( pNext )
-                    aDelEnd = EditPaM( pNext, pNext->Len() );
-            }
-        }
-    }
-
-    // Bei DELMODE_RESTOFCONTENT reicht bei verschiedenen Nodes
-    // kein ConnectParagraphs.
-    if ( ( nDelMode == DELMODE_RESTOFCONTENT ) || ( aDelStart.GetNode() == aDelEnd.GetNode() ) )
-        return ImpDeleteSelection( EditSelection( aDelStart, aDelEnd ) );
-
-    // Jetzt entscheiden, ob noch Selektion loeschen (RESTOFCONTENTS)
-    BOOL bSpecialBackward = ( ( nMode == DEL_LEFT ) && ( nDelMode == DELMODE_SIMPLE ) )
-                                ? TRUE : FALSE;
-    if ( aStatus.IsAnyOutliner() )
-        bSpecialBackward = FALSE;
-
-    return ImpConnectParagraphs( aDelStart.GetNode(), aDelEnd.GetNode(), bSpecialBackward );
-}
-
-EditPaM ImpEditEngine::ImpDeleteSelection( EditSelection aSel )
-{
-    if ( !aSel.HasRange() )
-        return aSel.Min();
-
-    aSel.Adjust( aEditDoc );
-    EditPaM aStartPaM( aSel.Min() );
-    EditPaM aEndPaM( aSel.Max() );
-
-    CursorMoved( aStartPaM.GetNode() ); // nur damit neu eingestellte Attribute verschwinden...
-    CursorMoved( aEndPaM.GetNode() );   // nur damit neu eingestellte Attribute verschwinden...
-
-    DBG_ASSERT( aStartPaM.GetIndex() <= aStartPaM.GetNode()->Len(), "Index im Wald in ImpDeleteSelection" );
-    DBG_ASSERT( aEndPaM.GetIndex() <= aEndPaM.GetNode()->Len(), "Index im Wald in ImpDeleteSelection" );
-
-    USHORT nStartNode = aEditDoc.GetPos( aStartPaM.GetNode() );
-    USHORT nEndNode = aEditDoc.GetPos( aEndPaM.GetNode() );
-
-    DBG_ASSERT( nEndNode != USHRT_MAX, "Start > End ?!" );
-    DBG_ASSERT( nStartNode <= nEndNode, "Start > End ?!" );
-
-    // Alle Nodes dazwischen entfernen....
-    for ( ULONG z = nStartNode+1; z < nEndNode; z++ )
-    {
-        // Immer nStartNode+1, wegen Remove()!
-        ImpRemoveParagraph( nStartNode+1 );
-    }
-
-    if ( aStartPaM.GetNode() != aEndPaM.GetNode() )
-    {
-        // Den Rest des StartNodes...
-        USHORT nChars;
-        nChars = aStartPaM.GetNode()->Len() - aStartPaM.GetIndex();
-        ImpRemoveChars( aStartPaM, nChars );
-        ParaPortion* pPortion = FindParaPortion( aStartPaM.GetNode() );
-        DBG_ASSERT( pPortion, "Blinde Portion in ImpDeleteSelection(3)" );
-        pPortion->MarkSelectionInvalid( aStartPaM.GetIndex(), aStartPaM.GetNode()->Len() );
-
-        // Den Anfang des EndNodes....
-        nChars = aEndPaM.GetIndex();
-        aEndPaM.SetIndex( 0 );
-        ImpRemoveChars( aEndPaM, nChars );
-        pPortion = FindParaPortion( aEndPaM.GetNode() );
-        DBG_ASSERT( pPortion, "Blinde Portion in ImpDeleteSelection(4)" );
-        pPortion->MarkSelectionInvalid( 0, aEndPaM.GetNode()->Len() );
-        // Zusammenfuegen....
-        aStartPaM = ImpConnectParagraphs( aStartPaM.GetNode(), aEndPaM.GetNode() );
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        USHORT nChars;
-        nChars = aEndPaM.GetIndex() - aStartPaM.GetIndex();
-        ImpRemoveChars( aStartPaM, nChars );
-        ParaPortion* pPortion = FindParaPortion( aStartPaM.GetNode() );
-        DBG_ASSERT( pPortion, "Blinde Portion in ImpDeleteSelection(5)" );
-        pPortion->MarkInvalid( aEndPaM.GetIndex(), aStartPaM.GetIndex() - aEndPaM.GetIndex() );
-    }
-
-    UpdateSelections();
-    TextModified();
-    return aStartPaM;
-}
-
-void ImpEditEngine::ImpRemoveParagraph( USHORT nPara )
-{
-    ContentNode* pNode = aEditDoc.SaveGetObject( nPara );
-    ContentNode* pNextNode = aEditDoc.SaveGetObject( nPara+1 );
-    ParaPortion* pPortion = GetParaPortions().SaveGetObject( nPara );
-
-    DBG_ASSERT( pNode, "Blinder Node in ImpRemoveParagraph" );
-    DBG_ASSERT( pPortion, "Blinde Portion in ImpRemoveParagraph(2)" );
-
-    DeletedNodeInfo* pInf = new DeletedNodeInfo( (ULONG)pNode, nPara );
-    aDeletedNodes.Insert( pInf, aDeletedNodes.Count() );
-
-    // Der Node wird vom Undo verwaltet und ggf. zerstoert!
-    /* delete */ aEditDoc.Remove( nPara );
-    GetParaPortions().Remove( nPara );
-    delete pPortion;
-
-    if ( IsCallParaInsertedOrDeleted() )
-    {
-        GetEditEnginePtr()->ParagraphDeleted( nPara );
-    }
-
-    // Im folgenden muss ggf. Extra-Space neu ermittelt werden.
-    // Bei ParaAttribsChanged wird leider der Absatz neu formatiert,
-    // aber diese Methode sollte nicht Zeitkritsch sein!
-    if ( pNextNode )
-        ParaAttribsChanged( pNextNode );
-
-#ifndef SVX_LIGHT
-    if ( IsUndoEnabled() && !IsInUndo() )
-        InsertUndo( new EditUndoDelContent( this, pNode, nPara ) );
-    else
-#endif
-    {
-        aEditDoc.RemoveItemsFromPool( pNode );
-        if ( pNode->GetStyleSheet() )
-            EndListening( *pNode->GetStyleSheet(), FALSE );
-        delete pNode;
-    }
-}
-
-EditPaM ImpEditEngine::AutoCorrect( const EditSelection& rCurSel, xub_Unicode c, BOOL bOverwrite )
-{
-    EditSelection aSel( rCurSel );
-#ifndef SVX_LIGHT
-    SvxAutoCorrect* pAutoCorrect = SvxAutoCorrCfg::Get()->GetAutoCorrect();
-    if ( pAutoCorrect )
-    {
-        if ( aSel.HasRange() )
-            aSel = ImpDeleteSelection( rCurSel );
-
-        // #i78661 allow application to turn off capitalization of
-        // start sentence explicitly.
-        // (This is done by setting IsFirstWordCapitalization to FALSE.)
-        BOOL bOldCptlSttSntnc = pAutoCorrect->IsAutoCorrFlag( CptlSttSntnc );
-        if (!IsFirstWordCapitalization())
-        {
-            ESelection aESel( CreateESel(aSel) );
-            EditSelection aFirstWordSel;
-            EditSelection aSecondWordSel;
-            if (aESel.nEndPara == 0)    // is this the first para?
-            {
-                // select first word...
-                // start by checking if para starts with word.
-                aFirstWordSel = SelectWord( CreateSel(ESelection()) );
-                if (aFirstWordSel.Min().GetIndex() == 0 && aFirstWordSel.Max().GetIndex() == 0)
-                {
-                    // para does not start with word -> select next/first word
-                    EditPaM aRightWord( WordRight( aFirstWordSel.Max(), 1 ) );
-                    aFirstWordSel = SelectWord( EditSelection( aRightWord ) );
-                }
-
-                // select second word
-                // (sometimes aSel mightnot point to the end of the first word
-                // but to some following char like '.'. ':', ...
-                // In those cases we need aSecondWordSel to see if aSel
-                // will actually effect the first word.)
-                EditPaM aRight2Word( WordRight( aFirstWordSel.Max(), 1 ) );
-                aSecondWordSel = SelectWord( EditSelection( aRight2Word ) );
-            }
-            BOOL bIsFirstWordInFirstPara = aESel.nEndPara == 0 &&
-                    aFirstWordSel.Max().GetIndex() <= aSel.Max().GetIndex() &&
-                    aSel.Max().GetIndex() <= aSecondWordSel.Min().GetIndex();
-
-            if (bIsFirstWordInFirstPara)
-                pAutoCorrect->SetAutoCorrFlag( CptlSttSntnc, IsFirstWordCapitalization() );
-        }
-
-        ContentNode* pNode = aSel.Max().GetNode();
-        USHORT nIndex = aSel.Max().GetIndex();
-        EdtAutoCorrDoc aAuto( this, pNode, nIndex, c );
-        pAutoCorrect->AutoCorrect( aAuto, *pNode, nIndex, c, !bOverwrite );
-        aSel.Max().SetIndex( aAuto.GetCursor() );
-
-        // #i78661 since the SvxAutoCorrect object used here is
-        // shared we need to reset the value to it's original state.
-        pAutoCorrect->SetAutoCorrFlag( CptlSttSntnc, bOldCptlSttSntnc );
-    }
-#endif // !SVX_LIGHT
-    return aSel.Max();
-}
-
-
-EditPaM ImpEditEngine::InsertText( const EditSelection& rCurSel,
-        xub_Unicode c, BOOL bOverwrite, sal_Bool bIsUserInput )
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( c != '\t', "Tab bei InsertText ?" );
-    DBG_ASSERT( c != '\n', "Zeilenumbruch bei InsertText ?" );
-
-    EditPaM aPaM( rCurSel.Min() );
-
-    BOOL bDoOverwrite = ( bOverwrite &&
-            ( aPaM.GetIndex() < aPaM.GetNode()->Len() ) ) ? TRUE : FALSE;
-
-    BOOL bUndoAction = ( rCurSel.HasRange() || bDoOverwrite );
-
-    if ( bUndoAction )
-        UndoActionStart( EDITUNDO_INSERT );
-
-    if ( rCurSel.HasRange() )
-    {
-        aPaM = ImpDeleteSelection( rCurSel );
-    }
-    else if ( bDoOverwrite )
-    {
-        // Wenn Selektion, dann nicht auch noch ein Zeichen ueberschreiben!
-        EditSelection aTmpSel( aPaM );
-        aTmpSel.Max().GetIndex()++;
-        DBG_ASSERT( !aTmpSel.DbgIsBuggy( aEditDoc ), "Overwrite: Fehlerhafte Selektion!" );
-        ImpDeleteSelection( aTmpSel );
-    }
-
-    if ( aPaM.GetNode()->Len() < MAXCHARSINPARA )
-    {
-        if (bIsUserInput && IsInputSequenceCheckingRequired( c, rCurSel ))
-        {
-            uno::Reference < i18n::XExtendedInputSequenceChecker > _xISC( ImplGetInputSequenceChecker() );
-            if (!pCTLOptions)
-                pCTLOptions = new SvtCTLOptions;
-
-            if (_xISC.is() || pCTLOptions)
-            {
-                xub_StrLen nTmpPos = aPaM.GetIndex();
-                sal_Int16 nCheckMode = pCTLOptions->IsCTLSequenceCheckingRestricted() ?
-                        i18n::InputSequenceCheckMode::STRICT : i18n::InputSequenceCheckMode::BASIC;
-
-                // the text that needs to be checked is only the one
-                // before the current cursor position
-                rtl::OUString aOldText( aPaM.GetNode()->Copy(0, nTmpPos) );
-                rtl::OUString aNewText( aOldText );
-                if (pCTLOptions->IsCTLSequenceCheckingTypeAndReplace())
-                {
-                    /*const xub_StrLen nPrevPos = static_cast< xub_StrLen >*/( _xISC->correctInputSequence( aNewText, nTmpPos - 1, c, nCheckMode ) );
-
-                    // find position of first character that has changed
-                    sal_Int32 nOldLen = aOldText.getLength();
-                    sal_Int32 nNewLen = aNewText.getLength();
-                    const sal_Unicode *pOldTxt = aOldText.getStr();
-                    const sal_Unicode *pNewTxt = aNewText.getStr();
-                    sal_Int32 nChgPos = 0;
-                    while ( nChgPos < nOldLen && nChgPos < nNewLen &&
-                            pOldTxt[nChgPos] == pNewTxt[nChgPos] )
-                        ++nChgPos;
-
-                    xub_StrLen nChgLen = static_cast< xub_StrLen >( nNewLen - nChgPos );
-                    String aChgText( aNewText.copy( nChgPos ), nChgLen );
-
-                    // select text from first pos to be changed to current pos
-                    EditSelection aSel( EditPaM( aPaM.GetNode(), (USHORT) nChgPos ), aPaM );
-
-                    if (aChgText.Len())
-                        return InsertText( aSel, aChgText ); // implicitly handles undo
-                    else
-                        return aPaM;
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    // should the character be ignored (i.e. not get inserted) ?
-                    if (!_xISC->checkInputSequence( aOldText, nTmpPos - 1, c, nCheckMode ))
-                        return aPaM;    // nothing to be done -> no need for undo
-                }
-            }
-
-            // at this point now we will insert the character 'normally' some lines below...
-        }
-
-        if ( IsUndoEnabled() && !IsInUndo() )
-        {
-            EditUndoInsertChars* pNewUndo = new EditUndoInsertChars( this, CreateEPaM( aPaM ), c );
-            BOOL bTryMerge = ( !bDoOverwrite && ( c != ' ' ) ) ? TRUE : FALSE;
-            InsertUndo( pNewUndo, bTryMerge );
-        }
-
-        aEditDoc.InsertText( (const EditPaM&)aPaM, c );
-        ParaPortion* pPortion = FindParaPortion( aPaM.GetNode() );
-        DBG_ASSERT( pPortion, "Blinde Portion in InsertText" );
-        pPortion->MarkInvalid( aPaM.GetIndex(), 1 );
-        aPaM.GetIndex()++;   // macht EditDoc-Methode nicht mehr
-    }
-
-    TextModified();
-
-    if ( bUndoAction )
-        UndoActionEnd( EDITUNDO_INSERT );
-
-    return aPaM;
-}
-
-EditPaM ImpEditEngine::ImpInsertText( EditSelection aCurSel, const XubString& rStr )
-{
-    UndoActionStart( EDITUNDO_INSERT );
-
-    EditPaM aPaM;
-    if ( aCurSel.HasRange() )
-        aPaM = ImpDeleteSelection( aCurSel );
-    else
-        aPaM = aCurSel.Max();
-
-    EditPaM aCurPaM( aPaM );    // fuers Invalidieren
-
-    XubString aText( rStr );
-    aText.ConvertLineEnd( LINEEND_LF );
-    SfxVoidItem aTabItem( EE_FEATURE_TAB );
-
-    // Konvertiert nach LineSep = \n
-    // Token mit LINE_SEP abfragen,
-    // da der MAC-Compiler aus \n etwas anderes macht!
-
-    USHORT nStart = 0;
-    while ( nStart < aText.Len() )
-    {
-        USHORT nEnd = aText.Search( LINE_SEP, nStart );
-        if ( nEnd == STRING_NOTFOUND )
-            nEnd = aText.Len(); // nicht dereferenzieren!
-
-        // Start == End => Leerzeile
-        if ( nEnd > nStart )
-        {
-            XubString aLine( aText, nStart, nEnd-nStart );
-            xub_StrLen nChars = aPaM.GetNode()->Len() + aLine.Len();
-            if ( nChars > MAXCHARSINPARA )
-            {
-                USHORT nMaxNewChars = MAXCHARSINPARA-aPaM.GetNode()->Len();
-                nEnd -= ( aLine.Len() - nMaxNewChars ); // Dann landen die Zeichen im naechsten Absatz.
-                aLine.Erase( nMaxNewChars );            // Del Rest...
-            }
-#ifndef SVX_LIGHT
-            if ( IsUndoEnabled() && !IsInUndo() )
-                InsertUndo( new EditUndoInsertChars( this, CreateEPaM( aPaM ), aLine ) );
-#endif
-            // Tabs ?
-            if ( aLine.Search( '\t' ) == STRING_NOTFOUND )
-                aPaM = aEditDoc.InsertText( aPaM, aLine );
-            else
-            {
-                USHORT nStart2 = 0;
-                while ( nStart2 < aLine.Len() )
-                {
-                    USHORT nEnd2 = aLine.Search( '\t', nStart2 );
-                    if ( nEnd2 == STRING_NOTFOUND )
-                        nEnd2 = aLine.Len();    // nicht dereferenzieren!
-
-                    if ( nEnd2 > nStart2 )
-                        aPaM = aEditDoc.InsertText( aPaM, XubString( aLine, nStart2, nEnd2-nStart2 ) );
-                    if ( nEnd2 < aLine.Len() )
-                    {
-                        // aPaM = ImpInsertFeature( EditSelection( aPaM, aPaM ),  );
-                        aPaM = aEditDoc.InsertFeature( aPaM, aTabItem );
-                    }
-                    nStart2 = nEnd2+1;
-                }
-            }
-            ParaPortion* pPortion = FindParaPortion( aPaM.GetNode() );
-            DBG_ASSERT( pPortion, "Blinde Portion in InsertText" );
-            pPortion->MarkInvalid( aCurPaM.GetIndex(), aLine.Len() );
-        }
-        if ( nEnd < aText.Len() )
-            aPaM = ImpInsertParaBreak( aPaM );
-
-        nStart = nEnd+1;
-    }
-
-    UndoActionEnd( EDITUNDO_INSERT );
-
-    TextModified();
-    return aPaM;
-}
-
-EditPaM ImpEditEngine::ImpFastInsertText( EditPaM aPaM, const XubString& rStr )
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( rStr.Search( 0x0A ) == STRING_NOTFOUND, "FastInsertText: Zeilentrenner nicht erlaubt!" );
-    DBG_ASSERT( rStr.Search( 0x0D ) == STRING_NOTFOUND, "FastInsertText: Zeilentrenner nicht erlaubt!" );
-    DBG_ASSERT( rStr.Search( '\t' ) == STRING_NOTFOUND, "FastInsertText: Features nicht erlaubt!" );
-
-    if ( ( aPaM.GetNode()->Len() + rStr.Len() ) < MAXCHARSINPARA )
-    {
-#ifndef SVX_LIGHT
-        if ( IsUndoEnabled() && !IsInUndo() )
-            InsertUndo( new EditUndoInsertChars( this, CreateEPaM( aPaM ), rStr ) );
-#endif
-
-        aPaM = aEditDoc.InsertText( aPaM, rStr );
-        TextModified();
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        aPaM = ImpInsertText( aPaM, rStr );
-    }
-
-    return aPaM;
-}
-
-EditPaM ImpEditEngine::ImpInsertFeature( EditSelection aCurSel, const SfxPoolItem& rItem )
-{
-    EditPaM aPaM;
-    if ( aCurSel.HasRange() )
-        aPaM = ImpDeleteSelection( aCurSel );
-    else
-        aPaM = aCurSel.Max();
-
-    if ( aPaM.GetIndex() >= 0xfffe )
-        return aPaM;
-
-#ifndef SVX_LIGHT
-    if ( IsUndoEnabled() && !IsInUndo() )
-        InsertUndo( new EditUndoInsertFeature( this, CreateEPaM( aPaM ), rItem ) );
-#endif
-    aPaM = aEditDoc.InsertFeature( aPaM, rItem );
-
-    ParaPortion* pPortion = FindParaPortion( aPaM.GetNode() );
-    DBG_ASSERT( pPortion, "Blinde Portion in InsertFeature" );
-    pPortion->MarkInvalid( aPaM.GetIndex()-1, 1 );
-
-    TextModified();
-
-    return aPaM;
-}
-
-EditPaM ImpEditEngine::ImpInsertParaBreak( const EditSelection& rCurSel, BOOL bKeepEndingAttribs )
-{
-    EditPaM aPaM;
-    if ( rCurSel.HasRange() )
-        aPaM = ImpDeleteSelection( rCurSel );
-    else
-        aPaM = rCurSel.Max();
-
-    return ImpInsertParaBreak( aPaM, bKeepEndingAttribs );
-}
-
-EditPaM ImpEditEngine::ImpInsertParaBreak( const EditPaM& rPaM, BOOL bKeepEndingAttribs )
-{
-    if ( aEditDoc.Count() >= 0xFFFE )
-    {
-        DBG_ERROR( "Can't process more than 64K paragraphs!" );
-        return rPaM;
-    }
-
-#ifndef SVX_LIGHT
-    if ( IsUndoEnabled() && !IsInUndo() )
-        InsertUndo( new EditUndoSplitPara( this, aEditDoc.GetPos( rPaM.GetNode() ), rPaM.GetIndex() ) );
-#endif
-
-    EditPaM aPaM( aEditDoc.InsertParaBreak( rPaM, bKeepEndingAttribs ) );
-
-#ifndef SVX_LIGHT
-    if ( GetStatus().DoOnlineSpelling() )
-    {
-        xub_StrLen nEnd = rPaM.GetNode()->Len();
-        aPaM.GetNode()->CreateWrongList();
-        WrongList* pLWrongs = rPaM.GetNode()->GetWrongList();
-        WrongList* pRWrongs = aPaM.GetNode()->GetWrongList();
-        // Falschgeschriebene Woerter ruebernehmen:
-        USHORT nLWrongs = pLWrongs->Count();
-        for ( USHORT nW = 0; nW < nLWrongs; nW++ )
-        {
-            WrongRange& rWrong = pLWrongs->GetObject( nW );
-            // Nur wenn wirklich dahinter, ein ueberlappendes wird beim Spell korrigiert
-            if ( rWrong.nStart > nEnd )
-            {
-                pRWrongs->InsertWrong( rWrong, pRWrongs->Count() );
-                WrongRange& rRWrong = pRWrongs->GetObject( pRWrongs->Count() - 1 );
-                rRWrong.nStart = rRWrong.nStart - nEnd;
-                rRWrong.nEnd = rRWrong.nEnd - nEnd;
-            }
-            else if ( ( rWrong.nStart < nEnd ) && ( rWrong.nEnd > nEnd ) )
-                rWrong.nEnd = nEnd;
-        }
-        USHORT nInv = nEnd ? nEnd-1 : nEnd;
-        if ( nEnd )
-            pLWrongs->MarkInvalid( nInv, nEnd );
-        else
-            pLWrongs->SetValid();
-        pRWrongs->SetValid(); // sonst 0 - 0xFFFF
-        pRWrongs->MarkInvalid( 0, 1 );  // Nur das erste Wort testen
-    }
-#endif // !SVX_LIGHT
-
-
-    ParaPortion* pPortion = FindParaPortion( rPaM.GetNode() );
-    DBG_ASSERT( pPortion, "Blinde Portion in ImpInsertParaBreak" );
-    pPortion->MarkInvalid( rPaM.GetIndex(), 0 );
-
-    // Optimieren: Nicht unnoetig viele GetPos auf die Listen ansetzen!
-    // Hier z.B. bei Undo, aber auch in allen anderen Methoden.
-    USHORT nPos = GetParaPortions().GetPos( pPortion );
-    ParaPortion* pNewPortion = new ParaPortion( aPaM.GetNode() );
-    GetParaPortions().Insert( pNewPortion, nPos + 1 );
-    ParaAttribsChanged( pNewPortion->GetNode() );
-    if ( IsCallParaInsertedOrDeleted() )
-        GetEditEnginePtr()->ParagraphInserted( nPos+1 );
-
-    CursorMoved( rPaM.GetNode() );  // falls leeres Attribut entstanden.
-    TextModified();
-    return aPaM;
-}
-
-EditPaM ImpEditEngine::ImpFastInsertParagraph( USHORT nPara )
-{
-#ifndef SVX_LIGHT
-    if ( IsUndoEnabled() && !IsInUndo() )
-    {
-        if ( nPara )
-        {
-            DBG_ASSERT( aEditDoc.SaveGetObject( nPara-1 ), "FastInsertParagraph: Prev existiert nicht" );
-            InsertUndo( new EditUndoSplitPara( this, nPara-1, aEditDoc.GetObject( nPara-1 )->Len() ) );
-        }
-        else
-            InsertUndo( new EditUndoSplitPara( this, 0, 0 ) );
-    }
-#endif
-
-    ContentNode* pNode = new ContentNode( aEditDoc.GetItemPool() );
-    // Falls FlatMode, wird spaeter kein Font eingestellt:
-    pNode->GetCharAttribs().GetDefFont() = aEditDoc.GetDefFont();
-
-#ifndef SVX_LIGHT
-    if ( GetStatus().DoOnlineSpelling() )
-        pNode->CreateWrongList();
-#endif // !SVX_LIGHT
-
-    aEditDoc.Insert( pNode, nPara );
-
-    ParaPortion* pNewPortion = new ParaPortion( pNode );
-    GetParaPortions().Insert( pNewPortion, nPara );
-    if ( IsCallParaInsertedOrDeleted() )
-        GetEditEnginePtr()->ParagraphInserted( nPara );
-
-    return EditPaM( pNode, 0 );
-}
-
-EditPaM ImpEditEngine::InsertParaBreak( EditSelection aCurSel )
-{
-    EditPaM aPaM( ImpInsertParaBreak( aCurSel ) );
-    if ( aStatus.DoAutoIndenting() )
-    {
-        USHORT nPara = aEditDoc.GetPos( aPaM.GetNode() );
-        DBG_ASSERT( nPara > 0, "AutoIndenting: Fehler!" );
-        XubString aPrevParaText( GetEditDoc().GetParaAsString( nPara-1 ) );
-        USHORT n = 0;
-        while ( ( n < aPrevParaText.Len() ) &&
-                ( ( aPrevParaText.GetChar(n) == ' ' ) || ( aPrevParaText.GetChar(n) == '\t' ) ) )
-        {
-            if ( aPrevParaText.GetChar(n) == '\t' )
-                aPaM = ImpInsertFeature( aPaM, SfxVoidItem( EE_FEATURE_TAB ) );
-            else
-                aPaM = ImpInsertText( aPaM, aPrevParaText.GetChar(n) );
-            n++;
-        }
-
-    }
-    return aPaM;
-}
-
-EditPaM ImpEditEngine::InsertTab( EditSelection aCurSel )
-{
-    EditPaM aPaM( ImpInsertFeature( aCurSel, SfxVoidItem( EE_FEATURE_TAB ) ) );
-    return aPaM;
-}
-
-EditPaM ImpEditEngine::InsertField( EditSelection aCurSel, const SvxFieldItem& rFld )
-{
-    EditPaM aPaM( ImpInsertFeature( aCurSel, rFld ) );
-    return aPaM;
-}
-
-BOOL ImpEditEngine::UpdateFields()
-{
-    BOOL bChanges = FALSE;
-    USHORT nParas = GetEditDoc().Count();
-    for ( USHORT nPara = 0; nPara < nParas; nPara++ )
-    {
-        BOOL bChangesInPara = FALSE;
-        ContentNode* pNode = GetEditDoc().GetObject( nPara );
-        DBG_ASSERT( pNode, "NULL-Pointer im Doc" );
-        CharAttribArray& rAttribs = pNode->GetCharAttribs().GetAttribs();
-//      USHORT nAttrs = rAttribs.Count();
-        for ( USHORT nAttr = 0; nAttr < rAttribs.Count(); nAttr++ )
-        {
-            EditCharAttrib* pAttr = rAttribs[nAttr];
-            if ( pAttr->Which() == EE_FEATURE_FIELD )
-            {
-                EditCharAttribField* pField = (EditCharAttribField*)pAttr;
-                EditCharAttribField* pCurrent = new EditCharAttribField( *pField );
-                pField->Reset();
-
-                if ( aStatus.MarkFields() )
-                    pField->GetFldColor() = new Color( GetColorConfig().GetColorValue( svtools::WRITERFIELDSHADINGS ).nColor );
-
-                XubString aFldValue = GetEditEnginePtr()->CalcFieldValue(
-                                        (const SvxFieldItem&)*pField->GetItem(),
-                                        nPara, pField->GetStart(),
-                                        pField->GetTxtColor(), pField->GetFldColor() );
-                pField->GetFieldValue() = aFldValue;
-                if ( *pField != *pCurrent )
-                {
-                    bChanges = TRUE;
-                    bChangesInPara = TRUE;
-                }
-                delete pCurrent;
-            }
-        }
-        if ( bChangesInPara )
-        {
-            // ggf. etwas genauer invalidieren.
-            ParaPortion* pPortion = GetParaPortions().GetObject( nPara );
-            DBG_ASSERT( pPortion, "NULL-Pointer im Doc" );
-            pPortion->MarkSelectionInvalid( 0, pNode->Len() );
-        }
-    }
-    return bChanges;
-}
-
-EditPaM ImpEditEngine::InsertLineBreak( EditSelection aCurSel )
-{
-    EditPaM aPaM( ImpInsertFeature( aCurSel, SfxVoidItem( EE_FEATURE_LINEBR ) ) );
-    return aPaM;
-}
-
-//  ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-//  Hilfsfunktionen
-//  ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-Rectangle ImpEditEngine::PaMtoEditCursor( EditPaM aPaM, USHORT nFlags )
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( GetUpdateMode(), "Darf bei Update=FALSE nicht erreicht werden: PaMtoEditCursor" );
-
-    Rectangle aEditCursor;
-    long nY = 0;
-    for ( USHORT nPortion = 0; nPortion < GetParaPortions().Count(); nPortion++ )
-    {
-        ParaPortion* pPortion = GetParaPortions().GetObject(nPortion);
-        ContentNode* pNode = pPortion->GetNode();
-        DBG_ASSERT( pNode, "Ungueltiger Node in Portion!" );
-        if ( pNode != aPaM.GetNode() )
-        {
-            nY += pPortion->GetHeight();
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            aEditCursor = GetEditCursor( pPortion, aPaM.GetIndex(), nFlags );
-            aEditCursor.Top() += nY;
-            aEditCursor.Bottom() += nY;
-            return aEditCursor;
-        }
-    }
-    DBG_ERROR( "Portion nicht gefunden!" );
-    return aEditCursor;
-}
-
-EditPaM ImpEditEngine::GetPaM( Point aDocPos, BOOL bSmart )
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( GetUpdateMode(), "Darf bei Update=FALSE nicht erreicht werden: GetPaM" );
-
-    long nY = 0;
-    long nTmpHeight;
-    EditPaM aPaM;
-    USHORT nPortion;
-    for ( nPortion = 0; nPortion < GetParaPortions().Count(); nPortion++ )
-    {
-        ParaPortion* pPortion = GetParaPortions().GetObject(nPortion);
-        nTmpHeight = pPortion->GetHeight();     // sollte auch bei !bVisible richtig sein!
-        nY += nTmpHeight;
-        if ( nY > aDocPos.Y() )
-        {
-            nY -= nTmpHeight;
-            aDocPos.Y() -= nY;
-            // unsichtbare Portions ueberspringen:
-            while ( pPortion && !pPortion->IsVisible() )
-            {
-                nPortion++;
-                pPortion = GetParaPortions().SaveGetObject( nPortion );
-            }
-            DBG_ASSERT( pPortion, "Keinen sichtbaren Absatz gefunden: GetPaM" );
-            aPaM = GetPaM( pPortion, aDocPos, bSmart );
-            return aPaM;
-
-        }
-    }
-    // Dann den letzten sichtbaren Suchen:
-    nPortion = GetParaPortions().Count()-1;
-    while ( nPortion && !GetParaPortions()[nPortion]->IsVisible() )
-        nPortion--;
-
-    DBG_ASSERT( GetParaPortions()[nPortion]->IsVisible(), "Keinen sichtbaren Absatz gefunden: GetPaM" );
-    aPaM.SetNode( GetParaPortions()[nPortion]->GetNode() );
-    aPaM.SetIndex( GetParaPortions()[nPortion]->GetNode()->Len() );
-    return aPaM;
-}
-
-sal_uInt32 ImpEditEngine::GetTextHeight() const
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( GetUpdateMode(), "Sollte bei Update=FALSE nicht verwendet werden: GetTextHeight" );
-    DBG_ASSERT( IsFormatted() || IsFormatting(), "GetTextHeight: Nicht formatiert" );
-    return nCurTextHeight;
-}
-
-sal_uInt32 ImpEditEngine::CalcTextWidth( BOOL bIgnoreExtraSpace )
-{
-    // Wenn noch nicht formatiert und nicht gerade dabei.
-    // Wird in der Formatierung bei AutoPageSize gerufen.
-    if ( !IsFormatted() && !IsFormatting() )
-        FormatDoc();
-
-    EditLine* pLine;
-
-    long nMaxWidth = 0;
-    long nCurWidth = 0;
-
-    // --------------------------------------------------
-    // Ueber alle Absaetze...
-    // --------------------------------------------------
-    USHORT nParas = GetParaPortions().Count();
-//  USHORT nBiggestPara = 0;
-//  USHORT nBiggestLine = 0;
-    for ( USHORT nPara = 0; nPara < nParas; nPara++ )
-    {
-        ParaPortion* pPortion = GetParaPortions().GetObject( nPara );
-        if ( pPortion->IsVisible() )
-        {
-            const SvxLRSpaceItem& rLRItem = GetLRSpaceItem( pPortion->GetNode() );
-            sal_Int32 nSpaceBeforeAndMinLabelWidth = GetSpaceBeforeAndMinLabelWidth( pPortion->GetNode() );
-
-            // --------------------------------------------------
-            // Ueber die Zeilen des Absatzes...
-            // --------------------------------------------------
-            ULONG nLines = pPortion->GetLines().Count();
-            for ( USHORT nLine = 0; nLine < nLines; nLine++ )
-            {
-                pLine = pPortion->GetLines().GetObject( nLine );
-                DBG_ASSERT( pLine, "NULL-Pointer im Zeileniterator in CalcWidth" );
-                // nCurWidth = pLine->GetStartPosX();
-                // Bei Center oder Right haengt die breite von der
-                // Papierbreite ab, hier nicht erwuenscht.
-                // Am besten generell nicht auf StartPosX verlassen,
-                // es muss auch die rechte Einrueckung beruecksichtigt werden!
-                nCurWidth = GetXValue( rLRItem.GetTxtLeft() + nSpaceBeforeAndMinLabelWidth );
-                if ( nLine == 0 )
-                {
-                    long nFI = GetXValue( rLRItem.GetTxtFirstLineOfst() );
-                    nCurWidth -= nFI;
-                    if ( pPortion->GetBulletX() > nCurWidth )
-                    {
-                        nCurWidth += nFI;   // LI?
-                        if ( pPortion->GetBulletX() > nCurWidth )
-                            nCurWidth = pPortion->GetBulletX();
-                    }
-                }
-                nCurWidth += GetXValue( rLRItem.GetRight() );
-                nCurWidth += CalcLineWidth( pPortion, pLine, bIgnoreExtraSpace );
-                if ( nCurWidth > nMaxWidth )
-                {
-                    nMaxWidth = nCurWidth;
-                }
-            }
-        }
-    }
-    if ( nMaxWidth < 0 )
-        nMaxWidth = 0;
-
-    nMaxWidth++; // Ein breiter, da in CreateLines bei >= umgebrochen wird.
-    return (sal_uInt32)nMaxWidth;
-}
-
-sal_uInt32 ImpEditEngine::CalcLineWidth( ParaPortion* pPortion, EditLine* pLine, BOOL bIgnoreExtraSpace )
-{
-    USHORT nPara = GetEditDoc().GetPos( pPortion->GetNode() );
-
-    // #114278# Saving both layout mode and language (since I'm
-    // potentially changing both)
-    GetRefDevice()->Push( PUSH_TEXTLAYOUTMODE|PUSH_TEXTLANGUAGE );
-
-    ImplInitLayoutMode( GetRefDevice(), nPara, 0xFFFF );
-
-    SvxAdjust eJustification = GetJustification( nPara );
-
-    // Berechnung der Breite ohne die Indents...
-    sal_uInt32 nWidth = 0;
-    USHORT nPos = pLine->GetStart();
-    for ( USHORT nTP = pLine->GetStartPortion(); nTP <= pLine->GetEndPortion(); nTP++ )
-    {
-        TextPortion* pTextPortion = pPortion->GetTextPortions().GetObject( nTP );
-        switch ( pTextPortion->GetKind() )
-        {
-            case PORTIONKIND_FIELD:
-            case PORTIONKIND_HYPHENATOR:
-            case PORTIONKIND_TAB:
-            {
-                nWidth += pTextPortion->GetSize().Width();
-            }
-            break;
-            case PORTIONKIND_TEXT:
-            {
-                if ( ( eJustification != SVX_ADJUST_BLOCK ) || ( !bIgnoreExtraSpace ) )
-                {
-                    nWidth += pTextPortion->GetSize().Width();
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    SvxFont aTmpFont( pPortion->GetNode()->GetCharAttribs().GetDefFont() );
-                    SeekCursor( pPortion->GetNode(), nPos+1, aTmpFont );
-                    aTmpFont.SetPhysFont( GetRefDevice() );
-                    ImplInitDigitMode( GetRefDevice(), 0, 0, 0, aTmpFont.GetLanguage() );
-                    nWidth += aTmpFont.QuickGetTextSize( GetRefDevice(), *pPortion->GetNode(), nPos, pTextPortion->GetLen(), NULL ).Width();
-                }
-            }
-            break;
-        }
-        nPos = nPos + pTextPortion->GetLen();
-    }
-
-    GetRefDevice()->Pop();
-
-    return nWidth;
-}
-
-sal_uInt32 ImpEditEngine::CalcTextHeight()
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( GetUpdateMode(), "Sollte bei Update=FALSE nicht verwendet werden: CalcTextHeight" );
-    sal_uInt32 nY = 0;
-    for ( USHORT nPortion = 0; nPortion < GetParaPortions().Count(); nPortion++ )
-        nY += GetParaPortions()[nPortion]->GetHeight();
-    return nY;
-}
-
-USHORT ImpEditEngine::GetLineCount( USHORT nParagraph ) const
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( nParagraph < GetParaPortions().Count(), "GetLineCount: Out of range" );
-    ParaPortion* pPPortion = GetParaPortions().SaveGetObject( nParagraph );
-    DBG_ASSERT( pPPortion, "Absatz nicht gefunden: GetLineCount" );
-    if ( pPPortion )
-        return pPPortion->GetLines().Count();
-
-    return 0xFFFF;
-}
-
-xub_StrLen ImpEditEngine::GetLineLen( USHORT nParagraph, USHORT nLine ) const
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( nParagraph < GetParaPortions().Count(), "GetLineLen: Out of range" );
-    ParaPortion* pPPortion = GetParaPortions().SaveGetObject( nParagraph );
-    DBG_ASSERT( pPPortion, "Absatz nicht gefunden: GetLineLen" );
-    if ( pPPortion && ( nLine < pPPortion->GetLines().Count() ) )
-    {
-        EditLine* pLine = pPPortion->GetLines().GetObject( nLine );
-        DBG_ASSERT( pLine, "Zeile nicht gefunden: GetLineHeight" );
-        return pLine->GetLen();
-    }
-
-    return 0xFFFF;
-}
-
-void ImpEditEngine::GetLineBoundaries( /*out*/USHORT &rStart, /*out*/USHORT &rEnd, USHORT nParagraph, USHORT nLine ) const
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( nParagraph < GetParaPortions().Count(), "GetLineCount: Out of range" );
-    ParaPortion* pPPortion = GetParaPortions().SaveGetObject( nParagraph );
-    DBG_ASSERT( pPPortion, "Absatz nicht gefunden: GetLineBoundaries" );
-    rStart = rEnd = 0xFFFF;     // default values in case of error
-    if ( pPPortion && ( nLine < pPPortion->GetLines().Count() ) )
-    {
-        EditLine* pLine = pPPortion->GetLines().GetObject( nLine );
-        DBG_ASSERT( pLine, "Zeile nicht gefunden: GetLineBoundaries" );
-        rStart = pLine->GetStart();
-        rEnd   = pLine->GetEnd();
-    }
-}
-
-USHORT ImpEditEngine::GetLineNumberAtIndex( USHORT nPara, USHORT nIndex ) const
-{
-    USHORT nLineNo = 0xFFFF;
-    ContentNode* pNode = GetEditDoc().SaveGetObject( nPara );
-    DBG_ASSERT( pNode, "GetLineNumberAtIndex: invalid paragraph index" );
-    if (pNode)
-    {
-        // we explicitly allow for the index to point at the character right behind the text
-        const bool bValidIndex = /*0 <= nIndex &&*/ nIndex <= pNode->Len();
-        DBG_ASSERT( bValidIndex, "GetLineNumberAtIndex: invalid index" );
-        const USHORT nLineCount = GetLineCount( nPara );
-        if (nIndex == pNode->Len())
-            nLineNo = nLineCount > 0 ? nLineCount - 1 : 0;
-        else if (bValidIndex)   // nIndex < pNode->Len()
-        {
-            USHORT nStart = USHRT_MAX, nEnd = USHRT_MAX;
-            for (USHORT i = 0;  i < nLineCount && nLineNo == 0xFFFF;  ++i)
-            {
-                GetLineBoundaries( nStart, nEnd, nPara, i );
-                if (nStart <= nIndex && nIndex < nEnd)
-                    nLineNo = i;
-            }
-        }
-    }
-    return nLineNo;
-}
-
-USHORT ImpEditEngine::GetLineHeight( USHORT nParagraph, USHORT nLine )
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( nParagraph < GetParaPortions().Count(), "GetLineCount: Out of range" );
-    ParaPortion* pPPortion = GetParaPortions().SaveGetObject( nParagraph );
-    DBG_ASSERT( pPPortion, "Absatz nicht gefunden: GetLineHeight" );
-    if ( pPPortion && ( nLine < pPPortion->GetLines().Count() ) )
-    {
-        EditLine* pLine = pPPortion->GetLines().GetObject( nLine );
-        DBG_ASSERT( pLine, "Zeile nicht gefunden: GetLineHeight" );
-        return pLine->GetHeight();
-    }
-
-    return 0xFFFF;
-}
-
-sal_uInt32 ImpEditEngine::GetParaHeight( USHORT nParagraph )
-{
-    sal_uInt32 nHeight = 0;
-
-    ParaPortion* pPPortion = GetParaPortions().SaveGetObject( nParagraph );
-    DBG_ASSERT( pPPortion, "Absatz nicht gefunden: GetParaHeight" );
-
-    if ( pPPortion )
-        nHeight = pPPortion->GetHeight();
-
-    return nHeight;
-}
-
-void ImpEditEngine::UpdateSelections()
-{
-    USHORT nInvNodes = aDeletedNodes.Count();
-
-    // Pruefen, ob eine der Selektionen auf einem geloeschten Node steht...
-    // Wenn der Node gueltig ist, muss noch der Index geprueft werden!
-    for ( USHORT nView = 0; nView < aEditViews.Count(); nView++ )
-    {
-        EditView* pView = aEditViews.GetObject(nView);
-        DBG_CHKOBJ( pView, EditView, 0 );
-        EditSelection aCurSel( pView->pImpEditView->GetEditSelection() );
-        BOOL bChanged = FALSE;
-        for ( USHORT n = 0; n < nInvNodes; n++ )
-        {
-            DeletedNodeInfo* pInf = aDeletedNodes.GetObject( n );
-            if ( ( ( ULONG )(aCurSel.Min().GetNode()) == pInf->GetInvalidAdress() ) ||
-                 ( ( ULONG )(aCurSel.Max().GetNode()) == pInf->GetInvalidAdress() ) )
-            {
-                // ParaPortions verwenden, da jetzt auch versteckte
-                // Absaetze beruecksichtigt werden muessen!
-                USHORT nPara = pInf->GetPosition();
-                ParaPortion* pPPortion = GetParaPortions().SaveGetObject( nPara );
-                if ( !pPPortion ) // letzter Absatz
-                {
-                    nPara = GetParaPortions().Count()-1;
-                    pPPortion = GetParaPortions().GetObject( nPara );
-                }
-                DBG_ASSERT( pPPortion, "Leeres Document in UpdateSelections ?" );
-                // Nicht aus einem verstecktem Absatz landen:
-                USHORT nCurPara = nPara;
-                USHORT nLastPara = GetParaPortions().Count()-1;
-                while ( nPara <= nLastPara && !GetParaPortions()[nPara]->IsVisible() )
-                    nPara++;
-                if ( nPara > nLastPara ) // dann eben rueckwaerts...
-                {
-                    nPara = nCurPara;
-                    while ( nPara && !GetParaPortions()[nPara]->IsVisible() )
-                        nPara--;
-                }
-                DBG_ASSERT( GetParaPortions()[nPara]->IsVisible(), "Keinen sichtbaren Absatz gefunden: UpdateSelections" );
-
-                ParaPortion* pParaPortion = GetParaPortions()[nPara];
-                EditSelection aTmpSelection( EditPaM( pParaPortion->GetNode(), 0 ) );
-                pView->pImpEditView->SetEditSelection( aTmpSelection );
-                bChanged=TRUE;
-                break;  // for-Schleife
-            }
-        }
-        if ( !bChanged )
-        {
-            // Index prueffen, falls Node geschrumpft.
-            if ( aCurSel.Min().GetIndex() > aCurSel.Min().GetNode()->Len() )
-            {
-                aCurSel.Min().GetIndex() = aCurSel.Min().GetNode()->Len();
-                pView->pImpEditView->SetEditSelection( aCurSel );
-            }
-            if ( aCurSel.Max().GetIndex() > aCurSel.Max().GetNode()->Len() )
-            {
-                aCurSel.Max().GetIndex() = aCurSel.Max().GetNode()->Len();
-                pView->pImpEditView->SetEditSelection( aCurSel );
-            }
-        }
-    }
-
-    // Loeschen...
-    for ( USHORT n = 0; n < nInvNodes; n++ )
-    {
-        DeletedNodeInfo* pInf = aDeletedNodes.GetObject( n );
-        delete pInf;
-    }
-    aDeletedNodes.Remove( 0, aDeletedNodes.Count() );
-}
-
-EditSelection ImpEditEngine::ConvertSelection( USHORT nStartPara, USHORT nStartPos,
-                             USHORT nEndPara, USHORT nEndPos ) const
-{
-    EditSelection aNewSelection;
-
-    // Start...
-    ContentNode* pNode = aEditDoc.SaveGetObject( nStartPara );
-    USHORT nIndex = nStartPos;
-    if ( !pNode )
-    {
-        pNode = aEditDoc[ aEditDoc.Count()-1 ];
-        nIndex = pNode->Len();
-    }
-    else if ( nIndex > pNode->Len() )
-        nIndex = pNode->Len();
-
-    aNewSelection.Min().SetNode( pNode );
-    aNewSelection.Min().SetIndex( nIndex );
-
-    // End...
-    pNode = aEditDoc.SaveGetObject( nEndPara );
-    nIndex = nEndPos;
-    if ( !pNode )
-    {
-        pNode = aEditDoc[ aEditDoc.Count()-1 ];
-        nIndex = pNode->Len();
-    }
-    else if ( nIndex > pNode->Len() )
-        nIndex = pNode->Len();
-
-    aNewSelection.Max().SetNode( pNode );
-    aNewSelection.Max().SetIndex( nIndex );
-
-    return aNewSelection;
-}
-
-EditSelection ImpEditEngine::MatchGroup( const EditSelection& rSel )
-{
-    EditSelection aMatchSel;
-    EditSelection aTmpSel( rSel );
-    aTmpSel.Adjust( GetEditDoc() );
-    if ( (  aTmpSel.Min().GetNode() != aTmpSel.Max().GetNode() ) ||
-         ( ( aTmpSel.Max().GetIndex() - aTmpSel.Min().GetIndex() ) > 1 ) )
-    {
-        return aMatchSel;
-    }
-
-    USHORT nPos = aTmpSel.Min().GetIndex();
-    ContentNode* pNode = aTmpSel.Min().GetNode();
-    if ( nPos >= pNode->Len() )
-        return aMatchSel;
-
-    USHORT nMatchChar = aGroupChars.Search( pNode->GetChar( nPos ) );
-    if ( nMatchChar != STRING_NOTFOUND )
-    {
-        USHORT nNode = aEditDoc.GetPos( pNode );
-        if ( ( nMatchChar % 2 ) == 0 )
-        {
-            // Vorwaerts suchen...
-            xub_Unicode nSC = aGroupChars.GetChar( nMatchChar );
-            DBG_ASSERT( aGroupChars.Len() > (nMatchChar+1), "Ungueltige Gruppe von MatchChars!" );
-            xub_Unicode nEC = aGroupChars.GetChar( nMatchChar+1 );
-
-            USHORT nCur = aTmpSel.Min().GetIndex()+1;
-            USHORT nLevel = 1;
-            while ( pNode && nLevel )
-            {
-                XubString& rStr = *pNode;
-                while ( nCur < rStr.Len() )
-                {
-                    if ( rStr.GetChar( nCur ) == nSC )
-                        nLevel++;
-                    else if ( rStr.GetChar( nCur ) == nEC )
-                    {
-                        nLevel--;
-                        if ( !nLevel )
-                            break;  // while nCur...
-                    }
-                    nCur++;
-                }
-
-                if ( nLevel )
-                {
-                    nNode++;
-                    pNode = nNode < aEditDoc.Count() ? aEditDoc.GetObject( nNode ) : 0;
-                    nCur = 0;
-                }
-            }
-            if ( nLevel == 0 )  // gefunden
-            {
-                aMatchSel.Min() = aTmpSel.Min();
-                aMatchSel.Max() = EditPaM( pNode, nCur+1 );
-            }
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            // Rueckwaerts suchen...
-            xub_Unicode nEC = aGroupChars.GetChar( nMatchChar );
-            xub_Unicode nSC = aGroupChars.GetChar( nMatchChar-1 );
-
-            USHORT nCur = aTmpSel.Min().GetIndex()-1;
-            USHORT nLevel = 1;
-            while ( pNode && nLevel )
-            {
-                if ( pNode->Len() )
-                {
-                    XubString& rStr = *pNode;
-                    while ( nCur )
-                    {
-                        if ( rStr.GetChar( nCur ) == nSC )
-                        {
-                            nLevel--;
-                            if ( !nLevel )
-                                break;  // while nCur...
-                        }
-                        else if ( rStr.GetChar( nCur ) == nEC )
-                            nLevel++;
-
-                        nCur--;
-                    }
-                }
-
-                if ( nLevel )
-                {
-                    pNode = nNode ? aEditDoc.GetObject( --nNode ) : 0;
-                    if ( pNode )
-                        nCur = pNode->Len()-1;  // egal ob negativ, weil if Len()
-                }
-            }
-
-            if ( nLevel == 0 )  // gefunden
-            {
-                aMatchSel.Min() = aTmpSel.Min();
-                aMatchSel.Min().GetIndex()++;   // hinter das Zeichen
-                aMatchSel.Max() = EditPaM( pNode, nCur );
-            }
-        }
-    }
-    return aMatchSel;
-}
-
-void ImpEditEngine::StopSelectionMode()
-{
-    if ( ( IsInSelectionMode() || aSelEngine.IsInSelection() ) && pActiveView )
-    {
-        pActiveView->pImpEditView->DrawSelection(); // Wegzeichnen...
-        EditSelection aSel( pActiveView->pImpEditView->GetEditSelection() );
-        aSel.Min() = aSel.Max();
-        pActiveView->pImpEditView->SetEditSelection( aSel );
-        pActiveView->ShowCursor();
-        aSelEngine.Reset();
-        bInSelection = FALSE;
-    }
-}
-
-void ImpEditEngine::SetActiveView( EditView* pView )
-{
-    // !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-    // Eigentlich waere jetzt ein bHasVisSel und HideSelection notwendig !!!
-
-    if ( pView == pActiveView )
-        return;
-
-    if ( pActiveView && pActiveView->HasSelection() )
-        pActiveView->pImpEditView->DrawSelection(); // Wegzeichnen...
-
-    pActiveView = pView;
-
-    if ( pActiveView && pActiveView->HasSelection() )
-        pActiveView->pImpEditView->DrawSelection(); // Wegzeichnen...
-
-    //  NN: Quick fix for #78668#:
-    //  When editing of a cell in Calc is ended, the edit engine is not deleted,
-    //  only the edit views are removed. If mpIMEInfos is still set in that case,
-    //  mpIMEInfos->aPos points to an invalid selection.
-    //  -> reset mpIMEInfos now
-    //  (probably something like this is necessary whenever the content is modified
-    //  from the outside)
-
-    if ( !pView && mpIMEInfos )
-    {
-        delete mpIMEInfos;
-        mpIMEInfos = NULL;
-    }
-}
-
-uno::Reference< datatransfer::XTransferable > ImpEditEngine::CreateTransferable( const EditSelection& rSelection ) const
-{
-#ifndef SVX_LIGHT
-    EditSelection aSelection( rSelection );
-    aSelection.Adjust( GetEditDoc() );
-
-    EditDataObject* pDataObj = new EditDataObject;
-    uno::Reference< datatransfer::XTransferable > xDataObj;
-    xDataObj = pDataObj;
-
-    XubString aText( GetSelected( aSelection ) );
-    aText.ConvertLineEnd(); // Systemspezifisch
-    pDataObj->GetString() = aText;
-
-    SvxFontItem::EnableStoreUnicodeNames( TRUE );
-    WriteBin( pDataObj->GetStream(), aSelection, TRUE );
-    pDataObj->GetStream().Seek( 0 );
-    SvxFontItem::EnableStoreUnicodeNames( FALSE );
-
-    ((ImpEditEngine*)this)->WriteRTF( pDataObj->GetRTFStream(), aSelection );
-    pDataObj->GetRTFStream().Seek( 0 );
-
-    if ( ( aSelection.Min().GetNode() == aSelection.Max().GetNode() )
-            && ( aSelection.Max().GetIndex() == (aSelection.Min().GetIndex()+1) ) )
-    {
-        const EditCharAttrib* pAttr = aSelection.Min().GetNode()->GetCharAttribs().
-            FindFeature( aSelection.Min().GetIndex() );
-        if ( pAttr &&
-            ( pAttr->GetStart() == aSelection.Min().GetIndex() ) &&
-            ( pAttr->Which() == EE_FEATURE_FIELD ) )
-        {
-            const SvxFieldItem* pField = (const SvxFieldItem*)pAttr->GetItem();
-            const SvxFieldData* pFld = pField->GetField();
-            if ( pFld && pFld->ISA( SvxURLField ) )
-            {
-                // Office-Bookmark
-                String aURL( ((const SvxURLField*)pFld)->GetURL() );
-                String aTxt( ((const SvxURLField*)pFld)->GetRepresentation() );
-                pDataObj->GetURL() = aURL;
-            }
-        }
-    }
-
-    return xDataObj;
-#else
-    return uno::Reference< datatransfer::XTransferable >();
-#endif
-}
-
-EditSelection ImpEditEngine::InsertText( uno::Reference< datatransfer::XTransferable >& rxDataObj, const String& rBaseURL, const EditPaM& rPaM, BOOL bUseSpecial )
-{
-    EditSelection aNewSelection( rPaM );
-
-    if ( rxDataObj.is() )
-    {
-        datatransfer::DataFlavor aFlavor;
-        BOOL bDone = FALSE;
-
-        if ( bUseSpecial )
-        {
-            // BIN
-            SotExchange::GetFormatDataFlavor( SOT_FORMATSTR_ID_EDITENGINE, aFlavor );
-            if ( rxDataObj->isDataFlavorSupported( aFlavor ) )
-            {
-                try
-                {
-                    uno::Any aData = rxDataObj->getTransferData( aFlavor );
-                    uno::Sequence< sal_Int8 > aSeq;
-                    aData >>= aSeq;
-                    {
-                        SvMemoryStream aBinStream( aSeq.getArray(), aSeq.getLength(), STREAM_READ );
-                        aNewSelection = Read( aBinStream, rBaseURL, EE_FORMAT_BIN, rPaM );
-                    }
-                    bDone = TRUE;
-                }
-                catch( const ::com::sun::star::uno::Exception& )
-                {
-                }
-            }
-
-            if ( !bDone )
-            {
-                // Bookmark
-                /*
-                String aURL = ...;
-                String aTxt = ...;
-                // Feld nur einfuegen, wenn Factory vorhanden.
-                if ( ITEMDATA() && ITEMDATA()->GetClassManager().Get( SVX_URLFIELD ) )
-                {
-                    SvxFieldItem aField( SvxURLField( aURL, aTxt, SVXURLFORMAT_URL ), EE_FEATURE_FIELD  );
-                    aNewSelection = InsertField( aPaM, aField );
-                    UpdateFields();
-                }
-                else
-                    aNewSelection = ImpInsertText( aPaM, aURL );
-                }
-                */
-            }
-            if ( !bDone )
-            {
-                // RTF
-                SotExchange::GetFormatDataFlavor( SOT_FORMAT_RTF, aFlavor );
-                if ( rxDataObj->isDataFlavorSupported( aFlavor ) )
-                {
-                    try
-                    {
-                        uno::Any aData = rxDataObj->getTransferData( aFlavor );
-                        uno::Sequence< sal_Int8 > aSeq;
-                        aData >>= aSeq;
-                        {
-                            SvMemoryStream aRTFStream( aSeq.getArray(), aSeq.getLength(), STREAM_READ );
-                            aNewSelection = Read( aRTFStream, rBaseURL, EE_FORMAT_RTF, rPaM );
-                        }
-                        bDone = TRUE;
-                    }
-                    catch( const ::com::sun::star::uno::Exception& )
-                    {
-                    }
-                }
-            }
-            if ( !bDone )
-            {
-                // XML ?
-                // Currently, there is nothing like "The" XML format, StarOffice doesn't offer plain XML in Clipboard...
-            }
-        }
-        if ( !bDone )
-        {
-            SotExchange::GetFormatDataFlavor( SOT_FORMAT_STRING, aFlavor );
-            if ( rxDataObj->isDataFlavorSupported( aFlavor ) )
-            {
-                try
-                {
-                    uno::Any aData = rxDataObj->getTransferData( aFlavor );
-                    ::rtl::OUString aText;
-                    aData >>= aText;
-                    aNewSelection = ImpInsertText( rPaM, aText );
-                       bDone = TRUE;
-                }
-                catch( ... )
-                {
-                    ; // #i9286# can happen, even if isDataFlavorSupported returns true...
-                }
-            }
-        }
-    }
-
-    return aNewSelection;
-}
-
-Range ImpEditEngine::GetInvalidYOffsets( ParaPortion* pPortion )
-{
-    Range aRange( 0, 0 );
-
-    if ( pPortion->IsVisible() )
-    {
-        const SvxULSpaceItem& rULSpace = (const SvxULSpaceItem&)pPortion->GetNode()->GetContentAttribs().GetItem( EE_PARA_ULSPACE );
-        const SvxLineSpacingItem& rLSItem = (const SvxLineSpacingItem&)pPortion->GetNode()->GetContentAttribs().GetItem( EE_PARA_SBL );
-        USHORT nSBL = ( rLSItem.GetInterLineSpaceRule() == SVX_INTER_LINE_SPACE_FIX )
-                            ? GetYValue( rLSItem.GetInterLineSpace() ) : 0;
-
-        // erst von vorne...
-        USHORT nFirstInvalid = 0xFFFF;
-        USHORT nLine;
-        for ( nLine = 0; nLine < pPortion->GetLines().Count(); nLine++ )
-        {
-            EditLine* pL = pPortion->GetLines().GetObject( nLine );
-            if ( pL->IsInvalid() )
-            {
-                nFirstInvalid = nLine;
-                break;
-            }
-            if ( nLine && !aStatus.IsOutliner() )   // nicht die erste Zeile
-                aRange.Min() += nSBL;
-            aRange.Min() += pL->GetHeight();
-        }
-        DBG_ASSERT( nFirstInvalid != 0xFFFF, "Keine ungueltige Zeile gefunden in GetInvalidYOffset(1)" );
-
-
-        // Abgleichen und weiter...
-        aRange.Max() = aRange.Min();
-        aRange.Max() += pPortion->GetFirstLineOffset();
-        if ( nFirstInvalid != 0 )   // Nur wenn nicht die erste Zeile ungueltig
-            aRange.Min() = aRange.Max();
-
-        USHORT nLastInvalid = pPortion->GetLines().Count()-1;
-        for ( nLine = nFirstInvalid; nLine < pPortion->GetLines().Count(); nLine++ )
-        {
-            EditLine* pL = pPortion->GetLines().GetObject( nLine );
-            if ( pL->IsValid() )
-            {
-                nLastInvalid = nLine;
-                break;
-            }
-
-            if ( nLine && !aStatus.IsOutliner() )
-                aRange.Max() += nSBL;
-            aRange.Max() += pL->GetHeight();
-        }
-
-        // MT 07/00 SBL kann jetzt kleiner 100% sein => ggf. die Zeile davor neu ausgeben.
-        if( ( rLSItem.GetInterLineSpaceRule() == SVX_INTER_LINE_SPACE_PROP ) && rLSItem.GetPropLineSpace() &&
-            ( rLSItem.GetPropLineSpace() < 100 ) )
-        {
-            EditLine* pL = pPortion->GetLines().GetObject( nFirstInvalid );
-            long n = pL->GetTxtHeight() * ( 100 - rLSItem.GetPropLineSpace() );
-            n /= 100;
-            aRange.Min() -= n;
-            aRange.Max() += n;
-        }
-
-        if ( ( nLastInvalid == pPortion->GetLines().Count()-1 ) && ( !aStatus.IsOutliner() ) )
-            aRange.Max() += GetYValue( rULSpace.GetLower() );
-    }
-    return aRange;
-}
-
-EditPaM ImpEditEngine::GetPaM( ParaPortion* pPortion, Point aDocPos, BOOL bSmart )
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( pPortion->IsVisible(), "Wozu GetPaM() bei einem unsichtbaren Absatz?" );
-    DBG_ASSERT( IsFormatted(), "GetPaM: Nicht formatiert" );
-
-    USHORT nCurIndex = 0;
-    EditPaM aPaM;
-    aPaM.SetNode( pPortion->GetNode() );
-
-    const SvxLineSpacingItem& rLSItem = (const SvxLineSpacingItem&)pPortion->GetNode()->GetContentAttribs().GetItem( EE_PARA_SBL );
-    USHORT nSBL = ( rLSItem.GetInterLineSpaceRule() == SVX_INTER_LINE_SPACE_FIX )
-                        ? GetYValue( rLSItem.GetInterLineSpace() ) : 0;
-
-    long nY = pPortion->GetFirstLineOffset();
-
-    DBG_ASSERT( pPortion->GetLines().Count(), "Leere ParaPortion in GetPaM!" );
-
-    EditLine* pLine = 0;
-    for ( USHORT nLine = 0; nLine < pPortion->GetLines().Count(); nLine++ )
-    {
-        EditLine* pTmpLine = pPortion->GetLines().GetObject( nLine );
-        nY += pTmpLine->GetHeight();
-        if ( !aStatus.IsOutliner() )
-            nY += nSBL;
-        if ( nY > aDocPos.Y() )     // das war 'se
-        {
-            pLine = pTmpLine;
-            break;                  // richtige Y-Position intressiert nicht
-        }
-
-        nCurIndex = nCurIndex + pTmpLine->GetLen();
-    }
-
-    if ( !pLine ) // darf nur im Bereich von SA passieren!
-    {
-        #ifdef DBG_UTIL
-         const SvxULSpaceItem& rULSpace =(const SvxULSpaceItem&)pPortion->GetNode()->GetContentAttribs().GetItem( EE_PARA_ULSPACE );
-         DBG_ASSERT( nY+GetYValue( rULSpace.GetLower() ) >= aDocPos.Y() , "Index in keiner Zeile, GetPaM ?" );
-        #endif
-        aPaM.SetIndex( pPortion->GetNode()->Len() );
-        return aPaM;
-    }
-
-    // Wenn Zeile gefunden, nur noch X-Position => Index
-    nCurIndex = GetChar( pPortion, pLine, aDocPos.X(), bSmart );
-    aPaM.SetIndex( nCurIndex );
-
-    if ( nCurIndex && ( nCurIndex == pLine->GetEnd() ) &&
-         ( pLine != pPortion->GetLines().GetObject( pPortion->GetLines().Count()-1) ) )
-    {
-        aPaM = CursorLeft( aPaM, ::com::sun::star::i18n::CharacterIteratorMode::SKIPCELL );
-    }
-
-    return aPaM;
-}
-
-USHORT ImpEditEngine::GetChar( ParaPortion* pParaPortion, EditLine* pLine, long nXPos, BOOL bSmart )
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( pLine, "Keine Zeile erhalten: GetChar" );
-
-    USHORT nChar = 0xFFFF;
-    USHORT nCurIndex = pLine->GetStart();
-
-
-    // Search best matching portion with GetPortionXOffset()
-    for ( USHORT i = pLine->GetStartPortion(); i <= pLine->GetEndPortion(); i++ )
-    {
-        TextPortion* pPortion = pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().GetObject( i );
-        long nXLeft = GetPortionXOffset( pParaPortion, pLine, i );
-        long nXRight = nXLeft + pPortion->GetSize().Width();
-        if ( ( nXLeft <= nXPos ) && ( nXRight >= nXPos ) )
-        {
-             nChar = nCurIndex;
-
-            // Search within Portion...
-
-            // Don't search within special portions...
-            if ( pPortion->GetKind() != PORTIONKIND_TEXT )
-            {
-                // ...but check on which side
-                if ( bSmart )
-                {
-                    long nLeftDiff = nXPos-nXLeft;
-                    long nRightDiff = nXRight-nXPos;
-                    if ( nRightDiff < nLeftDiff )
-                        nChar++;
-                }
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                USHORT nMax = pPortion->GetLen();
-                USHORT nOffset = 0xFFFF;
-                USHORT nTmpCurIndex = nChar - pLine->GetStart();
-
-                long nXInPortion = nXPos - nXLeft;
-                if ( pPortion->IsRightToLeft() )
-                    nXInPortion = nXRight - nXPos;
-
-                // Search in Array...
-                for ( USHORT x = 0; x < nMax; x++ )
-                {
-                    long nTmpPosMax = pLine->GetCharPosArray().GetObject( nTmpCurIndex+x );
-                    if ( nTmpPosMax > nXInPortion )
-                    {
-                        // pruefen, ob dieser oder der davor...
-                        long nTmpPosMin = x ? pLine->GetCharPosArray().GetObject( nTmpCurIndex+x-1 ) : 0;
-                        long nDiffLeft = nXInPortion - nTmpPosMin;
-                        long nDiffRight = nTmpPosMax - nXInPortion;
-                        DBG_ASSERT( nDiffLeft >= 0, "DiffLeft negativ" );
-                        DBG_ASSERT( nDiffRight >= 0, "DiffRight negativ" );
-                        nOffset = ( bSmart && ( nDiffRight < nDiffLeft ) ) ? x+1 : x;
-                        // I18N: If there are character position with the length of 0,
-                        // they belong to the same character, we can not use this position as an index.
-                        // Skip all 0-positions, cheaper than using XBreakIterator:
-                        if ( nOffset < nMax )
-                        {
-                            const long nX = pLine->GetCharPosArray().GetObject(nOffset);
-                            while ( ( (nOffset+1) < nMax ) && ( pLine->GetCharPosArray().GetObject(nOffset+1) == nX ) )
-                                nOffset++;
-                        }
-                        break;
-                    }
-                }
-
-                // Bei Verwendung des CharPosArray duerfte es keine Ungenauigkeiten geben!
-                // Vielleicht bei Kerning ?
-                // 0xFFF passiert z.B. bei Outline-Font, wenn ganz hinten.
-                if ( nOffset == 0xFFFF )
-                    nOffset = nMax;
-
-                DBG_ASSERT( nOffset <= nMax, "nOffset > nMax" );
-
-                nChar = nChar + nOffset;
-
-                // Check if index is within a cell:
-                if ( nChar && ( nChar < pParaPortion->GetNode()->Len() ) )
-                {
-                    EditPaM aPaM( pParaPortion->GetNode(), nChar+1 );
-                    USHORT nScriptType = GetScriptType( aPaM );
-                    if ( nScriptType == i18n::ScriptType::COMPLEX )
-                    {
-                        uno::Reference < i18n::XBreakIterator > _xBI( ImplGetBreakIterator() );
-                        sal_Int32 nCount = 1;
-                        lang::Locale aLocale = GetLocale( aPaM );
-                        USHORT nRight = (USHORT)_xBI->nextCharacters( *pParaPortion->GetNode(), nChar, aLocale, ::com::sun::star::i18n::CharacterIteratorMode::SKIPCELL, nCount, nCount );
-                        USHORT nLeft = (USHORT)_xBI->previousCharacters( *pParaPortion->GetNode(), nRight, aLocale, ::com::sun::star::i18n::CharacterIteratorMode::SKIPCELL, nCount, nCount );
-                        if ( ( nLeft != nChar ) && ( nRight != nChar ) )
-                        {
-                            nChar = ( Abs( nRight - nChar ) < Abs( nLeft - nChar ) ) ? nRight : nLeft;
-                        }
-                    }
-                }
-            }
-        }
-
-        nCurIndex = nCurIndex + pPortion->GetLen();
-    }
-
-    if ( nChar == 0xFFFF )
-    {
-        nChar = ( nXPos <= pLine->GetStartPosX() ) ? pLine->GetStart() : pLine->GetEnd();
-    }
-
-    return nChar;
-}
-
-Range ImpEditEngine::GetLineXPosStartEnd( ParaPortion* pParaPortion, EditLine* pLine )
-{
-    Range aLineXPosStartEnd;
-
-    USHORT nPara = GetEditDoc().GetPos( pParaPortion->GetNode() );
-    if ( !IsRightToLeft( nPara ) )
-    {
-        aLineXPosStartEnd.Min() = pLine->GetStartPosX();
-        aLineXPosStartEnd.Max() = pLine->GetStartPosX() + pLine->GetTextWidth();
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        aLineXPosStartEnd.Min() = GetPaperSize().Width() - ( pLine->GetStartPosX() + pLine->GetTextWidth() );
-        aLineXPosStartEnd.Max() = GetPaperSize().Width() - pLine->GetStartPosX();
-    }
-
-
-    return aLineXPosStartEnd;
-}
-
-long ImpEditEngine::GetPortionXOffset( ParaPortion* pParaPortion, EditLine* pLine, USHORT nTextPortion )
-{
-    long nX = pLine->GetStartPosX();
-
-    for ( USHORT i = pLine->GetStartPortion(); i < nTextPortion; i++ )
-    {
-        TextPortion* pPortion = pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().GetObject( i );
-        switch ( pPortion->GetKind() )
-        {
-            case PORTIONKIND_FIELD:
-            case PORTIONKIND_TEXT:
-            case PORTIONKIND_HYPHENATOR:
-            case PORTIONKIND_TAB:
-//          case PORTIONKIND_EXTRASPACE:
-            {
-                nX += pPortion->GetSize().Width();
-            }
-            break;
-        }
-    }
-
-    USHORT nPara = GetEditDoc().GetPos( pParaPortion->GetNode() );
-    BOOL bR2LPara = IsRightToLeft( nPara );
-
-    TextPortion* pDestPortion = pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().GetObject( nTextPortion );
-    if ( pDestPortion->GetKind() != PORTIONKIND_TAB )
-    {
-        if ( !bR2LPara && pDestPortion->GetRightToLeft() )
-        {
-            // Portions behind must be added, visual before this portion
-            sal_uInt16 nTmpPortion = nTextPortion+1;
-            while ( nTmpPortion <= pLine->GetEndPortion() )
-            {
-                TextPortion* pNextTextPortion = pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().GetObject( nTmpPortion );
-                if ( pNextTextPortion->GetRightToLeft() && ( pNextTextPortion->GetKind() != PORTIONKIND_TAB ) )
-                    nX += pNextTextPortion->GetSize().Width();
-                else
-                    break;
-                nTmpPortion++;
-            }
-            // Portions before must be removed, visual behind this portion
-            nTmpPortion = nTextPortion;
-            while ( nTmpPortion > pLine->GetStartPortion() )
-            {
-                --nTmpPortion;
-                TextPortion* pPrevTextPortion = pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().GetObject( nTmpPortion );
-                if ( pPrevTextPortion->GetRightToLeft() && ( pPrevTextPortion->GetKind() != PORTIONKIND_TAB ) )
-                    nX -= pPrevTextPortion->GetSize().Width();
-                else
-                    break;
-            }
-        }
-        else if ( bR2LPara && !pDestPortion->IsRightToLeft() )
-        {
-            // Portions behind must be ermoved, visual behind this portion
-            sal_uInt16 nTmpPortion = nTextPortion+1;
-            while ( nTmpPortion <= pLine->GetEndPortion() )
-            {
-                TextPortion* pNextTextPortion = pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().GetObject( nTmpPortion );
-                if ( !pNextTextPortion->IsRightToLeft() && ( pNextTextPortion->GetKind() != PORTIONKIND_TAB ) )
-                    nX += pNextTextPortion->GetSize().Width();
-                else
-                    break;
-                nTmpPortion++;
-            }
-            // Portions before must be added, visual before this portion
-            nTmpPortion = nTextPortion;
-            while ( nTmpPortion > pLine->GetStartPortion() )
-            {
-                --nTmpPortion;
-                TextPortion* pPrevTextPortion = pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().GetObject( nTmpPortion );
-                if ( !pPrevTextPortion->IsRightToLeft() && ( pPrevTextPortion->GetKind() != PORTIONKIND_TAB ) )
-                    nX -= pPrevTextPortion->GetSize().Width();
-                else
-                    break;
-            }
-        }
-    }
-    if ( bR2LPara )
-    {
-        // Switch X postions...
-        DBG_ASSERT( GetTextRanger() || GetPaperSize().Width(), "GetPortionXOffset - paper size?!" );
-        DBG_ASSERT( GetTextRanger() || (nX <= GetPaperSize().Width()), "GetPortionXOffset - position out of paper size!" );
-        nX = GetPaperSize().Width() - nX;
-        nX -= pDestPortion->GetSize().Width();
-    }
-
-    return nX;
-}
-
-long ImpEditEngine::GetXPos( ParaPortion* pParaPortion, EditLine* pLine, USHORT nIndex, BOOL bPreferPortionStart )
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( pLine, "Keine Zeile erhalten: GetXPos" );
-    DBG_ASSERT( ( nIndex >= pLine->GetStart() ) && ( nIndex <= pLine->GetEnd() ) , "GetXPos muss richtig gerufen werden!" );
-
-    BOOL bDoPreferPortionStart = bPreferPortionStart;
-    // Assure that the portion belongs to this line:
-    if ( nIndex == pLine->GetStart() )
-        bDoPreferPortionStart = TRUE;
-    else if ( nIndex == pLine->GetEnd() )
-        bDoPreferPortionStart = FALSE;
-
-    USHORT nTextPortionStart = 0;
-    USHORT nTextPortion = pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().FindPortion( nIndex, nTextPortionStart, bDoPreferPortionStart );
-
-    DBG_ASSERT( ( nTextPortion >= pLine->GetStartPortion() ) && ( nTextPortion <= pLine->GetEndPortion() ), "GetXPos: Portion not in current line! " );
-
-    TextPortion* pPortion = pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().GetObject( nTextPortion );
-
-    long nX = GetPortionXOffset( pParaPortion, pLine, nTextPortion );
-
-    // calc text width, portion size may include CJK/CTL spacing...
-    // But the array migh not be init yet, if using text ranger this method is called within CreateLines()...
-    long nPortionTextWidth = pPortion->GetSize().Width();
-    if ( ( pPortion->GetKind() == PORTIONKIND_TEXT ) && pPortion->GetLen() && !GetTextRanger() )
-        nPortionTextWidth = pLine->GetCharPosArray().GetObject( nTextPortionStart + pPortion->GetLen() - 1 - pLine->GetStart() );
-
-    if ( nTextPortionStart != nIndex )
-    {
-        // Search within portion...
-        if ( nIndex == ( nTextPortionStart + pPortion->GetLen() ) )
-        {
-            // End of Portion
-            if ( pPortion->GetKind() == PORTIONKIND_TAB )
-            {
-                if ( (nTextPortion+1) < pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().Count() )
-                {
-                    TextPortion* pNextPortion = pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().GetObject( nTextPortion+1 );
-                    if ( pNextPortion->GetKind() != PORTIONKIND_TAB )
-                    {
-                        // DBG_ASSERT( !bPreferPortionStart, "GetXPos - How can we this tab portion here???" );
-                        // #109879# We loop if nIndex == pLine->GetEnd, because bPreferPortionStart will be reset
-                        if ( !bPreferPortionStart )
-                            nX = GetXPos( pParaPortion, pLine, nIndex, TRUE );
-                        else if ( !IsRightToLeft( GetEditDoc().GetPos( pParaPortion->GetNode() ) ) )
-                            nX += nPortionTextWidth;
-                    }
-                }
-                else if ( !IsRightToLeft( GetEditDoc().GetPos( pParaPortion->GetNode() ) ) )
-                {
-                    nX += nPortionTextWidth;
-                }
-            }
-            else if ( !pPortion->IsRightToLeft() )
-            {
-                nX += nPortionTextWidth;
-            }
-        }
-        else if ( pPortion->GetKind() == PORTIONKIND_TEXT )
-        {
-            DBG_ASSERT( nIndex != pLine->GetStart(), "Strange behavior in new GetXPos()" );
-            DBG_ASSERT( pLine && pLine->GetCharPosArray().Count(), "svx::ImpEditEngine::GetXPos(), portion in an empty line?" );
-
-            if( pLine->GetCharPosArray().Count() )
-            {
-                USHORT nPos = nIndex - 1 - pLine->GetStart();
-                if( nPos >= pLine->GetCharPosArray().Count() )
-                {
-                    nPos = pLine->GetCharPosArray().Count()-1;
-                    DBG_ERROR("svx::ImpEditEngine::GetXPos(), index out of range!");
-                }
-
-                long nPosInPortion = pLine->GetCharPosArray().GetObject( nPos );
-
-                if ( !pPortion->IsRightToLeft() )
-                {
-                    nX += nPosInPortion;
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    nX += nPortionTextWidth - nPosInPortion;
-                }
-
-                if ( pPortion->GetExtraInfos() && pPortion->GetExtraInfos()->bCompressed )
-                {
-                    nX += pPortion->GetExtraInfos()->nPortionOffsetX;
-                    if ( pPortion->GetExtraInfos()->nAsianCompressionTypes & CHAR_PUNCTUATIONRIGHT )
-                    {
-                        BYTE nType = GetCharTypeForCompression( pParaPortion->GetNode()->GetChar( nIndex ) );
-                        if ( nType == CHAR_PUNCTUATIONRIGHT )
-                        {
-                            USHORT n = nIndex - nTextPortionStart;
-                            const sal_Int32* pDXArray = pLine->GetCharPosArray().GetData()+( nTextPortionStart-pLine->GetStart() );
-                            sal_Int32 nCharWidth = ( ( (n+1) < pPortion->GetLen() ) ? pDXArray[n] : pPortion->GetSize().Width() )
-                                                            - ( n ? pDXArray[n-1] : 0 );
-                            if ( (n+1) < pPortion->GetLen() )
-                            {
-                                // smaller, when char behind is CHAR_PUNCTUATIONRIGHT also
-                                nType = GetCharTypeForCompression( pParaPortion->GetNode()->GetChar( nIndex+1 ) );
-                                if ( nType == CHAR_PUNCTUATIONRIGHT )
-                                {
-                                    sal_Int32 nNextCharWidth = ( ( (n+2) < pPortion->GetLen() ) ? pDXArray[n+1] : pPortion->GetSize().Width() )
-                                                                    - pDXArray[n];
-                                    sal_Int32 nCompressed = nNextCharWidth/2;
-                                    nCompressed *= pPortion->GetExtraInfos()->nMaxCompression100thPercent;
-                                    nCompressed /= 10000;
-                                    nCharWidth += nCompressed;
-                                }
-                            }
-                            else
-                            {
-                                nCharWidth *= 2;    // last char pos to portion end is only compressed size
-                            }
-                            nX += nCharWidth/2; // 50% compression
-                        }
-                    }
-                }
-            }
-        }
-    }
-    else // if ( nIndex == pLine->GetStart() )
-    {
-        if ( pPortion->IsRightToLeft() )
-        {
-            nX += nPortionTextWidth;
-        }
-    }
-
-    return nX;
-}
-
-void ImpEditEngine::CalcHeight( ParaPortion* pPortion )
-{
-    pPortion->nHeight = 0;
-    pPortion->nFirstLineOffset = 0;
-
-    if ( pPortion->IsVisible() )
-    {
-        DBG_ASSERT( pPortion->GetLines().Count(), "Absatz ohne Zeilen in ParaPortion::CalcHeight" );
-        for ( USHORT nLine = 0; nLine < pPortion->GetLines().Count(); nLine++ )
-            pPortion->nHeight += pPortion->GetLines().GetObject( nLine )->GetHeight();
-
-        if ( !aStatus.IsOutliner() )
-        {
-            const SvxULSpaceItem& rULItem = (const SvxULSpaceItem&)pPortion->GetNode()->GetContentAttribs().GetItem( EE_PARA_ULSPACE );
-            const SvxLineSpacingItem& rLSItem = (const SvxLineSpacingItem&)pPortion->GetNode()->GetContentAttribs().GetItem( EE_PARA_SBL );
-            USHORT nSBL = ( rLSItem.GetInterLineSpaceRule() == SVX_INTER_LINE_SPACE_FIX ) ? GetYValue( rLSItem.GetInterLineSpace() ) : 0;
-
-            if ( nSBL )
-            {
-                if ( pPortion->GetLines().Count() > 1 )
-                    pPortion->nHeight += ( pPortion->GetLines().Count() - 1 ) * nSBL;
-                if ( aStatus.ULSpaceSummation() )
-                    pPortion->nHeight += nSBL;
-            }
-
-            USHORT nPortion = GetParaPortions().GetPos( pPortion );
-            if ( nPortion || aStatus.ULSpaceFirstParagraph() )
-            {
-                USHORT nUpper = GetYValue( rULItem.GetUpper() );
-                pPortion->nHeight += nUpper;
-                pPortion->nFirstLineOffset = nUpper;
-            }
-
-            if ( ( nPortion != (GetParaPortions().Count()-1) ) )
-            {
-                pPortion->nHeight += GetYValue( rULItem.GetLower() );   // nicht in letzter
-            }
-
-
-            if ( nPortion && !aStatus.ULSpaceSummation() )
-            {
-                ParaPortion* pPrev = GetParaPortions().SaveGetObject( nPortion-1 );
-                const SvxULSpaceItem& rPrevULItem = (const SvxULSpaceItem&)pPrev->GetNode()->GetContentAttribs().GetItem( EE_PARA_ULSPACE );
-                const SvxLineSpacingItem& rPrevLSItem = (const SvxLineSpacingItem&)pPrev->GetNode()->GetContentAttribs().GetItem( EE_PARA_SBL );
-
-                // Verhalten WinWord6/Writer3:
-                // Bei einem proportionalen Zeilenabstand wird auch der Absatzabstand
-                // manipuliert.
-                // Nur Writer3: Nicht aufaddieren, sondern Mindestabstand.
-
-                // Pruefen, ob Abstand durch LineSpacing > Upper:
-                USHORT nExtraSpace = GetYValue( lcl_CalcExtraSpace( pPortion, rLSItem ) );
-                if ( nExtraSpace > pPortion->nFirstLineOffset )
-                {
-                    // Absatz wird 'groesser':
-                    pPortion->nHeight += ( nExtraSpace - pPortion->nFirstLineOffset );
-                    pPortion->nFirstLineOffset = nExtraSpace;
-                }
-
-                // nFirstLineOffset jetzt f(pNode) => jetzt f(pNode, pPrev) ermitteln:
-                USHORT nPrevLower = GetYValue( rPrevULItem.GetLower() );
-
-                // Dieser PrevLower steckt noch in der Hoehe der PrevPortion...
-                if ( nPrevLower > pPortion->nFirstLineOffset )
-                {
-                    // Absatz wird 'kleiner':
-                    pPortion->nHeight -= pPortion->nFirstLineOffset;
-                    pPortion->nFirstLineOffset = 0;
-                }
-                else if ( nPrevLower )
-                {
-                    // Absatz wird 'etwas kleiner':
-                    pPortion->nHeight -= nPrevLower;
-                    pPortion->nFirstLineOffset =
-                        pPortion->nFirstLineOffset - nPrevLower;
-                }
-
-                // Finde ich zwar nicht so gut, aber Writer3-Feature:
-                // Pruefen, ob Abstand durch LineSpacing > Lower:
-                // Dieser Wert steckt nicht in der Hoehe der PrevPortion.
-                if ( !pPrev->IsInvalid() )
-                {
-                    nExtraSpace = GetYValue( lcl_CalcExtraSpace( pPrev, rPrevLSItem ) );
-                    if ( nExtraSpace > nPrevLower )
-                    {
-                        USHORT nMoreLower = nExtraSpace - nPrevLower;
-                        // Absatz wird 'groesser', 'waechst' nach unten:
-                        if ( nMoreLower > pPortion->nFirstLineOffset )
-                        {
-                            pPortion->nHeight += ( nMoreLower - pPortion->nFirstLineOffset );
-                            pPortion->nFirstLineOffset = nMoreLower;
-                        }
-                    }
-                }
-            }
-        }
-    }
-}
-
-Rectangle ImpEditEngine::GetEditCursor( ParaPortion* pPortion, USHORT nIndex, USHORT nFlags )
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( pPortion->IsVisible(), "Wozu GetEditCursor() bei einem unsichtbaren Absatz?" );
-    DBG_ASSERT( IsFormatted() || GetTextRanger(), "GetEditCursor: Nicht formatiert" );
-
-    /*
-     GETCRSR_ENDOFLINE: Wenn hinter dem letzten Zeichen einer umgebrochenen Zeile,
-     am Ende der Zeile bleiben, nicht am Anfang der naechsten.
-     Zweck:     - END => wirklich hinter das letzte Zeichen
-                - Selektion....
-    */
-
-    long nY = pPortion->GetFirstLineOffset();
-
-    const SvxLineSpacingItem& rLSItem = (const SvxLineSpacingItem&)pPortion->GetNode()->GetContentAttribs().GetItem( EE_PARA_SBL );
-    USHORT nSBL = ( rLSItem.GetInterLineSpaceRule() == SVX_INTER_LINE_SPACE_FIX )
-                        ? GetYValue( rLSItem.GetInterLineSpace() ) : 0;
-
-    USHORT nCurIndex = 0;
-    DBG_ASSERT( pPortion->GetLines().Count(), "Leere ParaPortion in GetEditCursor!" );
-    EditLine* pLine = 0;
-    BOOL bEOL = ( nFlags & GETCRSR_ENDOFLINE ) ? TRUE : FALSE;
-    for ( USHORT nLine = 0; nLine < pPortion->GetLines().Count(); nLine++ )
-    {
-        EditLine* pTmpLine = pPortion->GetLines().GetObject( nLine );
-        if ( ( pTmpLine->GetStart() == nIndex ) || ( pTmpLine->IsIn( nIndex, bEOL ) ) )
-        {
-            pLine = pTmpLine;
-            break;
-        }
-
-        nCurIndex = nCurIndex + pTmpLine->GetLen();
-        nY += pTmpLine->GetHeight();
-        if ( !aStatus.IsOutliner() )
-            nY += nSBL;
-    }
-    if ( !pLine )
-    {
-        // Cursor am Ende des Absatzes.
-        DBG_ASSERT( nIndex == nCurIndex, "Index voll daneben in GetEditCursor!" );
-
-        pLine = pPortion->GetLines().GetObject( pPortion->GetLines().Count()-1 );
-        nY -= pLine->GetHeight();
-        if ( !aStatus.IsOutliner() )
-            nY -= nSBL;
-        nCurIndex = nCurIndex -  pLine->GetLen();
-    }
-
-    Rectangle aEditCursor;
-
-    aEditCursor.Top() = nY;
-    nY += pLine->GetHeight();
-    aEditCursor.Bottom() = nY-1;
-
-    // innerhalb der Zeile suchen...
-    long nX;
-
-    if ( ( nIndex == pLine->GetStart() ) && ( nFlags & GETCRSR_STARTOFLINE ) )
-    {
-        Range aXRange = GetLineXPosStartEnd( pPortion, pLine );
-        nX = !IsRightToLeft( GetEditDoc().GetPos( pPortion->GetNode() ) ) ? aXRange.Min() : aXRange.Max();
-    }
-    else if ( ( nIndex == pLine->GetEnd() ) && ( nFlags & GETCRSR_ENDOFLINE ) )
-    {
-        Range aXRange = GetLineXPosStartEnd( pPortion, pLine );
-        nX = !IsRightToLeft( GetEditDoc().GetPos( pPortion->GetNode() ) ) ? aXRange.Max() : aXRange.Min();
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        nX = GetXPos( pPortion, pLine, nIndex, ( nFlags & GETCRSR_PREFERPORTIONSTART ) ? TRUE : FALSE );
-    }
-
-    aEditCursor.Left() = aEditCursor.Right() = nX;
-
-    if ( nFlags & GETCRSR_TXTONLY )
-        aEditCursor.Top() = aEditCursor.Bottom() - pLine->GetTxtHeight() + 1;
-    else
-        aEditCursor.Top() = aEditCursor.Bottom() - Min( pLine->GetTxtHeight(), pLine->GetHeight() ) + 1;
-
-    return aEditCursor;
-}
-
-void ImpEditEngine::SetValidPaperSize( const Size& rNewSz )
-{
-    aPaperSize = rNewSz;
-
-    long nMinWidth = aStatus.AutoPageWidth() ? aMinAutoPaperSize.Width() : 0;
-    long nMaxWidth = aStatus.AutoPageWidth() ? aMaxAutoPaperSize.Width() : 0x7FFFFFFF;
-    long nMinHeight = aStatus.AutoPageHeight() ? aMinAutoPaperSize.Height() : 0;
-    long nMaxHeight = aStatus.AutoPageHeight() ? aMaxAutoPaperSize.Height() : 0x7FFFFFFF;
-
-    // Minimale/Maximale Breite:
-    if ( aPaperSize.Width() < nMinWidth )
-        aPaperSize.Width() = nMinWidth;
-    else if ( aPaperSize.Width() > nMaxWidth )
-        aPaperSize.Width() = nMaxWidth;
-
-    // Minimale/Maximale Hoehe:
-    if ( aPaperSize.Height() < nMinHeight )
-        aPaperSize.Height() = nMinHeight;
-    else if ( aPaperSize.Height() > nMaxHeight )
-        aPaperSize.Height() = nMaxHeight;
-}
-
-void ImpEditEngine::IndentBlock( EditView* pEditView, BOOL bRight )
-{
-    ESelection aESel( CreateESel( pEditView->pImpEditView->GetEditSelection() ) );
-    aESel.Adjust();
-
-    // Nur wenn mehrere selektierte Absaetze...
-    if ( aESel.nEndPara > aESel.nStartPara )
-    {
-        ESelection aNewSel = aESel;
-        aNewSel.nStartPos = 0;
-        aNewSel.nEndPos = 0xFFFF;
-
-        if ( aESel.nEndPos == 0 )
-        {
-            aESel.nEndPara--;       // dann diesen Absatz nicht...
-            aNewSel.nEndPos = 0;
-        }
-
-        pEditView->pImpEditView->DrawSelection();
-        pEditView->pImpEditView->SetEditSelection(
-                        pEditView->pImpEditView->GetEditSelection().Max() );
-        UndoActionStart( bRight ? EDITUNDO_INDENTBLOCK : EDITUNDO_UNINDENTBLOCK );
-
-        for ( USHORT nPara = aESel.nStartPara; nPara <= aESel.nEndPara; nPara++ )
-        {
-            ContentNode* pNode = GetEditDoc().GetObject( nPara );
-            if ( bRight )
-            {
-                // Tabs hinzufuegen
-                EditPaM aPaM( pNode, 0 );
-                InsertTab( aPaM );
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                // Tabs entfernen
-                EditCharAttrib* pFeature = pNode->GetCharAttribs().FindFeature( 0 );
-                if ( pFeature && ( pFeature->GetStart() == 0 ) &&
-                   ( pFeature->GetItem()->Which() == EE_FEATURE_TAB ) )
-                {
-                    EditPaM aStartPaM( pNode, 0 );
-                    EditPaM aEndPaM( pNode, 1 );
-                    ImpDeleteSelection( EditSelection( aStartPaM, aEndPaM ) );
-                }
-            }
-        }
-
-        UndoActionEnd( bRight ? EDITUNDO_INDENTBLOCK : EDITUNDO_UNINDENTBLOCK );
-        UpdateSelections();
-        FormatAndUpdate( pEditView );
-
-        ContentNode* pLastNode = GetEditDoc().GetObject( aNewSel.nEndPara );
-        if ( pLastNode->Len() < aNewSel.nEndPos )
-            aNewSel.nEndPos = pLastNode->Len();
-        pEditView->pImpEditView->SetEditSelection( CreateSel( aNewSel ) );
-        pEditView->pImpEditView->DrawSelection();
-        pEditView->pImpEditView->ShowCursor( FALSE, TRUE );
-    }
-}
-
-vos::ORef<SvxForbiddenCharactersTable> ImpEditEngine::GetForbiddenCharsTable( BOOL bGetInternal ) const
-{
-    vos::ORef<SvxForbiddenCharactersTable> xF = xForbiddenCharsTable;
-    if ( !xF.isValid() && bGetInternal )
-        xF = EE_DLL()->GetGlobalData()->GetForbiddenCharsTable();
-    return xF;
-}
-
-void ImpEditEngine::SetForbiddenCharsTable( vos::ORef<SvxForbiddenCharactersTable> xForbiddenChars )
-{
-    EE_DLL()->GetGlobalData()->SetForbiddenCharsTable( xForbiddenChars );
-}
-
-svtools::ColorConfig& ImpEditEngine::GetColorConfig()
-{
-    if ( !pColorConfig )
-        pColorConfig = new svtools::ColorConfig;
-
-    return *pColorConfig;
-}
-
-BOOL ImpEditEngine::IsVisualCursorTravelingEnabled()
-{
-    BOOL bVisualCursorTravaling = FALSE;
-
-    if( !pCTLOptions )
-        pCTLOptions = new SvtCTLOptions;
-
-    if ( pCTLOptions->IsCTLFontEnabled() && ( pCTLOptions->GetCTLCursorMovement() == SvtCTLOptions::MOVEMENT_VISUAL ) )
-    {
-        bVisualCursorTravaling = TRUE;
-    }
-
-    return bVisualCursorTravaling;
-
-}
-
-BOOL ImpEditEngine::DoVisualCursorTraveling( const ContentNode* )
-{
-    // Don't check if it's necessary, because we also need it when leaving the paragraph
-    return IsVisualCursorTravelingEnabled();
-/*
-    BOOL bDoVisualCursorTraveling = FALSE;
-
-    if ( IsVisualCursorTravelingEnabled() && pNode->Len() )
-    {
-        // Only necessary when RTL text in LTR para or LTR text in RTL para
-        bDoVisualCursorTraveling = HasDifferentRTLLevels( pNode );
-    }
-
-    return bDoVisualCursorTraveling;
-*/
-}
-
-
-void ImpEditEngine::CallNotify( EENotify& rNotify )
-{
-    if ( !nBlockNotifications )
-    {
-        GetNotifyHdl().Call( &rNotify );
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        EENotify* pNewNotify = new EENotify( rNotify );
-        aNotifyCache.Insert( pNewNotify, aNotifyCache.Count() );
-    }
-}
-
-void ImpEditEngine::EnterBlockNotifications()
-{
-    if( !nBlockNotifications )
-    {
-        // #109864# Send out START notification immediately, to allow
-        // external, non-queued events to be captured as well from
-        // client side
-        EENotify aNotify( EE_NOTIFY_BLOCKNOTIFICATION_START );
-        aNotify.pEditEngine = GetEditEnginePtr();
-        GetNotifyHdl().Call( &aNotify );
-    }
-
-    nBlockNotifications++;
-}
-
-void ImpEditEngine::LeaveBlockNotifications()
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( nBlockNotifications, "LeaveBlockNotifications - Why?" );
-
-    nBlockNotifications--;
-    if ( !nBlockNotifications )
-    {
-        // Call blocked notify events...
-        while ( aNotifyCache.Count() )
-        {
-            EENotify* pNotify = aNotifyCache[0];
-            // Remove from list before calling, maybe we enter LeaveBlockNotifications while calling the handler...
-            aNotifyCache.Remove( 0 );
-            GetNotifyHdl().Call( pNotify );
-            delete pNotify;
-        }
-
-        EENotify aNotify( EE_NOTIFY_BLOCKNOTIFICATION_END );
-        aNotify.pEditEngine = GetEditEnginePtr();
-        GetNotifyHdl().Call( &aNotify );
-    }
-}
-
-IMPL_LINK( ImpEditEngine, DocModified, void*, EMPTYARG )
-{
-    aModifyHdl.Call( NULL /*GetEditEnginePtr()*/ ); // NULL, because also used for Outliner
-    return 0;
-}
diff --git a/svx/source/editeng/impedit3.cxx b/svx/source/editeng/impedit3.cxx
deleted file mode 100644
index 72cf588bc6a1..000000000000
--- a/svx/source/editeng/impedit3.cxx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,4683 +0,0 @@
-/*************************************************************************
- *
- * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
- *
- * Copyright 2008 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite
- *
- * $RCSfile: impedit3.cxx,v $
- * $Revision: 1.124.82.2 $
- *
- * This file is part of OpenOffice.org.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3
- * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details
- * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code).
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org.  If not, see
- * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html>
- * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License.
- *
- ************************************************************************/
-
-// MARKER(update_precomp.py): autogen include statement, do not remove
-#include "precompiled_svx.hxx"
-
-#include <eeng_pch.hxx>
-#include <vcl/metaact.hxx>
-#include <vcl/gdimtf.hxx>
-
-#define _SVSTDARR_USHORTS
-#include <svl/svstdarr.hxx>
-
-#ifndef _WRKWIN_HXX //autogen
-#include <vcl/wrkwin.hxx>
-#endif
-
-#include <svx/adjitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/tstpitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/lspcitem.hxx>
-
-#include <svx/flditem.hxx>
-
-#include <impedit.hxx>
-#include <svx/editeng.hxx>
-#include <svx/editview.hxx>
-#include <txtrange.hxx>
-#include <svx/cscoitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/colritem.hxx>
-#include <svx/udlnitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/fhgtitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/kernitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/lrspitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/ulspitem.hxx>
-#include <fontitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/wghtitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/postitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/langitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/scriptspaceitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/charscaleitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/numitem.hxx>
-
-#include <svtools/colorcfg.hxx>
-#include <svl/ctloptions.hxx>
-
-#include <forbiddencharacterstable.hxx>
-
-#include <unotools/localedatawrapper.hxx>
-
-#include <unolingu.hxx>
-
-#include <math.h>
-#include <vcl/svapp.hxx>
-#include <sfx2/sfxuno.hxx>
-#include <vcl/metric.hxx>
-#include <com/sun/star/i18n/ScriptType.hpp>
-#include <com/sun/star/text/CharacterCompressionType.hpp>
-#include <vcl/pdfextoutdevdata.hxx>
-#include <i18npool/mslangid.hxx>
-
-#include <comphelper/processfactory.hxx>
-
-using ::rtl::OUString;
-using namespace ::com::sun::star;
-using namespace ::com::sun::star::uno;
-using namespace ::com::sun::star::beans;
-using namespace ::com::sun::star::linguistic2;
-
-SV_DECL_VARARR_SORT( SortedPositions, sal_uInt32, 16, 8 )
-SV_IMPL_VARARR_SORT( SortedPositions, sal_uInt32 );
-
-#define CH_HYPH     '-'
-
-#define RESDIFF     10
-
-#define WRONG_SHOW_MIN       5
-#define WRONG_SHOW_SMALL    11
-#define WRONG_SHOW_MEDIUM   15
-
-struct TabInfo
-{
-    BOOL        bValid;
-
-    SvxTabStop  aTabStop;
-    xub_StrLen  nCharPos;
-    USHORT      nTabPortion;
-    long        nStartPosX;
-    long        nTabPos;
-
-    TabInfo() { bValid = FALSE; }
-};
-
-Point Rotate( const Point& rPoint, short nOrientation, const Point& rOrigin )
-{
-    double nRealOrientation = nOrientation*F_PI1800;
-    double nCos = cos( nRealOrientation );
-    double nSin = sin( nRealOrientation );
-
-    Point aRotatedPos;
-    Point aTranslatedPos( rPoint );
-
-    // Translation
-    aTranslatedPos -= rOrigin;
-
-    // Rotation...
-    aRotatedPos.X() = (long)   ( nCos*aTranslatedPos.X() + nSin*aTranslatedPos.Y() );
-    aRotatedPos.Y() = (long) - ( nSin*aTranslatedPos.X() - nCos*aTranslatedPos.Y() );
-    aTranslatedPos = aRotatedPos;
-
-    // Translation...
-    aTranslatedPos += rOrigin;
-    return aTranslatedPos;
-}
-
-BYTE GetCharTypeForCompression( xub_Unicode cChar )
-{
-    switch ( cChar )
-    {
-        case 0x3008: case 0x300A: case 0x300C: case 0x300E:
-        case 0x3010: case 0x3014: case 0x3016: case 0x3018:
-        case 0x301A: case 0x301D:
-        {
-            return CHAR_PUNCTUATIONRIGHT;
-        }
-        case 0x3001: case 0x3002: case 0x3009: case 0x300B:
-        case 0x300D: case 0x300F: case 0x3011: case 0x3015:
-        case 0x3017: case 0x3019: case 0x301B: case 0x301E:
-        case 0x301F:
-        {
-            return CHAR_PUNCTUATIONLEFT;
-        }
-        default:
-        {
-            return ( ( 0x3040 <= cChar ) && ( 0x3100 > cChar ) ) ? CHAR_KANA : CHAR_NORMAL;
-        }
-    }
-}
-
-void lcl_DrawRedLines(
-    OutputDevice* pOutDev,
-    long nFontHeight,
-    const Point& rPnt,
-    sal_uInt16 nIndex,
-    sal_uInt16 nMaxEnd,
-    const sal_Int32* pDXArray,
-    WrongList* pWrongs,
-    short nOrientation,
-    const Point& rOrigin,
-    BOOL bVertical,
-    BOOL bIsRightToLeft )
-{
-#ifndef SVX_LIGHT
-    // Aber nur, wenn Font nicht zu klein...
-    long nHght = pOutDev->LogicToPixel( Size( 0, nFontHeight ) ).Height();
-    if( WRONG_SHOW_MIN < nHght )
-    {
-        sal_uInt16 nStyle;
-        if( WRONG_SHOW_MEDIUM < nHght )
-            nStyle = WAVE_NORMAL;
-        else if( WRONG_SHOW_SMALL < nHght )
-            nStyle = WAVE_SMALL;
-        else
-            nStyle = WAVE_FLAT;
-
-        sal_uInt16 nEnd, nStart = nIndex;
-        sal_Bool bWrong = pWrongs->NextWrong( nStart, nEnd );
-        while ( bWrong )
-        {
-            if ( nStart >= nMaxEnd )
-                break;
-
-            if ( nStart < nIndex )  // Wurde korrigiert
-                nStart = nIndex;
-            if ( nEnd > nMaxEnd )
-                nEnd = nMaxEnd;
-            Point aPnt1( rPnt );
-            if ( bVertical && ( nStyle != WAVE_FLAT ) )
-            {
-                // VCL doesn't know that the text is vertical, and is manipulating
-                // the positions a little bit in y direction...
-                long nOnePixel = pOutDev->PixelToLogic( Size( 0, 1 ) ).Height();
-                long nCorrect = ( nStyle == WAVE_NORMAL ) ? 2*nOnePixel : nOnePixel;
-                aPnt1.Y() -= nCorrect;
-                aPnt1.X() -= nCorrect;
-            }
-            if ( nStart > nIndex )
-            {
-                if ( !bVertical )
-                {
-                    // since for RTL portions rPnt is on the visual right end of the portion
-                    // (i.e. at the start of the first RTL char) we need to subtract the offset
-                    // for RTL portions...
-                    aPnt1.X() += (bIsRightToLeft ? -1 : 1) * pDXArray[ nStart - nIndex - 1 ];
-                }
-                else
-                    aPnt1.Y() += pDXArray[ nStart - nIndex - 1 ];
-            }
-            Point aPnt2( rPnt );
-            DBG_ASSERT( nEnd > nIndex, "RedLine: aPnt2?" );
-            if ( !bVertical )
-            {
-                // since for RTL portions rPnt is on the visual right end of the portion
-                // (i.e. at the start of the first RTL char) we need to subtract the offset
-                // for RTL portions...
-                aPnt2.X() += (bIsRightToLeft ? -1 : 1) * pDXArray[ nEnd - nIndex - 1 ];
-            }
-            else
-                aPnt2.Y() += pDXArray[ nEnd - nIndex - 1 ];
-            if ( nOrientation )
-            {
-                aPnt1 = Rotate( aPnt1, nOrientation, rOrigin );
-                aPnt2 = Rotate( aPnt2, nOrientation, rOrigin );
-            }
-
-            pOutDev->DrawWaveLine( aPnt1, aPnt2, nStyle );
-
-            nStart = nEnd+1;
-            if ( nEnd < nMaxEnd )
-                bWrong = pWrongs->NextWrong( nStart, nEnd );
-            else
-                bWrong = sal_False;
-        }
-    }
-#endif // !SVX_LIGHT
-}
-
-Point lcl_ImplCalcRotatedPos( Point rPos, Point rOrigin, double nSin, double nCos )
-{
-    Point aRotatedPos;
-    // Translation...
-    Point aTranslatedPos( rPos);
-    aTranslatedPos -= rOrigin;
-
-    aRotatedPos.X() = (long)   ( nCos*aTranslatedPos.X() + nSin*aTranslatedPos.Y() );
-    aRotatedPos.Y() = (long) - ( nSin*aTranslatedPos.X() - nCos*aTranslatedPos.Y() );
-    aTranslatedPos = aRotatedPos;
-    // Translation...
-    aTranslatedPos += rOrigin;
-
-    return aTranslatedPos;
-}
-
-sal_Bool lcl_IsLigature( xub_Unicode cCh, xub_Unicode cNextCh ) // For Kashidas from sw/source/core/text/porlay.txt
-{
-            // Lam + Alef
-    return ( 0x644 == cCh && 0x627 == cNextCh ) ||
-            // Beh + Reh
-           ( 0x628 == cCh && 0x631 == cNextCh );
-}
-
-sal_Bool lcl_ConnectToPrev( xub_Unicode cCh, xub_Unicode cPrevCh )  // For Kashidas from sw/source/core/text/porlay.txt
-{
-    // Alef, Dal, Thal, Reh, Zain, and Waw do not connect to the left
-    sal_Bool bRet = 0x627 != cPrevCh && 0x62F != cPrevCh && 0x630 != cPrevCh &&
-                    0x631 != cPrevCh && 0x632 != cPrevCh && 0x648 != cPrevCh;
-
-    // check for ligatures cPrevChar + cChar
-    if ( bRet )
-        bRet = ! lcl_IsLigature( cPrevCh, cCh );
-
-    return bRet;
-}
-
-
-//  ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-//  class ImpEditEngine
-//  ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-void ImpEditEngine::UpdateViews( EditView* pCurView )
-{
-    if ( !GetUpdateMode() || IsFormatting() || aInvalidRec.IsEmpty() )
-        return;
-
-    DBG_ASSERT( IsFormatted(), "UpdateViews: Doc nicht formatiert!" );
-
-    for ( sal_uInt16 nView = 0; nView < aEditViews.Count(); nView++ )
-    {
-        EditView* pView = aEditViews[nView];
-        DBG_CHKOBJ( pView, EditView, 0 );
-        pView->HideCursor();
-
-        Rectangle aClipRec( aInvalidRec );
-        Rectangle aVisArea( pView->GetVisArea() );
-        aClipRec.Intersection( aVisArea );
-
-        if ( !aClipRec.IsEmpty() )
-        {
-            // in Fensterkoordinaten umwandeln....
-            aClipRec = pView->pImpEditView->GetWindowPos( aClipRec );
-
-            if ( ( pView == pCurView )  )
-                Paint( pView->pImpEditView, aClipRec, sal_True );
-            else
-                pView->GetWindow()->Invalidate( aClipRec );
-        }
-    }
-
-    if ( pCurView )
-    {
-        sal_Bool bGotoCursor = pCurView->pImpEditView->DoAutoScroll();
-        pCurView->ShowCursor( bGotoCursor );
-    }
-
-    aInvalidRec = Rectangle();
-    CallStatusHdl();
-}
-
-IMPL_LINK( ImpEditEngine, OnlineSpellHdl, Timer *, EMPTYARG )
-{
-    if ( !Application::AnyInput( INPUT_KEYBOARD ) && GetUpdateMode() && IsFormatted() )
-        DoOnlineSpelling();
-    else
-        aOnlineSpellTimer.Start();
-
-    return 0;
-}
-
-IMPL_LINK_INLINE_START( ImpEditEngine, IdleFormatHdl, Timer *, EMPTYARG )
-{
-    aIdleFormatter.ResetRestarts();
-
-    // #i97146# check if that view is still available
-    // else probably the idle format timer fired while we're already
-    // downing
-    EditView* pView = aIdleFormatter.GetView();
-    for( sal_uInt16 nView = 0; nView < aEditViews.Count(); nView++ )
-    {
-        if( aEditViews[nView] == pView )
-        {
-            FormatAndUpdate( pView );
-            break;
-        }
-    }
-    return 0;
-}
-IMPL_LINK_INLINE_END( ImpEditEngine, IdleFormatHdl, Timer *, EMPTYARG )
-
-void ImpEditEngine::CheckIdleFormatter()
-{
-    aIdleFormatter.ForceTimeout();
-    // Falls kein Idle, aber trotzdem nicht formatiert:
-    if ( !IsFormatted() )
-        FormatDoc();
-}
-
-void ImpEditEngine::FormatFullDoc()
-{
-    for ( sal_uInt16 nPortion = 0; nPortion < GetParaPortions().Count(); nPortion++ )
-        GetParaPortions()[nPortion]->MarkSelectionInvalid( 0, GetParaPortions()[nPortion]->GetNode()->Len() );
-    FormatDoc();
-}
-
-void ImpEditEngine::FormatDoc()
-{
-    if ( !GetUpdateMode() || IsFormatting() )
-        return;
-
-    EnterBlockNotifications();
-
-    bIsFormatting = sal_True;
-
-    // Dann kann ich auch den Spell-Timer starten...
-    if ( GetStatus().DoOnlineSpelling() )
-        StartOnlineSpellTimer();
-
-    long nY = 0;
-    sal_Bool bGrow = sal_False;
-
-    Font aOldFont( GetRefDevice()->GetFont() );
-
-    // Hier schon, damit nicht jedesmal in CreateLines...
-    sal_Bool bMapChanged = ImpCheckRefMapMode();
-
-    aInvalidRec = Rectangle();  // leermachen
-    for ( sal_uInt16 nPara = 0; nPara < GetParaPortions().Count(); nPara++ )
-    {
-        ParaPortion* pParaPortion = GetParaPortions().GetObject( nPara );
-        if ( pParaPortion->MustRepaint() || ( pParaPortion->IsInvalid() && pParaPortion->IsVisible() ) )
-        {
-            if ( pParaPortion->IsInvalid() )
-            {
-                sal_Bool bChangedByDerivedClass = GetEditEnginePtr()->FormattingParagraph( nPara );
-                if ( bChangedByDerivedClass )
-                {
-                    pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().Reset();
-                    pParaPortion->MarkSelectionInvalid( 0, pParaPortion->GetNode()->Len() );
-                }
-            }
-            // bei MustRepaint() sollte keine Formatierung noetig sein!
-            // 23.1.95: Evtl. ist sie durch eine andere Aktion aber doch
-            // ungueltig geworden!
-//          if ( pParaPortion->MustRepaint() || CreateLines( nPara ) )
-            if ( ( pParaPortion->MustRepaint() && !pParaPortion->IsInvalid() )
-                    || CreateLines( nPara, nY ) )
-            {
-                if ( !bGrow && GetTextRanger() )
-                {
-                    // Bei einer Aenderung der Hoehe muss alles weiter unten
-                    // neu formatiert werden...
-                    for ( sal_uInt16 n = nPara+1; n < GetParaPortions().Count(); n++ )
-                    {
-                        ParaPortion* pPP = GetParaPortions().GetObject( n );
-                        pPP->MarkSelectionInvalid( 0, pPP->GetNode()->Len() );
-                        pPP->GetLines().Reset();
-                    }
-                }
-                bGrow = sal_True;
-                if ( IsCallParaInsertedOrDeleted() )
-                    GetEditEnginePtr()->ParagraphHeightChanged( nPara );
-                pParaPortion->SetMustRepaint( sal_False );
-            }
-
-            // InvalidRec nur einmal setzen...
-            if ( aInvalidRec.IsEmpty() )
-            {
-                // Bei Paperwidth 0 (AutoPageSize) bleibt es sonst Empty()...
-                long nWidth = Max( (long)1, ( !IsVertical() ? aPaperSize.Width() : aPaperSize.Height() ) );
-                Range aInvRange( GetInvalidYOffsets( pParaPortion ) );
-                aInvalidRec = Rectangle( Point( 0, nY+aInvRange.Min() ),
-                    Size( nWidth, aInvRange.Len() ) );
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                aInvalidRec.Bottom() = nY + pParaPortion->GetHeight();
-            }
-        }
-        else if ( bGrow )
-        {
-            aInvalidRec.Bottom() = nY + pParaPortion->GetHeight();
-        }
-        nY += pParaPortion->GetHeight();
-    }
-
-    // Man kann auch durch UpdateMode An=>AUS=>AN in die Formatierung gelangen...
-    // Optimierung erst nach Vobis-Auslieferung aktivieren...
-//  if ( !aInvalidRec.IsEmpty() )
-    {
-        sal_uInt32 nNewHeight = CalcTextHeight();
-        long nDiff = nNewHeight - nCurTextHeight;
-        if ( nDiff )
-            aStatus.GetStatusWord() |= !IsVertical() ? EE_STAT_TEXTHEIGHTCHANGED : EE_STAT_TEXTWIDTHCHANGED;
-        if ( nNewHeight < nCurTextHeight )
-        {
-            aInvalidRec.Bottom() = (long)Max( nNewHeight, nCurTextHeight );
-            if ( aInvalidRec.IsEmpty() )
-            {
-                aInvalidRec.Top() = 0;
-                // Left und Right werden nicht ausgewertet, aber wegen IsEmpty gesetzt.
-                aInvalidRec.Left() = 0;
-                aInvalidRec.Right() = !IsVertical() ? aPaperSize.Width() : aPaperSize.Height();
-            }
-        }
-
-        nCurTextHeight = nNewHeight;
-
-        if ( aStatus.AutoPageSize() )
-            CheckAutoPageSize();
-        else if ( nDiff )
-        {
-            for ( sal_uInt16 nView = 0; nView < aEditViews.Count(); nView++ )
-            {
-                EditView* pView = aEditViews[nView];
-                ImpEditView* pImpView = pView->pImpEditView;
-                if ( pImpView->DoAutoHeight() )
-                {
-                    Size aSz( pImpView->GetOutputArea().GetWidth(), nCurTextHeight );
-                    if ( aSz.Height() > aMaxAutoPaperSize.Height() )
-                        aSz.Height() = aMaxAutoPaperSize.Height();
-                    else if ( aSz.Height() < aMinAutoPaperSize.Height() )
-                        aSz.Height() = aMinAutoPaperSize.Height();
-                    pImpView->ResetOutputArea( Rectangle(
-                        pImpView->GetOutputArea().TopLeft(), aSz ) );
-                }
-            }
-        }
-    }
-
-    if ( aStatus.DoRestoreFont() )
-        GetRefDevice()->SetFont( aOldFont );
-    bIsFormatting = sal_False;
-    bFormatted = sal_True;
-
-    if ( bMapChanged )
-        GetRefDevice()->Pop();
-
-    CallStatusHdl();    // Falls Modified...
-
-    LeaveBlockNotifications();
-}
-
-sal_Bool ImpEditEngine::ImpCheckRefMapMode()
-{
-    sal_Bool bChange = sal_False;
-
-    if ( aStatus.DoFormat100() )
-    {
-        MapMode aMapMode( GetRefDevice()->GetMapMode() );
-        if ( aMapMode.GetScaleX().GetNumerator() != aMapMode.GetScaleX().GetDenominator() )
-            bChange = sal_True;
-        else if ( aMapMode.GetScaleY().GetNumerator() != aMapMode.GetScaleY().GetDenominator() )
-            bChange = sal_True;
-
-        if ( bChange )
-        {
-            Fraction Scale1( 1, 1 );
-            aMapMode.SetScaleX( Scale1 );
-            aMapMode.SetScaleY( Scale1 );
-            GetRefDevice()->Push();
-            GetRefDevice()->SetMapMode( aMapMode );
-        }
-    }
-
-    return bChange;
-}
-
-void ImpEditEngine::CheckAutoPageSize()
-{
-    Size aPrevPaperSize( GetPaperSize() );
-    if ( GetStatus().AutoPageWidth() )
-        aPaperSize.Width() = (long) !IsVertical() ? CalcTextWidth( TRUE ) : GetTextHeight();
-    if ( GetStatus().AutoPageHeight() )
-        aPaperSize.Height() = (long) !IsVertical() ? GetTextHeight() : CalcTextWidth( TRUE );
-
-    SetValidPaperSize( aPaperSize );    //Min, Max beruecksichtigen
-
-    if ( aPaperSize != aPrevPaperSize )
-    {
-        if ( ( !IsVertical() && ( aPaperSize.Width() != aPrevPaperSize.Width() ) )
-             || ( IsVertical() && ( aPaperSize.Height() != aPrevPaperSize.Height() ) ) )
-        {
-            // Falls davor zentriert/rechts oder Tabs...
-            aStatus.GetStatusWord() |= !IsVertical() ? EE_STAT_TEXTWIDTHCHANGED : EE_STAT_TEXTHEIGHTCHANGED;
-            for ( sal_uInt16 nPara = 0; nPara < GetParaPortions().Count(); nPara++ )
-            {
-                // Es brauchen nur Absaetze neu formatiert werden,
-                // die nicht linksbuendig sind.
-                // Die Hoehe kann sich hier nicht mehr aendern.
-                ParaPortion* pParaPortion = GetParaPortions().GetObject( nPara );
-                ContentNode* pNode = pParaPortion->GetNode();
-                SvxAdjust eJustification = GetJustification( nPara );
-                if ( eJustification != SVX_ADJUST_LEFT )
-                {
-                    pParaPortion->MarkSelectionInvalid( 0, pNode->Len() );
-                    CreateLines( nPara, 0 );    // 0: Bei AutoPageSize kein TextRange!
-                }
-            }
-        }
-
-        Size aInvSize = aPaperSize;
-        if ( aPaperSize.Width() < aPrevPaperSize.Width() )
-            aInvSize.Width() = aPrevPaperSize.Width();
-        if ( aPaperSize.Height() < aPrevPaperSize.Height() )
-            aInvSize.Height() = aPrevPaperSize.Height();
-
-        Size aSz( aInvSize );
-        if ( IsVertical() )
-        {
-            aSz.Width() = aInvSize.Height();
-            aSz.Height() = aInvSize.Width();
-        }
-        aInvalidRec = Rectangle( Point(), aSz );
-
-
-        for ( sal_uInt16 nView = 0; nView < aEditViews.Count(); nView++ )
-        {
-            EditView* pView = aEditViews[nView];
-            pView->pImpEditView->RecalcOutputArea();
-        }
-    }
-}
-
-static sal_Int32 ImplCalculateFontIndependentLineSpacing( const sal_Int32 nFontHeight )
-{
-    return ( nFontHeight * 12 ) / 10;   // + 20%
-}
-
-sal_Bool ImpEditEngine::CreateLines( USHORT nPara, sal_uInt32 nStartPosY )
-{
-    ParaPortion* pParaPortion = GetParaPortions().GetObject( nPara );
-
-    // sal_Bool: Aenderung der Hoehe des Absatzes Ja/Nein - sal_True/sal_False
-    DBG_ASSERT( pParaPortion->GetNode(), "Portion ohne Node in CreateLines" );
-    DBG_ASSERT( pParaPortion->IsVisible(), "Unsichtbare Absaetze nicht formatieren!" );
-    DBG_ASSERT( pParaPortion->IsInvalid(), "CreateLines: Portion nicht invalid!" );
-
-    BOOL bProcessingEmptyLine = ( pParaPortion->GetNode()->Len() == 0 );
-    BOOL bEmptyNodeWithPolygon = ( pParaPortion->GetNode()->Len() == 0 ) && GetTextRanger();
-
-    // ---------------------------------------------------------------
-    // Schnelle Sonderbehandlung fuer leere Absaetze...
-    // ---------------------------------------------------------------
-    if ( ( pParaPortion->GetNode()->Len() == 0 ) && !GetTextRanger() )
-    {
-        // schnelle Sonderbehandlung...
-        if ( pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().Count() )
-            pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().Reset();
-        if ( pParaPortion->GetLines().Count() )
-            pParaPortion->GetLines().Reset();
-        CreateAndInsertEmptyLine( pParaPortion, nStartPosY );
-        return FinishCreateLines( pParaPortion );
-    }
-
-    // ---------------------------------------------------------------
-    // Initialisierung......
-    // ---------------------------------------------------------------
-
-    // Immer fuer 100% formatieren:
-    sal_Bool bMapChanged = ImpCheckRefMapMode();
-
-    if ( pParaPortion->GetLines().Count() == 0 )
-    {
-        EditLine* pL = new EditLine;
-        pParaPortion->GetLines().Insert( pL, 0 );
-    }
-
-    // ---------------------------------------------------------------
-    // Absatzattribute holen......
-    // ---------------------------------------------------------------
-    ContentNode* const pNode = pParaPortion->GetNode();
-
-    BOOL bRightToLeftPara = IsRightToLeft( nPara );
-
-    SvxAdjust eJustification = GetJustification( nPara );
-    sal_Bool bHyphenatePara = ((const SfxBoolItem&)pNode->GetContentAttribs().GetItem( EE_PARA_HYPHENATE )).GetValue();
-    sal_Int32 nSpaceBefore      = 0;
-    sal_Int32 nMinLabelWidth    = 0;
-    sal_Int32 nSpaceBeforeAndMinLabelWidth = GetSpaceBeforeAndMinLabelWidth( pNode, &nSpaceBefore, &nMinLabelWidth );
-    const SvxLRSpaceItem& rLRItem = GetLRSpaceItem( pNode );
-    const SvxLineSpacingItem& rLSItem = (const SvxLineSpacingItem&) pNode->GetContentAttribs().GetItem( EE_PARA_SBL );
-    const BOOL bScriptSpace = ((const SvxScriptSpaceItem&) pNode->GetContentAttribs().GetItem( EE_PARA_ASIANCJKSPACING )).GetValue();
-
-//  const sal_uInt16 nInvalidEnd = ( pParaPortion->GetInvalidDiff() > 0 )
-//      ? pParaPortion->GetInvalidPosStart() + pParaPortion->GetInvalidDiff()
-//      : pNode->Len();
-    const short nInvalidDiff = pParaPortion->GetInvalidDiff();
-    const sal_uInt16 nInvalidStart = pParaPortion->GetInvalidPosStart();
-    const sal_uInt16 nInvalidEnd =  nInvalidStart + Abs( nInvalidDiff );
-
-    sal_Bool bQuickFormat = sal_False;
-    if ( !bEmptyNodeWithPolygon && !HasScriptType( nPara, i18n::ScriptType::COMPLEX ) )
-    {
-        if ( ( pParaPortion->IsSimpleInvalid() ) && ( nInvalidDiff > 0 ) &&
-             ( pNode->Search( CH_FEATURE, nInvalidStart ) > nInvalidEnd ) )
-        {
-            bQuickFormat = sal_True;
-        }
-        else if ( ( pParaPortion->IsSimpleInvalid() ) && ( nInvalidDiff < 0 ) )
-        {
-            // pruefen, ob loeschen ueber Portiongrenzen erfolgte...
-            sal_uInt16 nStart = nInvalidStart;  // DOPPELT !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-            sal_uInt16 nEnd = nStart - nInvalidDiff;  // neg.
-            bQuickFormat = sal_True;
-            sal_uInt16 nPos = 0;
-            sal_uInt16 nPortions = pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().Count();
-            for ( sal_uInt16 nTP = 0; nTP < nPortions; nTP++ )
-            {
-                // Es darf kein Start/Ende im geloeschten Bereich liegen.
-                TextPortion* const pTP = pParaPortion->GetTextPortions()[ nTP ];
-                nPos = nPos + pTP->GetLen();
-                if ( ( nPos > nStart ) && ( nPos < nEnd ) )
-                {
-                    bQuickFormat = sal_False;
-                    break;
-                }
-            }
-        }
-    }
-
-    // SW disables TEXT_LAYOUT_COMPLEX_DISABLED, so maybe I have to enable it...
-
-    // #114278# Saving both layout mode and language (since I'm
-    // potentially changing both)
-
-    GetRefDevice()->Push( PUSH_TEXTLAYOUTMODE|PUSH_TEXTLANGUAGE );
-
-    ImplInitLayoutMode( GetRefDevice(), nPara, 0xFFFF );
-
-    sal_uInt16 nRealInvalidStart = nInvalidStart;
-
-    if ( bEmptyNodeWithPolygon )
-    {
-        TextPortion* pDummyPortion = new TextPortion( 0 );
-        pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().Reset();
-        pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().Insert( pDummyPortion, 0 );
-    }
-    else if ( bQuickFormat )
-    {
-        // schnellere Methode:
-        RecalcTextPortion( pParaPortion, nInvalidStart, nInvalidDiff );
-    }
-    else    // nRealInvalidStart kann vor InvalidStart liegen, weil Portions geloescht....
-    {
-        CreateTextPortions( pParaPortion, nRealInvalidStart );
-    }
-
-
-    // ---------------------------------------------------------------
-    // Zeile mit InvalidPos suchen, eine Zeile davor beginnen...
-    // Zeilen flaggen => nicht removen !
-    // ---------------------------------------------------------------
-
-    sal_uInt16 nLine = pParaPortion->GetLines().Count()-1;
-    for ( sal_uInt16 nL = 0; nL <= nLine; nL++ )
-    {
-        EditLine* pLine = pParaPortion->GetLines().GetObject( nL );
-        if ( pLine->GetEnd() > nRealInvalidStart )  // nicht nInvalidStart!
-        {
-            nLine = nL;
-            break;
-        }
-        pLine->SetValid();
-    }
-    // Eine Zeile davor beginnen...
-    // Wenn ganz hinten getippt wird, kann sich die Zeile davor nicht aendern.
-    if ( nLine && ( !pParaPortion->IsSimpleInvalid() || ( nInvalidEnd < pNode->Len() ) || ( nInvalidDiff <= 0 ) ) )
-        nLine--;
-
-    EditLine* pLine = pParaPortion->GetLines().GetObject( nLine );
-
-    static Rectangle aZeroArea = Rectangle( Point(), Point() );
-    Rectangle aBulletArea( aZeroArea );
-    if ( !nLine )
-    {
-        aBulletArea = GetEditEnginePtr()->GetBulletArea( GetParaPortions().GetPos( pParaPortion ) );
-        if ( aBulletArea.Right() > 0 )
-            pParaPortion->SetBulletX( (sal_uInt16) GetXValue( aBulletArea.Right() ) );
-        else
-            pParaPortion->SetBulletX( 0 ); // Falls Bullet falsch eingestellt.
-    }
-
-    // ---------------------------------------------------------------
-    // Ab hier alle Zeilen durchformatieren...
-    // ---------------------------------------------------------------
-    sal_uInt16 nDelFromLine = 0xFFFF;
-    sal_Bool bLineBreak = sal_False;
-
-    sal_uInt16 nIndex = pLine->GetStart();
-    EditLine aSaveLine( *pLine );
-    SvxFont aTmpFont( pNode->GetCharAttribs().GetDefFont() );
-
-    sal_Bool bCalcCharPositions = sal_True;
-    sal_Int32* pBuf = new sal_Int32[ pNode->Len() ];
-
-    sal_Bool bSameLineAgain = sal_False;    // Fuer TextRanger, wenn sich die Hoehe aendert.
-    TabInfo aCurrentTab;
-
-    BOOL bForceOneRun = bEmptyNodeWithPolygon;
-    BOOL bCompressedChars = FALSE;
-
-    while ( ( nIndex < pNode->Len() ) || bForceOneRun )
-    {
-        bForceOneRun = FALSE;
-
-        sal_Bool bEOL = sal_False;
-        sal_Bool bEOC = sal_False;
-        sal_uInt16 nPortionStart = 0;
-        sal_uInt16 nPortionEnd = 0;
-
-        long nStartX = GetXValue( rLRItem.GetTxtLeft() + nSpaceBeforeAndMinLabelWidth );
-        if ( nIndex == 0 )
-        {
-            long nFI = GetXValue( rLRItem.GetTxtFirstLineOfst() );
-            nStartX += nFI;
-
-            if ( !nLine && ( pParaPortion->GetBulletX() > nStartX ) )
-            {
-// TL_NFLR              nStartX += nFI; // Vielleicht reicht der LI?
-// TL_NFLR              if ( pParaPortion->GetBulletX() > nStartX )
-                    nStartX = pParaPortion->GetBulletX();
-            }
-        }
-
-        long nMaxLineWidth;
-        if ( !IsVertical() )
-            nMaxLineWidth = aStatus.AutoPageWidth() ? aMaxAutoPaperSize.Width() : aPaperSize.Width();
-        else
-            nMaxLineWidth = aStatus.AutoPageHeight() ? aMaxAutoPaperSize.Height() : aPaperSize.Height();
-
-        nMaxLineWidth -= GetXValue( rLRItem.GetRight() );
-        nMaxLineWidth -= nStartX;
-
-        // Wenn PaperSize == long_max, kann ich keinen neg. Erstzeileneinzug
-        // abziehen (Overflow)
-        if ( ( nMaxLineWidth < 0 ) && ( nStartX < 0 ) )
-            nMaxLineWidth = ( !IsVertical() ? aPaperSize.Width() : aPaperSize.Height() ) - GetXValue( rLRItem.GetRight() );
-
-        // Wenn jetzt noch kleiner 0, kann es nur der rechte Rand sein.
-        if ( nMaxLineWidth <= 0 )
-            nMaxLineWidth = 1;
-
-        // Problem: Da eine Zeile _vor_ der ungueltigen Position mit der
-        // Formatierung begonnen wird, werden hier leider auch die Positionen
-        // neu bestimmt...
-        // Loesungsansatz:
-        // Die Zeile davor kann nur groesser werden, nicht kleiner
-        // => ...
-        if ( bCalcCharPositions )
-            pLine->GetCharPosArray().Remove( 0, pLine->GetCharPosArray().Count() );
-
-        sal_uInt16 nTmpPos = nIndex;
-        sal_uInt16 nTmpPortion = pLine->GetStartPortion();
-        long nTmpWidth = 0;
-        long nXWidth = nMaxLineWidth;
-        if ( nXWidth <= nTmpWidth ) // while muss 1x durchlaufen werden
-            nXWidth = nTmpWidth+1;
-
-        SvLongsPtr pTextRanges = 0;
-        long nTextExtraYOffset = 0;
-        long nTextXOffset = 0;
-        long nTextLineHeight = 0;
-        if ( GetTextRanger() )
-        {
-            GetTextRanger()->SetVertical( IsVertical() );
-
-            long nTextY = nStartPosY + GetEditCursor( pParaPortion, pLine->GetStart() ).Top();
-            if ( !bSameLineAgain )
-            {
-                SeekCursor( pNode, nTmpPos+1, aTmpFont );
-                aTmpFont.SetPhysFont( GetRefDevice() );
-                ImplInitDigitMode( GetRefDevice(), 0, 0, 0, aTmpFont.GetLanguage() );
-
-                if ( IsFixedCellHeight() )
-                    nTextLineHeight = ImplCalculateFontIndependentLineSpacing( aTmpFont.GetHeight() );
-                else
-                    nTextLineHeight = aTmpFont.GetPhysTxtSize( GetRefDevice(), String() ).Height();
-                // Metriken koennen groesser sein
-                FormatterFontMetric aTempFormatterMetrics;
-                RecalcFormatterFontMetrics( aTempFormatterMetrics, aTmpFont );
-                sal_uInt16 nLineHeight = aTempFormatterMetrics.GetHeight();
-                if ( nLineHeight > nTextLineHeight )
-                    nTextLineHeight = nLineHeight;
-            }
-            else
-                nTextLineHeight = pLine->GetHeight();
-
-            nXWidth = 0;
-            while ( !nXWidth )
-            {
-                long nYOff = nTextY + nTextExtraYOffset;
-                long nYDiff = nTextLineHeight;
-                if ( IsVertical() )
-                {
-                    long nMaxPolygonX = GetTextRanger()->GetBoundRect().Right();
-                    nYOff = nMaxPolygonX-nYOff;
-                    nYDiff = -nTextLineHeight;
-                }
-                pTextRanges = GetTextRanger()->GetTextRanges( Range( nYOff, nYOff + nYDiff ) );
-                DBG_ASSERT( pTextRanges, "GetTextRanges?!" );
-                long nMaxRangeWidth = 0;
-                // Den breitesten Bereich verwenden...
-                // Der breiteste Bereich koennte etwas verwirren, also
-                // generell den ersten. Am besten mal richtig mit Luecken.
-//              for ( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < pTextRanges->Count(); )
-                if ( pTextRanges->Count() )
-                {
-                    sal_uInt16 n = 0;
-                    long nA = pTextRanges->GetObject( n++ );
-                    long nB = pTextRanges->GetObject( n++ );
-                    DBG_ASSERT( nA <= nB, "TextRange verdreht?" );
-                    long nW = nB - nA;
-                    if ( nW > nMaxRangeWidth )
-                    {
-                        nMaxRangeWidth = nW;
-                        nTextXOffset = nA;
-                    }
-                }
-                nXWidth = nMaxRangeWidth;
-                if ( nXWidth )
-                    nMaxLineWidth = nXWidth - nStartX - GetXValue( rLRItem.GetRight() );
-                else
-                {
-                    // Weiter unten im Polygon versuchen.
-                    // Unterhalb des Polygons die Paperbreite verwenden.
-                    nTextExtraYOffset += Max( (long)(nTextLineHeight / 10), (long)1 );
-                    if ( ( nTextY + nTextExtraYOffset  ) > GetTextRanger()->GetBoundRect().Bottom() )
-                    {
-                        nXWidth = !IsVertical() ? GetPaperSize().Width() : GetPaperSize().Height();
-                        if ( !nXWidth ) // AutoPaperSize
-                            nXWidth = 0x7FFFFFFF;
-                    }
-                }
-            }
-        }
-
-        // Portion suchen, die nicht mehr in Zeile passt....
-        TextPortion* pPortion = 0;
-        sal_Bool bBrokenLine = sal_False;
-        bLineBreak = sal_False;
-        EditCharAttrib* pNextFeature = pNode->GetCharAttribs().FindFeature( pLine->GetStart() );
-        while ( ( nTmpWidth < nXWidth ) && !bEOL && ( nTmpPortion < pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().Count() ) )
-        {
-            nPortionStart = nTmpPos;
-            pPortion = pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().GetObject( nTmpPortion );
-            if ( pPortion->GetKind() == PORTIONKIND_HYPHENATOR )
-            {
-                // Portion wegschmeissen, ggf. die davor korrigieren, wenn
-                // die Hyph-Portion ein Zeichen geschluckt hat...
-                pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().Remove( nTmpPortion );
-                if ( nTmpPortion && pPortion->GetLen() )
-                {
-                    nTmpPortion--;
-                    TextPortion* pPrev = pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().GetObject( nTmpPortion );
-                    DBG_ASSERT( pPrev->GetKind() == PORTIONKIND_TEXT, "Portion?!" );
-                    nTmpWidth -= pPrev->GetSize().Width();
-                    nTmpPos = nTmpPos - pPrev->GetLen();
-                    pPrev->SetLen( pPrev->GetLen() + pPortion->GetLen() );
-                    pPrev->GetSize().Width() = (-1);
-                }
-                delete pPortion;
-                DBG_ASSERT( nTmpPortion < pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().Count(), "Keine Portion mehr da!" );
-                pPortion = pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().GetObject( nTmpPortion );
-            }
-            DBG_ASSERT( pPortion->GetKind() != PORTIONKIND_HYPHENATOR, "CreateLines: Hyphenator-Portion!" );
-            DBG_ASSERT( pPortion->GetLen() || bProcessingEmptyLine, "Leere Portion in CreateLines ?!" );
-            if ( pNextFeature && ( pNextFeature->GetStart() == nTmpPos ) )
-            {
-                sal_uInt16 nWhich = pNextFeature->GetItem()->Which();
-                switch ( nWhich )
-                {
-                    case EE_FEATURE_TAB:
-                    {
-                        long nOldTmpWidth = nTmpWidth;
-
-                        // Tab-Pos suchen...
-                        long nCurPos = nTmpWidth+nStartX;
-//                      nCurPos -= rLRItem.GetTxtLeft();    // Tabs relativ zu LI
-                        // Skalierung rausrechnen
-                        if ( aStatus.DoStretch() && ( nStretchX != 100 ) )
-                            nCurPos = nCurPos*100/nStretchX;
-
-                        short nAllSpaceBeforeText = static_cast< short >(rLRItem.GetTxtLeft()/* + rLRItem.GetTxtLeft()*/ + nSpaceBeforeAndMinLabelWidth);
-                        aCurrentTab.aTabStop = pNode->GetContentAttribs().FindTabStop( nCurPos - nAllSpaceBeforeText /*rLRItem.GetTxtLeft()*/, aEditDoc.GetDefTab() );
-                        aCurrentTab.nTabPos = GetXValue( (long) ( aCurrentTab.aTabStop.GetTabPos() + nAllSpaceBeforeText /*rLRItem.GetTxtLeft()*/ ) );
-                        aCurrentTab.bValid = FALSE;
-
-                        // Switch direction in R2L para...
-                        if ( bRightToLeftPara )
-                        {
-                            if ( aCurrentTab.aTabStop.GetAdjustment() == SVX_TAB_ADJUST_RIGHT )
-                                aCurrentTab.aTabStop.GetAdjustment() = SVX_TAB_ADJUST_LEFT;
-                            else if ( aCurrentTab.aTabStop.GetAdjustment() == SVX_TAB_ADJUST_LEFT )
-                                aCurrentTab.aTabStop.GetAdjustment() = SVX_TAB_ADJUST_RIGHT;
-                        }
-
-                        if ( ( aCurrentTab.aTabStop.GetAdjustment() == SVX_TAB_ADJUST_RIGHT ) ||
-                             ( aCurrentTab.aTabStop.GetAdjustment() == SVX_TAB_ADJUST_CENTER ) ||
-                             ( aCurrentTab.aTabStop.GetAdjustment() == SVX_TAB_ADJUST_DECIMAL ) )
-                        {
-                            // Bei LEFT/DEFAULT wird dieses Tab nicht mehr betrachtet.
-                            aCurrentTab.bValid = TRUE;
-                            aCurrentTab.nStartPosX = nTmpWidth;
-                            aCurrentTab.nCharPos = nTmpPos;
-                            aCurrentTab.nTabPortion = nTmpPortion;
-                        }
-
-                        pPortion->GetKind() = PORTIONKIND_TAB;
-                        pPortion->SetExtraValue( aCurrentTab.aTabStop.GetFill() );
-                        pPortion->GetSize().Width() = aCurrentTab.nTabPos - (nTmpWidth+nStartX);
-
-                        // #90520# Height needed...
-                        SeekCursor( pNode, nTmpPos+1, aTmpFont );
-                        pPortion->GetSize().Height() = aTmpFont.QuickGetTextSize( GetRefDevice(), String(), 0, 0, NULL ).Height();
-
-                        DBG_ASSERT( pPortion->GetSize().Width() >= 0, "Tab falsch berechnet!" );
-
-                        nTmpWidth = aCurrentTab.nTabPos-nStartX;
-
-                        // Wenn dies das erste Token in der Zeile ist,
-                        // und nTmpWidth > aPaperSize.Width, habe ich eine
-                        // Endlos-Schleife!
-                        if ( ( nTmpWidth >= nXWidth ) && ( nTmpPortion == pLine->GetStartPortion() ) )
-                        {
-                            // Aber was jetzt ?
-                            // Tab passend machen
-                            pPortion->GetSize().Width() = nXWidth-nOldTmpWidth;
-                            nTmpWidth = nXWidth-1;
-                            bEOL = sal_True;
-                            bBrokenLine = sal_True;
-                        }
-                        pLine->GetCharPosArray().Insert( pPortion->GetSize().Width(), nTmpPos-pLine->GetStart() );
-                        bCompressedChars = FALSE;
-                    }
-                    break;
-                    case EE_FEATURE_LINEBR:
-                    {
-                        DBG_ASSERT( pPortion, "?!" );
-                        pPortion->GetSize().Width() = 0;
-                        bEOL = sal_True;
-                        bLineBreak = sal_True;
-                        pPortion->GetKind() = PORTIONKIND_LINEBREAK;
-                        bCompressedChars = FALSE;
-                        pLine->GetCharPosArray().Insert( pPortion->GetSize().Width(), nTmpPos-pLine->GetStart() );
-                    }
-                    break;
-                    case EE_FEATURE_FIELD:
-                    {
-//                      long nCurWidth = nTmpWidth;
-                        SeekCursor( pNode, nTmpPos+1, aTmpFont );
-                        sal_Unicode cChar = 0;  // later: NBS?
-                        aTmpFont.SetPhysFont( GetRefDevice() );
-                        ImplInitDigitMode( GetRefDevice(), 0, 0, 0, aTmpFont.GetLanguage() );
-
-                        String aFieldValue = cChar ? String(cChar) : ((EditCharAttribField*)pNextFeature)->GetFieldValue();
-                        if ( bCalcCharPositions || !pPortion->HasValidSize() )
-                        {
-                            pPortion->GetSize() = aTmpFont.QuickGetTextSize( GetRefDevice(), aFieldValue, 0, aFieldValue.Len(), 0 );
-                            // Damit kein Scrollen bei ueberlangen Feldern
-                            if ( pPortion->GetSize().Width() > nXWidth )
-                                pPortion->GetSize().Width() = nXWidth;
-                        }
-                        nTmpWidth += pPortion->GetSize().Width();
-                        pLine->GetCharPosArray().Insert( pPortion->GetSize().Width(), nTmpPos-pLine->GetStart() );
-                        pPortion->GetKind() = cChar ? PORTIONKIND_TEXT : PORTIONKIND_FIELD;
-                        // Wenn dies das erste Token in der Zeile ist,
-                        // und nTmpWidth > aPaperSize.Width, habe ich eine
-                        // Endlos-Schleife!
-                        if ( ( nTmpWidth >= nXWidth ) && ( nTmpPortion == pLine->GetStartPortion() ) )
-                        {
-                            nTmpWidth = nXWidth-1;
-                            bEOL = sal_True;
-                            bBrokenLine = sal_True;
-                        }
-                        // Compression in Fields????
-                        // I think this could be a little bit difficult and is not very usefull
-                        bCompressedChars = FALSE;
-                    }
-                    break;
-                    default:    DBG_ERROR( "Was fuer ein Feature ?" );
-                }
-                pNextFeature = pNode->GetCharAttribs().FindFeature( pNextFeature->GetStart() + 1  );
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                DBG_ASSERT( pPortion->GetLen() || bProcessingEmptyLine, "Empty Portion - Extra Space?!" );
-                SeekCursor( pNode, nTmpPos+1, aTmpFont );
-                aTmpFont.SetPhysFont( GetRefDevice() );
-                ImplInitDigitMode( GetRefDevice(), 0, 0, 0, aTmpFont.GetLanguage() );
-
-                if ( bCalcCharPositions || !pPortion->HasValidSize() )
-                {
-                    pPortion->GetSize() = aTmpFont.QuickGetTextSize( GetRefDevice(), *pParaPortion->GetNode(), nTmpPos, pPortion->GetLen(), pBuf );
-
-                    // #i9050# Do Kerning also behind portions...
-                    if ( ( aTmpFont.GetFixKerning() > 0 ) && ( ( nTmpPos + pPortion->GetLen() ) < pNode->Len() ) )
-                        pPortion->GetSize().Width() += aTmpFont.GetFixKerning();
-                    if ( IsFixedCellHeight() )
-                        pPortion->GetSize().Height() = ImplCalculateFontIndependentLineSpacing( aTmpFont.GetHeight() );
-                }
-                if ( bCalcCharPositions )
-                {
-                    sal_uInt16 nLen = pPortion->GetLen();
-                    // Es wird am Anfang generell das Array geplaettet
-                    // => Immer einfach schnelles insert.
-                    sal_uInt16 nPos = nTmpPos - pLine->GetStart();
-                    pLine->GetCharPosArray().Insert( pBuf, nLen, nPos );
-                }
-
-                // And now check for Compression:
-                if ( pPortion->GetLen() && GetAsianCompressionMode() )
-                    bCompressedChars |= ImplCalcAsianCompression( pNode, pPortion, nTmpPos, (sal_Int32*)pLine->GetCharPosArray().GetData() + (nTmpPos-pLine->GetStart()), 10000, FALSE );
-
-                nTmpWidth += pPortion->GetSize().Width();
-
-                pPortion->SetRightToLeft( GetRightToLeft( nPara, nTmpPos+1 ) );
-
-                USHORT _nPortionEnd = nTmpPos + pPortion->GetLen();
-                if( bScriptSpace && ( _nPortionEnd < pNode->Len() ) && ( nTmpWidth < nXWidth ) && IsScriptChange( EditPaM( pNode, _nPortionEnd ) ) )
-                {
-                    BOOL bAllow = FALSE;
-                    USHORT nScriptTypeLeft = GetScriptType( EditPaM( pNode, _nPortionEnd ) );
-                    USHORT nScriptTypeRight = GetScriptType( EditPaM( pNode, _nPortionEnd+1 ) );
-                    if ( ( nScriptTypeLeft == i18n::ScriptType::ASIAN ) || ( nScriptTypeRight == i18n::ScriptType::ASIAN ) )
-                        bAllow = TRUE;
-
-                    // No spacing within L2R/R2L nesting
-                    if ( bAllow )
-                    {
-                        long nExtraSpace = pPortion->GetSize().Height()/5;
-                        nExtraSpace = GetXValue( nExtraSpace );
-                        pPortion->GetSize().Width() += nExtraSpace;
-                        nTmpWidth += nExtraSpace;
-                    }
-                }
-            }
-
-            if ( aCurrentTab.bValid && ( nTmpPortion != aCurrentTab.nTabPortion ) )
-            {
-                long nWidthAfterTab = 0;
-                for ( USHORT n = aCurrentTab.nTabPortion+1; n <= nTmpPortion; n++  )
-                {
-                    TextPortion* pTP = pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().GetObject( n );
-                    nWidthAfterTab += pTP->GetSize().Width();
-                }
-                long nW = nWidthAfterTab;   // Length before tab position
-                if ( aCurrentTab.aTabStop.GetAdjustment() == SVX_TAB_ADJUST_RIGHT )
-                {
-//                  nW = nWidthAfterTab;
-                }
-                else if ( aCurrentTab.aTabStop.GetAdjustment() == SVX_TAB_ADJUST_CENTER )
-                {
-                    nW = nWidthAfterTab/2;
-                }
-                else if ( aCurrentTab.aTabStop.GetAdjustment() == SVX_TAB_ADJUST_DECIMAL )
-                {
-//                  nW = nWidthAfterTab;
-                    String aText = GetSelected( EditSelection(  EditPaM( pParaPortion->GetNode(), nTmpPos ),
-                                                                EditPaM( pParaPortion->GetNode(), nTmpPos + pPortion->GetLen() ) ) );
-                    USHORT nDecPos = aText.Search( aCurrentTab.aTabStop.GetDecimal() );
-                    if ( nDecPos != STRING_NOTFOUND )
-                    {
-                        nW -= pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().GetObject( nTmpPortion )->GetSize().Width();
-                        nW += aTmpFont.QuickGetTextSize( GetRefDevice(), *pParaPortion->GetNode(), nTmpPos, nDecPos, NULL ).Width();
-                        aCurrentTab.bValid = FALSE;
-                    }
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    DBG_ERROR( "CreateLines: Tab not handled!" );
-                }
-                long nMaxW = aCurrentTab.nTabPos - aCurrentTab.nStartPosX - nStartX;
-                if ( nW >= nMaxW )
-                {
-                    nW = nMaxW;
-                    aCurrentTab.bValid = FALSE;
-                }
-                TextPortion* pTabPortion = pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().GetObject( aCurrentTab.nTabPortion );
-                pTabPortion->GetSize().Width() = aCurrentTab.nTabPos - aCurrentTab.nStartPosX - nW - nStartX;
-                nTmpWidth = aCurrentTab.nStartPosX + pTabPortion->GetSize().Width() + nWidthAfterTab;
-            }
-
-            nTmpPos = nTmpPos + pPortion->GetLen();
-            nPortionEnd = nTmpPos;
-            nTmpPortion++;
-            if ( aStatus.OneCharPerLine() )
-                bEOL = sal_True;
-        }
-
-        DBG_ASSERT( pPortion, "no portion!?" );
-
-        aCurrentTab.bValid = FALSE;
-
-        // das war evtl. eine Portion zu weit:
-        sal_Bool bFixedEnd = sal_False;
-        if ( aStatus.OneCharPerLine() )
-        {
-            // Zustand vor Portion: ( bis auf nTmpWidth )
-            nPortionEnd = nTmpPos;
-            nTmpPos -= pPortion ? pPortion->GetLen() : 0;
-            nPortionStart = nTmpPos;
-            nTmpPortion--;
-
-            bEOL = sal_True;
-            bEOC = sal_False;
-
-            // Und jetzt genau ein Zeichen:
-            nTmpPos++;
-            nTmpPortion++;
-            nPortionEnd = nTmpPortion;
-            // Eine Nicht-Feature-Portion muss gebrochen werden
-            if ( pPortion->GetLen() > 1 )
-            {
-                DBG_ASSERT( pPortion && (pPortion->GetKind() == PORTIONKIND_TEXT), "Len>1, aber keine TextPortion?" );
-                nTmpWidth -= pPortion ? pPortion->GetSize().Width() : 0;
-                sal_uInt16 nP = SplitTextPortion( pParaPortion, nTmpPos, pLine );
-                TextPortion* p = pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().GetObject( nP );
-                DBG_ASSERT( p, "Portion ?!" );
-                nTmpWidth += p->GetSize().Width();
-            }
-        }
-        else if ( nTmpWidth >= nXWidth )
-        {
-            nPortionEnd = nTmpPos;
-            nTmpPos -= pPortion ? pPortion->GetLen() : 0;
-            nPortionStart = nTmpPos;
-            nTmpPortion--;
-            bEOL = sal_False;
-            bEOC = sal_False;
-            if( pPortion ) switch ( pPortion->GetKind() )
-            {
-                case PORTIONKIND_TEXT:
-                {
-                    nTmpWidth -= pPortion->GetSize().Width();
-                }
-                break;
-                case PORTIONKIND_FIELD:
-                case PORTIONKIND_TAB:
-                {
-                    nTmpWidth -= pPortion->GetSize().Width();
-                    bEOL = sal_True;
-                    bFixedEnd = sal_True;
-                }
-                break;
-                default:
-                {
-                    // Ein Feature wird nicht umgebrochen:
-                    DBG_ASSERT( ( pPortion->GetKind() == PORTIONKIND_LINEBREAK ), "Was fuer ein Feature ?" );
-                    bEOL = sal_True;
-                    bFixedEnd = sal_True;
-                }
-            }
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            bEOL = sal_True;
-            bEOC = sal_True;
-            pLine->SetEnd( nPortionEnd );
-            DBG_ASSERT( pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().Count(), "Keine TextPortions?" );
-            pLine->SetEndPortion( (sal_uInt16)pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().Count() - 1 );
-        }
-
-        if ( aStatus.OneCharPerLine() )
-        {
-            pLine->SetEnd( nPortionEnd );
-            pLine->SetEndPortion( nTmpPortion-1 );
-        }
-        else if ( bFixedEnd )
-        {
-            pLine->SetEnd( nPortionStart );
-            pLine->SetEndPortion( nTmpPortion-1 );
-        }
-        else if ( bLineBreak || bBrokenLine )
-        {
-            pLine->SetEnd( nPortionStart+1 );
-            pLine->SetEndPortion( nTmpPortion-1 );
-            bEOC = sal_False; // wurde oben gesetzt, vielleich mal die if's umstellen?
-        }
-        else if ( !bEOL )
-        {
-            DBG_ASSERT( pPortion && ((nPortionEnd-nPortionStart) == pPortion->GetLen()), "Doch eine andere Portion?!" );
-            long nRemainingWidth = nMaxLineWidth - nTmpWidth;
-            sal_Bool bCanHyphenate = ( aTmpFont.GetCharSet() != RTL_TEXTENCODING_SYMBOL );
-            if ( bCompressedChars && pPortion && ( pPortion->GetLen() > 1 ) && pPortion->GetExtraInfos() && pPortion->GetExtraInfos()->bCompressed )
-            {
-                // I need the manipulated DXArray for determining the break postion...
-                ImplCalcAsianCompression( pNode, pPortion, nPortionStart, const_cast<sal_Int32*>(( pLine->GetCharPosArray().GetData() + (nPortionStart-pLine->GetStart()) )), 10000, TRUE );
-            }
-            if( pPortion )
-                ImpBreakLine( pParaPortion, pLine, pPortion, nPortionStart,
-                                                nRemainingWidth, bCanHyphenate && bHyphenatePara );
-        }
-
-        // ------------------------------------------------------------------
-        // Zeile fertig => justieren
-        // ------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-        // CalcTextSize sollte besser durch ein kontinuierliches
-        // Registrieren ersetzt werden !
-        Size aTextSize = pLine->CalcTextSize( *pParaPortion );
-
-        if ( aTextSize.Height() == 0 )
-        {
-            SeekCursor( pNode, pLine->GetStart()+1, aTmpFont );
-            aTmpFont.SetPhysFont( pRefDev );
-            ImplInitDigitMode( pRefDev, 0, 0, 0, aTmpFont.GetLanguage() );
-
-            if ( IsFixedCellHeight() )
-                aTextSize.Height() = ImplCalculateFontIndependentLineSpacing( aTmpFont.GetHeight() );
-            else
-                aTextSize.Height() = aTmpFont.GetPhysTxtSize( pRefDev, String() ).Height();
-            pLine->SetHeight( (sal_uInt16)aTextSize.Height() );
-        }
-
-        // Die Fontmetriken koennen nicht kontinuierlich berechnet werden,
-        // wenn der Font sowieso eingestellt ist, weil ggf. ein grosser Font
-        // erst nach dem Umbrechen ploetzlich in der naechsten Zeile landet
-        // => Font-Metriken zu gross.
-        FormatterFontMetric aFormatterMetrics;
-        sal_uInt16 nTPos = pLine->GetStart();
-        for ( sal_uInt16 nP = pLine->GetStartPortion(); nP <= pLine->GetEndPortion(); nP++ )
-        {
-            TextPortion* pTP = pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().GetObject( nP );
-            // #95819# problem with hard font height attribute, when everthing but the line break has this attribute
-            if ( pTP->GetKind() != PORTIONKIND_LINEBREAK )
-            {
-                SeekCursor( pNode, nTPos+1, aTmpFont );
-                aTmpFont.SetPhysFont( GetRefDevice() );
-                ImplInitDigitMode( GetRefDevice(), 0, 0, 0, aTmpFont.GetLanguage() );
-                RecalcFormatterFontMetrics( aFormatterMetrics, aTmpFont );
-            }
-            nTPos = nTPos + pTP->GetLen();
-        }
-        sal_uInt16 nLineHeight = aFormatterMetrics.GetHeight();
-        if ( nLineHeight > pLine->GetHeight() )
-            pLine->SetHeight( nLineHeight );
-        pLine->SetMaxAscent( aFormatterMetrics.nMaxAscent );
-
-        bSameLineAgain = sal_False;
-        if ( GetTextRanger() && ( pLine->GetHeight() > nTextLineHeight ) )
-        {
-            // Nochmal mit der anderen Groesse aufsetzen!
-            bSameLineAgain = sal_True;
-        }
-
-
-        if ( !bSameLineAgain && !aStatus.IsOutliner() )
-        {
-            if ( rLSItem.GetLineSpaceRule() == SVX_LINE_SPACE_MIN )
-            {
-                sal_uInt16 nMinHeight = GetYValue( rLSItem.GetLineHeight() );
-                sal_uInt16 nTxtHeight = pLine->GetHeight();
-                if ( nTxtHeight < nMinHeight )
-                {
-                    // Der Ascent muss um die Differenz angepasst werden:
-                    long nDiff = nMinHeight - nTxtHeight;
-                    pLine->SetMaxAscent( (sal_uInt16)(pLine->GetMaxAscent() + nDiff) );
-                    pLine->SetHeight( nMinHeight, nTxtHeight );
-                }
-            }
-            else if ( rLSItem.GetInterLineSpaceRule() == SVX_INTER_LINE_SPACE_PROP )
-            {
-                if ( nPara || IsFixedCellHeight() || pLine->GetStartPortion() ) // Nicht die aller erste Zeile
-                {
-                    // #100508# There are documents with PropLineSpace 0, why?
-                    // (cmc: re above question :-) such documents can be seen by importing a .ppt
-                    if ( rLSItem.GetPropLineSpace() && ( rLSItem.GetPropLineSpace() != 100 ) )
-                    {
-                        sal_uInt16 nTxtHeight = pLine->GetHeight();
-                        sal_Int32 nH = nTxtHeight;
-                        nH *= rLSItem.GetPropLineSpace();
-                        nH /= 100;
-                        // Der Ascent muss um die Differenz angepasst werden:
-                        long nDiff = pLine->GetHeight() - nH;
-                        if ( nDiff > pLine->GetMaxAscent() )
-                            nDiff = pLine->GetMaxAscent();
-                        pLine->SetMaxAscent( (sal_uInt16)(pLine->GetMaxAscent() - nDiff) );
-                        pLine->SetHeight( (sal_uInt16)nH, nTxtHeight );
-                    }
-                }
-            }
-        }
-
-
-        // #80582# - Bullet should not influence line height
-//      if ( !nLine )
-//      {
-//          long nBulletHeight = aBulletArea.GetHeight();
-//          if ( nBulletHeight > (long)pLine->GetHeight() )
-//          {
-//              long nDiff =  nBulletHeight - (long)pLine->GetHeight();
-//              // nDiff auf oben und unten verteilen.
-//              pLine->SetMaxAscent( (sal_uInt16)(pLine->GetMaxAscent() + nDiff/2) );
-//              pLine->SetHeight( (sal_uInt16)nBulletHeight );
-//          }
-//      }
-
-        if ( ( !IsVertical() && aStatus.AutoPageWidth() ) ||
-             ( IsVertical() && aStatus.AutoPageHeight() ) )
-        {
-            // Wenn die Zeile in die aktuelle Papierbreite passt, muss
-            // diese Breite fuer die Ausrichting verwendet werden.
-            // Wenn sie nicht passt oder sie die Papierbreite aendert,
-            // wird bei Justification != LEFT sowieso noch mal formatiert.
-            long nMaxLineWidthFix = ( !IsVertical() ? aPaperSize.Width() : aPaperSize.Height() )
-                                        - GetXValue( rLRItem.GetRight() ) - nStartX;
-            if ( aTextSize.Width() < nMaxLineWidthFix )
-                nMaxLineWidth = nMaxLineWidthFix;
-        }
-
-        if ( bCompressedChars )
-        {
-            long nRemainingWidth = nMaxLineWidth - aTextSize.Width();
-            if ( nRemainingWidth > 0 )
-            {
-                ImplExpandCompressedPortions( pLine, pParaPortion, nRemainingWidth );
-                aTextSize = pLine->CalcTextSize( *pParaPortion );
-            }
-        }
-
-        if ( pLine->IsHangingPunctuation() )
-        {
-            // Width from HangingPunctuation was set to 0 in ImpBreakLine,
-            // check for rel width now, maybe create compression...
-            long n = nMaxLineWidth - aTextSize.Width();
-            TextPortion* pTP = pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().GetObject( pLine->GetEndPortion() );
-            sal_uInt16 nPosInArray = pLine->GetEnd()-1-pLine->GetStart();
-            long nNewValue = ( nPosInArray ? pLine->GetCharPosArray()[ nPosInArray-1 ] : 0 ) + n;
-            pLine->GetCharPosArray()[ nPosInArray ] = nNewValue;
-            pTP->GetSize().Width() += n;
-        }
-
-        pLine->SetTextWidth( aTextSize.Width() );
-        switch ( eJustification )
-        {
-            case SVX_ADJUST_CENTER:
-            {
-                long n = ( nMaxLineWidth - aTextSize.Width() ) / 2;
-                n += nStartX;  // Einrueckung bleibt erhalten.
-                if ( n > 0 )
-                    pLine->SetStartPosX( (sal_uInt16)n );
-                else
-                    pLine->SetStartPosX( 0 );
-
-            }
-            break;
-            case SVX_ADJUST_RIGHT:
-            {
-                // Bei automatisch umgebrochenen Zeilen, die ein Blank
-                // am Ende enthalten, darf das Blank nicht ausgegeben werden!
-
-                long n = nMaxLineWidth - aTextSize.Width();
-                n += nStartX;  // Einrueckung bleibt erhalten.
-                if ( n > 0 )
-                    pLine->SetStartPosX( (sal_uInt16)n );
-                else
-                    pLine->SetStartPosX( 0 );
-            }
-            break;
-            case SVX_ADJUST_BLOCK:
-            {
-                long nRemainingSpace = nMaxLineWidth - aTextSize.Width();
-                pLine->SetStartPosX( (sal_uInt16)nStartX );
-                if ( !bEOC && ( nRemainingSpace > 0 ) ) // nicht die letzte Zeile...
-                    ImpAdjustBlocks( pParaPortion, pLine, nRemainingSpace );
-            }
-            break;
-            default:
-            {
-                pLine->SetStartPosX( (sal_uInt16)nStartX ); // FI, LI
-            }
-            break;
-        }
-
-        // -----------------------------------------------------------------
-        // pruefen, ob die Zeile neu ausgegeben werden muss...
-        // -----------------------------------------------------------------
-        pLine->SetInvalid();
-
-        // Wenn eine Portion umgebrochen wurde sind ggf. viel zu viele Positionen
-        // im CharPosArray:
-        if ( bCalcCharPositions )
-        {
-            sal_uInt16 nLen = pLine->GetLen();
-            sal_uInt16 nCount = pLine->GetCharPosArray().Count();
-            if ( nCount > nLen )
-                pLine->GetCharPosArray().Remove( nLen, nCount-nLen );
-        }
-
-        if ( GetTextRanger() )
-        {
-            if ( nTextXOffset )
-                pLine->SetStartPosX( (sal_uInt16) ( pLine->GetStartPosX() + nTextXOffset ) );
-            if ( nTextExtraYOffset )
-            {
-                pLine->SetHeight( (sal_uInt16) ( pLine->GetHeight() + nTextExtraYOffset ), 0, pLine->GetHeight() );
-                pLine->SetMaxAscent( (sal_uInt16) ( pLine->GetMaxAscent() + nTextExtraYOffset ) );
-            }
-        }
-
-        // Fuer kleiner 0 noch ueberlegen!
-        if ( pParaPortion->IsSimpleInvalid() /* && ( nInvalidDiff > 0 ) */ )
-        {
-            // Aenderung durch einfache Textaenderung...
-            // Formatierung nicht abbrechen, da Portions evtl. wieder
-            // gesplittet werden muessen!
-            // Wenn irgendwann mal abbrechbar, dann fogende Zeilen Validieren!
-            // Aber ggf. als Valid markieren, damit weniger Ausgabe...
-            if ( pLine->GetEnd() < nInvalidStart )
-            {
-                if ( *pLine == aSaveLine )
-                {
-                    pLine->SetValid();
-                }
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                sal_uInt16 nStart = pLine->GetStart();
-                sal_uInt16 nEnd = pLine->GetEnd();
-
-                if ( nStart > nInvalidEnd )
-                {
-                    if ( ( ( nStart-nInvalidDiff ) == aSaveLine.GetStart() ) &&
-                            ( ( nEnd-nInvalidDiff ) == aSaveLine.GetEnd() ) )
-                    {
-                        pLine->SetValid();
-                        if ( bCalcCharPositions && bQuickFormat )
-                        {
-                            bCalcCharPositions = sal_False;
-                            bLineBreak = sal_False;
-                            pParaPortion->CorrectValuesBehindLastFormattedLine( nLine );
-                            break;
-                        }
-                    }
-                }
-                else if ( bCalcCharPositions && bQuickFormat && ( nEnd > nInvalidEnd) )
-                {
-                    // Wenn die ungueltige Zeile so endet, dass die naechste an
-                    // der 'gleichen' Textstelle wie vorher beginnt, also nicht
-                    // anders umgebrochen wird, brauche ich dort auch nicht die
-                    // textbreiten neu bestimmen:
-                    if ( nEnd == ( aSaveLine.GetEnd() + nInvalidDiff ) )
-                    {
-                        bCalcCharPositions = sal_False;
-                        bLineBreak = sal_False;
-                        pParaPortion->CorrectValuesBehindLastFormattedLine( nLine );
-                        break;
-                    }
-                }
-            }
-        }
-
-        if ( !bSameLineAgain )
-        {
-            nIndex = pLine->GetEnd();   // naechste Zeile Start = letzte Zeile Ende
-                                        // weil nEnd hinter das letzte Zeichen zeigt!
-
-            sal_uInt16 nEndPortion = pLine->GetEndPortion();
-
-            // Naechste Zeile oder ggf. neue Zeile....
-            pLine = 0;
-            if ( nLine < pParaPortion->GetLines().Count()-1 )
-                pLine = pParaPortion->GetLines().GetObject( ++nLine );
-            if ( pLine && ( nIndex >= pNode->Len() ) )
-            {
-                nDelFromLine = nLine;
-                break;
-            }
-            if ( !pLine )
-            {
-                if ( nIndex < pNode->Len() )
-                {
-                    pLine = new EditLine;
-                    pParaPortion->GetLines().Insert( pLine, ++nLine );
-                }
-                else if ( nIndex && bLineBreak && GetTextRanger() )
-                {
-                    // normaly CreateAndInsertEmptyLine would be called, but I want to use
-                    // CreateLines, so I need Polygon code only here...
-                    TextPortion* pDummyPortion = new TextPortion( 0 );
-                    pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().Insert( pDummyPortion, pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().Count() );
-                    pLine = new EditLine;
-                    pParaPortion->GetLines().Insert( pLine, ++nLine );
-                    bForceOneRun = TRUE;
-                    bProcessingEmptyLine = TRUE;
-                }
-            }
-            if ( pLine )
-            {
-                aSaveLine = *pLine;
-                pLine->SetStart( nIndex );
-                pLine->SetEnd( nIndex );
-                pLine->SetStartPortion( nEndPortion+1 );
-                pLine->SetEndPortion( nEndPortion+1 );
-            }
-        }
-    }   // while ( Index < Len )
-
-    if ( nDelFromLine != 0xFFFF )
-        pParaPortion->GetLines().DeleteFromLine( nDelFromLine );
-
-    DBG_ASSERT( pParaPortion->GetLines().Count(), "Keine Zeile nach CreateLines!" );
-
-    if ( bLineBreak == sal_True )
-        CreateAndInsertEmptyLine( pParaPortion, nStartPosY );
-
-    delete[] pBuf;
-
-    sal_Bool bHeightChanged = FinishCreateLines( pParaPortion );
-
-    if ( bMapChanged )
-        GetRefDevice()->Pop();
-
-    GetRefDevice()->Pop();
-
-    return bHeightChanged;
-}
-
-void ImpEditEngine::CreateAndInsertEmptyLine( ParaPortion* pParaPortion, sal_uInt32 )
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( !GetTextRanger(), "Don't use CreateAndInsertEmptyLine with a polygon!" );
-
-    EditLine* pTmpLine = new EditLine;
-    pTmpLine->SetStart( pParaPortion->GetNode()->Len() );
-    pTmpLine->SetEnd( pParaPortion->GetNode()->Len() );
-    pParaPortion->GetLines().Insert( pTmpLine, pParaPortion->GetLines().Count() );
-
-    sal_Bool bLineBreak = pParaPortion->GetNode()->Len() ? sal_True : sal_False;
-    sal_Int32 nSpaceBefore = 0;
-    sal_Int32 nSpaceBeforeAndMinLabelWidth = GetSpaceBeforeAndMinLabelWidth( pParaPortion->GetNode(), &nSpaceBefore );
-    const SvxLRSpaceItem& rLRItem = GetLRSpaceItem( pParaPortion->GetNode() );
-    const SvxLineSpacingItem& rLSItem = (const SvxLineSpacingItem&)pParaPortion->GetNode()->GetContentAttribs().GetItem( EE_PARA_SBL );
-    short nStartX = GetXValue( (short)(rLRItem.GetTxtLeft() + rLRItem.GetTxtFirstLineOfst() + nSpaceBefore));
-
-    Rectangle aBulletArea = Rectangle( Point(), Point() );
-    if ( bLineBreak == sal_True )
-    {
-        nStartX = (short)GetXValue( rLRItem.GetTxtLeft() + rLRItem.GetTxtFirstLineOfst() + nSpaceBeforeAndMinLabelWidth );
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        aBulletArea = GetEditEnginePtr()->GetBulletArea( GetParaPortions().GetPos( pParaPortion ) );
-        if ( aBulletArea.Right() > 0 )
-            pParaPortion->SetBulletX( (sal_uInt16) GetXValue( aBulletArea.Right() ) );
-        else
-            pParaPortion->SetBulletX( 0 ); // Falls Bullet falsch eingestellt.
-        if ( pParaPortion->GetBulletX() > nStartX )
-        {
-            nStartX = (short)GetXValue( rLRItem.GetTxtLeft() + rLRItem.GetTxtFirstLineOfst() + nSpaceBeforeAndMinLabelWidth );
-            if ( pParaPortion->GetBulletX() > nStartX )
-                nStartX = pParaPortion->GetBulletX();
-        }
-    }
-
-    SvxFont aTmpFont;
-    SeekCursor( pParaPortion->GetNode(), bLineBreak ? pParaPortion->GetNode()->Len() : 0, aTmpFont );
-    aTmpFont.SetPhysFont( pRefDev );
-
-    TextPortion* pDummyPortion = new TextPortion( 0 );
-    pDummyPortion->GetSize() = aTmpFont.GetPhysTxtSize( pRefDev, String() );
-    if ( IsFixedCellHeight() )
-        pDummyPortion->GetSize().Height() = ImplCalculateFontIndependentLineSpacing( aTmpFont.GetHeight() );
-    pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().Insert( pDummyPortion, pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().Count() );
-    FormatterFontMetric aFormatterMetrics;
-    RecalcFormatterFontMetrics( aFormatterMetrics, aTmpFont );
-    pTmpLine->SetMaxAscent( aFormatterMetrics.nMaxAscent );
-    pTmpLine->SetHeight( (sal_uInt16) pDummyPortion->GetSize().Height() );
-    sal_uInt16 nLineHeight = aFormatterMetrics.GetHeight();
-    if ( nLineHeight > pTmpLine->GetHeight() )
-        pTmpLine->SetHeight( nLineHeight );
-
-    if ( !aStatus.IsOutliner() )
-    {
-        USHORT nPara = GetParaPortions().GetPos( pParaPortion );
-        SvxAdjust eJustification = GetJustification( nPara );
-        long nMaxLineWidth = !IsVertical() ? aPaperSize.Width() : aPaperSize.Height();
-        nMaxLineWidth -= GetXValue( rLRItem.GetRight() );
-        long nTextXOffset = 0;
-        if ( nMaxLineWidth < 0 )
-            nMaxLineWidth = 1;
-        if ( eJustification ==  SVX_ADJUST_CENTER )
-            nStartX = sal::static_int_cast< short >(nMaxLineWidth / 2);
-        else if ( eJustification ==  SVX_ADJUST_RIGHT )
-            nStartX = sal::static_int_cast< short >(nMaxLineWidth);
-
-        nStartX = sal::static_int_cast< short >(nStartX + nTextXOffset);
-    }
-
-    pTmpLine->SetStartPosX( nStartX );
-
-    if ( !aStatus.IsOutliner() )
-    {
-        if ( rLSItem.GetLineSpaceRule() == SVX_LINE_SPACE_MIN )
-        {
-            sal_uInt16 nMinHeight = rLSItem.GetLineHeight();
-            sal_uInt16 nTxtHeight = pTmpLine->GetHeight();
-            if ( nTxtHeight < nMinHeight )
-            {
-                // Der Ascent muss um die Differenz angepasst werden:
-                long nDiff = nMinHeight - nTxtHeight;
-                pTmpLine->SetMaxAscent( (sal_uInt16)(pTmpLine->GetMaxAscent() + nDiff) );
-                pTmpLine->SetHeight( nMinHeight, nTxtHeight );
-            }
-        }
-        else if ( rLSItem.GetInterLineSpaceRule() == SVX_INTER_LINE_SPACE_PROP )
-        {
-            USHORT nPara = GetParaPortions().GetPos( pParaPortion );
-            if ( nPara || IsFixedCellHeight() || pTmpLine->GetStartPortion() ) // Nicht die aller erste Zeile
-            {
-                // #100508# There are documents with PropLineSpace 0, why?
-                // (cmc: re above question :-) such documents can be seen by importing a .ppt
-                if ( rLSItem.GetPropLineSpace() && ( rLSItem.GetPropLineSpace() != 100 ) )
-                {
-                    sal_uInt16 nTxtHeight = pTmpLine->GetHeight();
-                    sal_Int32 nH = nTxtHeight;
-                    nH *= rLSItem.GetPropLineSpace();
-                    nH /= 100;
-                    // Der Ascent muss um die Differenz angepasst werden:
-                    long nDiff = pTmpLine->GetHeight() - nH;
-                    if ( nDiff > pTmpLine->GetMaxAscent() )
-                        nDiff = pTmpLine->GetMaxAscent();
-                    pTmpLine->SetMaxAscent( (sal_uInt16)(pTmpLine->GetMaxAscent() - nDiff) );
-                    pTmpLine->SetHeight( (sal_uInt16)nH, nTxtHeight );
-                }
-            }
-        }
-    }
-
-    if ( !bLineBreak )
-    {
-        long nMinHeight = aBulletArea.GetHeight();
-        if ( nMinHeight > (long)pTmpLine->GetHeight() )
-        {
-            long nDiff = nMinHeight - (long)pTmpLine->GetHeight();
-            // nDiff auf oben und unten verteilen.
-            pTmpLine->SetMaxAscent( (sal_uInt16)(pTmpLine->GetMaxAscent() + nDiff/2) );
-            pTmpLine->SetHeight( (sal_uInt16)nMinHeight );
-        }
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        // -2: Die neue ist bereits eingefuegt.
-#ifdef DBG_UTIL
-        EditLine* pLastLine = pParaPortion->GetLines().GetObject( pParaPortion->GetLines().Count()-2 );
-        DBG_ASSERT( pLastLine, "Weicher Umbruch, keine Zeile ?!" );
-        DBG_ASSERT( pLastLine->GetEnd() == pParaPortion->GetNode()->Len(), "Doch anders?" );
-#endif
-//      pTmpLine->SetStart( pLastLine->GetEnd() );
-//      pTmpLine->SetEnd( pLastLine->GetEnd() );
-        sal_uInt16 nPos = (sal_uInt16) pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().Count() - 1 ;
-        pTmpLine->SetStartPortion( nPos );
-        pTmpLine->SetEndPortion( nPos );
-    }
-}
-
-sal_Bool ImpEditEngine::FinishCreateLines( ParaPortion* pParaPortion )
-{
-//  CalcCharPositions( pParaPortion );
-    pParaPortion->SetValid();
-    long nOldHeight = pParaPortion->GetHeight();
-//  sal_uInt16 nPos = GetParaPortions().GetPos( pParaPortion );
-//  DBG_ASSERT( nPos != USHRT_MAX, "FinishCreateLines: Portion nicht in Liste!" );
-//  ParaPortion* pPrev = nPos ? GetParaPortions().GetObject( nPos-1 ) : 0;
-    CalcHeight( pParaPortion );
-
-    DBG_ASSERT( pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().Count(), "FinishCreateLines: Keine Text-Portion?" );
-    sal_Bool bRet = ( pParaPortion->GetHeight() != nOldHeight );
-    return bRet;
-}
-
-void ImpEditEngine::ImpBreakLine( ParaPortion* pParaPortion, EditLine* pLine, TextPortion* pPortion, sal_uInt16 nPortionStart, long nRemainingWidth, sal_Bool bCanHyphenate )
-{
-    ContentNode* const pNode = pParaPortion->GetNode();
-
-    sal_uInt16 nBreakInLine = nPortionStart - pLine->GetStart();
-    sal_uInt16 nMax = nBreakInLine + pPortion->GetLen();
-    while ( ( nBreakInLine < nMax ) && ( pLine->GetCharPosArray()[nBreakInLine] < nRemainingWidth ) )
-        nBreakInLine++;
-
-    sal_uInt16 nMaxBreakPos = nBreakInLine + pLine->GetStart();
-       sal_uInt16 nBreakPos = 0xFFFF;
-
-    sal_Bool bCompressBlank = sal_False;
-    sal_Bool bHyphenated = sal_False;
-    sal_Bool bHangingPunctuation = sal_False;
-    sal_Unicode cAlternateReplChar = 0;
-    sal_Unicode cAlternateExtraChar = 0;
-
-    if ( ( nMaxBreakPos < ( nMax + pLine->GetStart() ) ) && ( pNode->GetChar( nMaxBreakPos ) == ' ' ) )
-    {
-        // Break behind the blank, blank will be compressed...
-        nBreakPos = nMaxBreakPos + 1;
-        bCompressBlank = sal_True;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        sal_uInt16 nMinBreakPos = pLine->GetStart();
-        USHORT nAttrs = pNode->GetCharAttribs().GetAttribs().Count();
-        for ( USHORT nAttr = nAttrs; nAttr; )
-        {
-            EditCharAttrib* pAttr = pNode->GetCharAttribs().GetAttribs()[--nAttr];
-            if ( pAttr->IsFeature() && ( pAttr->GetEnd() > nMinBreakPos ) && ( pAttr->GetEnd() <= nMaxBreakPos ) )
-            {
-                nMinBreakPos = pAttr->GetEnd();
-                break;
-            }
-        }
-
-        lang::Locale aLocale = GetLocale( EditPaM( pNode, nMaxBreakPos ) );
-
-        Reference < i18n::XBreakIterator > _xBI( ImplGetBreakIterator() );
-        OUString aText( *pNode );
-        Reference< XHyphenator > xHyph;
-        if ( bCanHyphenate )
-            xHyph = GetHyphenator();
-        i18n::LineBreakHyphenationOptions aHyphOptions( xHyph, Sequence< PropertyValue >(), 1 );
-        i18n::LineBreakUserOptions aUserOptions;
-
-        const i18n::ForbiddenCharacters* pForbidden = GetForbiddenCharsTable()->GetForbiddenCharacters( SvxLocaleToLanguage( aLocale ), TRUE );
-        aUserOptions.forbiddenBeginCharacters = pForbidden->beginLine;
-        aUserOptions.forbiddenEndCharacters = pForbidden->endLine;
-        aUserOptions.applyForbiddenRules = ((const SfxBoolItem&)pNode->GetContentAttribs().GetItem( EE_PARA_FORBIDDENRULES )).GetValue();
-        aUserOptions.allowPunctuationOutsideMargin = ((const SfxBoolItem&)pNode->GetContentAttribs().GetItem( EE_PARA_HANGINGPUNCTUATION )).GetValue();
-        aUserOptions.allowHyphenateEnglish = FALSE;
-
-        i18n::LineBreakResults aLBR = _xBI->getLineBreak( *pNode, nMaxBreakPos, aLocale, nMinBreakPos, aHyphOptions, aUserOptions );
-        nBreakPos = (USHORT)aLBR.breakIndex;
-
-        // BUG in I18N - under special condition (break behind field, #87327#) breakIndex is < nMinBreakPos
-        if ( nBreakPos < nMinBreakPos )
-        {
-            nBreakPos = nMinBreakPos;
-        }
-        else if ( ( nBreakPos > nMaxBreakPos ) && !aUserOptions.allowPunctuationOutsideMargin )
-        {
-            DBG_ERROR( "I18N: XBreakIterator::getLineBreak returns position > Max" );
-            nBreakPos = nMaxBreakPos;
-        }
-
-        // #101795# nBreakPos can never be outside the portion, even not with hangig punctuation
-        if ( nBreakPos > nMaxBreakPos )
-            nBreakPos = nMaxBreakPos;
-
-        // BUG in I18N - the japanese dot is in the next line!
-        // !!!  Testen!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-        if ( (nBreakPos + ( aUserOptions.allowPunctuationOutsideMargin ? 0 : 1 ) ) <= nMaxBreakPos )
-        {
-            sal_Unicode cFirstInNextLine = ( (nBreakPos+1) < pNode->Len() ) ? pNode->GetChar( nBreakPos ) : 0;
-            if ( cFirstInNextLine == 12290 )
-                nBreakPos++;
-        }
-
-        bHangingPunctuation = ( nBreakPos > nMaxBreakPos ) ? sal_True : sal_False;
-        pLine->SetHangingPunctuation( bHangingPunctuation );
-
-    #ifndef SVX_LIGHT
-        // Egal ob Trenner oder nicht: Das Wort nach dem Trenner durch
-        // die Silbentrennung jagen...
-        // nMaxBreakPos ist das letzte Zeichen was in die Zeile passt,
-        // nBreakPos ist der Wort-Anfang
-        // Ein Problem gibt es, wenn das Dok so schmal ist, dass ein Wort
-        // auf mehr als Zwei Zeilen gebrochen wird...
-        if ( !bHangingPunctuation && bCanHyphenate && GetHyphenator().is() )
-        {
-            i18n::Boundary aBoundary = _xBI->getWordBoundary( *pNode, nBreakPos, GetLocale( EditPaM( pNode, nBreakPos ) ), ::com::sun::star::i18n::WordType::DICTIONARY_WORD, sal_True );
-//          sal_uInt16 nWordStart = nBreakPos;
-//          sal_uInt16 nBreakPos_OLD = nBreakPos;
-            sal_uInt16 nWordStart = nBreakPos;
-            sal_uInt16 nWordEnd = (USHORT) aBoundary.endPos;
-            DBG_ASSERT( nWordEnd > nWordStart, "ImpBreakLine: Start >= End?" );
-
-            USHORT nWordLen = nWordEnd - nWordStart;
-            if ( ( nWordEnd >= nMaxBreakPos ) && ( nWordLen > 3 ) )
-            {
-                // #104415# May happen, because getLineBreak may differ from getWordBoudary with DICTIONARY_WORD
-                // DBG_ASSERT( nWordEnd >= nMaxBreakPos, "Hyph: Break?" );
-                String aWord( *pNode, nWordStart, nWordLen );
-                sal_uInt16 nMinTrail = nWordEnd-nMaxBreakPos+1;     //+1: Vor dem angeknacksten Buchstaben
-                Reference< XHyphenatedWord > xHyphWord;
-                if (xHyphenator.is())
-                    xHyphWord = xHyphenator->hyphenate( aWord, aLocale, aWord.Len() - nMinTrail, Sequence< PropertyValue >() );
-                if (xHyphWord.is())
-                {
-                    sal_Bool bAlternate = xHyphWord->isAlternativeSpelling();
-                    sal_uInt16 _nWordLen = 1 + xHyphWord->getHyphenPos();
-
-                    if ( ( _nWordLen >= 2 ) && ( (nWordStart+_nWordLen) >= (pLine->GetStart() + 2 ) ) )
-                    {
-                        if ( !bAlternate )
-                        {
-                            bHyphenated = sal_True;
-                            nBreakPos = nWordStart + _nWordLen;
-                        }
-                        else
-                        {
-                            String aAlt( xHyphWord->getHyphenatedWord() );
-
-                            // Wir gehen von zwei Faellen aus, die nun
-                            // vorliegen koennen:
-                            // 1) packen wird zu pak-ken
-                            // 2) Schiffahrt wird zu Schiff-fahrt
-                            // In Fall 1 muss ein Zeichen ersetzt werden,
-                            // in Fall 2 wird ein Zeichen hinzugefuegt.
-                            // Die Identifikation wird erschwert durch Worte wie
-                            // "Schiffahrtsbrennesseln", da der Hyphenator alle
-                            // Position des Wortes auftrennt und "Schifffahrtsbrennnesseln"
-                            // ermittelt. Wir koennen also eigentlich nicht unmittelbar vom
-                            // Index des AlternativWord auf aWord schliessen.
-
-                            // Das ganze geraffel wird durch eine Funktion am
-                            // Hyphenator vereinfacht werden, sobald AMA sie einbaut...
-                            sal_uInt16 nAltStart = _nWordLen - 1;
-                            sal_uInt16 nTxtStart = nAltStart - (aAlt.Len() - aWord.Len());
-                            sal_uInt16 nTxtEnd = nTxtStart;
-                            sal_uInt16 nAltEnd = nAltStart;
-
-                            // Die Bereiche zwischen den nStart und nEnd ist
-                            // die Differenz zwischen Alternativ- und OriginalString.
-                            while( nTxtEnd < aWord.Len() && nAltEnd < aAlt.Len() &&
-                                   aWord.GetChar(nTxtEnd) != aAlt.GetChar(nAltEnd) )
-                            {
-                                ++nTxtEnd;
-                                ++nAltEnd;
-                            }
-
-                            // Wenn ein Zeichen hinzugekommen ist, dann bemerken wir es jetzt:
-                            if( nAltEnd > nTxtEnd && nAltStart == nAltEnd &&
-                                aWord.GetChar( nTxtEnd ) == aAlt.GetChar(nAltEnd) )
-                            {
-                                ++nAltEnd;
-                                ++nTxtStart;
-                                ++nTxtEnd;
-                            }
-
-                            DBG_ASSERT( ( nAltEnd - nAltStart ) == 1, "Alternate: Falsche Annahme!" );
-
-                            if ( nTxtEnd > nTxtStart )
-                                cAlternateReplChar = aAlt.GetChar( nAltStart );
-                            else
-                                cAlternateExtraChar = aAlt.GetChar( nAltStart );
-
-                            bHyphenated = sal_True;
-                            nBreakPos = nWordStart + nTxtStart;
-                            if ( cAlternateReplChar )
-                                nBreakPos++;
-                        }
-                    }
-                }
-            }
-        }
-
-    #endif // !SVX_LIGHT
-
-        if ( nBreakPos <= pLine->GetStart() )
-        {
-            // keine Trenner in Zeile => abhacken !
-            nBreakPos = nMaxBreakPos;
-            // MT: I18N nextCharacters !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-            if ( nBreakPos <= pLine->GetStart() )
-                nBreakPos = pLine->GetStart() + 1;  // Sonst Endlosschleife!
-        }
-    }
-
-    // die angeknackste Portion ist die End-Portion
-    pLine->SetEnd( nBreakPos );
-
-    sal_uInt16 nEndPortion = SplitTextPortion( pParaPortion, nBreakPos, pLine );
-
-    if ( !bCompressBlank && !bHangingPunctuation )
-    {
-        // #96187# When justification is not SVX_ADJUST_LEFT, it's important to compress
-        // the trailing space even if there is enough room for the space...
-        // Don't check for SVX_ADJUST_LEFT, doesn't matter to compress in this case too...
-        DBG_ASSERT( nBreakPos > pLine->GetStart(), "ImpBreakLines - BreakPos not expected!" );
-        if ( pNode->GetChar( nBreakPos-1 ) == ' ' )
-            bCompressBlank = sal_True;
-    }
-
-    if ( bCompressBlank || bHangingPunctuation )
-    {
-        TextPortion* pTP = pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().GetObject( nEndPortion );
-        DBG_ASSERT( pTP->GetKind() == PORTIONKIND_TEXT, "BlankRubber: Keine TextPortion!" );
-        DBG_ASSERT( nBreakPos > pLine->GetStart(), "SplitTextPortion am Anfang der Zeile?" );
-        sal_uInt16 nPosInArray = nBreakPos - 1 - pLine->GetStart();
-        pTP->GetSize().Width() = ( nPosInArray && ( pTP->GetLen() > 1 ) ) ? pLine->GetCharPosArray()[ nPosInArray-1 ] : 0;
-        pLine->GetCharPosArray()[ nPosInArray ] = pTP->GetSize().Width();
-    }
-    else if ( bHyphenated )
-    {
-        // Eine Portion fuer den Trenner einbauen...
-        TextPortion* pHyphPortion = new TextPortion( 0 );
-        pHyphPortion->GetKind() = PORTIONKIND_HYPHENATOR;
-        String aHyphText( CH_HYPH );
-        if ( cAlternateReplChar )
-        {
-            TextPortion* pPrev = pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().GetObject( nEndPortion );
-            DBG_ASSERT( pPrev && pPrev->GetLen(), "Hyphenate: Prev portion?!" );
-            pPrev->SetLen( pPrev->GetLen() - 1 );
-            pHyphPortion->SetLen( 1 );
-            pHyphPortion->SetExtraValue( cAlternateReplChar );
-            // Breite der Portion davor korrigieren:
-            pPrev->GetSize().Width() =
-                pLine->GetCharPosArray()[ nBreakPos-1 - pLine->GetStart() - 1 ];
-        }
-        else if ( cAlternateExtraChar )
-        {
-            pHyphPortion->SetExtraValue( cAlternateExtraChar );
-            aHyphText.Insert( cAlternateExtraChar, 0 );
-        }
-
-        // Breite der Hyph-Portion ermitteln:
-        SvxFont aFont;
-        SeekCursor( pParaPortion->GetNode(), nBreakPos, aFont );
-        aFont.SetPhysFont( GetRefDevice() );
-        pHyphPortion->GetSize().Height() = GetRefDevice()->GetTextHeight();
-        pHyphPortion->GetSize().Width() = GetRefDevice()->GetTextWidth( aHyphText );
-
-        pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().Insert( pHyphPortion, ++nEndPortion );
-    }
-    pLine->SetEndPortion( nEndPortion );
-}
-
-void ImpEditEngine::ImpAdjustBlocks( ParaPortion* pParaPortion, EditLine* pLine, long nRemainingSpace )
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( nRemainingSpace > 0, "AdjustBlocks: Etwas zuwenig..." );
-    DBG_ASSERT( pLine, "AdjustBlocks: Zeile ?!" );
-    if ( ( nRemainingSpace < 0 ) || pLine->IsEmpty() )
-        return ;
-
-    const USHORT nFirstChar = pLine->GetStart();
-    const USHORT nLastChar = pLine->GetEnd() -1;    // Last zeigt dahinter
-    ContentNode* pNode = pParaPortion->GetNode();
-
-    DBG_ASSERT( nLastChar < pNode->Len(), "AdjustBlocks: Out of range!" );
-
-    // Search blanks or Kashidas...
-    SvUShorts aPositions;
-    USHORT nChar;
-    for ( nChar = nFirstChar; nChar <= nLastChar; nChar++ )
-    {
-        if ( pNode->GetChar(nChar) == ' ' )
-        {
-            // Don't use blank if language is arabic
-            LanguageType eLang = GetLanguage( EditPaM( pNode, nChar ) );
-            if ( MsLangId::getPrimaryLanguage( eLang) != LANGUAGE_ARABIC_PRIMARY_ONLY )
-                aPositions.Insert( nChar, aPositions.Count() );
-        }
-    }
-
-    // Kashidas ?
-    ImpFindKashidas( pNode, nFirstChar, nLastChar, aPositions );
-
-
-    if ( !aPositions.Count() )
-        return;
-
-    // Wenn das letzte Zeichen ein Blank ist, will ich es nicht haben!
-    // Die Breite muss auf die Blocker davor verteilt werden...
-    // Aber nicht, wenn es das einzige ist
-    if ( ( pNode->GetChar( nLastChar ) == ' ' ) && ( aPositions.Count() > 1 ) && ( MsLangId::getPrimaryLanguage( GetLanguage( EditPaM( pNode, nLastChar ) ) ) != LANGUAGE_ARABIC_PRIMARY_ONLY ) )
-    {
-        aPositions.Remove( aPositions.Count()-1, 1 );
-        USHORT nPortionStart, nPortion;
-        nPortion = pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().FindPortion( nLastChar+1, nPortionStart );
-        TextPortion* pLastPortion = pParaPortion->GetTextPortions()[ nPortion ];
-        long nRealWidth = pLine->GetCharPosArray()[nLastChar-nFirstChar];
-        long nBlankWidth = nRealWidth;
-        if ( nLastChar > nPortionStart )
-            nBlankWidth -= pLine->GetCharPosArray()[nLastChar-nFirstChar-1];
-        // Evtl. ist das Blank schon in ImpBreakLine abgezogen worden:
-        if ( nRealWidth == pLastPortion->GetSize().Width() )
-        {
-            // Beim letzten Zeichen muss die Portion hinter dem Blank aufhoeren
-            // => Korrektur vereinfachen:
-            DBG_ASSERT( ( nPortionStart + pLastPortion->GetLen() ) == ( nLastChar+1 ), "Blank doch nicht am Portion-Ende?!" );
-            pLastPortion->GetSize().Width() -= nBlankWidth;
-            nRemainingSpace += nBlankWidth;
-        }
-        pLine->GetCharPosArray()[nLastChar-nFirstChar] -= nBlankWidth;
-    }
-
-    USHORT nGaps = aPositions.Count();
-    const long nMore4Everyone = nRemainingSpace / nGaps;
-    long nSomeExtraSpace = nRemainingSpace - nMore4Everyone*nGaps;
-
-    DBG_ASSERT( nSomeExtraSpace < (long)nGaps, "AdjustBlocks: ExtraSpace zu gross" );
-    DBG_ASSERT( nSomeExtraSpace >= 0, "AdjustBlocks: ExtraSpace < 0 " );
-
-    // Die Positionen im Array und die Portion-Breiten korrigieren:
-    // Letztes Zeichen wird schon nicht mehr beachtet...
-    for ( USHORT n = 0; n < aPositions.Count(); n++ )
-    {
-        nChar = aPositions[n];
-        if ( nChar < nLastChar )
-        {
-            USHORT nPortionStart, nPortion;
-            nPortion = pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().FindPortion( nChar, nPortionStart );
-            TextPortion* pLastPortion = pParaPortion->GetTextPortions()[ nPortion ];
-
-            // Die Breite der Portion:
-            pLastPortion->GetSize().Width() += nMore4Everyone;
-            if ( nSomeExtraSpace )
-                pLastPortion->GetSize().Width()++;
-
-            // Correct positions in array
-            // Even for kashidas just change positions, VCL will then draw the kashida automaticly
-            USHORT nPortionEnd = nPortionStart + pLastPortion->GetLen();
-            for ( USHORT _n = nChar; _n < nPortionEnd; _n++ )
-            {
-                pLine->GetCharPosArray()[_n-nFirstChar] += nMore4Everyone;
-                if ( nSomeExtraSpace )
-                    pLine->GetCharPosArray()[_n-nFirstChar]++;
-            }
-
-            if ( nSomeExtraSpace )
-                nSomeExtraSpace--;
-        }
-    }
-
-    // Now the text width contains the extra width...
-    pLine->SetTextWidth( pLine->GetTextWidth() + nRemainingSpace );
-}
-
-void ImpEditEngine::ImpFindKashidas( ContentNode* pNode, USHORT nStart, USHORT nEnd, SvUShorts& rArray )
-{
-    // the search has to be performed on a per word base
-
-    EditSelection aWordSel( EditPaM( pNode, nStart ) );
-    aWordSel = SelectWord( aWordSel, ::com::sun::star::i18n::WordType::DICTIONARY_WORD );
-    if ( aWordSel.Min().GetIndex() < nStart )
-       aWordSel.Min().GetIndex() = nStart;
-
-    while ( ( aWordSel.Min().GetNode() == pNode ) && ( aWordSel.Min().GetIndex() < nEnd ) )
-    {
-        USHORT nSavPos = aWordSel.Max().GetIndex();
-        if ( aWordSel.Max().GetIndex() > nEnd )
-           aWordSel.Max().GetIndex() = nEnd;
-
-        String aWord = GetSelected( aWordSel );
-
-        // restore selection for proper iteration at the end of the function
-        aWordSel.Max().GetIndex() = nSavPos;
-
-        xub_StrLen nIdx = 0;
-        xub_StrLen nKashidaPos = STRING_LEN;
-        xub_Unicode cCh;
-        xub_Unicode cPrevCh = 0;
-
-        while ( nIdx < aWord.Len() )
-        {
-            cCh = aWord.GetChar( nIdx );
-
-            // 1. Priority:
-            // after user inserted kashida
-            if ( 0x640 == cCh )
-            {
-                nKashidaPos = aWordSel.Min().GetIndex() + nIdx;
-                break;
-            }
-
-            // 2. Priority:
-            // after a Seen or Sad
-            if ( nIdx + 1 < aWord.Len() &&
-                 ( 0x633 == cCh || 0x635 == cCh ) )
-            {
-                nKashidaPos = aWordSel.Min().GetIndex() + nIdx;
-                break;
-            }
-
-            // 3. Priority:
-            // before final form of Teh Marbuta, Hah, Dal
-            // 4. Priority:
-            // before final form of Alef, Lam or Kaf
-            if ( nIdx && nIdx + 1 == aWord.Len() &&
-                 ( 0x629 == cCh || 0x62D == cCh || 0x62F == cCh ||
-                   0x627 == cCh || 0x644 == cCh || 0x643 == cCh ) )
-            {
-                DBG_ASSERT( 0 != cPrevCh, "No previous character" );
-
-                // check if character is connectable to previous character,
-                if ( lcl_ConnectToPrev( cCh, cPrevCh ) )
-                {
-                    nKashidaPos = aWordSel.Min().GetIndex() + nIdx - 1;
-                    break;
-                }
-            }
-
-            // 5. Priority:
-            // before media Bah
-            if ( nIdx && nIdx + 1 < aWord.Len() && 0x628 == cCh )
-            {
-                DBG_ASSERT( 0 != cPrevCh, "No previous character" );
-
-                // check if next character is Reh, Yeh or Alef Maksura
-                xub_Unicode cNextCh = aWord.GetChar( nIdx + 1 );
-
-                if ( 0x631 == cNextCh || 0x64A == cNextCh ||
-                     0x649 == cNextCh )
-                {
-                    // check if character is connectable to previous character,
-                    if ( lcl_ConnectToPrev( cCh, cPrevCh ) )
-                        nKashidaPos = aWordSel.Min().GetIndex() + nIdx - 1;
-                }
-            }
-
-            // 6. Priority:
-            // other connecting possibilities
-            if ( nIdx && nIdx + 1 == aWord.Len() &&
-                 0x60C <= cCh && 0x6FE >= cCh )
-            {
-                DBG_ASSERT( 0 != cPrevCh, "No previous character" );
-
-                // check if character is connectable to previous character,
-                if ( lcl_ConnectToPrev( cCh, cPrevCh ) )
-                {
-                    // only choose this position if we did not find
-                    // a better one:
-                    if ( STRING_LEN == nKashidaPos )
-                        nKashidaPos = aWordSel.Min().GetIndex() + nIdx - 1;
-                    break;
-                }
-            }
-
-            // Do not consider Fathatan, Dammatan, Kasratan, Fatha,
-            // Damma, Kasra, Shadda and Sukun when checking if
-            // a character can be connected to previous character.
-            if ( cCh < 0x64B || cCh > 0x652 )
-                cPrevCh = cCh;
-
-            ++nIdx;
-        } // end of current word
-
-        if ( STRING_LEN != nKashidaPos )
-            rArray.Insert( nKashidaPos, rArray.Count() );
-
-        aWordSel = WordRight( aWordSel.Max(), ::com::sun::star::i18n::WordType::DICTIONARY_WORD );
-        aWordSel = SelectWord( aWordSel, ::com::sun::star::i18n::WordType::DICTIONARY_WORD );
-    }
-}
-
-sal_uInt16 ImpEditEngine::SplitTextPortion( ParaPortion* pPortion, sal_uInt16 nPos, EditLine* pCurLine )
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( pPortion, "SplitTextPortion: Welche ?" );
-
-    // Die Portion bei nPos wird geplittet, wenn bei nPos nicht
-    // sowieso ein Wechsel ist
-    if ( nPos == 0 )
-        return 0;
-
-    sal_uInt16 nSplitPortion;
-    sal_uInt16 nTmpPos = 0;
-    TextPortion* pTextPortion = 0;
-    sal_uInt16 nPortions = pPortion->GetTextPortions().Count();
-    for ( nSplitPortion = 0; nSplitPortion < nPortions; nSplitPortion++ )
-    {
-        TextPortion* pTP = pPortion->GetTextPortions().GetObject(nSplitPortion);
-        nTmpPos = nTmpPos + pTP->GetLen();
-        if ( nTmpPos >= nPos )
-        {
-            if ( nTmpPos == nPos )  // dann braucht nichts geteilt werden
-            {
-                // Skip Portions with ExtraSpace
-//              while ( ( (nSplitPortion+1) < nPortions ) && (pPortion->GetTextPortions().GetObject(nSplitPortion+1)->GetKind() == PORTIONKIND_EXTRASPACE ) )
-//                  nSplitPortion++;
-
-                return nSplitPortion;
-            }
-            pTextPortion = pTP;
-            break;
-        }
-    }
-
-    DBG_ASSERT( pTextPortion, "Position ausserhalb des Bereichs!" );
-    DBG_ASSERT( pTextPortion->GetKind() == PORTIONKIND_TEXT, "SplitTextPortion: Keine TextPortion!" );
-
-    sal_uInt16 nOverlapp = nTmpPos - nPos;
-    pTextPortion->GetLen() = pTextPortion->GetLen() - nOverlapp;
-    TextPortion* pNewPortion = new TextPortion( nOverlapp );
-    pPortion->GetTextPortions().Insert( pNewPortion, nSplitPortion+1 );
-    // Groessen setzen:
-    if ( pCurLine )
-    {
-        // Kein neues GetTextSize, sondern Werte aus Array verwenden:
-        DBG_ASSERT( nPos > pCurLine->GetStart(), "SplitTextPortion am Anfang der Zeile?" );
-        pTextPortion->GetSize().Width() = pCurLine->GetCharPosArray()[ nPos-pCurLine->GetStart()-1 ];
-
-        if ( pTextPortion->GetExtraInfos() && pTextPortion->GetExtraInfos()->bCompressed )
-        {
-            // We need the original size from the portion
-            USHORT nTxtPortionStart = pPortion->GetTextPortions().GetStartPos( nSplitPortion );
-               SvxFont aTmpFont( pPortion->GetNode()->GetCharAttribs().GetDefFont() );
-            SeekCursor( pPortion->GetNode(), nTxtPortionStart+1, aTmpFont );
-            aTmpFont.SetPhysFont( GetRefDevice() );
-            GetRefDevice()->Push( PUSH_TEXTLANGUAGE );
-            ImplInitDigitMode( GetRefDevice(), 0, 0, 0, aTmpFont.GetLanguage() );
-            Size aSz = aTmpFont.QuickGetTextSize( GetRefDevice(), *pPortion->GetNode(), nTxtPortionStart, pTextPortion->GetLen(), NULL );
-            GetRefDevice()->Pop();
-            pTextPortion->GetExtraInfos()->nOrgWidth = aSz.Width();
-        }
-    }
-    else
-        pTextPortion->GetSize().Width() = (-1);
-
-    return nSplitPortion;
-}
-
-void ImpEditEngine::CreateTextPortions( ParaPortion* pParaPortion, sal_uInt16& rStart /* , sal_Bool bCreateBlockPortions */ )
-{
-    sal_uInt16 nStartPos = rStart;
-    ContentNode* pNode = pParaPortion->GetNode();
-    DBG_ASSERT( pNode->Len(), "CreateTextPortions sollte nicht fuer leere Absaetze verwendet werden!" );
-
-    SortedPositions aPositions;
-    aPositions.Insert( (sal_uInt32) 0 );
-
-    sal_uInt16 nAttr = 0;
-    EditCharAttrib* pAttrib = GetAttrib( pNode->GetCharAttribs().GetAttribs(), nAttr );
-    while ( pAttrib )
-    {
-        // Start und Ende in das Array eintragen...
-        // Die InsertMethode laesst keine doppelten Werte zu....
-        aPositions.Insert( pAttrib->GetStart() );
-        aPositions.Insert( pAttrib->GetEnd() );
-        nAttr++;
-        pAttrib = GetAttrib( pNode->GetCharAttribs().GetAttribs(), nAttr );
-    }
-    aPositions.Insert( pNode->Len() );
-
-    if ( !pParaPortion->aScriptInfos.Count() )
-        ((ImpEditEngine*)this)->InitScriptTypes( GetParaPortions().GetPos( pParaPortion ) );
-
-    const ScriptTypePosInfos& rTypes = pParaPortion->aScriptInfos;
-    for ( USHORT nT = 0; nT < rTypes.Count(); nT++ )
-        aPositions.Insert( rTypes[nT].nStartPos );
-
-    const WritingDirectionInfos& rWritingDirections = pParaPortion->aWritingDirectionInfos;
-    for ( USHORT nD = 0; nD < rWritingDirections.Count(); nD++ )
-        aPositions.Insert( rWritingDirections[nD].nStartPos );
-
-    if ( mpIMEInfos && mpIMEInfos->nLen && mpIMEInfos->pAttribs && ( mpIMEInfos->aPos.GetNode() == pNode ) )
-    {
-        sal_uInt16 nLastAttr = 0xFFFF;
-        for( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < mpIMEInfos->nLen; n++ )
-        {
-            if ( mpIMEInfos->pAttribs[n] != nLastAttr )
-            {
-                aPositions.Insert( mpIMEInfos->aPos.GetIndex() + n );
-                nLastAttr = mpIMEInfos->pAttribs[n];
-            }
-        }
-        aPositions.Insert( mpIMEInfos->aPos.GetIndex() + mpIMEInfos->nLen );
-    }
-
-    // Ab ... loeschen:
-    // Leider muss die Anzahl der TextPortions mit aPositions.Count()
-    // nicht uebereinstimmen, da evtl. Zeilenumbrueche...
-    sal_uInt16 nPortionStart = 0;
-    sal_uInt16 nInvPortion = 0;
-    sal_uInt16 nP;
-    for ( nP = 0; nP < pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().Count(); nP++ )
-    {
-        TextPortion* pTmpPortion = pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().GetObject(nP);
-        nPortionStart = nPortionStart + pTmpPortion->GetLen();
-        if ( nPortionStart >= nStartPos )
-        {
-            nPortionStart = nPortionStart - pTmpPortion->GetLen();
-            rStart = nPortionStart;
-            nInvPortion = nP;
-            break;
-        }
-    }
-    DBG_ASSERT( nP < pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().Count() || !pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().Count(), "Nichts zum loeschen: CreateTextPortions" );
-    if ( nInvPortion && ( nPortionStart+pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().GetObject(nInvPortion)->GetLen() > nStartPos ) )
-    {
-        // lieber eine davor...
-        // Aber nur wenn es mitten in der Portion war, sonst ist es evtl.
-        // die einzige in der Zeile davor !
-        nInvPortion--;
-        nPortionStart = nPortionStart - pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().GetObject(nInvPortion)->GetLen();
-    }
-    pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().DeleteFromPortion( nInvPortion );
-
-    // Eine Portion kann auch durch einen Zeilenumbruch entstanden sein:
-    aPositions.Insert( nPortionStart );
-
-    sal_uInt16 nInvPos;
-#ifdef DBG_UTIL
-    sal_Bool bFound =
-#endif
-                        aPositions.Seek_Entry( nPortionStart, &nInvPos );
-
-    DBG_ASSERT( bFound && ( nInvPos < (aPositions.Count()-1) ), "InvPos ?!" );
-    for ( sal_uInt16 i = nInvPos+1; i < aPositions.Count(); i++ )
-    {
-        TextPortion* pNew = new TextPortion( (sal_uInt16)aPositions[i] - (sal_uInt16)aPositions[i-1] );
-        pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().Insert( pNew, pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().Count());
-    }
-
-    DBG_ASSERT( pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().Count(), "Keine Portions?!" );
-#ifdef EDITDEBUG
-    DBG_ASSERT( pParaPortion->DbgCheckTextPortions(), "Portions kaputt?" );
-#endif
-}
-
-void ImpEditEngine::RecalcTextPortion( ParaPortion* pParaPortion, sal_uInt16 nStartPos, short nNewChars )
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().Count(), "Keine Portions!" );
-    DBG_ASSERT( nNewChars, "RecalcTextPortion mit Diff == 0" );
-
-    ContentNode* const pNode = pParaPortion->GetNode();
-    if ( nNewChars > 0 )
-    {
-        // Wenn an nStartPos ein Attribut beginnt/endet, faengt eine neue Portion
-        // an, ansonsten wird die Portion an nStartPos erweitert.
-
-        if ( pNode->GetCharAttribs().HasBoundingAttrib( nStartPos ) || IsScriptChange( EditPaM( pNode, nStartPos ) ) )
-        {
-            sal_uInt16 nNewPortionPos = 0;
-            if ( nStartPos )
-                nNewPortionPos = SplitTextPortion( pParaPortion, nStartPos ) + 1;
-
-            // Eine leere Portion kann hier stehen, wenn der Absatz leer war,
-            // oder eine Zeile durch einen harten Zeilenumbruch entstanden ist.
-            if ( ( nNewPortionPos < pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().Count() ) &&
-                    !pParaPortion->GetTextPortions()[nNewPortionPos]->GetLen() )
-            {
-                DBG_ASSERT( pParaPortion->GetTextPortions()[nNewPortionPos]->GetKind() == PORTIONKIND_TEXT, "Leere Portion war keine TextPortion!" );
-                USHORT & r =
-                    pParaPortion->GetTextPortions()[nNewPortionPos]->GetLen();
-                r = r + nNewChars;
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                TextPortion* pNewPortion = new TextPortion( nNewChars );
-                pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().Insert( pNewPortion, nNewPortionPos );
-            }
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            sal_uInt16 nPortionStart;
-            const sal_uInt16 nTP = pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().
-                FindPortion( nStartPos, nPortionStart );
-            TextPortion* const pTP = pParaPortion->GetTextPortions()[ nTP ];
-            DBG_ASSERT( pTP, "RecalcTextPortion: Portion nicht gefunden"  );
-            pTP->GetLen() = pTP->GetLen() + nNewChars;
-            pTP->GetSize().Width() = (-1);
-        }
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        // Portion schrumpfen oder ggf. entfernen.
-        // Vor Aufruf dieser Methode muss sichergestellt sein, dass
-        // keine Portions in dem geloeschten Bereich lagen!
-
-        // Es darf keine reinragende oder im Bereich startende Portion geben,
-        // also muss nStartPos <= nPos <= nStartPos - nNewChars(neg.) sein
-        sal_uInt16 nPortion = 0;
-        sal_uInt16 nPos = 0;
-        sal_uInt16 nEnd = nStartPos-nNewChars;
-        sal_uInt16 nPortions = pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().Count();
-        TextPortion* pTP = 0;
-        for ( nPortion = 0; nPortion < nPortions; nPortion++ )
-        {
-            pTP = pParaPortion->GetTextPortions()[ nPortion ];
-            if ( ( nPos+pTP->GetLen() ) > nStartPos )
-            {
-                DBG_ASSERT( nPos <= nStartPos, "Start falsch!" );
-                DBG_ASSERT( nPos+pTP->GetLen() >= nEnd, "End falsch!" );
-                break;
-            }
-            nPos = nPos + pTP->GetLen();
-        }
-        DBG_ASSERT( pTP, "RecalcTextPortion: Portion nicht gefunden" );
-        if ( ( nPos == nStartPos ) && ( (nPos+pTP->GetLen()) == nEnd ) )
-        {
-            // Portion entfernen;
-            BYTE nType = pTP->GetKind();
-            pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().Remove( nPortion );
-            delete pTP;
-            if ( nType == PORTIONKIND_LINEBREAK )
-            {
-                TextPortion* pNext = pParaPortion->GetTextPortions()[ nPortion ];
-                if ( pNext && !pNext->GetLen() )
-                {
-                    // Dummy-Portion entfernen
-                    pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().Remove( nPortion );
-                    delete pNext;
-                }
-            }
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            DBG_ASSERT( pTP->GetLen() > (-nNewChars), "Portion zu klein zum schrumpfen!" );
-            pTP->GetLen() = pTP->GetLen() + nNewChars;
-        }
-
-        // ganz am Schluss darf keine HYPHENATOR-Portion stehen bleiben...
-        DBG_ASSERT( pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().Count(), "RecalcTextPortions: Keine mehr da!" );
-        sal_uInt16 nLastPortion = pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().Count() - 1;
-        pTP = pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().GetObject( nLastPortion );
-        if ( pTP->GetKind() == PORTIONKIND_HYPHENATOR )
-        {
-            // Portion wegschmeissen, ggf. die davor korrigieren, wenn
-            // die Hyph-Portion ein Zeichen geschluckt hat...
-            pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().Remove( nLastPortion );
-            if ( nLastPortion && pTP->GetLen() )
-            {
-                TextPortion* pPrev = pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().GetObject( nLastPortion - 1 );
-                DBG_ASSERT( pPrev->GetKind() == PORTIONKIND_TEXT, "Portion?!" );
-                pPrev->SetLen( pPrev->GetLen() + pTP->GetLen() );
-                pPrev->GetSize().Width() = (-1);
-            }
-            delete pTP;
-        }
-    }
-#ifdef EDITDEBUG
-    DBG_ASSERT( pParaPortion->DbgCheckTextPortions(), "Portions kaputt?" );
-#endif
-}
-
-void ImpEditEngine::SetTextRanger( TextRanger* pRanger )
-{
-    if ( pTextRanger != pRanger )
-    {
-        delete pTextRanger;
-        pTextRanger = pRanger;
-
-        for ( sal_uInt16 nPara = 0; nPara < GetParaPortions().Count(); nPara++ )
-        {
-            ParaPortion* pParaPortion = GetParaPortions().GetObject( nPara );
-            pParaPortion->MarkSelectionInvalid( 0, pParaPortion->GetNode()->Len() );
-            pParaPortion->GetLines().Reset();
-        }
-
-        FormatFullDoc();
-        UpdateViews( GetActiveView() );
-        if ( GetUpdateMode() && GetActiveView() )
-            pActiveView->ShowCursor( sal_False, sal_False );
-    }
-}
-
-void ImpEditEngine::SetVertical( BOOL bVertical )
-{
-    if ( IsVertical() != bVertical )
-    {
-        GetEditDoc().SetVertical( bVertical );
-        sal_Bool bUseCharAttribs = ( aStatus.GetControlWord() & EE_CNTRL_USECHARATTRIBS ) ? sal_True : sal_False;
-        GetEditDoc().CreateDefFont( bUseCharAttribs );
-        if ( IsFormatted() )
-        {
-            FormatFullDoc();
-            UpdateViews( GetActiveView() );
-        }
-    }
-}
-
-void ImpEditEngine::SetFixedCellHeight( BOOL bUseFixedCellHeight )
-{
-    if ( IsFixedCellHeight() != bUseFixedCellHeight )
-    {
-        GetEditDoc().SetFixedCellHeight( bUseFixedCellHeight );
-        if ( IsFormatted() )
-        {
-            FormatFullDoc();
-            UpdateViews( GetActiveView() );
-        }
-    }
-}
-
-void ImpEditEngine::SeekCursor( ContentNode* pNode, sal_uInt16 nPos, SvxFont& rFont, OutputDevice* pOut, sal_uInt16 nIgnoreWhich )
-{
-    // Es war mal geplant, SeekCursor( nStartPos, nEndPos, ... ), damit nur
-    // ab der StartPosition neu gesucht wird.
-    // Problem: Es mussten zwei Listen beruecksichtigt/gefuehrt werden:
-    // OrderedByStart,OrderedByEnd.
-
-    if ( nPos > pNode->Len() )
-        nPos = pNode->Len();
-
-    rFont = pNode->GetCharAttribs().GetDefFont();
-
-    short nScriptType = GetScriptType( EditPaM( pNode, nPos ) );
-    if ( ( nScriptType == i18n::ScriptType::ASIAN ) || ( nScriptType == i18n::ScriptType::COMPLEX ) )
-    {
-        const SvxFontItem& rFontItem = (const SvxFontItem&)pNode->GetContentAttribs().GetItem( GetScriptItemId( EE_CHAR_FONTINFO, nScriptType ) );
-        rFont.SetName( rFontItem.GetFamilyName() );
-        rFont.SetFamily( rFontItem.GetFamily() );
-        rFont.SetPitch( rFontItem.GetPitch() );
-        rFont.SetCharSet( rFontItem.GetCharSet() );
-        Size aSz( rFont.GetSize() );
-        aSz.Height() = ((const SvxFontHeightItem&)pNode->GetContentAttribs().GetItem( GetScriptItemId( EE_CHAR_FONTHEIGHT, nScriptType ) ) ).GetHeight();
-        rFont.SetSize( aSz );
-        rFont.SetWeight( ((const SvxWeightItem&)pNode->GetContentAttribs().GetItem( GetScriptItemId( EE_CHAR_WEIGHT, nScriptType ))).GetWeight() );
-        rFont.SetItalic( ((const SvxPostureItem&)pNode->GetContentAttribs().GetItem( GetScriptItemId( EE_CHAR_ITALIC, nScriptType ))).GetPosture() );
-        rFont.SetLanguage( ((const SvxLanguageItem&)pNode->GetContentAttribs().GetItem( GetScriptItemId( EE_CHAR_LANGUAGE, nScriptType ))).GetLanguage() );
-    }
-
-    sal_uInt16 nRelWidth = ((const SvxCharScaleWidthItem&)pNode->GetContentAttribs().GetItem( EE_CHAR_FONTWIDTH)).GetValue();
-
-    if ( pOut )
-    {
-        const SvxUnderlineItem& rTextLineColor = (const SvxUnderlineItem&)pNode->GetContentAttribs().GetItem( EE_CHAR_UNDERLINE );
-        if ( rTextLineColor.GetColor() != COL_TRANSPARENT )
-            pOut->SetTextLineColor( rTextLineColor.GetColor() );
-        else
-            pOut->SetTextLineColor();
-    }
-
-    if ( pOut )
-    {
-        const SvxOverlineItem& rOverlineColor = (const SvxOverlineItem&)pNode->GetContentAttribs().GetItem( EE_CHAR_OVERLINE );
-        if ( rOverlineColor.GetColor() != COL_TRANSPARENT )
-            pOut->SetOverlineColor( rOverlineColor.GetColor() );
-        else
-            pOut->SetOverlineColor();
-    }
-
-    const SvxLanguageItem* pCJKLanguageItem = NULL;
-
-    if ( aStatus.UseCharAttribs() )
-    {
-        const CharAttribArray& rAttribs = pNode->GetCharAttribs().GetAttribs();
-        sal_uInt16 nAttr = 0;
-        EditCharAttrib* pAttrib = GetAttrib( rAttribs, nAttr );
-        while ( pAttrib && ( pAttrib->GetStart() <= nPos ) )
-        {
-            // Beim Seeken nicht die Attr beruecksichtigen, die dort beginnen!
-            // Leere Attribute werden beruecksichtigt( verwendet), da diese
-            // gerade eingestellt wurden.
-            // 12.4.95: Doch keine Leeren Attribute verwenden:
-            // - Wenn gerade eingestellt und leer => keine Auswirkung auf Font
-            // In einem leeren Absatz eingestellte Zeichen werden sofort wirksam.
-            if ( ( pAttrib->Which() != nIgnoreWhich ) &&
-                 ( ( ( pAttrib->GetStart() < nPos ) && ( pAttrib->GetEnd() >= nPos ) )
-                     || ( !pNode->Len() ) ) )
-            {
-                DBG_ASSERT( ( pAttrib->Which() >= EE_CHAR_START ) && ( pAttrib->Which() <= EE_FEATURE_END ), "Unglueltiges Attribut in Seek() " );
-                if ( IsScriptItemValid( pAttrib->Which(), nScriptType ) )
-                {
-                    pAttrib->SetFont( rFont, pOut );
-                    // #i1550# hard color attrib should win over text color from field
-                    if ( pAttrib->Which() == EE_FEATURE_FIELD )
-                    {
-                        EditCharAttrib* pColorAttr = pNode->GetCharAttribs().FindAttrib( EE_CHAR_COLOR, nPos );
-                        if ( pColorAttr )
-                            pColorAttr->SetFont( rFont, pOut );
-                    }
-                }
-                if ( pAttrib->Which() == EE_CHAR_FONTWIDTH )
-                    nRelWidth = ((const SvxCharScaleWidthItem*)pAttrib->GetItem())->GetValue();
-                if ( pAttrib->Which() == EE_CHAR_LANGUAGE_CJK )
-                    pCJKLanguageItem = (const SvxLanguageItem*) pAttrib->GetItem();
-            }
-            pAttrib = GetAttrib( rAttribs, ++nAttr );
-        }
-    }
-
-    if ( !pCJKLanguageItem )
-        pCJKLanguageItem = (const SvxLanguageItem*) &pNode->GetContentAttribs().GetItem( EE_CHAR_LANGUAGE_CJK );
-
-    rFont.SetCJKContextLanguage( pCJKLanguageItem->GetLanguage() );
-
-    if ( rFont.GetKerning() && IsKernAsianPunctuation() && ( nScriptType == i18n::ScriptType::ASIAN ) )
-        rFont.SetKerning( rFont.GetKerning() | KERNING_ASIAN );
-
-    if ( aStatus.DoNotUseColors() )
-    {
-        // Hack fuer DL,weil JOE staendig die Pooldefaults verbiegt!
-        // const SvxColorItem& rColorItem = (const SvxColorItem&)aEditDoc.GetItemPool().GetDefaultItem( EE_CHAR_COLOR );
-        rFont.SetColor( /* rColorItem.GetValue() */ COL_BLACK );
-    }
-
-    if ( aStatus.DoStretch() || ( nRelWidth != 100 ) )
-    {
-        // Fuer das aktuelle Ausgabegeraet, weil es sonst bei einem
-        // Drucker als RefDev auf dem Bildschirm #?!@' aussieht!
-        OutputDevice* pDev = pOut ? pOut : GetRefDevice();
-        rFont.SetPhysFont( pDev );
-        FontMetric aMetric( pDev->GetFontMetric() );
-        // Fuer die Hoehe nicht die Metriken nehmen, da das bei
-        // Hoch-/Tiefgestellt schief geht.
-        Size aRealSz( aMetric.GetSize().Width(), rFont.GetSize().Height() );
-        if ( aStatus.DoStretch() )
-        {
-            if ( nStretchY != 100 )
-            {
-                aRealSz.Height() *= nStretchY;
-                aRealSz.Height() /= 100;
-            }
-            if ( nStretchX != 100 )
-            {
-                aRealSz.Width() *= nStretchX;
-                aRealSz.Width() /= 100;
-
-                // Auch das Kerning: (long wegen Zwischenergebnis)
-                long nKerning = rFont.GetFixKerning();
-/*
-                Die Ueberlegung war: Wenn neg. Kerning, aber StretchX = 200
-                => Nicht das Kerning verdoppelt, also die Buchstaben weiter
-                zusammenziehen
-                ---------------------------
-                Kern    StretchX    =>Kern
-                ---------------------------
-                 >0     <100        < (Proportional)
-                 <0     <100        < (Proportional)
-                 >0     >100        > (Proportional)
-                 <0     >100        < (Der Betrag, also Antiprop)
-*/
-                if ( ( nKerning < 0  ) && ( nStretchX > 100 ) )
-                {
-                    // Antiproportional
-                    nKerning *= 100;
-                    nKerning /= nStretchX;
-                }
-                else if ( nKerning )
-                {
-                    // Proportional
-                    nKerning *= nStretchX;
-                    nKerning /= 100;
-                }
-                rFont.SetFixKerning( (short)nKerning );
-            }
-        }
-        if ( nRelWidth != 100 )
-        {
-            aRealSz.Width() *= nRelWidth;
-            aRealSz.Width() /= 100;
-        }
-        rFont.SetSize( aRealSz );
-        // Font wird nicht restauriert...
-    }
-
-    if ( ( ( rFont.GetColor() == COL_AUTO ) || ( IsForceAutoColor() ) ) && pOut )
-    {
-        // #i75566# Do not use AutoColor when printing OR Pdf export
-        const bool bPrinting(OUTDEV_PRINTER == pOut->GetOutDevType());
-        const bool bPDFExporting(0 != pOut->GetPDFWriter());
-
-        if ( IsAutoColorEnabled() && !bPrinting && !bPDFExporting)
-        {
-            // Never use WindowTextColor on the printer
-            rFont.SetColor( GetAutoColor() );
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            if ( ( GetBackgroundColor() != COL_AUTO ) && GetBackgroundColor().IsDark() )
-                rFont.SetColor( COL_WHITE );
-            else
-                rFont.SetColor( COL_BLACK );
-        }
-    }
-
-    if ( mpIMEInfos && mpIMEInfos->pAttribs && ( mpIMEInfos->aPos.GetNode() == pNode ) &&
-        ( nPos > mpIMEInfos->aPos.GetIndex() ) && ( nPos <= ( mpIMEInfos->aPos.GetIndex() + mpIMEInfos->nLen ) ) )
-    {
-        sal_uInt16 nAttr = mpIMEInfos->pAttribs[ nPos - mpIMEInfos->aPos.GetIndex() - 1 ];
-        if ( nAttr & EXTTEXTINPUT_ATTR_UNDERLINE )
-            rFont.SetUnderline( UNDERLINE_SINGLE );
-        else if ( nAttr & EXTTEXTINPUT_ATTR_BOLDUNDERLINE )
-            rFont.SetUnderline( UNDERLINE_BOLD );
-        else if ( nAttr & EXTTEXTINPUT_ATTR_DOTTEDUNDERLINE )
-            rFont.SetUnderline( UNDERLINE_DOTTED );
-        else if ( nAttr & EXTTEXTINPUT_ATTR_DASHDOTUNDERLINE )
-            rFont.SetUnderline( UNDERLINE_DOTTED );
-        else if ( nAttr & EXTTEXTINPUT_ATTR_REDTEXT )
-            rFont.SetColor( Color( COL_RED ) );
-        else if ( nAttr & EXTTEXTINPUT_ATTR_HALFTONETEXT )
-            rFont.SetColor( Color( COL_LIGHTGRAY ) );
-        if ( nAttr & EXTTEXTINPUT_ATTR_HIGHLIGHT )
-        {
-            const StyleSettings& rStyleSettings = Application::GetSettings().GetStyleSettings();
-            rFont.SetColor( rStyleSettings.GetHighlightTextColor() );
-            rFont.SetFillColor( rStyleSettings.GetHighlightColor() );
-            rFont.SetTransparent( FALSE );
-        }
-        else if ( nAttr & EXTTEXTINPUT_ATTR_GRAYWAVELINE )
-        {
-            rFont.SetUnderline( UNDERLINE_WAVE );
-            if( pOut )
-                pOut->SetTextLineColor( Color( COL_LIGHTGRAY ) );
-        }
-    }
-}
-
-void ImpEditEngine::RecalcFormatterFontMetrics( FormatterFontMetric& rCurMetrics, SvxFont& rFont )
-{
-    // Fuer Zeilenhoehe bei Hoch/Tief erstmal ohne Propr!
-    sal_uInt16 nPropr = rFont.GetPropr();
-    DBG_ASSERT( ( nPropr == 100 ) || rFont.GetEscapement(), "Propr ohne Escape?!" );
-    if ( nPropr != 100 )
-    {
-        rFont.SetPropr( 100 );
-        rFont.SetPhysFont( pRefDev );
-    }
-    sal_uInt16 nAscent, nDescent;
-
-    FontMetric aMetric( pRefDev->GetFontMetric() );
-    nAscent = (sal_uInt16)aMetric.GetAscent();
-    if ( IsAddExtLeading() )
-        nAscent = sal::static_int_cast< sal_uInt16 >(
-            nAscent + aMetric.GetExtLeading() );
-    nDescent = (sal_uInt16)aMetric.GetDescent();
-
-    if ( IsFixedCellHeight() )
-    {
-/*  creating correct proportional ascent and descent values lead to problems if different fonts are used
-    in the same portion, it results in a bigger linespacing.
-        sal_Int32 f = nAscent + nDescent;
-        if ( f )
-        {
-            sal_Int32 nHeight = ImplCalculateFontIndependentLineSpacing( rFont.GetHeight() );
-            nAscent  = (sal_Int16)(( nHeight * nAscent ) / f );
-            nDescent = (sal_Int16)(nHeight - nAscent);
-        }
-*/
-        nAscent = sal::static_int_cast< sal_uInt16 >( rFont.GetHeight() );
-        nDescent= sal::static_int_cast< sal_uInt16 >( ImplCalculateFontIndependentLineSpacing( rFont.GetHeight() ) - nAscent );
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        sal_uInt16 nIntLeading = ( aMetric.GetIntLeading() > 0 ) ? (sal_uInt16)aMetric.GetIntLeading() : 0;
-        // Fonts ohne Leading bereiten Probleme
-        if ( ( nIntLeading == 0 ) && ( pRefDev->GetOutDevType() == OUTDEV_PRINTER ) )
-        {
-            // Da schaun wir mal, was fuer eine Leading ich auf dem
-            // Bildschirm erhalte
-            VirtualDevice* pVDev = GetVirtualDevice( pRefDev->GetMapMode(), pRefDev->GetDrawMode() );
-            rFont.SetPhysFont( pVDev );
-            aMetric = pVDev->GetFontMetric();
-
-            // Damit sich die Leading nicht wieder rausrechnet,
-            // wenn die ganze Zeile den Font hat, nTmpLeading.
-
-            // 4/96: Kommt bei HP Laserjet 4V auch nicht hin
-            // => Werte komplett vom Bildschirm holen.
-    //      sal_uInt16 nTmpLeading = (sal_uInt16)aMetric.GetLeading();
-    //      nAscent += nTmpLeading;
-            nAscent = (sal_uInt16)aMetric.GetAscent();
-            nDescent = (sal_uInt16)aMetric.GetDescent();
-    //      nLeading = (sal_uInt16)aMetric.GetLeading();
-        }
-    }
-    if ( nAscent > rCurMetrics.nMaxAscent )
-        rCurMetrics.nMaxAscent = nAscent;
-    if ( nDescent > rCurMetrics.nMaxDescent )
-        rCurMetrics.nMaxDescent= nDescent;
-    // Sonderbehandlung Hoch/Tief:
-    if ( rFont.GetEscapement() )
-    {
-        // Jetzt unter Beruecksichtigung von Escape/Propr
-        // Ascent oder Descent ggf vergroessern
-        short nDiff = (short)(rFont.GetSize().Height()*rFont.GetEscapement()/100L);
-        if ( rFont.GetEscapement() > 0 )
-        {
-            nAscent = (sal_uInt16) (((long)nAscent)*nPropr/100 + nDiff);
-            if ( nAscent > rCurMetrics.nMaxAscent )
-                rCurMetrics.nMaxAscent = nAscent;
-        }
-        else    // muss < 0 sein
-        {
-            nDescent = (sal_uInt16) (((long)nDescent)*nPropr/100 - nDiff);
-            if ( nDescent > rCurMetrics.nMaxDescent )
-                rCurMetrics.nMaxDescent= nDescent;
-        }
-    }
-}
-
-void ImpEditEngine::Paint( OutputDevice* pOutDev, Rectangle aClipRec, Point aStartPos, sal_Bool bStripOnly, short nOrientation )
-{
-    if ( !GetUpdateMode() && !bStripOnly )
-        return;
-
-    if ( !IsFormatted() )
-        FormatDoc();
-
-    long nFirstVisXPos = - pOutDev->GetMapMode().GetOrigin().X();
-    long nFirstVisYPos = - pOutDev->GetMapMode().GetOrigin().Y();
-
-    EditLine* pLine;
-    Point aTmpPos;
-    Point aRedLineTmpPos;
-    DBG_ASSERT( GetParaPortions().Count(), "Keine ParaPortion?!" );
-    SvxFont aTmpFont( GetParaPortions()[0]->GetNode()->GetCharAttribs().GetDefFont() );
-    Font aOldFont( pOutDev->GetFont() );
-    vcl::PDFExtOutDevData* pPDFExtOutDevData = PTR_CAST( vcl::PDFExtOutDevData, pOutDev->GetExtOutDevData() );
-
-    // Bei gedrehtem Text wird aStartPos als TopLeft angesehen, da andere
-    // Informationen fehlen, und sowieso das ganze Object ungescrollt
-    // dargestellt wird.
-    // Das Rechteck ist unendlich gross.
-    Point aOrigin( aStartPos );
-    double nCos = 0.0, nSin = 0.0;
-    if ( nOrientation )
-    {
-        double nRealOrientation = nOrientation*F_PI1800;
-        nCos = cos( nRealOrientation );
-        nSin = sin( nRealOrientation );
-    }
-
-    // #110496# Added some more optional metafile comments. This
-    // change: factored out some duplicated code.
-    GDIMetaFile* pMtf = pOutDev->GetConnectMetaFile();
-    const bool bMetafileValid( pMtf != NULL );
-
-    // Fuer OnlineSpelling:
-//  EditPaM aCursorPos;
-//  if( GetStatus().DoOnlineSpelling() && pActiveView )
-//      aCurPos = pActiveView->pImpEditView->GetEditSelections().Max();
-
-    // --------------------------------------------------
-    // Ueber alle Absaetze...
-    // --------------------------------------------------
-    for ( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < GetParaPortions().Count(); n++ )
-    {
-        ParaPortion* pPortion = GetParaPortions().GetObject( n );
-        DBG_ASSERT( pPortion, "NULL-Pointer in TokenList in Paint" );
-        // falls beim Tippen Idle-Formatierung, asynchrones Paint.
-        // Unsichtbare Portions koennen ungueltig sein.
-        if ( pPortion->IsVisible() && pPortion->IsInvalid() )
-            return;
-
-        if ( pPDFExtOutDevData )
-            pPDFExtOutDevData->BeginStructureElement( vcl::PDFWriter::Paragraph );
-
-        long nParaHeight = pPortion->GetHeight();
-        sal_uInt16 nIndex = 0;
-        if ( pPortion->IsVisible() && (
-                ( !IsVertical() && ( ( aStartPos.Y() + nParaHeight ) > aClipRec.Top() ) ) ||
-                ( IsVertical() && ( ( aStartPos.X() - nParaHeight ) < aClipRec.Right() ) ) ) )
-
-        {
-            // --------------------------------------------------
-            // Ueber die Zeilen des Absatzes...
-            // --------------------------------------------------
-            sal_uInt16 nLines = pPortion->GetLines().Count();
-            sal_uInt16 nLastLine = nLines-1;
-
-            if ( !IsVertical() )
-                aStartPos.Y() += pPortion->GetFirstLineOffset();
-            else
-                aStartPos.X() -= pPortion->GetFirstLineOffset();
-
-            Point aParaStart( aStartPos );
-
-            const SvxLineSpacingItem& rLSItem = ((const SvxLineSpacingItem&)pPortion->GetNode()->GetContentAttribs().GetItem( EE_PARA_SBL ));
-            sal_uInt16 nSBL = ( rLSItem.GetInterLineSpaceRule() == SVX_INTER_LINE_SPACE_FIX )
-                                ? GetYValue( rLSItem.GetInterLineSpace() ) : 0;
-            for ( sal_uInt16 nLine = 0; nLine < nLines; nLine++ )
-            {
-                pLine = pPortion->GetLines().GetObject(nLine);
-                DBG_ASSERT( pLine, "NULL-Pointer im Zeileniterator in UpdateViews" );
-                aTmpPos = aStartPos;
-                if ( !IsVertical() )
-                {
-                    aTmpPos.X() += pLine->GetStartPosX();
-                    aTmpPos.Y() += pLine->GetMaxAscent();
-                    aStartPos.Y() += pLine->GetHeight();
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    aTmpPos.Y() += pLine->GetStartPosX();
-                    aTmpPos.X() -= pLine->GetMaxAscent();
-                    aStartPos.X() -= pLine->GetHeight();
-                }
-
-                if ( ( !IsVertical() && ( aStartPos.Y() > aClipRec.Top() ) )
-                    || ( IsVertical() && aStartPos.X() < aClipRec.Right() ) )
-                {
-                    // Why not just also call when stripping portions? This will give the correct values
-                    // and needs no position corrections in OutlinerEditEng::DrawingText which tries to call
-                    // PaintBullet correctly; exactly what GetEditEnginePtr()->PaintingFirstLine
-                    // does, too. No change for not-layouting (painting).
-                    if(0 == nLine) // && !bStripOnly)
-                    {
-                        // VERT???
-                        GetEditEnginePtr()->PaintingFirstLine( n, aParaStart, aTmpPos.Y(), aOrigin, nOrientation, pOutDev );
-                    }
-
-                    // --------------------------------------------------
-                    // Ueber die Portions der Zeile...
-                    // --------------------------------------------------
-                    nIndex = pLine->GetStart();
-                    for ( sal_uInt16 y = pLine->GetStartPortion(); y <= pLine->GetEndPortion(); y++ )
-                    {
-                        DBG_ASSERT( pPortion->GetTextPortions().Count(), "Zeile ohne Textportion im Paint!" );
-                        TextPortion* pTextPortion = pPortion->GetTextPortions().GetObject( y );
-                        DBG_ASSERT( pTextPortion, "NULL-Pointer im Portioniterator in UpdateViews" );
-
-                        long nPortionXOffset = GetPortionXOffset( pPortion, pLine, y );
-                        if ( !IsVertical() )
-                        {
-                            aTmpPos.X() = aStartPos.X() + nPortionXOffset;
-                            if ( aTmpPos.X() > aClipRec.Right() )
-                                break;  // Keine weitere Ausgabe in Zeile noetig
-                        }
-                        else
-                        {
-                            aTmpPos.Y() = aStartPos.Y() + nPortionXOffset;
-                            if ( aTmpPos.Y() > aClipRec.Bottom() )
-                                break;  // Keine weitere Ausgabe in Zeile noetig
-                        }
-
-                        // R2L replaces with obove...
-                        // New position after processing R2L text...
-// R2L                        if ( nR2LWidth && !pTextPortion->GetRightToLeft() )
-// R2L                        {
-// R2L                          if ( !IsVertical() )
-// R2L                              aTmpPos.X() += nR2LWidth;
-// R2L                          else
-// R2L                              aTmpPos.Y() += nR2LWidth;
-// R2L
-// R2L                            nR2LWidth = 0;
-// R2L                        }
-
-                        switch ( pTextPortion->GetKind() )
-                        {
-                            case PORTIONKIND_TEXT:
-                            case PORTIONKIND_FIELD:
-                            case PORTIONKIND_HYPHENATOR:
-                            {
-                                SeekCursor( pPortion->GetNode(), nIndex+1, aTmpFont, pOutDev );
-
-                                BOOL bDrawFrame = FALSE;
-
-                                if ( ( pTextPortion->GetKind() == PORTIONKIND_FIELD ) && !aTmpFont.IsTransparent() &&
-                                     ( GetBackgroundColor() != COL_AUTO ) && GetBackgroundColor().IsDark() &&
-                                     ( IsAutoColorEnabled() && ( pOutDev->GetOutDevType() != OUTDEV_PRINTER ) ) )
-                                {
-                                    aTmpFont.SetTransparent( TRUE );
-                                    pOutDev->SetFillColor();
-                                    pOutDev->SetLineColor( GetAutoColor() );
-                                    bDrawFrame = TRUE;
-                                }
-
-#ifdef EDITDEBUG
-                                if ( pTextPortion->GetKind() == PORTIONKIND_HYPHENATOR )
-                                {
-                                    aTmpFont.SetFillColor( COL_LIGHTGRAY );
-                                    aTmpFont.SetTransparent( sal_False );
-                                }
-                                if ( pTextPortion->GetRightToLeft()  )
-                                {
-                                    aTmpFont.SetFillColor( COL_LIGHTGRAY );
-                                    aTmpFont.SetTransparent( sal_False );
-                                }
-                                else if ( GetScriptType( EditPaM( pPortion->GetNode(), nIndex+1 ) ) == i18n::ScriptType::COMPLEX )
-                                {
-                                    aTmpFont.SetFillColor( COL_LIGHTCYAN );
-                                    aTmpFont.SetTransparent( sal_False );
-                                }
-#endif
-                                aTmpFont.SetPhysFont( pOutDev );
-
-                                // #114278# Saving both layout mode and language (since I'm
-                                // potentially changing both)
-                                pOutDev->Push( PUSH_TEXTLAYOUTMODE|PUSH_TEXTLANGUAGE );
-                                ImplInitLayoutMode( pOutDev, n, nIndex );
-                                ImplInitDigitMode( pOutDev, 0, 0, 0, aTmpFont.GetLanguage() );
-
-                                XubString aText;
-                                USHORT nTextStart = 0;
-                                USHORT nTextLen = 0;
-                                const sal_Int32* pDXArray = 0;
-                                sal_Int32* pTmpDXArray = 0;
-
-                                if ( pTextPortion->GetKind() == PORTIONKIND_TEXT )
-                                {
-                                    aText = *pPortion->GetNode();
-                                    nTextStart = nIndex;
-                                    nTextLen = pTextPortion->GetLen();
-                                    pDXArray = pLine->GetCharPosArray().GetData()+( nIndex-pLine->GetStart() );
-
-                                    // --> FME 2005-10-18 #i55716# Paint control characters
-                                    if ( aStatus.MarkFields() )
-                                    {
-                                        xub_StrLen nTmpIdx;
-                                        const xub_StrLen nTmpEnd = nTextStart + pTextPortion->GetLen();
-
-                                        for ( nTmpIdx = nTextStart; nTmpIdx <= nTmpEnd ; ++nTmpIdx )
-                                        {
-                                            const sal_Unicode cChar = ( nTmpIdx != aText.Len() && ( nTmpIdx != nTextStart || 0 == nTextStart ) ) ?
-                                                                        aText.GetChar( nTmpIdx ) :
-                                                                        0;
-
-                                            if ( 0x200B == cChar || 0x2060 == cChar )
-                                            {
-                                                const String aBlank( ' ' );
-                                                long nHalfBlankWidth = aTmpFont.QuickGetTextSize( pOutDev, aBlank, 0, 1, 0 ).Width() / 2;
-
-                                                const long nAdvanceX = ( nTmpIdx == nTmpEnd ?
-                                                                         pTextPortion->GetSize().Width() :
-                                                                         pDXArray[ nTmpIdx - nTextStart ] ) - nHalfBlankWidth;
-                                                const long nAdvanceY = -pLine->GetMaxAscent();
-
-                                                Point aTopLeftRectPos( aTmpPos );
-                                                if ( !IsVertical() )
-                                                {
-                                                    aTopLeftRectPos.X() += nAdvanceX;
-                                                    aTopLeftRectPos.Y() += nAdvanceY;
-                                                }
-                                                else
-                                                {
-                                                    aTopLeftRectPos.Y() += nAdvanceX;
-                                                    aTopLeftRectPos.X() -= nAdvanceY;
-                                                }
-
-                                                Point aBottomRightRectPos( aTopLeftRectPos );
-                                                if ( !IsVertical() )
-                                                {
-                                                    aBottomRightRectPos.X() += 2 * nHalfBlankWidth;
-                                                    aBottomRightRectPos.Y() += pLine->GetHeight();
-                                                }
-                                                else
-                                                {
-                                                    aBottomRightRectPos.X() -= pLine->GetHeight();
-                                                    aBottomRightRectPos.Y() += 2 * nHalfBlankWidth;
-                                                }
-
-                                                pOutDev->Push( PUSH_FILLCOLOR );
-                                                pOutDev->Push( PUSH_LINECOLOR );
-                                                pOutDev->SetFillColor( COL_LIGHTGRAY );
-                                                pOutDev->SetLineColor( COL_LIGHTGRAY );
-
-                                                const Rectangle aBackRect( aTopLeftRectPos, aBottomRightRectPos );
-                                                pOutDev->DrawRect( aBackRect );
-
-                                                pOutDev->Pop();
-                                                pOutDev->Pop();
-
-                                                if ( 0x200B == cChar )
-                                                {
-                                                    const String aSlash( '/' );
-                                                    const short nOldEscapement = aTmpFont.GetEscapement();
-                                                    const BYTE nOldPropr = aTmpFont.GetPropr();
-
-                                                    aTmpFont.SetEscapement( -20 );
-                                                    aTmpFont.SetPropr( 25 );
-                                                    aTmpFont.SetPhysFont( pOutDev );
-
-                                                    const Size aSlashSize = aTmpFont.QuickGetTextSize( pOutDev, aSlash, 0, 1, 0 );
-                                                    Point aSlashPos( aTmpPos );
-                                                    const long nAddX = nHalfBlankWidth - aSlashSize.Width() / 2;
-                                                    if ( !IsVertical() )
-                                                    {
-                                                        aSlashPos.X() = aTopLeftRectPos.X() + nAddX;
-                                                    }
-                                                    else
-                                                    {
-                                                        aSlashPos.Y() = aTopLeftRectPos.Y() + nAddX;
-                                                    }
-
-                                                    aTmpFont.QuickDrawText( pOutDev, aSlashPos, aSlash, 0, 1, 0 );
-
-                                                    aTmpFont.SetEscapement( nOldEscapement );
-                                                    aTmpFont.SetPropr( nOldPropr );
-                                                    aTmpFont.SetPhysFont( pOutDev );
-                                                }
-                                            }
-                                        }
-                                    }
-                                    // <--
-                                }
-                                else if ( pTextPortion->GetKind() == PORTIONKIND_FIELD )
-                                {
-                                    EditCharAttrib* pAttr = pPortion->GetNode()->GetCharAttribs().FindFeature( nIndex );
-                                    DBG_ASSERT( pAttr, "Feld nicht gefunden" );
-                                    DBG_ASSERT( pAttr && pAttr->GetItem()->ISA( SvxFieldItem ), "Feld vom falschen Typ!" );
-                                    aText = ((EditCharAttribField*)pAttr)->GetFieldValue();
-                                    nTextStart = 0;
-                                    nTextLen = aText.Len();
-
-                                    pTmpDXArray = new sal_Int32[ aText.Len() ];
-                                    pDXArray = pTmpDXArray;
-                                    Font _aOldFont( GetRefDevice()->GetFont() );
-                                    aTmpFont.SetPhysFont( GetRefDevice() );
-                                    aTmpFont.QuickGetTextSize( GetRefDevice(), aText, 0, aText.Len(), pTmpDXArray );
-                                    if ( aStatus.DoRestoreFont() )
-                                        GetRefDevice()->SetFont( _aOldFont );
-
-                                    // add a meta file comment if we record to a metafile
-                                    if( bMetafileValid )
-                                    {
-                                        SvxFieldItem* pFieldItem = PTR_CAST( SvxFieldItem, pAttr->GetItem() );
-                                        if( pFieldItem )
-                                        {
-                                            const SvxFieldData* pFieldData = pFieldItem->GetField();
-                                            if( pFieldData )
-                                                pMtf->AddAction( pFieldData->createBeginComment() );
-                                        }
-                                    }
-
-                                }
-                                else if ( pTextPortion->GetKind() == PORTIONKIND_HYPHENATOR )
-                                {
-                                    if ( pTextPortion->GetExtraValue() )
-                                        aText = pTextPortion->GetExtraValue();
-                                    aText += CH_HYPH;
-                                    nTextStart = 0;
-                                    nTextLen = aText.Len();
-
-                                    // #b6668980# crash when accessing 0 pointer in pDXArray
-                                    pTmpDXArray = new sal_Int32[ aText.Len() ];
-                                    pDXArray = pTmpDXArray;
-                                    Font _aOldFont( GetRefDevice()->GetFont() );
-                                    aTmpFont.SetPhysFont( GetRefDevice() );
-                                    aTmpFont.QuickGetTextSize( GetRefDevice(), aText, 0, aText.Len(), pTmpDXArray );
-                                    if ( aStatus.DoRestoreFont() )
-                                        GetRefDevice()->SetFont( _aOldFont );
-                                }
-
-                                long nTxtWidth = pTextPortion->GetSize().Width();
-
-                                Point aOutPos( aTmpPos );
-                                aRedLineTmpPos = aTmpPos;
-                                // In RTL portions spell markup pos should be at the start of the
-                                // first chara as well. That is on the right end of the portion
-                                if (pTextPortion->IsRightToLeft())
-                                    aRedLineTmpPos.X() += pTextPortion->GetSize().Width();
-
-//L2R                                if ( pTextPortion->GetRightToLeft() )
-//L2R                                {
-//L2R                                    sal_uInt16 nNextPortion = y+1;
-//L2R                                    while ( nNextPortion <= pLine->GetEndPortion() )
-//L2R                                    {
-//L2R                                       TextPortion* pNextTextPortion = pPortion->GetTextPortions().GetObject( nNextPortion );
-//L2R                                        if ( pNextTextPortion->GetRightToLeft() )
-//L2R                                        {
-//L2R                                           if ( !IsVertical() )
-//L2R                                                aOutPos.X() += pNextTextPortion->GetSize().Width();
-//L2R                                           else
-//L2R                                                aOutPos.Y() += pNextTextPortion->GetSize().Width();
-//L2R                                        }
-//L2R                                        else
-//L2R                                            break;
-//L2R                                        nNextPortion++;
-//L2R                                    }
-//L2R                                }
-                                if ( bStripOnly )
-                                {
-                                    EEngineData::WrongSpellVector aWrongSpellVector;
-
-                                    if(GetStatus().DoOnlineSpelling() && pTextPortion->GetLen())
-                                    {
-                                        WrongList* pWrongs = pPortion->GetNode()->GetWrongList();
-
-                                        if(pWrongs && pWrongs->HasWrongs())
-                                        {
-                                            sal_uInt16 nStart(nIndex);
-                                            sal_uInt16 nEnd(0);
-                                            sal_Bool bWrong(pWrongs->NextWrong(nStart, nEnd));
-                                            const sal_uInt16 nMaxEnd(nIndex + pTextPortion->GetLen());
-
-                                            while(bWrong)
-                                            {
-                                                if(nStart >= nMaxEnd)
-                                                {
-                                                    break;
-                                                }
-
-                                                if(nStart < nIndex)
-                                                {
-                                                    nStart = nIndex;
-                                                }
-
-                                                if(nEnd > nMaxEnd)
-                                                {
-                                                    nEnd = nMaxEnd;
-                                                }
-
-                                                // add to vector
-                                                aWrongSpellVector.push_back(EEngineData::WrongSpellClass(nStart, nEnd));
-
-                                                // goto next index
-                                                nStart = nEnd + 1;
-
-                                                if(nEnd < nMaxEnd)
-                                                {
-                                                    bWrong = pWrongs->NextWrong(nStart, nEnd);
-                                                }
-                                                else
-                                                {
-                                                    bWrong = sal_False;
-                                                }
-                                            }
-                                        }
-                                    }
-
-                                    const SvxFieldData* pFieldData = 0;
-
-                                    if(PORTIONKIND_FIELD == pTextPortion->GetKind())
-                                    {
-                                        EditCharAttrib* pAttr = pPortion->GetNode()->GetCharAttribs().FindFeature(nIndex);
-                                        SvxFieldItem* pFieldItem = PTR_CAST(SvxFieldItem, pAttr->GetItem());
-
-                                        if(pFieldItem)
-                                        {
-                                            pFieldData = pFieldItem->GetField();
-                                        }
-                                    }
-
-                                    // support for EOC, EOW, EOS TEXT comments. To support that,
-                                    // the locale is needed. With the locale and a XBreakIterator it is
-                                    // possible to re-create the text marking info on primitive level
-                                    const lang::Locale aLocale(GetLocale(EditPaM(pPortion->GetNode(), nIndex + 1)));
-
-                                    // create EOL and EOP bools
-                                    const bool bEndOfLine(y == pLine->GetEndPortion());
-                                    const bool bEndOfParagraph(bEndOfLine && nLine + 1 == nLines);
-
-                                    // get Overline color (from ((const SvxOverlineItem*)GetItem())->GetColor() in
-                                    // consequence, but also already set at pOutDev)
-                                    const Color aOverlineColor(pOutDev->GetOverlineColor());
-
-                                    // get TextLine color (from ((const SvxUnderlineItem*)GetItem())->GetColor() in
-                                    // consequence, but also already set at pOutDev)
-                                    const Color aTextLineColor(pOutDev->GetTextLineColor());
-
-                                    // Unicode code points conversion according to ctl text numeral setting
-                                    ImplInitDigitMode( 0, &aText, nTextStart, nTextLen, aTmpFont.GetLanguage() );
-
-                                    // StripPortions() data callback
-                                    GetEditEnginePtr()->DrawingText( aOutPos, aText, nTextStart, nTextLen, pDXArray,
-                                        aTmpFont, n, nIndex, pTextPortion->GetRightToLeft(),
-                                        aWrongSpellVector.size() ? &aWrongSpellVector : 0,
-                                        pFieldData,
-                                        bEndOfLine, bEndOfParagraph, false, // support for EOL/EOP TEXT comments
-                                        &aLocale,
-                                        aOverlineColor,
-                                        aTextLineColor);
-                                }
-                                else
-                                {
-                                    short nEsc = aTmpFont.GetEscapement();
-                                    if ( nOrientation )
-                                    {
-                                        // Bei Hoch/Tief selbst Hand anlegen:
-                                        if ( aTmpFont.GetEscapement() )
-                                        {
-                                            long nDiff = aTmpFont.GetSize().Height() * aTmpFont.GetEscapement() / 100L;
-                                            if ( !IsVertical() )
-                                                aOutPos.Y() -= nDiff;
-                                            else
-                                                aOutPos.X() += nDiff;
-                                            aRedLineTmpPos = aOutPos;
-                                            aTmpFont.SetEscapement( 0 );
-                                        }
-
-                                        aOutPos = lcl_ImplCalcRotatedPos( aOutPos, aOrigin, nSin, nCos );
-                                        aTmpFont.SetOrientation( aTmpFont.GetOrientation()+nOrientation );
-                                        aTmpFont.SetPhysFont( pOutDev );
-
-                                    }
-                                    // nur ausgeben, was im sichtbaren Bereich beginnt:
-                                    // Wichtig, weil Bug bei einigen Grafikkarten bei transparentem Font, Ausgabe bei neg.
-                                    if ( nOrientation || ( !IsVertical() && ( ( aTmpPos.X() + nTxtWidth ) >= nFirstVisXPos ) )
-                                            || ( IsVertical() && ( ( aTmpPos.Y() + nTxtWidth ) >= nFirstVisYPos ) ) )
-                                    {
-                                        if ( nEsc && ( ( aTmpFont.GetUnderline() != UNDERLINE_NONE ) ) )
-                                        {
-                                            // Das Hoch/Tief ohne Underline malen, das Underline
-                                            // auf der BaseLine der Original-Fonthoehe ausgeben...
-
-                                            // Aber nur, wenn davor auch Unterstrichen!
-                                            sal_Bool bSpecialUnderline = sal_False;
-                                            EditCharAttrib* pPrev = pPortion->GetNode()->GetCharAttribs().FindAttrib( EE_CHAR_ESCAPEMENT, nIndex );
-                                            if ( pPrev )
-                                            {
-                                                SvxFont aDummy;
-                                                // Unterstreichung davor?
-                                                if ( pPrev->GetStart() )
-                                                {
-                                                    SeekCursor( pPortion->GetNode(), pPrev->GetStart(), aDummy );
-                                                    if ( aDummy.GetUnderline() != UNDERLINE_NONE )
-                                                        bSpecialUnderline = sal_True;
-                                                }
-                                                if ( !bSpecialUnderline && ( pPrev->GetEnd() < pPortion->GetNode()->Len() ) )
-                                                {
-                                                    SeekCursor( pPortion->GetNode(), pPrev->GetEnd()+1, aDummy );
-                                                    if ( aDummy.GetUnderline() != UNDERLINE_NONE )
-                                                        bSpecialUnderline = sal_True;
-                                                }
-                                            }
-                                            if ( bSpecialUnderline )
-                                            {
-                                                Size aSz = aTmpFont.GetPhysTxtSize( pOutDev, aText, nTextStart, nTextLen );
-                                                BYTE nProp = aTmpFont.GetPropr();
-                                                aTmpFont.SetEscapement( 0 );
-                                                aTmpFont.SetPropr( 100 );
-                                                aTmpFont.SetPhysFont( pOutDev );
-                                                String aBlanks;
-                                                aBlanks.Fill( nTextLen, ' ' );
-                                                Point aUnderlinePos( aOutPos );
-                                                if ( nOrientation )
-                                                    aUnderlinePos = lcl_ImplCalcRotatedPos( aTmpPos, aOrigin, nSin, nCos );
-                                                pOutDev->DrawStretchText( aUnderlinePos, aSz.Width(), aBlanks, 0, nTextLen );
-
-                                                aTmpFont.SetUnderline( UNDERLINE_NONE );
-                                                if ( !nOrientation )
-                                                    aTmpFont.SetEscapement( nEsc );
-                                                aTmpFont.SetPropr( nProp );
-                                                aTmpFont.SetPhysFont( pOutDev );
-                                            }
-                                        }
-                                        Point aRealOutPos( aOutPos );
-                                        if ( ( pTextPortion->GetKind() == PORTIONKIND_TEXT )
-                                               && pTextPortion->GetExtraInfos() && pTextPortion->GetExtraInfos()->bCompressed
-                                               && pTextPortion->GetExtraInfos()->bFirstCharIsRightPunktuation )
-                                        {
-                                            aRealOutPos.X() += pTextPortion->GetExtraInfos()->nPortionOffsetX;
-                                        }
-
-                                        // --> FME 2005-06-17 #i37132# RTL portions with
-                                        // compressed blank should not paint this blank:
-                                        if ( pTextPortion->IsRightToLeft() && nTextLen >= 2 &&
-                                             pDXArray[ nTextLen - 1 ] ==
-                                             pDXArray[ nTextLen - 2 ] &&
-                                             ' ' == aText.GetChar( nTextStart + nTextLen - 1 ) )
-                                            --nTextLen;
-                                        // <--
-
-                                        // output directly
-                                        aTmpFont.QuickDrawText( pOutDev, aRealOutPos, aText, nTextStart, nTextLen, pDXArray );
-
-                                        if ( bDrawFrame )
-                                        {
-                                            Point aTopLeft( aTmpPos );
-                                            aTopLeft.Y() -= pLine->GetMaxAscent();
-                                            if ( nOrientation )
-                                                aTopLeft = lcl_ImplCalcRotatedPos( aTopLeft, aOrigin, nSin, nCos );
-                                            Rectangle aRect( aTopLeft, pTextPortion->GetSize() );
-                                            pOutDev->DrawRect( aRect );
-                                        }
-
-
-                                        // PDF export:
-                                        if ( pPDFExtOutDevData )
-                                        {
-                                            if ( pTextPortion->GetKind() == PORTIONKIND_FIELD )
-                                            {
-                                                EditCharAttrib* pAttr = pPortion->GetNode()->GetCharAttribs().FindFeature( nIndex );
-                                                SvxFieldItem* pFieldItem = PTR_CAST( SvxFieldItem, pAttr->GetItem() );
-                                                if( pFieldItem )
-                                                {
-                                                    const SvxFieldData* pFieldData = pFieldItem->GetField();
-                                                    if ( pFieldData->ISA( SvxURLField ) )
-                                                    {
-                                                        Point aTopLeft( aTmpPos );
-                                                        aTopLeft.Y() -= pLine->GetMaxAscent();
-//                                                      if ( nOrientation )
-//                                                          aTopLeft = lcl_ImplCalcRotatedPos( aTopLeft, aOrigin, nSin, nCos );
-
-                                                        Rectangle aRect( aTopLeft, pTextPortion->GetSize() );
-                                                        vcl::PDFExtOutDevBookmarkEntry aBookmark;
-                                                        aBookmark.nLinkId = pPDFExtOutDevData->CreateLink( aRect );
-                                                        aBookmark.aBookmark = ((SvxURLField*)pFieldData)->GetURL();
-                                                        std::vector< vcl::PDFExtOutDevBookmarkEntry >& rBookmarks = pPDFExtOutDevData->GetBookmarks();
-                                                        rBookmarks.push_back( aBookmark );
-                                                    }
-                                                }
-                                            }
-                                        }
-
-                                        // comment
-
-
-
-
-                                    }
-
-#ifndef SVX_LIGHT
-                                    if ( GetStatus().DoOnlineSpelling() && pPortion->GetNode()->GetWrongList()->HasWrongs() && pTextPortion->GetLen() )
-                                    {
-                                        {//#105750# adjust LinePos for superscript or subscript text
-                                            short _nEsc = aTmpFont.GetEscapement();
-                                            if( _nEsc )
-                                            {
-                                                long nShift = ((_nEsc*long(aTmpFont.GetSize().Height()))/ 100L);
-                                                if( !IsVertical() )
-                                                    aRedLineTmpPos.Y() -= nShift;
-                                                else
-                                                    aRedLineTmpPos.X() += nShift;
-                                            }
-                                        }
-                                        Color aOldColor( pOutDev->GetLineColor() );
-                                        pOutDev->SetLineColor( Color( GetColorConfig().GetColorValue( svtools::SPELL ).nColor ) );
-                                        lcl_DrawRedLines( pOutDev, aTmpFont.GetSize().Height(), aRedLineTmpPos, nIndex, nIndex + pTextPortion->GetLen(), pDXArray, pPortion->GetNode()->GetWrongList(), nOrientation, aOrigin, IsVertical(), pTextPortion->IsRightToLeft() );
-                                        pOutDev->SetLineColor( aOldColor );
-                                    }
-#endif // !SVX_LIGHT
-                                }
-
-                                pOutDev->Pop();
-
-                                if ( pTmpDXArray )
-                                    delete[] pTmpDXArray;
-
-// R2L                                if ( !pTextPortion->GetRightToLeft() )
-// R2L                                {
-// R2L                                  if ( !IsVertical() )
-// R2L                                      aTmpPos.X() += nTxtWidth;
-// R2L                                  else
-// R2L                                      aTmpPos.Y() += nTxtWidth;
-// R2L                                }
-// R2L                                else
-// R2L                                {
-// R2L                                    nR2LWidth += nTxtWidth;
-// R2L                                }
-
-                                if ( pTextPortion->GetKind() == PORTIONKIND_FIELD )
-                                {
-                                    EditCharAttrib* pAttr = pPortion->GetNode()->GetCharAttribs().FindFeature( nIndex );
-                                    DBG_ASSERT( pAttr, "Feld nicht gefunden" );
-                                    DBG_ASSERT( pAttr && pAttr->GetItem()->ISA( SvxFieldItem ), "Feld vom falschen Typ!" );
-
-                                    // add a meta file comment if we record to a metafile
-                                    if( bMetafileValid )
-                                    {
-                                        SvxFieldItem* pFieldItem = PTR_CAST( SvxFieldItem, pAttr->GetItem() );
-
-                                        if( pFieldItem )
-                                        {
-                                            const SvxFieldData* pFieldData = pFieldItem->GetField();
-                                            if( pFieldData )
-                                                pMtf->AddAction( pFieldData->createEndComment() );
-                                        }
-                                    }
-
-                                }
-
-                            }
-                            break;
-//                          case PORTIONKIND_EXTRASPACE:
-                            case PORTIONKIND_TAB:
-                            {
-                                if ( pTextPortion->GetExtraValue() && ( pTextPortion->GetExtraValue() != ' ' ) )
-                                {
-                                    SeekCursor( pPortion->GetNode(), nIndex+1, aTmpFont, pOutDev );
-                                    aTmpFont.SetTransparent( sal_False );
-                                    aTmpFont.SetEscapement( 0 );
-                                    aTmpFont.SetPhysFont( pOutDev );
-                                    long nCharWidth = aTmpFont.QuickGetTextSize( pOutDev, pTextPortion->GetExtraValue(), 0, 1, NULL ).Width();
-                                    long nChars = 2;
-                                    if( nCharWidth )
-                                        nChars = pTextPortion->GetSize().Width() / nCharWidth;
-                                    if ( nChars < 2 )
-                                        nChars = 2; // wird durch DrawStretchText gestaucht.
-                                    else if ( nChars == 2 )
-                                        nChars = 3; // sieht besser aus
-
-                                    String aText;
-                                    aText.Fill( (USHORT)nChars, pTextPortion->GetExtraValue() );
-                                    pOutDev->DrawStretchText( aTmpPos, pTextPortion->GetSize().Width(), aText );
-                                }
-                            }
-                            break;
-                        }
-                        nIndex = nIndex + pTextPortion->GetLen();
-                    }
-                }
-
-                if ( ( nLine != nLastLine ) && !aStatus.IsOutliner() )
-                {
-                    if ( !IsVertical() )
-                        aStartPos.Y() += nSBL;
-                    else
-                        aStartPos.X() -= nSBL;
-                }
-
-                // keine sichtbaren Aktionen mehr?
-                if ( !IsVertical() && ( aStartPos.Y() >= aClipRec.Bottom() ) )
-                    break;
-                else if ( IsVertical() && ( aStartPos.X() <= aClipRec.Left() ) )
-                    break;
-            }
-
-            if ( !aStatus.IsOutliner() )
-            {
-                const SvxULSpaceItem& rULItem = (const SvxULSpaceItem&)pPortion->GetNode()->GetContentAttribs().GetItem( EE_PARA_ULSPACE );
-                long nUL = GetYValue( rULItem.GetLower() );
-                if ( !IsVertical() )
-                    aStartPos.Y() += nUL;
-                else
-                    aStartPos.X() -= nUL;
-            }
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            if ( !IsVertical() )
-                aStartPos.Y() += nParaHeight;
-            else
-                aStartPos.X() -= nParaHeight;
-        }
-
-        if ( pPDFExtOutDevData )
-            pPDFExtOutDevData->EndStructureElement();
-
-        // keine sichtbaren Aktionen mehr?
-        if ( !IsVertical() && ( aStartPos.Y() > aClipRec.Bottom() ) )
-            break;
-        if ( IsVertical() && ( aStartPos.X() < aClipRec.Left() ) )
-            break;
-    }
-    if ( aStatus.DoRestoreFont() )
-        pOutDev->SetFont( aOldFont );
-}
-
-void ImpEditEngine::Paint( ImpEditView* pView, const Rectangle& rRec, sal_Bool bUseVirtDev )
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( pView, "Keine View - Kein Paint!" );
-    DBG_CHKOBJ( GetEditEnginePtr(), EditEngine, 0 );
-
-    if ( !GetUpdateMode() || IsInUndo() )
-        return;
-
-    // Schnittmenge aus Paintbereich und OutputArea.
-    Rectangle aClipRec( pView->GetOutputArea() );
-    aClipRec.Intersection( rRec );
-
-    Window* pOutWin = pView->GetWindow();
-
-    if ( bUseVirtDev )
-    {
-        Rectangle aClipRecPixel( pOutWin->LogicToPixel( aClipRec ) );
-        if ( !IsVertical() )
-        {
-            // etwas mehr, falls abgerundet!
-            aClipRecPixel.Right() += 1;
-            aClipRecPixel.Bottom() += 1;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            aClipRecPixel.Left() -= 1;
-            aClipRecPixel.Bottom() += 1;
-        }
-
-        // Wenn aClipRecPixel > XXXX, dann invalidieren ?!
-
-        VirtualDevice* pVDev = GetVirtualDevice( pOutWin->GetMapMode(), pOutWin->GetDrawMode() );
-        pVDev->SetDigitLanguage( GetRefDevice()->GetDigitLanguage() );
-
-        {
-            Color aBackgroundColor( pView->GetBackgroundColor() );
-            // #i47161# Check if text is visible on background
-            SvxFont aTmpFont;
-            ContentNode* pNode = GetEditDoc().SaveGetObject( 0 );
-            SeekCursor( pNode, 1, aTmpFont );
-            Color aFontColor( aTmpFont.GetColor() );
-            if( aFontColor == COL_AUTO )
-                aFontColor = GetAutoColor();
-
-            // #i69346# check for reverse color of input method attribute
-            if( mpIMEInfos && (mpIMEInfos->aPos.GetNode() == pNode &&
-                mpIMEInfos->pAttribs))
-            {
-                sal_uInt16 nAttr = mpIMEInfos->pAttribs[ 0 ];
-                if ( nAttr & EXTTEXTINPUT_ATTR_HIGHLIGHT )
-                {
-                    const StyleSettings& rStyleSettings = Application::GetSettings().GetStyleSettings();
-                    aFontColor = rStyleSettings.GetHighlightColor() ;
-                }
-            }
-
-            UINT8 nColorDiff = aFontColor.GetColorError( aBackgroundColor );
-            if( nColorDiff < 8 )
-                aBackgroundColor = aFontColor.IsDark() ? COL_WHITE : COL_BLACK;
-            pVDev->SetBackground( aBackgroundColor );
-        }
-
-        sal_Bool bVDevValid = sal_True;
-        Size aOutSz( pVDev->GetOutputSizePixel() );
-        if ( (  aOutSz.Width() < aClipRecPixel.GetWidth() ) ||
-             (  aOutSz.Height() < aClipRecPixel.GetHeight() ) )
-        {
-            bVDevValid = pVDev->SetOutputSizePixel( aClipRecPixel.GetSize() );
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            // Das VirtDev kann bei einem Resize sehr gross werden =>
-            // irgendwann mal kleiner machen!
-            if ( ( aOutSz.Height() > ( aClipRecPixel.GetHeight() + RESDIFF ) ) ||
-                 ( aOutSz.Width() > ( aClipRecPixel.GetWidth() + RESDIFF ) ) )
-            {
-                bVDevValid = pVDev->SetOutputSizePixel( aClipRecPixel.GetSize() );
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                pVDev->Erase();
-            }
-        }
-        DBG_ASSERT( bVDevValid, "VDef konnte nicht vergroessert werden!" );
-        if ( !bVDevValid )
-        {
-            Paint( pView, rRec, sal_False /* ohne VDev */ );
-            return;
-        }
-
-        // PaintRect fuer VDev nicht mit alignter Groesse,
-        // da sonst die Zeile darunter auch ausgegeben werden muss:
-        Rectangle aTmpRec( Point( 0, 0 ), aClipRec.GetSize() );
-
-        aClipRec = pOutWin->PixelToLogic( aClipRecPixel );
-        Point aStartPos;
-        if ( !IsVertical() )
-        {
-            aStartPos = aClipRec.TopLeft();
-            aStartPos = pView->GetDocPos( aStartPos );
-            aStartPos.X() *= (-1);
-            aStartPos.Y() *= (-1);
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            aStartPos = aClipRec.TopRight();
-            Point aDocPos( pView->GetDocPos( aStartPos ) );
-            aStartPos.X() = aClipRec.GetSize().Width() + aDocPos.Y();
-            aStartPos.Y() = -aDocPos.X();
-        }
-
-        Paint( pVDev, aTmpRec, aStartPos );
-
-        sal_Bool bClipRegion = sal_False;
-        Region aOldRegion;
-        MapMode aOldMapMode;
-        if ( GetTextRanger() )
-        {
-            // Some problems here with push/pop, why?!
-//          pOutWin->Push( PUSH_CLIPREGION|PUSH_MAPMODE );
-            bClipRegion = pOutWin->IsClipRegion();
-            aOldRegion = pOutWin->GetClipRegion();
-            // Wie bekomme ich das Polygon an die richtige Stelle????
-            // Das Polygon bezieht sich auf die View, nicht auf das Window
-            // => Origin umsetzen...
-            aOldMapMode = pOutWin->GetMapMode();
-            Point aOrigin = aOldMapMode.GetOrigin();
-            Point aViewPos = pView->GetOutputArea().TopLeft();
-            aOrigin.Move( aViewPos.X(), aViewPos.Y() );
-            aClipRec.Move( -aViewPos.X(), -aViewPos.Y() );
-            MapMode aNewMapMode( aOldMapMode );
-            aNewMapMode.SetOrigin( aOrigin );
-            pOutWin->SetMapMode( aNewMapMode );
-            pOutWin->SetClipRegion( Region( GetTextRanger()->GetPolyPolygon() ) );
-        }
-
-        pOutWin->DrawOutDev( aClipRec.TopLeft(), aClipRec.GetSize(),
-                            Point(0,0), aClipRec.GetSize(), *pVDev );
-
-        if ( GetTextRanger() )
-        {
-//          pOutWin->Pop();
-            if ( bClipRegion )
-                pOutWin->SetClipRegion( aOldRegion );
-            else
-                pOutWin->SetClipRegion();
-            pOutWin->SetMapMode( aOldMapMode );
-        }
-
-
-        pView->DrawSelection();
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        Point aStartPos;
-        if ( !IsVertical() )
-        {
-            aStartPos = pView->GetOutputArea().TopLeft();
-            aStartPos.X() -= pView->GetVisDocLeft();
-            aStartPos.Y() -= pView->GetVisDocTop();
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            aStartPos = pView->GetOutputArea().TopRight();
-            aStartPos.X() += pView->GetVisDocTop();
-            aStartPos.Y() -= pView->GetVisDocLeft();
-        }
-
-        // Wenn Doc-Breite < OutputArea,Width, nicht umgebrochene Felder,
-        // stehen die Felder sonst �ber, wenn > Zeile.
-        // ( Oben nicht, da dort bereits Doc-Breite von Formatierung mit drin )
-        if ( !IsVertical() && ( pView->GetOutputArea().GetWidth() > GetPaperSize().Width() ) )
-        {
-            long nMaxX = pView->GetOutputArea().Left() + GetPaperSize().Width();
-            if ( aClipRec.Left() > nMaxX )
-                return;
-            if ( aClipRec.Right() > nMaxX )
-                aClipRec.Right() = nMaxX;
-        }
-
-        sal_Bool bClipRegion = pOutWin->IsClipRegion();
-        Region aOldRegion = pOutWin->GetClipRegion();
-        pOutWin->IntersectClipRegion( aClipRec );
-
-        Paint( pOutWin, aClipRec, aStartPos );
-
-        if ( bClipRegion )
-            pOutWin->SetClipRegion( aOldRegion );
-        else
-            pOutWin->SetClipRegion();
-
-        pView->DrawSelection();
-    }
-
-}
-
-void ImpEditEngine::InsertContent( ContentNode* pNode, sal_uInt16 nPos )
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( pNode, "NULL-Poointer in InsertContent! " );
-    DBG_ASSERT( IsInUndo(), "InsertContent nur fuer Undo()!" );
-    ParaPortion* pNew = new ParaPortion( pNode );
-    GetParaPortions().Insert( pNew, nPos );
-    aEditDoc.Insert( pNode, nPos );
-    if ( IsCallParaInsertedOrDeleted() )
-        GetEditEnginePtr()->ParagraphInserted( nPos );
-}
-
-EditPaM ImpEditEngine::SplitContent( sal_uInt16 nNode, sal_uInt16 nSepPos )
-{
-    ContentNode* pNode = aEditDoc.SaveGetObject( nNode );
-    DBG_ASSERT( pNode, "Ungueltiger Node in SplitContent" );
-    DBG_ASSERT( IsInUndo(), "SplitContent nur fuer Undo()!" );
-    DBG_ASSERT( nSepPos <= pNode->Len(), "Index im Wald: SplitContent" );
-    EditPaM aPaM( pNode, nSepPos );
-    return ImpInsertParaBreak( aPaM );
-}
-
-EditPaM ImpEditEngine::ConnectContents( sal_uInt16 nLeftNode, sal_Bool bBackward )
-{
-    ContentNode* pLeftNode = aEditDoc.SaveGetObject( nLeftNode );
-    ContentNode* pRightNode = aEditDoc.SaveGetObject( nLeftNode+1 );
-    DBG_ASSERT( pLeftNode, "Ungueltiger linker Node in ConnectContents" );
-    DBG_ASSERT( pRightNode, "Ungueltiger rechter Node in ConnectContents" );
-    DBG_ASSERT( IsInUndo(), "ConnectContent nur fuer Undo()!" );
-    return ImpConnectParagraphs( pLeftNode, pRightNode, bBackward );
-}
-
-void ImpEditEngine::SetUpdateMode( sal_Bool bUp, EditView* pCurView, sal_Bool bForceUpdate )
-{
-    sal_Bool bChanged = ( GetUpdateMode() != bUp );
-
-    // Beim Umschalten von sal_True auf sal_False waren alle Selektionen sichtbar,
-    // => Wegmalen
-    // Umgekehrt waren alle unsichtbar => malen
-
-//  DrawAllSelections();    sieht im Outliner schlecht aus !
-//  EditView* pView = aEditViewList.First();
-//  while ( pView )
-//  {
-//      DBG_CHKOBJ( pView, EditView, 0 );
-//      pView->pImpEditView->DrawSelection();
-//      pView = aEditViewList.Next();
-//  }
-
-    // Wenn !bFormatted, also z.B. nach SetText, braucht bei UpdateMode sal_True
-    // nicht sofort formatiert werden, weil warscheinlich noch Text kommt.
-    // Spaetestens bei einem Paint / CalcTextWidth wird formatiert.
-
-    bUpdate = bUp;
-    if ( bUpdate && ( bChanged || bForceUpdate ) )
-        FormatAndUpdate( pCurView );
-}
-
-void ImpEditEngine::ShowParagraph( sal_uInt16 nParagraph, sal_Bool bShow )
-{
-    ParaPortion* pPPortion = GetParaPortions().SaveGetObject( nParagraph );
-    DBG_ASSERT( pPPortion, "ShowParagraph: Absatz existiert nicht!" );
-    if ( pPPortion && ( pPPortion->IsVisible() != bShow ) )
-    {
-        pPPortion->SetVisible( bShow );
-
-        if ( !bShow )
-        {
-            // Als deleted kenzeichnen, damit keine Selektion auf diesem
-            // Absatz beginnt oder endet...
-            DeletedNodeInfo* pDelInfo = new DeletedNodeInfo( (sal_uIntPtr)pPPortion->GetNode(), nParagraph );
-            aDeletedNodes.Insert( pDelInfo, aDeletedNodes.Count() );
-            UpdateSelections();
-            // Dann kriege ich den unteren Bereich nicht invalidiert,
-            // wenn UpdateMode = sal_False!
-            // Wenn doch, dann vor SetVisible auf sal_False merken!
-//          nCurTextHeight -= pPPortion->GetHeight();
-        }
-
-        if ( bShow && ( pPPortion->IsInvalid() || !pPPortion->nHeight ) )
-        {
-            if ( !GetTextRanger() )
-            {
-                if ( pPPortion->IsInvalid() )
-                {
-                    Font aOldFont( GetRefDevice()->GetFont() );
-                    CreateLines( nParagraph, 0 );   // 0: Kein TextRanger
-                    if ( aStatus.DoRestoreFont() )
-                        GetRefDevice()->SetFont( aOldFont );
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    CalcHeight( pPPortion );
-                }
-                nCurTextHeight += pPPortion->GetHeight();
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                nCurTextHeight = 0x7fffffff;
-            }
-        }
-
-        pPPortion->SetMustRepaint( sal_True );
-        if ( GetUpdateMode() && !IsInUndo() && !GetTextRanger() )
-        {
-            aInvalidRec = Rectangle(    Point( 0, GetParaPortions().GetYOffset( pPPortion ) ),
-                                        Point( GetPaperSize().Width(), nCurTextHeight ) );
-            UpdateViews( GetActiveView() );
-        }
-    }
-}
-
-sal_Bool ImpEditEngine::IsParagraphVisible( sal_uInt16 nParagraph )
-{
-    ParaPortion* pPPortion = GetParaPortions().SaveGetObject( nParagraph );
-    DBG_ASSERT( pPPortion, "IsParagraphVisible: Absatz existiert nicht!" );
-    if ( pPPortion )
-        return pPPortion->IsVisible();
-    return sal_False;
-}
-
-EditSelection ImpEditEngine::MoveParagraphs( Range aOldPositions, sal_uInt16 nNewPos, EditView* pCurView )
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( GetParaPortions().Count() != 0, "Keine Absaetze gefunden: MoveParagraphs" );
-    if ( GetParaPortions().Count() == 0 )
-        return EditSelection();
-    aOldPositions.Justify();
-
-    EditSelection aSel( ImpMoveParagraphs( aOldPositions, nNewPos ) );
-
-    if ( nNewPos >= GetParaPortions().Count() )
-        nNewPos = GetParaPortions().Count() - 1;
-
-    // Dort, wo der Absatz eingefuegt wurde, muss richtig gepainted werden:
-    // Dort, wo der Absatz entfernt wurde, muss richtig gepainted werden:
-    // ( Und dazwischen entsprechend auch...)
-    if ( pCurView && ( GetUpdateMode() == sal_True ) )
-    {
-        // in diesem Fall kann ich direkt neu malen, ohne die
-        // Portions zu Invalidieren.
-        sal_uInt16 nFirstPortion = Min( (sal_uInt16)aOldPositions.Min(), nNewPos );
-        sal_uInt16 nLastPortion = Max( (sal_uInt16)aOldPositions.Max(), nNewPos );
-
-        ParaPortion* pUpperPortion = GetParaPortions().SaveGetObject( nFirstPortion );
-        ParaPortion* pLowerPortion = GetParaPortions().SaveGetObject( nLastPortion );
-
-        aInvalidRec = Rectangle();  // leermachen
-        aInvalidRec.Left() = 0;
-        aInvalidRec.Right() = aPaperSize.Width();
-        aInvalidRec.Top() = GetParaPortions().GetYOffset( pUpperPortion );
-        aInvalidRec.Bottom() = GetParaPortions().GetYOffset( pLowerPortion ) + pLowerPortion->GetHeight();
-
-        UpdateViews( pCurView );
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        // aber der oberen ungueltigen Position neu painten...
-        sal_uInt16 nFirstInvPara = Min( (sal_uInt16)aOldPositions.Min(), nNewPos );
-        InvalidateFromParagraph( nFirstInvPara );
-    }
-    return aSel;
-}
-
-void ImpEditEngine::InvalidateFromParagraph( sal_uInt16 nFirstInvPara )
-{
-    // Es werden nicht die folgenden Absaetze invalidiert,
-    // da ResetHeight() => Groessenanderung => alles folgende wird
-    // sowieso neu ausgegeben.
-    ParaPortion* pTmpPortion;
-    if ( nFirstInvPara != 0 )
-    {
-        pTmpPortion = GetParaPortions().GetObject( nFirstInvPara-1 );
-        pTmpPortion->MarkInvalid( pTmpPortion->GetNode()->Len(), 0 );
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        pTmpPortion = GetParaPortions().GetObject( 0 );
-        pTmpPortion->MarkSelectionInvalid( 0, pTmpPortion->GetNode()->Len() );
-    }
-    pTmpPortion->ResetHeight();
-}
-
-IMPL_LINK_INLINE_START( ImpEditEngine, StatusTimerHdl, Timer *, EMPTYARG )
-{
-    CallStatusHdl();
-    return 0;
-}
-IMPL_LINK_INLINE_END( ImpEditEngine, StatusTimerHdl, Timer *, EMPTYARG )
-
-void ImpEditEngine::CallStatusHdl()
-{
-    if ( aStatusHdlLink.IsSet() && aStatus.GetStatusWord() )
-    {
-        // Der Status muss vor Call zurueckgesetzt werden,
-        // da im Hdl evtl. weitere Fags gesetzt werden...
-        EditStatus aTmpStatus( aStatus );
-        aStatus.Clear();
-        aStatusHdlLink.Call( &aTmpStatus );
-        aStatusTimer.Stop();    // Falls von Hand gerufen...
-    }
-}
-
-ContentNode* ImpEditEngine::GetPrevVisNode( ContentNode* pCurNode )
-{
-    ParaPortion* pPortion = FindParaPortion( pCurNode );
-    DBG_ASSERT( pPortion, "GetPrevVisibleNode: Keine passende Portion!" );
-    pPortion = GetPrevVisPortion( pPortion );
-    if ( pPortion )
-        return pPortion->GetNode();
-    return 0;
-}
-
-ContentNode* ImpEditEngine::GetNextVisNode( ContentNode* pCurNode )
-{
-    ParaPortion* pPortion = FindParaPortion( pCurNode );
-    DBG_ASSERT( pPortion, "GetNextVisibleNode: Keine passende Portion!" );
-    pPortion = GetNextVisPortion( pPortion );
-    if ( pPortion )
-        return pPortion->GetNode();
-    return 0;
-}
-
-ParaPortion* ImpEditEngine::GetPrevVisPortion( ParaPortion* pCurPortion )
-{
-    sal_uInt16 nPara = GetParaPortions().GetPos( pCurPortion );
-    DBG_ASSERT( nPara < GetParaPortions().Count() , "Portion nicht gefunden: GetPrevVisPortion" );
-    ParaPortion* pPortion = nPara ? GetParaPortions()[--nPara] : 0;
-    while ( pPortion && !pPortion->IsVisible() )
-        pPortion = nPara ? GetParaPortions()[--nPara] : 0;
-
-    return pPortion;
-}
-
-ParaPortion* ImpEditEngine::GetNextVisPortion( ParaPortion* pCurPortion )
-{
-    sal_uInt16 nPara = GetParaPortions().GetPos( pCurPortion );
-    DBG_ASSERT( nPara < GetParaPortions().Count() , "Portion nicht gefunden: GetPrevVisNode" );
-    ParaPortion* pPortion = GetParaPortions().SaveGetObject( ++nPara );
-    while ( pPortion && !pPortion->IsVisible() )
-        pPortion = GetParaPortions().SaveGetObject( ++nPara );
-
-    return pPortion;
-}
-
-EditPaM ImpEditEngine::InsertParagraph( sal_uInt16 nPara )
-{
-    EditPaM aPaM;
-    if ( nPara != 0 )
-    {
-        ContentNode* pNode = GetEditDoc().SaveGetObject( nPara-1 );
-        if ( !pNode )
-            pNode = GetEditDoc().SaveGetObject( GetEditDoc().Count() - 1 );
-        DBG_ASSERT( pNode, "Kein einziger Absatz in InsertParagraph ?" );
-        aPaM = EditPaM( pNode, pNode->Len() );
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        ContentNode* pNode = GetEditDoc().SaveGetObject( 0 );
-        aPaM = EditPaM( pNode, 0 );
-    }
-
-    return ImpInsertParaBreak( aPaM );
-}
-
-EditSelection* ImpEditEngine::SelectParagraph( sal_uInt16 nPara )
-{
-    EditSelection* pSel = 0;
-    ContentNode* pNode = GetEditDoc().SaveGetObject( nPara );
-    DBG_ASSERTWARNING( pNode, "Absatz existiert nicht: SelectParagraph" );
-    if ( pNode )
-        pSel = new EditSelection( EditPaM( pNode, 0 ), EditPaM( pNode, pNode->Len() ) );
-
-    return pSel;
-}
-
-void ImpEditEngine::FormatAndUpdate( EditView* pCurView )
-{
-    if ( bDowning )
-        return ;
-
-    if ( IsInUndo() )
-        IdleFormatAndUpdate( pCurView );
-    else
-    {
-        FormatDoc();
-        UpdateViews( pCurView );
-    }
-}
-
-void ImpEditEngine::SetFlatMode( sal_Bool bFlat )
-{
-    if ( bFlat != aStatus.UseCharAttribs() )
-        return;
-
-    if ( !bFlat )
-        aStatus.TurnOnFlags( EE_CNTRL_USECHARATTRIBS );
-    else
-        aStatus.TurnOffFlags( EE_CNTRL_USECHARATTRIBS );
-
-    aEditDoc.CreateDefFont( !bFlat );
-
-    FormatFullDoc();
-    UpdateViews( (EditView*) 0);
-    if ( pActiveView )
-        pActiveView->ShowCursor();
-}
-
-void ImpEditEngine::SetCharStretching( sal_uInt16 nX, sal_uInt16 nY )
-{
-    if ( !IsVertical() )
-    {
-        nStretchX = nX;
-        nStretchY = nY;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        nStretchX = nY;
-        nStretchY = nX;
-    }
-
-    if ( aStatus.DoStretch() )
-    {
-        FormatFullDoc();
-        UpdateViews( GetActiveView() );
-    }
-}
-
-void ImpEditEngine::DoStretchChars( sal_uInt16 nX, sal_uInt16 nY )
-{
-    UndoActionStart( EDITUNDO_STRETCH );
-    sal_uInt16 nParas = GetEditDoc().Count();
-    for ( sal_uInt16 nPara = 0; nPara < nParas; nPara++ )
-    {
-        ContentNode* pNode = GetEditDoc()[nPara];
-        SfxItemSet aTmpSet( pNode->GetContentAttribs().GetItems() );
-
-        if ( nX != 100 )
-        {
-            // Fontbreite
-            SvxCharScaleWidthItem* pNewWidth = (SvxCharScaleWidthItem*) pNode->GetContentAttribs().GetItem( EE_CHAR_FONTWIDTH ).Clone();
-            sal_uInt32 nProp = pNewWidth->GetValue();   // sal_uInt32, kann temporaer gross werden
-            nProp *= nX;
-            nProp /= 100;
-            pNewWidth->SetValue( (sal_uInt16)nProp );
-            aTmpSet.Put( *pNewWidth );
-            delete pNewWidth;
-
-            // Kerning:
-            const SvxKerningItem& rKerningItem =
-                (const SvxKerningItem&)pNode->GetContentAttribs().GetItem( EE_CHAR_KERNING );
-            SvxKerningItem* pNewKerning = (SvxKerningItem*)rKerningItem.Clone();
-            long nKerning = pNewKerning->GetValue();
-            if ( nKerning > 0 )
-            {
-                nKerning *= nX;
-                nKerning /= 100;
-            }
-            else if ( nKerning < 0 )
-            {
-                // Bei Negativen Werten:
-                // Bei Stretching > 100 muessen die Werte kleiner werden und umgekehrt.
-                nKerning *= 100;
-                nKerning /= nX;
-            }
-            pNewKerning->SetValue( (short)nKerning );
-            aTmpSet.Put( *pNewKerning);
-            delete pNewKerning;
-        }
-        else
-            aTmpSet.ClearItem( EE_CHAR_FONTWIDTH );
-
-        if ( nY != 100 )
-        {
-            // Fonthoehe
-            for ( int nItem = 0; nItem < 3; nItem++ )
-            {
-                USHORT nItemId = EE_CHAR_FONTHEIGHT;
-                if ( nItem == 1 )
-                    nItemId = EE_CHAR_FONTHEIGHT_CJK;
-                else if ( nItem == 2 )
-                    nItemId = EE_CHAR_FONTHEIGHT_CTL;
-
-                const SvxFontHeightItem& rHeightItem =
-                    (const SvxFontHeightItem&)pNode->GetContentAttribs().GetItem( nItemId );
-                SvxFontHeightItem* pNewHeight = (SvxFontHeightItem*)rHeightItem.Clone();
-                sal_uInt32 nHeight = pNewHeight->GetHeight();
-                nHeight *= nY;
-                nHeight /= 100;
-                pNewHeight->SetHeightValue( nHeight );
-                aTmpSet.Put( *pNewHeight );
-                delete pNewHeight;
-            }
-
-            // Absatzabstaende
-            const SvxULSpaceItem& rULSpaceItem =
-                (const SvxULSpaceItem&)pNode->GetContentAttribs().GetItem( EE_PARA_ULSPACE );
-            SvxULSpaceItem* pNewUL = (SvxULSpaceItem*)rULSpaceItem.Clone();
-            sal_uInt32 nUpper = pNewUL->GetUpper();
-            nUpper *= nY;
-            nUpper /= 100;
-            pNewUL->SetUpper( (sal_uInt16)nUpper );
-            sal_uInt32 nLower = pNewUL->GetLower();
-            nLower *= nY;
-            nLower /= 100;
-            pNewUL->SetLower( (sal_uInt16)nLower );
-            aTmpSet.Put( *pNewUL );
-            delete pNewUL;
-        }
-        else
-            aTmpSet.ClearItem( EE_CHAR_FONTHEIGHT );
-
-        SetParaAttribs( nPara, aTmpSet );
-
-        // harte Attribute:
-        sal_uInt16 nLastEnd = 0;    // damit nach entfernen und neu nicht nochmal
-        CharAttribArray& rAttribs = pNode->GetCharAttribs().GetAttribs();
-        sal_uInt16 nAttribs = rAttribs.Count();
-        for ( sal_uInt16 nAttr = 0; nAttr < nAttribs; nAttr++ )
-        {
-            EditCharAttrib* pAttr = rAttribs[nAttr];
-            if ( pAttr->GetStart() >= nLastEnd )
-            {
-                sal_uInt16 nWhich = pAttr->Which();
-                SfxPoolItem* pNew = 0;
-                if ( nWhich == EE_CHAR_FONTHEIGHT )
-                {
-                    SvxFontHeightItem* pNewHeight = (SvxFontHeightItem*)pAttr->GetItem()->Clone();
-                    sal_uInt32 nHeight = pNewHeight->GetHeight();
-                    nHeight *= nY;
-                    nHeight /= 100;
-                    pNewHeight->SetHeightValue( nHeight );
-                    pNew = pNewHeight;
-                }
-                else if ( nWhich == EE_CHAR_FONTWIDTH )
-                {
-                    SvxCharScaleWidthItem* pNewWidth = (SvxCharScaleWidthItem*)pAttr->GetItem()->Clone();
-                    sal_uInt32 nProp = pNewWidth->GetValue();
-                    nProp *= nX;
-                    nProp /= 100;
-                    pNewWidth->SetValue( (sal_uInt16)nProp );
-                    pNew = pNewWidth;
-                }
-                else if ( nWhich == EE_CHAR_KERNING )
-                {
-                    SvxKerningItem* pNewKerning = (SvxKerningItem*)pAttr->GetItem()->Clone();
-                    long nKerning = pNewKerning->GetValue();
-                    if ( nKerning > 0 )
-                    {
-                        nKerning *= nX;
-                        nKerning /= 100;
-                    }
-                    else if ( nKerning < 0 )
-                    {
-                        // Bei Negativen Werten:
-                        // Bei Stretching > 100 muessen die Werte kleiner werden und umgekehrt.
-                        nKerning *= 100;
-                        nKerning /= nX;
-                    }
-                    pNewKerning->SetValue( (short)nKerning );
-                    pNew = pNewKerning;
-                }
-                if ( pNew )
-                {
-                    SfxItemSet _aTmpSet( GetEmptyItemSet() );
-                    _aTmpSet.Put( *pNew );
-                    SetAttribs( EditSelection( EditPaM( pNode, pAttr->GetStart() ),
-                        EditPaM( pNode, pAttr->GetEnd() ) ), _aTmpSet );
-
-                    nLastEnd = pAttr->GetEnd();
-                    delete pNew;
-                }
-            }
-        }
-    }
-    UndoActionEnd( EDITUNDO_STRETCH );
-}
-
-const SvxNumberFormat* ImpEditEngine::GetNumberFormat( const ContentNode *pNode ) const
-{
-    const SvxNumberFormat *pRes = 0;
-
-    if (pNode)
-    {
-        // get index of paragraph
-        USHORT nPara = GetEditDoc().GetPos( const_cast< ContentNode * >(pNode) );
-        DBG_ASSERT( nPara < USHRT_MAX, "node not found in array" );
-        if (nPara < USHRT_MAX)
-        {
-            // the called function may be overloaded by an OutlinerEditEng object to provide
-            // access to the SvxNumberFormat of the Outliner.
-            // The EditEngine implementation will just return 0.
-            pRes = pEditEngine->GetNumberFormat( nPara );
-        }
-    }
-
-    return pRes;
-}
-
-sal_Int32 ImpEditEngine::GetSpaceBeforeAndMinLabelWidth(
-    const ContentNode *pNode,
-    sal_Int32 *pnSpaceBefore, sal_Int32 *pnMinLabelWidth ) const
-{
-    // nSpaceBefore     matches the ODF attribut text:space-before
-    // nMinLabelWidth   matches the ODF attribut text:min-label-width
-
-    const SvxNumberFormat *pNumFmt = GetNumberFormat( pNode );
-
-    // if no number format was found we have no Outliner or the numbering level
-    // within the Outliner is -1 which means no number format should be applied.
-    // Thus the default values to be returned are 0.
-    sal_Int32 nSpaceBefore   = 0;
-    sal_Int32 nMinLabelWidth = 0;
-
-    if (pNumFmt)
-    {
-        nMinLabelWidth = -pNumFmt->GetFirstLineOffset();
-        nSpaceBefore   = pNumFmt->GetAbsLSpace() - nMinLabelWidth;
-        DBG_ASSERT( nMinLabelWidth >= 0, "ImpEditEngine::GetSpaceBeforeAndMinLabelWidth: min-label-width < 0 encountered" );
-    }
-    if (pnSpaceBefore)
-        *pnSpaceBefore      = nSpaceBefore;
-    if (pnMinLabelWidth)
-        *pnMinLabelWidth    = nMinLabelWidth;
-
-    return nSpaceBefore + nMinLabelWidth;
-}
-
-const SvxLRSpaceItem& ImpEditEngine::GetLRSpaceItem( ContentNode* pNode )
-{
-    return (const SvxLRSpaceItem&)pNode->GetContentAttribs().GetItem( aStatus.IsOutliner() ? EE_PARA_OUTLLRSPACE : EE_PARA_LRSPACE );
-}
-
-// Either sets the digit mode at the output device or
-// modifies the passed string according to the text numeral setting:
-void ImpEditEngine::ImplInitDigitMode( OutputDevice* pOutDev, String* pString, xub_StrLen nStt, xub_StrLen nLen, LanguageType eCurLang )
-{
-    // #114278# Also setting up digit language from Svt options
-    // (cannot reliably inherit the outdev's setting)
-    if( !pCTLOptions )
-        pCTLOptions = new SvtCTLOptions;
-
-    LanguageType eLang = eCurLang;
-    const SvtCTLOptions::TextNumerals nCTLTextNumerals = pCTLOptions->GetCTLTextNumerals();
-
-    if ( SvtCTLOptions::NUMERALS_HINDI == nCTLTextNumerals )
-        eLang = LANGUAGE_ARABIC_SAUDI_ARABIA;
-    else if ( SvtCTLOptions::NUMERALS_ARABIC == nCTLTextNumerals )
-        eLang = LANGUAGE_ENGLISH;
-    else if ( SvtCTLOptions::NUMERALS_SYSTEM == nCTLTextNumerals )
-        eLang = (LanguageType) Application::GetSettings().GetLanguage();
-
-    if(pOutDev)
-    {
-        pOutDev->SetDigitLanguage( eLang );
-    }
-    else if (pString)
-    {
-        // see sallayout.cxx in vcl
-        int nOffset;
-        switch( eLang & LANGUAGE_MASK_PRIMARY )
-        {
-            default:
-                nOffset = 0;
-                break;
-            case LANGUAGE_ARABIC_SAUDI_ARABIA  & LANGUAGE_MASK_PRIMARY:
-                nOffset = 0x0660 - '0';  // arabic-indic digits
-                break;
-            case LANGUAGE_URDU          & LANGUAGE_MASK_PRIMARY:
-            case LANGUAGE_PUNJABI       & LANGUAGE_MASK_PRIMARY: //???
-            case LANGUAGE_SINDHI        & LANGUAGE_MASK_PRIMARY:
-                nOffset = 0x06F0 - '0';  // eastern arabic-indic digits
-                break;
-        }
-        if (nOffset)
-        {
-            const xub_StrLen nEnd = nStt + nLen;
-            for( xub_StrLen nIdx = nStt; nIdx < nEnd; ++nIdx )
-            {
-                sal_Unicode nChar = pString->GetChar( nIdx );
-                if( (nChar < '0') || ('9' < nChar) )
-                    continue;
-                nChar = (sal_Unicode)(nChar + nOffset);
-                pString->SetChar( nIdx, nChar );
-            }
-        }
-    }
-}
-
-void ImpEditEngine::ImplInitLayoutMode( OutputDevice* pOutDev, USHORT nPara, USHORT nIndex )
-{
-    BOOL bCTL = FALSE;
-    BYTE bR2L = FALSE;
-    if ( nIndex == 0xFFFF )
-    {
-        bCTL = HasScriptType( nPara, i18n::ScriptType::COMPLEX );
-        bR2L = IsRightToLeft( nPara );
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        ContentNode* pNode = GetEditDoc().SaveGetObject( nPara );
-        short nScriptType = GetScriptType( EditPaM( pNode, nIndex+1 ) );
-        bCTL = nScriptType == i18n::ScriptType::COMPLEX;
-        bR2L = GetRightToLeft( nPara, nIndex + 1);  // this change was discussed in issue 37190
-                                                    // it also works for issue 55927
-    }
-
-    ULONG nLayoutMode = pOutDev->GetLayoutMode();
-
-    // We always use the left postion for DrawText()
-    nLayoutMode &= ~(TEXT_LAYOUT_BIDI_RTL);
-
-    if ( !bCTL && !bR2L)
-    {
-        // No CTL/Bidi checking neccessary
-        nLayoutMode |= ( TEXT_LAYOUT_COMPLEX_DISABLED | TEXT_LAYOUT_BIDI_STRONG );
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        // CTL/Bidi checking neccessary
-        // Don't use BIDI_STRONG, VCL must do some checks.
-        nLayoutMode &= ~( TEXT_LAYOUT_COMPLEX_DISABLED | TEXT_LAYOUT_BIDI_STRONG );
-
-        if ( bR2L )
-            nLayoutMode |= TEXT_LAYOUT_BIDI_RTL|TEXT_LAYOUT_TEXTORIGIN_LEFT;
-    }
-
-    pOutDev->SetLayoutMode( nLayoutMode );
-
-    // #114278# Also setting up digit language from Svt options
-    // (cannot reliably inherit the outdev's setting)
-    LanguageType eLang;
-
-    if( !pCTLOptions )
-        pCTLOptions = new SvtCTLOptions;
-
-    if ( SvtCTLOptions::NUMERALS_HINDI == pCTLOptions->GetCTLTextNumerals() )
-        eLang = LANGUAGE_ARABIC_SAUDI_ARABIA;
-    else if ( SvtCTLOptions::NUMERALS_ARABIC == pCTLOptions->GetCTLTextNumerals() )
-        eLang = LANGUAGE_ENGLISH;
-    else
-        eLang = (LanguageType) Application::GetSettings().GetLanguage();
-
-    pOutDev->SetDigitLanguage( eLang );
-}
-
-Reference < i18n::XBreakIterator > ImpEditEngine::ImplGetBreakIterator() const
-{
-    if ( !xBI.is() )
-    {
-        Reference< lang::XMultiServiceFactory > xMSF( ::comphelper::getProcessServiceFactory() );
-        xBI.set( xMSF->createInstance( OUString::createFromAscii( "com.sun.star.i18n.BreakIterator" ) ), UNO_QUERY );
-    }
-    return xBI;
-}
-
-Reference < i18n::XExtendedInputSequenceChecker > ImpEditEngine::ImplGetInputSequenceChecker() const
-{
-    if ( !xISC.is() )
-    {
-        Reference< lang::XMultiServiceFactory > xMSF = ::comphelper::getProcessServiceFactory();
-        Reference < XInterface > xI = xMSF->createInstance( OUString::createFromAscii( "com.sun.star.i18n.InputSequenceChecker" ) );
-        if ( xI.is() )
-        {
-            Any x = xI->queryInterface( ::getCppuType((const Reference< i18n::XExtendedInputSequenceChecker >*)0) );
-            x >>= xISC;
-        }
-    }
-    return xISC;
-}
-
-Color ImpEditEngine::GetAutoColor() const
-{
-    Color aColor = const_cast<ImpEditEngine*>(this)->GetColorConfig().GetColorValue( svtools::FONTCOLOR ).nColor;
-
-    if ( GetBackgroundColor() != COL_AUTO )
-    {
-        if ( GetBackgroundColor().IsDark() && aColor.IsDark() )
-            aColor = COL_WHITE;
-        else if ( GetBackgroundColor().IsBright() && aColor.IsBright() )
-            aColor = COL_BLACK;
-    }
-
-    return aColor;
-}
-
-
-BOOL ImpEditEngine::ImplCalcAsianCompression( ContentNode* pNode, TextPortion* pTextPortion, USHORT nStartPos, sal_Int32* pDXArray, USHORT n100thPercentFromMax, BOOL bManipulateDXArray )
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( GetAsianCompressionMode(), "ImplCalcAsianCompression - Why?" );
-    DBG_ASSERT( pTextPortion->GetLen(), "ImplCalcAsianCompression - Empty Portion?" );
-
-    // Percent is 1/100 Percent...
-
-    if ( n100thPercentFromMax == 10000 )
-        pTextPortion->SetExtraInfos( NULL );
-
-    BOOL bCompressed = FALSE;
-
-    if ( GetScriptType( EditPaM( pNode, nStartPos+1 ) ) == i18n::ScriptType::ASIAN )
-    {
-        long nNewPortionWidth = pTextPortion->GetSize().Width();
-        USHORT nPortionLen = pTextPortion->GetLen();
-        for ( USHORT n = 0; n < nPortionLen; n++ )
-        {
-            BYTE nType = GetCharTypeForCompression( pNode->GetChar( n+nStartPos ) );
-
-            BOOL bCompressPunctuation = ( nType == CHAR_PUNCTUATIONLEFT ) || ( nType == CHAR_PUNCTUATIONRIGHT );
-            BOOL bCompressKana = ( nType == CHAR_KANA ) && ( GetAsianCompressionMode() == text::CharacterCompressionType::PUNCTUATION_AND_KANA );
-
-            // create Extra infos only if needed...
-            if ( bCompressPunctuation || bCompressKana )
-            {
-                if ( !pTextPortion->GetExtraInfos() )
-                {
-                    ExtraPortionInfo* pExtraInfos = new ExtraPortionInfo;
-                    pTextPortion->SetExtraInfos( pExtraInfos );
-                    pExtraInfos->nOrgWidth = pTextPortion->GetSize().Width();
-                    pExtraInfos->nAsianCompressionTypes = CHAR_NORMAL;
-                }
-                pTextPortion->GetExtraInfos()->nMaxCompression100thPercent = n100thPercentFromMax;
-                pTextPortion->GetExtraInfos()->nAsianCompressionTypes |= nType;
-//                pTextPortion->GetExtraInfos()->nCompressedChars++;
-
-                long nOldCharWidth;
-                if ( (n+1) < nPortionLen )
-                {
-                    nOldCharWidth = pDXArray[n];
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    if ( bManipulateDXArray )
-                        nOldCharWidth = nNewPortionWidth - pTextPortion->GetExtraInfos()->nPortionOffsetX;
-                    else
-                        nOldCharWidth = pTextPortion->GetExtraInfos()->nOrgWidth;
-                }
-                nOldCharWidth -= ( n ? pDXArray[n-1] : 0 );
-
-                long nCompress = 0;
-
-                if ( bCompressPunctuation )
-                {
-                    // pTextPortion->GetExtraInfos()->nComressionWeight += 5;
-                    nCompress = nOldCharWidth / 2;
-                }
-                else // Kana
-                {
-                    // pTextPortion->GetExtraInfos()->nComressionWeight += 1;
-                    nCompress = nOldCharWidth / 10;
-                }
-
-                if ( n100thPercentFromMax != 10000 )
-                {
-                    nCompress *= n100thPercentFromMax;
-                    nCompress /= 10000;
-                }
-
-                if ( nCompress )
-                {
-                    bCompressed = TRUE;
-                    nNewPortionWidth -= nCompress;
-                    pTextPortion->GetExtraInfos()->bCompressed = TRUE;
-
-
-                    // Special handling for rightpunctuation: For the 'compression' we must
-                    // start th eoutput before the normal char position....
-                    if ( bManipulateDXArray && ( pTextPortion->GetLen() > 1 ) )
-                    {
-                        if ( !pTextPortion->GetExtraInfos()->pOrgDXArray )
-                            pTextPortion->GetExtraInfos()->SaveOrgDXArray( pDXArray, pTextPortion->GetLen()-1 );
-
-                        if ( nType == CHAR_PUNCTUATIONRIGHT )
-                        {
-                            // If it's the first char, I must handle it in Paint()...
-                            if ( n )
-                            {
-                                // -1: No entry for the last character
-                                for ( USHORT i = n-1; i < (nPortionLen-1); i++ )
-                                    pDXArray[i] -= nCompress;
-                            }
-                            else
-                            {
-                                pTextPortion->GetExtraInfos()->bFirstCharIsRightPunktuation = TRUE;
-                                pTextPortion->GetExtraInfos()->nPortionOffsetX = -nCompress;
-                            }
-                        }
-                        else
-                        {
-                            // -1: No entry for the last character
-                            for ( USHORT i = n; i < (nPortionLen-1); i++ )
-                                pDXArray[i] -= nCompress;
-                        }
-                    }
-                }
-            }
-        }
-
-        if ( bCompressed && ( n100thPercentFromMax == 10000 ) )
-            pTextPortion->GetExtraInfos()->nWidthFullCompression = nNewPortionWidth;
-
-        pTextPortion->GetSize().Width() = nNewPortionWidth;
-
-        if ( pTextPortion->GetExtraInfos() && ( n100thPercentFromMax != 10000 ) )
-        {
-            // Maybe rounding errors in nNewPortionWidth, assure that width not bigger than expected
-            long nShrink = pTextPortion->GetExtraInfos()->nOrgWidth - pTextPortion->GetExtraInfos()->nWidthFullCompression;
-            nShrink *= n100thPercentFromMax;
-            nShrink /= 10000;
-            long nNewWidth = pTextPortion->GetExtraInfos()->nOrgWidth - nShrink;
-            if ( nNewWidth < pTextPortion->GetSize().Width() )
-            pTextPortion->GetSize().Width() = nNewWidth;
-        }
-    }
-    return bCompressed;
-}
-
-
-void ImpEditEngine::ImplExpandCompressedPortions( EditLine* pLine, ParaPortion* pParaPortion, long nRemainingWidth )
-{
-    BOOL bFoundCompressedPortion = FALSE;
-    long nCompressed = 0;
-//    long nCompressWeight = 0;
-    TextPortionList aCompressedPortions;
-
-    USHORT nPortion = pLine->GetEndPortion();
-    TextPortion* pTP = pParaPortion->GetTextPortions()[ nPortion ];
-    while ( pTP && ( pTP->GetKind() == PORTIONKIND_TEXT ) )
-    {
-        if ( pTP->GetExtraInfos() && pTP->GetExtraInfos()->bCompressed )
-        {
-            bFoundCompressedPortion = TRUE;
-            nCompressed += pTP->GetExtraInfos()->nOrgWidth - pTP->GetSize().Width();
-            aCompressedPortions.Insert( pTP, aCompressedPortions.Count() );
-        }
-        pTP = ( nPortion > pLine->GetStartPortion() ) ? pParaPortion->GetTextPortions()[ --nPortion ] : NULL;
-    }
-
-    if ( bFoundCompressedPortion )
-    {
-        long nCompressPercent = 0;
-        if ( nCompressed > nRemainingWidth )
-        {
-            nCompressPercent = nCompressed - nRemainingWidth;
-            DBG_ASSERT( nCompressPercent < 200000, "ImplExpandCompressedPortions - Overflow!" );
-            nCompressPercent *= 10000;
-            nCompressPercent /= nCompressed;
-        }
-
-        for ( USHORT n = 0; n < aCompressedPortions.Count(); n++ )
-        {
-            pTP = aCompressedPortions[n];
-            pTP->GetExtraInfos()->bCompressed = FALSE;
-            pTP->GetSize().Width() = pTP->GetExtraInfos()->nOrgWidth;
-            if ( nCompressPercent )
-            {
-                USHORT nTxtPortion = pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().GetPos( pTP );
-                USHORT nTxtPortionStart = pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().GetStartPos( nTxtPortion );
-                DBG_ASSERT( nTxtPortionStart >= pLine->GetStart(), "Portion doesn't belong to the line!!!" );
-                sal_Int32* pDXArray = const_cast< sal_Int32* >( pLine->GetCharPosArray().GetData()+( nTxtPortionStart-pLine->GetStart() ) );
-                if ( pTP->GetExtraInfos()->pOrgDXArray )
-                    memcpy( pDXArray, pTP->GetExtraInfos()->pOrgDXArray, (pTP->GetLen()-1)*sizeof(sal_Int32) );
-                ImplCalcAsianCompression( pParaPortion->GetNode(), pTP, nTxtPortionStart, pDXArray, (USHORT)nCompressPercent, TRUE );
-            }
-        }
-    }
-
-    aCompressedPortions.Remove( 0, aCompressedPortions.Count() );
-}
-
-// redesigned to work with TextMarkingVector
-void ImpEditEngine::ImplFillTextMarkingVector(const lang::Locale& rLocale, EEngineData::TextMarkingVector& rTextMarkingVector, const String& rTxt, const USHORT nIdx, const USHORT nLen) const
-{
-    // determine relevant logical text elements for the just-rendered
-    // string of characters.
-    Reference< i18n::XBreakIterator > _xBI(ImplGetBreakIterator());
-
-    if(_xBI.is())
-    {
-        sal_Int32 nDone;
-        sal_Int32 nNextCellBreak(_xBI->nextCharacters(rTxt, nIdx, rLocale, i18n::CharacterIteratorMode::SKIPCELL, 0, nDone));
-        i18n::Boundary nNextWordBoundary(_xBI->getWordBoundary(rTxt, nIdx, rLocale, i18n::WordType::ANY_WORD, sal_True));
-        sal_Int32 nNextSentenceBreak(_xBI->endOfSentence(rTxt, nIdx, rLocale));
-
-        const sal_Int32 nEndPos(nIdx + nLen);
-        sal_Int32 i;
-
-        for(i = nIdx; i < nEndPos; i++)
-        {
-            // create the entries for the respective break positions
-            if(i == nNextCellBreak)
-            {
-                rTextMarkingVector.push_back(EEngineData::TextMarkingClass(EEngineData::EndOfCaracter, i - nIdx));
-                nNextCellBreak = _xBI->nextCharacters(rTxt, i, rLocale, i18n::CharacterIteratorMode::SKIPCELL, 1, nDone);
-            }
-            if(i == nNextWordBoundary.endPos)
-            {
-                rTextMarkingVector.push_back(EEngineData::TextMarkingClass(EEngineData::EndOfWord, i - nIdx));
-                nNextWordBoundary = _xBI->getWordBoundary(rTxt, i + 1, rLocale, i18n::WordType::ANY_WORD, sal_True);
-            }
-            if(i == nNextSentenceBreak)
-            {
-                rTextMarkingVector.push_back(EEngineData::TextMarkingClass(EEngineData::EndOfSentence, i - nIdx));
-                nNextSentenceBreak = _xBI->endOfSentence(rTxt, i + 1, rLocale);
-            }
-        }
-    }
-}
-
-// eof
diff --git a/svx/source/editeng/impedit4.cxx b/svx/source/editeng/impedit4.cxx
deleted file mode 100644
index 35dca280fdf5..000000000000
--- a/svx/source/editeng/impedit4.cxx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2969 +0,0 @@
-/*************************************************************************
- *
- * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
- *
- * Copyright 2008 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite
- *
- * $RCSfile: impedit4.cxx,v $
- * $Revision: 1.78.54.1 $
- *
- * This file is part of OpenOffice.org.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3
- * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details
- * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code).
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org.  If not, see
- * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html>
- * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License.
- *
- ************************************************************************/
-
-// MARKER(update_precomp.py): autogen include statement, do not remove
-#include "precompiled_svx.hxx"
-
-#include <eeng_pch.hxx>
-
-#ifndef _MSGBOX_HXX //autogen
-#include <vcl/msgbox.hxx>
-#endif
-#include <vcl/svapp.hxx>
-
-#include <sfx2/srchitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/lspcitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/adjitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/tstpitem.hxx>
-
-#include <eertfpar.hxx>
-#include <svx/editeng.hxx>
-#include <impedit.hxx>
-#include <svx/editview.hxx>
-#include <eehtml.hxx>
-#include <editobj2.hxx>
-#include <i18npool/lang.h>
-
-#include <editxml.hxx>
-
-
-#include <svx/akrnitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/cntritem.hxx>
-#include <svx/colritem.hxx>
-#include <svx/crsditem.hxx>
-#include <svx/escpitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/fhgtitem.hxx>
-#include "fontitem.hxx"
-#include <svx/kernitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/lrspitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/postitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/shdditem.hxx>
-#include <svx/udlnitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/ulspitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/wghtitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/langitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/charreliefitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/frmdiritem.hxx>
-#include <svx/emphitem.hxx>
-#include <textconv.hxx>
-
-#include <rtl/tencinfo.h>
-
-#include <svtools/rtfout.hxx>
-
-#ifndef SVX_LIGHT
-#include <edtspell.hxx>
-#endif
-#include <svx/scripttypeitem.hxx>
-#include <unolingu.hxx>
-#include <sfx2/sfxuno.hxx>
-#include <linguistic/lngprops.hxx>
-#include <com/sun/star/linguistic2/XThesaurus.hpp>
-#include <com/sun/star/linguistic2/XMeaning.hpp>
-#include <com/sun/star/i18n/ScriptType.hpp>
-#include <unotools/transliterationwrapper.hxx>
-
-#ifndef _TXTCMP_HXX //autogen
-#include <unotools/textsearch.hxx>
-#endif
-#include <comphelper/processfactory.hxx>
-#include <vcl/help.hxx>
-
-#include <svtools/rtfkeywd.hxx>
-
-using namespace ::com::sun::star;
-using namespace ::com::sun::star::uno;
-using namespace ::com::sun::star::beans;
-using namespace ::com::sun::star::linguistic2;
-
-void SwapUSHORTs( sal_uInt16& rX, sal_uInt16& rY )
-{
-    sal_uInt16 n = rX;
-    rX = rY;
-    rY = n;
-}
-
-EditPaM ImpEditEngine::Read( SvStream& rInput, const String& rBaseURL, EETextFormat eFormat, EditSelection aSel, SvKeyValueIterator* pHTTPHeaderAttrs )
-{
-    sal_Bool _bUpdate = GetUpdateMode();
-    SetUpdateMode( sal_False );
-    EditPaM aPaM;
-    if ( eFormat == EE_FORMAT_TEXT )
-        aPaM = ReadText( rInput, aSel );
-    else if ( eFormat == EE_FORMAT_RTF )
-        aPaM = ReadRTF( rInput, aSel );
-    else if ( eFormat == EE_FORMAT_XML )
-        aPaM = ReadXML( rInput, aSel );
-    else if ( eFormat == EE_FORMAT_HTML )
-        aPaM = ReadHTML( rInput, rBaseURL, aSel, pHTTPHeaderAttrs );
-    else if ( eFormat == EE_FORMAT_BIN)
-        aPaM = ReadBin( rInput, aSel );
-    else
-    {
-        DBG_ERROR( "Read: Unbekanntes Format" );
-    }
-
-    FormatFullDoc();        // reicht vielleicht auch ein einfaches Format?
-    SetUpdateMode( _bUpdate );
-
-    return aPaM;
-}
-
-EditPaM ImpEditEngine::ReadText( SvStream& rInput, EditSelection aSel )
-{
-    if ( aSel.HasRange() )
-        aSel = ImpDeleteSelection( aSel );
-    EditPaM aPaM = aSel.Max();
-
-    XubString aTmpStr, aStr;
-    sal_Bool bDone = rInput.ReadByteStringLine( aTmpStr );
-    while ( bDone )
-    {
-        aTmpStr.Erase( MAXCHARSINPARA );
-        aPaM = ImpInsertText( EditSelection( aPaM, aPaM ), aTmpStr );
-        aPaM = ImpInsertParaBreak( aPaM );
-        bDone = rInput.ReadByteStringLine( aTmpStr );
-    }
-    return aPaM;
-}
-
-EditPaM ImpEditEngine::ReadXML( SvStream& rInput, EditSelection aSel )
-{
-#ifndef SVX_LIGHT
-    if ( aSel.HasRange() )
-        aSel = ImpDeleteSelection( aSel );
-
-    ESelection aESel = CreateESel( aSel );
-
-    ::SvxReadXML( *GetEditEnginePtr(), rInput, aESel );
-
-    return aSel.Max();
-#else
-    return EditPaM();
-#endif
-}
-
-EditPaM ImpEditEngine::ReadRTF( SvStream& rInput, EditSelection aSel )
-{
-#ifndef SVX_LIGHT
-
-#if defined (EDITDEBUG) && !defined( UNX )
-    SvFileStream aRTFOut( String( RTL_CONSTASCII_USTRINGPARAM ( "d:\\rtf_in.rtf" ) ), STREAM_WRITE );
-    aRTFOut << rInput;
-    aRTFOut.Close();
-    rInput.Seek( 0 );
-#endif
-    if ( aSel.HasRange() )
-        aSel = ImpDeleteSelection( aSel );
-
-//  sal_Bool bCharsBeforeInsertPos = ( aSel.Min().GetIndex() ) ? sal_True : sal_False;
-//  sal_Bool bCharsBehindInsertPos = ( aSel.Min().GetIndex() < aSel.Min().GetNode()->Len() ) ? sal_True : sal_False;
-
-    // Der SvRTF-Parser erwartet, dass das Which-Mapping am uebergebenen Pool,
-    // nicht an einem Secondary haengt.
-    SfxItemPool* pPool = &aEditDoc.GetItemPool();
-    while ( pPool->GetSecondaryPool() && !pPool->GetName().EqualsAscii( "EditEngineItemPool" ) )
-    {
-        pPool = pPool->GetSecondaryPool();
-
-    }
-    DBG_ASSERT( pPool && pPool->GetName().EqualsAscii( "EditEngineItemPool" ), "ReadRTF: Kein EditEnginePool!" );
-
-    EditRTFParserRef xPrsr = new EditRTFParser( rInput, aSel, *pPool, this );
-    SvParserState eState = xPrsr->CallParser();
-    if ( ( eState != SVPAR_ACCEPTED ) && ( !rInput.GetError() ) )
-    {
-        rInput.SetError( EE_READWRITE_WRONGFORMAT );
-        return aSel.Min();
-    }
-    return xPrsr->GetCurPaM();
-#else
-    return EditPaM();
-#endif
-}
-
-EditPaM ImpEditEngine::ReadHTML( SvStream& rInput, const String& rBaseURL, EditSelection aSel, SvKeyValueIterator* pHTTPHeaderAttrs )
-{
-#ifndef SVX_LIGHT
-
-    if ( aSel.HasRange() )
-        aSel = ImpDeleteSelection( aSel );
-
-//  sal_Bool bCharsBeforeInsertPos = ( aSel.Min().GetIndex() ) ? sal_True : sal_False;
-//  sal_Bool bCharsBehindInsertPos = ( aSel.Min().GetIndex() < aSel.Min().GetNode()->Len() ) ? sal_True : sal_False;
-
-    EditHTMLParserRef xPrsr = new EditHTMLParser( rInput, rBaseURL, pHTTPHeaderAttrs );
-    SvParserState eState = xPrsr->CallParser( this, aSel.Max() );
-    if ( ( eState != SVPAR_ACCEPTED ) && ( !rInput.GetError() ) )
-    {
-        rInput.SetError( EE_READWRITE_WRONGFORMAT );
-        return aSel.Min();
-    }
-    return xPrsr->GetCurSelection().Max();
-#else
-    return EditPaM();
-#endif
-}
-
-EditPaM ImpEditEngine::ReadBin( SvStream& rInput, EditSelection aSel )
-{
-    // Einfach ein temporaeres TextObject missbrauchen...
-    EditTextObject* pObj = EditTextObject::Create( rInput, NULL );
-
-    EditPaM aLastPaM = aSel.Max();
-    if ( pObj )
-        aLastPaM = InsertText( *pObj, aSel ).Max();
-
-    delete pObj;
-    return aLastPaM;
-}
-
-#ifndef SVX_LIGHT
-void ImpEditEngine::Write( SvStream& rOutput, EETextFormat eFormat, EditSelection aSel )
-{
-    if ( !rOutput.IsWritable() )
-        rOutput.SetError( SVSTREAM_WRITE_ERROR );
-
-    if ( !rOutput.GetError() )
-    {
-        if ( eFormat == EE_FORMAT_TEXT )
-            WriteText( rOutput, aSel );
-        else if ( eFormat == EE_FORMAT_RTF )
-            WriteRTF( rOutput, aSel );
-        else if ( eFormat == EE_FORMAT_XML )
-            WriteXML( rOutput, aSel );
-        else if ( eFormat == EE_FORMAT_HTML )
-            WriteHTML( rOutput, aSel );
-        else if ( eFormat == EE_FORMAT_BIN)
-            WriteBin( rOutput, aSel );
-        else
-        {
-            DBG_ERROR( "Write: Unbekanntes Format" );
-        }
-    }
-}
-#endif
-
-sal_uInt32 ImpEditEngine::WriteText( SvStream& rOutput, EditSelection aSel )
-{
-    sal_uInt16 nStartNode, nEndNode;
-    sal_Bool bRange = aSel.HasRange();
-    if ( bRange )
-    {
-        aSel.Adjust( aEditDoc );
-        nStartNode = aEditDoc.GetPos( aSel.Min().GetNode() );
-        nEndNode = aEditDoc.GetPos( aSel.Max().GetNode() );
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        nStartNode = 0;
-        nEndNode = aEditDoc.Count()-1;
-    }
-
-    // ueber die Absaetze iterieren...
-    for ( sal_uInt16 nNode = nStartNode; nNode <= nEndNode; nNode++  )
-    {
-        ContentNode* pNode = aEditDoc.GetObject( nNode );
-        DBG_ASSERT( pNode, "Node nicht gefunden: Search&Replace" );
-
-        sal_uInt16 nStartPos = 0;
-        sal_uInt16 nEndPos = pNode->Len();
-        if ( bRange )
-        {
-            if ( nNode == nStartNode )
-                nStartPos = aSel.Min().GetIndex();
-            if ( nNode == nEndNode ) // kann auch == nStart sein!
-                nEndPos = aSel.Max().GetIndex();
-        }
-        XubString aTmpStr = aEditDoc.GetParaAsString( pNode, nStartPos, nEndPos );
-        rOutput.WriteByteStringLine( aTmpStr );
-    }
-
-    return rOutput.GetError();
-}
-
-sal_Bool ImpEditEngine::WriteItemListAsRTF( ItemList& rLst, SvStream& rOutput, sal_uInt16 nPara, sal_uInt16 nPos,
-                        SvxFontTable& rFontTable, SvxColorList& rColorList )
-{
-    const SfxPoolItem* pAttrItem = rLst.First();
-    while ( pAttrItem )
-    {
-        WriteItemAsRTF( *pAttrItem, rOutput, nPara, nPos,rFontTable, rColorList );
-        pAttrItem = rLst.Next();
-    }
-    return ( rLst.Count() ? sal_True : sal_False );
-}
-
-void lcl_FindValidAttribs( ItemList& rLst, ContentNode* pNode, sal_uInt16 nIndex, USHORT nScriptType )
-{
-    sal_uInt16 nAttr = 0;
-    EditCharAttrib* pAttr = GetAttrib( pNode->GetCharAttribs().GetAttribs(), nAttr );
-    while ( pAttr && ( pAttr->GetStart() <= nIndex ) )
-    {
-        // Start wird in While ueberprueft...
-        if ( pAttr->GetEnd() > nIndex )
-        {
-            if ( IsScriptItemValid( pAttr->GetItem()->Which(), nScriptType ) )
-                rLst.Insert( pAttr->GetItem(), LIST_APPEND );
-        }
-        nAttr++;
-        pAttr = GetAttrib( pNode->GetCharAttribs().GetAttribs(), nAttr );
-    }
-}
-
-sal_uInt32 ImpEditEngine::WriteBin( SvStream& rOutput, EditSelection aSel, BOOL bStoreUnicodeStrings ) const
-{
-    BinTextObject* pObj = (BinTextObject*)CreateBinTextObject( aSel, NULL );
-    pObj->StoreUnicodeStrings( bStoreUnicodeStrings );
-    pObj->Store( rOutput );
-    delete pObj;
-    return 0;
-}
-
-#ifndef SVX_LIGHT
-sal_uInt32 ImpEditEngine::WriteXML( SvStream& rOutput, EditSelection aSel )
-{
-    ESelection aESel = CreateESel( aSel );
-
-    SvxWriteXML( *GetEditEnginePtr(), rOutput, aESel );
-
-    return 0;
-}
-#endif
-
-static sal_uInt16 getStylePos( const SfxStyles& rStyles, SfxStyleSheet* pSheet )
-{
-    sal_uInt16 nNumber = 0;
-    SfxStyles::const_iterator iter( rStyles.begin() );
-    while( iter != rStyles.end() )
-    {
-        if( (*iter++).get() == pSheet )
-            return nNumber;
-        ++nNumber;
-    }
-    return 0;
-}
-
-sal_uInt32 ImpEditEngine::WriteRTF( SvStream& rOutput, EditSelection aSel )
-{
-#ifndef SVX_LIGHT
-    DBG_ASSERT( GetUpdateMode(), "WriteRTF bei UpdateMode = sal_False!" );
-    CheckIdleFormatter();
-    if ( !IsFormatted() )
-        FormatDoc();
-
-    sal_uInt16 nStartNode, nEndNode;
-    aSel.Adjust( aEditDoc );
-
-    nStartNode = aEditDoc.GetPos( aSel.Min().GetNode() );
-    nEndNode = aEditDoc.GetPos( aSel.Max().GetNode() );
-
-    // RTF-Vorspann...
-    rOutput << '{' ;
-
-    rOutput << OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_RTF;
-
-    rOutput << OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_ANSI;
-    rtl_TextEncoding eDestEnc = RTL_TEXTENCODING_MS_1252;
-
-    // Fonttabelle erzeugen und rausschreiben...
-    SvxFontTable aFontTable;
-    // DefaultFont muss ganz vorne stehen, damit DEF-Font im RTF
-    aFontTable.Insert( 0, new SvxFontItem( (const SvxFontItem&)aEditDoc.GetItemPool().GetDefaultItem( EE_CHAR_FONTINFO ) ) );
-    aFontTable.Insert( 1, new SvxFontItem( (const SvxFontItem&)aEditDoc.GetItemPool().GetDefaultItem( EE_CHAR_FONTINFO_CJK ) ) );
-    aFontTable.Insert( 2, new SvxFontItem( (const SvxFontItem&)aEditDoc.GetItemPool().GetDefaultItem( EE_CHAR_FONTINFO_CTL ) ) );
-    for ( USHORT nScriptType = 0; nScriptType < 3; nScriptType++ )
-    {
-        USHORT nWhich = EE_CHAR_FONTINFO;
-        if ( nScriptType == 1 )
-            nWhich = EE_CHAR_FONTINFO_CJK;
-        else if ( nScriptType == 2 )
-            nWhich = EE_CHAR_FONTINFO_CTL;
-
-        sal_uInt16 i = 0;
-        SvxFontItem* pFontItem = (SvxFontItem*)aEditDoc.GetItemPool().GetItem( nWhich, i );
-        while ( pFontItem )
-        {
-            bool bAlreadyExist = false;
-            ULONG nTestMax = nScriptType ? aFontTable.Count() : 1;
-            for ( ULONG nTest = 0; !bAlreadyExist && ( nTest < nTestMax ); nTest++ )
-            {
-                bAlreadyExist = *aFontTable.Get( nTest ) == *pFontItem;
-            }
-
-            if ( !bAlreadyExist )
-                aFontTable.Insert( aFontTable.Count(), new SvxFontItem( *pFontItem ) );
-
-            pFontItem = (SvxFontItem*)aEditDoc.GetItemPool().GetItem( nWhich, ++i );
-        }
-    }
-
-    rOutput << endl << '{' << OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_FONTTBL;
-    sal_uInt16 j;
-    for ( j = 0; j < aFontTable.Count(); j++ )
-    {
-        SvxFontItem* pFontItem = aFontTable.Get( j );
-        rOutput << '{';
-        rOutput << OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_F;
-        rOutput.WriteNumber( j );
-        switch ( pFontItem->GetFamily()  )
-        {
-            case FAMILY_DONTKNOW:       rOutput << OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_FNIL;
-                                        break;
-            case FAMILY_DECORATIVE:     rOutput << OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_FDECOR;
-                                        break;
-            case FAMILY_MODERN:         rOutput << OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_FMODERN;
-                                        break;
-            case FAMILY_ROMAN:          rOutput << OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_FROMAN;
-                                        break;
-            case FAMILY_SCRIPT:         rOutput << OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_FSCRIPT;
-                                        break;
-            case FAMILY_SWISS:          rOutput << OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_FSWISS;
-                                        break;
-            default:
-                break;
-        }
-        rOutput << OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_FPRQ;
-        sal_uInt16 nVal = 0;
-        switch( pFontItem->GetPitch() )
-        {
-            case PITCH_FIXED:       nVal = 1;       break;
-            case PITCH_VARIABLE:    nVal = 2;       break;
-            default:
-                break;
-        }
-        rOutput.WriteNumber( nVal );
-
-        CharSet eChrSet = pFontItem->GetCharSet();
-        DBG_ASSERT( eChrSet != 9, "SystemCharSet?!" );
-        if( RTL_TEXTENCODING_DONTKNOW == eChrSet )
-            eChrSet = gsl_getSystemTextEncoding();
-        rOutput << OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_FCHARSET;
-        rOutput.WriteNumber( rtl_getBestWindowsCharsetFromTextEncoding( eChrSet ) );
-
-        rOutput << ' ';
-        RTFOutFuncs::Out_String( rOutput, pFontItem->GetFamilyName(), eDestEnc );
-        rOutput << ";}";
-    }
-    rOutput << '}';
-    rOutput << endl;
-
-    // ColorList rausschreiben...
-    SvxColorList aColorList;
-    sal_uInt16 i = 0;
-    SvxColorItem* pColorItem = (SvxColorItem*)aEditDoc.GetItemPool().GetItem( EE_CHAR_COLOR, i );
-    while ( pColorItem )
-    {
-        USHORT nPos = i;
-        if ( pColorItem->GetValue() == COL_AUTO )
-            nPos = 0;
-        aColorList.Insert( new SvxColorItem( *pColorItem ), nPos );
-        pColorItem = (SvxColorItem*)aEditDoc.GetItemPool().GetItem( EE_CHAR_COLOR, ++i );
-    }
-    aColorList.Insert( new SvxColorItem( (const SvxColorItem&)aEditDoc.GetItemPool().GetDefaultItem( EE_CHAR_COLOR) ), (sal_uInt32)i );
-
-    rOutput << '{' << OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_COLORTBL;
-    for ( j = 0; j < aColorList.Count(); j++ )
-    {
-        pColorItem = aColorList.GetObject( j );
-        if ( !j || ( pColorItem->GetValue() != COL_AUTO ) )
-        {
-            rOutput << OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_RED;
-            rOutput.WriteNumber( pColorItem->GetValue().GetRed() );
-            rOutput << OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_GREEN;
-            rOutput.WriteNumber( pColorItem->GetValue().GetGreen() );
-            rOutput << OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_BLUE;
-            rOutput.WriteNumber( pColorItem->GetValue().GetBlue() );
-        }
-        rOutput << ';';
-    }
-    rOutput << '}';
-    rOutput << endl;
-
-    // StyleSheets...
-    if ( GetStyleSheetPool() )
-    {
-        sal_uInt16 nStyles = (sal_uInt16)GetStyleSheetPool()->GetStyles().size();
-        if ( nStyles )
-        {
-            rOutput << '{' << OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_STYLESHEET;
-
-            for ( sal_uInt16 nStyle = 0; nStyle < nStyles; nStyle++ )
-            {
-
-                SfxStyleSheet* pStyle = (SfxStyleSheet*)GetStyleSheetPool()->GetStyles()[ nStyle ].get();
-
-                rOutput << endl << '{' << OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_S;
-                sal_uInt16 nNumber = (sal_uInt16) (nStyle + 1);
-                rOutput.WriteNumber( nNumber );
-
-                // Attribute, auch aus Parent!
-                for ( sal_uInt16 nParAttr = EE_PARA_START; nParAttr <= EE_CHAR_END; nParAttr++ )
-                {
-                    if ( pStyle->GetItemSet().GetItemState( nParAttr ) == SFX_ITEM_ON )
-                    {
-                        const SfxPoolItem& rItem = pStyle->GetItemSet().Get( nParAttr );
-                        WriteItemAsRTF( rItem, rOutput, 0, 0, aFontTable, aColorList );
-                    }
-                }
-
-                // Parent...(nur wenn noetig)
-                if ( pStyle->GetParent().Len() && ( pStyle->GetParent() != pStyle->GetName() ) )
-                {
-                    SfxStyleSheet* pParent = (SfxStyleSheet*)GetStyleSheetPool()->Find( pStyle->GetParent(), pStyle->GetFamily() );
-                    DBG_ASSERT( pParent, "Parent nicht gefunden!" );
-                    rOutput << OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_SBASEDON;
-                    nNumber = (sal_uInt16) getStylePos( GetStyleSheetPool()->GetStyles(), pParent ) + 1;
-                    rOutput.WriteNumber( nNumber );
-                }
-
-                // Folgevorlage...(immer)
-                SfxStyleSheet* pNext = pStyle;
-                if ( pStyle->GetFollow().Len() && ( pStyle->GetFollow() != pStyle->GetName() ) )
-                    pNext = (SfxStyleSheet*)GetStyleSheetPool()->Find( pStyle->GetFollow(), pStyle->GetFamily() );
-
-                DBG_ASSERT( pNext, "Naechsten nicht gefunden!" );
-                rOutput << OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_SNEXT;
-                nNumber = (sal_uInt16) getStylePos( GetStyleSheetPool()->GetStyles(), pNext ) + 1;
-                rOutput.WriteNumber( nNumber );
-
-                // Namen der Vorlage...
-                rOutput << " " << ByteString( pStyle->GetName(), eDestEnc ).GetBuffer();
-                rOutput << ";}";
-            }
-            rOutput << '}';
-            rOutput << endl;
-        }
-    }
-
-    // Die Pool-Defaults vorweg schreiben...
-    rOutput << '{' << OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_IGNORE << "\\EditEnginePoolDefaults";
-    for ( sal_uInt16 nPoolDefItem = EE_PARA_START; nPoolDefItem <= EE_CHAR_END; nPoolDefItem++)
-    {
-        const SfxPoolItem& rItem = aEditDoc.GetItemPool().GetDefaultItem( nPoolDefItem );
-        WriteItemAsRTF( rItem, rOutput, 0, 0, aFontTable, aColorList );
-    }
-    rOutput << '}' << endl;
-
-    // Def-Hoehe vorweg, da sonst 12Pt
-    // Doch nicht, onst in jedem Absatz hart!
-    // SfxItemSet aTmpSet( GetEmptyItemSet() );
-    // const SvxFontHeightItem& rDefFontHeight = (const SvxFontHeightItem&)aTmpSet.Get( EE_CHAR_FONTHEIGHT );
-    // WriteItemAsRTF( rDefFontHeight, rOutput, aFontTable, aColorList );
-    // rOutput << '{' << OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_IGNORE << "\\EditEnginePoolDefaultHeight}" << endl;
-
-    // DefTab:
-    MapMode aTwpMode( MAP_TWIP );
-    sal_uInt16 nDefTabTwps = (sal_uInt16) GetRefDevice()->LogicToLogic(
-                                        Point( aEditDoc.GetDefTab(), 0 ),
-                                        &GetRefMapMode(), &aTwpMode ).X();
-    rOutput << OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_DEFTAB;
-    rOutput.WriteNumber( nDefTabTwps );
-    rOutput << endl;
-
-    // ueber die Absaetze iterieren...
-    rOutput << '{' << endl;
-    for ( sal_uInt16 nNode = nStartNode; nNode <= nEndNode; nNode++  )
-    {
-        ContentNode* pNode = aEditDoc.SaveGetObject( nNode );
-        DBG_ASSERT( pNode, "Node nicht gefunden: Search&Replace" );
-
-        // Die Absatzattribute vorweg...
-        sal_Bool bAttr = sal_False;
-
-        // Vorlage ?
-        if ( pNode->GetStyleSheet() )
-        {
-            // Nummer der Vorlage
-            rOutput << OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_S;
-            sal_uInt16 nNumber = (sal_uInt16) getStylePos( GetStyleSheetPool()->GetStyles(), pNode->GetStyleSheet() ) + 1;
-            rOutput.WriteNumber( nNumber );
-
-            // Alle Attribute
-            // Attribute, auch aus Parent!
-            for ( sal_uInt16 nParAttr = EE_PARA_START; nParAttr <= EE_CHAR_END; nParAttr++ )
-            {
-                if ( pNode->GetStyleSheet()->GetItemSet().GetItemState( nParAttr ) == SFX_ITEM_ON )
-                {
-                    const SfxPoolItem& rItem = pNode->GetStyleSheet()->GetItemSet().Get( nParAttr );
-                    WriteItemAsRTF( rItem, rOutput, nNode, 0, aFontTable, aColorList );
-                    bAttr = sal_True;
-                }
-            }
-        }
-
-        for ( sal_uInt16 nParAttr = EE_PARA_START; nParAttr <= EE_CHAR_END; nParAttr++ )
-        {
-//          const SfxPoolItem& rItem = pNode->GetContentAttribs().GetItem( nParAttr );
-            // Jetzt, wo StyleSheet-Verarbeitung, nur noch harte Absatzattribute!
-            if ( pNode->GetContentAttribs().GetItems().GetItemState( nParAttr ) == SFX_ITEM_ON )
-            {
-                const SfxPoolItem& rItem = pNode->GetContentAttribs().GetItems().Get( nParAttr );
-                WriteItemAsRTF( rItem, rOutput, nNode, 0, aFontTable, aColorList );
-                bAttr = sal_True;
-            }
-        }
-        if ( bAttr )
-            rOutput << ' '; // Separator
-
-        ItemList aAttribItems;
-        ParaPortion* pParaPortion = FindParaPortion( pNode );
-        DBG_ASSERT( pParaPortion, "Portion nicht gefunden: WriteRTF" );
-
-        sal_uInt16 nIndex = 0;
-        sal_uInt16 nStartPos = 0;
-        sal_uInt16 nEndPos = pNode->Len();
-        sal_uInt16 nStartPortion = 0;
-        sal_uInt16 nEndPortion = (sal_uInt16)pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().Count() - 1;
-        sal_Bool bFinishPortion = sal_False;
-        sal_uInt16 nPortionStart;
-
-        if ( nNode == nStartNode )
-        {
-            nStartPos = aSel.Min().GetIndex();
-            nStartPortion = pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().FindPortion( nStartPos, nPortionStart );
-            if ( nStartPos != 0 )
-            {
-                aAttribItems.Clear();
-                lcl_FindValidAttribs( aAttribItems, pNode, nStartPos, GetScriptType( EditPaM( pNode, 0 ) ) );
-                if ( aAttribItems.Count() )
-                {
-                    // Diese Attribute duerfen nicht fuer den gesamten
-                    // Absatz gelten:
-                    rOutput << '{';
-                    WriteItemListAsRTF( aAttribItems, rOutput, nNode, nStartPos, aFontTable, aColorList );
-                    bFinishPortion = sal_True;
-                }
-                aAttribItems.Clear();
-            }
-        }
-        if ( nNode == nEndNode ) // kann auch == nStart sein!
-        {
-            nEndPos = aSel.Max().GetIndex();
-            nEndPortion = pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().FindPortion( nEndPos, nPortionStart );
-        }
-
-        EditCharAttrib* pNextFeature = pNode->GetCharAttribs().FindFeature( nIndex );
-        // Bei 0 anfangen, damit der Index richtig ist...
-
-        for ( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n <= nEndPortion; n++ )
-        {
-            TextPortion* pTextPortion = pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().GetObject(n);
-            if ( n < nStartPortion )
-            {
-                nIndex = nIndex + pTextPortion->GetLen();
-                continue;
-            }
-
-            if ( pNextFeature && ( pNextFeature->GetStart() == nIndex ) && ( pNextFeature->GetItem()->Which() != EE_FEATURE_FIELD ) )
-            {
-                WriteItemAsRTF( *pNextFeature->GetItem(), rOutput, nNode, nIndex, aFontTable, aColorList );
-                pNextFeature = pNode->GetCharAttribs().FindFeature( pNextFeature->GetStart() + 1 );
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                aAttribItems.Clear();
-                USHORT nScriptType = GetScriptType( EditPaM( pNode, nIndex+1 ) );
-                if ( !n || IsScriptChange( EditPaM( pNode, nIndex ) ) )
-                {
-                    SfxItemSet aAttribs = GetAttribs( nNode, nIndex+1, nIndex+1 );
-                    aAttribItems.Insert( &aAttribs.Get( GetScriptItemId( EE_CHAR_FONTINFO, nScriptType ) ), LIST_APPEND );
-                    aAttribItems.Insert( &aAttribs.Get( GetScriptItemId( EE_CHAR_FONTHEIGHT, nScriptType ) ), LIST_APPEND );
-                    aAttribItems.Insert( &aAttribs.Get( GetScriptItemId( EE_CHAR_WEIGHT, nScriptType ) ), LIST_APPEND );
-                    aAttribItems.Insert( &aAttribs.Get( GetScriptItemId( EE_CHAR_ITALIC, nScriptType ) ), LIST_APPEND );
-                    aAttribItems.Insert( &aAttribs.Get( GetScriptItemId( EE_CHAR_LANGUAGE, nScriptType ) ), LIST_APPEND );
-                }
-                // #96298# Insert hard attribs AFTER CJK attribs...
-                lcl_FindValidAttribs( aAttribItems, pNode, nIndex, nScriptType );
-
-                rOutput << '{';
-                if ( WriteItemListAsRTF( aAttribItems, rOutput, nNode, nIndex, aFontTable, aColorList ) )
-                    rOutput << ' ';
-
-                USHORT nS = nIndex;
-                USHORT nE = nIndex + pTextPortion->GetLen();
-                if ( n == nStartPortion )
-                    nS = nStartPos;
-                if ( n == nEndPortion )
-                    nE = nEndPos;
-
-                XubString aRTFStr = aEditDoc.GetParaAsString( pNode, nS, nE);
-                RTFOutFuncs::Out_String( rOutput, aRTFStr, eDestEnc );
-                rOutput << '}';
-            }
-            if ( bFinishPortion )
-            {
-                rOutput << '}';
-                bFinishPortion = sal_False;
-            }
-
-            nIndex = nIndex + pTextPortion->GetLen();
-        }
-
-        rOutput << OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_PAR << OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_PARD << OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_PLAIN;;
-        rOutput << endl;
-    }
-    // RTF-Nachspann...
-    rOutput << "}}";    // 1xKlammerung Absaetze, 1x Klammerung RTF-Dokument
-    rOutput.Flush();
-
-#if defined (EDITDEBUG) && !defined( UNX )
-    {
-        SvFileStream aStream( String( RTL_CONSTASCII_USTRINGPARAM ( "d:\\rtf_out.rtf" ) ), STREAM_WRITE|STREAM_TRUNC );
-        ULONG nP = rOutput.Tell();
-        rOutput.Seek( 0 );
-        aStream << rOutput;
-        rOutput.Seek( nP );
-    }
-#endif
-
-    return rOutput.GetError();
-#else
-    return 0;
-#endif
-}
-
-
-void ImpEditEngine::WriteItemAsRTF( const SfxPoolItem& rItem, SvStream& rOutput, sal_uInt16 nPara, sal_uInt16 nPos,
-                            SvxFontTable& rFontTable, SvxColorList& rColorList )
-{
-    sal_uInt16 nWhich = rItem.Which();
-    switch ( nWhich )
-    {
-        case EE_PARA_WRITINGDIR:
-        {
-            const SvxFrameDirectionItem& rWritingMode = (const SvxFrameDirectionItem&)rItem;
-            if ( rWritingMode.GetValue() == FRMDIR_HORI_RIGHT_TOP )
-                rOutput << "\\rtlpar";
-            else
-                rOutput << "\\ltrpar";
-        }
-        break;
-        case EE_PARA_OUTLLEVEL:
-        {
-            sal_Int16 nLevel = ((const SfxInt16Item&)rItem).GetValue();
-            if( nLevel >= 0 )
-            {
-                rOutput << "\\level";
-                rOutput.WriteNumber( nLevel );
-            }
-        }
-        break;
-        case EE_PARA_OUTLLRSPACE:
-        case EE_PARA_LRSPACE:
-        {
-//            const ContentNode *pNode = aEditDoc.GetObject( nPara );
-
-            rOutput << OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_FI;
-            short nTxtFirst = ((const SvxLRSpaceItem&)rItem).GetTxtFirstLineOfst();
-            nTxtFirst = (short)LogicToTwips( nTxtFirst );
-            rOutput.WriteNumber( nTxtFirst );
-            rOutput << OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_LI;
-            sal_uInt16 nTxtLeft = static_cast< sal_uInt16 >(((const SvxLRSpaceItem&)rItem).GetTxtLeft());
-            nTxtLeft = (sal_uInt16)LogicToTwips( nTxtLeft );
-            rOutput.WriteNumber( nTxtLeft );
-            rOutput << OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_RI;
-            sal_uInt32 nTxtRight = ((const SvxLRSpaceItem&)rItem).GetRight();
-            nTxtRight = LogicToTwips( nTxtRight);
-            rOutput.WriteNumber( nTxtRight );
-        }
-        break;
-        case EE_PARA_ULSPACE:
-        {
-            rOutput << OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_SB;
-            sal_uInt16 nUpper = ((const SvxULSpaceItem&)rItem).GetUpper();
-            nUpper = (sal_uInt16)LogicToTwips( nUpper );
-            rOutput.WriteNumber( nUpper );
-            rOutput << OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_SA;
-            sal_uInt16 nLower = ((const SvxULSpaceItem&)rItem).GetLower();
-            nLower = (sal_uInt16)LogicToTwips( nLower );
-            rOutput.WriteNumber( nLower );
-        }
-        break;
-        case EE_PARA_SBL:
-        {
-            rOutput << OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_SL;
-            long nVal = ((const SvxLineSpacingItem&)rItem).GetLineHeight();
-            char cMult = '0';
-            if ( ((const SvxLineSpacingItem&)rItem).GetInterLineSpaceRule() == SVX_INTER_LINE_SPACE_PROP )
-            {
-                // Woher kriege ich jetzt den Wert?
-                // Der SwRTF-Parser geht von einem 240er Font aus!
-                nVal = ((const SvxLineSpacingItem&)rItem).GetPropLineSpace();
-                nVal *= 240;
-                nVal /= 100;
-                cMult = '1';
-            }
-            rOutput.WriteNumber( nVal );
-            rOutput << OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_SLMULT << cMult;
-        }
-        break;
-        case EE_PARA_JUST:
-        {
-            SvxAdjust eJustification = ((const SvxAdjustItem&)rItem).GetAdjust();
-            switch ( eJustification )
-            {
-                case SVX_ADJUST_CENTER: rOutput << OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_QC;
-                                        break;
-                case SVX_ADJUST_RIGHT:  rOutput << OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_QR;
-                                        break;
-                default:                rOutput << OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_QL;
-                                        break;
-            }
-        }
-        break;
-        case EE_PARA_TABS:
-        {
-            const SvxTabStopItem& rTabs = (const SvxTabStopItem&) rItem;
-            for ( sal_uInt16 i = 0; i < rTabs.Count(); i++ )
-            {
-                const SvxTabStop& rTab = rTabs[i];
-                rOutput << OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_TX;
-                rOutput.WriteNumber( LogicToTwips( rTab.GetTabPos() ) );
-            }
-        }
-        break;
-        case EE_CHAR_COLOR:
-        {
-            sal_uInt32 n = rColorList.GetId( (const SvxColorItem&)rItem );
-            rOutput << OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_CF;
-            rOutput.WriteNumber( n );
-        }
-        break;
-        case EE_CHAR_FONTINFO:
-        case EE_CHAR_FONTINFO_CJK:
-        case EE_CHAR_FONTINFO_CTL:
-        {
-            sal_uInt32 n = rFontTable.GetId( (const SvxFontItem&)rItem );
-            rOutput << OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_F;
-            rOutput.WriteNumber( n );
-        }
-        break;
-        case EE_CHAR_FONTHEIGHT:
-        case EE_CHAR_FONTHEIGHT_CJK:
-        case EE_CHAR_FONTHEIGHT_CTL:
-        {
-            rOutput << OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_FS;
-            long nHeight = ((const SvxFontHeightItem&)rItem).GetHeight();
-            nHeight = LogicToTwips( nHeight );
-            // Twips => HalfPoints
-            nHeight /= 10;
-            rOutput.WriteNumber( nHeight );
-        }
-        break;
-        case EE_CHAR_WEIGHT:
-        case EE_CHAR_WEIGHT_CJK:
-        case EE_CHAR_WEIGHT_CTL:
-        {
-            FontWeight e = ((const SvxWeightItem&)rItem).GetWeight();
-            switch ( e )
-            {
-                case WEIGHT_BOLD:   rOutput << OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_B;                break;
-                default:            rOutput << OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_B << '0';     break;
-            }
-        }
-        break;
-        case EE_CHAR_UNDERLINE:
-        {
-            // muesste bei WordLineMode ggf. ulw werden,
-            // aber die Information fehlt hier
-            FontUnderline e = ((const SvxUnderlineItem&)rItem).GetLineStyle();
-            switch ( e )
-            {
-                case UNDERLINE_NONE:    rOutput << OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_ULNONE;       break;
-                case UNDERLINE_SINGLE:  rOutput << OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_UL;       break;
-                case UNDERLINE_DOUBLE:  rOutput << OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_ULDB;     break;
-                case UNDERLINE_DOTTED:  rOutput << OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_ULD;      break;
-                default:
-                    break;
-            }
-        }
-        break;
-        case EE_CHAR_OVERLINE:
-        {
-            FontUnderline e = ((const SvxOverlineItem&)rItem).GetLineStyle();
-            switch ( e )
-            {
-                case UNDERLINE_NONE:    rOutput << OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_OLNONE;       break;
-                case UNDERLINE_SINGLE:  rOutput << OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_OL;       break;
-                case UNDERLINE_DOUBLE:  rOutput << OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_OLDB;     break;
-                case UNDERLINE_DOTTED:  rOutput << OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_OLD;      break;
-                default:
-                    break;
-            }
-        }
-        break;
-        case EE_CHAR_STRIKEOUT:
-        {
-            FontStrikeout e = ((const SvxCrossedOutItem&)rItem).GetStrikeout();
-            switch ( e )
-            {
-                case STRIKEOUT_SINGLE:
-                case STRIKEOUT_DOUBLE:  rOutput << OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_STRIKE;       break;
-                case STRIKEOUT_NONE:    rOutput << OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_STRIKE << '0';    break;
-                default:
-                    break;
-            }
-        }
-        break;
-        case EE_CHAR_ITALIC:
-        case EE_CHAR_ITALIC_CJK:
-        case EE_CHAR_ITALIC_CTL:
-        {
-            FontItalic e = ((const SvxPostureItem&)rItem).GetPosture();
-            switch ( e )
-            {
-                case ITALIC_OBLIQUE:
-                case ITALIC_NORMAL: rOutput << OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_I;        break;
-                case ITALIC_NONE:   rOutput << OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_I << '0'; break;
-                default:
-                    break;
-            }
-        }
-        break;
-        case EE_CHAR_OUTLINE:
-        {
-            rOutput << OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_OUTL;
-            if ( ((const SvxContourItem&)rItem).GetValue() == 0 )
-                rOutput << '0';
-        }
-        break;
-        case EE_CHAR_RELIEF:
-        {
-            USHORT nRelief = ((const SvxCharReliefItem&)rItem).GetValue();
-            if ( nRelief == RELIEF_EMBOSSED )
-                rOutput << OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_EMBO;
-            if ( nRelief == RELIEF_ENGRAVED )
-                rOutput << OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_IMPR;
-        }
-        break;
-        case EE_CHAR_EMPHASISMARK:
-        {
-            USHORT nMark = ((const SvxEmphasisMarkItem&)rItem).GetValue();
-            if ( nMark == EMPHASISMARK_NONE )
-                rOutput << OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_ACCNONE;
-            else if ( nMark == EMPHASISMARK_SIDE_DOTS )
-                rOutput << OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_ACCCOMMA;
-            else
-                rOutput << OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_ACCDOT;
-        }
-        break;
-        case EE_CHAR_SHADOW:
-        {
-            rOutput << OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_SHAD;
-            if ( ((const SvxShadowedItem&)rItem).GetValue() == 0 )
-                rOutput << '0';
-        }
-        break;
-        case EE_FEATURE_TAB:
-        {
-            rOutput << OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_TAB;
-        }
-        break;
-        case EE_FEATURE_LINEBR:
-        {
-            rOutput << OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_SL;
-        }
-        break;
-        case EE_CHAR_KERNING:
-        {
-            rOutput << OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_EXPNDTW;
-            rOutput.WriteNumber( LogicToTwips(
-                ((const SvxKerningItem&)rItem).GetValue() ) );
-        }
-        break;
-        case EE_CHAR_PAIRKERNING:
-        {
-            rOutput << OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_KERNING;
-            rOutput.WriteNumber( ((const SvxAutoKernItem&)rItem).GetValue() ? 1 : 0 );
-        }
-        break;
-        case EE_CHAR_ESCAPEMENT:
-        {
-            SvxFont aFont;
-            ContentNode* pNode = aEditDoc.GetObject( nPara );
-            SeekCursor( pNode, nPos, aFont );
-            MapMode aPntMode( MAP_POINT );
-            long nFontHeight = GetRefDevice()->LogicToLogic(
-                    aFont.GetSize(), &GetRefMapMode(), &aPntMode ).Height();
-            nFontHeight *=2;    // HalfPoints
-            sal_uInt16 nProp = ((const SvxEscapementItem&)rItem).GetProp();
-            sal_uInt16 nProp100 = nProp*100;    // Fuer SWG-Token Prop in 100tel Prozent.
-            short nEsc = ((const SvxEscapementItem&)rItem).GetEsc();
-            if ( nEsc == DFLT_ESC_AUTO_SUPER )
-            {
-                nEsc = 100 - nProp;
-                nProp100++; // Eine 1 hinten bedeutet 'automatisch'.
-            }
-            else if ( nEsc == DFLT_ESC_AUTO_SUB )
-            {
-                nEsc = sal::static_int_cast< short >( -( 100 - nProp ) );
-                nProp100++;
-            }
-            // SWG:
-            if ( nEsc )
-                rOutput << "{\\*\\updnprop" << ByteString::CreateFromInt32( nProp100 ).GetBuffer() << '}';
-            long nUpDown = nFontHeight * Abs( nEsc ) / 100;
-            ByteString aUpDown = ByteString::CreateFromInt32( nUpDown );
-            if ( nEsc < 0 )
-                rOutput << OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_DN << aUpDown.GetBuffer();
-            else if ( nEsc > 0 )
-                rOutput << OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_UP << aUpDown.GetBuffer();
-        }
-        break;
-    }
-}
-
-sal_uInt32 ImpEditEngine::WriteHTML( SvStream&, EditSelection )
-{
-    return 0;
-}
-
-
-EditTextObject* ImpEditEngine::CreateTextObject()
-{
-    EditSelection aCompleteSelection;
-    aCompleteSelection.Min() = aEditDoc.GetStartPaM();
-    aCompleteSelection.Max() = aEditDoc.GetEndPaM();
-
-    return CreateTextObject( aCompleteSelection );
-}
-
-EditTextObject* ImpEditEngine::CreateTextObject( EditSelection aSel )
-{
-    return CreateBinTextObject( aSel, GetEditTextObjectPool(), aStatus.AllowBigObjects(), nBigTextObjectStart );
-}
-
-EditTextObject* ImpEditEngine::CreateBinTextObject( EditSelection aSel, SfxItemPool* pPool, sal_Bool bAllowBigObjects, sal_uInt16 nBigObjectStart ) const
-{
-    BinTextObject* pTxtObj = new BinTextObject( pPool );
-    pTxtObj->SetVertical( IsVertical() );
-    MapUnit eMapUnit = (MapUnit)aEditDoc.GetItemPool().GetMetric( DEF_METRIC );
-    pTxtObj->SetMetric( (sal_uInt16) eMapUnit );
-    if ( pTxtObj->IsOwnerOfPool() )
-        pTxtObj->GetPool()->SetDefaultMetric( (SfxMapUnit) eMapUnit );
-
-    sal_uInt16 nStartNode, nEndNode;
-    sal_uInt32 nTextPortions = 0;
-
-    aSel.Adjust( aEditDoc );
-    nStartNode = aEditDoc.GetPos( aSel.Min().GetNode() );
-    nEndNode = aEditDoc.GetPos( aSel.Max().GetNode() );
-
-    sal_Bool bOnlyFullParagraphs = ( aSel.Min().GetIndex() ||
-        ( aSel.Max().GetIndex() < aSel.Max().GetNode()->Len() ) ) ?
-            sal_False : sal_True;
-
-    // Vorlagen werden nicht gespeichert!
-    // ( Nur Name und Familie, Vorlage selbst muss in App stehen! )
-
-    pTxtObj->SetScriptType( GetScriptType( aSel ) );
-
-    // ueber die Absaetze iterieren...
-    sal_uInt16 nNode;
-    for ( nNode = nStartNode; nNode <= nEndNode; nNode++  )
-    {
-        ContentNode* pNode = aEditDoc.SaveGetObject( nNode );
-        DBG_ASSERT( pNode, "Node nicht gefunden: Search&Replace" );
-
-        if ( bOnlyFullParagraphs )
-        {
-            ParaPortion* pParaPortion = GetParaPortions()[nNode];
-            nTextPortions += pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().Count();
-        }
-
-        sal_uInt16 nStartPos = 0;
-        sal_uInt16 nEndPos = pNode->Len();
-
-        sal_Bool bEmptyPara = nEndPos ? sal_False : sal_True;
-
-        if ( ( nNode == nStartNode ) && !bOnlyFullParagraphs )
-            nStartPos = aSel.Min().GetIndex();
-        if ( ( nNode == nEndNode ) && !bOnlyFullParagraphs )
-            nEndPos = aSel.Max().GetIndex();
-
-
-        ContentInfo* pC = pTxtObj->CreateAndInsertContent();
-
-        // Die Absatzattribute...
-        pC->GetParaAttribs().Set( pNode->GetContentAttribs().GetItems() );
-
-        // Das StyleSheet...
-        if ( pNode->GetStyleSheet() )
-        {
-            pC->GetStyle() = pNode->GetStyleSheet()->GetName();
-            pC->GetFamily() = pNode->GetStyleSheet()->GetFamily();
-        }
-
-        // Der Text...
-        pC->GetText() = pNode->Copy( nStartPos, nEndPos-nStartPos );
-
-        // und die Attribute...
-        sal_uInt16 nAttr = 0;
-        EditCharAttrib* pAttr = GetAttrib( pNode->GetCharAttribs().GetAttribs(), nAttr );
-        while ( pAttr )
-        {
-            // In einem leeren Absatz die Attribute behalten!
-            if ( bEmptyPara ||
-                 ( ( pAttr->GetEnd() > nStartPos ) && ( pAttr->GetStart() < nEndPos ) ) )
-            {
-                XEditAttribute* pX = pTxtObj->CreateAttrib( *pAttr->GetItem(), pAttr->GetStart(), pAttr->GetEnd() );
-                // Evtl. korrigieren...
-                if ( ( nNode == nStartNode ) && ( nStartPos != 0 ) )
-                {
-                    pX->GetStart() = ( pX->GetStart() > nStartPos ) ? pX->GetStart()-nStartPos : 0;
-                    pX->GetEnd() = pX->GetEnd() - nStartPos;
-
-                }
-                if ( nNode == nEndNode )
-                {
-                    if ( pX->GetEnd() > (nEndPos-nStartPos) )
-                        pX->GetEnd() = nEndPos-nStartPos;
-                }
-                DBG_ASSERT( pX->GetEnd() <= (nEndPos-nStartPos), "CreateBinTextObject: Attribut zu lang!" );
-                if ( !pX->GetLen() && !bEmptyPara )
-                    pTxtObj->DestroyAttrib( pX );
-                else
-                    pC->GetAttribs().Insert( pX, pC->GetAttribs().Count() );
-            }
-            nAttr++;
-            pAttr = GetAttrib( pNode->GetCharAttribs().GetAttribs(), nAttr );
-        }
-
-#ifndef SVX_LIGHT
-        // ggf. Online-Spelling
-        if ( bAllowBigObjects && bOnlyFullParagraphs && pNode->GetWrongList() )
-            pC->SetWrongList( pNode->GetWrongList()->Clone() );
-#endif // !SVX_LIGHT
-
-    }
-
-    // Bei grossen Textobjekten die PortionInfos merken:
-    // Schwelle rauf setzen, wenn Olli die Absaetze nicht mehr zerhackt!
-    if ( bAllowBigObjects && bOnlyFullParagraphs && IsFormatted() && GetUpdateMode() && ( nTextPortions >= nBigObjectStart ) )
-    {
-        XParaPortionList* pXList = new XParaPortionList( GetRefDevice(), aPaperSize.Width() );
-        pTxtObj->SetPortionInfo( pXList );
-        for ( nNode = nStartNode; nNode <= nEndNode; nNode++  )
-        {
-            ParaPortion* pParaPortion = GetParaPortions()[nNode];
-            XParaPortion* pX = new XParaPortion;
-            pXList->Insert( pX, pXList->Count() );
-
-            pX->nHeight = pParaPortion->GetHeight();
-            pX->nFirstLineOffset = pParaPortion->GetFirstLineOffset();
-
-            // Die TextPortions
-            sal_uInt16 nCount = pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().Count();
-            sal_uInt16 n;
-            for ( n = 0; n < nCount; n++ )
-            {
-                TextPortion* pTextPortion = pParaPortion->GetTextPortions()[n];
-                TextPortion* pNew = new TextPortion( *pTextPortion );
-                pX->aTextPortions.Insert( pNew, pX->aTextPortions.Count() );
-            }
-
-            // Die Zeilen
-            nCount = pParaPortion->GetLines().Count();
-            for ( n = 0; n < nCount; n++ )
-            {
-                EditLine* pLine = pParaPortion->GetLines()[n];
-                EditLine* pNew = pLine->Clone();
-                pX->aLines.Insert( pNew, pX->aLines.Count() );
-            }
-#ifdef DBG_UTIL
-            USHORT nTest;
-            int nTPLen = 0, nTxtLen = 0;
-            for ( nTest = pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().Count(); nTest; )
-                nTPLen += pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().GetObject( --nTest )->GetLen();
-            for ( nTest = pParaPortion->GetLines().Count(); nTest; )
-                nTxtLen += pParaPortion->GetLines().GetObject( --nTest )->GetLen();
-            DBG_ASSERT( ( nTPLen == pParaPortion->GetNode()->Len() ) && ( nTxtLen == pParaPortion->GetNode()->Len() ), "CreateBinTextObject: ParaPortion not completely formatted!" );
-#endif
-        }
-    }
-    return pTxtObj;
-}
-
-void ImpEditEngine::SetText( const EditTextObject& rTextObject )
-{
-    // Da Setzen eines TextObject ist nicht Undo-faehig!
-    ResetUndoManager();
-    sal_Bool _bUpdate = GetUpdateMode();
-    sal_Bool _bUndo = IsUndoEnabled();
-
-    SetText( XubString() );
-    EditPaM aPaM = aEditDoc.GetStartPaM();
-
-    SetUpdateMode( sal_False );
-    EnableUndo( sal_False );
-
-    InsertText( rTextObject, EditSelection( aPaM, aPaM ) );
-    SetVertical( rTextObject.IsVertical() );
-
-#ifndef SVX_LIGHT
-    DBG_ASSERT( !HasUndoManager() || !GetUndoManager().GetUndoActionCount(), "Woher kommt das Undo in SetText ?!" );
-#endif
-    SetUpdateMode( _bUpdate );
-    EnableUndo( _bUndo );
-}
-
-EditSelection ImpEditEngine::InsertText( const EditTextObject& rTextObject, EditSelection aSel )
-{
-    EnterBlockNotifications();
-    aSel.Adjust( aEditDoc );
-    if ( aSel.HasRange() )
-        aSel = ImpDeleteSelection( aSel );
-    EditSelection aNewSel = InsertBinTextObject( (BinTextObject&)rTextObject, aSel.Max() );
-    LeaveBlockNotifications();
-    return aNewSel;
-
-    // MT 05/00: InsertBinTextObject direkt hier machen...
-}
-
-EditSelection ImpEditEngine::InsertBinTextObject( BinTextObject& rTextObject, EditPaM aPaM )
-{
-    // Optimieren:
-    // Kein GetPos undFindParaportion, sondern Index berechnen!
-    EditSelection aSel( aPaM, aPaM );
-    DBG_ASSERT( !aSel.DbgIsBuggy( aEditDoc ), "InsertBibTextObject: Selektion kaput!(1)" );
-
-    sal_Bool bUsePortionInfo = sal_False;
-//  sal_Bool bFields = sal_False;
-    XParaPortionList* pPortionInfo = rTextObject.GetPortionInfo();
-
-    if ( pPortionInfo && ( (long)pPortionInfo->GetPaperWidth() == aPaperSize.Width() )
-            && ( pPortionInfo->GetRefMapMode() == GetRefDevice()->GetMapMode() ) )
-    {
-        if ( ( pPortionInfo->GetRefDevPtr() == (sal_uIntPtr)GetRefDevice() ) ||
-             ( ( pPortionInfo->GetRefDevType() == OUTDEV_VIRDEV ) &&
-               ( GetRefDevice()->GetOutDevType() == OUTDEV_VIRDEV ) ) )
-        bUsePortionInfo = sal_True;
-    }
-
-    sal_Bool bConvertItems = sal_False;
-    MapUnit eSourceUnit = MapUnit(), eDestUnit = MapUnit();
-    if ( rTextObject.HasMetric() )
-    {
-        eSourceUnit = (MapUnit)rTextObject.GetMetric();
-        eDestUnit = (MapUnit)aEditDoc.GetItemPool().GetMetric( DEF_METRIC );
-        if ( eSourceUnit != eDestUnit )
-            bConvertItems = sal_True;
-    }
-
-    sal_uInt16 nContents = rTextObject.GetContents().Count();
-    sal_uInt16 nPara = aEditDoc.GetPos( aPaM.GetNode() );
-
-    for ( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < nContents; n++, nPara++ )
-    {
-        ContentInfo* pC = rTextObject.GetContents().GetObject( n );
-        sal_Bool bNewContent = aPaM.GetNode()->Len() ? sal_False: sal_True;
-        sal_uInt16 nStartPos = aPaM.GetIndex();
-
-        aPaM = ImpFastInsertText( aPaM, pC->GetText() );
-
-        ParaPortion* pPortion = FindParaPortion( aPaM.GetNode() );
-        DBG_ASSERT( pPortion, "Blinde Portion in FastInsertText" );
-        pPortion->MarkInvalid( nStartPos, pC->GetText().Len() );
-
-        // Zeicheattribute...
-        sal_Bool bAllreadyHasAttribs = aPaM.GetNode()->GetCharAttribs().Count() ? sal_True : sal_False;
-        sal_uInt16 nNewAttribs = pC->GetAttribs().Count();
-        if ( nNewAttribs )
-        {
-            BOOL bUpdateFields = FALSE;
-            for ( sal_uInt16 nAttr = 0; nAttr < nNewAttribs; nAttr++ )
-            {
-                XEditAttribute* pX = pC->GetAttribs().GetObject( nAttr );
-                // Kann passieren wenn Absaetze >16K entstehen, dann wird einfach umgebrochen.
-                if ( pX->GetEnd() <= aPaM.GetNode()->Len() )
-                {
-                    if ( !bAllreadyHasAttribs || pX->IsFeature() )
-                    {
-                        // Normale Attribute gehen dann schneller...
-                        // Features duerfen nicht ueber EditDoc::InsertAttrib
-                        // eingefuegt werden, sie sind bei FastInsertText schon im TextFluss
-                        DBG_ASSERT( pX->GetEnd() <= aPaM.GetNode()->Len(), "InsertBinTextObject: Attribut zu gross!" );
-                        EditCharAttrib* pAttr;
-                        if ( !bConvertItems )
-                            pAttr = MakeCharAttrib( aEditDoc.GetItemPool(), *(pX->GetItem()), pX->GetStart()+nStartPos, pX->GetEnd()+nStartPos );
-                        else
-                        {
-                            SfxPoolItem* pNew = pX->GetItem()->Clone();
-                            ConvertItem( *pNew, eSourceUnit, eDestUnit );
-                            pAttr = MakeCharAttrib( aEditDoc.GetItemPool(), *pNew, pX->GetStart()+nStartPos, pX->GetEnd()+nStartPos );
-                            delete pNew;
-                        }
-                        DBG_ASSERT( pAttr->GetEnd() <= aPaM.GetNode()->Len(), "InsertBinTextObject: Attribut passt nicht! (1)" );
-                        aPaM.GetNode()->GetCharAttribs().InsertAttrib( pAttr );
-                        if ( pAttr->Which() == EE_FEATURE_FIELD )
-                            bUpdateFields = TRUE;
-                    }
-                    else
-                    {
-                        DBG_ASSERT( pX->GetEnd()+nStartPos <= aPaM.GetNode()->Len(), "InsertBinTextObject: Attribut passt nicht! (2)" );
-                        // Tabs und andere Features koennen nicht ueber InsertAttrib eingefuegt werden:
-                        aEditDoc.InsertAttrib( aPaM.GetNode(), pX->GetStart()+nStartPos, pX->GetEnd()+nStartPos, *pX->GetItem() );
-                    }
-                }
-            }
-            if ( bUpdateFields )
-                UpdateFields();
-
-            // Sonst QuickFormat => Keine Attribute!
-            pPortion->MarkSelectionInvalid( nStartPos, pC->GetText().Len() );
-        }
-
-        DBG_ASSERT( CheckOrderedList( aPaM.GetNode()->GetCharAttribs().GetAttribs(), sal_True ), "InsertBinTextObject: Start-Liste verdreht" );
-
-        sal_Bool bParaAttribs = sal_False;
-        if ( bNewContent || ( ( n > 0 ) && ( n < (nContents-1) ) ) )
-        {
-            bParaAttribs = sal_False;
-            // #101512# Don't overwrite level/style from existing paragraph in OutlineView
-            // MT 10/2002: Removed because of #103874#, handled in Outliner::EndPasteOrDropHdl now.
-//            if ( !aStatus.IsOutliner() || n )
-            {
-                // nur dann Style und ParaAttribs, wenn neuer Absatz, oder
-                // komplett inneliegender...
-                bParaAttribs = pC->GetParaAttribs().Count() ? sal_True : sal_False;
-                if ( GetStyleSheetPool() && pC->GetStyle().Len() )
-                {
-                    SfxStyleSheet* pStyle = (SfxStyleSheet*)GetStyleSheetPool()->Find( pC->GetStyle(), pC->GetFamily() );
-                    DBG_ASSERT( pStyle, "InsertBinTextObject - Style not found!" );
-                    SetStyleSheet( nPara, pStyle );
-                }
-                if ( !bConvertItems )
-                    SetParaAttribs( aEditDoc.GetPos( aPaM.GetNode() ), pC->GetParaAttribs() );
-                else
-                {
-                    SfxItemSet aAttribs( GetEmptyItemSet() );
-                    ConvertAndPutItems( aAttribs, pC->GetParaAttribs(), &eSourceUnit, &eDestUnit );
-                    SetParaAttribs( aEditDoc.GetPos( aPaM.GetNode() ), aAttribs );
-                }
-            }
-            if ( bNewContent && bUsePortionInfo )
-            {
-                XParaPortion* pXP = pPortionInfo->GetObject( n );
-                DBG_ASSERT( pXP, "InsertBinTextObject: PortionInfo?" );
-                ParaPortion* pParaPortion = GetParaPortions()[ nPara ];
-                DBG_ASSERT( pParaPortion, "InsertBinTextObject: ParaPortion?" );
-                pParaPortion->nHeight = pXP->nHeight;
-                pParaPortion->nFirstLineOffset = pXP->nFirstLineOffset;
-                pParaPortion->bForceRepaint = sal_True;
-                pParaPortion->SetValid();   // Nicht formatieren
-
-                // Die TextPortions
-                pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().Reset();
-                sal_uInt16 nCount = pXP->aTextPortions.Count();
-                for ( sal_uInt16 _n = 0; _n < nCount; _n++ )
-                {
-                    TextPortion* pTextPortion = pXP->aTextPortions[_n];
-                    TextPortion* pNew = new TextPortion( *pTextPortion );
-                    pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().Insert( pNew, _n );
-                }
-
-                // Die Zeilen
-                pParaPortion->GetLines().Reset();
-                nCount = pXP->aLines.Count();
-                for ( sal_uInt16 m = 0; m < nCount; m++ )
-                {
-                    EditLine* pLine = pXP->aLines[m];
-                    EditLine* pNew = pLine->Clone();
-                    pNew->SetInvalid(); // neu Painten!
-                    pParaPortion->GetLines().Insert( pNew, m );
-                }
-#ifdef DBG_UTIL
-                USHORT nTest;
-                int nTPLen = 0, nTxtLen = 0;
-                for ( nTest = pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().Count(); nTest; )
-                    nTPLen += pParaPortion->GetTextPortions().GetObject( --nTest )->GetLen();
-                for ( nTest = pParaPortion->GetLines().Count(); nTest; )
-                    nTxtLen += pParaPortion->GetLines().GetObject( --nTest )->GetLen();
-                DBG_ASSERT( ( nTPLen == pParaPortion->GetNode()->Len() ) && ( nTxtLen == pParaPortion->GetNode()->Len() ), "InsertBinTextObject: ParaPortion not completely formatted!" );
-#endif
-            }
-        }
-        if ( !bParaAttribs ) // DefFont wird bei FastInsertParagraph nicht berechnet
-        {
-            aPaM.GetNode()->GetCharAttribs().GetDefFont() = aEditDoc.GetDefFont();
-            if ( aStatus.UseCharAttribs() )
-                aPaM.GetNode()->CreateDefFont();
-        }
-
-#ifndef SVX_LIGHT
-        if ( bNewContent && GetStatus().DoOnlineSpelling() && pC->GetWrongList() )
-        {
-            aPaM.GetNode()->DestroyWrongList(); // otherwise MLK, if list exists...
-            aPaM.GetNode()->SetWrongList( pC->GetWrongList()->Clone() );
-        }
-#endif // !SVX_LIGHT
-
-        // Zeilenumbruch, wenn weitere folgen...
-        if ( n < ( nContents-1) )
-        {
-            if ( bNewContent )
-                aPaM = ImpFastInsertParagraph( nPara+1 );
-            else
-                aPaM = ImpInsertParaBreak( aPaM, sal_False );
-        }
-    }
-
-    aSel.Max() = aPaM;
-    DBG_ASSERT( !aSel.DbgIsBuggy( aEditDoc ), "InsertBibTextObject: Selektion kaput!(1)" );
-    return aSel;
-}
-
-LanguageType ImpEditEngine::GetLanguage( const EditPaM& rPaM, USHORT* pEndPos ) const
-{
-    short nScriptType = GetScriptType( rPaM, pEndPos ); // pEndPos will be valid now, pointing to ScriptChange or NodeLen
-    USHORT nLangId = GetScriptItemId( EE_CHAR_LANGUAGE, nScriptType );
-    const SvxLanguageItem* pLangItem = &(const SvxLanguageItem&)rPaM.GetNode()->GetContentAttribs().GetItem( nLangId );
-    EditCharAttrib* pAttr = rPaM.GetNode()->GetCharAttribs().FindAttrib( nLangId, rPaM.GetIndex() );
-    if ( pAttr )
-        pLangItem = (const SvxLanguageItem*)pAttr->GetItem();
-
-    if ( pEndPos && pAttr && ( pAttr->GetEnd() < *pEndPos ) )
-        *pEndPos = pAttr->GetEnd();
-
-    return pLangItem->GetLanguage();
-}
-
-::com::sun::star::lang::Locale ImpEditEngine::GetLocale( const EditPaM& rPaM ) const
-{
-    return SvxCreateLocale( GetLanguage( rPaM ) );
-}
-
-Reference< XSpellChecker1 > ImpEditEngine::GetSpeller()
-{
-#ifndef SVX_LIGHT
-    if ( !xSpeller.is() )
-        xSpeller = SvxGetSpellChecker();
-#endif
-    return xSpeller;
-}
-
-EESpellState ImpEditEngine::Spell( EditView* pEditView, sal_Bool bMultipleDoc )
-{
-#ifdef SVX_LIGHT
-    return EE_SPELL_NOSPELLER;
-#else
-
-    DBG_ASSERTWARNING( xSpeller.is(), "Kein Speller gesetzt!" );
-
-    if ( !xSpeller.is() )
-        return EE_SPELL_NOSPELLER;
-
-    aOnlineSpellTimer.Stop();
-
-    // Bei MultipleDoc immer von vorne/hinten...
-    if ( bMultipleDoc )
-    {
-        pEditView->pImpEditView->SetEditSelection( aEditDoc.GetStartPaM() );
-    }
-
-    EditSelection aCurSel( pEditView->pImpEditView->GetEditSelection() );
-    pSpellInfo = new SpellInfo;
-    pSpellInfo->bMultipleDoc = bMultipleDoc;
-    pSpellInfo->aSpellStart = CreateEPaM( SelectWord( aCurSel, ::com::sun::star::i18n::WordType::DICTIONARY_WORD ).Min() );
-
-    sal_Bool bIsStart = sal_False;
-    if ( bMultipleDoc )
-        bIsStart = sal_True;    // Immer von Vorne bzw. von hinten...
-    else if ( ( CreateEPaM( aEditDoc.GetStartPaM() ) == pSpellInfo->aSpellStart ) )
-        bIsStart = sal_True;
-
-    EditSpellWrapper* pWrp = new EditSpellWrapper( Application::GetDefDialogParent(),
-            xSpeller, bIsStart, sal_False, pEditView );
-    pWrp->SpellDocument();
-    delete pWrp;
-
-    if ( !bMultipleDoc )
-    {
-        pEditView->pImpEditView->DrawSelection();
-        if ( aCurSel.Max().GetIndex() > aCurSel.Max().GetNode()->Len() )
-            aCurSel.Max().GetIndex() = aCurSel.Max().GetNode()->Len();
-        aCurSel.Min() = aCurSel.Max();
-        pEditView->pImpEditView->SetEditSelection( aCurSel );
-        pEditView->pImpEditView->DrawSelection();
-        pEditView->ShowCursor( sal_True, sal_False );
-    }
-    EESpellState eState = pSpellInfo->eState;
-    delete pSpellInfo;
-    pSpellInfo = 0;
-    return eState;
-#endif
-}
-
-
-sal_Bool ImpEditEngine::HasConvertibleTextPortion( LanguageType nSrcLang )
-{
-#ifdef SVX_LIGHT
-    return sal_False;
-#else
-    sal_Bool    bHasConvTxt = sal_False;
-
-    USHORT nParas = pEditEngine->GetParagraphCount();
-    for (USHORT k = 0;  k < nParas;  ++k)
-    {
-        SvUShorts aPortions;
-        pEditEngine->GetPortions( k, aPortions );
-        for ( USHORT nPos = 0; nPos < aPortions.Count(); ++nPos )
-        {
-            USHORT nEnd   = aPortions.GetObject( nPos );
-            USHORT nStart = nPos > 0 ? aPortions.GetObject( nPos - 1 ) : 0;
-
-            // if the paragraph is not empty we need to increase the index
-            // by one since the attribute of the character left to the
-            // specified position is evaluated.
-            if (nEnd > nStart)  // empty para?
-                ++nStart;
-            LanguageType nLangFound = pEditEngine->GetLanguage( k, nStart );
-#ifdef DEBUG
-            lang::Locale aLocale( SvxCreateLocale( nLangFound ) );
-#endif
-            bHasConvTxt =   (nSrcLang == nLangFound) ||
-                            (svx::HangulHanjaConversion::IsChinese( nLangFound ) &&
-                             svx::HangulHanjaConversion::IsChinese( nSrcLang ));
-            if (bHasConvTxt)
-                return bHasConvTxt;
-       }
-    }
-
-#endif
-    return bHasConvTxt;
-}
-
-
-void ImpEditEngine::Convert( EditView* pEditView,
-        LanguageType nSrcLang, LanguageType nDestLang, const Font *pDestFont,
-        INT32 nOptions, sal_Bool bIsInteractive, sal_Bool bMultipleDoc )
-{
-    // modified version of ImpEditEngine::Spell
-
-#ifdef SVX_LIGHT
-#else
-
-    // Bei MultipleDoc immer von vorne/hinten...
-    if ( bMultipleDoc )
-        pEditView->pImpEditView->SetEditSelection( aEditDoc.GetStartPaM() );
-
-    //
-    // initialize pConvInfo
-    //
-    EditSelection aCurSel( pEditView->pImpEditView->GetEditSelection() );
-    aCurSel.Adjust( aEditDoc );
-    pConvInfo = new ConvInfo;
-    pConvInfo->bMultipleDoc = bMultipleDoc;
-    pConvInfo->aConvStart = CreateEPaM( aCurSel.Min() );
-    //
-    // if it is not just a selection and we are about to begin
-    // with the current conversion for the very first time
-    // we need to find the start of the current (initial)
-    // convertible unit in order for the text conversion to give
-    // the correct result for that. Since it is easier to obtain
-    // the start of the word we use that though.
-    if (!aCurSel.HasRange() && ImplGetBreakIterator().is())
-    {
-        EditPaM aWordStartPaM(  SelectWord( aCurSel, i18n::WordType::DICTIONARY_WORD ).Min() );
-
-        // since #118246 / #117803 still occurs if the cursor is placed
-        // between the two chinese characters to be converted (because both
-        // of them are words on their own!) using the word boundary here does
-        // not work. Thus since chinese conversion is not interactive we start
-        // at the begin of the paragraph to solve the problem, i.e. have the
-        // TextConversion service get those characters together in the same call.
-        USHORT nStartIdx = ( svx::HangulHanjaConversion::IsChinese( nSrcLang ) ) ?
-                                0 : aWordStartPaM.GetIndex();
-        pConvInfo->aConvStart.nIndex = nStartIdx;
-    }
-    //
-    pConvInfo->aConvContinue = pConvInfo->aConvStart;
-
-    sal_Bool bIsStart = sal_False;
-    if ( bMultipleDoc )
-        bIsStart = sal_True;    // Immer von Vorne bzw. von hinten...
-    else if ( CreateEPaM( aEditDoc.GetStartPaM() ) == pConvInfo->aConvStart )
-        bIsStart = sal_True;
-
-    bImpConvertFirstCall = sal_True;    // next ImpConvert call is the very first in this conversion turn
-
-    Reference< lang::XMultiServiceFactory > xMSF = ::comphelper::getProcessServiceFactory();
-    TextConvWrapper aWrp( Application::GetDefDialogParent(), xMSF,
-                          SvxCreateLocale( nSrcLang ), SvxCreateLocale( nDestLang ),
-                          pDestFont,
-                          nOptions, bIsInteractive,
-                          bIsStart, pEditView );
-
-    //
-    //!! optimization does not work since when update mode is false
-    //!! the object is 'lying' about it portions, paragraphs,
-    //!! EndPaM... later on.
-    //!! Should not be a great problem since text boxes or cells in
-    //!! Calc usually have only a rather short text.
-    //
-    // disallow formatting, updating the view, ... while
-    // non-interactively converting the document. (saves time)
-    //if (!bIsInteractive)
-    //  SetUpdateMode( FALSE );
-
-    aWrp.Convert();
-
-    //if (!bIsInteractive)
-    //SetUpdateMode( TRUE, 0, TRUE );
-
-    if ( !bMultipleDoc )
-    {
-        pEditView->pImpEditView->DrawSelection();
-        if ( aCurSel.Max().GetIndex() > aCurSel.Max().GetNode()->Len() )
-            aCurSel.Max().GetIndex() = aCurSel.Max().GetNode()->Len();
-        aCurSel.Min() = aCurSel.Max();
-        pEditView->pImpEditView->SetEditSelection( aCurSel );
-        pEditView->pImpEditView->DrawSelection();
-        pEditView->ShowCursor( sal_True, sal_False );
-    }
-    delete pConvInfo;
-    pConvInfo = 0;
-#endif
-}
-
-
-void ImpEditEngine::SetLanguageAndFont(
-    const ESelection &rESel,
-    LanguageType nLang, USHORT nLangWhichId,
-    const Font *pFont,  USHORT nFontWhichId )
-{
-    ESelection aOldSel = pActiveView->GetSelection();
-    pActiveView->SetSelection( rESel );
-
-    // set new language attribute
-    SfxItemSet aNewSet( pActiveView->GetEmptyItemSet() );
-    aNewSet.Put( SvxLanguageItem( nLang, nLangWhichId ) );
-
-    // new font to be set?
-    DBG_ASSERT( pFont, "target font missing?" );
-    if (pFont)
-    {
-        // set new font attribute
-        SvxFontItem aFontItem = (SvxFontItem&) aNewSet.Get( nFontWhichId );
-        aFontItem.GetFamilyName()   = pFont->GetName();
-        aFontItem.GetFamily()       = pFont->GetFamily();
-        aFontItem.GetStyleName()    = pFont->GetStyleName();
-        aFontItem.GetPitch()        = pFont->GetPitch();
-        aFontItem.GetCharSet()      = pFont->GetCharSet();
-        aNewSet.Put( aFontItem );
-    }
-
-    // apply new attributes
-    pActiveView->SetAttribs( aNewSet );
-
-    pActiveView->SetSelection( aOldSel );
-}
-
-
-void ImpEditEngine::ImpConvert( rtl::OUString &rConvTxt, LanguageType &rConvTxtLang,
-        EditView* pEditView, LanguageType nSrcLang, const ESelection &rConvRange,
-        sal_Bool bAllowImplicitChangesForNotConvertibleText,
-        LanguageType nTargetLang, const Font *pTargetFont  )
-{
-    // modified version of ImpEditEngine::ImpSpell
-
-    // looks for next convertible text portion to be passed on to the wrapper
-
-    String aRes;
-    LanguageType nResLang = LANGUAGE_NONE;
-
-#ifdef SVX_LIGHT
-    rConvTxt = rtl::OUString();
-    rConvTxtLang = LANGUAGE_NONE;
-#else
-
-    /* ContentNode* pLastNode = */ aEditDoc.SaveGetObject( aEditDoc.Count()-1 );
-
-    EditPaM aPos( CreateEditPaM( pConvInfo->aConvContinue ) );
-    EditSelection aCurSel = EditSelection( aPos, aPos );
-
-    String aWord;
-
-    while (!aRes.Len())
-    {
-        // empty paragraph found that needs to have language and font set?
-        if (bAllowImplicitChangesForNotConvertibleText &&
-            !pEditEngine->GetText( pConvInfo->aConvContinue.nPara ).Len())
-        {
-            USHORT nPara = pConvInfo->aConvContinue.nPara;
-            ESelection aESel( nPara, 0, nPara, 0 );
-            // see comment for below same function call
-            SetLanguageAndFont( aESel,
-                    nTargetLang, EE_CHAR_LANGUAGE_CJK,
-                    pTargetFont, EE_CHAR_FONTINFO_CJK );
-        }
-
-
-        if (pConvInfo->aConvContinue.nPara  == pConvInfo->aConvTo.nPara &&
-            pConvInfo->aConvContinue.nIndex >= pConvInfo->aConvTo.nIndex)
-            break;
-
-/*
-        // Bekannter (wahrscheinlicher) Bug: Wenn SpellToCurrent, muss
-        // Current bei jeder Ersetzung korrigiert werden, sonst passt
-        // das Ende evtl. nicht mehr genau...
-        if ( pConvInfo->bConvToEnd || pConvInfo->bMultipleDoc )
-        {
-            if ( aCurSel.Max().GetNode() == pLastNode &&
-                 aCurSel.Max().GetIndex() >= pLastNode->Len() )
-                break;
-        }
-*/
-
-        USHORT nAttribStart = USHRT_MAX;
-        USHORT nAttribEnd   = USHRT_MAX;
-        USHORT nCurPos      = USHRT_MAX;
-        EPaM aCurStart = CreateEPaM( aCurSel.Min() );
-        SvUShorts aPortions;
-        pEditEngine->GetPortions( (USHORT)aCurStart.nPara, aPortions );
-        for ( USHORT nPos = 0; nPos < aPortions.Count(); ++nPos )
-        {
-            USHORT nEnd   = aPortions.GetObject( nPos );
-            USHORT nStart = nPos > 0 ? aPortions.GetObject( nPos - 1 ) : 0;
-
-            // the language attribute is obtained from the left character
-            // (like usually all other attributes)
-            // thus we usually have to add 1 in order to get the language
-            // of the text right to the cursor position
-            USHORT nLangIdx = nEnd > nStart ? nStart + 1 : nStart;
-            LanguageType nLangFound = pEditEngine->GetLanguage( aCurStart.nPara, nLangIdx );
-#ifdef DEBUG
-            lang::Locale aLocale( SvxCreateLocale( nLangFound ) );
-#endif
-            sal_Bool bLangOk =  (nLangFound == nSrcLang) ||
-                                (svx::HangulHanjaConversion::IsChinese( nLangFound ) &&
-                                 svx::HangulHanjaConversion::IsChinese( nSrcLang ));
-
-            if (nAttribEnd != USHRT_MAX) // start already found?
-            {
-                DBG_ASSERT(nEnd >= aCurStart.nIndex, "error while scanning attributes (a)" );
-                DBG_ASSERT(nEnd >= nAttribEnd, "error while scanning attributes (b)" );
-                if (/*nEnd >= aCurStart.nIndex &&*/ nLangFound == nResLang)
-                    nAttribEnd = nEnd;
-                else  // language attrib has changed
-                    break;
-            }
-            if (nAttribStart == USHRT_MAX && // start not yet found?
-                nEnd > aCurStart.nIndex && bLangOk)
-            {
-                nAttribStart = nStart;
-                nAttribEnd   = nEnd;
-                nResLang = nLangFound;
-            }
-            //! the list of portions may have changed compared to the previous
-            //! call to this function (because of possibly changed language
-            //! attribute!)
-            //! But since we don't want to start in the already processed part
-            //! we clip the start accordingly.
-            if (nAttribStart < aCurStart.nIndex)
-            {
-                nAttribStart = aCurStart.nIndex;
-            }
-
-            // check script type to the right of the start of the current portion
-            EditPaM aPaM( CreateEditPaM( EPaM(aCurStart.nPara, nLangIdx) ) );
-            sal_Bool bIsAsianScript = (i18n::ScriptType::ASIAN == GetScriptType( aPaM ));
-            // not yet processed text part with for conversion
-            // not suitable language found that needs to be changed?
-            if (bAllowImplicitChangesForNotConvertibleText &&
-                !bLangOk && !bIsAsianScript && nEnd > aCurStart.nIndex)
-            {
-                ESelection aESel( aCurStart.nPara, nStart, aCurStart.nPara, nEnd );
-                // set language and font to target language and font of conversion
-                //! Now this especially includes all non convertible text e.g.
-                //! spaces, empty paragraphs and western text.
-                // This is in order for every *new* text entered at *any* position to
-                // have the correct language and font attributes set.
-                SetLanguageAndFont( aESel,
-                        nTargetLang, EE_CHAR_LANGUAGE_CJK,
-                        pTargetFont, EE_CHAR_FONTINFO_CJK );
-            }
-
-            nCurPos = nEnd;
-        }
-
-        if (nAttribStart != USHRT_MAX  &&  nAttribEnd != USHRT_MAX)
-        {
-            aCurSel.Min().SetIndex( nAttribStart );
-            aCurSel.Max().SetIndex( nAttribEnd );
-        }
-        else if (nCurPos != USHRT_MAX)
-        {
-            // set selection to end of scanned text
-            // (used to set the position where to continue from later on)
-            aCurSel.Min().SetIndex( nCurPos );
-            aCurSel.Max().SetIndex( nCurPos );
-        }
-
-        if ( !pConvInfo->bConvToEnd )
-        {
-            EPaM aEPaM( CreateEPaM( aCurSel.Min() ) );
-            if ( !( aEPaM < pConvInfo->aConvTo ) )
-                break;
-        }
-
-        // clip selected word to the converted area
-        // (main use when conversion starts/ends **within** a word)
-        EditPaM aPaM( CreateEditPaM( pConvInfo->aConvStart ) );
-        if (pConvInfo->bConvToEnd &&
-            aCurSel.Min().GetNode() == aPaM.GetNode() &&
-            aCurSel.Min().GetIndex() < aPaM.GetIndex())
-                aCurSel.Min().SetIndex( aPaM.GetIndex() );
-        aPaM = CreateEditPaM( pConvInfo->aConvContinue );
-        if (aCurSel.Min().GetNode() == aPaM.GetNode() &&
-            aCurSel.Min().GetIndex() < aPaM.GetIndex())
-                aCurSel.Min().SetIndex( aPaM.GetIndex() );
-        aPaM = CreateEditPaM( pConvInfo->aConvTo );
-        if ((!pConvInfo->bConvToEnd || rConvRange.HasRange())&&
-            aCurSel.Max().GetNode() == aPaM.GetNode() &&
-            aCurSel.Max().GetIndex() > aPaM.GetIndex())
-                aCurSel.Max().SetIndex( aPaM.GetIndex() );
-
-        aWord = GetSelected( aCurSel );
-
-        if ( aWord.Len() > 0 /* && bLangOk */)
-            aRes = aWord;
-
-        // move to next word/paragraph if necessary
-        if ( !aRes.Len() )
-            aCurSel = WordRight( aCurSel.Min(), ::com::sun::star::i18n::WordType::DICTIONARY_WORD );
-
-        pConvInfo->aConvContinue = CreateEPaM( aCurSel.Max() );
-    }
-
-    pEditView->pImpEditView->DrawSelection();
-    pEditView->pImpEditView->SetEditSelection( aCurSel );
-    pEditView->pImpEditView->DrawSelection();
-    pEditView->ShowCursor( sal_True, sal_False );
-
-    rConvTxt = aRes;
-    if (rConvTxt.getLength())
-        rConvTxtLang = nResLang;
-#endif
-}
-
-
-Reference< XSpellAlternatives > ImpEditEngine::ImpSpell( EditView* pEditView )
-{
-#ifdef SVX_LIGHT
-    return Reference< XSpellAlternatives >();
-#else
-
-    DBG_ASSERT( xSpeller.is(), "Kein Speller gesetzt!" );
-
-    ContentNode* pLastNode = aEditDoc.SaveGetObject( (aEditDoc.Count()-1) );
-    EditSelection aCurSel( pEditView->pImpEditView->GetEditSelection() );
-    aCurSel.Min() = aCurSel.Max();
-
-    String aWord;
-    Reference< XSpellAlternatives > xSpellAlt;
-    Sequence< PropertyValue > aEmptySeq;
-    while (!xSpellAlt.is())
-    {
-
-        // Bekannter (wahrscheinlicher) Bug: Wenn SpellToCurrent, muss
-        // Current bei jeder Ersetzung korrigiert werden, sonst passt
-        // das Ende evtl. nicht mehr genau...
-        if ( pSpellInfo->bSpellToEnd || pSpellInfo->bMultipleDoc )
-        {
-            if ( aCurSel.Max().GetNode() == pLastNode )
-            {
-                if ( ( aCurSel.Max().GetIndex() >= pLastNode->Len() ) )
-                    break;
-            }
-        }
-        else if ( !pSpellInfo->bSpellToEnd )
-        {
-            EPaM aEPaM( CreateEPaM( aCurSel.Max() ) );
-            if ( !( aEPaM < pSpellInfo->aSpellTo ) )
-                break;
-        }
-
-        aCurSel = SelectWord( aCurSel, ::com::sun::star::i18n::WordType::DICTIONARY_WORD );
-        aWord = GetSelected( aCurSel );
-
-        // Wenn Punkt dahinter, muss dieser mit uebergeben werden !
-        // Falls Abkuerzung...
-        if ( aWord.Len() && ( aCurSel.Max().GetIndex() < aCurSel.Max().GetNode()->Len() ) )
-        {
-            sal_Unicode cNext = aCurSel.Max().GetNode()->GetChar( aCurSel.Max().GetIndex() );
-            if ( cNext == '.' )
-            {
-                aCurSel.Max().GetIndex()++;
-                aWord += cNext;
-            }
-        }
-
-        if ( aWord.Len() > 0 )
-        {
-            LanguageType eLang = GetLanguage( aCurSel.Max() );
-            SvxSpellWrapper::CheckSpellLang( xSpeller, eLang );
-            xSpellAlt = xSpeller->spell( aWord, eLang, aEmptySeq );
-        }
-
-        if ( !xSpellAlt.is() )
-            aCurSel = WordRight( aCurSel.Min(), ::com::sun::star::i18n::WordType::DICTIONARY_WORD );
-        else
-            pSpellInfo->eState = EE_SPELL_ERRORFOUND;
-    }
-
-    pEditView->pImpEditView->DrawSelection();
-    pEditView->pImpEditView->SetEditSelection( aCurSel );
-    pEditView->pImpEditView->DrawSelection();
-    pEditView->ShowCursor( sal_True, sal_False );
-    return xSpellAlt;
-#endif
-}
-/*-- 13.10.2003 16:43:27---------------------------------------------------
-
-  -----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-void ImpEditEngine::EndSpelling()
-{
-    DELETEZ(pSpellInfo);
-}
-/*-- 13.10.2003 16:43:27---------------------------------------------------
-
-  -----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-void ImpEditEngine::StartSpelling(EditView& rEditView, sal_Bool bMultipleDoc)
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT(!pSpellInfo, "pSpellInfo already set?");
-    pSpellInfo = new SpellInfo;
-    pSpellInfo->bMultipleDoc = bMultipleDoc;
-    rEditView.pImpEditView->SetEditSelection( aEditDoc.GetStartPaM() );
-    EditSelection aCurSel( rEditView.pImpEditView->GetEditSelection() );
-    pSpellInfo->aSpellStart = CreateEPaM( SelectWord( aCurSel, ::com::sun::star::i18n::WordType::DICTIONARY_WORD ).Min() );
-}
-/*-- 13.10.2003 16:43:27---------------------------------------------------
-    Search for the next wrong word within the given selection
-  -----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-Reference< XSpellAlternatives > ImpEditEngine::ImpFindNextError(EditSelection& rSelection)
-{
-    /* ContentNode* pLastNode = */ aEditDoc.SaveGetObject( (aEditDoc.Count()-1) );
-    EditSelection aCurSel( rSelection.Min() );
-
-    String aWord;
-    Reference< XSpellAlternatives > xSpellAlt;
-    Sequence< PropertyValue > aEmptySeq;
-    while (!xSpellAlt.is())
-    {
-        //check if the end of the selection has been reached
-        {
-            EPaM aEPaM( CreateEPaM( aCurSel.Max() ) );
-            if ( !( aEPaM < CreateEPaM( rSelection.Max()) ) )
-                break;
-        }
-
-        aCurSel = SelectWord( aCurSel, ::com::sun::star::i18n::WordType::DICTIONARY_WORD );
-        aWord = GetSelected( aCurSel );
-
-        // Wenn Punkt dahinter, muss dieser mit uebergeben werden !
-        // Falls Abkuerzung...
-        if ( aWord.Len() && ( aCurSel.Max().GetIndex() < aCurSel.Max().GetNode()->Len() ) )
-        {
-            sal_Unicode cNext = aCurSel.Max().GetNode()->GetChar( aCurSel.Max().GetIndex() );
-            if ( cNext == '.' )
-            {
-                aCurSel.Max().GetIndex()++;
-                aWord += cNext;
-            }
-        }
-
-        if ( aWord.Len() > 0 )
-            xSpellAlt = xSpeller->spell( aWord, GetLanguage( aCurSel.Max() ), aEmptySeq );
-
-        if ( !xSpellAlt.is() )
-            aCurSel = WordRight( aCurSel.Min(), ::com::sun::star::i18n::WordType::DICTIONARY_WORD );
-        else
-        {
-            pSpellInfo->eState = EE_SPELL_ERRORFOUND;
-            rSelection = aCurSel;
-        }
-    }
-    return xSpellAlt;
-}
-/*-- 13.10.2003 16:43:27---------------------------------------------------
-
-  -----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-bool ImpEditEngine::SpellSentence(EditView& rEditView, ::svx::SpellPortions& rToFill, bool /*bIsGrammarChecking*/ )
-{
-#ifdef SVX_LIGHT
-#else
-    bool bRet = false;
-    //the pSpellInfo has to be created on demand
-    if(!pSpellInfo)
-    {
-        pSpellInfo = new SpellInfo;
-        pSpellInfo->bMultipleDoc = sal_True;
-        rEditView.pImpEditView->SetEditSelection( aEditDoc.GetStartPaM() );
-        EditSelection aCurSel( rEditView.pImpEditView->GetEditSelection() );
-        pSpellInfo->aSpellStart = CreateEPaM( SelectWord( aCurSel, ::com::sun::star::i18n::WordType::DICTIONARY_WORD ).Min() );
-    }
-    DBG_ASSERT( xSpeller.is(), "Kein Speller gesetzt!" );
-    pSpellInfo->aLastSpellPortions.clear();
-    pSpellInfo->aLastSpellContentSelections.clear();
-    rToFill.clear();
-    EditSelection aCurSel( rEditView.pImpEditView->GetEditSelection() );
-    //if no selection previously exists the range is extended to the end of the object
-    if(aCurSel.Min() == aCurSel.Max())
-    {
-        ContentNode* pLastNode = aEditDoc.SaveGetObject( aEditDoc.Count()-1);
-        aCurSel.Max() = EditPaM(pLastNode, pLastNode->Len());
-    }
-    Reference< XSpellAlternatives > xAlt = ImpFindNextError(aCurSel);
-    if(xAlt.is())
-    {
-        bRet = true;
-        //find the sentence boundaries
-        EditSelection aSentencePaM = SelectSentence(aCurSel);
-        //make sure that the sentence is never smaller than the error range!
-        if(aSentencePaM.Max().GetIndex() < aCurSel.Max().GetIndex())
-            aSentencePaM.Max() = aCurSel.Max();
-        //add the portion preceeding the error
-        EditSelection aStartSelection(aSentencePaM.Min(), aCurSel.Min());
-        if(aStartSelection.HasRange())
-            AddPortionIterated(rEditView, aStartSelection, 0, rToFill);
-        //add the error portion
-        AddPortionIterated(rEditView, aCurSel, xAlt, rToFill);
-        //find the end of the sentence
-        //search for all errors in the rest of the sentence and add all the portions
-        do
-        {
-            EditSelection aNextSel = EditSelection(aCurSel.Max(), aSentencePaM.Max());
-            xAlt = ImpFindNextError(aNextSel);
-            if(xAlt.is())
-            {
-                //add the part between the previous and the current error
-                AddPortionIterated(rEditView, EditSelection(aCurSel.Max(), aNextSel.Min()), 0, rToFill);
-                //add the current error
-                AddPortionIterated(rEditView, aNextSel, xAlt, rToFill);
-            }
-            else
-                AddPortionIterated(rEditView, EditSelection(aCurSel.Max(), aSentencePaM.Max()), xAlt, rToFill);
-            aCurSel = aNextSel;
-        }
-        while( xAlt.is() );
-        //set the selection to the end of the current sentence
-        rEditView.pImpEditView->SetEditSelection(aSentencePaM.Max());
-    }
-#endif
-    return bRet;
-}
-
-/*-- 15.10.2003 16:09:12---------------------------------------------------
-    adds one portion to the SpellPortions
-  -----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-void ImpEditEngine::AddPortion(
-                            const EditSelection rSel,
-                            uno::Reference< XSpellAlternatives > xAlt,
-                                ::svx::SpellPortions& rToFill,
-                                bool bIsField)
-{
-#ifdef SVX_LIGHT
-#else
-    if(rSel.HasRange())
-    {
-        svx::SpellPortion aPortion;
-        aPortion.sText = GetSelected( rSel );
-        aPortion.eLanguage = GetLanguage( rSel.Min() );
-        aPortion.xAlternatives = xAlt;
-        aPortion.bIsField = bIsField;
-        rToFill.push_back(aPortion);
-
-        //save the spelled portions for later use
-        pSpellInfo->aLastSpellPortions.push_back(aPortion);
-        pSpellInfo->aLastSpellContentSelections.push_back(rSel);
-
-    }
-#endif
-}
-
-/*-- 15.10.2003 16:07:47---------------------------------------------------
-    adds one or more portions of text to the SpellPortions depending on language changes
-  -----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-void ImpEditEngine::AddPortionIterated(
-                            EditView& rEditView,
-                            const EditSelection rSel,
-                            Reference< XSpellAlternatives > xAlt,
-                                ::svx::SpellPortions& rToFill)
-{
-#ifdef SVX_LIGHT
-#else
-    if(rSel.Min() != rSel.Max())
-    {
-        if(xAlt.is())
-        {
-            AddPortion(rSel, xAlt, rToFill, false);
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            //iterate and search for language attribute changes
-            //save the start and end positions
-            bool bTest = rSel.Min().GetIndex() <= rSel.Max().GetIndex();
-            EditPaM aStart(bTest ? rSel.Min() : rSel.Max());
-            EditPaM aEnd(bTest ? rSel.Max() : rSel.Min());
-            //iterate over the text to find changes in language
-            //set the mark equal to the point
-            EditPaM aCursor(aStart);
-            rEditView.pImpEditView->SetEditSelection( aCursor );
-            LanguageType eStartLanguage = GetLanguage( aCursor );
-            //search for a field attribute at the beginning - only the end position
-            //of this field is kept to end a portion at that position
-            const EditCharAttrib* pFieldAttr = aCursor.GetNode()->GetCharAttribs().
-                                                    FindFeature( aCursor.GetIndex() );
-            bool bIsField = pFieldAttr &&
-                    pFieldAttr->GetStart() == aCursor.GetIndex() &&
-                    pFieldAttr->GetStart() != pFieldAttr->GetEnd() &&
-                    pFieldAttr->Which() == EE_FEATURE_FIELD;
-            USHORT nEndField = bIsField ? pFieldAttr->GetEnd() : USHRT_MAX;
-            bool bIsEndField = false;
-            do
-            {
-                aCursor = CursorRight( aCursor);
-                //determine whether a field and has been reached
-                bIsEndField = nEndField == aCursor.GetIndex();
-                //search for a new field attribute
-                EditCharAttrib* _pFieldAttr = aCursor.GetNode()->GetCharAttribs().
-                                                        FindFeature( aCursor.GetIndex() );
-                bIsField = _pFieldAttr &&
-                        _pFieldAttr->GetStart() == aCursor.GetIndex() &&
-                        _pFieldAttr->GetStart() != _pFieldAttr->GetEnd() &&
-                        _pFieldAttr->Which() == EE_FEATURE_FIELD;
-                //on every new field move the end position
-                if(bIsField)
-                    nEndField = bIsField ? _pFieldAttr->GetEnd() : USHRT_MAX;
-
-                LanguageType eCurLanguage = GetLanguage( aCursor );
-                if(eCurLanguage != eStartLanguage || bIsField || bIsEndField)
-                {
-                    eStartLanguage = eCurLanguage;
-                    //go one step back - the cursor currently selects the first character
-                    //with a different language
-                    //create a selection from start to the current Cursor
-                    EditSelection aSelection(aStart, aCursor);
-                    AddPortion(aSelection, xAlt, rToFill, bIsEndField);
-                    aStart = aCursor;
-                }
-            }
-            while(aCursor.GetIndex() < aEnd.GetIndex());
-            EditSelection aSelection(aStart, aCursor);
-            AddPortion(aSelection, xAlt, rToFill, bIsField);
-        }
-    }
-#endif
-}
-
-/*-- 13.10.2003 16:43:33---------------------------------------------------
-
-  -----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-void ImpEditEngine::ApplyChangedSentence(EditView& rEditView, const ::svx::SpellPortions& rNewPortions, bool /*bIsGrammarChecking*/ )
-{
-#ifdef SVX_LIGHT
-#else
-    DBG_ASSERT(pSpellInfo, "pSpellInfo not initialized");
-    if(pSpellInfo)
-    {
-        UndoActionStart( EDITUNDO_INSERT );
-        if(pSpellInfo->aLastSpellPortions.size() == rNewPortions.size())
-        {
-            //the simple case: the same number of elements on both sides
-            //each changed element has to be applied to the corresponding source element
-            svx::SpellPortions::const_iterator aCurrentNewPortion = rNewPortions.end();
-            svx::SpellPortions::const_iterator aCurrentOldPortion = pSpellInfo->aLastSpellPortions.end();
-            SpellContentSelections::const_iterator aCurrentOldPosition = pSpellInfo->aLastSpellContentSelections.end();
-            bool bSetToEnd = false;
-            do
-            {
-                --aCurrentNewPortion;
-                --aCurrentOldPortion;
-                --aCurrentOldPosition;
-                //set the cursor to the end of the sentence - necessary to
-                //resume there at the next step
-                if(!bSetToEnd)
-                {
-                    bSetToEnd = true;
-                    rEditView.pImpEditView->SetEditSelection( aCurrentOldPosition->Max() );
-                }
-
-                USHORT nScriptType = GetI18NScriptTypeOfLanguage( aCurrentNewPortion->eLanguage );
-//                LanguageType eTextLanguage = GetLanguage( aCurrentOldPosition->Min() );
-
-                USHORT nLangWhichId = EE_CHAR_LANGUAGE;
-                switch(nScriptType)
-                {
-                    case SCRIPTTYPE_ASIAN : nLangWhichId = EE_CHAR_LANGUAGE_CJK; break;
-                    case SCRIPTTYPE_COMPLEX : nLangWhichId = EE_CHAR_LANGUAGE_CTL; break;
-                }
-                if(aCurrentNewPortion->sText != aCurrentOldPortion->sText)
-                {
-                    //change text and apply language
-                    SfxItemSet aSet( aEditDoc.GetItemPool(), nLangWhichId, nLangWhichId);
-                    aSet.Put(SvxLanguageItem(aCurrentNewPortion->eLanguage, nLangWhichId));
-                    SetAttribs( *aCurrentOldPosition, aSet );
-                    ImpInsertText( *aCurrentOldPosition, aCurrentNewPortion->sText );
-                }
-                else if(aCurrentNewPortion->eLanguage != aCurrentOldPortion->eLanguage)
-                {
-                    //apply language
-                    SfxItemSet aSet( aEditDoc.GetItemPool(), nLangWhichId, nLangWhichId);
-                    aSet.Put(SvxLanguageItem(aCurrentNewPortion->eLanguage, nLangWhichId));
-                    SetAttribs( *aCurrentOldPosition, aSet );
-                }
-                if(aCurrentNewPortion == rNewPortions.begin())
-                    break;
-            }
-            while(aCurrentNewPortion != rNewPortions.begin());
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            //select the complete sentence
-            SpellContentSelections::const_iterator aCurrentEndPosition = pSpellInfo->aLastSpellContentSelections.end();
-            --aCurrentEndPosition;
-            SpellContentSelections::const_iterator aCurrentStartPosition = pSpellInfo->aLastSpellContentSelections.begin();
-            EditSelection aAllSentence(aCurrentStartPosition->Min(), aCurrentEndPosition->Max());
-
-            //delete the sentence completely
-            ImpDeleteSelection( aAllSentence );
-            svx::SpellPortions::const_iterator aCurrentNewPortion = rNewPortions.begin();
-            EditPaM aCurrentPaM = aAllSentence.Min();
-            while(aCurrentNewPortion != rNewPortions.end())
-            {
-                //set the language attribute
-                LanguageType eCurLanguage = GetLanguage( aCurrentPaM );
-                if(eCurLanguage != aCurrentNewPortion->eLanguage)
-                {
-                    USHORT nScriptType = GetI18NScriptTypeOfLanguage( aCurrentNewPortion->eLanguage );
-                    USHORT nLangWhichId = EE_CHAR_LANGUAGE;
-                    switch(nScriptType)
-                    {
-                        case SCRIPTTYPE_ASIAN : nLangWhichId = EE_CHAR_LANGUAGE_CJK; break;
-                        case SCRIPTTYPE_COMPLEX : nLangWhichId = EE_CHAR_LANGUAGE_CTL; break;
-                    }
-                    SfxItemSet aSet( aEditDoc.GetItemPool(), nLangWhichId, nLangWhichId);
-                    aSet.Put(SvxLanguageItem(aCurrentNewPortion->eLanguage, nLangWhichId));
-                    SetAttribs( aCurrentPaM, aSet );
-                }
-                //insert the new string and set the cursor to the end of the inserted string
-                aCurrentPaM = ImpInsertText( aCurrentPaM , aCurrentNewPortion->sText );
-                ++aCurrentNewPortion;
-            }
-        }
-        UndoActionEnd( EDITUNDO_INSERT );
-    }
-    FormatAndUpdate();
-    aEditDoc.SetModified(TRUE);
-#endif
-}
-/*-- 08.09.2008 11:33:02---------------------------------------------------
-
-  -----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-void ImpEditEngine::PutSpellingToSentenceStart( EditView& rEditView )
-{
-#ifdef SVX_LIGHT
-#else
-    if( pSpellInfo && pSpellInfo->aLastSpellContentSelections.size() )
-    {
-        rEditView.pImpEditView->SetEditSelection( pSpellInfo->aLastSpellContentSelections.begin()->Min() );
-    }
-
-#endif
-}
-
-
-void ImpEditEngine::DoOnlineSpelling( ContentNode* pThisNodeOnly, sal_Bool bSpellAtCursorPos, sal_Bool bInteruptable )
-{
-#ifndef SVX_LIGHT
-    /*
-     Er wird ueber alle Absaetze iteriert, nur Absaetze mit invalidierter
-     WrongList werden geprueft...
-
-     Es werden alle Woerter im invalidierten Bereich geprueft.
-     Ist ein Wort falsch, aber noch nicht in der WrongList, oder umgekehrt,
-     wird der Bereich des Wortes invalidiert
-      ( kein Invalidate, sondern wenn nur Uebergaenge von richtig=>falsch,
-        einfaches Paint, bei Uebergaengen von falsch=>richtig mit VDev
-        ueberplaetten )
-    */
-
-     if ( !xSpeller.is() )
-        return;
-
-    EditPaM aCursorPos;
-    if( pActiveView && !bSpellAtCursorPos )
-    {
-        DBG_CHKOBJ( pActiveView, EditView, 0 );
-        aCursorPos = pActiveView->pImpEditView->GetEditSelection().Max();
-    }
-    sal_Bool bRestartTimer = sal_False;
-
-    ContentNode* pLastNode = aEditDoc.SaveGetObject( aEditDoc.Count() - 1 );
-    sal_uInt16 nNodes = GetEditDoc().Count();
-    sal_uInt16 nInvalids = 0;
-    Sequence< PropertyValue > aEmptySeq;
-    for ( sal_uInt16 n = 0; n < nNodes; n++ )
-    {
-        ContentNode* pNode = GetEditDoc().GetObject( n );
-        if ( pThisNodeOnly )
-            pNode = pThisNodeOnly;
-
-        if ( pNode->GetWrongList()->IsInvalid() )
-        {
-            WrongList* pWrongList = pNode->GetWrongList();
-            sal_uInt16 nInvStart = pWrongList->GetInvalidStart();
-            sal_uInt16 nInvEnd = pWrongList->GetInvalidEnd();
-
-            sal_uInt16 nWrongs = 0; // Auch im Absatz mal die Kontrolle abgeben...
-//          sal_Bool bStop = sal_False;
-
-            sal_uInt16 nPaintFrom = 0xFFFF, nPaintTo = 0;
-            sal_Bool bSimpleRepaint = sal_True;
-
-            pWrongList->SetValid();
-
-            EditPaM aPaM( pNode, nInvStart );
-            EditSelection aSel( aPaM, aPaM );
-            while ( ( aSel.Max().GetNode() == pNode ) /* && !bStop */ )
-            {
-                if ( ( aSel.Min().GetIndex() > nInvEnd )
-                        || ( ( aSel.Max().GetNode() == pLastNode ) && ( aSel.Max().GetIndex() >= pLastNode->Len() ) ) )
-                    break;  // Dokument- oder Ungueltigkeitsbereich-Ende
-
-                aSel = SelectWord( aSel, ::com::sun::star::i18n::WordType::DICTIONARY_WORD );
-                String aWord( GetSelected( aSel ) );
-                // Wenn Punkt dahinter, muss dieser mit uebergeben werden !
-                // Falls Abkuerzung...
-                sal_Bool bDottAdded = sal_False;
-                if ( aSel.Max().GetIndex() < aSel.Max().GetNode()->Len() )
-                {
-                    sal_Unicode cNext = aSel.Max().GetNode()->GetChar( aSel.Max().GetIndex() );
-                    if ( cNext == '.' )
-                    {
-                        aSel.Max().GetIndex()++;
-                        aWord += cNext;
-                        bDottAdded = sal_True;
-                    }
-                }
-
-
-                sal_Bool bChanged = sal_False;
-                if ( aWord.Len() > 0 )
-                {
-                    sal_uInt16 nWStart = aSel.Min().GetIndex();
-                    sal_uInt16 nWEnd= aSel.Max().GetIndex();
-                    if ( !xSpeller->isValid( aWord, GetLanguage( EditPaM( aSel.Min().GetNode(), nWStart+1 ) ), aEmptySeq ) )
-                    {
-                        // Pruefen, ob schon richtig markiert...
-                        nWrongs++;
-                        // Nur bei SimpleRepaint stoppen, sonst zu oft VDev
-    //                      if ( ( nWrongs > 8 ) && bSimpleRepaint )
-    //                      {
-    //                          bStop = sal_True;
-    //                          pWrongList->MarkInvalid( aSel.Max().GetIndex(), nInvEnd );
-    //                      }
-                        sal_uInt16 nXEnd = bDottAdded ? nWEnd -1 : nWEnd;
-                        if ( !pWrongList->HasWrong( nWStart, nXEnd ) )
-                        {
-                            // Wort als falsch markieren...
-                            // Aber nur, wenn nicht an Cursor-Position...
-                            sal_Bool bCursorPos = sal_False;
-                            if ( aCursorPos.GetNode() == pNode )
-                            {
-                                if ( ( nWStart <= aCursorPos.GetIndex() ) && nWEnd >= aCursorPos.GetIndex() )
-                                    bCursorPos = sal_True;
-                            }
-                            if ( bCursorPos )
-                            {
-                                // Dann weiter als ungueltig markieren...
-                                pWrongList->GetInvalidStart() = nWStart;
-                                pWrongList->GetInvalidEnd() = nWEnd;
-                                bRestartTimer = sal_True;
-                            }
-                            else
-                            {
-                                // Es kann sein, dass die Wrongs in der Liste nicht
-                                // genau ueber Woerter aufgespannt sind, weil die
-                                // WordDelimiters beim Expandieren nicht ausgewrtet werden.
-                                pWrongList->InsertWrong( nWStart, nXEnd, sal_True );
-                                bChanged = sal_True;
-                            }
-                        }
-                    }
-                    else
-                    {
-                        // Pruefen, ob nicht als als falsch markiert....
-                        if ( pWrongList->HasAnyWrong( nWStart, nWEnd ) )
-                        {
-                            pWrongList->ClearWrongs( nWStart, nWEnd, pNode );
-                            bSimpleRepaint = sal_False;
-                            bChanged = sal_True;
-                        }
-                    }
-                    if ( bChanged  )
-                    {
-                        if ( nPaintFrom == 0xFFFF )
-                            nPaintFrom = nWStart;
-                        nPaintTo = nWEnd;
-                    }
-                }
-
-                EditPaM aLastEnd( aSel.Max() );
-                aSel = WordRight( aSel.Max(), ::com::sun::star::i18n::WordType::DICTIONARY_WORD );
-                if ( bChanged && ( aSel.Min().GetNode() == pNode ) &&
-                        ( ( aSel.Min().GetIndex()-aLastEnd.GetIndex() > 1 ) ) )
-                {
-                    // Wenn zwei Worte durch mehr Zeichen als ein Blank getrennt
-                    // sind, kann es passieren, dass beim Aufsplitten eines Wrongs
-                    // der Start den zweiten Wortes vor dem tatsaechlich Wort liegt
-                    pWrongList->ClearWrongs( aLastEnd.GetIndex(), aSel.Min().GetIndex(), pNode );
-                }
-            }
-
-            // Invalidieren?
-            if ( ( nPaintFrom != 0xFFFF ) )
-            {
-                aStatus.GetStatusWord() |= EE_STAT_WRONGWORDCHANGED;
-                CallStatusHdl();
-
-                if ( aEditViews.Count() )
-                {
-                    // Bei SimpleRepaint wuerde ein uebermalen ohne VDev reichen,
-                    // aber dann muesste ich ueber alle Views, Intersecten,
-                    // Clippen, ...
-                    // Lohnt wahrscheinlich nicht.
-                    EditPaM aStartPaM( pNode, nPaintFrom );
-                    EditPaM aEndPaM( pNode, nPaintTo );
-                    Rectangle aStartCursor( PaMtoEditCursor( aStartPaM ) );
-                    Rectangle aEndCursor( PaMtoEditCursor( aEndPaM ) );
-                    DBG_ASSERT( aInvalidRec.IsEmpty(), "InvalidRect gesetzt!" );
-                    aInvalidRec.Left() = 0;
-                    aInvalidRec.Right() = GetPaperSize().Width();
-                    aInvalidRec.Top() = aStartCursor.Top();
-                    aInvalidRec.Bottom() = aEndCursor.Bottom();
-                    if ( pActiveView && pActiveView->HasSelection() )
-                    {
-                        // Dann darf nicht ueber VDev ausgegeben werden
-                        UpdateViews( NULL );
-                    }
-                    else if ( bSimpleRepaint )
-                    {
-                        for ( sal_uInt16 nView = 0; nView < aEditViews.Count(); nView++ )
-                        {
-                            EditView* pView = aEditViews[nView];
-                            Rectangle aClipRec( aInvalidRec );
-                            aClipRec.Intersection( pView->GetVisArea() );
-                            if ( !aClipRec.IsEmpty() )
-                            {
-                                // in Fensterkoordinaten umwandeln....
-                                aClipRec.SetPos( pView->pImpEditView->GetWindowPos( aClipRec.TopLeft() ) );
-                                // Wenn Selektion, dann VDev...
-                                Paint( pView->pImpEditView, aClipRec, pView->HasSelection() );
-                            }
-                        }
-                    }
-                    else
-                    {
-                        UpdateViews( pActiveView );
-                    }
-                    aInvalidRec = Rectangle();
-                }
-            }
-            // Nach zwei korrigierten Nodes die Kontrolle abgeben...
-            nInvalids++;
-            if ( bInteruptable && ( nInvalids >= 2 ) )
-            {
-                bRestartTimer = sal_True;
-                break;
-            }
-        }
-
-        if ( pThisNodeOnly )
-            break;
-    }
-    if ( bRestartTimer )
-        aOnlineSpellTimer.Start();
-#endif // !SVX_LIGHT
-}
-
-
-EESpellState ImpEditEngine::HasSpellErrors()
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( xSpeller.is(), "Kein Speller gesetzt!" );
-
-#ifndef SVX_LIGHT
-    ContentNode* pLastNode = aEditDoc.SaveGetObject( aEditDoc.Count() - 1 );
-    EditSelection aCurSel( aEditDoc.GetStartPaM() );
-
-    String aWord;
-    Reference< XSpellAlternatives > xSpellAlt;
-    Sequence< PropertyValue > aEmptySeq;
-    while ( !xSpellAlt.is() )
-    {
-        if ( ( aCurSel.Max().GetNode() == pLastNode ) &&
-             ( aCurSel.Max().GetIndex() >= pLastNode->Len() ) )
-        {
-            return EE_SPELL_OK;
-        }
-
-        aCurSel = SelectWord( aCurSel, ::com::sun::star::i18n::WordType::DICTIONARY_WORD );
-        aWord = GetSelected( aCurSel );
-        if ( aWord.Len() > 0 )
-        {
-            LanguageType eLang = GetLanguage( aCurSel.Max() );
-            SvxSpellWrapper::CheckSpellLang( xSpeller, eLang );
-            xSpellAlt = xSpeller->spell( aWord, eLang, aEmptySeq );
-        }
-        aCurSel = WordRight( aCurSel.Max(), ::com::sun::star::i18n::WordType::DICTIONARY_WORD );
-    }
-#endif
-
-    return EE_SPELL_ERRORFOUND;
-}
-
-EESpellState ImpEditEngine::StartThesaurus( EditView* pEditView )
-{
-#ifndef SVX_LIGHT
-    EditSelection aCurSel( pEditView->pImpEditView->GetEditSelection() );
-    if ( !aCurSel.HasRange() )
-        aCurSel = SelectWord( aCurSel, ::com::sun::star::i18n::WordType::DICTIONARY_WORD );
-    String aWord( GetSelected( aCurSel ) );
-
-    Reference< XThesaurus > xThes( SvxGetThesaurus() );
-    if (!xThes.is())
-        return EE_SPELL_ERRORFOUND;
-
-    SvxThesaurusDialog aDialog( pEditView->GetWindow(), xThes, aWord, GetLanguage( aCurSel.Max() ) );
-
-    if ( aDialog.Execute() == RET_OK )
-    {
-        // Wort ersetzen...
-        pEditView->pImpEditView->DrawSelection();
-        pEditView->pImpEditView->SetEditSelection( aCurSel );
-        pEditView->pImpEditView->DrawSelection();
-        pEditView->InsertText( aDialog.GetWord() );
-        pEditView->ShowCursor( sal_True, sal_False );
-    }
-
-    return EE_SPELL_OK;
-#else
-    return EE_SPELL_NOSPELLER;
-#endif
-}
-
-sal_uInt16 ImpEditEngine::StartSearchAndReplace( EditView* pEditView, const SvxSearchItem& rSearchItem )
-{
-    sal_uInt16 nFound = 0;
-
-#ifndef SVX_LIGHT
-    EditSelection aCurSel( pEditView->pImpEditView->GetEditSelection() );
-
-    // FIND_ALL ohne Mehrfachselektion nicht moeglich.
-    if ( ( rSearchItem.GetCommand() == SVX_SEARCHCMD_FIND ) ||
-         ( rSearchItem.GetCommand() == SVX_SEARCHCMD_FIND_ALL ) )
-    {
-        if ( Search( rSearchItem, pEditView ) )
-            nFound++;
-    }
-    else if ( rSearchItem.GetCommand() == SVX_SEARCHCMD_REPLACE )
-    {
-        // Das Wort ist selektiert, wenn der Anwender die Selektion
-        // nicht zwischendurch manipuliert:
-        if ( aCurSel.HasRange() )
-        {
-            pEditView->InsertText( rSearchItem.GetReplaceString() );
-            nFound = 1;
-        }
-        else
-            if( Search( rSearchItem, pEditView ) )
-                nFound = 1;
-    }
-    else if ( rSearchItem.GetCommand() == SVX_SEARCHCMD_REPLACE_ALL )
-    {
-        // Der Writer ersetzt alle, vorn Anfang bis Ende...
-        SvxSearchItem aTmpItem( rSearchItem );
-        aTmpItem.SetBackward( sal_False );
-
-        pEditView->pImpEditView->DrawSelection();
-
-        aCurSel.Adjust( aEditDoc );
-        EditPaM aStartPaM = aTmpItem.GetSelection() ? aCurSel.Min() : aEditDoc.GetStartPaM();
-        EditSelection aFoundSel( aCurSel.Max() );
-        sal_Bool bFound = ImpSearch( aTmpItem, aCurSel, aStartPaM, aFoundSel );
-        if ( bFound )
-            UndoActionStart( EDITUNDO_REPLACEALL );
-        while ( bFound )
-        {
-            nFound++;
-            aStartPaM = ImpInsertText( aFoundSel, rSearchItem.GetReplaceString() );
-            bFound = ImpSearch( aTmpItem, aCurSel, aStartPaM, aFoundSel );
-        }
-        if ( nFound )
-        {
-            EditPaM aNewPaM( aFoundSel.Max() );
-            if ( aNewPaM.GetIndex() > aNewPaM.GetNode()->Len() )
-                aNewPaM.GetIndex() =  aNewPaM.GetNode()->Len();
-            pEditView->pImpEditView->SetEditSelection( aNewPaM );
-            FormatAndUpdate( pEditView );
-            UndoActionEnd( EDITUNDO_REPLACEALL );
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            pEditView->pImpEditView->DrawSelection();
-            pEditView->ShowCursor( sal_True, sal_False );
-        }
-    }
-#endif // !SVX_LIGHT
-    return nFound;
-}
-
-BOOL ImpEditEngine::Search( const SvxSearchItem& rSearchItem, EditView* pEditView )
-{
-    EditSelection aSel( pEditView->pImpEditView->GetEditSelection() );
-    aSel.Adjust( aEditDoc );
-    EditPaM aStartPaM( aSel.Max() );
-    if ( rSearchItem.GetSelection() && !rSearchItem.GetBackward() )
-        aStartPaM = aSel.Min();
-
-    EditSelection aFoundSel;
-    BOOL bFound = ImpSearch( rSearchItem, aSel, aStartPaM, aFoundSel );
-    if ( bFound && ( aFoundSel == aSel ) )  // Bei Rueckwaetssuche
-    {
-        aStartPaM = aSel.Min();
-        bFound = ImpSearch( rSearchItem, aSel, aStartPaM, aFoundSel );
-    }
-
-    pEditView->pImpEditView->DrawSelection();
-    if ( bFound )
-    {
-        // Erstmal das Min einstellen, damit das ganze Wort in den sichtbaren Bereich kommt.
-        pEditView->pImpEditView->SetEditSelection( aFoundSel.Min() );
-        pEditView->ShowCursor( TRUE, FALSE );
-        pEditView->pImpEditView->SetEditSelection( aFoundSel );
-    }
-    else
-        pEditView->pImpEditView->SetEditSelection( aSel.Max() );
-
-    pEditView->pImpEditView->DrawSelection();
-    pEditView->ShowCursor( TRUE, FALSE );
-    return bFound;
-}
-
-sal_Bool ImpEditEngine::ImpSearch( const SvxSearchItem& rSearchItem,
-    const EditSelection& rSearchSelection, const EditPaM& rStartPos, EditSelection& rFoundSel )
-{
-#ifndef SVX_LIGHT
-    util::SearchOptions aSearchOptions( rSearchItem.GetSearchOptions() );
-    aSearchOptions.Locale = GetLocale( rStartPos );
-
-    sal_Bool bBack = rSearchItem.GetBackward();
-    sal_Bool bSearchInSelection = rSearchItem.GetSelection();
-    sal_uInt16 nStartNode = aEditDoc.GetPos( rStartPos.GetNode() );
-    sal_uInt16 nEndNode;
-    if ( bSearchInSelection )
-    {
-        nEndNode = aEditDoc.GetPos( bBack ? rSearchSelection.Min().GetNode() : rSearchSelection.Max().GetNode() );
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        nEndNode = bBack ? 0 : aEditDoc.Count()-1;
-    }
-
-    utl::TextSearch aSearcher( aSearchOptions );
-
-    // ueber die Absaetze iterieren...
-    for ( sal_uInt16 nNode = nStartNode;
-            bBack ? ( nNode >= nEndNode ) : ( nNode <= nEndNode) ;
-            bBack ? nNode-- : nNode++ )
-    {
-        // Bei rueckwaertsuche, wenn nEndNode = 0:
-        if ( nNode >= 0xFFFF )
-            return sal_False;
-
-        ContentNode* pNode = aEditDoc.GetObject( nNode );
-
-        sal_uInt16 nStartPos = 0;
-        sal_uInt16 nEndPos = pNode->Len();
-        if ( nNode == nStartNode )
-        {
-            if ( bBack )
-                nEndPos = rStartPos.GetIndex();
-            else
-                nStartPos = rStartPos.GetIndex();
-        }
-        if ( ( nNode == nEndNode ) && bSearchInSelection )
-        {
-            if ( bBack )
-                nStartPos = rSearchSelection.Min().GetIndex();
-            else
-                nEndPos = rSearchSelection.Max().GetIndex();
-        }
-
-        // Suchen...
-        XubString aParaStr( GetEditDoc().GetParaAsString( pNode ) );
-        bool bFound = false;
-        if ( bBack )
-        {
-            SwapUSHORTs( nStartPos, nEndPos );
-            bFound = aSearcher.SearchBkwrd( aParaStr, &nStartPos, &nEndPos);
-        }
-        else
-            bFound = aSearcher.SearchFrwrd( aParaStr, &nStartPos, &nEndPos);
-
-        if ( bFound )
-        {
-            rFoundSel.Min().SetNode( pNode );
-            rFoundSel.Min().SetIndex( nStartPos );
-            rFoundSel.Max().SetNode( pNode );
-            rFoundSel.Max().SetIndex( nEndPos );
-            return sal_True;
-        }
-    }
-#endif // !SVX_LIGHT
-    return sal_False;
-}
-
-sal_Bool ImpEditEngine::HasText( const SvxSearchItem& rSearchItem )
-{
-#ifndef SVX_LIGHT
-    SvxSearchItem aTmpItem( rSearchItem );
-    aTmpItem.SetBackward( sal_False );
-    aTmpItem.SetSelection( sal_False );
-
-    EditPaM aStartPaM( aEditDoc.GetStartPaM() );
-    EditSelection aDummySel( aStartPaM );
-    EditSelection aFoundSel;
-    return ImpSearch( aTmpItem, aDummySel, aStartPaM, aFoundSel );
-#else
-    return sal_False;
-#endif
-}
-
-void ImpEditEngine::SetAutoCompleteText( const String& rStr, sal_Bool bClearTipWindow )
-{
-#ifndef SVX_LIGHT
-    aAutoCompleteText = rStr;
-    if ( bClearTipWindow && pActiveView )
-        Help::ShowQuickHelp( pActiveView->GetWindow(), Rectangle(), String(), 0 );
-#endif // !SVX_LIGHT
-}
-
-EditSelection ImpEditEngine::TransliterateText( const EditSelection& rSelection, sal_Int32 nTransliterationMode )
-{
-    EditSelection aSel( rSelection );
-    aSel.Adjust( aEditDoc );
-
-    if ( !aSel.HasRange() )
-        aSel = SelectWord( aSel );
-
-    EditSelection aNewSel( aSel );
-
-    USHORT nStartNode = aEditDoc.GetPos( aSel.Min().GetNode() );
-    USHORT nEndNode = aEditDoc.GetPos( aSel.Max().GetNode() );
-
-    BOOL bChanges = FALSE;
-    BOOL bLenChanged = FALSE;
-    EditUndoTransliteration* pUndo = NULL;
-
-    utl::TransliterationWrapper aTranslitarationWrapper( ::comphelper::getProcessServiceFactory(), nTransliterationMode );
-    BOOL bConsiderLanguage = aTranslitarationWrapper.needLanguageForTheMode();
-
-    for ( USHORT nNode = nStartNode; nNode <= nEndNode; nNode++ )
-    {
-        ContentNode* pNode = aEditDoc.GetObject( nNode );
-        xub_StrLen nStartPos = 0;
-        xub_StrLen nEndPos = pNode->Len();
-        if ( nNode == nStartNode )
-            nStartPos = aSel.Min().GetIndex();
-        if ( nNode == nEndNode ) // kann auch == nStart sein!
-            nEndPos = aSel.Max().GetIndex();
-
-        USHORT nCurrentStart = nStartPos;
-        USHORT nCurrentEnd = nEndPos;
-        sal_uInt16 nLanguage = LANGUAGE_SYSTEM;
-
-        do
-        {
-            if ( bConsiderLanguage )
-            {
-                nLanguage = GetLanguage( EditPaM( pNode, nCurrentStart+1 ), &nCurrentEnd );
-                if ( nCurrentEnd > nEndPos )
-                    nCurrentEnd = nEndPos;
-            }
-
-            xub_StrLen nLen = nCurrentEnd - nCurrentStart;
-
-            Sequence <sal_Int32> aOffsets;
-            String aNewText( aTranslitarationWrapper.transliterate( *pNode, nLanguage, nCurrentStart, nLen, &aOffsets ) );
-
-            if( ( nLen != aNewText.Len() ) || !pNode->Equals( aNewText, nCurrentStart, nLen ) )
-            {
-                bChanges = TRUE;
-                if ( nLen != aNewText.Len() )
-                    bLenChanged = TRUE;
-
-#ifndef SVX_LIGHT
-                // Create UndoAction on Demand....
-                if ( !pUndo && IsUndoEnabled() && !IsInUndo() )
-                {
-                    ESelection aESel( CreateESel( aSel ) );
-                    pUndo = new EditUndoTransliteration( this, aESel, nTransliterationMode );
-
-                    if ( ( nStartNode == nEndNode ) && !aSel.Min().GetNode()->GetCharAttribs().HasAttrib( aSel.Min().GetIndex(), aSel.Max().GetIndex() ) )
-                        pUndo->SetText( aSel.Min().GetNode()->Copy( aSel.Min().GetIndex(), aSel.Max().GetIndex()-aSel.Min().GetIndex() ) );
-                    else
-                        pUndo->SetText( CreateBinTextObject( aSel, NULL ) );
-                }
-#endif
-
-                // Change text without loosing the attributes
-                USHORT nCharsAfterTransliteration =
-                    sal::static_int_cast< USHORT >(aOffsets.getLength());
-                const sal_Int32* pOffsets = aOffsets.getConstArray();
-                short nDiffs = 0;
-                for ( USHORT n = 0; n < nCharsAfterTransliteration; n++ )
-                {
-                    USHORT nCurrentPos = nCurrentStart+n;
-                    sal_Int32 nDiff = (nCurrentPos-nDiffs) - pOffsets[n];
-
-                    if ( !nDiff )
-                    {
-                        DBG_ASSERT( nCurrentPos < pNode->Len(), "TransliterateText - String smaller than expected!" );
-                        pNode->SetChar( nCurrentPos, aNewText.GetChar(n) );
-                    }
-                    else if ( nDiff < 0 )
-                    {
-                        // Replace first char, delete the rest...
-                        DBG_ASSERT( nCurrentPos < pNode->Len(), "TransliterateText - String smaller than expected!" );
-                        pNode->SetChar( nCurrentPos, aNewText.GetChar(n) );
-
-                        DBG_ASSERT( (nCurrentPos+1) < pNode->Len(), "TransliterateText - String smaller than expected!" );
-                        GetEditDoc().RemoveChars( EditPaM( pNode, nCurrentPos+1 ), sal::static_int_cast< USHORT >(-nDiff) );
-                    }
-                    else
-                    {
-                        DBG_ASSERT( nDiff == 1, "TransliterateText - Diff other than expected! But should work..." );
-                        GetEditDoc().InsertText( EditPaM( pNode, nCurrentPos ), aNewText.GetChar(n) );
-
-                    }
-                    nDiffs = sal::static_int_cast< short >(nDiffs + nDiff);
-                }
-
-                if ( nNode == nEndNode )
-                    aNewSel.Max().GetIndex() =
-                        aNewSel.Max().GetIndex() + nDiffs;
-
-                ParaPortion* pParaPortion = GetParaPortions()[nNode];
-                pParaPortion->MarkSelectionInvalid( nCurrentStart, std::max< USHORT >( nCurrentStart+nLen, nCurrentStart+aNewText.Len() ) );
-
-            }
-            nCurrentStart = nCurrentEnd;
-        } while( nCurrentEnd < nEndPos );
-    }
-
-#ifndef SVX_LIGHT
-    if ( pUndo )
-    {
-        ESelection aESel( CreateESel( aNewSel ) );
-        pUndo->SetNewSelection( aESel );
-        InsertUndo( pUndo );
-    }
-#endif
-
-    if ( bChanges )
-    {
-        TextModified();
-        SetModifyFlag( sal_True );
-        if ( bLenChanged )
-            UpdateSelections();
-        FormatAndUpdate();
-    }
-
-    return aNewSel;
-}
-
-void ImpEditEngine::SetAsianCompressionMode( USHORT n )
-{
-    if ( n != nAsianCompressionMode )
-    {
-        nAsianCompressionMode = n;
-        if ( ImplHasText() )
-        {
-            FormatFullDoc();
-            UpdateViews();
-        }
-    }
-}
-
-void ImpEditEngine::SetKernAsianPunctuation( BOOL b )
-{
-    if ( b != bKernAsianPunctuation )
-    {
-        bKernAsianPunctuation = b;
-        if ( ImplHasText() )
-        {
-            FormatFullDoc();
-            UpdateViews();
-        }
-    }
-}
-
-void ImpEditEngine::SetAddExtLeading( BOOL bExtLeading )
-{
-    if ( IsAddExtLeading() != bExtLeading )
-    {
-        bAddExtLeading = bExtLeading;
-        if ( ImplHasText() )
-        {
-            FormatFullDoc();
-            UpdateViews();
-        }
-    }
-};
-
-
-
-BOOL ImpEditEngine::ImplHasText() const
-{
-    return ( ( GetEditDoc().Count() > 1 ) || GetEditDoc().GetObject(0)->Len() );
-}
-
-long ImpEditEngine::LogicToTwips( long n )
-{
-    Size aSz( n, 0 );
-    MapMode aTwipsMode( MAP_TWIP );
-    aSz = pRefDev->LogicToLogic( aSz, NULL, &aTwipsMode );
-    return aSz.Width();
-}
-
-
diff --git a/svx/source/editeng/impedit5.cxx b/svx/source/editeng/impedit5.cxx
deleted file mode 100644
index 9d551dd94682..000000000000
--- a/svx/source/editeng/impedit5.cxx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,914 +0,0 @@
-/*************************************************************************
- *
- * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
- *
- * Copyright 2008 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite
- *
- * $RCSfile: impedit5.cxx,v $
- * $Revision: 1.34 $
- *
- * This file is part of OpenOffice.org.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3
- * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details
- * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code).
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org.  If not, see
- * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html>
- * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License.
- *
- ************************************************************************/
-
-// MARKER(update_precomp.py): autogen include statement, do not remove
-#include "precompiled_svx.hxx"
-
-#include <eeng_pch.hxx>
-
-#include <impedit.hxx>
-#include <svx/editeng.hxx>
-#include <editdbg.hxx>
-
-#include <svl/smplhint.hxx>
-
-
-#include <svx/lrspitem.hxx>
-
-void ImpEditEngine::SetStyleSheetPool( SfxStyleSheetPool* pSPool )
-{
-    if ( pStylePool != pSPool )
-    {
-//      if ( pStylePool )
-//          EndListening( *pStylePool, TRUE );
-
-        pStylePool = pSPool;
-
-//      if ( pStylePool )
-//          StartListening( *pStylePool, TRUE );
-    }
-}
-
-SfxStyleSheet* ImpEditEngine::GetStyleSheet( USHORT nPara ) const
-{
-    ContentNode* pNode = aEditDoc.SaveGetObject( nPara );
-    return pNode ? pNode->GetContentAttribs().GetStyleSheet() : NULL;
-}
-
-void ImpEditEngine::SetStyleSheet( EditSelection aSel, SfxStyleSheet* pStyle )
-{
-    aSel.Adjust( aEditDoc );
-
-    USHORT nStartPara = aEditDoc.GetPos( aSel.Min().GetNode() );
-    USHORT nEndPara = aEditDoc.GetPos( aSel.Max().GetNode() );
-
-    BOOL _bUpdate = GetUpdateMode();
-    SetUpdateMode( FALSE );
-
-    for ( USHORT n = nStartPara; n <= nEndPara; n++ )
-        SetStyleSheet( n, pStyle );
-
-    SetUpdateMode( _bUpdate, 0 );
-}
-
-void ImpEditEngine::SetStyleSheet( USHORT nPara, SfxStyleSheet* pStyle )
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( GetStyleSheetPool() || !pStyle, "SetStyleSheet: No StyleSheetPool registered!" );
-    ContentNode* pNode = aEditDoc.SaveGetObject( nPara );
-    SfxStyleSheet* pCurStyle = pNode->GetStyleSheet();
-    if ( pStyle != pCurStyle )
-    {
-        if ( IsUndoEnabled() && !IsInUndo() && aStatus.DoUndoAttribs() )
-        {
-            XubString aPrevStyleName;
-            if ( pCurStyle )
-                aPrevStyleName = pCurStyle->GetName();
-
-            XubString aNewStyleName;
-            if ( pStyle )
-                aNewStyleName = pStyle->GetName();
-
-            InsertUndo(
-                new EditUndoSetStyleSheet( this, aEditDoc.GetPos( pNode ),
-                        aPrevStyleName, pCurStyle ? pCurStyle->GetFamily() : SFX_STYLE_FAMILY_PARA,
-                        aNewStyleName, pStyle ? pStyle->GetFamily() : SFX_STYLE_FAMILY_PARA,
-                        pNode->GetContentAttribs().GetItems() ) );
-        }
-        if ( pCurStyle )
-            EndListening( *pCurStyle, FALSE );
-        pNode->SetStyleSheet( pStyle, aStatus.UseCharAttribs() );
-        if ( pStyle )
-            StartListening( *pStyle, FALSE );
-        ParaAttribsChanged( pNode );
-    }
-    FormatAndUpdate();
-}
-
-void ImpEditEngine::UpdateParagraphsWithStyleSheet( SfxStyleSheet* pStyle )
-{
-    SvxFont aFontFromStyle;
-    CreateFont( aFontFromStyle, pStyle->GetItemSet() );
-
-    BOOL bUsed = FALSE;
-    for ( USHORT nNode = 0; nNode < aEditDoc.Count(); nNode++ )
-    {
-        ContentNode* pNode = aEditDoc.GetObject( nNode );
-        if ( pNode->GetStyleSheet() == pStyle )
-        {
-            bUsed = TRUE;
-            if ( aStatus.UseCharAttribs() )
-                pNode->SetStyleSheet( pStyle, aFontFromStyle );
-            else
-                pNode->SetStyleSheet( pStyle, FALSE );
-
-            ParaAttribsChanged( pNode );
-        }
-    }
-    if ( bUsed )
-    {
-        GetEditEnginePtr()->StyleSheetChanged( pStyle );
-        FormatAndUpdate();
-    }
-}
-
-void ImpEditEngine::RemoveStyleFromParagraphs( SfxStyleSheet* pStyle )
-{
-    for ( USHORT nNode = 0; nNode < aEditDoc.Count(); nNode++ )
-    {
-        ContentNode* pNode = aEditDoc.GetObject(nNode);
-        if ( pNode->GetStyleSheet() == pStyle )
-        {
-            pNode->SetStyleSheet( NULL );
-            ParaAttribsChanged( pNode );
-        }
-    }
-    FormatAndUpdate();
-}
-
-void ImpEditEngine::Notify( SfxBroadcaster& rBC, const SfxHint& rHint )
-{
-    // Damit nicht beim Destruieren unnoetig formatiert wird:
-    if ( !bDowning )
-    {
-        DBG_CHKOBJ( GetEditEnginePtr(), EditEngine, 0 );
-
-        SfxStyleSheet* pStyle = NULL;
-        ULONG nId = 0;
-
-        if ( rHint.ISA( SfxStyleSheetHint ) )
-        {
-            const SfxStyleSheetHint& rH = (const SfxStyleSheetHint&) rHint;
-            DBG_ASSERT( rH.GetStyleSheet()->ISA( SfxStyleSheet ), "Kein SfxStyleSheet!" );
-            pStyle = (SfxStyleSheet*) rH.GetStyleSheet();
-            nId = rH.GetHint();
-        }
-        else if ( ( rHint.Type() == TYPE(SfxSimpleHint ) ) && ( rBC.ISA( SfxStyleSheet ) ) )
-        {
-            pStyle = (SfxStyleSheet*)&rBC;
-            nId = ((SfxSimpleHint&)rHint).GetId();
-        }
-
-        if ( pStyle )
-        {
-            if ( ( nId == SFX_HINT_DYING ) ||
-                 ( nId == SFX_STYLESHEET_INDESTRUCTION ) ||
-                 ( nId == SFX_STYLESHEET_ERASED ) )
-            {
-                RemoveStyleFromParagraphs( pStyle );
-            }
-            else if ( ( nId == SFX_HINT_DATACHANGED ) ||
-                      ( nId == SFX_STYLESHEET_MODIFIED ) )
-            {
-                UpdateParagraphsWithStyleSheet( pStyle );
-
-                // Alle Absaetze mit EditStyles, die das geaenderte Style
-                // irgendwie als Parent haben, muessen formatiert werden.
-                // ULONG nStyles = pMyStylePool->GetStyles().Count();
-                // for ( ULONG nStyle = 0; nStyle < nStyles; nStyle++ )
-                // {
-                //  EditStyleSheet* pES = (EditStyleSheet*)pMyStylePool->GetStyles().GetObject( nStyle );
-                //  DBG_ASSERT( pES, "NULL-Pointer im StyleSheetPool!" );
-                //  if ( pES->IsUsed() && pES->HasStyleAsAnyParent( *pStyle ) )
-                //      UpdateParagraphsWithStyleSheet( pES );
-                // }
-            }
-        }
-    }
-}
-
-EditUndoSetAttribs* ImpEditEngine::CreateAttribUndo( EditSelection aSel, const SfxItemSet& rSet )
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( !aSel.DbgIsBuggy( aEditDoc ), "CreateAttribUndo: Fehlerhafte Selektion" );
-    aSel.Adjust( aEditDoc );
-
-    ESelection aESel( CreateESel( aSel ) );
-
-    USHORT nStartNode = aEditDoc.GetPos( aSel.Min().GetNode() );
-    USHORT nEndNode = aEditDoc.GetPos( aSel.Max().GetNode() );
-
-    DBG_ASSERT( nStartNode <= nEndNode, "CreateAttribUndo: Start > End ?!" );
-
-    EditUndoSetAttribs* pUndo = NULL;
-    if ( rSet.GetPool() != &aEditDoc.GetItemPool() )
-    {
-        SfxItemSet aTmpSet( GetEmptyItemSet() );
-        aTmpSet.Put( rSet );
-        pUndo = new EditUndoSetAttribs( this, aESel, aTmpSet );
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        pUndo = new EditUndoSetAttribs( this, aESel, rSet );
-    }
-
-    SfxItemPool* pPool = pUndo->GetNewAttribs().GetPool();
-
-    for ( USHORT nPara = nStartNode; nPara <= nEndNode; nPara++ )
-    {
-        ContentNode* pNode = aEditDoc.GetObject( nPara );
-        DBG_ASSERT( aEditDoc.SaveGetObject( nPara ), "Node nicht gefunden: CreateAttribUndo" );
-        ContentAttribsInfo* pInf = new ContentAttribsInfo( pNode->GetContentAttribs().GetItems() );
-        pUndo->GetContentInfos().Insert( pInf, pUndo->GetContentInfos().Count() );
-
-        for ( USHORT nAttr = 0; nAttr < pNode->GetCharAttribs().Count(); nAttr++ )
-        {
-            EditCharAttribPtr pAttr = pNode->GetCharAttribs().GetAttribs()[ nAttr ];
-            if ( pAttr->GetLen() )
-            {
-                EditCharAttribPtr pNew = MakeCharAttrib( *pPool, *pAttr->GetItem(), pAttr->GetStart(), pAttr->GetEnd() );
-                pInf->GetPrevCharAttribs().Insert( pNew, pInf->GetPrevCharAttribs().Count() );
-            }
-        }
-    }
-    return pUndo;
-}
-
-void ImpEditEngine::UndoActionStart( USHORT nId, const ESelection& aSel )
-{
-    if ( IsUndoEnabled() && !IsInUndo() )
-    {
-        GetUndoManager().EnterListAction( GetEditEnginePtr()->GetUndoComment( nId ), XubString(), nId );
-        DBG_ASSERT( !pUndoMarkSelection, "UndoAction SelectionMarker?" );
-        pUndoMarkSelection = new ESelection( aSel );
-    }
-}
-
-void ImpEditEngine::UndoActionStart( USHORT nId )
-{
-    if ( IsUndoEnabled() && !IsInUndo() )
-    {
-        GetUndoManager().EnterListAction( GetEditEnginePtr()->GetUndoComment( nId ), XubString(), nId );
-        DBG_ASSERT( !pUndoMarkSelection, "UndoAction SelectionMarker?" );
-    }
-}
-
-void ImpEditEngine::UndoActionEnd( USHORT )
-{
-    if ( IsUndoEnabled() && !IsInUndo() )
-    {
-        GetUndoManager().LeaveListAction();
-        delete pUndoMarkSelection;
-        pUndoMarkSelection = NULL;
-    }
-}
-
-void ImpEditEngine::InsertUndo( EditUndo* pUndo, BOOL bTryMerge )
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( !IsInUndo(), "InsertUndo im Undomodus!" );
-    if ( pUndoMarkSelection )
-    {
-        EditUndoMarkSelection* pU = new EditUndoMarkSelection( this, *pUndoMarkSelection );
-        GetUndoManager().AddUndoAction( pU, FALSE );
-        delete pUndoMarkSelection;
-        pUndoMarkSelection = NULL;
-    }
-    GetUndoManager().AddUndoAction( pUndo, bTryMerge );
-
-    mbLastTryMerge = bTryMerge;
-}
-
-void ImpEditEngine::ResetUndoManager()
-{
-    if ( HasUndoManager() )
-        GetUndoManager().Clear();
-}
-
-void ImpEditEngine::EnableUndo( BOOL bEnable )
-{
-    // Beim Umschalten des Modus Liste loeschen:
-    if ( bEnable != IsUndoEnabled() )
-        ResetUndoManager();
-
-    bUndoEnabled = bEnable;
-}
-
-BOOL ImpEditEngine::Undo( EditView* pView )
-{
-    if ( HasUndoManager() && GetUndoManager().GetUndoActionCount() )
-    {
-        SetActiveView( pView );
-        GetUndoManager().Undo( 1 );
-        return TRUE;
-    }
-    return FALSE;
-}
-
-BOOL ImpEditEngine::Redo( EditView* pView )
-{
-    if ( HasUndoManager() && GetUndoManager().GetRedoActionCount() )
-    {
-        SetActiveView( pView );
-        GetUndoManager().Redo( 0 );
-        return TRUE;
-    }
-    return FALSE;
-}
-
-BOOL ImpEditEngine::Repeat( EditView* /* pView */ )
-{
-    if ( HasUndoManager() && GetUndoManager().GetRepeatActionCount() )
-    {
-        DBG_WARNING( "Repeat nicht implementiert!" );
-        return TRUE;
-    }
-    return FALSE;
-}
-
-SfxItemSet ImpEditEngine::GetAttribs( EditSelection aSel, BOOL bOnlyHardAttrib )
-{
-    DBG_CHKOBJ( GetEditEnginePtr(), EditEngine, 0 );
-
-    aSel.Adjust( aEditDoc );
-
-#if OSL_DEBUG_LEVEL > 1
-//    if ( ( aSel.Min().GetNode() == aSel.Max().GetNode() ) && ( bOnlyHardAttrib == EditEngineAttribs_All ) )
-//        return GetAttribs( aEditDoc.GetPos( aSel.Min().GetNode() ), aSel.Min().GetIndex(), aSel.Max().GetIndex(), GETATTRIBS_ALL );
-#endif
-
-
-    SfxItemSet aCurSet( GetEmptyItemSet() );
-
-    USHORT nStartNode = aEditDoc.GetPos( aSel.Min().GetNode() );
-    USHORT nEndNode = aEditDoc.GetPos( aSel.Max().GetNode() );
-
-    // ueber die Absaetze iterieren...
-    for ( USHORT nNode = nStartNode; nNode <= nEndNode; nNode++ )
-    {
-        ContentNode* pNode = aEditDoc.GetObject( nNode );
-        DBG_ASSERT( aEditDoc.SaveGetObject( nNode ), "Node nicht gefunden: GetAttrib" );
-
-        xub_StrLen nStartPos = 0;
-        xub_StrLen nEndPos = pNode->Len();
-        if ( nNode == nStartNode )
-            nStartPos = aSel.Min().GetIndex();
-        if ( nNode == nEndNode ) // kann auch == nStart sein!
-            nEndPos = aSel.Max().GetIndex();
-
-        // Problem: Vorlagen....
-        // => Andersrum:
-        // 1) Harte Zeichenattribute, wie gehabt...
-        // 2) Nur wenn OFF, Style and Absatzattr. pruefen...
-
-        // Erst die ganz harte Formatierung...
-        aEditDoc.FindAttribs( pNode, nStartPos, nEndPos, aCurSet );
-
-        if( bOnlyHardAttrib != EditEngineAttribs_OnlyHard )
-        {
-            // Und dann Absatzformatierung und Vorlage...
-            // SfxStyleSheet* pStyle = pNode->GetStyleSheet();
-            for ( USHORT nWhich = EE_ITEMS_START; nWhich <= EE_CHAR_END; nWhich++)
-            {
-                if ( aCurSet.GetItemState( nWhich ) == SFX_ITEM_OFF )
-                {
-                    if ( bOnlyHardAttrib == EditEngineAttribs_All )
-                    {
-                        const SfxPoolItem& rItem = pNode->GetContentAttribs().GetItem( nWhich );
-                        aCurSet.Put( rItem );
-                    }
-                    else if ( pNode->GetContentAttribs().GetItems().GetItemState( nWhich ) == SFX_ITEM_ON )
-                    {
-                        const SfxPoolItem& rItem = pNode->GetContentAttribs().GetItems().Get( nWhich );
-                        aCurSet.Put( rItem );
-                    }
-                }
-                else if ( aCurSet.GetItemState( nWhich ) == SFX_ITEM_ON )
-                {
-                    const SfxPoolItem* pItem = NULL;
-                    if ( bOnlyHardAttrib == EditEngineAttribs_All )
-                    {
-                        pItem = &pNode->GetContentAttribs().GetItem( nWhich );
-                    }
-                    else if ( pNode->GetContentAttribs().GetItems().GetItemState( nWhich ) == SFX_ITEM_ON )
-                    {
-                        pItem = &pNode->GetContentAttribs().GetItems().Get( nWhich );
-                    }
-                    // pItem can only be NULL when bOnlyHardAttrib...
-                    if ( !pItem || ( *pItem != aCurSet.Get( nWhich ) ) )
-                    {
-                        // Problem: Wenn Absatzvorlage mit z.B. Font,
-                        // aber Font hart und anders und komplett in Selektion
-                        // Falsch, wenn invalidiert....
-                        // => Lieber nicht invalidieren, UMSTELLEN!
-                        // Besser waere, Absatzweise ein ItemSet zu fuellen
-                        // und dieses mit dem gesmten vergleichen.
-    //                      aCurSet.InvalidateItem( nWhich );
-                        if ( nWhich <= EE_PARA_END )
-                            aCurSet.InvalidateItem( nWhich );
-                    }
-                }
-            }
-        }
-    }
-
-    // Leere Slots mit Defaults fuellen...
-    if ( bOnlyHardAttrib == EditEngineAttribs_All )
-    {
-        for ( USHORT nWhich = EE_ITEMS_START; nWhich <= EE_CHAR_END; nWhich++ )
-        {
-            if ( aCurSet.GetItemState( nWhich ) == SFX_ITEM_OFF )
-            {
-                aCurSet.Put( aEditDoc.GetItemPool().GetDefaultItem( nWhich ) );
-            }
-        }
-    }
-    return aCurSet;
-}
-
-
-SfxItemSet ImpEditEngine::GetAttribs( USHORT nPara, USHORT nStart, USHORT nEnd, sal_uInt8 nFlags ) const
-{
-    // MT: #94002# Optimized function with less Puts(), which cause unnecessary cloning from default items.
-    // If this works, change GetAttribs( EditSelection ) to use this for each paragraph and merge the results!
-
-    DBG_CHKOBJ( GetEditEnginePtr(), EditEngine, 0 );
-
-    ContentNode* pNode = aEditDoc.SaveGetObject( nPara );
-    DBG_ASSERT( pNode, "GetAttribs - unknown paragraph!" );
-    DBG_ASSERT( nStart <= nEnd, "getAttribs: Start > End not supported!" );
-
-    SfxItemSet aAttribs( ((ImpEditEngine*)this)->GetEmptyItemSet() );
-
-    if ( pNode )
-    {
-        if ( nEnd > pNode->Len() )
-            nEnd = pNode->Len();
-
-        if ( nStart > nEnd )
-            nStart = nEnd;
-
-        // StyleSheet / Parattribs...
-
-        if ( pNode->GetStyleSheet() && ( nFlags & GETATTRIBS_STYLESHEET ) )
-            aAttribs.Set( pNode->GetStyleSheet()->GetItemSet(), TRUE );
-
-        if ( nFlags & GETATTRIBS_PARAATTRIBS )
-            aAttribs.Put( pNode->GetContentAttribs().GetItems() );
-
-        // CharAttribs...
-
-        if ( nFlags & GETATTRIBS_CHARATTRIBS )
-        {
-            // Make testing easier...
-            pNode->GetCharAttribs().OptimizeRanges( ((ImpEditEngine*)this)->GetEditDoc().GetItemPool() );
-
-            const CharAttribArray& rAttrs = pNode->GetCharAttribs().GetAttribs();
-            for ( USHORT nAttr = 0; nAttr < rAttrs.Count(); nAttr++ )
-            {
-                EditCharAttrib* pAttr = rAttrs.GetObject( nAttr );
-
-                if ( nStart == nEnd )
-                {
-                    USHORT nCursorPos = nStart;
-                    if ( ( pAttr->GetStart() <= nCursorPos ) && ( pAttr->GetEnd() >= nCursorPos ) )
-                    {
-                        // To be used the attribute has to start BEFORE the position, or it must be a
-                        // new empty attr AT the position, or we are on position 0.
-                        if ( ( pAttr->GetStart() < nCursorPos ) || pAttr->IsEmpty() || !nCursorPos )
-                        {
-                            // maybe this attrib ends here and a new attrib with 0 Len may follow and be valid here,
-                            // but that s no problem, the empty item will come later and win.
-                            aAttribs.Put( *pAttr->GetItem() );
-                        }
-                    }
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    // Check every attribute covering the area, partial or full.
-                    if ( ( pAttr->GetStart() < nEnd ) && ( pAttr->GetEnd() > nStart ) )
-                    {
-                        if ( ( pAttr->GetStart() <= nStart ) && ( pAttr->GetEnd() >= nEnd ) )
-                        {
-                            // full coverage
-                            aAttribs.Put( *pAttr->GetItem() );
-                        }
-                        else
-                        {
-                            // OptimizeRagnge() assures that not the same attr can follow for full coverage
-                            // only partial, check with current, when using para/styhe, otherwise invalid.
-                            if ( !( nFlags & (GETATTRIBS_PARAATTRIBS|GETATTRIBS_STYLESHEET) ) ||
-                                ( *pAttr->GetItem() != aAttribs.Get( pAttr->Which() ) ) )
-                            {
-                                aAttribs.InvalidateItem( pAttr->Which() );
-                            }
-                        }
-                    }
-                }
-
-                if ( pAttr->GetStart() > nEnd )
-                {
-                    break;
-                }
-            }
-        }
-    }
-
-    return aAttribs;
-}
-
-
-void ImpEditEngine::SetAttribs( EditSelection aSel, const SfxItemSet& rSet, BYTE nSpecial )
-{
-    aSel.Adjust( aEditDoc );
-
-    // Wenn keine Selektion => die Attribute aufs Wort anwenden.
-    // ( Der RTF-Perser sollte die Methode eigentlich nie ohne Range rufen )
-    if ( ( nSpecial == ATTRSPECIAL_WHOLEWORD ) && !aSel.HasRange() )
-        aSel = SelectWord( aSel, ::com::sun::star::i18n::WordType::ANYWORD_IGNOREWHITESPACES, FALSE );
-
-    USHORT nStartNode = aEditDoc.GetPos( aSel.Min().GetNode() );
-    USHORT nEndNode = aEditDoc.GetPos( aSel.Max().GetNode() );
-
-    if ( IsUndoEnabled() && !IsInUndo() && aStatus.DoUndoAttribs() )
-    {
-        EditUndoSetAttribs* pUndo = CreateAttribUndo( aSel, rSet );
-        pUndo->SetSpecial( nSpecial );
-        InsertUndo( pUndo );
-    }
-
-    BOOL bCheckLanguage = FALSE;
-    if ( GetStatus().DoOnlineSpelling() )
-    {
-        bCheckLanguage = ( rSet.GetItemState( EE_CHAR_LANGUAGE ) == SFX_ITEM_ON ) ||
-                         ( rSet.GetItemState( EE_CHAR_LANGUAGE_CJK ) == SFX_ITEM_ON ) ||
-                         ( rSet.GetItemState( EE_CHAR_LANGUAGE_CTL ) == SFX_ITEM_ON );
-    }
-
-    // ueber die Absaetze iterieren...
-    for ( USHORT nNode = nStartNode; nNode <= nEndNode; nNode++ )
-    {
-        BOOL bParaAttribFound = FALSE;
-        BOOL bCharAttribFound = FALSE;
-
-        ContentNode* pNode = aEditDoc.GetObject( nNode );
-        ParaPortion* pPortion = GetParaPortions().GetObject( nNode );
-
-        DBG_ASSERT( aEditDoc.SaveGetObject( nNode ), "Node nicht gefunden: SetAttribs" );
-        DBG_ASSERT( GetParaPortions().GetObject( nNode ), "Portion nicht gefunden: SetAttribs" );
-
-        xub_StrLen nStartPos = 0;
-        xub_StrLen nEndPos = pNode->Len();
-        if ( nNode == nStartNode )
-            nStartPos = aSel.Min().GetIndex();
-        if ( nNode == nEndNode ) // kann auch == nStart sein!
-            nEndPos = aSel.Max().GetIndex();
-
-        // ueber die Items iterieren...
-#ifdef EDITDEBUG
-//      FILE* fp = fopen( "d:\\debug.log", "a" );
-//      if ( fp )
-//      {
-//          fprintf( fp, "\n\n=> Zeichen-Attribute: Absatz %i, %i-%i\n", nNode, nStartPos, nEndPos );
-//          DbgOutItemSet( fp, rSet, TRUE, FALSE );
-//          fclose( fp );
-//      }
-#endif
-
-        for ( USHORT nWhich = EE_ITEMS_START; nWhich <= EE_CHAR_END; nWhich++)
-        {
-            if ( rSet.GetItemState( nWhich ) == SFX_ITEM_ON )
-            {
-                const SfxPoolItem& rItem = rSet.Get( nWhich );
-                if ( nWhich <= EE_PARA_END )
-                {
-                    pNode->GetContentAttribs().GetItems().Put( rItem );
-                    bParaAttribFound = TRUE;
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    aEditDoc.InsertAttrib( pNode, nStartPos, nEndPos, rItem );
-                    bCharAttribFound = TRUE;
-                    if ( nSpecial == ATTRSPECIAL_EDGE )
-                    {
-                        CharAttribArray& rAttribs = pNode->GetCharAttribs().GetAttribs();
-                        USHORT nAttrs = rAttribs.Count();
-                        for ( USHORT n = 0; n < nAttrs; n++ )
-                        {
-                            EditCharAttrib* pAttr = rAttribs.GetObject( n );
-                            if ( pAttr->GetStart() > nEndPos )
-                                break;
-
-                            if ( ( pAttr->GetEnd() == nEndPos ) && ( pAttr->Which() == nWhich ) )
-                            {
-                                pAttr->SetEdge( TRUE );
-                                break;
-                            }
-                        }
-                    }
-                }
-            }
-        }
-
-        if ( bParaAttribFound )
-        {
-            ParaAttribsChanged( pPortion->GetNode() );
-        }
-        else if ( bCharAttribFound )
-        {
-            bFormatted = FALSE;
-            if ( !pNode->Len() || ( nStartPos != nEndPos  ) )
-            {
-                pPortion->MarkSelectionInvalid( nStartPos, nEndPos-nStartPos );
-                if ( bCheckLanguage )
-                    pNode->GetWrongList()->MarkInvalid( nStartPos, nEndPos );
-            }
-        }
-    }
-}
-
-void ImpEditEngine::RemoveCharAttribs( EditSelection aSel, BOOL bRemoveParaAttribs, USHORT nWhich )
-{
-    aSel.Adjust( aEditDoc );
-
-    USHORT nStartNode = aEditDoc.GetPos( aSel.Min().GetNode() );
-    USHORT nEndNode = aEditDoc.GetPos( aSel.Max().GetNode() );
-
-    const SfxItemSet* _pEmptyItemSet = bRemoveParaAttribs ? &GetEmptyItemSet() : 0;
-
-    if ( IsUndoEnabled() && !IsInUndo() && aStatus.DoUndoAttribs() )
-    {
-        // Eventuel spezielles Undo, oder ItemSet*
-        EditUndoSetAttribs* pUndo = CreateAttribUndo( aSel, GetEmptyItemSet() );
-        pUndo->SetRemoveAttribs( TRUE );
-        pUndo->SetRemoveParaAttribs( bRemoveParaAttribs );
-        pUndo->SetRemoveWhich( nWhich );
-        InsertUndo( pUndo );
-    }
-
-    // ueber die Absaetze iterieren...
-    for ( USHORT nNode = nStartNode; nNode <= nEndNode; nNode++ )
-    {
-        ContentNode* pNode = aEditDoc.GetObject( nNode );
-        ParaPortion* pPortion = GetParaPortions().GetObject( nNode );
-
-        DBG_ASSERT( aEditDoc.SaveGetObject( nNode ), "Node nicht gefunden: SetAttribs" );
-        DBG_ASSERT( GetParaPortions().SaveGetObject( nNode ), "Portion nicht gefunden: SetAttribs" );
-
-        xub_StrLen nStartPos = 0;
-        xub_StrLen nEndPos = pNode->Len();
-        if ( nNode == nStartNode )
-            nStartPos = aSel.Min().GetIndex();
-        if ( nNode == nEndNode ) // kann auch == nStart sein!
-            nEndPos = aSel.Max().GetIndex();
-
-        // Optimieren: Wenn ganzer Absatz, dann RemoveCharAttribs( nPara )?!
-        BOOL bChanged = aEditDoc.RemoveAttribs( pNode, nStartPos, nEndPos, nWhich );
-        if ( bRemoveParaAttribs )
-        {
-            SetParaAttribs( nNode, *_pEmptyItemSet );   // Invalidiert
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            // Bei 'Format-Standard' sollen auch die Zeichenattribute verschwinden,
-            // die von der DrawingEngine als Absatzattribute eingestellt wurden.
-            // Diese koennen sowieso nicht vom Anwender eingestellt worden sein.
-
-            // #106871# Not when nWhich
-            // Would have been better to offer a separate method for format/standard...
-            if ( !nWhich )
-            {
-                SfxItemSet aAttribs( GetParaAttribs( nNode ) );
-                for ( USHORT nW = EE_CHAR_START; nW <= EE_CHAR_END; nW++ )
-                    aAttribs.ClearItem( nW );
-                SetParaAttribs( nNode, aAttribs );
-            }
-        }
-
-        if ( bChanged && !bRemoveParaAttribs )
-        {
-            bFormatted = FALSE;
-            pPortion->MarkSelectionInvalid( nStartPos, nEndPos-nStartPos );
-        }
-    }
-}
-
-typedef EditCharAttrib* EditCharAttribPtr;
-
-void ImpEditEngine::RemoveCharAttribs( USHORT nPara, USHORT nWhich, BOOL bRemoveFeatures )
-{
-    ContentNode* pNode = aEditDoc.SaveGetObject( nPara );
-    ParaPortion* pPortion = GetParaPortions().SaveGetObject( nPara );
-
-    DBG_ASSERT( pNode, "Node nicht gefunden: RemoveCharAttribs" );
-    DBG_ASSERT( pPortion, "Portion nicht gefunden: RemoveCharAttribs" );
-
-    if ( !pNode )
-        return;
-
-    USHORT nAttr = 0;
-    EditCharAttribPtr pAttr = GetAttrib( pNode->GetCharAttribs().GetAttribs(), nAttr );
-    while ( pAttr )
-    {
-        if ( ( !pAttr->IsFeature() || bRemoveFeatures ) &&
-             ( !nWhich || ( pAttr->GetItem()->Which() == nWhich ) ) )
-        {
-            pNode->GetCharAttribs().GetAttribs().Remove( nAttr );
-            delete pAttr;
-            nAttr--;
-        }
-        nAttr++;
-        pAttr = GetAttrib( pNode->GetCharAttribs().GetAttribs(), nAttr );
-    }
-
-    pPortion->MarkSelectionInvalid( 0, pNode->Len() );
-}
-
-void ImpEditEngine::SetParaAttribs( USHORT nPara, const SfxItemSet& rSet )
-{
-    ContentNode* pNode = aEditDoc.SaveGetObject( nPara );
-
-    if ( !pNode )
-        return;
-
-#ifdef EDITDEBUG
-//      FILE* fp = fopen( "d:\\debug.log", "a" );
-//      if ( fp )
-//      {
-//          fprintf( fp, "\n\n=> Absatz-Attribute: Absatz %i\n", nPara );
-//          DbgOutItemSet( fp, rSet, TRUE, FALSE );
-//          fclose( fp );
-//      }
-#endif
-
-    if ( !( pNode->GetContentAttribs().GetItems() == rSet ) )
-    {
-        if ( IsUndoEnabled() && !IsInUndo() && aStatus.DoUndoAttribs() )
-        {
-            if ( rSet.GetPool() != &aEditDoc.GetItemPool() )
-            {
-                SfxItemSet aTmpSet( GetEmptyItemSet() );
-                aTmpSet.Put( rSet );
-                InsertUndo( new EditUndoSetParaAttribs( this, nPara, pNode->GetContentAttribs().GetItems(), aTmpSet ) );
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                InsertUndo( new EditUndoSetParaAttribs( this, nPara, pNode->GetContentAttribs().GetItems(), rSet ) );
-            }
-        }
-        pNode->GetContentAttribs().GetItems().Set( rSet );
-        if ( aStatus.UseCharAttribs() )
-            pNode->CreateDefFont();
-
-        ParaAttribsChanged( pNode );
-    }
-}
-
-const SfxItemSet& ImpEditEngine::GetParaAttribs( USHORT nPara ) const
-{
-    ContentNode* pNode = aEditDoc.GetObject( nPara );
-    DBG_ASSERT( pNode, "Node nicht gefunden: GetParaAttribs" );
-    return pNode->GetContentAttribs().GetItems();
-}
-
-BOOL ImpEditEngine::HasParaAttrib( USHORT nPara, USHORT nWhich ) const
-{
-    ContentNode* pNode = aEditDoc.GetObject( nPara );
-    DBG_ASSERT( pNode, "Node nicht gefunden: HasParaAttrib" );
-
-    return pNode->GetContentAttribs().HasItem( nWhich );
-}
-
-const SfxPoolItem& ImpEditEngine::GetParaAttrib( USHORT nPara, USHORT nWhich ) const
-{
-    ContentNode* pNode = aEditDoc.GetObject( nPara );
-    DBG_ASSERT( pNode, "Node nicht gefunden: GetParaAttrib" );
-
-    return pNode->GetContentAttribs().GetItem( nWhich );
-}
-
-void ImpEditEngine::GetCharAttribs( USHORT nPara, EECharAttribArray& rLst ) const
-{
-    rLst.Remove( 0, rLst.Count() );
-    ContentNode* pNode = aEditDoc.GetObject( nPara );
-    if ( pNode )
-    {
-        for ( USHORT nAttr = 0; nAttr < pNode->GetCharAttribs().Count(); nAttr++ )
-        {
-            EditCharAttribPtr pAttr = pNode->GetCharAttribs().GetAttribs()[ nAttr ];
-            EECharAttrib aEEAttr;
-            aEEAttr.pAttr = pAttr->GetItem();
-            aEEAttr.nPara = nPara;
-            aEEAttr.nStart = pAttr->GetStart();
-            aEEAttr.nEnd = pAttr->GetEnd();
-            rLst.Insert( aEEAttr, rLst.Count() );
-        }
-    }
-}
-
-void ImpEditEngine::ParaAttribsToCharAttribs( ContentNode* pNode )
-{
-    pNode->GetCharAttribs().DeleteEmptyAttribs( GetEditDoc().GetItemPool() );
-    xub_StrLen nEndPos = pNode->Len();
-    for ( USHORT nWhich = EE_CHAR_START; nWhich <= EE_CHAR_END; nWhich++ )
-    {
-        if ( pNode->GetContentAttribs().HasItem( nWhich ) )
-        {
-            const SfxPoolItem& rItem = pNode->GetContentAttribs().GetItem( nWhich );
-            // Die Luecken auffuellen:
-            USHORT nLastEnd = 0;
-            EditCharAttrib* pAttr = pNode->GetCharAttribs().FindNextAttrib( nWhich, nLastEnd );
-            while ( pAttr )
-            {
-                nLastEnd = pAttr->GetEnd();
-                if ( pAttr->GetStart() > nLastEnd )
-                    aEditDoc.InsertAttrib( pNode, nLastEnd, pAttr->GetStart(), rItem );
-                // #112831# Last Attr might go from 0xffff to 0x0000
-                pAttr = nLastEnd ? pNode->GetCharAttribs().FindNextAttrib( nWhich, nLastEnd ) : NULL;
-            }
-
-            // Und den Rest:
-            if ( nLastEnd < nEndPos )
-                aEditDoc.InsertAttrib( pNode, nLastEnd, nEndPos, rItem );
-        }
-    }
-    bFormatted = FALSE;
-    // Portion braucht hier nicht invalidiert werden, geschieht woanders.
-}
-
-IdleFormattter::IdleFormattter()
-{
-    pView = 0;
-    nRestarts = 0;
-}
-
-IdleFormattter::~IdleFormattter()
-{
-    pView = 0;
-}
-
-void IdleFormattter::DoIdleFormat( EditView* pV )
-{
-    pView = pV;
-
-    if ( IsActive() )
-        nRestarts++;
-
-    if ( nRestarts > 4 )
-        ForceTimeout();
-    else
-        Start();
-}
-
-void IdleFormattter::ForceTimeout()
-{
-    if ( IsActive() )
-    {
-        Stop();
-        ((Link&)GetTimeoutHdl()).Call( this );
-    }
-}
-
-ImplIMEInfos::ImplIMEInfos( const EditPaM& rPos, const String& rOldTextAfterStartPos )
- : aOldTextAfterStartPos( rOldTextAfterStartPos )
-{
-    aPos = rPos;
-    nLen = 0;
-    bCursor = TRUE;
-    pAttribs = NULL;
-    bWasCursorOverwrite = FALSE;
-}
-
-ImplIMEInfos::~ImplIMEInfos()
-{
-    delete[] pAttribs;
-}
-
-void ImplIMEInfos::CopyAttribs( const USHORT* pA, USHORT nL )
-{
-    nLen = nL;
-    delete pAttribs;
-    pAttribs = new USHORT[ nL ];
-    memcpy( pAttribs, pA, nL*sizeof(USHORT) );
-}
-
-void ImplIMEInfos::DestroyAttribs()
-{
-    delete[] pAttribs;
-    pAttribs = NULL;
-    nLen = 0;
-}
diff --git a/svx/source/editeng/makefile.mk b/svx/source/editeng/makefile.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index 6df91a78f83f..000000000000
--- a/svx/source/editeng/makefile.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,92 +0,0 @@
-#*************************************************************************
-#
-# DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
-# 
-# Copyright 2008 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
-#
-# OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite
-#
-# $RCSfile: makefile.mk,v $
-#
-# $Revision: 1.18 $
-#
-# This file is part of OpenOffice.org.
-#
-# OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3
-# only, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
-#
-# OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-# GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details
-# (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code).
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
-# version 3 along with OpenOffice.org.  If not, see
-# <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html>
-# for a copy of the LGPLv3 License.
-#
-#*************************************************************************
-PRJ=..$/..
-
-PRJNAME=svx
-TARGET=editeng
-AUTOSEG=true
-
-PROJECTPCH4DLL=TRUE
-PROJECTPCH=eeng_pch
-PROJECTPCHSOURCE=eeng_pch
-
-ENABLE_EXCEPTIONS=TRUE
-
-
-# --- Settings -----------------------------------------------------------
-
-.INCLUDE :  settings.mk
-.INCLUDE :  $(PRJ)$/util$/makefile.pmk
-
-# --- Allgemein ----------------------------------------------------------
-
-.IF "$(editdebug)" != "" || "$(EDITDEBUG)" != ""
-CDEFS+=-DEDITDEBUG
-.ENDIF
-
-SLOFILES =	\
-            $(SLO)$/svxacorr.obj \
-            $(SLO)$/acorrcfg.obj \
-            $(SLO)$/txtrange.obj \
-            $(SLO)$/SvXMLAutoCorrectImport.obj \
-            $(SLO)$/SvXMLAutoCorrectExport.obj \
-            $(SLO)$/forbiddencharacterstable.obj \
-            $(SLO)$/swafopt.obj \
-            $(SLO)$/editattr.obj \
-            $(SLO)$/editdbg.obj	\
-            $(SLO)$/editdoc.obj	\
-            $(SLO)$/editdoc2.obj \
-            $(SLO)$/editeng.obj	\
-            $(SLO)$/editobj.obj	\
-            $(SLO)$/editsel.obj	\
-            $(SLO)$/editundo.obj \
-            $(SLO)$/editview.obj  \
-            $(SLO)$/edtspell.obj \
-            $(SLO)$/eehtml.obj \
-            $(SLO)$/eerdll.obj	\
-            $(SLO)$/eeobj.obj \
-            $(SLO)$/eertfpar.obj \
-            $(SLO)$/impedit.obj	\
-            $(SLO)$/impedit2.obj \
-            $(SLO)$/impedit3.obj \
-            $(SLO)$/impedit4.obj \
-            $(SLO)$/impedit5.obj \
-            $(SLO)$/textconv.obj \
-            $(SLO)$/unolingu.obj
-
-SRS1NAME=$(TARGET)
-SRC1FILES=	editeng.src
-
-EXCEPTIONSFILES= \
-    $(SLO)$/unolingu.obj
-
-.INCLUDE :  target.mk
-
diff --git a/svx/source/editeng/svxacorr.cxx b/svx/source/editeng/svxacorr.cxx
deleted file mode 100644
index 2cba63650f21..000000000000
--- a/svx/source/editeng/svxacorr.cxx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2729 +0,0 @@
-/*************************************************************************
- *
- * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
- *
- * Copyright 2008 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite
- *
- * $RCSfile: svxacorr.cxx,v $
- * $Revision: 1.62 $
- *
- * This file is part of OpenOffice.org.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3
- * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details
- * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code).
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org.  If not, see
- * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html>
- * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License.
- *
- ************************************************************************/
-
-// MARKER(update_precomp.py): autogen include statement, do not remove
-#include "precompiled_svx.hxx"
-
-
-#include <com/sun/star/io/XStream.hpp>
-#include <tools/urlobj.hxx>
-#include <tools/table.hxx>
-#include <i18npool/mslangid.hxx>
-#ifndef _APP_HXX //autogen
-#include <vcl/svapp.hxx>
-#endif
-#ifndef _STORINFO_HXX //autogen
-#include <sot/storinfo.hxx>
-#endif
-#ifndef _SFX_DOCFILE_HXX
-#include <sfx2/docfile.hxx>
-#endif
-#include <sfx2/sfxhelp.hxx>
-#include <sfx2/viewfrm.hxx>
-// fuer die Sort-String-Arrays aus dem SVMEM.HXX
-#define _SVSTDARR_STRINGSISORTDTOR
-#define _SVSTDARR_STRINGSDTOR
-#include <svl/svstdarr.hxx>
-
-#ifndef SVTOOLS_FSTATHELPER_HXX
-#include <svl/fstathelper.hxx>
-#endif
-#include <svtools/helpopt.hxx>
-#include <svl/urihelper.hxx>
-#include <unotools/charclass.hxx>
-#ifndef _COM_SUN_STAR_I18N_UNICODETYPE_HDL_
-#include <com/sun/star/i18n/UnicodeType.hdl>
-#endif
-#include <unotools/collatorwrapper.hxx>
-#include <com/sun/star/i18n/CollatorOptions.hpp>
-#include <unotools/localedatawrapper.hxx>
-#include <unotools/transliterationwrapper.hxx>
-#include <com/sun/star/lang/XMultiServiceFactory.hpp>
-#include <comphelper/processfactory.hxx>
-#include <com/sun/star/io/XActiveDataSource.hpp>
-
-#ifndef _SVX_SVXIDS_HRC
-#include <svx/svxids.hrc>
-#endif
-
-#include <sot/storage.hxx>
-#include <comphelper/storagehelper.hxx>
-
-#include <svx/udlnitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/wghtitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/escpitem.hxx>
-#include <svx/svxacorr.hxx>
-#include "unolingu.hxx"
-
-#ifndef _SVX_HELPID_HRC
-#include <helpid.hrc>
-#endif
-#include <comphelper/processfactory.hxx>
-#include <com/sun/star/xml/sax/InputSource.hpp>
-#include <com/sun/star/xml/sax/XParser.hpp>
-#include <unotools/streamwrap.hxx>
-#include <SvXMLAutoCorrectImport.hxx>
-#include <SvXMLAutoCorrectExport.hxx>
-#include <ucbhelper/content.hxx>
-#include <com/sun/star/ucb/XCommandEnvironment.hpp>
-#include <com/sun/star/ucb/TransferInfo.hpp>
-#include <com/sun/star/ucb/NameClash.hpp>
-#include <xmloff/xmltoken.hxx>
-
-using namespace ::com::sun::star::ucb;
-using namespace ::com::sun::star::uno;
-using namespace ::com::sun::star;
-using namespace ::xmloff::token;
-using namespace ::rtl;
-using namespace ::utl;
-
-const int C_NONE                = 0x00;
-const int C_FULL_STOP           = 0x01;
-const int C_EXCLAMATION_MARK    = 0x02;
-const int C_QUESTION_MARK       = 0x04;
-
-static const sal_Char pImplWrdStt_ExcptLstStr[]    = "WordExceptList";
-static const sal_Char pImplCplStt_ExcptLstStr[]    = "SentenceExceptList";
-static const sal_Char pImplAutocorr_ListStr[]      = "DocumentList";
-static const sal_Char pXMLImplWrdStt_ExcptLstStr[] = "WordExceptList.xml";
-static const sal_Char pXMLImplCplStt_ExcptLstStr[] = "SentenceExceptList.xml";
-static const sal_Char pXMLImplAutocorr_ListStr[]   = "DocumentList.xml";
-
-static const sal_Char
-    /* auch bei diesen Anfaengen - Klammern auf und alle Arten von Anf.Zei. */
-    sImplSttSkipChars[] = "\"\'([{\x83\x84\x89\x91\x92\x93\x94",
-    /* auch bei diesen Ende - Klammern auf und alle Arten von Anf.Zei. */
-    sImplEndSkipChars[] = "\"\')]}\x83\x84\x89\x91\x92\x93\x94";
-
-// diese Zeichen sind in Worten erlaubt: (fuer FnCptlSttSntnc)
-static const sal_Char sImplWordChars[] = "-'";
-
-void EncryptBlockName_Imp( String& rName );
-void DecryptBlockName_Imp( String& rName );
-
-
-// FileVersions Nummern fuer die Ersetzungs-/Ausnahmelisten getrennt
-#define WORDLIST_VERSION_358    1
-#define EXEPTLIST_VERSION_358   0
-
-
-_SV_IMPL_SORTAR_ALG( SvxAutocorrWordList, SvxAutocorrWordPtr )
-TYPEINIT0(SvxAutoCorrect)
-
-typedef SvxAutoCorrectLanguageLists* SvxAutoCorrectLanguageListsPtr;
-DECLARE_TABLE( SvxAutoCorrLanguageTable_Impl,  SvxAutoCorrectLanguageListsPtr)
-
-DECLARE_TABLE( SvxAutoCorrLastFileAskTable_Impl, long )
-
-
-inline int IsWordDelim( const sal_Unicode c )
-{
-    return ' ' == c || '\t' == c || 0x0a == c ||
-            0xA0 == c || 0x2011 == c || 0x1 == c;
-}
-
-inline int IsLowerLetter( sal_Int32 nCharType )
-{
-    return CharClass::isLetterType( nCharType ) &&
-            0 == ( ::com::sun::star::i18n::KCharacterType::UPPER & nCharType);
-}
-inline int IsUpperLetter( sal_Int32 nCharType )
-{
-    return CharClass::isLetterType( nCharType ) &&
-            0 == ( ::com::sun::star::i18n::KCharacterType::LOWER & nCharType);
-}
-
-BOOL lcl_IsSymbolChar( CharClass& rCC, const String& rTxt,
-                           xub_StrLen nStt, xub_StrLen nEnd )
-{
-    for( ; nStt < nEnd; ++nStt )
-    {
-#if OSL_DEBUG_LEVEL > 1
-        sal_Int32 nCharType;
-        sal_Int32 nChType;
-        nCharType = rCC.getCharacterType( rTxt, nStt );
-        nChType = rCC.getType( rTxt, nStt );
-#endif
-        if( ::com::sun::star::i18n::UnicodeType::PRIVATE_USE ==
-                rCC.getType( rTxt, nStt ))
-            return TRUE;
-    }
-    return FALSE;
-}
-
-
-static BOOL lcl_IsInAsciiArr( const sal_Char* pArr, const sal_Unicode c )
-{
-    BOOL bRet = FALSE;
-    for( ; *pArr; ++pArr )
-        if( *pArr == c )
-        {
-            bRet = TRUE;
-            break;
-        }
-    return bRet;
-}
-
-SvxAutoCorrDoc::~SvxAutoCorrDoc()
-{
-}
-
-
-    // wird nach dem austauschen der Zeichen von den Funktionen
-    //  - FnCptlSttWrd
-    //  - FnCptlSttSntnc
-    // gerufen. Dann koennen die Worte ggfs. in die Ausnahmelisten
-    // aufgenommen werden.
-void SvxAutoCorrDoc::SaveCpltSttWord( ULONG, xub_StrLen, const String&,
-                                        sal_Unicode )
-{
-}
-
-LanguageType SvxAutoCorrDoc::GetLanguage( xub_StrLen , BOOL ) const
-{
-    return LANGUAGE_SYSTEM;
-}
-
-static ::com::sun::star::uno::Reference<
-            ::com::sun::star::lang::XMultiServiceFactory >& GetProcessFact()
-{
-    static ::com::sun::star::uno::Reference<
-            ::com::sun::star::lang::XMultiServiceFactory > xMSF =
-                                    ::comphelper::getProcessServiceFactory();
-    return xMSF;
-}
-
-static USHORT GetAppLang()
-{
-    return Application::GetSettings().GetLanguage();
-}
-static LocaleDataWrapper& GetLocaleDataWrapper( USHORT nLang )
-{
-    static LocaleDataWrapper aLclDtWrp( GetProcessFact(),
-                                        SvxCreateLocale( GetAppLang() ) );
-    ::com::sun::star::lang::Locale aLcl( SvxCreateLocale( nLang ));
-    const ::com::sun::star::lang::Locale& rLcl = aLclDtWrp.getLoadedLocale();
-    if( aLcl.Language != rLcl.Language ||
-        aLcl.Country != rLcl.Country ||
-        aLcl.Variant != rLcl.Variant )
-        aLclDtWrp.setLocale( aLcl );
-    return aLclDtWrp;
-}
-static TransliterationWrapper& GetIgnoreTranslWrapper()
-{
-    static int bIsInit = 0;
-    static TransliterationWrapper aWrp( GetProcessFact(),
-                ::com::sun::star::i18n::TransliterationModules_IGNORE_CASE |
-                ::com::sun::star::i18n::TransliterationModules_IGNORE_KANA |
-                ::com::sun::star::i18n::TransliterationModules_IGNORE_WIDTH );
-    if( !bIsInit )
-    {
-        aWrp.loadModuleIfNeeded( GetAppLang() );
-        bIsInit = 1;
-    }
-    return aWrp;
-}
-static CollatorWrapper& GetCollatorWrapper()
-{
-    static int bIsInit = 0;
-    static CollatorWrapper aCollWrp( GetProcessFact() );
-    if( !bIsInit )
-    {
-        aCollWrp.loadDefaultCollator( SvxCreateLocale( GetAppLang() ), 0 );
-        bIsInit = 1;
-    }
-    return aCollWrp;
-}
-
-
-void SvxAutocorrWordList::DeleteAndDestroy( USHORT nP, USHORT nL )
-{
-    if( nL )
-    {
-        DBG_ASSERT( nP < nA && nP + nL <= nA, "ERR_VAR_DEL" );
-        for( USHORT n=nP; n < nP + nL; n++ )
-            delete *((SvxAutocorrWordPtr*)pData+n);
-        SvPtrarr::Remove( nP, nL );
-    }
-}
-
-
-BOOL SvxAutocorrWordList::Seek_Entry( const SvxAutocorrWordPtr aE, USHORT* pP ) const
-{
-    register USHORT nO  = SvxAutocorrWordList_SAR::Count(),
-            nM,
-            nU = 0;
-    if( nO > 0 )
-    {
-        CollatorWrapper& rCmp = ::GetCollatorWrapper();
-        nO--;
-        while( nU <= nO )
-        {
-            nM = nU + ( nO - nU ) / 2;
-            long nCmp = rCmp.compareString( aE->GetShort(),
-                        (*((SvxAutocorrWordPtr*)pData + nM))->GetShort() );
-            if( 0 == nCmp )
-            {
-                if( pP ) *pP = nM;
-                return TRUE;
-            }
-            else if( 0 < nCmp )
-                nU = nM + 1;
-            else if( nM == 0 )
-            {
-                if( pP ) *pP = nU;
-                return FALSE;
-            }
-            else
-                nO = nM - 1;
-        }
-    }
-    if( pP ) *pP = nU;
-    return FALSE;
-}
-
-/* -----------------18.11.98 15:28-------------------
- *
- * --------------------------------------------------*/
-void lcl_ClearTable(SvxAutoCorrLanguageTable_Impl& rLangTable)
-{
-    SvxAutoCorrectLanguageListsPtr pLists = rLangTable.Last();
-    while(pLists)
-    {
-        delete pLists;
-        pLists = rLangTable.Prev();
-    }
-    rLangTable.Clear();
-}
-
-/* -----------------03.11.06 10:15-------------------
- *
- * --------------------------------------------------*/
-
-sal_Bool SvxAutoCorrect::IsAutoCorrectChar( sal_Unicode cChar )
-{
-    return  cChar == '\0' || cChar == '\t' || cChar == 0x0a ||
-            cChar == ' '  || cChar == '\'' || cChar == '\"' ||
-            cChar == '*'  || cChar == '_'  ||
-            cChar == '.'  || cChar == ','  || cChar == ';' ||
-            cChar == ':'  || cChar == '?' || cChar == '!';
-}
-
-/* -----------------19.11.98 10:15-------------------
- *
- * --------------------------------------------------*/
-long SvxAutoCorrect::GetDefaultFlags()
-{
-    long nRet = Autocorrect
-                    | CptlSttSntnc
-                    | CptlSttWrd
-                    | ChgFractionSymbol
-                    | ChgOrdinalNumber
-                    | ChgToEnEmDash
-                    | ChgWeightUnderl
-                    | SetINetAttr
-                    | ChgQuotes
-                    | SaveWordCplSttLst
-                    | SaveWordWrdSttLst;
-    LanguageType eLang = GetAppLang();
-    switch( eLang )
-    {
-    case LANGUAGE_ENGLISH:
-    case LANGUAGE_ENGLISH_US:
-    case LANGUAGE_ENGLISH_UK:
-    case LANGUAGE_ENGLISH_AUS:
-    case LANGUAGE_ENGLISH_CAN:
-    case LANGUAGE_ENGLISH_NZ:
-    case LANGUAGE_ENGLISH_EIRE:
-    case LANGUAGE_ENGLISH_SAFRICA:
-    case LANGUAGE_ENGLISH_JAMAICA:
-    case LANGUAGE_ENGLISH_CARRIBEAN:
-        nRet &= ~(ChgQuotes|ChgSglQuotes);
-        break;
-    }
-    return nRet;
-}
-
-
-SvxAutoCorrect::SvxAutoCorrect( const String& rShareAutocorrFile,
-                                const String& rUserAutocorrFile )
-    : sShareAutoCorrFile( rShareAutocorrFile ),
-    sUserAutoCorrFile( rUserAutocorrFile ),
-    pLangTable( new SvxAutoCorrLanguageTable_Impl ),
-    pLastFileTable( new SvxAutoCorrLastFileAskTable_Impl ),
-    pCharClass( 0 ),
-    cStartDQuote( 0 ), cEndDQuote( 0 ), cStartSQuote( 0 ), cEndSQuote( 0 )
-{
-    nFlags = SvxAutoCorrect::GetDefaultFlags();
-
-    c1Div2 = ByteString::ConvertToUnicode( '\xBD', RTL_TEXTENCODING_MS_1252 );
-    c1Div4 = ByteString::ConvertToUnicode( '\xBC', RTL_TEXTENCODING_MS_1252 );
-    c3Div4 = ByteString::ConvertToUnicode( '\xBE', RTL_TEXTENCODING_MS_1252 );
-    cEmDash = ByteString::ConvertToUnicode( '\x97', RTL_TEXTENCODING_MS_1252 );
-    cEnDash = ByteString::ConvertToUnicode( '\x96', RTL_TEXTENCODING_MS_1252 );
-}
-
-SvxAutoCorrect::SvxAutoCorrect( const SvxAutoCorrect& rCpy )
-:   sShareAutoCorrFile( rCpy.sShareAutoCorrFile ),
-    sUserAutoCorrFile( rCpy.sUserAutoCorrFile ),
-
-    aSwFlags( rCpy.aSwFlags ),
-
-    pLangTable( new SvxAutoCorrLanguageTable_Impl ),
-    pLastFileTable( new SvxAutoCorrLastFileAskTable_Impl ),
-    pCharClass( 0 ),
-
-    nFlags( rCpy.nFlags & ~(ChgWordLstLoad|CplSttLstLoad|WrdSttLstLoad)),
-    cStartDQuote( rCpy.cStartDQuote ), cEndDQuote( rCpy.cEndDQuote ),
-    cStartSQuote( rCpy.cStartSQuote ), cEndSQuote( rCpy.cEndSQuote ),
-    c1Div2( rCpy.c1Div2 ), c1Div4( rCpy.c1Div4 ), c3Div4( rCpy.c3Div4 ),
-    cEmDash( rCpy.cEmDash ), cEnDash( rCpy.cEnDash )
-{
-}
-
-
-SvxAutoCorrect::~SvxAutoCorrect()
-{
-    lcl_ClearTable(*pLangTable);
-    delete pLangTable;
-    delete pLastFileTable;
-    delete pCharClass;
-}
-
-void SvxAutoCorrect::_GetCharClass( LanguageType eLang )
-{
-    delete pCharClass;
-    pCharClass = new CharClass( SvxCreateLocale( eLang ));
-    eCharClassLang = eLang;
-}
-
-void SvxAutoCorrect::SetAutoCorrFlag( long nFlag, BOOL bOn )
-{
-    long nOld = nFlags;
-    nFlags = bOn ? nFlags | nFlag
-                 : nFlags & ~nFlag;
-
-    if( !bOn )
-    {
-        if( (nOld & CptlSttSntnc) != (nFlags & CptlSttSntnc) )
-            nFlags &= ~CplSttLstLoad;
-        if( (nOld & CptlSttWrd) != (nFlags & CptlSttWrd) )
-            nFlags &= ~WrdSttLstLoad;
-        if( (nOld & Autocorrect) != (nFlags & Autocorrect) )
-            nFlags &= ~ChgWordLstLoad;
-    }
-}
-
-
-    // Zwei Grossbuchstaben am Wort-Anfang ??
-BOOL SvxAutoCorrect::FnCptlSttWrd( SvxAutoCorrDoc& rDoc, const String& rTxt,
-                                    xub_StrLen nSttPos, xub_StrLen nEndPos,
-                                    LanguageType eLang )
-{
-    BOOL bRet = FALSE;
-    CharClass& rCC = GetCharClass( eLang );
-
-    // loesche alle nicht alpanum. Zeichen am Wortanfang/-ende und
-    // teste dann ( erkennt: "(min.", "/min.", usw.)
-    for( ; nSttPos < nEndPos; ++nSttPos )
-        if( rCC.isLetterNumeric( rTxt, nSttPos ))
-            break;
-    for( ; nSttPos < nEndPos; --nEndPos )
-        if( rCC.isLetterNumeric( rTxt, nEndPos - 1 ))
-            break;
-
-    // Zwei Grossbuchstaben am Wort-Anfang ??
-    if( nSttPos+2 < nEndPos &&
-        IsUpperLetter( rCC.getCharacterType( rTxt, nSttPos )) &&
-        IsUpperLetter( rCC.getCharacterType( rTxt, ++nSttPos )) &&
-        // ist das 3. Zeichen ein klein geschiebenes Alpha-Zeichen
-        IsLowerLetter( rCC.getCharacterType( rTxt, nSttPos +1 )) &&
-        // keine Sonder-Attribute ersetzen
-        0x1 != rTxt.GetChar( nSttPos ) && 0x2 != rTxt.GetChar( nSttPos ))
-    {
-        // teste ob das Wort in einer Ausnahmeliste steht
-        String sWord( rTxt.Copy( nSttPos - 1, nEndPos - nSttPos + 1 ));
-        if( !FindInWrdSttExceptList(eLang, sWord) )
-        {
-            sal_Unicode cSave = rTxt.GetChar( nSttPos );
-            String sChar( cSave );
-            rCC.toLower( sChar );
-            if( sChar.GetChar(0) != cSave && rDoc.Replace( nSttPos, sChar ))
-            {
-                if( SaveWordWrdSttLst & nFlags )
-                    rDoc.SaveCpltSttWord( CptlSttWrd, nSttPos, sWord, cSave );
-                bRet = TRUE;
-            }
-        }
-    }
-    return bRet;
-}
-
-
-BOOL SvxAutoCorrect::FnChgFractionSymbol(
-                                SvxAutoCorrDoc& rDoc, const String& rTxt,
-                                xub_StrLen nSttPos, xub_StrLen nEndPos )
-{
-    sal_Unicode cChar = 0;
-
-    for( ; nSttPos < nEndPos; ++nSttPos )
-        if( !lcl_IsInAsciiArr( sImplSttSkipChars, rTxt.GetChar( nSttPos ) ))
-            break;
-    for( ; nSttPos < nEndPos; --nEndPos )
-        if( !lcl_IsInAsciiArr( sImplEndSkipChars, rTxt.GetChar( nEndPos - 1 ) ))
-            break;
-
-    // 1/2, 1/4, ... ersetzen durch das entsprechende Zeichen vom Font
-    if( 3 == nEndPos - nSttPos && '/' == rTxt.GetChar( nSttPos+1 ))
-    {
-        switch( ( rTxt.GetChar( nSttPos )) * 256 + rTxt.GetChar( nEndPos-1 ))
-        {
-        case '1' * 256 + '2':       cChar = c1Div2;     break;
-        case '1' * 256 + '4':       cChar = c1Div4;     break;
-        case '3' * 256 + '4':       cChar = c3Div4;     break;
-        }
-
-        if( cChar )
-        {
-            // also austauschen:
-            rDoc.Delete( nSttPos+1, nEndPos );
-            rDoc.Replace( nSttPos, cChar );
-        }
-    }
-    return 0 != cChar;
-}
-
-
-BOOL SvxAutoCorrect::FnChgOrdinalNumber(
-                                SvxAutoCorrDoc& rDoc, const String& rTxt,
-                                xub_StrLen nSttPos, xub_StrLen nEndPos,
-                                LanguageType eLang )
-{
-// 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4 - 0th
-// 201th oder 201st
-// 12th oder 12nd
-    CharClass& rCC = GetCharClass( eLang );
-    BOOL bChg = FALSE;
-
-    for( ; nSttPos < nEndPos; ++nSttPos )
-        if( !lcl_IsInAsciiArr( sImplSttSkipChars, rTxt.GetChar( nSttPos ) ))
-            break;
-    for( ; nSttPos < nEndPos; --nEndPos )
-        if( !lcl_IsInAsciiArr( sImplEndSkipChars, rTxt.GetChar( nEndPos - 1 ) ))
-            break;
-
-    if( 2 < nEndPos - nSttPos &&
-        rCC.isDigit( rTxt, nEndPos - 3 ) )
-    {
-        static sal_Char __READONLY_DATA
-            sAll[]      = "th",         /* rest */
-            sFirst[]    = "st",         /* 1 */
-            sSecond[]   = "nd",         /* 2 */
-            sThird[]    = "rd";         /* 3 */
-        static const sal_Char* __READONLY_DATA aNumberTab[ 4 ] =
-        {
-            sAll, sFirst, sSecond, sThird
-        };
-
-        sal_Unicode c = rTxt.GetChar( nEndPos - 3 );
-        if( ( c -= '0' ) > 3 )
-            c = 0;
-
-        bChg = ( ((sal_Unicode)*((aNumberTab[ c ])+0)) ==
-                                        rTxt.GetChar( nEndPos - 2 ) &&
-                 ((sal_Unicode)*((aNumberTab[ c ])+1)) ==
-                                         rTxt.GetChar( nEndPos - 1 )) ||
-               ( 3 < nEndPos - nSttPos &&
-                ( ((sal_Unicode)*(sAll+0)) == rTxt.GetChar( nEndPos - 2 ) &&
-                  ((sal_Unicode)*(sAll+1)) == rTxt.GetChar( nEndPos - 1 )));
-
-        if( bChg )
-        {
-            // dann pruefe mal, ob alle bis zum Start alle Zahlen sind
-            for( xub_StrLen n = nEndPos - 3; nSttPos < n; )
-                if( !rCC.isDigit( rTxt, --n ) )
-                {
-                    bChg = !rCC.isLetter( rTxt, n );
-                    break;
-                }
-
-            if( bChg )      // dann setze mal das Escapement Attribut
-            {
-                SvxEscapementItem aSvxEscapementItem( DFLT_ESC_AUTO_SUPER,
-                                                    DFLT_ESC_PROP, SID_ATTR_CHAR_ESCAPEMENT );
-                rDoc.SetAttr( nEndPos - 2, nEndPos,
-                                SID_ATTR_CHAR_ESCAPEMENT,
-                                aSvxEscapementItem);
-            }
-        }
-
-    }
-    return bChg;
-}
-
-
-BOOL SvxAutoCorrect::FnChgToEnEmDash(
-                                SvxAutoCorrDoc& rDoc, const String& rTxt,
-                                xub_StrLen nSttPos, xub_StrLen nEndPos,
-                                LanguageType eLang )
-{
-    BOOL bRet = FALSE;
-    CharClass& rCC = GetCharClass( eLang );
-    if (eLang == LANGUAGE_SYSTEM)
-        eLang = GetAppLang();
-    bool bAlwaysUseEmDash = (cEmDash && (eLang == LANGUAGE_RUSSIAN || eLang == LANGUAGE_UKRAINIAN));
-
-    // ersetze " - " oder " --" durch "enDash"
-    if( cEnDash && 1 < nSttPos && 1 <= nEndPos - nSttPos )
-    {
-        sal_Unicode cCh = rTxt.GetChar( nSttPos );
-        if( '-' == cCh )
-        {
-            if( ' ' == rTxt.GetChar( nSttPos-1 ) &&
-                '-' == rTxt.GetChar( nSttPos+1 ))
-            {
-                xub_StrLen n;
-                for( n = nSttPos+2; n < nEndPos && lcl_IsInAsciiArr(
-                            sImplSttSkipChars,(cCh = rTxt.GetChar( n )));
-                        ++n )
-                    ;
-
-                // found: " --[<AnySttChars>][A-z0-9]
-                if( rCC.isLetterNumeric( cCh ) )
-                {
-                    for( n = nSttPos-1; n && lcl_IsInAsciiArr(
-                            sImplEndSkipChars,(cCh = rTxt.GetChar( --n ))); )
-                        ;
-
-                    // found: "[A-z0-9][<AnyEndChars>] --[<AnySttChars>][A-z0-9]
-                    if( rCC.isLetterNumeric( cCh ))
-                    {
-                        rDoc.Delete( nSttPos, nSttPos + 2 );
-                        rDoc.Insert( nSttPos, bAlwaysUseEmDash ? cEmDash : cEnDash );
-                        bRet = TRUE;
-                    }
-                }
-            }
-        }
-        else if( 3 < nSttPos &&
-                 ' ' == rTxt.GetChar( nSttPos-1 ) &&
-                 '-' == rTxt.GetChar( nSttPos-2 ))
-        {
-            xub_StrLen n, nLen = 1, nTmpPos = nSttPos - 2;
-            if( '-' == ( cCh = rTxt.GetChar( nTmpPos-1 )) )
-            {
-                --nTmpPos;
-                ++nLen;
-                cCh = rTxt.GetChar( nTmpPos-1 );
-            }
-            if( ' ' == cCh )
-            {
-                for( n = nSttPos; n < nEndPos && lcl_IsInAsciiArr(
-                            sImplSttSkipChars,(cCh = rTxt.GetChar( n )));
-                        ++n )
-                    ;
-
-                // found: " - [<AnySttChars>][A-z0-9]
-                if( rCC.isLetterNumeric( cCh ) )
-                {
-                    cCh = ' ';
-                    for( n = nTmpPos-1; n && lcl_IsInAsciiArr(
-                            sImplEndSkipChars,(cCh = rTxt.GetChar( --n ))); )
-                            ;
-                    // found: "[A-z0-9][<AnyEndChars>] - [<AnySttChars>][A-z0-9]
-                    if( rCC.isLetterNumeric( cCh ))
-                    {
-                        rDoc.Delete( nTmpPos, nTmpPos + nLen );
-                        rDoc.Insert( nTmpPos, bAlwaysUseEmDash ? cEmDash : cEnDash );
-                        bRet = TRUE;
-                    }
-                }
-            }
-        }
-    }
-
-    // Replace [A-z0-9]--[A-z0-9] double dash with "emDash" or "enDash".
-    // Finnish and Hungarian use enDash instead of emDash.
-    bool bEnDash = (eLang == LANGUAGE_HUNGARIAN || eLang == LANGUAGE_FINNISH);
-    if( ((cEmDash && !bEnDash) || (cEnDash && bEnDash)) && 4 <= nEndPos - nSttPos )
-    {
-        String sTmp( rTxt.Copy( nSttPos, nEndPos - nSttPos ) );
-        xub_StrLen nFndPos = sTmp.SearchAscii( "--" );
-        if( STRING_NOTFOUND != nFndPos && nFndPos &&
-            nFndPos + 2 < sTmp.Len() &&
-            ( rCC.isLetterNumeric( sTmp, nFndPos - 1 ) ||
-              lcl_IsInAsciiArr( sImplEndSkipChars, rTxt.GetChar( nFndPos - 1 ) )) &&
-            ( rCC.isLetterNumeric( sTmp, nFndPos + 2 ) ||
-            lcl_IsInAsciiArr( sImplSttSkipChars, rTxt.GetChar( nFndPos + 2 ) )))
-        {
-            nSttPos = nSttPos + nFndPos;
-            rDoc.Delete( nSttPos, nSttPos + 2 );
-            rDoc.Insert( nSttPos, (bEnDash ? cEnDash : cEmDash) );
-            bRet = TRUE;
-        }
-    }
-    return bRet;
-}
-
-
-BOOL SvxAutoCorrect::FnSetINetAttr( SvxAutoCorrDoc& rDoc, const String& rTxt,
-                                    xub_StrLen nSttPos, xub_StrLen nEndPos,
-                                    LanguageType eLang )
-{
-    String sURL( URIHelper::FindFirstURLInText( rTxt, nSttPos, nEndPos,
-                                                GetCharClass( eLang ) ));
-    BOOL bRet = 0 != sURL.Len();
-    if( bRet )          // also Attribut setzen:
-        rDoc.SetINetAttr( nSttPos, nEndPos, sURL );
-    return bRet;
-}
-
-
-BOOL SvxAutoCorrect::FnChgWeightUnderl( SvxAutoCorrDoc& rDoc, const String& rTxt,
-                                        xub_StrLen, xub_StrLen nEndPos,
-                                        LanguageType eLang )
-{
-    // Bedingung:
-    //  Am Anfang:  _ oder * hinter Space mit nachfolgenden !Space
-    //  Am Ende:    _ oder * vor Space (Worttrenner?)
-
-    sal_Unicode c, cInsChar = rTxt.GetChar( nEndPos );  // unterstreichen oder fett
-    if( ++nEndPos != rTxt.Len() &&
-        !IsWordDelim( rTxt.GetChar( nEndPos ) ) )
-        return FALSE;
-
-    --nEndPos;
-
-    BOOL bAlphaNum = FALSE;
-    xub_StrLen nPos = nEndPos, nFndPos = STRING_NOTFOUND;
-    CharClass& rCC = GetCharClass( eLang );
-
-    while( nPos )
-    {
-        switch( c = rTxt.GetChar( --nPos ) )
-        {
-        case '_':
-        case '*':
-            if( c == cInsChar )
-            {
-                if( bAlphaNum && nPos+1 < nEndPos && ( !nPos ||
-                    IsWordDelim( rTxt.GetChar( nPos-1 ))) &&
-                    !IsWordDelim( rTxt.GetChar( nPos+1 )))
-                        nFndPos = nPos;
-                else
-                    // Bedingung ist nicht erfuellt, also abbrechen
-                    nFndPos = STRING_NOTFOUND;
-                nPos = 0;
-            }
-            break;
-        default:
-            if( !bAlphaNum )
-                bAlphaNum = rCC.isLetterNumeric( rTxt, nPos );
-        }
-    }
-
-    if( STRING_NOTFOUND != nFndPos )
-    {
-        // ueber den gefundenen Bereich das Attribut aufspannen und
-        // das gefunde und am Ende stehende Zeichen loeschen
-        if( '*' == cInsChar )           // Fett
-        {
-            SvxWeightItem aSvxWeightItem( WEIGHT_BOLD, SID_ATTR_CHAR_WEIGHT );
-            rDoc.SetAttr( nFndPos + 1, nEndPos,
-                            SID_ATTR_CHAR_WEIGHT,
-                            aSvxWeightItem);
-        }
-        else                            // unterstrichen
-        {
-            SvxUnderlineItem aSvxUnderlineItem( UNDERLINE_SINGLE, SID_ATTR_CHAR_UNDERLINE );
-            rDoc.SetAttr( nFndPos + 1, nEndPos,
-                            SID_ATTR_CHAR_UNDERLINE,
-                            aSvxUnderlineItem);
-        }
-        rDoc.Delete( nEndPos, nEndPos + 1 );
-        rDoc.Delete( nFndPos, nFndPos + 1 );
-    }
-
-    return STRING_NOTFOUND != nFndPos;
-}
-
-
-BOOL SvxAutoCorrect::FnCptlSttSntnc( SvxAutoCorrDoc& rDoc,
-                                    const String& rTxt, BOOL bNormalPos,
-                                    xub_StrLen nSttPos, xub_StrLen nEndPos,
-                                    LanguageType eLang )
-{
-    // Grossbuchstabe am Satz-Anfang ??
-    if( !rTxt.Len() || nEndPos <= nSttPos )
-        return FALSE;
-
-     CharClass& rCC = GetCharClass( eLang );
-    String aText( rTxt );
-    const sal_Unicode *pStart = aText.GetBuffer(),
-                      *pStr = pStart + nEndPos,
-                      *pWordStt = 0,
-                      *pDelim = 0;
-
-    BOOL bAtStart = FALSE, bPrevPara = FALSE;
-    do {
-        --pStr;
-        if( rCC.isLetter(
-                aText, sal::static_int_cast< xub_StrLen >( pStr - pStart ) ) )
-        {
-            if( !pWordStt )
-                pDelim = pStr+1;
-            pWordStt = pStr;
-        }
-        else if( pWordStt &&
-                 !rCC.isDigit(
-                     aText,
-                     sal::static_int_cast< xub_StrLen >( pStr - pStart ) ) )
-        {
-            if( lcl_IsInAsciiArr( sImplWordChars, *pStr ) &&
-                pWordStt - 1 == pStr &&
-                // --> FME 2005-02-14 #i38971#
-                // l'intallazione at beginning of paragraph. Replaced < by <=
-                (long)(pStart + 1) <= (long)pStr &&
-                // <--
-                rCC.isLetter(
-                    aText,
-                    sal::static_int_cast< xub_StrLen >( pStr-1 - pStart ) ) )
-                pWordStt = --pStr;
-            else
-                break;
-        }
-    } while( 0 == ( bAtStart = (pStart == pStr)) );
-
-
-    if( !pWordStt ||
-        rCC.isDigit(
-            aText, sal::static_int_cast< xub_StrLen >( pStr - pStart ) ) ||
-        IsUpperLetter(
-            rCC.getCharacterType(
-                aText,
-                sal::static_int_cast< xub_StrLen >( pWordStt - pStart ) ) ) ||
-        0x1 == *pWordStt || 0x2 == *pWordStt )
-        return FALSE;       // kein zu ersetzendes Zeichen, oder schon ok
-
-    // JP 27.10.97: wenn das Wort weniger als 3 Zeichen hat und der Trenner
-    //              ein "Num"-Trenner ist, dann nicht ersetzen!
-    //              Damit wird ein "a.",  "a)", "a-a" nicht ersetzt!
-    if( *pDelim && 2 >= pDelim - pWordStt &&
-        lcl_IsInAsciiArr( ".-)>", *pDelim ) )
-        return FALSE;
-
-    if( !bAtStart ) // noch kein Absatz Anfang ?
-    {
-        if ( IsWordDelim( *pStr ) )
-        {
-            while( 0 == ( bAtStart = (pStart == pStr--) ) && IsWordDelim( *pStr ))
-                ;
-        }
-        // Asian full stop, full width full stop, full width exclamation mark
-        // and full width question marks are treated as word delimiters
-        else if ( 0x3002 != *pStr && 0xFF0E != *pStr && 0xFF01 != *pStr &&
-                  0xFF1F != *pStr )
-            return FALSE; // kein gueltiger Trenner -> keine Ersetzung
-    }
-
-    if( bAtStart )  // am Absatz Anfang ?
-    {
-        // Ueberpruefe den vorherigen Absatz, wenn es diesen gibt.
-        // Wenn ja, dann pruefe auf SatzTrenner am Ende.
-        const String* pPrevPara = rDoc.GetPrevPara( bNormalPos );
-        if( !pPrevPara )
-        {
-            // gueltiger Trenner -> Ersetze
-            String sChar( *pWordStt );
-            rCC.toUpper( sChar );
-            return  sChar != *pWordStt &&
-                    rDoc.Replace( xub_StrLen( pWordStt - pStart ), sChar );
-        }
-
-        aText = *pPrevPara;
-        bPrevPara = TRUE;
-        bAtStart = FALSE;
-        pStart = aText.GetBuffer();
-        pStr = pStart + aText.Len();
-
-        do {            // alle Blanks ueberlesen
-            --pStr;
-            if( !IsWordDelim( *pStr ))
-                break;
-        } while( 0 == ( bAtStart = (pStart == pStr)) );
-
-        if( bAtStart )
-            return FALSE;       // kein gueltiger Trenner -> keine Ersetzung
-    }
-
-    // bis hierhier wurde [ \t]+[A-Z0-9]+ gefunden. Test jetzt auf den
-    // Satztrenner. Es koennen alle 3 vorkommen, aber nicht mehrfach !!
-    const sal_Unicode* pExceptStt = 0;
-    if( !bAtStart )
-    {
-        BOOL bWeiter = TRUE;
-        int nFlag = C_NONE;
-        do {
-            switch( *pStr )
-            {
-            // Western and Asian full stop
-            case '.':
-            case 0x3002 :
-            case 0xFF0E :
-                {
-                    if( nFlag & C_FULL_STOP )
-                        return FALSE;       // kein gueltiger Trenner -> keine Ersetzung
-                    nFlag |= C_FULL_STOP;
-                    pExceptStt = pStr;
-                }
-                break;
-            case '!':
-            case 0xFF01 :
-                {
-                    if( nFlag & C_EXCLAMATION_MARK )
-                        return FALSE;   // kein gueltiger Trenner -> keine Ersetzung
-                    nFlag |= C_EXCLAMATION_MARK;
-                }
-                break;
-            case '?':
-            case 0xFF1F :
-                {
-                    if( nFlag & C_QUESTION_MARK)
-                        return FALSE;       // kein gueltiger Trenner -> keine Ersetzung
-                    nFlag |= C_QUESTION_MARK;
-                }
-                break;
-            default:
-                if( !nFlag )
-                    return FALSE;       // kein gueltiger Trenner -> keine Ersetzung
-                else
-                    bWeiter = FALSE;
-                break;
-            }
-
-            if( bWeiter && pStr-- == pStart )
-            {
-// !!! wenn am Anfang, dann nie ersetzen.
-//              if( !nFlag )
-                    return FALSE;       // kein gueltiger Trenner -> keine Ersetzung
-//              ++pStr;
-//              break;      // Schleife beenden
-            }
-        } while( bWeiter );
-        if( C_FULL_STOP != nFlag )
-            pExceptStt = 0;
-    }
-
-    if( 2 > ( pStr - pStart ) )
-        return FALSE;
-
-    if( !rCC.isLetterNumeric(
-            aText, sal::static_int_cast< xub_StrLen >( pStr-- - pStart ) ) )
-    {
-        BOOL bValid = FALSE, bAlphaFnd = FALSE;
-        const sal_Unicode* pTmpStr = pStr;
-        while( !bValid )
-        {
-            if( rCC.isDigit(
-                    aText,
-                    sal::static_int_cast< xub_StrLen >( pTmpStr - pStart ) ) )
-            {
-                bValid = TRUE;
-                pStr = pTmpStr - 1;
-            }
-            else if( rCC.isLetter(
-                         aText,
-                         sal::static_int_cast< xub_StrLen >(
-                             pTmpStr - pStart ) ) )
-            {
-                if( bAlphaFnd )
-                {
-                    bValid = TRUE;
-                    pStr = pTmpStr;
-                }
-                else
-                    bAlphaFnd = TRUE;
-            }
-            else if( bAlphaFnd || IsWordDelim( *pTmpStr ) )
-                break;
-
-            if( pTmpStr == pStart )
-                break;
-
-            --pTmpStr;
-        }
-
-        if( !bValid )
-            return FALSE;       // kein gueltiger Trenner -> keine Ersetzung
-    }
-
-    BOOL bNumericOnly = '0' <= *(pStr+1) && *(pStr+1) <= '9';
-
-    // suche den Anfang vom Wort
-    while( !IsWordDelim( *pStr ))
-    {
-        if( bNumericOnly &&
-            rCC.isLetter(
-                aText, sal::static_int_cast< xub_StrLen >( pStr - pStart ) ) )
-            bNumericOnly = FALSE;
-
-        if( pStart == pStr )
-            break;
-
-        --pStr;
-    }
-
-    if( bNumericOnly )      // besteht nur aus Zahlen, dann nicht
-        return FALSE;
-
-    if( IsWordDelim( *pStr ))
-        ++pStr;
-
-    String sWord;
-
-    // ueberpruefe anhand der Exceptionliste
-    if( pExceptStt )
-    {
-        sWord = String(
-            pStr, sal::static_int_cast< xub_StrLen >( pExceptStt - pStr + 1 ) );
-        if( FindInCplSttExceptList(eLang, sWord) )
-            return FALSE;
-
-        // loesche alle nicht alpanum. Zeichen am Wortanfang/-ende und
-        // teste dann noch mal ( erkennt: "(min.", "/min.", usw.)
-        String sTmp( sWord );
-        while( sTmp.Len() &&
-                !rCC.isLetterNumeric( sTmp, 0 ) )
-            sTmp.Erase( 0, 1 );
-
-        // alle hinteren nicht alphanumerische Zeichen bis auf das
-        // Letzte entfernen
-        xub_StrLen nLen = sTmp.Len();
-        while( nLen && !rCC.isLetterNumeric( sTmp, nLen-1 ) )
-            --nLen;
-        if( nLen + 1 < sTmp.Len() )
-            sTmp.Erase( nLen + 1 );
-
-        if( sTmp.Len() && sTmp.Len() != sWord.Len() &&
-            FindInCplSttExceptList(eLang, sTmp))
-            return FALSE;
-
-        if(FindInCplSttExceptList(eLang, sWord, TRUE))
-            return FALSE;
-    }
-
-    // Ok, dann ersetze mal
-    sal_Unicode cSave = *pWordStt;
-    nSttPos = sal::static_int_cast< xub_StrLen >( pWordStt - rTxt.GetBuffer() );
-    String sChar( cSave );
-    rCC.toUpper( sChar );
-    BOOL bRet = sChar.GetChar(0) != cSave && rDoc.Replace( nSttPos, sChar );
-
-    // das Wort will vielleicht jemand haben
-    if( bRet && SaveWordCplSttLst & nFlags )
-        rDoc.SaveCpltSttWord( CptlSttSntnc, nSttPos, sWord, cSave );
-
-    return bRet;
-}
-//The method below is renamed from _GetQuote to GetQuote by BerryJia for Bug95846 Time:2002-8-13 15:50
-sal_Unicode SvxAutoCorrect::GetQuote( sal_Unicode cInsChar, BOOL bSttQuote,
-                                        LanguageType eLang ) const
-{
-    sal_Unicode cRet = bSttQuote ? ( '\"' == cInsChar
-                                    ? GetStartDoubleQuote()
-                                    : GetStartSingleQuote() )
-                                   : ( '\"' == cInsChar
-                                    ? GetEndDoubleQuote()
-                                    : GetEndSingleQuote() );
-    if( !cRet )
-    {
-        // dann ueber die Language das richtige Zeichen heraussuchen
-        if( LANGUAGE_NONE == eLang )
-            cRet = cInsChar;
-        else
-        {
-            LocaleDataWrapper& rLcl = GetLocaleDataWrapper( eLang );
-            String sRet( bSttQuote
-                            ? ( '\"' == cInsChar
-                                ? rLcl.getDoubleQuotationMarkStart()
-                                : rLcl.getQuotationMarkStart() )
-                            : ( '\"' == cInsChar
-                                ? rLcl.getDoubleQuotationMarkEnd()
-                                : rLcl.getQuotationMarkEnd() ));
-            cRet = sRet.Len() ? sRet.GetChar( 0 ) : cInsChar;
-        }
-    }
-    return cRet;
-}
-
-void SvxAutoCorrect::InsertQuote( SvxAutoCorrDoc& rDoc, xub_StrLen nInsPos,
-                                    sal_Unicode cInsChar, BOOL bSttQuote,
-                                    BOOL bIns )
-{
-    LanguageType eLang = rDoc.GetLanguage( nInsPos, FALSE );
-    sal_Unicode cRet = GetQuote( cInsChar, bSttQuote, eLang );
-
-    //JP 13.02.99: damit beim Undo das "einfuegte" Zeichen wieder erscheint,
-    //              wird es erstmal eingefuegt und dann ueberschrieben
-    String sChg( cInsChar );
-    if( bIns )
-        rDoc.Insert( nInsPos, sChg );
-    else
-        rDoc.Replace( nInsPos, sChg );
-
-    //JP 13.08.97: Bug 42477 - bei doppelten Anfuehrungszeichen muss bei
-    //              franzoesischer Sprache an Anfang ein Leerzeichen dahinter
-    //              und am Ende ein Leerzeichen dahinter eingefuegt werden.
-    sChg = cRet;
-
-    if( '\"' == cInsChar )
-    {
-        if( LANGUAGE_SYSTEM == eLang )
-            eLang = GetAppLang();
-        switch( eLang )
-        {
-        case LANGUAGE_FRENCH:
-        case LANGUAGE_FRENCH_BELGIAN:
-        case LANGUAGE_FRENCH_CANADIAN:
-        case LANGUAGE_FRENCH_SWISS:
-        case LANGUAGE_FRENCH_LUXEMBOURG:
-            // JP 09.02.99: das zusaetzliche Zeichen immer per Insert einfuegen.
-            //              Es ueberschreibt nichts!
-            {
-                String s( static_cast< sal_Unicode >(0xA0) );
-                    // UNICODE code for no break space
-                if( rDoc.Insert( bSttQuote ? nInsPos+1 : nInsPos, s ))
-                {
-                    if( !bSttQuote )
-                        ++nInsPos;
-                }
-            }
-            break;
-        }
-    }
-
-    rDoc.Replace( nInsPos, sChg );
-}
-
-String SvxAutoCorrect::GetQuote( SvxAutoCorrDoc& rDoc, xub_StrLen nInsPos,
-                                sal_Unicode cInsChar, BOOL bSttQuote )
-{
-    LanguageType eLang = rDoc.GetLanguage( nInsPos, FALSE );
-    sal_Unicode cRet = GetQuote( cInsChar, bSttQuote, eLang );
-
-    String sRet( cRet );
-    //JP 13.08.97: Bug 42477 - bei doppelten Anfuehrungszeichen muss bei
-    //              franzoesischer Sprache an Anfang ein Leerzeichen dahinter
-    //              und am Ende ein Leerzeichen dahinter eingefuegt werden.
-    if( '\"' == cInsChar )
-    {
-        if( LANGUAGE_SYSTEM == eLang )
-            eLang = GetAppLang();
-        switch( eLang )
-        {
-        case LANGUAGE_FRENCH:
-        case LANGUAGE_FRENCH_BELGIAN:
-        case LANGUAGE_FRENCH_CANADIAN:
-        case LANGUAGE_FRENCH_SWISS:
-        case LANGUAGE_FRENCH_LUXEMBOURG:
-            if( bSttQuote )
-                sRet += ' ';
-            else
-                sRet.Insert( ' ', 0 );
-            break;
-        }
-    }
-    return sRet;
-}
-
-ULONG SvxAutoCorrect::AutoCorrect( SvxAutoCorrDoc& rDoc, const String& rTxt,
-                                    xub_StrLen nInsPos, sal_Unicode cChar,
-                                    BOOL bInsert )
-{
-    ULONG nRet = 0;
-    do{                                 // only for middle check loop !!
-        if( cChar )
-        {
-            //JP 10.02.97: doppelte Spaces verhindern
-            if( nInsPos && ' ' == cChar &&
-                IsAutoCorrFlag( IngnoreDoubleSpace ) &&
-                ' ' == rTxt.GetChar( nInsPos - 1 ) )
-            {
-                nRet = IngnoreDoubleSpace;
-                break;
-            }
-
-            BOOL bSingle = '\'' == cChar;
-            BOOL bIsReplaceQuote =
-                        (IsAutoCorrFlag( ChgQuotes ) && ('\"' == cChar )) ||
-                        (IsAutoCorrFlag( ChgSglQuotes ) && bSingle );
-            if( bIsReplaceQuote )
-            {
-                sal_Unicode cPrev;
-                BOOL bSttQuote = !nInsPos ||
-                        IsWordDelim( ( cPrev = rTxt.GetChar( nInsPos-1 ))) ||
-// os: #56034# - Warum kein schliessendes Anfuehrungszeichen nach dem Bindestrich?
-//                      strchr( "-([{", cPrev ) ||
-                        lcl_IsInAsciiArr( "([{", cPrev ) ||
-                        ( cEmDash && cEmDash == cPrev ) ||
-                        ( cEnDash && cEnDash == cPrev );
-
-                InsertQuote( rDoc, nInsPos, cChar, bSttQuote, bInsert );
-                nRet = bSingle ? ChgSglQuotes : ChgQuotes;
-                break;
-            }
-
-            if( bInsert )
-                rDoc.Insert( nInsPos, cChar );
-            else
-                rDoc.Replace( nInsPos, cChar );
-        }
-
-        if( !nInsPos )
-            break;
-
-        xub_StrLen nPos = nInsPos - 1;
-
-        // Bug 19286: nur direkt hinter dem "Wort" aufsetzen
-        if( IsWordDelim( rTxt.GetChar( nPos )))
-            break;
-
-        // automatisches Fett oder Unterstreichen setzen?
-        if( '*' == cChar || '_' == cChar )
-        {
-            if( IsAutoCorrFlag( ChgWeightUnderl ) &&
-                FnChgWeightUnderl( rDoc, rTxt, 0, nPos+1 ) )
-                nRet = ChgWeightUnderl;
-            break;
-        }
-
-        while( nPos && !IsWordDelim( rTxt.GetChar( --nPos )))
-            ;
-
-        // Absatz-Anfang oder ein Blank gefunden, suche nach dem Wort
-        // Kuerzel im Auto
-        xub_StrLen nCapLttrPos = nPos+1;        // auf das 1. Zeichen
-        if( !nPos && !IsWordDelim( rTxt.GetChar( 0 )))
-            --nCapLttrPos;          // Absatz Anfang und kein Blank !
-
-        LanguageType eLang = rDoc.GetLanguage( nCapLttrPos, FALSE );
-        if( LANGUAGE_SYSTEM == eLang )
-            eLang = MsLangId::getSystemLanguage();
-        CharClass& rCC = GetCharClass( eLang );
-
-        // Bug 19285: Symbolzeichen nicht anfassen
-        if( lcl_IsSymbolChar( rCC, rTxt, nCapLttrPos, nInsPos ))
-            break;
-
-        if( IsAutoCorrFlag( Autocorrect ) )
-        {
-            const String* pPara = 0;
-            const String** ppPara = IsAutoCorrFlag(CptlSttSntnc) ? &pPara : 0;
-
-            BOOL bChgWord = rDoc.ChgAutoCorrWord( nCapLttrPos, nInsPos,
-                                                    *this, ppPara );
-            if( !bChgWord )
-            {
-                // JP 16.06.98: dann versuche mal alle !AlphaNum. Zeichen los zu
-                //              werden und teste dann nochmals
-                //JP 22.04.99: Bug 63883 - entferne nur die "Klammern Start/-Anfaenge",
-                //              alle anderen Zeichen muessen drin bleiben.
-                xub_StrLen nCapLttrPos1 = nCapLttrPos, nInsPos1 = nInsPos;
-                while( nCapLttrPos1 < nInsPos &&
-                        lcl_IsInAsciiArr( sImplSttSkipChars, rTxt.GetChar( nCapLttrPos1 ) )
-                        )
-                        ++nCapLttrPos1;
-                while( nCapLttrPos1 < nInsPos1 && nInsPos1 &&
-                        lcl_IsInAsciiArr( sImplEndSkipChars, rTxt.GetChar( nInsPos1-1 ) )
-                        )
-                        --nInsPos1;
-
-                if( (nCapLttrPos1 != nCapLttrPos || nInsPos1 != nInsPos ) &&
-                    nCapLttrPos1 < nInsPos1 &&
-                    rDoc.ChgAutoCorrWord( nCapLttrPos1, nInsPos1, *this, ppPara ))
-                {
-                    bChgWord = TRUE;
-                    nCapLttrPos = nCapLttrPos1;
-                }
-            }
-
-            if( bChgWord )
-            {
-                nRet = Autocorrect;
-                if( pPara )
-                {
-                    xub_StrLen nEnd = nCapLttrPos;
-                    while( nEnd < pPara->Len() &&
-                            !IsWordDelim( pPara->GetChar( nEnd )))
-                        ++nEnd;
-
-                    // Grossbuchstabe am Satz-Anfang ??
-                    if( IsAutoCorrFlag( CptlSttSntnc ) &&
-                        FnCptlSttSntnc( rDoc, *pPara, FALSE,
-                                                nCapLttrPos, nEnd, eLang ) )
-                        nRet |= CptlSttSntnc;
-
-                    if( IsAutoCorrFlag( ChgToEnEmDash ) &&
-                        FnChgToEnEmDash( rDoc, rTxt, nCapLttrPos, nEnd, eLang ) )
-                        nRet |= ChgToEnEmDash;
-                }
-                break;
-            }
-        }
-
-        if( ( IsAutoCorrFlag( nRet = ChgFractionSymbol ) &&
-                FnChgFractionSymbol( rDoc, rTxt, nCapLttrPos, nInsPos ) ) ||
-            ( IsAutoCorrFlag( nRet = ChgOrdinalNumber ) &&
-                FnChgOrdinalNumber( rDoc, rTxt, nCapLttrPos, nInsPos, eLang ) ) ||
-            ( IsAutoCorrFlag( nRet = SetINetAttr ) &&
-                ( ' ' == cChar || '\t' == cChar || 0x0a == cChar || !cChar ) &&
-                FnSetINetAttr( rDoc, rTxt, nCapLttrPos, nInsPos, eLang ) ) )
-            ;
-        else
-        {
-            nRet = 0;
-            // Grossbuchstabe am Satz-Anfang ??
-            if( IsAutoCorrFlag( CptlSttSntnc ) &&
-                FnCptlSttSntnc( rDoc, rTxt, TRUE, nCapLttrPos, nInsPos, eLang ) )
-                nRet |= CptlSttSntnc;
-
-            // Zwei Grossbuchstaben am Wort-Anfang ??
-            if( IsAutoCorrFlag( CptlSttWrd ) &&
-                FnCptlSttWrd( rDoc, rTxt, nCapLttrPos, nInsPos, eLang ) )
-                nRet |= CptlSttWrd;
-
-            if( IsAutoCorrFlag( ChgToEnEmDash ) &&
-                FnChgToEnEmDash( rDoc, rTxt, nCapLttrPos, nInsPos, eLang ) )
-                nRet |= ChgToEnEmDash;
-        }
-
-    } while( FALSE );
-
-    SfxViewFrame* pVFrame;
-    if( nRet && 0 != (pVFrame = SfxViewFrame::Current()) &&
-        pVFrame->GetFrame() )
-    {
-        ULONG nHelpId = 0;
-        if( nRet & ( Autocorrect|CptlSttSntnc|CptlSttWrd|ChgToEnEmDash ) )
-        {
-            // von 0 - 15
-            if( nRet & ChgToEnEmDash )
-                nHelpId += 8;
-            if( nRet & Autocorrect )
-                nHelpId += 4;
-            if( nRet & CptlSttSntnc )
-                nHelpId += 2;
-            if( nRet & CptlSttWrd )
-                nHelpId += 1;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-                 if( nRet & ChgQuotes)          nHelpId = 16;
-            else if( nRet & ChgSglQuotes)       nHelpId = 17;
-            else if( nRet & SetINetAttr)        nHelpId = 18;
-            else if( nRet & IngnoreDoubleSpace) nHelpId = 19;
-            else if( nRet & ChgWeightUnderl)    nHelpId = 20;
-            else if( nRet & ChgFractionSymbol ) nHelpId = 21;
-            else if( nRet & ChgOrdinalNumber)   nHelpId = 22;
-        }
-
-        if( nHelpId )
-        {
-            nHelpId += HID_AUTOCORR_HELP_START - 1;
-            SfxHelp::OpenHelpAgent( pVFrame->GetFrame(), nHelpId );
-        }
-    }
-
-
-    return nRet;
-}
-
-SvxAutoCorrectLanguageLists& SvxAutoCorrect::_GetLanguageList(
-                                                        LanguageType eLang )
-{
-    if( !pLangTable->IsKeyValid( ULONG( eLang )))
-        CreateLanguageFile( eLang, TRUE);
-    return *pLangTable->Seek( ULONG( eLang ) );
-}
-
-void SvxAutoCorrect::SaveCplSttExceptList( LanguageType eLang )
-{
-    if( pLangTable->IsKeyValid( ULONG( eLang )))
-    {
-        SvxAutoCorrectLanguageListsPtr pLists = pLangTable->Seek(ULONG(eLang));
-        if( pLists )
-            pLists->SaveCplSttExceptList();
-    }
-#ifdef DBG_UTIL
-    else
-    {
-        DBG_ERROR("speichern einer leeren Liste?");
-    }
-#endif
-}
-
-void SvxAutoCorrect::SaveWrdSttExceptList(LanguageType eLang)
-{
-    if(pLangTable->IsKeyValid(ULONG(eLang)))
-    {
-        SvxAutoCorrectLanguageListsPtr pLists = pLangTable->Seek(ULONG(eLang));
-        if(pLists)
-            pLists->SaveWrdSttExceptList();
-    }
-#ifdef DBG_UTIL
-    else
-    {
-        DBG_ERROR("speichern einer leeren Liste?");
-    }
-#endif
-}
-
-
-    // fuegt ein einzelnes Wort hinzu. Die Liste wird sofort
-    // in die Datei geschrieben!
-BOOL SvxAutoCorrect::AddCplSttException( const String& rNew,
-                                        LanguageType eLang )
-{
-    SvxAutoCorrectLanguageListsPtr pLists = 0;
-    //entweder die richtige Sprache ist vorhanden oder es kommt in die allg. Liste
-    if( pLangTable->IsKeyValid(ULONG(eLang)))
-        pLists = pLangTable->Seek(ULONG(eLang));
-    else if(pLangTable->IsKeyValid(ULONG(LANGUAGE_DONTKNOW))||
-            CreateLanguageFile(LANGUAGE_DONTKNOW, TRUE))
-    {
-        pLists = pLangTable->Seek(ULONG(LANGUAGE_DONTKNOW));
-    }
-    DBG_ASSERT(pLists, "keine Autokorrekturdatei");
-    return pLists->AddToCplSttExceptList(rNew);
-}
-
-
-    // fuegt ein einzelnes Wort hinzu. Die Liste wird sofort
-    // in die Datei geschrieben!
-BOOL SvxAutoCorrect::AddWrtSttException( const String& rNew,
-                                         LanguageType eLang )
-{
-    SvxAutoCorrectLanguageListsPtr pLists = 0;
-    //entweder die richtige Sprache ist vorhanden oder es kommt in die allg. Liste
-    if(pLangTable->IsKeyValid(ULONG(eLang)))
-        pLists = pLangTable->Seek(ULONG(eLang));
-    else if(pLangTable->IsKeyValid(ULONG(LANGUAGE_DONTKNOW))||
-            CreateLanguageFile(LANGUAGE_DONTKNOW, TRUE))
-        pLists = pLangTable->Seek(ULONG(LANGUAGE_DONTKNOW));
-    DBG_ASSERT(pLists, "keine Autokorrekturdatei");
-    return pLists->AddToWrdSttExceptList(rNew);
-}
-
-
-
-
-void SvxAutoCorrect::SetUserAutoCorrFileName( const String& rNew )
-{
-    if( sUserAutoCorrFile != rNew )
-    {
-        sUserAutoCorrFile = rNew;
-
-        // sind die Listen gesetzt sind, so muessen sie jetzt geloescht
-        // werden
-        lcl_ClearTable(*pLangTable);
-        nFlags &= ~(CplSttLstLoad | WrdSttLstLoad | ChgWordLstLoad );
-    }
-}
-
-void SvxAutoCorrect::SetShareAutoCorrFileName( const String& rNew )
-{
-    if( sShareAutoCorrFile != rNew )
-    {
-        sShareAutoCorrFile = rNew;
-
-        // sind die Listen gesetzt sind, so muessen sie jetzt geloescht
-        // werden
-        lcl_ClearTable(*pLangTable);
-        nFlags &= ~(CplSttLstLoad | WrdSttLstLoad | ChgWordLstLoad );
-    }
-}
-
-
-BOOL SvxAutoCorrect::GetPrevAutoCorrWord( SvxAutoCorrDoc& rDoc,
-                                        const String& rTxt, xub_StrLen nPos,
-                                        String& rWord ) const
-{
-    if( !nPos )
-        return FALSE;
-
-    xub_StrLen nEnde = nPos;
-
-    // dahinter muss ein Blank oder Tab folgen!
-    if( ( nPos < rTxt.Len() &&
-        !IsWordDelim( rTxt.GetChar( nPos ))) ||
-        IsWordDelim( rTxt.GetChar( --nPos )))
-        return FALSE;
-
-    while( nPos && !IsWordDelim( rTxt.GetChar( --nPos )))
-        ;
-
-    // Absatz-Anfang oder ein Blank gefunden, suche nach dem Wort
-    // Kuerzel im Auto
-    xub_StrLen nCapLttrPos = nPos+1;        // auf das 1. Zeichen
-    if( !nPos && !IsWordDelim( rTxt.GetChar( 0 )))
-        --nCapLttrPos;          // Absatz Anfang und kein Blank !
-
-    while( lcl_IsInAsciiArr( sImplSttSkipChars, rTxt.GetChar( nCapLttrPos )) )
-        if( ++nCapLttrPos >= nEnde )
-            return FALSE;
-
-    // Bug 19285: Symbolzeichen nicht anfassen
-    // Interresant erst ab 3 Zeichen
-    if( 3 > nEnde - nCapLttrPos )
-        return FALSE;
-
-    LanguageType eLang = rDoc.GetLanguage( nCapLttrPos, FALSE );
-    if( LANGUAGE_SYSTEM == eLang )
-        eLang = MsLangId::getSystemLanguage();
-
-    SvxAutoCorrect* pThis = (SvxAutoCorrect*)this;
-    CharClass& rCC = pThis->GetCharClass( eLang );
-
-    if( lcl_IsSymbolChar( rCC, rTxt, nCapLttrPos, nEnde ))
-        return FALSE;
-
-    rWord = rTxt.Copy( nCapLttrPos, nEnde - nCapLttrPos );
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-BOOL SvxAutoCorrect::CreateLanguageFile( LanguageType eLang, BOOL bNewFile )
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT(!pLangTable->IsKeyValid(ULONG(eLang)), "Sprache ist bereits vorhanden");
-
-    String sUserDirFile( GetAutoCorrFileName( eLang, TRUE, FALSE )),
-           sShareDirFile( sUserDirFile );
-    SvxAutoCorrectLanguageListsPtr pLists = 0;
-
-    Time nMinTime( 0, 2 ), nAktTime, nLastCheckTime;
-    ULONG nFndPos;
-    if( TABLE_ENTRY_NOTFOUND !=
-                    pLastFileTable->SearchKey( ULONG( eLang ), &nFndPos ) &&
-        ( nLastCheckTime.SetTime( pLastFileTable->GetObject( nFndPos )),
-            nLastCheckTime < nAktTime ) &&
-        ( nAktTime - nLastCheckTime ) < nMinTime )
-    {
-        // no need to test the file, because the last check is not older then
-        // 2 minutes.
-        if( bNewFile )
-        {
-            sShareDirFile = sUserDirFile;
-            pLists = new SvxAutoCorrectLanguageLists( *this, sShareDirFile,
-                                                        sUserDirFile, eLang );
-            pLangTable->Insert( ULONG(eLang), pLists );
-            pLastFileTable->Remove( ULONG( eLang ) );
-        }
-    }
-    else if( ( FStatHelper::IsDocument( sUserDirFile ) ||
-                FStatHelper::IsDocument( sShareDirFile =
-                              GetAutoCorrFileName( eLang, FALSE, FALSE ) ) ) ||
-        ( sShareDirFile = sUserDirFile, bNewFile ))
-    {
-        pLists = new SvxAutoCorrectLanguageLists( *this, sShareDirFile,
-                                                    sUserDirFile, eLang );
-        pLangTable->Insert( ULONG(eLang), pLists );
-        pLastFileTable->Remove( ULONG( eLang ) );
-    }
-    else if( !bNewFile )
-    {
-        if( !pLastFileTable->Insert( ULONG( eLang ), nAktTime.GetTime() ))
-            pLastFileTable->Replace( ULONG( eLang ), nAktTime.GetTime() );
-    }
-    return pLists != 0;
-}
-
-BOOL SvxAutoCorrect::PutText( const String& rShort, const String& rLong,
-                                LanguageType eLang )
-{
-    BOOL bRet = FALSE;
-    if( pLangTable->IsKeyValid( ULONG(eLang)) || CreateLanguageFile(eLang) )
-        bRet = pLangTable->Seek( ULONG(eLang) )->PutText(rShort, rLong);
-    return bRet;
-}
-
-
-    //  - loesche einen Eintrag
-BOOL SvxAutoCorrect::DeleteText( const String& rShort, LanguageType eLang )
-{
-    BOOL bRet = FALSE;
-    if( pLangTable->IsKeyValid( ULONG( eLang )) )
-        bRet = pLangTable->Seek( ULONG( eLang ))->DeleteText( rShort );
-    return bRet;
-}
-
-
-    //  - return den Ersetzungstext (nur fuer SWG-Format, alle anderen
-    //      koennen aus der Wortliste herausgeholt werden!)
-BOOL SvxAutoCorrect::GetLongText( const com::sun::star::uno::Reference < com::sun::star::embed::XStorage >&, const String&, const String& , String& )
-{
-    return FALSE;
-}
-
-    //  - Text mit Attributierung (kann nur der SWG - SWG-Format!)
-BOOL SvxAutoCorrect::PutText( const com::sun::star::uno::Reference < com::sun::star::embed::XStorage >&, const String&, const String&, SfxObjectShell&,
-                                String& )
-{
-    return FALSE;
-}
-
-void EncryptBlockName_Imp( String& rName )
-{
-    xub_StrLen nLen, nPos = 1;
-    rName.Insert( '#', 0 );
-    sal_Unicode* pName = rName.GetBufferAccess();
-    for ( nLen = rName.Len(), ++pName; nPos < nLen; ++nPos, ++pName )
-    {
-        if( lcl_IsInAsciiArr( "!/:.\\", *pName ))
-            *pName &= 0x0f;
-    }
-}
-
-/* This code is copied from SwXMLTextBlocks::GeneratePackageName */
-void GeneratePackageName ( const String& rShort, String& rPackageName )
-{
-    rPackageName = rShort;
-    xub_StrLen nPos = 0;
-    sal_Unicode pDelims[] = { '!', '/', ':', '.', '\\', 0 };
-    ByteString sByte ( rPackageName, RTL_TEXTENCODING_UTF7);
-    rPackageName = String (sByte, RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US);
-    while( STRING_NOTFOUND != ( nPos = rPackageName.SearchChar( pDelims, nPos )))
-    {
-        rPackageName.SetChar( nPos, '_' );
-        ++nPos;
-    }
-}
-
-void DecryptBlockName_Imp( String& rName )
-{
-    if( '#' == rName.GetChar( 0 ) )
-    {
-        rName.Erase( 0, 1 );
-        sal_Unicode* pName = rName.GetBufferAccess();
-        xub_StrLen nLen, nPos;
-        for ( nLen = rName.Len(), nPos = 0; nPos < nLen; ++nPos, ++pName )
-            switch( *pName )
-            {
-            case 0x01:  *pName = '!';   break;
-            case 0x0A:  *pName = ':';   break;
-            case 0x0C:  *pName = '\\';  break;
-            case 0x0E:  *pName = '.';   break;
-            case 0x0F:  *pName = '/';   break;
-            }
-    }
-}
-
-
-/* -----------------18.11.98 16:00-------------------
- *
- * --------------------------------------------------*/
-const SvxAutocorrWord* lcl_SearchWordsInList(
-                SvxAutoCorrectLanguageListsPtr pList, const String& rTxt,
-                xub_StrLen& rStt, xub_StrLen nEndPos, SvxAutoCorrDoc& )
-{
-    const SvxAutocorrWordList* pAutoCorrWordList = pList->GetAutocorrWordList();
-    TransliterationWrapper& rCmp = GetIgnoreTranslWrapper();
-    for( xub_StrLen nPos = 0; nPos < pAutoCorrWordList->Count(); ++nPos )
-    {
-        const SvxAutocorrWord* pFnd = (*pAutoCorrWordList)[ nPos ];
-        const String& rChk = pFnd->GetShort();
-        if( nEndPos >= rChk.Len() )
-        {
-            xub_StrLen nCalcStt = nEndPos - rChk.Len();
-            if( ( !nCalcStt || nCalcStt == rStt ||
-                ( nCalcStt < rStt &&
-                    IsWordDelim( rTxt.GetChar(nCalcStt - 1 ) ))) )
-            {
-                String sWord( rTxt.GetBuffer() + nCalcStt, rChk.Len() );
-                if( rCmp.isEqual( rChk, sWord ))
-                {
-                    rStt = nCalcStt;
-                    return pFnd;
-                }
-            }
-        }
-    }
-    return 0;
-}
-
-
-// suche das oder die Worte in der ErsetzungsTabelle
-const SvxAutocorrWord* SvxAutoCorrect::SearchWordsInList(
-                const String& rTxt, xub_StrLen& rStt, xub_StrLen nEndPos,
-                SvxAutoCorrDoc& rDoc, LanguageType& rLang )
-{
-    LanguageType eLang = rLang;
-    const SvxAutocorrWord* pRet = 0;
-    if( LANGUAGE_SYSTEM == eLang )
-        eLang = MsLangId::getSystemLanguage();
-
-    // zuerst nach eLang suchen, dann nach der Obersprache
-    // US-Englisch -> Englisch und zuletzt in LANGUAGE_DONTKNOW
-
-    if( pLangTable->IsKeyValid( ULONG( eLang ) ) ||
-        CreateLanguageFile( eLang, FALSE ))
-    {
-        //die Sprache ist vorhanden - also her damit
-        SvxAutoCorrectLanguageListsPtr pList = pLangTable->Seek(ULONG(eLang));
-        pRet = lcl_SearchWordsInList(  pList, rTxt, rStt, nEndPos, rDoc );
-        if( pRet )
-        {
-            rLang = eLang;
-            return pRet;
-        }
-    }
-
-    // wenn es hier noch nicht gefunden werden konnte, dann weitersuchen
-    ULONG nTmpKey1 = eLang & 0x7ff, // die Hauptsprache in vielen Faellen u.B. DE
-          nTmpKey2 = eLang & 0x3ff, // sonst z.B. EN
-          nTmp;
-
-    if( ((nTmp = nTmpKey1) != (ULONG)eLang &&
-         ( pLangTable->IsKeyValid( nTmpKey1 ) ||
-           CreateLanguageFile( LanguageType( nTmpKey1 ), FALSE ) )) ||
-        (( nTmp = nTmpKey2) != (ULONG)eLang &&
-         ( pLangTable->IsKeyValid( nTmpKey2 ) ||
-           CreateLanguageFile( LanguageType( nTmpKey2 ), FALSE ) )) )
-    {
-        //die Sprache ist vorhanden - also her damit
-        SvxAutoCorrectLanguageListsPtr pList = pLangTable->Seek( nTmp );
-        pRet = lcl_SearchWordsInList( pList, rTxt, rStt, nEndPos, rDoc);
-        if( pRet )
-        {
-            rLang = LanguageType( nTmp );
-            return pRet;
-        }
-    }
-    if( pLangTable->IsKeyValid( ULONG( LANGUAGE_DONTKNOW ) ) ||
-        CreateLanguageFile( LANGUAGE_DONTKNOW, FALSE ) )
-    {
-        //die Sprache ist vorhanden - also her damit
-        SvxAutoCorrectLanguageListsPtr pList = pLangTable->Seek(ULONG(LANGUAGE_DONTKNOW));
-        pRet = lcl_SearchWordsInList( pList, rTxt, rStt, nEndPos, rDoc);
-        if( pRet )
-        {
-            rLang = LANGUAGE_DONTKNOW;
-            return pRet;
-        }
-    }
-    return 0;
-}
-/* -----------------18.11.98 13:46-------------------
- *
- * --------------------------------------------------*/
-BOOL SvxAutoCorrect::FindInWrdSttExceptList( LanguageType eLang,
-                                             const String& sWord )
-{
-    //zuerst nach eLang suchen, dann nach der Obersprace US-Englisch -> Englisch
-    //und zuletzt in LANGUAGE_DONTKNOW
-    ULONG nTmpKey1 = eLang & 0x7ff; // die Hauptsprache in vielen Faellen u.B. DE
-    ULONG nTmpKey2 = eLang & 0x3ff; // sonst z.B. EN
-    String sTemp(sWord);
-    if( pLangTable->IsKeyValid( ULONG( eLang )) ||
-        CreateLanguageFile( eLang, FALSE ) )
-    {
-        //die Sprache ist vorhanden - also her damit
-        SvxAutoCorrectLanguageListsPtr pList = pLangTable->Seek(ULONG(eLang));
-        String _sTemp(sWord);
-        if(pList->GetWrdSttExceptList()->Seek_Entry(&_sTemp))
-            return TRUE;
-
-    }
-    // wenn es hier noch nicht gefunden werden konnte, dann weitersuchen
-    ULONG nTmp;
-    if( ((nTmp = nTmpKey1) != (ULONG)eLang &&
-         ( pLangTable->IsKeyValid( nTmpKey1 ) ||
-           CreateLanguageFile( LanguageType( nTmpKey1 ), FALSE ) )) ||
-        (( nTmp = nTmpKey2) != (ULONG)eLang &&
-         ( pLangTable->IsKeyValid( nTmpKey2 ) ||
-           CreateLanguageFile( LanguageType( nTmpKey2 ), FALSE ) )) )
-    {
-        //die Sprache ist vorhanden - also her damit
-        SvxAutoCorrectLanguageListsPtr pList = pLangTable->Seek(nTmp);
-        if(pList->GetWrdSttExceptList()->Seek_Entry(&sTemp))
-            return TRUE;
-    }
-    if(pLangTable->IsKeyValid(ULONG(LANGUAGE_DONTKNOW))|| CreateLanguageFile(LANGUAGE_DONTKNOW, FALSE))
-    {
-        //die Sprache ist vorhanden - also her damit
-        SvxAutoCorrectLanguageListsPtr pList = pLangTable->Seek(ULONG(LANGUAGE_DONTKNOW));
-        if(pList->GetWrdSttExceptList()->Seek_Entry(&sTemp))
-            return TRUE;
-    }
-    return FALSE;
-}
-/* -----------------18.11.98 14:28-------------------
- *
- * --------------------------------------------------*/
-BOOL lcl_FindAbbreviation( const SvStringsISortDtor* pList, const String& sWord)
-{
-    String sAbk( '~' );
-    USHORT nPos;
-    pList->Seek_Entry( &sAbk, &nPos );
-    if( nPos < pList->Count() )
-    {
-        String sLowerWord( sWord ); sLowerWord.ToLowerAscii();
-        const String* pAbk;
-        for( USHORT n = nPos;
-                n < pList->Count() &&
-                '~' == ( pAbk = (*pList)[ n ])->GetChar( 0 );
-            ++n )
-        {
-            // ~ und ~. sind nicht erlaubt!
-            if( 2 < pAbk->Len() && pAbk->Len() - 1 <= sWord.Len() )
-            {
-                String sLowerAbk( *pAbk ); sLowerAbk.ToLowerAscii();
-                for( xub_StrLen i = sLowerAbk.Len(), ii = sLowerWord.Len(); i; )
-                {
-                    if( !--i )      // stimmt ueberein
-                        return TRUE;
-
-                    if( sLowerAbk.GetChar( i ) != sLowerWord.GetChar( --ii ))
-                        break;
-                }
-            }
-        }
-    }
-    DBG_ASSERT( !(nPos && '~' == (*pList)[ --nPos ]->GetChar( 0 ) ),
-            "falsch sortierte ExeptionListe?" );
-    return FALSE;
-}
-/* -----------------18.11.98 14:49-------------------
- *
- * --------------------------------------------------*/
-BOOL SvxAutoCorrect::FindInCplSttExceptList(LanguageType eLang,
-                                const String& sWord, BOOL bAbbreviation)
-{
-    //zuerst nach eLang suchen, dann nach der Obersprace US-Englisch -> Englisch
-    //und zuletzt in LANGUAGE_DONTKNOW
-    ULONG nTmpKey1 = eLang & 0x7ff; // die Hauptsprache in vielen Faellen u.B. DE
-    ULONG nTmpKey2 = eLang & 0x3ff; // sonst z.B. EN
-    String sTemp( sWord );
-    if( pLangTable->IsKeyValid( ULONG( eLang )) ||
-        CreateLanguageFile( eLang, FALSE ))
-    {
-        //die Sprache ist vorhanden - also her damit
-        SvxAutoCorrectLanguageListsPtr pLists = pLangTable->Seek(ULONG(eLang));
-        const SvStringsISortDtor* pList = pLists->GetCplSttExceptList();
-        if(bAbbreviation ? lcl_FindAbbreviation( pList, sWord)
-                         : pList->Seek_Entry( &sTemp ) )
-            return TRUE;
-    }
-    // wenn es hier noch nicht gefunden werden konnte, dann weitersuchen
-    ULONG nTmp;
-
-    if( ((nTmp = nTmpKey1) != (ULONG)eLang &&
-         ( pLangTable->IsKeyValid( nTmpKey1 ) ||
-           CreateLanguageFile( LanguageType( nTmpKey1 ), FALSE ) )) ||
-        (( nTmp = nTmpKey2) != (ULONG)eLang &&
-         ( pLangTable->IsKeyValid( nTmpKey2 ) ||
-           CreateLanguageFile( LanguageType( nTmpKey2 ), FALSE ) )) )
-    {
-        //die Sprache ist vorhanden - also her damit
-        SvxAutoCorrectLanguageListsPtr pLists = pLangTable->Seek(nTmp);
-        const SvStringsISortDtor* pList = pLists->GetCplSttExceptList();
-        if(bAbbreviation ? lcl_FindAbbreviation( pList, sWord)
-                         : pList->Seek_Entry( &sTemp ) )
-            return TRUE;
-    }
-    if(pLangTable->IsKeyValid(ULONG(LANGUAGE_DONTKNOW))|| CreateLanguageFile(LANGUAGE_DONTKNOW, FALSE))
-    {
-        //die Sprache ist vorhanden - also her damit
-        SvxAutoCorrectLanguageListsPtr pLists = pLangTable->Seek(LANGUAGE_DONTKNOW);
-        const SvStringsISortDtor* pList = pLists->GetCplSttExceptList();
-        if(bAbbreviation ? lcl_FindAbbreviation( pList, sWord)
-                         : pList->Seek_Entry( &sTemp ) )
-            return TRUE;
-    }
-    return FALSE;
-
-}
-
-/* -----------------20.11.98 11:53-------------------
- *
- * --------------------------------------------------*/
-String SvxAutoCorrect::GetAutoCorrFileName( LanguageType eLang,
-                                            BOOL bNewFile, BOOL bTst ) const
-{
-    String sRet, sExt( MsLangId::convertLanguageToIsoString( eLang ) );
-    sExt.Insert('_', 0);
-    sExt.AppendAscii( ".dat" );
-    if( bNewFile )
-        ( sRet = sUserAutoCorrFile )  += sExt;
-    else if( !bTst )
-        ( sRet = sShareAutoCorrFile )  += sExt;
-    else
-    {
-        // test first in the user directory - if not exist, then
-        ( sRet = sUserAutoCorrFile ) += sExt;
-        if( !FStatHelper::IsDocument( sRet ))
-            ( sRet = sShareAutoCorrFile ) += sExt;
-    }
-    return sRet;
-}
-
-/* -----------------18.11.98 11:16-------------------
- *
- * --------------------------------------------------*/
-SvxAutoCorrectLanguageLists::SvxAutoCorrectLanguageLists(
-                SvxAutoCorrect& rParent,
-                const String& rShareAutoCorrectFile,
-                const String& rUserAutoCorrectFile,
-                LanguageType eLang)
-:   sShareAutoCorrFile( rShareAutoCorrectFile ),
-    sUserAutoCorrFile( rUserAutoCorrectFile ),
-    eLanguage(eLang),
-    pCplStt_ExcptLst( 0 ),
-    pWrdStt_ExcptLst( 0 ),
-    pAutocorr_List( 0 ),
-    rAutoCorrect(rParent),
-    nFlags(0)
-{
-}
-
-/* -----------------18.11.98 11:16-------------------
- *
- * --------------------------------------------------*/
-SvxAutoCorrectLanguageLists::~SvxAutoCorrectLanguageLists()
-{
-    delete pCplStt_ExcptLst;
-    delete pWrdStt_ExcptLst;
-    delete pAutocorr_List;
-}
-
-/* -----------------18.11.98 11:26-------------------
- *
- * --------------------------------------------------*/
-BOOL SvxAutoCorrectLanguageLists::IsFileChanged_Imp()
-{
-    // nur alle 2 Minuten aufs FileSystem zugreifen um den
-    // Dateistempel zu ueberpruefen
-    BOOL bRet = FALSE;
-
-    Time nMinTime( 0, 2 );
-    Time nAktTime;
-    if( aLastCheckTime > nAktTime ||                    // ueberlauf ?
-        ( nAktTime -= aLastCheckTime ) > nMinTime )     // min Zeit vergangen
-    {
-        Date aTstDate; Time aTstTime;
-        if( FStatHelper::GetModifiedDateTimeOfFile( sShareAutoCorrFile,
-                                            &aTstDate, &aTstTime ) &&
-            ( aModifiedDate != aTstDate || aModifiedTime != aTstTime ))
-        {
-            bRet = TRUE;
-            // dann mal schnell alle Listen entfernen!
-            if( CplSttLstLoad & nFlags && pCplStt_ExcptLst )
-                delete pCplStt_ExcptLst, pCplStt_ExcptLst = 0;
-            if( WrdSttLstLoad & nFlags && pWrdStt_ExcptLst )
-                delete pWrdStt_ExcptLst, pWrdStt_ExcptLst = 0;
-            if( ChgWordLstLoad & nFlags && pAutocorr_List )
-                delete pAutocorr_List, pAutocorr_List = 0;
-            nFlags &= ~(CplSttLstLoad | WrdSttLstLoad | ChgWordLstLoad );
-        }
-        aLastCheckTime = Time();
-    }
-    return bRet;
-}
-
-void SvxAutoCorrectLanguageLists::LoadXMLExceptList_Imp(
-                                        SvStringsISortDtor*& rpLst,
-                                        const sal_Char* pStrmName,
-                                        SotStorageRef& rStg)
-{
-    if( rpLst )
-        rpLst->DeleteAndDestroy( 0, rpLst->Count() );
-    else
-        rpLst = new SvStringsISortDtor( 16, 16 );
-
-    {
-        String sStrmName( pStrmName, RTL_TEXTENCODING_MS_1252 );
-        String sTmp( sStrmName );
-
-        if( rStg.Is() && rStg->IsStream( sStrmName ) )
-        {
-            SvStorageStreamRef xStrm = rStg->OpenSotStream( sTmp,
-                ( STREAM_READ | STREAM_SHARE_DENYWRITE | STREAM_NOCREATE ) );
-            if( SVSTREAM_OK != xStrm->GetError())
-            {
-                xStrm.Clear();
-                rStg.Clear();
-                RemoveStream_Imp( sStrmName );
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                uno::Reference< lang::XMultiServiceFactory > xServiceFactory =
-                    comphelper::getProcessServiceFactory();
-                DBG_ASSERT( xServiceFactory.is(),
-                    "XMLReader::Read: got no service manager" );
-                if( !xServiceFactory.is() )
-                {
-                    // Throw an exception ?
-                }
-
-                xml::sax::InputSource aParserInput;
-                aParserInput.sSystemId = sStrmName;
-
-                xStrm->Seek( 0L );
-                xStrm->SetBufferSize( 8 * 1024 );
-                aParserInput.aInputStream = new utl::OInputStreamWrapper( *xStrm );
-
-                // get parser
-                uno::Reference< XInterface > xXMLParser = xServiceFactory->createInstance(
-                    OUString::createFromAscii("com.sun.star.xml.sax.Parser") );
-                DBG_ASSERT( xXMLParser.is(),
-                    "XMLReader::Read: com.sun.star.xml.sax.Parser service missing" );
-                if( !xXMLParser.is() )
-                {
-                    // Maybe throw an exception?
-                }
-
-                // get filter
-                // #110680#
-                // uno::Reference< xml::sax::XDocumentHandler > xFilter = new SvXMLExceptionListImport ( *rpLst );
-                uno::Reference< xml::sax::XDocumentHandler > xFilter = new SvXMLExceptionListImport ( xServiceFactory, *rpLst );
-
-                // connect parser and filter
-                uno::Reference< xml::sax::XParser > xParser( xXMLParser, UNO_QUERY );
-                xParser->setDocumentHandler( xFilter );
-
-                // parse
-                try
-                {
-                    xParser->parseStream( aParserInput );
-                }
-                catch( xml::sax::SAXParseException&  )
-                {
-                    // re throw ?
-                }
-                catch( xml::sax::SAXException&  )
-                {
-                    // re throw ?
-                }
-                catch( io::IOException& )
-                {
-                    // re throw ?
-                }
-            }
-        }
-
-        // Zeitstempel noch setzen
-        FStatHelper::GetModifiedDateTimeOfFile( sShareAutoCorrFile,
-                                        &aModifiedDate, &aModifiedTime );
-        aLastCheckTime = Time();
-    }
-
-}
-/* -----------------18.11.98 11:26-------------------
- *
- * --------------------------------------------------*/
-void SvxAutoCorrectLanguageLists::SaveExceptList_Imp(
-                            const SvStringsISortDtor& rLst,
-                            const sal_Char* pStrmName,
-                            SotStorageRef &rStg,
-                            BOOL bConvert )
-{
-    if( rStg.Is() )
-    {
-        String sStrmName( pStrmName, RTL_TEXTENCODING_MS_1252 );
-        if( !rLst.Count() )
-        {
-            rStg->Remove( sStrmName );
-            rStg->Commit();
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            SotStorageStreamRef xStrm = rStg->OpenSotStream( sStrmName,
-                    ( STREAM_READ | STREAM_WRITE | STREAM_SHARE_DENYWRITE ) );
-            if( xStrm.Is() )
-            {
-                xStrm->SetSize( 0 );
-                xStrm->SetBufferSize( 8192 );
-                String aPropName( String::CreateFromAscii( RTL_CONSTASCII_STRINGPARAM("MediaType") ) );
-                OUString aMime( RTL_CONSTASCII_USTRINGPARAM("text/xml") );
-                uno::Any aAny;
-                aAny <<= aMime;
-                xStrm->SetProperty( aPropName, aAny );
-
-
-                uno::Reference< lang::XMultiServiceFactory > xServiceFactory =
-                    comphelper::getProcessServiceFactory();
-                DBG_ASSERT( xServiceFactory.is(),
-                            "XMLReader::Read: got no service manager" );
-                if( !xServiceFactory.is() )
-                {
-                    // Throw an exception ?
-                }
-
-                    uno::Reference < XInterface > xWriter (xServiceFactory->createInstance(
-                        OUString(RTL_CONSTASCII_USTRINGPARAM("com.sun.star.xml.sax.Writer"))));
-                    DBG_ASSERT(xWriter.is(),"com.sun.star.xml.sax.Writer service missing");
-                uno::Reference < io::XOutputStream> xOut = new utl::OOutputStreamWrapper( *xStrm );
-                    uno::Reference<io::XActiveDataSource> xSrc(xWriter, uno::UNO_QUERY);
-                    xSrc->setOutputStream(xOut);
-
-                    uno::Reference<xml::sax::XDocumentHandler> xHandler(xWriter, uno::UNO_QUERY);
-
-                // #110680#
-                    // SvXMLExceptionListExport aExp(rLst, sStrmName, xHandler);
-                    SvXMLExceptionListExport aExp( xServiceFactory, rLst, sStrmName, xHandler );
-
-                aExp.exportDoc( XML_BLOCK_LIST );
-
-                xStrm->Commit();
-                if( xStrm->GetError() == SVSTREAM_OK )
-                {
-                    xStrm.Clear();
-                    if (!bConvert)
-                    {
-                        rStg->Commit();
-                        if( SVSTREAM_OK != rStg->GetError() )
-                        {
-                            rStg->Remove( sStrmName );
-                            rStg->Commit();
-                        }
-                    }
-                }
-            }
-        }
-    }
-}
-/* -----------------18.11.98 11:26-------------------
- *
- * --------------------------------------------------*/
-SvxAutocorrWordList* SvxAutoCorrectLanguageLists::LoadAutocorrWordList()
-{
-    if( pAutocorr_List )
-        pAutocorr_List->DeleteAndDestroy( 0, pAutocorr_List->Count() );
-    else
-        pAutocorr_List = new SvxAutocorrWordList( 16, 16 );
-
-    SvStringsDtor aRemoveArr;
-    try
-    {
-        uno::Reference < embed::XStorage > xStg = comphelper::OStorageHelper::GetStorageFromURL( sShareAutoCorrFile, embed::ElementModes::READ );
-        String aXMLWordListName( pXMLImplAutocorr_ListStr, RTL_TEXTENCODING_MS_1252 );
-        uno::Reference < io::XStream > xStrm = xStg->openStreamElement( aXMLWordListName, embed::ElementModes::READ );
-        uno::Reference< lang::XMultiServiceFactory > xServiceFactory = comphelper::getProcessServiceFactory();
-
-        xml::sax::InputSource aParserInput;
-        aParserInput.sSystemId = aXMLWordListName;
-        aParserInput.aInputStream = xStrm->getInputStream();
-
-        // get parser
-        uno::Reference< XInterface > xXMLParser = xServiceFactory->createInstance( OUString::createFromAscii("com.sun.star.xml.sax.Parser") );
-        DBG_ASSERT( xXMLParser.is(), "XMLReader::Read: com.sun.star.xml.sax.Parser service missing" );
-        if( xXMLParser.is() )
-        {
-            uno::Reference< xml::sax::XDocumentHandler > xFilter = new SvXMLAutoCorrectImport( xServiceFactory, pAutocorr_List, rAutoCorrect, xStg );
-
-            // connect parser and filter
-            uno::Reference< xml::sax::XParser > xParser( xXMLParser, UNO_QUERY );
-            xParser->setDocumentHandler( xFilter );
-
-            // parse
-            xParser->parseStream( aParserInput );
-        }
-    }
-    catch ( uno::Exception& )
-    {
-    }
-
-    // Zeitstempel noch setzen
-    FStatHelper::GetModifiedDateTimeOfFile( sShareAutoCorrFile,
-                                    &aModifiedDate, &aModifiedTime );
-    aLastCheckTime = Time();
-
-    return pAutocorr_List;
-}
-
-/* -----------------18.11.98 11:26-------------------
- *
- * --------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void SvxAutoCorrectLanguageLists::SetAutocorrWordList( SvxAutocorrWordList* pList )
-{
-    if( pAutocorr_List && pList != pAutocorr_List )
-        delete pAutocorr_List;
-    pAutocorr_List = pList;
-    if( !pAutocorr_List )
-    {
-        DBG_ASSERT( !this, "keine gueltige Liste" );
-        pAutocorr_List = new SvxAutocorrWordList( 16, 16 );
-    }
-    nFlags |= ChgWordLstLoad;
-}
-
-/* -----------------18.11.98 11:26-------------------
- *
- * --------------------------------------------------*/
-const SvxAutocorrWordList* SvxAutoCorrectLanguageLists::GetAutocorrWordList()
-{
-    if( !( ChgWordLstLoad & nFlags ) || IsFileChanged_Imp() )
-        SetAutocorrWordList( LoadAutocorrWordList() );
-    return pAutocorr_List;
-}
-/* -----------------18.11.98 11:26-------------------
- *
- * --------------------------------------------------*/
-SvStringsISortDtor* SvxAutoCorrectLanguageLists::GetCplSttExceptList()
-{
-    if( !( CplSttLstLoad & nFlags ) || IsFileChanged_Imp() )
-        SetCplSttExceptList( LoadCplSttExceptList() );
-    return pCplStt_ExcptLst;
-}
-/* -----------------18.11.98 11:26-------------------
- *
- * --------------------------------------------------*/
-BOOL SvxAutoCorrectLanguageLists::AddToCplSttExceptList(const String& rNew)
-{
-    String* pNew = new String( rNew );
-    if( rNew.Len() && GetCplSttExceptList()->Insert( pNew ) )
-    {
-        MakeUserStorage_Impl();
-        SotStorageRef xStg = new SotStorage( sUserAutoCorrFile, STREAM_READWRITE, TRUE );
-
-        SaveExceptList_Imp( *pCplStt_ExcptLst, pXMLImplCplStt_ExcptLstStr, xStg );
-
-        xStg = 0;
-        // Zeitstempel noch setzen
-        FStatHelper::GetModifiedDateTimeOfFile( sUserAutoCorrFile,
-                                            &aModifiedDate, &aModifiedTime );
-        aLastCheckTime = Time();
-    }
-    else
-        delete pNew, pNew = 0;
-    return 0 != pNew;
-}
-/* -----------------18.11.98 15:20-------------------
- *
- * --------------------------------------------------*/
-BOOL SvxAutoCorrectLanguageLists::AddToWrdSttExceptList(const String& rNew)
-{
-    String* pNew = new String( rNew );
-    SvStringsISortDtor* pExceptList = LoadWrdSttExceptList();
-    if( rNew.Len() && pExceptList && pExceptList->Insert( pNew ) )
-    {
-        MakeUserStorage_Impl();
-        SotStorageRef xStg = new SotStorage( sUserAutoCorrFile, STREAM_READWRITE, TRUE );
-
-        SaveExceptList_Imp( *pWrdStt_ExcptLst, pXMLImplWrdStt_ExcptLstStr, xStg );
-
-        xStg = 0;
-        // Zeitstempel noch setzen
-        FStatHelper::GetModifiedDateTimeOfFile( sUserAutoCorrFile,
-                                            &aModifiedDate, &aModifiedTime );
-        aLastCheckTime = Time();
-    }
-    else
-        delete pNew, pNew = 0;
-    return 0 != pNew;
-}
-
-/* -----------------18.11.98 11:26-------------------
- *
- * --------------------------------------------------*/
-SvStringsISortDtor* SvxAutoCorrectLanguageLists::LoadCplSttExceptList()
-{
-    SotStorageRef xStg = new SotStorage( sShareAutoCorrFile, STREAM_READ | STREAM_SHARE_DENYNONE, TRUE );
-    String sTemp ( RTL_CONSTASCII_USTRINGPARAM ( pXMLImplCplStt_ExcptLstStr ) );
-    if( xStg.Is() && xStg->IsContained( sTemp ) )
-        LoadXMLExceptList_Imp( pCplStt_ExcptLst, pXMLImplCplStt_ExcptLstStr, xStg );
-
-    return pCplStt_ExcptLst;
-}
-
-/* -----------------18.11.98 11:26-------------------
- *
- * --------------------------------------------------*/
-void SvxAutoCorrectLanguageLists::SaveCplSttExceptList()
-{
-    MakeUserStorage_Impl();
-    SotStorageRef xStg = new SotStorage( sUserAutoCorrFile, STREAM_READWRITE, TRUE );
-
-    SaveExceptList_Imp( *pCplStt_ExcptLst, pXMLImplCplStt_ExcptLstStr, xStg );
-
-    xStg = 0;
-
-    // Zeitstempel noch setzen
-    FStatHelper::GetModifiedDateTimeOfFile( sUserAutoCorrFile,
-                                            &aModifiedDate, &aModifiedTime );
-    aLastCheckTime = Time();
-}
-
-/* -----------------18.11.98 11:26-------------------
- *
- * --------------------------------------------------*/
-void SvxAutoCorrectLanguageLists::SetCplSttExceptList( SvStringsISortDtor* pList )
-{
-    if( pCplStt_ExcptLst && pList != pCplStt_ExcptLst )
-        delete pCplStt_ExcptLst;
-
-    pCplStt_ExcptLst = pList;
-    if( !pCplStt_ExcptLst )
-    {
-        DBG_ASSERT( !this, "keine gueltige Liste" );
-        pCplStt_ExcptLst = new SvStringsISortDtor( 16, 16 );
-    }
-    nFlags |= CplSttLstLoad;
-}
-/* -----------------18.11.98 11:26-------------------
- *
- * --------------------------------------------------*/
-SvStringsISortDtor* SvxAutoCorrectLanguageLists::LoadWrdSttExceptList()
-{
-    SotStorageRef xStg = new SotStorage( sShareAutoCorrFile, STREAM_READ | STREAM_SHARE_DENYNONE, TRUE );
-    String sTemp ( RTL_CONSTASCII_USTRINGPARAM ( pXMLImplWrdStt_ExcptLstStr ) );
-    if( xStg.Is() && xStg->IsContained( sTemp ) )
-        LoadXMLExceptList_Imp( pWrdStt_ExcptLst, pXMLImplWrdStt_ExcptLstStr, xStg );
-    return pWrdStt_ExcptLst;
-}
-/* -----------------18.11.98 11:26-------------------
- *
- * --------------------------------------------------*/
-void SvxAutoCorrectLanguageLists::SaveWrdSttExceptList()
-{
-    MakeUserStorage_Impl();
-    SotStorageRef xStg = new SotStorage( sUserAutoCorrFile, STREAM_READWRITE, TRUE );
-
-    SaveExceptList_Imp( *pWrdStt_ExcptLst, pXMLImplWrdStt_ExcptLstStr, xStg );
-
-    xStg = 0;
-    // Zeitstempel noch setzen
-    FStatHelper::GetModifiedDateTimeOfFile( sUserAutoCorrFile,
-                                            &aModifiedDate, &aModifiedTime );
-    aLastCheckTime = Time();
-}
-/* -----------------18.11.98 11:26-------------------
- *
- * --------------------------------------------------*/
-void SvxAutoCorrectLanguageLists::SetWrdSttExceptList( SvStringsISortDtor* pList )
-{
-    if( pWrdStt_ExcptLst && pList != pWrdStt_ExcptLst )
-        delete pWrdStt_ExcptLst;
-    pWrdStt_ExcptLst = pList;
-    if( !pWrdStt_ExcptLst )
-    {
-        DBG_ASSERT( !this, "keine gueltige Liste" );
-        pWrdStt_ExcptLst = new SvStringsISortDtor( 16, 16 );
-    }
-    nFlags |= WrdSttLstLoad;
-}
-/* -----------------18.11.98 11:26-------------------
- *
- * --------------------------------------------------*/
-SvStringsISortDtor* SvxAutoCorrectLanguageLists::GetWrdSttExceptList()
-{
-    if( !( WrdSttLstLoad & nFlags ) || IsFileChanged_Imp() )
-        SetWrdSttExceptList( LoadWrdSttExceptList() );
-    return pWrdStt_ExcptLst;
-}
-/* -----------------18.11.98 11:26-------------------
- *
- * --------------------------------------------------*/
-void SvxAutoCorrectLanguageLists::RemoveStream_Imp( const String& rName )
-{
-    if( sShareAutoCorrFile != sUserAutoCorrFile )
-    {
-        SotStorageRef xStg = new SotStorage( sUserAutoCorrFile, STREAM_READWRITE, TRUE );
-        if( xStg.Is() && SVSTREAM_OK == xStg->GetError() &&
-            xStg->IsStream( rName ) )
-        {
-            xStg->Remove( rName );
-            xStg->Commit();
-
-            xStg = 0;
-        }
-    }
-}
-
-void SvxAutoCorrectLanguageLists::MakeUserStorage_Impl()
-{
-    // The conversion needs to happen if the file is already in the user
-    // directory and is in the old format. Additionally it needs to
-    // happen when the file is being copied from share to user.
-
-    sal_Bool bError = sal_False, bConvert = sal_False, bCopy = sal_False;
-    INetURLObject aDest;
-    INetURLObject aSource;
-
-//  String sDestPath = sUserAutoCorrFile.Copy ( 0, sUserAutoCorrFile.Len()-3);
-//  sDestPath.AppendAscii ("bak");
-
-
-    if (sUserAutoCorrFile != sShareAutoCorrFile )
-    {
-        aSource = INetURLObject ( sShareAutoCorrFile ); //aSource.setFSysPath ( sShareAutoCorrFile, INetURLObject::FSYS_DETECT );
-        aDest = INetURLObject ( sUserAutoCorrFile );
-        if ( SotStorage::IsOLEStorage ( sShareAutoCorrFile ) )
-        {
-            aDest.SetExtension ( String::CreateFromAscii ( "bak" ) );
-            bConvert = sal_True;
-        }
-        bCopy = sal_True;
-    }
-    else if ( SotStorage::IsOLEStorage ( sUserAutoCorrFile ) )
-    {
-        aSource = INetURLObject ( sUserAutoCorrFile );
-        aDest = INetURLObject ( sUserAutoCorrFile );
-        aDest.SetExtension ( String::CreateFromAscii ( "bak" ) );
-        bCopy = bConvert = sal_True;
-    }
-    if (bCopy)
-    {
-        try
-        {
-            String sMain(aDest.GetMainURL( INetURLObject::DECODE_TO_IURI ));
-            sal_Unicode cSlash = '/';
-            xub_StrLen nSlashPos = sMain.SearchBackward(cSlash);
-            sMain.Erase(nSlashPos);
-            ::ucbhelper::Content aNewContent(   sMain, uno::Reference< XCommandEnvironment > ());
-            Any aAny;
-            TransferInfo aInfo;
-            aInfo.NameClash = NameClash::OVERWRITE;
-            aInfo.NewTitle  = aDest.GetName();
-            aInfo.SourceURL = aSource.GetMainURL( INetURLObject::DECODE_TO_IURI );
-            aInfo.MoveData  = FALSE;
-            aAny <<= aInfo;
-            aNewContent.executeCommand( OUString ( RTL_CONSTASCII_USTRINGPARAM( "transfer" ) ), aAny);
-        }
-        catch (...)
-        {
-            bError = sal_True;
-        }
-    }
-    if (bConvert && !bError)
-    {
-        SotStorageRef xSrcStg = new SotStorage( aDest.GetMainURL( INetURLObject::DECODE_TO_IURI ), STREAM_READ, TRUE );
-        SotStorageRef xDstStg = new SotStorage( sUserAutoCorrFile, STREAM_WRITE, TRUE );
-
-        if( xSrcStg.Is() && xDstStg.Is() )
-        {
-            String sWord        ( RTL_CONSTASCII_USTRINGPARAM ( pImplWrdStt_ExcptLstStr ) );
-            String sSentence    ( RTL_CONSTASCII_USTRINGPARAM ( pImplCplStt_ExcptLstStr ) );
-            String sXMLWord     ( RTL_CONSTASCII_USTRINGPARAM ( pXMLImplWrdStt_ExcptLstStr ) );
-            String sXMLSentence ( RTL_CONSTASCII_USTRINGPARAM ( pXMLImplCplStt_ExcptLstStr ) );
-            SvStringsISortDtor  *pTmpWordList = NULL;
-
-            if (xSrcStg->IsContained( sXMLWord ) )
-                LoadXMLExceptList_Imp( pTmpWordList, pXMLImplWrdStt_ExcptLstStr, xSrcStg );
-
-            if (pTmpWordList)
-            {
-                SaveExceptList_Imp( *pTmpWordList, pXMLImplWrdStt_ExcptLstStr, xDstStg, TRUE );
-                pTmpWordList->DeleteAndDestroy( 0, pTmpWordList->Count() );
-                pTmpWordList = NULL;
-            }
-
-
-            if (xSrcStg->IsContained( sXMLSentence ) )
-                LoadXMLExceptList_Imp( pTmpWordList, pXMLImplCplStt_ExcptLstStr, xSrcStg );
-
-            if (pTmpWordList)
-            {
-                SaveExceptList_Imp( *pTmpWordList, pXMLImplCplStt_ExcptLstStr, xDstStg, TRUE );
-                pTmpWordList->DeleteAndDestroy( 0, pTmpWordList->Count() );
-            }
-
-            GetAutocorrWordList();
-            MakeBlocklist_Imp( *xDstStg );
-            // xDstStg is committed in MakeBlocklist_Imp
-            /*xSrcStg->CopyTo( &xDstStg );*/
-            sShareAutoCorrFile = sUserAutoCorrFile;
-            xDstStg = 0;
-            try
-            {
-                ::ucbhelper::Content aContent ( aDest.GetMainURL( INetURLObject::DECODE_TO_IURI ), uno::Reference < XCommandEnvironment > ());
-                aContent.executeCommand ( OUString ( RTL_CONSTASCII_USTRINGPARAM ( "delete" ) ), makeAny ( sal_Bool (sal_True ) ) );
-            }
-            catch (...)
-            {
-            }
-        }
-    }
-    else if( bCopy && !bError )
-        sShareAutoCorrFile = sUserAutoCorrFile;
-}
-
-/* -----------------18.11.98 11:26-------------------
- *
- * --------------------------------------------------*/
-BOOL SvxAutoCorrectLanguageLists::MakeBlocklist_Imp( SvStorage& rStg )
-{
-    String sStrmName( pXMLImplAutocorr_ListStr, RTL_TEXTENCODING_MS_1252 );
-    BOOL bRet = TRUE, bRemove = !pAutocorr_List || !pAutocorr_List->Count();
-    if( !bRemove )
-    {
-        /*
-        if ( rStg.IsContained( sStrmName) )
-        {
-            rStg.Remove ( sStrmName );
-            rStg.Commit();
-        }
-        */
-        SvStorageStreamRef refList = rStg.OpenSotStream( sStrmName,
-                    ( STREAM_READ | STREAM_WRITE | STREAM_SHARE_DENYWRITE ) );
-        if( refList.Is() )
-        {
-            refList->SetSize( 0 );
-            refList->SetBufferSize( 8192 );
-            String aPropName( String::CreateFromAscii( RTL_CONSTASCII_STRINGPARAM("MediaType") ) );
-            OUString aMime( RTL_CONSTASCII_USTRINGPARAM("text/xml") );
-            uno::Any aAny;
-            aAny <<= aMime;
-            refList->SetProperty( aPropName, aAny );
-
-            uno::Reference< lang::XMultiServiceFactory > xServiceFactory =
-                comphelper::getProcessServiceFactory();
-            DBG_ASSERT( xServiceFactory.is(),
-                        "XMLReader::Read: got no service manager" );
-            if( !xServiceFactory.is() )
-            {
-                // Throw an exception ?
-            }
-
-                uno::Reference < XInterface > xWriter (xServiceFactory->createInstance(
-                    OUString(RTL_CONSTASCII_USTRINGPARAM("com.sun.star.xml.sax.Writer"))));
-                DBG_ASSERT(xWriter.is(),"com.sun.star.xml.sax.Writer service missing");
-            uno::Reference < io::XOutputStream> xOut = new utl::OOutputStreamWrapper( *refList );
-                uno::Reference<io::XActiveDataSource> xSrc(xWriter, uno::UNO_QUERY);
-                xSrc->setOutputStream(xOut);
-
-                uno::Reference<xml::sax::XDocumentHandler> xHandler(xWriter, uno::UNO_QUERY);
-
-            // #110680#
-                // SvXMLAutoCorrectExport aExp(pAutocorr_List, sStrmName, xHandler);
-                SvXMLAutoCorrectExport aExp( xServiceFactory, pAutocorr_List, sStrmName, xHandler );
-
-            aExp.exportDoc( XML_BLOCK_LIST );
-
-            refList->Commit();
-            bRet = SVSTREAM_OK == refList->GetError();
-            if( bRet )
-            {
-                refList.Clear();
-                rStg.Commit();
-                if( SVSTREAM_OK != rStg.GetError() )
-                {
-                    bRemove = TRUE;
-                    bRet = FALSE;
-                }
-            }
-
-            /*
-            refList->SetSize( 0 );
-            refList->SetBufferSize( 8192 );
-            rtl_TextEncoding eEncoding = gsl_getSystemTextEncoding();
-
-            String aDummy;              // Erkennungszeichen fuer neue Streams
-            refList->WriteByteString( aDummy, RTL_TEXTENCODING_MS_1252 )
-                     << (BYTE)  4       // Laenge des Headers (ohne den Leerstring)
-                     << (USHORT)WORDLIST_VERSION_358    // Version des Streams
-                     << (BYTE)eEncoding;                // der Zeichensatz
-
-            for( USHORT i = 0; i < pAutocorr_List->Count() &&
-                                SVSTREAM_OK == refList->GetError(); ++i )
-            {
-                SvxAutocorrWord* p = pAutocorr_List->GetObject( i );
-                refList->WriteByteString( p->GetShort(), eEncoding ).
-                        WriteByteString(  p->IsTextOnly()
-                                            ? p->GetLong()
-                                            : p->GetShort(), eEncoding );
-            }
-            refList->Commit();
-            bRet = SVSTREAM_OK == refList->GetError();
-            if( bRet )
-            {
-                refList.Clear();
-                rStg.Commit();
-                if( SVSTREAM_OK != rStg.GetError() )
-                {
-                    bRemove = TRUE;
-                    bRet = FALSE;
-                }
-            }
-            */
-        }
-        else
-            bRet = FALSE;
-    }
-
-    if( bRemove )
-    {
-        rStg.Remove( sStrmName );
-        rStg.Commit();
-    }
-
-    return bRet;
-}
-
-/* -----------------18.11.98 11:26-------------------
- *
- * --------------------------------------------------*/
-BOOL SvxAutoCorrectLanguageLists::PutText( const String& rShort,
-                                           const String& rLong )
-{
-    // erstmal akt. Liste besorgen!
-    GetAutocorrWordList();
-
-    MakeUserStorage_Impl();
-    SotStorageRef xStg = new SotStorage( sUserAutoCorrFile, STREAM_READWRITE, TRUE );
-
-    BOOL bRet = xStg.Is() && SVSTREAM_OK == xStg->GetError();
-
-/*  if( bRet )
-    {
-        // PutText( *xStg, rShort );
-    }
-*/
-    // die Wortliste aktualisieren
-    if( bRet )
-    {
-        USHORT nPos;
-        SvxAutocorrWord* pNew = new SvxAutocorrWord( rShort, rLong, TRUE );
-        if( pAutocorr_List->Seek_Entry( pNew, &nPos ) )
-        {
-            if( !(*pAutocorr_List)[ nPos ]->IsTextOnly() )
-            {
-                // dann ist der Storage noch zu entfernen
-                String sStgNm( rShort );
-                if (xStg->IsOLEStorage())
-                    EncryptBlockName_Imp( sStgNm );
-                else
-                    GeneratePackageName ( rShort, sStgNm);
-
-                if( xStg->IsContained( sStgNm ) )
-                    xStg->Remove( sStgNm );
-            }
-            pAutocorr_List->DeleteAndDestroy( nPos );
-        }
-
-        if( pAutocorr_List->Insert( pNew ) )
-        {
-            bRet = MakeBlocklist_Imp( *xStg );
-            xStg = 0;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            delete pNew;
-            bRet = FALSE;
-        }
-    }
-    return bRet;
-}
-/* -----------------18.11.98 11:26-------------------
- *
- * --------------------------------------------------*/
-    //  - Text mit Attributierung (kann nur der SWG - SWG-Format!)
-BOOL SvxAutoCorrectLanguageLists::PutText( const String& rShort,
-                                        SfxObjectShell& rShell )
-{
-    // erstmal akt. Liste besorgen!
-    GetAutocorrWordList();
-
-    MakeUserStorage_Impl();
-
-    BOOL bRet = FALSE;
-    String sLong;
-    try
-    {
-        uno::Reference < embed::XStorage > xStg = comphelper::OStorageHelper::GetStorageFromURL( sUserAutoCorrFile, embed::ElementModes::READWRITE );
-//      String aName( rShort );
-//      EncryptBlockName_Imp( aName );
-//      bRet = PutText( *xStg, aName, rShell, sLong );
-        bRet = rAutoCorrect.PutText( xStg, sUserAutoCorrFile, rShort, rShell, sLong );
-        xStg = 0;
-
-        // die Wortliste aktualisieren
-        if( bRet )
-        {
-            SvxAutocorrWord* pNew = new SvxAutocorrWord( rShort, sLong, FALSE );
-            if( pAutocorr_List->Insert( pNew ) )
-            {
-                SotStorageRef xStor = new SotStorage( sUserAutoCorrFile, STREAM_READWRITE, TRUE );
-                MakeBlocklist_Imp( *xStor );
-            }
-            else
-                delete pNew;
-        }
-    }
-    catch ( uno::Exception& )
-    {
-    }
-
-    return bRet;
-}
-
-/* -----------------18.11.98 11:26-------------------
- *
- * --------------------------------------------------*/
-    //  - loesche einen Eintrag
-BOOL SvxAutoCorrectLanguageLists::DeleteText( const String& rShort )
-{
-    // erstmal akt. Liste besorgen!
-    GetAutocorrWordList();
-
-    MakeUserStorage_Impl();
-
-    SotStorageRef xStg = new SotStorage( sUserAutoCorrFile, STREAM_READWRITE, TRUE );
-    BOOL bRet = xStg.Is() && SVSTREAM_OK == xStg->GetError();
-    if( bRet )
-    {
-        USHORT nPos;
-        SvxAutocorrWord aTmp( rShort, rShort );
-        if( pAutocorr_List->Seek_Entry( &aTmp, &nPos ) )
-        {
-            SvxAutocorrWord* pFnd = (*pAutocorr_List)[ nPos ];
-            if( !pFnd->IsTextOnly() )
-            {
-                String aName( rShort );
-                if (xStg->IsOLEStorage())
-                    EncryptBlockName_Imp( aName );
-                else
-                    GeneratePackageName ( rShort, aName );
-                if( xStg->IsContained( aName ) )
-                {
-                    xStg->Remove( aName );
-                    bRet = xStg->Commit();
-                }
-
-            }
-            // die Wortliste aktualisieren
-            pAutocorr_List->DeleteAndDestroy( nPos );
-            MakeBlocklist_Imp( *xStg );
-            xStg = 0;
-        }
-        else
-            bRet = FALSE;
-    }
-    return bRet;
-}
diff --git a/svx/source/editeng/swafopt.cxx b/svx/source/editeng/swafopt.cxx
deleted file mode 100644
index 707f8b2a1561..000000000000
--- a/svx/source/editeng/swafopt.cxx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,163 +0,0 @@
-/*************************************************************************
- *
- * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
- *
- * Copyright 2008 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite
- *
- * $RCSfile: swafopt.cxx,v $
- * $Revision: 1.9 $
- *
- * This file is part of OpenOffice.org.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3
- * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details
- * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code).
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org.  If not, see
- * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html>
- * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License.
- *
- ************************************************************************/
-
-// MARKER(update_precomp.py): autogen include statement, do not remove
-#include "precompiled_svx.hxx"
-#include <vcl/keycodes.hxx>
-#include <tools/string.hxx>
-
-#include <svx/swafopt.hxx>
-
-/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Beschreibung:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-SvxSwAutoFmtFlags::SvxSwAutoFmtFlags()
-    : aBulletFont( String::CreateFromAscii(
-                        RTL_CONSTASCII_STRINGPARAM( "StarSymbol" )),
-                    Size( 0, 14 ) )
-{
-    bReplaceQuote =
-    bAutoCorrect =
-    bCptlSttSntnc =
-    bCptlSttWrd =
-    bChkFontAttr =
-    bChgUserColl =
-    bChgEnumNum =
-    bChgFracionSymbol =
-    bChgOrdinalNumber =
-    bChgToEnEmDash =
-    bChgWeightUnderl =
-    bSetINetAttr =
-    bAFmtDelSpacesAtSttEnd =
-    bAFmtDelSpacesBetweenLines =
-    bAFmtByInpDelSpacesAtSttEnd =
-    bAFmtByInpDelSpacesBetweenLines =
-    bDummy = TRUE;
-
-    bReplaceStyles =
-    bDelEmptyNode =
-    bWithRedlining =
-    bAutoCmpltEndless =
-    bAutoCmpltAppendBlanc =
-    bAutoCmpltShowAsTip = FALSE;
-
-    bSetBorder =
-    bCreateTable =
-    bSetNumRule =
-    bAFmtByInput =
-    bRightMargin =
-    bAutoCompleteWords =
-    bAutoCmpltCollectWords =
-    bAutoCmpltKeepList = TRUE;
-
-    bDummy6 = bDummy7 = bDummy8 =
-         FALSE;
-
-    nRightMargin = 50;      // dflt. 50 %
-    nAutoCmpltExpandKey = KEY_RETURN;
-
-    aBulletFont.SetCharSet( RTL_TEXTENCODING_SYMBOL );
-    aBulletFont.SetFamily( FAMILY_DONTKNOW );
-    aBulletFont.SetPitch( PITCH_DONTKNOW );
-    aBulletFont.SetWeight( WEIGHT_DONTKNOW );
-    aBulletFont.SetTransparent( TRUE );
-
-    cBullet = 0x2022;
-    cByInputBullet = cBullet;
-    aByInputBulletFont = aBulletFont;
-
-    nAutoCmpltWordLen = 10;
-    nAutoCmpltListLen = 500;
-    pAutoCmpltList = 0;
-    pSmartTagMgr = 0;
-}
-
-
-SvxSwAutoFmtFlags& SvxSwAutoFmtFlags::operator=( const SvxSwAutoFmtFlags& rAFFlags )
-{
-    bAutoCorrect = rAFFlags.bAutoCorrect;
-    bReplaceQuote = rAFFlags.bReplaceQuote;
-    bCptlSttSntnc = rAFFlags.bCptlSttSntnc;
-    bCptlSttWrd = rAFFlags.bCptlSttWrd;
-    bChkFontAttr = rAFFlags.bChkFontAttr;
-
-    bChgUserColl = rAFFlags.bChgUserColl;
-    bChgEnumNum = rAFFlags.bChgEnumNum;
-    bDelEmptyNode = rAFFlags.bDelEmptyNode;
-    bSetNumRule = rAFFlags.bSetNumRule;
-    bAFmtByInput = rAFFlags.bAFmtByInput;
-
-    bChgFracionSymbol = rAFFlags.bChgFracionSymbol;
-    bChgOrdinalNumber = rAFFlags.bChgOrdinalNumber;
-    bChgToEnEmDash = rAFFlags.bChgToEnEmDash;
-    bChgWeightUnderl = rAFFlags.bChgWeightUnderl;
-    bSetINetAttr = rAFFlags.bSetINetAttr;
-    bSetBorder = rAFFlags.bSetBorder;
-    bCreateTable = rAFFlags.bCreateTable;
-    bReplaceStyles = rAFFlags.bReplaceStyles;
-    bAFmtDelSpacesAtSttEnd = rAFFlags.bAFmtDelSpacesAtSttEnd;
-    bAFmtDelSpacesBetweenLines = rAFFlags.bAFmtDelSpacesBetweenLines;
-    bAFmtByInpDelSpacesAtSttEnd = rAFFlags.bAFmtByInpDelSpacesAtSttEnd;
-    bAFmtByInpDelSpacesBetweenLines = rAFFlags.bAFmtByInpDelSpacesBetweenLines;
-
-    bDummy = rAFFlags.bDummy;
-
-    bDummy6 = rAFFlags.bDummy6;
-    bDummy7 = rAFFlags.bDummy7;
-    bDummy8 = rAFFlags.bDummy8;
-
-    bWithRedlining = rAFFlags.bWithRedlining;
-
-    bRightMargin = rAFFlags.bRightMargin;
-    nRightMargin = rAFFlags.nRightMargin;
-
-    cBullet = rAFFlags.cBullet;
-    aBulletFont = rAFFlags.aBulletFont;
-
-    cByInputBullet = rAFFlags.cByInputBullet;
-    aByInputBulletFont = rAFFlags.aByInputBulletFont;
-
-    bAutoCompleteWords = rAFFlags.bAutoCompleteWords;
-    bAutoCmpltCollectWords = rAFFlags.bAutoCmpltCollectWords;
-    bAutoCmpltKeepList = rAFFlags.bAutoCmpltKeepList;
-    bAutoCmpltEndless = rAFFlags.bAutoCmpltEndless;
-    bAutoCmpltAppendBlanc = rAFFlags.bAutoCmpltAppendBlanc;
-    bAutoCmpltShowAsTip = rAFFlags.bAutoCmpltShowAsTip;
-    pAutoCmpltList = rAFFlags.pAutoCmpltList;
-    pSmartTagMgr = rAFFlags.pSmartTagMgr;
-    nAutoCmpltExpandKey = rAFFlags.nAutoCmpltExpandKey;
-
-    nAutoCmpltWordLen = rAFFlags.nAutoCmpltWordLen;
-    nAutoCmpltListLen = rAFFlags.nAutoCmpltListLen;
-
-    return *this;
-}
-
diff --git a/svx/source/editeng/textconv.cxx b/svx/source/editeng/textconv.cxx
deleted file mode 100644
index d47c973bbe5f..000000000000
--- a/svx/source/editeng/textconv.cxx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,628 +0,0 @@
-/*************************************************************************
- *
- * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
- *
- * Copyright 2008 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite
- *
- * $RCSfile: textconv.cxx,v $
- * $Revision: 1.14 $
- *
- * This file is part of OpenOffice.org.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3
- * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details
- * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code).
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org.  If not, see
- * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html>
- * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License.
- *
- ************************************************************************/
-
-// MARKER(update_precomp.py): autogen include statement, do not remove
-#include "precompiled_svx.hxx"
-#include <eeng_pch.hxx>
-
-#include <impedit.hxx>
-#include <svx/editview.hxx>
-#include <svx/editeng.hxx>
-#include <unolingu.hxx>
-#include <com/sun/star/lang/XMultiServiceFactory.hpp>
-#include <com/sun/star/lang/Locale.hpp>
-#include <svx/langitem.hxx>
-#include <fontitem.hxx>
-#include "textconv.hxx"
-
-
-using ::rtl::OUString;
-using namespace com::sun::star;
-using namespace com::sun::star::uno;
-using namespace com::sun::star::beans;
-using namespace com::sun::star::lang;
-using namespace com::sun::star::linguistic2;
-
-#define C2U(cChar) OUString::createFromAscii(cChar)
-
-//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-TextConvWrapper::TextConvWrapper( Window* pWindow,
-        const Reference< XMultiServiceFactory >& rxMSF,
-        const Locale& rSourceLocale,
-        const Locale& rTargetLocale,
-        const Font* pTargetFont,
-        sal_Int32 nOptions,
-        sal_Bool bIsInteractive,
-        BOOL bIsStart,
-        EditView* pView ) :
-    HangulHanjaConversion( pWindow, rxMSF, rSourceLocale, rTargetLocale, pTargetFont, nOptions, bIsInteractive )
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( pWindow, "TextConvWrapper: window missing" );
-
-    nConvTextLang = LANGUAGE_NONE;
-    nUnitOffset = 0;
-
-    bStartChk   = sal_False;
-    bStartDone  = bIsStart;
-    bEndDone    = sal_False;
-    pWin        = pWindow;
-    pEditView   = pView;
-
-    aConvSel    = pEditView->GetSelection();
-    aConvSel.Adjust();  // make Start <= End
-
-    bAllowChange = sal_False;
-}
-
-
-TextConvWrapper::~TextConvWrapper()
-{
-}
-
-
-sal_Bool TextConvWrapper::ConvNext_impl()
-{
-    // modified version of SvxSpellWrapper::SpellNext
-
-    if( bStartChk )
-        bStartDone = sal_True;
-    else
-        bEndDone = sal_True;
-
-    if ( bStartDone && bEndDone )
-    {
-        if ( ConvMore_impl() )  // ein weiteres Dokument pruefen?
-        {
-            bStartDone = sal_True;
-            bEndDone  = sal_False;
-            ConvStart_impl( SVX_SPELL_BODY );
-            return sal_True;
-        }
-        return sal_False;
-
-    }
-
-    //ResMgr* pMgr = DIALOG_MGR();
-    sal_Bool bGoOn = sal_False;
-
-    if ( bStartDone && bEndDone )
-    {
-        if ( ConvMore_impl() )  // ein weiteres Dokument pruefen?
-        {
-            bStartDone = sal_True;
-            bEndDone  = sal_False;
-            ConvStart_impl( SVX_SPELL_BODY );
-            return sal_True;
-        }
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        // Ein BODY_Bereich erledigt, Frage nach dem anderen BODY_Bereich
-/*
-        pWin->LeaveWait();
-
-        sal_uInt16 nResId = bReverse ? RID_SVXQB_BW_CONTINUE : RID_SVXQB_CONTINUE;
-        QueryBox aBox( pWin, ResId( nResId, pMgr ) );
-        if ( aBox.Execute() != RET_YES )
-        {
-            // Verzicht auf den anderen Bereich, ggf. Frage nach Sonderbereich
-            pWin->EnterWait();
-            bStartDone = bEndDone = sal_True;
-            return ConvNext_impl();
-        }
-        else
-        {
-*/
-            if (!aConvSel.HasRange())
-            {
-                bStartChk = !bStartDone;
-                ConvStart_impl( bStartChk ? SVX_SPELL_BODY_START : SVX_SPELL_BODY_END );
-                bGoOn = sal_True;
-            }
-/*
-        }
-        pWin->EnterWait();
-*/
-    }
-    return bGoOn;
-}
-
-
-sal_Bool TextConvWrapper::FindConvText_impl()
-{
-    // modified version of SvxSpellWrapper::FindSpellError
-
-    //ShowLanguageErrors();
-
-    sal_Bool bFound = sal_False;
-
-    pWin->EnterWait();
-    sal_Bool bConvert = sal_True;
-
-    while ( bConvert )
-    {
-        bFound = ConvContinue_impl();
-        if (bFound)
-        {
-            bConvert = sal_False;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            ConvEnd_impl();
-            bConvert = ConvNext_impl();
-        }
-    }
-    pWin->LeaveWait();
-    return bFound;
-}
-
-
-sal_Bool TextConvWrapper::ConvMore_impl()
-{
-    // modified version of SvxSpellWrapper::SpellMore
-
-    sal_Bool bMore = sal_False;
-    ImpEditEngine* pImpEE = pEditView->GetImpEditEngine();
-    ConvInfo* pConvInfo = pImpEE->GetConvInfo();
-    if ( pConvInfo->bMultipleDoc )
-    {
-        bMore = pImpEE->GetEditEnginePtr()->ConvertNextDocument();
-        if ( bMore )
-        {
-            // Der Text wurde in diese Engine getreten...
-            pEditView->GetImpEditView()->SetEditSelection(
-                        pImpEE->GetEditDoc().GetStartPaM() );
-        }
-    }
-    return bMore;
-}
-
-
-void TextConvWrapper::ConvStart_impl( SvxSpellArea eArea )
-{
-    // modified version of EditSpellWrapper::SpellStart
-
-    ImpEditEngine* pImpEE = pEditView->GetImpEditEngine();
-    ConvInfo* pConvInfo = pImpEE->GetConvInfo();
-
-    if ( eArea == SVX_SPELL_BODY_START )
-    {
-        // Wird gerufen, wenn Spell-Forwad am Ende angekomment ist
-        // und soll von vorne beginnen
-        if ( bEndDone )
-        {
-            pConvInfo->bConvToEnd = sal_False;
-            pConvInfo->aConvTo = pConvInfo->aConvStart;
-            pConvInfo->aConvContinue = EPaM( 0, 0 );
-            pEditView->GetImpEditView()->SetEditSelection(
-                    pImpEE->GetEditDoc().GetStartPaM() );
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            pConvInfo->bConvToEnd = sal_True;
-            pConvInfo->aConvTo = pImpEE->CreateEPaM(
-                    pImpEE->GetEditDoc().GetStartPaM() );
-        }
-    }
-    else if ( eArea == SVX_SPELL_BODY_END )
-    {
-        // Wird gerufen, wenn Spell-Forwad gestartet wird
-        pConvInfo->bConvToEnd = sal_True;
-        if (aConvSel.HasRange())
-        {
-            // user selection: convert to end of selection
-            pConvInfo->aConvTo.nPara    = aConvSel.nEndPara;
-            pConvInfo->aConvTo.nIndex   = aConvSel.nEndPos;
-            pConvInfo->bConvToEnd       = sal_False;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            // nothing selected: convert to end of document
-            pConvInfo->aConvTo = pImpEE->CreateEPaM(
-                pImpEE->GetEditDoc().GetEndPaM() );
-        }
-    }
-    else if ( eArea == SVX_SPELL_BODY )
-    {
-        // called by ConvNext_impl...
-        pConvInfo->aConvContinue = pConvInfo->aConvStart;
-        pConvInfo->aConvTo = pImpEE->CreateEPaM(
-            pImpEE->GetEditDoc().GetEndPaM() );
-        // pSpellInfo->bSpellToEnd = sal_True;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        DBG_ERROR( "ConvStart_impl: Unknown Area!" );
-    }
-}
-
-
-void TextConvWrapper::ConvEnd_impl()
-{
-}
-
-
-sal_Bool TextConvWrapper::ConvContinue_impl()
-{
-    // modified version of EditSpellWrapper::SpellContinue
-
-    // get next convertible text portion and its language
-    aConvText = rtl::OUString();
-    nConvTextLang = LANGUAGE_NONE;
-    pEditView->GetImpEditEngine()->ImpConvert( aConvText, nConvTextLang,
-            pEditView, GetSourceLanguage(), aConvSel,
-            bAllowChange, GetTargetLanguage(), GetTargetFont() );
-    return aConvText.getLength() != 0;
-}
-
-
-void TextConvWrapper::SetLanguageAndFont( const ESelection &rESel,
-    LanguageType nLang, USHORT nLangWhichId,
-    const Font *pFont,  USHORT nFontWhichId )
-{
-    ESelection aOldSel = pEditView->GetSelection();
-    pEditView->SetSelection( rESel );
-
-    // set new language attribute
-    SfxItemSet aNewSet( pEditView->GetEmptyItemSet() );
-    aNewSet.Put( SvxLanguageItem( nLang, nLangWhichId ) );
-
-    // new font to be set?
-    DBG_ASSERT( pFont, "target font missing?" );
-    if (pFont)
-    {
-        // set new font attribute
-        SvxFontItem aFontItem = (SvxFontItem&) aNewSet.Get( nFontWhichId );
-        aFontItem.GetFamilyName()   = pFont->GetName();
-        aFontItem.GetFamily()       = pFont->GetFamily();
-        aFontItem.GetStyleName()    = pFont->GetStyleName();
-        aFontItem.GetPitch()        = pFont->GetPitch();
-        aFontItem.GetCharSet()      = pFont->GetCharSet();
-        aNewSet.Put( aFontItem );
-    }
-
-    // apply new attributes
-    pEditView->SetAttribs( aNewSet );
-
-    pEditView->SetSelection( aOldSel );
-}
-
-
-void TextConvWrapper::SelectNewUnit_impl(
-        const sal_Int32 nUnitStart,
-        const sal_Int32 nUnitEnd )
-{
-    BOOL bOK = 0 <= nUnitStart && 0 <= nUnitEnd && nUnitStart <= nUnitEnd;
-    DBG_ASSERT( bOK, "invalid arguments" );
-    if (!bOK)
-        return;
-
-    ESelection  aSelection = pEditView->GetSelection();
-    DBG_ASSERT( aSelection.nStartPara == aSelection.nEndPara,
-        "paragraph mismatch in selection" );
-    aSelection.nStartPos = (USHORT) (nLastPos + nUnitOffset + nUnitStart);
-    aSelection.nEndPos   = (USHORT) (nLastPos + nUnitOffset + nUnitEnd);
-    pEditView->SetSelection( aSelection );
-}
-
-
-void TextConvWrapper::GetNextPortion(
-        ::rtl::OUString& /* [out] */ rNextPortion,
-        LanguageType&    /* [out] */ rLangOfPortion,
-        sal_Bool /* [in] */ _bAllowImplicitChangesForNotConvertibleText )
-{
-    bAllowChange = _bAllowImplicitChangesForNotConvertibleText;
-
-    FindConvText_impl();
-    rNextPortion    = aConvText;
-    rLangOfPortion  = nConvTextLang;
-    nUnitOffset  = 0;
-
-    ESelection  aSelection = pEditView->GetSelection();
-    DBG_ASSERT( aSelection.nStartPara == aSelection.nEndPara,
-            "paragraph mismatch in selection" );
-    DBG_ASSERT( aSelection.nStartPos  <= aSelection.nEndPos,
-            "start pos > end pos" );
-    nLastPos =  aSelection.nStartPos;
-}
-
-
-void TextConvWrapper::HandleNewUnit(
-        const sal_Int32 nUnitStart,
-        const sal_Int32 nUnitEnd )
-{
-    SelectNewUnit_impl( nUnitStart, nUnitEnd );
-}
-
-
-void TextConvWrapper::ReplaceUnit(
-        const sal_Int32 nUnitStart, const sal_Int32 nUnitEnd,
-        const ::rtl::OUString& rOrigText,
-        const ::rtl::OUString& rReplaceWith,
-        const ::com::sun::star::uno::Sequence< sal_Int32 > &rOffsets,
-        ReplacementAction eAction,
-        LanguageType *pNewUnitLanguage )
-{
-    BOOL bOK = 0 <= nUnitStart && 0 <= nUnitEnd && nUnitStart <= nUnitEnd;
-    DBG_ASSERT( bOK, "invalid arguments" );
-    if (!bOK)
-        return;
-
-    static OUString aBracketedStart( C2U( "(" ) );
-    static OUString aBracketedEnd( C2U( ")" ) );
-
-    // select current unit
-    SelectNewUnit_impl( nUnitStart, nUnitEnd );
-
-    OUString aOrigTxt( pEditView->GetSelected() );
-    OUString aNewTxt( rReplaceWith );
-    String  aNewOrigText;
-    switch (eAction)
-    {
-        case eExchange :
-        break;
-        case eReplacementBracketed :
-            (((aNewTxt = aOrigTxt) += aBracketedStart) += rReplaceWith) += aBracketedEnd;
-        break;
-        case eOriginalBracketed :
-            (((aNewTxt = rReplaceWith) += aBracketedStart) += aOrigTxt) += aBracketedEnd;
-        break;
-        case eReplacementAbove  :
-        case eOriginalAbove :
-        case eReplacementBelow :
-        case eOriginalBelow :
-            DBG_ERROR( "Rubies not supported" );
-            break;
-        default:
-            DBG_ERROR( "unexpected case" );
-    }
-    nUnitOffset = sal::static_int_cast< USHORT >(
-        nUnitOffset + nUnitStart + aNewTxt.getLength());
-
-    // remember current original language for kater use
-    ImpEditEngine *pImpEditEng = pEditView->GetImpEditEngine();
-    ESelection _aOldSel     = pEditView->GetSelection();
-    //EditSelection aOldEditSel = pEditView->GetImpEditView()->GetEditSelection();
-
-#ifdef DBG_UTIL
-    LanguageType nOldLang   = pImpEditEng->GetLanguage( pImpEditEng->CreateSel( _aOldSel ).Min() );
-#endif
-
-    pImpEditEng->UndoActionStart( EDITUNDO_INSERT );
-
-    // according to FT we should currently not bother about keeping
-    // attributes in Hangul/Hanja conversion and leave that untouched.
-    // Thus we do this only for Chinese translation...
-    sal_Bool bIsChineseConversion = IsChinese( GetSourceLanguage() );
-    if (bIsChineseConversion)
-        ChangeText( aNewTxt, rOrigText, &rOffsets, &_aOldSel );
-    else
-        ChangeText( aNewTxt, rOrigText, NULL, NULL );
-
-    // change language and font if necessary
-    if (bIsChineseConversion)
-    {
-        DBG_ASSERT( GetTargetLanguage() == LANGUAGE_CHINESE_SIMPLIFIED || GetTargetLanguage() == LANGUAGE_CHINESE_TRADITIONAL,
-                "TextConvWrapper::ReplaceUnit : unexpected target language" );
-
-        ESelection aOldSel = pEditView->GetSelection();
-        ESelection aNewSel( aOldSel );
-        aNewSel.nStartPos = sal::static_int_cast< xub_StrLen >(
-            aNewSel.nStartPos - aNewTxt.getLength());
-//      DBG_ASSERT( aOldSel.nEndPos >= 0, "error while building selection" );
-
-        if (pNewUnitLanguage)
-        {
-            DBG_ASSERT(!IsSimilarChinese( *pNewUnitLanguage, nOldLang ),
-                    "similar language should not be changed!");
-            SetLanguageAndFont( aNewSel, *pNewUnitLanguage, EE_CHAR_LANGUAGE_CJK,
-                                          GetTargetFont(), EE_CHAR_FONTINFO_CJK );
-        }
-    }
-
-    pImpEditEng->UndoActionEnd( EDITUNDO_INSERT );
-
-    // adjust ConvContinue / ConvTo if necessary
-    ImpEditEngine* pImpEE = pEditView->GetImpEditEngine();
-    ConvInfo* pConvInfo = pImpEE->GetConvInfo();
-    sal_Int32 nDelta = aNewTxt.getLength() - aOrigTxt.getLength();
-    if (nDelta != 0)
-    {
-        // Note: replacement is always done in the current paragraph
-        // which is the one ConvContinue points to
-        pConvInfo->aConvContinue.nIndex = sal::static_int_cast< USHORT >(
-            pConvInfo->aConvContinue.nIndex + nDelta);
-
-        // if that is the same as the one where the conversions ends
-        // the end needs to be updated also
-        if (pConvInfo->aConvTo.nPara == pConvInfo->aConvContinue.nPara)
-            pConvInfo->aConvTo.nIndex = sal::static_int_cast< USHORT >(
-                pConvInfo->aConvTo.nIndex + nDelta);
-    }
-}
-
-
-void TextConvWrapper::ChangeText( const String &rNewText,
-        const OUString& rOrigText,
-        const uno::Sequence< sal_Int32 > *pOffsets,
-        ESelection *pESelection )
-{
-    //!! code is a modifed copy of SwHHCWrapper::ChangeText from sw !!
-
-    DBG_ASSERT( rNewText.Len() != 0, "unexpected empty string" );
-    if (rNewText.Len() == 0)
-        return;
-
-    if (pOffsets && pESelection)  // try to keep as much attributation as possible ?
-    {
-        pESelection->Adjust();
-
-        // remember cursor start position for later setting of the cursor
-        const xub_StrLen nStartIndex = pESelection->nStartPos;
-
-        const sal_Int32  nIndices = pOffsets->getLength();
-        const sal_Int32 *pIndices = pOffsets->getConstArray();
-        xub_StrLen nConvTextLen = rNewText.Len();
-        xub_StrLen nPos = 0;
-        xub_StrLen nChgPos = STRING_NOTFOUND;
-        xub_StrLen nChgLen = 0;
-        xub_StrLen nConvChgPos = STRING_NOTFOUND;
-        xub_StrLen nConvChgLen = 0;
-
-        // offset to calculate the position in the text taking into
-        // account that text may have been replaced with new text of
-        // different length. Negative values allowed!
-        long nCorrectionOffset = 0;
-
-        DBG_ASSERT(nIndices == 0 || nIndices == nConvTextLen,
-                "mismatch between string length and sequence length!" );
-
-        // find all substrings that need to be replaced (and only those)
-        while (sal_True)
-        {
-            // get index in original text that matches nPos in new text
-            xub_StrLen nIndex;
-            if (nPos < nConvTextLen)
-                nIndex = (sal_Int32) nPos < nIndices ? (xub_StrLen) pIndices[nPos] : nPos;
-            else
-            {
-                nPos   = nConvTextLen;
-                nIndex = static_cast< xub_StrLen >( rOrigText.getLength() );
-            }
-
-            if (rOrigText.getStr()[nIndex] == rNewText.GetChar(nPos) ||
-                nPos == nConvTextLen /* end of string also terminates non-matching char sequence */)
-            {
-                // substring that needs to be replaced found?
-                if (nChgPos != STRING_NOTFOUND && nConvChgPos != STRING_NOTFOUND)
-                {
-                    nChgLen = nIndex - nChgPos;
-                    nConvChgLen = nPos - nConvChgPos;
-#ifdef DEBUG
-                    String aInOrig( rOrigText.copy( nChgPos, nChgLen ) );
-#endif
-                    String aInNew( rNewText.Copy( nConvChgPos, nConvChgLen ) );
-
-                    // set selection to sub string to be replaced in original text
-                    ESelection aSel( *pESelection );
-                    xub_StrLen nChgInNodeStartIndex = static_cast< xub_StrLen >( nStartIndex + nCorrectionOffset + nChgPos );
-                    aSel.nStartPos = nChgInNodeStartIndex;
-                    aSel.nEndPos   = nChgInNodeStartIndex + nChgLen;
-                    pEditView->SetSelection( aSel );
-#ifdef DEBUG
-                    String aSelTxt1( pEditView->GetSelected() );
-#endif
-
-                    // replace selected sub string with the corresponding
-                    // sub string from the new text while keeping as
-                    // much from the attributes as possible
-                    ChangeText_impl( aInNew, sal_True );
-
-                    nCorrectionOffset += nConvChgLen - nChgLen;
-
-                    nChgPos = STRING_NOTFOUND;
-                    nConvChgPos = STRING_NOTFOUND;
-                }
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                // begin of non-matching char sequence found ?
-                if (nChgPos == STRING_NOTFOUND && nConvChgPos == STRING_NOTFOUND)
-                {
-                    nChgPos = nIndex;
-                    nConvChgPos = nPos;
-                }
-            }
-            if (nPos >= nConvTextLen)
-                break;
-            ++nPos;
-        }
-
-        // set cursor to the end of the inserted text
-        // (as it would happen after ChangeText_impl (Delete and Insert)
-        // of the whole text in the 'else' branch below)
-        pESelection->nStartPos = pESelection->nEndPos = nStartIndex + nConvTextLen;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        ChangeText_impl( rNewText, sal_False );
-    }
-}
-
-
-void TextConvWrapper::ChangeText_impl( const String &rNewText, sal_Bool bKeepAttributes )
-{
-    if (bKeepAttributes)
-    {
-        // save attributes to be restored
-        SfxItemSet aSet( pEditView->GetAttribs() );
-
-#ifdef DEBUG
-        String aSelTxt1( pEditView->GetSelected() );
-#endif
-        // replace old text and select new text
-        pEditView->InsertText( rNewText, sal_True );
-#ifdef DEBUG
-        String aSelTxt2( pEditView->GetSelected() );
-#endif
-
-        // since 'SetAttribs' below function like merging with the attributes
-        // from the itemset with any existing ones we have to get rid of all
-        // all attributes now. (Those attributes that may take effect left
-        // to the position where the new text gets inserted after the old text
-        // was deleted)
-        pEditView->RemoveAttribs();
-        // apply saved attributes to new inserted text
-        pEditView->SetAttribs( aSet );
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        pEditView->InsertText( rNewText );
-    }
-}
-
-
-void TextConvWrapper::Convert()
-{
-    bStartChk = sal_False;
-    ConvStart_impl( SVX_SPELL_BODY_END );
-    ConvertDocument();
-    ConvEnd_impl();
-}
-
-
-sal_Bool TextConvWrapper::HasRubySupport() const
-{
-    return sal_False;
-}
-
-//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
diff --git a/svx/source/editeng/txtrange.cxx b/svx/source/editeng/txtrange.cxx
deleted file mode 100644
index 7a33745fd974..000000000000
--- a/svx/source/editeng/txtrange.cxx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,722 +0,0 @@
-/*************************************************************************
- *
- * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
- *
- * Copyright 2008 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite
- *
- * $RCSfile: txtrange.cxx,v $
- * $Revision: 1.15 $
- *
- * This file is part of OpenOffice.org.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3
- * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details
- * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code).
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org.  If not, see
- * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html>
- * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License.
- *
- ************************************************************************/
-
-// MARKER(update_precomp.py): autogen include statement, do not remove
-#include "precompiled_svx.hxx"
-
-#include "txtrange.hxx"
-#include <math.h>
-#include <tools/poly.hxx>
-#include <tools/debug.hxx>
-#include <basegfx/polygon/b2dpolygon.hxx>
-#include <basegfx/polygon/b2dpolygontools.hxx>
-
-/*************************************************************************
-|*
-|*    TextRanger::TextRanger()
-|*
-|*    Beschreibung
-|*    Ersterstellung    20.01.97
-|*    Letzte Aenderung  20.01.97 AMA
-|*
-*************************************************************************/
-
-#ifdef WIN
-#pragma optimize ( "", off )
-#endif
-
-TextRanger::TextRanger( const basegfx::B2DPolyPolygon& rPolyPolygon, const basegfx::B2DPolyPolygon* pLinePolyPolygon,
-    USHORT nCacheSz, USHORT nLft, USHORT nRght, BOOL bSimpl, BOOL bInnr,
-    BOOL bVert ) :
-    pBound( NULL ),
-    nCacheSize( nCacheSz ),
-    nCacheIdx( 0 ),
-    nRight( nRght ),
-    nLeft( nLft ),
-    nUpper( 0 ),
-    nLower( 0 ),
-    nPointCount( 0 ),
-    bSimple( bSimpl ),
-    bInner( bInnr ),
-    bVertical( bVert )
-{
-#ifdef DBG_UTIL
-    bFlag3 = bFlag4 = bFlag5 = bFlag6 = bFlag7 = FALSE;
-#endif
-    pRangeArr = new Range[ nCacheSize ];
-    pCache = new SvLongsPtr[ nCacheSize ];
-    memset( pRangeArr, 0, nCacheSize * sizeof( Range ) );
-    memset( pCache, 0, nCacheSize * sizeof( SvLongsPtr ) );
-    sal_uInt32 nCount(rPolyPolygon.count());
-    mpPolyPolygon = new PolyPolygon( (sal_uInt16)nCount );
-
-    for(sal_uInt32 i(0L); i < nCount; i++)
-    {
-        const basegfx::B2DPolygon aCandidate(rPolyPolygon.getB2DPolygon(i).getDefaultAdaptiveSubdivision());
-        nPointCount += aCandidate.count();
-        mpPolyPolygon->Insert( Polygon(aCandidate), (sal_uInt16)i );
-    }
-
-    if( pLinePolyPolygon )
-    {
-        nCount = pLinePolyPolygon->count();
-        mpLinePolyPolygon = new PolyPolygon();
-
-        for(sal_uInt32 i(0L); i < nCount; i++)
-        {
-            const basegfx::B2DPolygon aCandidate(pLinePolyPolygon->getB2DPolygon(i).getDefaultAdaptiveSubdivision());
-            nPointCount += aCandidate.count();
-            mpLinePolyPolygon->Insert( Polygon(aCandidate), (sal_uInt16)i );
-        }
-    }
-    else
-        mpLinePolyPolygon = NULL;
-}
-
-#ifdef WIN
-#pragma optimize ( "", on )
-#endif
-
-/*************************************************************************
-|*
-|*    TextRanger::~TextRanger()
-|*
-|*    Beschreibung
-|*    Ersterstellung    20.01.97
-|*    Letzte Aenderung  20.01.97 AMA
-|*
-*************************************************************************/
-
-TextRanger::~TextRanger()
-{
-    for( USHORT i = 0; i < nCacheSize; ++i )
-        delete pCache[i];
-    delete[] pCache;
-    delete[] pRangeArr;
-    delete mpPolyPolygon;
-    delete mpLinePolyPolygon;
-}
-
-/*-----------------17.11.00 09:49-------------------
- * TextRanger::SetVertical(..)
- * If there's is a change in the writing direction,
- * the cache has to be cleared.
- * --------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void TextRanger::SetVertical( BOOL bNew )
-{
-    if( IsVertical() != bNew )
-    {
-        bVertical = bNew;
-        for( USHORT i = 0; i < nCacheSize; ++i )
-            delete pCache[i];
-        memset( pRangeArr, 0, nCacheSize * sizeof( Range ) );
-        memset( pCache, 0, nCacheSize * sizeof( SvLongsPtr ) );
-    }
-}
-
-/*************************************************************************
-|*
-|*    SvxBoundArgs
-|*
-|*    Beschreibung
-|*    Ersterstellung    20.01.97
-|*    Letzte Aenderung  20.01.97 AMA
-|*
-*************************************************************************/
-
-class SvxBoundArgs
-{
-    SvBools aBoolArr;
-    SvLongs *pLongArr;
-    TextRanger *pTextRanger;
-    long nMin;
-    long nMax;
-    long nTop;
-    long nBottom;
-    long nUpDiff;
-    long nLowDiff;
-    long nUpper;
-    long nLower;
-    long nStart;
-    long nEnd;
-    USHORT nCut;
-    USHORT nLast;
-    USHORT nNext;
-    BYTE nAct;
-    BYTE nFirst;
-    BOOL bClosed : 1;
-    BOOL bInner : 1;
-    BOOL bMultiple : 1;
-    BOOL bConcat : 1;
-    BOOL bRotate : 1;
-    void NoteRange( BOOL bToggle );
-    long Cut( long nY, const Point& rPt1, const Point& rPt2 );
-    void Add();
-    void _NoteFarPoint( long nPx, long nPyDiff, long nDiff );
-    void NoteFarPoint( long nPx, long nPyDiff, long nDiff )
-        { if( nDiff ) _NoteFarPoint( nPx, nPyDiff, nDiff ); }
-    long CalcMax( const Point& rPt1, const Point& rPt2, long nRange, long nFar );
-    void CheckCut( const Point& rLst, const Point& rNxt );
-    inline long A( const Point& rP ) const { return bRotate ? rP.Y() : rP.X(); }
-    inline long B( const Point& rP ) const { return bRotate ? rP.X() : rP.Y(); }
-public:
-    SvxBoundArgs( TextRanger* pRanger, SvLongs *pLong, const Range& rRange );
-    void NotePoint( const long nA ) { NoteMargin( nA - nStart, nA + nEnd ); }
-    void NoteMargin( const long nL, const long nR )
-        { if( nMin > nL ) nMin = nL; if( nMax < nR ) nMax = nR; }
-    USHORT Area( const Point& rPt );
-    void NoteUpLow( long nA, const BYTE nArea );
-    void Calc( const PolyPolygon& rPoly );
-    void Concat( const PolyPolygon* pPoly );
-    // inlines
-    void NoteLast() { if( bMultiple ) NoteRange( nAct == nFirst ); }
-    void SetClosed( const BOOL bNew ){ bClosed = bNew; }
-    BOOL IsClosed() const { return bClosed; }
-    void SetConcat( const BOOL bNew ){ bConcat = bNew; }
-    BOOL IsConcat() const { return bConcat; }
-    BYTE GetAct() const { return nAct; }
-};
-
-SvxBoundArgs::SvxBoundArgs( TextRanger* pRanger, SvLongs *pLong,
-    const Range& rRange )
-    : aBoolArr( 4, 4 ), pLongArr( pLong ), pTextRanger( pRanger ),
-    nTop( rRange.Min() ), nBottom( rRange.Max() ),
-    bInner( pRanger->IsInner() ), bMultiple( bInner || !pRanger->IsSimple() ),
-    bConcat( FALSE ), bRotate( pRanger->IsVertical() )
-{
-    if( bRotate )
-    {
-        nStart = pRanger->GetUpper();
-        nEnd = pRanger->GetLower();
-        nLowDiff = pRanger->GetLeft();
-        nUpDiff = pRanger->GetRight();
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        nStart = pRanger->GetLeft();
-        nEnd = pRanger->GetRight();
-        nLowDiff = pRanger->GetUpper();
-        nUpDiff = pRanger->GetLower();
-    }
-    nUpper = nTop - nUpDiff;
-    nLower = nBottom + nLowDiff;
-    pLongArr->Remove( 0, pLongArr->Count() );
-}
-
-long SvxBoundArgs::CalcMax( const Point& rPt1, const Point& rPt2,
-    long nRange, long nFarRange )
-{
-    double nDa = Cut( nRange, rPt1, rPt2 ) - Cut( nFarRange, rPt1, rPt2 );
-    double nB;
-    if( nDa < 0 )
-    {
-        nDa = -nDa;
-        nB = nEnd;
-    }
-    else
-        nB = nStart;
-    nB *= nB;
-    nB += nDa * nDa;
-    nB = nRange + nDa * ( nFarRange - nRange ) / sqrt( nB );
-
-    BOOL bNote;
-    if( nB < B(rPt2) )
-        bNote = nB > B(rPt1);
-    else
-        bNote = nB < B(rPt1);
-    if( bNote )
-        return( long( nB ) );
-    return 0;
-}
-
-void SvxBoundArgs::CheckCut( const Point& rLst, const Point& rNxt )
-{
-    if( nCut & 1 )
-        NotePoint( Cut( nBottom, rLst, rNxt ) );
-    if( nCut & 2 )
-        NotePoint( Cut( nTop, rLst, rNxt ) );
-    if( rLst.X() != rNxt.X() && rLst.Y() != rNxt.Y() )
-    {
-        long nYps;
-        if( nLowDiff && ( ( nCut & 1 ) || nLast == 1 || nNext == 1 ) )
-        {
-            nYps = CalcMax( rLst, rNxt, nBottom, nLower );
-            if( nYps )
-                _NoteFarPoint( Cut( nYps, rLst, rNxt ), nLower-nYps, nLowDiff );
-        }
-        if( nUpDiff && ( ( nCut & 2 ) || nLast == 2 || nNext == 2 ) )
-        {
-            nYps = CalcMax( rLst, rNxt, nTop, nUpper );
-            if( nYps )
-                _NoteFarPoint( Cut( nYps, rLst, rNxt ), nYps-nUpper, nUpDiff );
-        }
-    }
-}
-
-void SvxBoundArgs::_NoteFarPoint( long nPa, long nPbDiff, long nDiff )
-{
-    long nTmpA;
-    double nQuot = 2 * nDiff - nPbDiff;
-    nQuot *= nPbDiff;
-    nQuot = sqrt( nQuot );
-    nQuot /= nDiff;
-    nTmpA = nPa - long( nStart * nQuot );
-    nPbDiff = nPa + long( nEnd * nQuot );
-    NoteMargin( nTmpA, nPbDiff );
-}
-
-void SvxBoundArgs::NoteRange( BOOL bToggle )
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( nMax >= nMin || bInner, "NoteRange: Min > Max?");
-    if( nMax < nMin )
-        return;
-    if( !bClosed )
-        bToggle = FALSE;
-    USHORT nIdx = 0;
-    USHORT nCount = pLongArr->Count();
-    DBG_ASSERT( nCount == 2 * aBoolArr.Count(), "NoteRange: Incompatible Sizes" );
-    while( nIdx < nCount && (*pLongArr)[ nIdx ] < nMin )
-        ++nIdx;
-    BOOL bOdd = nIdx % 2 ? TRUE : FALSE;
-    // Kein Ueberlappung mit vorhandenen Intervallen?
-    if( nIdx == nCount || ( !bOdd && nMax < (*pLongArr)[ nIdx ] ) )
-    {   // Dann wird ein neues eingefuegt ...
-        pLongArr->Insert( nMin, nIdx );
-        pLongArr->Insert( nMax, nIdx + 1 );
-        aBoolArr.Insert( bToggle, nIdx / 2 );
-    }
-    else
-    {   // ein vorhandes Intervall erweitern ...
-        USHORT nMaxIdx = nIdx;
-        // Wenn wir auf einer linken Intervallgrenze gelandet sind, muss diese
-        // auf nMin gesenkt werden.
-        if( bOdd )
-            --nIdx;
-        else
-            (*pLongArr)[ nIdx ] = nMin;
-        while( nMaxIdx < nCount && (*pLongArr)[ nMaxIdx ] < nMax )
-            ++nMaxIdx;
-        DBG_ASSERT( nMaxIdx > nIdx || nMin == nMax, "NoteRange: Funny Situation." );
-        if( nMaxIdx )
-            --nMaxIdx;
-        if( nMaxIdx < nIdx )
-            nMaxIdx = nIdx;
-        // Wenn wir auf einer rechten Intervallgrenze landen, muss diese
-        // auf nMax angehoben werden.
-        if( nMaxIdx % 2 )
-            (*pLongArr)[ nMaxIdx-- ] = nMax;
-        // Jetzt werden eventuell noch Intervalle verschmolzen
-        USHORT nDiff = nMaxIdx - nIdx;
-        nMaxIdx = nIdx / 2; // Ab hier ist nMaxIdx der Index im BoolArray.
-        if( nDiff )
-        {
-            (*pLongArr).Remove( nIdx + 1, nDiff );
-            nDiff /= 2;
-            USHORT nStop = nMaxIdx + nDiff;
-            for( USHORT i = nMaxIdx; i < nStop; ++i )
-                bToggle ^= aBoolArr[ i ];
-            aBoolArr.Remove( nMaxIdx, nDiff );
-        }
-        DBG_ASSERT( nMaxIdx < aBoolArr.Count(), "NoteRange: Too much deleted" );
-        aBoolArr[ nMaxIdx ] ^= bToggle;
-    }
-}
-
-void SvxBoundArgs::Calc( const PolyPolygon& rPoly )
-{
-    USHORT nCount;
-    nAct = 0;
-    for( USHORT i = 0; i < rPoly.Count(); ++i )
-    {
-        const Polygon& rPol = rPoly[ i ];
-        nCount = rPol.GetSize();
-        if( nCount )
-        {
-            const Point& rNull = rPol[ 0 ];
-            SetClosed( IsConcat() || ( rNull == rPol[ nCount - 1 ] ) );
-            nLast = Area( rNull );
-            if( nLast & 12 )
-            {
-                nFirst = 3;
-                if( bMultiple )
-                    nAct = 0;
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                // Der erste Punkt des Polygons liegt innerhalb der Zeile.
-                if( nLast )
-                {
-                    if( bMultiple || !nAct )
-                    {
-                        nMin = USHRT_MAX;
-                        nMax = 0;
-                    }
-                    if( nLast & 1 )
-                        NoteFarPoint( A(rNull), nLower - B(rNull), nLowDiff );
-                    else
-                        NoteFarPoint( A(rNull), B(rNull) - nUpper, nUpDiff );
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    if( bMultiple || !nAct )
-                    {
-                        nMin = A(rNull);
-                        nMax = nMin + nEnd;
-                        nMin -= nStart;
-                    }
-                    else
-                        NotePoint( A(rNull) );
-                }
-                nFirst = 0; // In welcher Richtung wird die Zeile verlassen?
-                nAct = 3;   // Wir sind z.Z. innerhalb der Zeile.
-            }
-            if( nCount > 1 )
-            {
-                USHORT nIdx = 1;
-                while( TRUE )
-                {
-                    const Point& rLast = rPol[ nIdx - 1 ];
-                    if( nIdx == nCount )
-                        nIdx = 0;
-                    const Point& rNext = rPol[ nIdx ];
-                    nNext = Area( rNext );
-                    nCut = nNext ^ nLast;
-                    USHORT nOldAct = nAct;
-                    if( nAct )
-                        CheckCut( rLast, rNext );
-                    if( nCut & 4 )
-                    {
-                        NoteUpLow( Cut( nLower, rLast, rNext ), 2 );
-                        if( nAct && nAct != nOldAct )
-                        {
-                            nOldAct = nAct;
-                            CheckCut( rLast, rNext );
-                        }
-                    }
-                    if( nCut & 8 )
-                    {
-                        NoteUpLow( Cut( nUpper, rLast, rNext ), 1 );
-                        if( nAct && nAct != nOldAct )
-                            CheckCut( rLast, rNext );
-                    }
-                    if( !nIdx )
-                    {
-                        if( !( nNext & 12 ) )
-                            NoteLast();
-                        break;
-                    }
-                    if( !( nNext & 12 ) )
-                    {
-                        if( !nNext )
-                            NotePoint( A(rNext) );
-                        else if( nNext & 1 )
-                            NoteFarPoint( A(rNext), nLower-B(rNext), nLowDiff );
-                        else
-                            NoteFarPoint( A(rNext), B(rNext)-nUpper, nUpDiff );
-                    }
-                    nLast = nNext;
-                    if( ++nIdx == nCount && !IsClosed() )
-                    {
-                        if( !( nNext & 12 ) )
-                            NoteLast();
-                        break;
-                    }
-                }
-            }
-            if( bMultiple && IsConcat() )
-            {
-                Add();
-                nAct = 0;
-            }
-        }
-    }
-    if( !bMultiple )
-    {
-        DBG_ASSERT( pLongArr->Count() == 0, "I said: Simple!" );
-        if( nAct )
-        {
-            if( bInner )
-            {
-                long nTmpMin, nTmpMax;
-                {
-                    nTmpMin = nMin + 2 * nStart;
-                    nTmpMax = nMax - 2 * nEnd;
-                    if( nTmpMin <= nTmpMax )
-                    {
-                        pLongArr->Insert( nTmpMin, 0 );
-                        pLongArr->Insert( nTmpMax, 1 );
-                    }
-                }
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                pLongArr->Insert( nMin, 0 );
-                pLongArr->Insert( nMax, 1 );
-            }
-        }
-    }
-    else if( !IsConcat() )
-        Add();
-}
-
-void SvxBoundArgs::Add()
-{
-    USHORT nLongIdx = 1;
-    USHORT nCount = aBoolArr.Count();
-    if( nCount && ( !bInner || !pTextRanger->IsSimple() ) )
-    {
-        BOOL bDelete = aBoolArr[ 0 ];
-        if( bInner )
-            bDelete = !bDelete;
-        for( USHORT nBoolIdx = 1; nBoolIdx < nCount; ++nBoolIdx )
-        {
-            if( bDelete )
-            {
-                USHORT next = 2;
-                while( nBoolIdx < nCount && !aBoolArr[ nBoolIdx++ ] &&
-                       (!bInner || nBoolIdx < nCount ) )
-                    next += 2;
-                pLongArr->Remove( nLongIdx, next );
-                next /= 2;
-                nBoolIdx = nBoolIdx - next;
-                nCount = nCount - next;
-                aBoolArr.Remove( nBoolIdx, next );
-                if( nBoolIdx )
-                    aBoolArr[ nBoolIdx - 1 ] = FALSE;
-#if OSL_DEBUG_LEVEL > 1
-                else
-                    ++next;
-#endif
-            }
-            bDelete = nBoolIdx < nCount && aBoolArr[ nBoolIdx ];
-            nLongIdx += 2;
-            DBG_ASSERT( nLongIdx == 2*nBoolIdx+1, "BoundArgs: Array-Idx Confusion" );
-            DBG_ASSERT( aBoolArr.Count()*2 == pLongArr->Count(),
-                        "BoundArgs: Array-Count: Confusion" );
-        }
-    }
-    if( 0 != ( nCount = pLongArr->Count() ) )
-    {
-        if( bInner )
-        {
-            pLongArr->Remove( 0, 1 );
-            pLongArr->Remove( pLongArr->Count() - 1, 1 );
-
-            // Hier wird die Zeile beim "einfachen" Konturumfluss im Innern
-            // in ein grosses Rechteck zusammengefasst.
-            // Zur Zeit (April 1999) wertet die EditEngine nur das erste Rechteck
-            // aus, falls sie eines Tages in der Lage ist, eine Zeile in mehreren
-            // Teilen auszugeben, kann es sinnvoll sein, die folgenden Zeilen
-            // zu loeschen.
-            if( pTextRanger->IsSimple() && pLongArr->Count() > 2 )
-                pLongArr->Remove( 1, pLongArr->Count() - 2 );
-
-        }
-    }
-}
-
-void SvxBoundArgs::Concat( const PolyPolygon* pPoly )
-{
-    SetConcat( TRUE );
-    DBG_ASSERT( pPoly, "Nothing to do?" );
-    SvLongs *pOld = pLongArr;
-    pLongArr = new SvLongs( 2, 8 );
-    aBoolArr.Remove( 0, aBoolArr.Count() );
-    bInner = FALSE;
-    Calc( *pPoly );
-    USHORT nCount = pLongArr->Count();
-    USHORT nIdx = 0;
-    USHORT i = 0;
-    BOOL bSubtract = pTextRanger->IsInner();
-    while( i < nCount )
-    {
-        USHORT nOldCount = pOld->Count();
-        if( nIdx == nOldCount )
-        {   // Am Ende des alten Arrays angelangt...
-            if( !bSubtract )
-                pOld->Insert( pLongArr, nIdx, i, USHRT_MAX );
-            break;
-        }
-        long nLeft = (*pLongArr)[ i++ ];
-        long nRight = (*pLongArr)[ i++ ];
-        USHORT nLeftPos = nIdx + 1;
-        while( nLeftPos < nOldCount && nLeft > (*pOld)[ nLeftPos ] )
-            nLeftPos += 2;
-        if( nLeftPos >= nOldCount )
-        {   // Das aktuelle Intervall gehoert ans Ende des alten Arrays...
-            if( !bSubtract )
-                pOld->Insert( pLongArr, nOldCount, i - 2, USHRT_MAX );
-            break;
-        }
-        USHORT nRightPos = nLeftPos - 1;
-        while( nRightPos < nOldCount && nRight >= (*pOld)[ nRightPos ] )
-            nRightPos += 2;
-        if( nRightPos < nLeftPos )
-        {   // Das aktuelle Intervall gehoert zwischen zwei alte Intervalle
-            if( !bSubtract )
-                pOld->Insert( pLongArr, nRightPos, i - 2, i );
-            nIdx = nRightPos + 2;
-        }
-        else if( bSubtract ) // Subtrahieren ggf. Trennen
-        {
-            long nOld;
-            if( nLeft > ( nOld = (*pOld)[ nLeftPos - 1 ] ) )
-            {   // Jetzt spalten wir den linken Teil ab...
-                if( nLeft - 1 > nOld )
-                {
-                    pOld->Insert( nOld, nLeftPos - 1 );
-                    pOld->Insert( nLeft - 1, nLeftPos );
-                    nLeftPos += 2;
-                    nRightPos += 2;
-                }
-            }
-            if( nRightPos - nLeftPos > 1 )
-                pOld->Remove( nLeftPos, nRightPos - nLeftPos - 1 );
-            if( ++nRight >= ( nOld = (*pOld)[ nLeftPos ] ) )
-                pOld->Remove( nLeftPos - 1, 2 );
-            else
-                (*pOld)[ nLeftPos - 1 ] = nRight;
-        }
-        else // Verschmelzen
-        {
-            if( nLeft < (*pOld)[ nLeftPos - 1 ] )
-                (*pOld)[ nLeftPos - 1 ] = nLeft;
-            if( nRight > (*pOld)[ nRightPos - 1 ] )
-                (*pOld)[ nRightPos - 1 ] = nRight;
-            if( nRightPos - nLeftPos > 1 )
-                pOld->Remove( nLeftPos, nRightPos - nLeftPos - 1 );
-
-        }
-        nIdx = nLeftPos - 1;
-    }
-    delete pLongArr;
-}
-
-/*************************************************************************
- * SvxBoundArgs::Area ermittelt den Bereich, in dem sich der Punkt befindet
- * 0 = innerhalb der Zeile
- * 1 = unterhalb, aber innerhalb der oberen Randes
- * 2 = oberhalb, aber innerhalb der unteren Randes
- * 5 = unterhalb des oberen Randes
- *10 = oberhalb des unteren Randes
- *************************************************************************/
-
-USHORT SvxBoundArgs::Area( const Point& rPt )
-{
-    long nB = B( rPt );
-    if( nB >= nBottom )
-    {
-        if( nB >= nLower )
-            return 5;
-        return 1;
-    }
-    if( nB <= nTop )
-    {
-        if( nB <= nUpper )
-            return 10;
-        return 2;
-    }
-    return 0;
-}
-
-/*************************************************************************
- * lcl_Cut berechnet die X-Koordinate der Strecke (Pt1-Pt2) auf der
- * Y-Koordinate nY.
- * Vorausgesetzt wird, dass einer der Punkte oberhalb und der andere
- * unterhalb der Y-Koordinate liegt.
- *************************************************************************/
-
-long SvxBoundArgs::Cut( long nB, const Point& rPt1, const Point& rPt2 )
-{
-    if( pTextRanger->IsVertical() )
-    {
-        double nQuot = nB - rPt1.X();
-        nQuot /= ( rPt2.X() - rPt1.X() );
-        nQuot *= ( rPt2.Y() - rPt1.Y() );
-        return long( rPt1.Y() + nQuot );
-    }
-    double nQuot = nB - rPt1.Y();
-    nQuot /= ( rPt2.Y() - rPt1.Y() );
-    nQuot *= ( rPt2.X() - rPt1.X() );
-    return long( rPt1.X() + nQuot );
-}
-
-void SvxBoundArgs::NoteUpLow( long nA, const BYTE nArea )
-{
-    if( nAct )
-    {
-        NoteMargin( nA, nA );
-        if( bMultiple )
-        {
-            NoteRange( nArea != nAct );
-            nAct = 0;
-        }
-        if( !nFirst )
-            nFirst = nArea;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        nAct = nArea;
-        nMin = nA;
-        nMax = nA;
-    }
-}
-
-SvLongsPtr TextRanger::GetTextRanges( const Range& rRange )
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( rRange.Min() || rRange.Max(), "Zero-Range not allowed, Bye Bye" );
-    USHORT nIndex = 0;
-    while( nIndex < nCacheSize && rRange != pRangeArr[ nIndex ] )
-        ++nIndex;
-    if( nIndex >= nCacheSize )
-    {
-        ++nCacheIdx;
-        nCacheIdx %= nCacheSize;
-        pRangeArr[ nCacheIdx ] = rRange;
-        if( !pCache[ nCacheIdx ] )
-            pCache[ nCacheIdx ] = new SvLongs( 2, 8 );
-        nIndex = nCacheIdx;
-        SvxBoundArgs aArg( this, pCache[ nCacheIdx ], rRange );
-        aArg.Calc( *mpPolyPolygon );
-        if( mpLinePolyPolygon )
-            aArg.Concat( mpLinePolyPolygon );
-    }
-    return pCache[ nIndex ];
-}
-
-const Rectangle& TextRanger::_GetBoundRect()
-{
-    DBG_ASSERT( 0 == pBound, "Don't call twice." );
-    pBound = new Rectangle( mpPolyPolygon->GetBoundRect() );
-    return *pBound;
-}
-
-
diff --git a/svx/source/editeng/unolingu.cxx b/svx/source/editeng/unolingu.cxx
deleted file mode 100644
index fce15ed61bac..000000000000
--- a/svx/source/editeng/unolingu.cxx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1377 +0,0 @@
-/*************************************************************************
- *
- * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
- *
- * Copyright 2008 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite
- *
- * $RCSfile: unolingu.cxx,v $
- * $Revision: 1.39 $
- *
- * This file is part of OpenOffice.org.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3
- * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
- *
- * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details
- * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code).
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org.  If not, see
- * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html>
- * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License.
- *
- ************************************************************************/
-
-// MARKER(update_precomp.py): autogen include statement, do not remove
-#include "precompiled_svx.hxx"
-
-#include <map>
-#include <set>
-#include <vector>
-#include <slist>
-#include <memory>
-#include <unolingu.hxx>
-#include <tools/debug.hxx>
-#include <tools/urlobj.hxx>
-#include <rtl/logfile.hxx>
-#include <unotools/pathoptions.hxx>
-#include <com/sun/star/frame/XModel.hpp>
-#include <com/sun/star/frame/XStorable.hpp>
-#include <com/sun/star/lang/XEventListener.hpp>
-#include <com/sun/star/linguistic2/XAvailableLocales.hpp>
-#include <com/sun/star/ucb/XAnyCompareFactory.hpp>
-#include <com/sun/star/ucb/XContentAccess.hpp>
-#include <com/sun/star/ucb/XSortedDynamicResultSetFactory.hpp>
-#include <com/sun/star/ucb/NumberedSortingInfo.hpp>
-#include <com/sun/star/ucb/XContentAccess.hpp>
-#include <com/sun/star/sdbc/XResultSet.hpp>
-#include <com/sun/star/sdbc/XRow.hpp>
-#include <com/sun/star/util/DateTime.hpp>
-
-#include <comphelper/processfactory.hxx>
-#include <cppuhelper/implbase1.hxx> // helper for implementations
-#include <i18npool/mslangid.hxx>
-#include <unotools/lingucfg.hxx>
-#include <unotools/ucbhelper.hxx>
-#include <unotools/localfilehelper.hxx>
-#include <ucbhelper/commandenvironment.hxx>
-#include <ucbhelper/content.hxx>
-#include <comphelper/processfactory.hxx>
-#include <vcl/msgbox.hxx>
-#include <tools/shl.hxx>
-#include <linguistic/misc.hxx>
-#include <svx/dialmgr.hxx>
-#include <svx/dialogs.hrc>
-
-using namespace ::rtl;
-using namespace ::comphelper;
-using namespace ::linguistic;
-using namespace ::com::sun::star;
-using namespace ::com::sun::star::util;
-using namespace ::com::sun::star::uno;
-using namespace ::com::sun::star::lang;
-using namespace ::com::sun::star::beans;
-using namespace ::com::sun::star::frame;
-using namespace ::com::sun::star::linguistic2;
-
-#define CSS com::sun::star
-
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-
-static uno::Reference< XLinguServiceManager > GetLngSvcMgr_Impl()
-{
-    uno::Reference< XLinguServiceManager > xRes;
-    uno::Reference< XMultiServiceFactory >  xMgr = getProcessServiceFactory();
-    if (xMgr.is())
-    {
-        xRes = uno::Reference< XLinguServiceManager > ( xMgr->createInstance(
-                OUString( RTL_CONSTASCII_USTRINGPARAM(
-                    "com.sun.star.linguistic2.LinguServiceManager" ) ) ), UNO_QUERY ) ;
-    }
-    return xRes;
-}
-
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-BOOL lcl_FindEntry( const OUString &rEntry, const Sequence< OUString > &rCfgSvcs )
-{
-    INT32 nRes = -1;
-    INT32 nEntries = rCfgSvcs.getLength();
-    const OUString *pEntry = rCfgSvcs.getConstArray();
-    for (INT32 i = 0;  i < nEntries && nRes == -1;  ++i)
-    {
-        if (rEntry == pEntry[i])
-            nRes = i;
-    }
-    return nRes != -1;
-}
-
-
-Sequence< OUString > lcl_RemoveMissingEntries(
-        const Sequence< OUString > &rCfgSvcs,
-        const Sequence< OUString > &rAvailSvcs )
-{
-    Sequence< OUString > aRes( rCfgSvcs.getLength() );
-    OUString *pRes = aRes.getArray();
-    INT32 nCnt = 0;
-
-    INT32 nEntries = rCfgSvcs.getLength();
-    const OUString *pEntry = rCfgSvcs.getConstArray();
-    for (INT32 i = 0;  i < nEntries;  ++i)
-    {
-        if (pEntry[i].getLength() && lcl_FindEntry( pEntry[i], rAvailSvcs ))
-            pRes[ nCnt++ ] = pEntry[i];
-    }
-
-    aRes.realloc( nCnt );
-    return aRes;
-}
-
-
-Sequence< OUString > lcl_GetLastFoundSvcs(
-        SvtLinguConfig &rCfg,
-        const OUString &rLastFoundList ,
-        const Locale &rAvailLocale )
-{
-    Sequence< OUString > aRes;
-
-    OUString aCfgLocaleStr( MsLangId::convertLanguageToIsoString(
-                                SvxLocaleToLanguage( rAvailLocale ) ) );
-
-    Sequence< OUString > aNodeNames( rCfg.GetNodeNames(rLastFoundList) );
-    BOOL bFound = lcl_FindEntry( aCfgLocaleStr, aNodeNames);
-
-    if (bFound)
-    {
-        Sequence< OUString > aNames(1);
-        OUString &rNodeName = aNames.getArray()[0];
-        rNodeName = rLastFoundList;
-        rNodeName += OUString::valueOf( (sal_Unicode)'/' );
-        rNodeName += aCfgLocaleStr;
-        Sequence< Any > aValues( rCfg.GetProperties( aNames ) );
-#if OSL_DEBUG_LEVEL > 1
-        const Any *pValue;
-        pValue = aValues.getConstArray();
-#endif
-        if (aValues.getLength())
-        {
-            DBG_ASSERT( aValues.getLength() == 1, "unexpected length of sequence" );
-            Sequence< OUString > aSvcImplNames;
-            if (aValues.getConstArray()[0] >>= aSvcImplNames)
-                aRes = aSvcImplNames;
-            else
-            {
-                DBG_ERROR( "type mismatch" );
-            }
-        }
-    }
-
-    return aRes;
-}
-
-
-Sequence< OUString > lcl_GetNewEntries(
-        const Sequence< OUString > &rLastFoundSvcs,
-        const Sequence< OUString > &rAvailSvcs )
-{
-    INT32 nLen = rAvailSvcs.getLength();
-    Sequence< OUString > aRes( nLen );
-    OUString *pRes = aRes.getArray();
-    INT32 nCnt = 0;
-
-    const OUString *pEntry = rAvailSvcs.getConstArray();
-    for (INT32 i = 0;  i < nLen;  ++i)
-    {
-        if (pEntry[i].getLength() && !lcl_FindEntry( pEntry[i], rLastFoundSvcs ))
-            pRes[ nCnt++ ] = pEntry[i];
-    }
-
-    aRes.realloc( nCnt );
-    return aRes;
-}
-
-
-Sequence< OUString > lcl_MergeSeq(
-        const Sequence< OUString > &rCfgSvcs,
-        const Sequence< OUString > &rNewSvcs )
-{
-    Sequence< OUString > aRes( rCfgSvcs.getLength() + rNewSvcs.getLength() );
-    OUString *pRes = aRes.getArray();
-    INT32 nCnt = 0;
-
-    for (INT32 k = 0;  k < 2;  ++k)
-    {
-        // add previously configuerd service first and append
-        // new found services at the end
-        const Sequence< OUString > &rSeq = k == 0 ? rCfgSvcs : rNewSvcs;
-
-        INT32 nLen = rSeq.getLength();
-        const OUString *pEntry = rSeq.getConstArray();
-        for (INT32 i = 0;  i < nLen;  ++i)
-        {
-            if (pEntry[i].getLength() && !lcl_FindEntry( pEntry[i], aRes ))
-                pRes[ nCnt++ ] = pEntry[i];
-        }
-    }
-
-    aRes.realloc( nCnt );
-    return aRes;
-}
-
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-// static member initialization
-INT16 SvxLinguConfigUpdate::nNeedUpdating = -1;
-INT32 SvxLinguConfigUpdate::nCurrentDataFilesChangedCheckValue = -1;
-
-void SvxLinguConfigUpdate::UpdateAll( sal_Bool bForceCheck )
-{
-    RTL_LOGFILE_CONTEXT( aLog, "svx: SvxLinguConfigUpdate::UpdateAll" );
-
-    if (IsNeedUpdateAll( bForceCheck ))
-    {
-        typedef OUString OUstring_t;
-        typedef Sequence< OUString > Sequence_OUString_t;
-        typedef std::vector< OUstring_t > OUString_vector_t;
-        typedef std::set< OUstring_t > OUString_set_t;
-        std::vector< OUString_vector_t > aVector;
-        typedef std::map< OUstring_t, Sequence_OUString_t > list_entry_map_t;
-
-        RTL_LOGFILE_CONTEXT( aLog, "svx: SvxLinguConfigUpdate::UpdateAll - updating..." );
-
-        DBG_ASSERT( nNeedUpdating == 1, "SvxLinguConfigUpdate::UpdateAll already updated!" );
-
-        uno::Reference< XLinguServiceManager > xLngSvcMgr( GetLngSvcMgr_Impl() );
-        DBG_ASSERT( xLngSvcMgr.is(), "service manager missing");
-        if (!xLngSvcMgr.is())
-            return;
-
-        SvtLinguConfig aCfg;
-
-        const int nNumServices = 4;
-        const sal_Char * apServices[nNumServices]       =  { SN_SPELLCHECKER, SN_GRAMMARCHECKER, SN_HYPHENATOR, SN_THESAURUS };
-        const sal_Char * apCurLists[nNumServices]       =  { "ServiceManager/SpellCheckerList",       "ServiceManager/GrammarCheckerList",       "ServiceManager/HyphenatorList",       "ServiceManager/ThesaurusList" };
-        const sal_Char * apLastFoundLists[nNumServices] =  { "ServiceManager/LastFoundSpellCheckers", "ServiceManager/LastFoundGrammarCheckers", "ServiceManager/LastFoundHyphenators", "ServiceManager/LastFoundThesauri" };
-
-        // usage of indices as above: 0 = spell checker, 1 = grammar checker, 2 = hyphenator, 3 = thesaurus
-        std::vector< list_entry_map_t > aLastFoundSvcs(nNumServices);
-        std::vector< list_entry_map_t > aCurSvcs(nNumServices);
-
-        for (int k = 0;  k < nNumServices;  ++k)
-        {
-            OUString aService( A2OU( apServices[k] ) );
-            OUString aActiveList( A2OU( apCurLists[k] ) );
-            OUString aLastFoundList( A2OU( apLastFoundLists[k] ) );
-            INT32 i;
-
-            //
-            // remove configured but not available language/services entries
-            //
-            Sequence< OUString > aNodeNames( aCfg.GetNodeNames( aActiveList ) );   // list of configured locales
-            INT32 nNodeNames = aNodeNames.getLength();
-            const OUString *pNodeName = aNodeNames.getConstArray();
-            for (i = 0;  i < nNodeNames;  ++i)
-            {
-                Locale aLocale( SvxCreateLocale( MsLangId::convertIsoStringToLanguage(pNodeName[i]) ) );
-                Sequence< OUString > aCfgSvcs(
-                        xLngSvcMgr->getConfiguredServices( aService, aLocale ));
-                Sequence< OUString > aAvailSvcs(
-                        xLngSvcMgr->getAvailableServices( aService, aLocale ));
-#if OSL_DEBUG_LEVEL > 1
-                const OUString * pCfgSvcs   = aCfgSvcs.getConstArray();;
-                const OUString * pAvailSvcs = aAvailSvcs.getConstArray();;
-                (void) pCfgSvcs;
-                (void) pAvailSvcs;
-#endif
-                aCfgSvcs = lcl_RemoveMissingEntries( aCfgSvcs, aAvailSvcs );
-
-                aCurSvcs[k][ pNodeName[i] ] = aCfgSvcs;
-            }
-
-            //
-            // add new available language/servcice entries
-            //
-            uno::Reference< XAvailableLocales > xAvail( xLngSvcMgr, UNO_QUERY );
-            Sequence< Locale > aAvailLocales( xAvail->getAvailableLocales(aService) );
-            INT32 nAvailLocales = aAvailLocales.getLength();
-            const Locale *pAvailLocale = aAvailLocales.getConstArray();
-            for (i = 0;  i < nAvailLocales;  ++i)
-            {
-                Sequence< OUString > aAvailSvcs(
-                        xLngSvcMgr->getAvailableServices( aService, pAvailLocale[i] ));
-                Sequence< OUString > aLastSvcs(
-                        lcl_GetLastFoundSvcs( aCfg, aLastFoundList , pAvailLocale[i] ));
-                Sequence< OUString > aNewSvcs =
-                        lcl_GetNewEntries( aLastSvcs, aAvailSvcs );
-#if OSL_DEBUG_LEVEL > 1
-                const OUString * pAvailSvcs = aAvailSvcs.getConstArray();
-                const OUString * pLastSvcs  = aLastSvcs.getConstArray();
-                const OUString * pNewSvcs   = aNewSvcs.getConstArray();
-                (void) pAvailSvcs;
-                (void) pLastSvcs;
-                (void) pNewSvcs;
-#endif
-
-                OUString aCfgLocaleStr( MsLangId::convertLanguageToIsoString(
-                                            SvxLocaleToLanguage( pAvailLocale[i] ) ) );
-                Sequence< OUString > aCfgSvcs( aCurSvcs[k][ aCfgLocaleStr ] );
-
-                // merge services list (previously configured to be listed first).
-                aCfgSvcs = lcl_MergeSeq( aCfgSvcs, aNewSvcs );
-
-/*
-                // there is at most one Hyphenator per language allowed
-                // to be configured, thus we only use the first one found.
-                if (k == 2 && aCfgSvcs.getLength() > 1)
-                    aCfgSvcs.realloc(1);
-*/
-                aCurSvcs[k][ aCfgLocaleStr ] = aCfgSvcs;
-            }
-
-            //
-            // set last found services to currently available ones
-            //
-            for (i = 0;  i < nAvailLocales;  ++i)
-            {
-                Sequence< OUString > aSvcImplNames(
-                        xLngSvcMgr->getAvailableServices( aService, pAvailLocale[i] ) );
-
-#if OSL_DEBUG_LEVEL > 1
-                INT32 nSvcs = aSvcImplNames.getLength();
-                const OUString *pSvcImplName = aSvcImplNames.getConstArray();
-                for (INT32 j = 0;  j < nSvcs;  ++j)
-                {
-                    OUString aImplName( pSvcImplName[j] );
-                }
-#endif
-
-                OUString aCfgLocaleStr( MsLangId::convertLanguageToIsoString(
-                                            SvxLocaleToLanguage( pAvailLocale[i] ) ) );
-                aLastFoundSvcs[k][ aCfgLocaleStr ] = aSvcImplNames;
-            }
-        }
-
-        //
-        // write new data back to configuration
-        //
-        for (int k = 0;  k < nNumServices;  ++k)
-        {
-            for (int i = 0;  i < 2;  ++i)
-            {
-                const sal_Char *pSubNodeName = (i == 0) ? apCurLists[k] : apLastFoundLists[k];
-                OUString aSubNodeName( A2OU(pSubNodeName) );
-
-                list_entry_map_t &rCurMap = (i == 0) ? aCurSvcs[k] : aLastFoundSvcs[k];
-                list_entry_map_t::const_iterator aIt( rCurMap.begin() );
-                sal_Int32 nVals = static_cast< sal_Int32 >( rCurMap.size() );
-                Sequence< PropertyValue > aNewValues( nVals );
-                PropertyValue *pNewValue = aNewValues.getArray();
-                while (aIt != rCurMap.end())
-                {
-                    OUString aCfgEntryName( aSubNodeName );
-                    aCfgEntryName += OUString::valueOf( (sal_Unicode) '/' );
-                    aCfgEntryName += (*aIt).first;
-
-#if OSL_DEBUG_LEVEL > 1
-                    Sequence< OUString > aSvcImplNames( (*aIt).second );
-                    INT32 nSvcs = aSvcImplNames.getLength();
-                    const OUString *pSvcImplName = aSvcImplNames.getConstArray();
-                    for (INT32 j = 0;  j < nSvcs;  ++j)
-                    {
-                        OUString aImplName( pSvcImplName[j] );
-                    }
-#endif
-                    pNewValue->Name  = aCfgEntryName;
-                    pNewValue->Value <<= (*aIt).second;
-                    ++pNewValue;
-                    ++aIt;
-                }
-                DBG_ASSERT( pNewValue - aNewValues.getArray() == nVals,
-                        "possible mismatch of sequence size and property number" );
-
-                {
-                    RTL_LOGFILE_CONTEXT( aLog, "svx: SvxLinguConfigUpdate::UpdateAll - ReplaceSetProperties" );
-                    // add new or replace existing entries.
-                    BOOL bRes = aCfg.ReplaceSetProperties( aSubNodeName, aNewValues );
-                    if (!bRes)
-                    {
-#if OSL_DEBUG_LEVEL > 1
-                        DBG_ERROR( "failed to set new configuration values" );
-#endif
-                    }
-                }
-            }
-        }
-        DBG_ASSERT( nCurrentDataFilesChangedCheckValue != -1, "SvxLinguConfigUpdate::UpdateAll DataFilesChangedCheckValue not yet calculated!" );
-        Any aAny;
-
-        // for the time being (developer builds until OOo 3.0)
-        // we should always check for everything available
-        // otherwise we may miss a new installed extension dicitonary
-        // just because e.g. the spellchecker is not asked what
-        // languages it does support currently...
-        // Since the check is on-demand occuring and executed once it should
-        // not be too troublesome.
-        // In OOo 3.0 we will not need the respective code anymore at all.
-//      aAny <<= nCurrentDataFilesChangedCheckValue;
-        aAny <<= (INT32) -1;    // keep the value set to 'need to check'
-
-        aCfg.SetProperty( A2OU( "DataFilesChangedCheckValue" ), aAny );
-
-        //! Note 1: the new values are commited when the 'aCfg' object
-        //!     gets destroyed.
-        //! Note 2: the new settings in the configuration get applied
-        //!     because the 'LngSvcMgr' (in linguistic/source/lngsvcmgr.hxx)
-        //!     listens to the configuration for changes of the relevant
-        //!     properties and then applies the new settings.
-
-        // nothing needs to be done anymore
-        nNeedUpdating = 0;
-    }
-}
-
-
-INT32 SvxLinguConfigUpdate::CalcDataFilesChangedCheckValue()
-{
-    RTL_LOGFILE_CONTEXT( aLog, "svx: SvxLinguConfigUpdate::CalcDataFilesChangedCheckValue" );
-
-    INT32 nHashVal = 0;
-    // nothing to be checked anymore since those old directory paths are gone by now
-    return nHashVal;
-}
-
-
-BOOL SvxLinguConfigUpdate::IsNeedUpdateAll( sal_Bool bForceCheck )
-{
-    RTL_LOGFILE_CONTEXT( aLog, "svx: SvxLinguConfigUpdate::IsNeedUpdateAll" );
-    if (nNeedUpdating == -1 || bForceCheck )    // need to check if updating is necessary
-    {
-        // calculate hash value for current data files
-        nCurrentDataFilesChangedCheckValue = CalcDataFilesChangedCheckValue();
-
-        // compare hash value and check value to see if anything has changed
-        // and thus the configuration needs to be updated
-        SvtLinguOptions aLinguOpt;
-        SvtLinguConfig aCfg;
-        aCfg.GetOptions( aLinguOpt );
-        nNeedUpdating = (nCurrentDataFilesChangedCheckValue == aLinguOpt.nDataFilesChangedCheckValue) ? 0 : 1;
-    }
-    DBG_ASSERT( nNeedUpdating != -1,
-            "need for linguistic configuration update should have been already checked." );
-
-    return nNeedUpdating == 1;
-}
-
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-
-//! Dummy implementation in order to avoid loading of lingu DLL
-//! when only the XSupportedLocales interface is used.
-//! The dummy accesses the real implementation (and thus loading the DLL)
-//! when "real" work needs to be done only.
-class ThesDummy_Impl :
-    public cppu::WeakImplHelper1< XThesaurus >
-{
-    uno::Reference< XThesaurus >     xThes;      // the real one...
-    Sequence< Locale >         *pLocaleSeq;
-
-    void GetCfgLocales();
-
-    void GetThes_Impl();
-
-public:
-    ThesDummy_Impl() : pLocaleSeq(0)  {}
-    ~ThesDummy_Impl();
-
-    // XSupportedLocales
-    virtual ::com::sun::star::uno::Sequence<
-            ::com::sun::star::lang::Locale > SAL_CALL
-        getLocales()
-            throw(::com::sun::star::uno::RuntimeException);
-    virtual sal_Bool SAL_CALL
-        hasLocale( const ::com::sun::star::lang::Locale& rLocale )
-            throw(::com::sun::star::uno::RuntimeException);
-
-    // XThesaurus
-    virtual ::com::sun::star::uno::Sequence<
-            ::com::sun::star::uno::Reference<
-                ::com::sun::star::linguistic2::XMeaning > > SAL_CALL
-        queryMeanings( const ::rtl::OUString& rTerm,
-                const ::com::sun::star::lang::Locale& rLocale,
-                const ::com::sun::star::beans::PropertyValues& rProperties )
-            throw(::com::sun::star::lang::IllegalArgumentException,
-                  ::com::sun::star::uno::RuntimeException);
-};
-
-
-ThesDummy_Impl::~ThesDummy_Impl()
-{
-    delete pLocaleSeq;
-}
-
-
-void ThesDummy_Impl::GetCfgLocales()
-{
-    if (!pLocaleSeq)
-    {
-        SvtLinguConfig aCfg;
-        String  aNode( A2OU( "ServiceManager/ThesaurusList" ) );
-        Sequence < OUString > aNodeNames( aCfg.GetNodeNames( aNode ) );
-        const OUString *pNodeNames = aNodeNames.getConstArray();
-        INT32 nLen = aNodeNames.getLength();
-        pLocaleSeq = new Sequence< Locale >( nLen );
-        Locale *pLocale = pLocaleSeq->getArray();
-        for (INT32 i = 0;  i < nLen;  ++i)
-        {
-            pLocale[i] = SvxCreateLocale(
-                            MsLangId::convertIsoStringToLanguage( pNodeNames[i] ) );
-        }
-    }
-}
-
-
-void ThesDummy_Impl::GetThes_Impl()
-{
-    // update configuration before accessing the service
-    if (SvxLinguConfigUpdate::IsNeedUpdateAll())
-        SvxLinguConfigUpdate::UpdateAll();
-
-    if (!xThes.is())
-    {
-        uno::Reference< XLinguServiceManager > xLngSvcMgr( GetLngSvcMgr_Impl() );
-        if (xLngSvcMgr.is())
-            xThes = xLngSvcMgr->getThesaurus();
-
-        if (xThes.is())
-        {
-            // no longer needed...
-            delete pLocaleSeq;    pLocaleSeq = 0;
-        }
-    }
-}
-
-
-uno::Sequence< lang::Locale > SAL_CALL
-        ThesDummy_Impl::getLocales()
-            throw(uno::RuntimeException)
-{
-    if (!SvxLinguConfigUpdate::IsNeedUpdateAll())   // configuration already update and thus lingu DLL's already loaded ?
-        GetThes_Impl();
-    if (xThes.is())
-        return xThes->getLocales();
-    else if (!pLocaleSeq)       // if not already loaded save startup time by avoiding loading them now
-        GetCfgLocales();
-    return *pLocaleSeq;
-}
-
-
-sal_Bool SAL_CALL
-        ThesDummy_Impl::hasLocale( const lang::Locale& rLocale )
-            throw(uno::RuntimeException)
-{
-    if (!SvxLinguConfigUpdate::IsNeedUpdateAll())   // configuration already update and thus lingu DLL's already loaded ?
-        GetThes_Impl();
-    if (xThes.is())
-        return xThes->hasLocale( rLocale );
-    else if (!pLocaleSeq)       // if not already loaded save startup time by avoiding loading them now
-        GetCfgLocales();
-        GetCfgLocales();
-    BOOL bFound = FALSE;
-    INT32 nLen = pLocaleSeq->getLength();
-    const Locale *pLocale = pLocaleSeq->getConstArray();
-    const Locale *pEnd = pLocale + nLen;
-    for ( ;  pLocale < pEnd  &&  !bFound;  ++pLocale)
-    {
-        bFound = pLocale->Language == rLocale.Language  &&
-                 pLocale->Country  == rLocale.Country   &&
-                 pLocale->Variant  == rLocale.Variant;
-    }
-    return bFound;
-}
-
-
-uno::Sequence< uno::Reference< linguistic2::XMeaning > > SAL_CALL
-        ThesDummy_Impl::queryMeanings(
-                const rtl::OUString& rTerm,
-                const lang::Locale& rLocale,
-                const beans::PropertyValues& rProperties )
-            throw(lang::IllegalArgumentException,
-                  uno::RuntimeException)
-{
-    GetThes_Impl();
-    uno::Sequence< uno::Reference< linguistic2::XMeaning > > aRes;
-    DBG_ASSERT( xThes.is(), "Thesaurus missing" );
-    if (xThes.is())
-        aRes = xThes->queryMeanings( rTerm, rLocale, rProperties );
-    return aRes;
-}
-
-
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-
-//! Dummy implementation in order to avoid loading of lingu DLL.
-//! The dummy accesses the real implementation (and thus loading the DLL)
-//! when it needs to be done only.
-class SpellDummy_Impl :
-    public cppu::WeakImplHelper1< XSpellChecker1 >
-{
-    uno::Reference< XSpellChecker1 >     xSpell;      // the real one...
-
-    void    GetSpell_Impl();
-
-public:
-
-    // XSupportedLanguages (for XSpellChecker1)
-    virtual ::com::sun::star::uno::Sequence< sal_Int16 > SAL_CALL
-        getLanguages()
-            throw(::com::sun::star::uno::RuntimeException);
-    virtual sal_Bool SAL_CALL
-        hasLanguage( sal_Int16 nLanguage )
-            throw(::com::sun::star::uno::RuntimeException);
-
-    // XSpellChecker1 (same as XSpellChecker but sal_Int16 for language)
-    virtual sal_Bool SAL_CALL
-        isValid( const ::rtl::OUString& rWord, sal_Int16 nLanguage,
-                const ::com::sun::star::beans::PropertyValues& rProperties )
-            throw(::com::sun::star::lang::IllegalArgumentException,
-                  ::com::sun::star::uno::RuntimeException);
-    virtual ::com::sun::star::uno::Reference<
-            ::com::sun::star::linguistic2::XSpellAlternatives > SAL_CALL
-        spell( const ::rtl::OUString& rWord, sal_Int16 nLanguage,
-                const ::com::sun::star::beans::PropertyValues& rProperties )
-            throw(::com::sun::star::lang::IllegalArgumentException,
-                  ::com::sun::star::uno::RuntimeException);
-};
-
-
-void SpellDummy_Impl::GetSpell_Impl()
-{
-    // update configuration before accessing the service
-    if (SvxLinguConfigUpdate::IsNeedUpdateAll())
-        SvxLinguConfigUpdate::UpdateAll();
-
-    if (!xSpell.is())
-    {
-        uno::Reference< XLinguServiceManager > xLngSvcMgr( GetLngSvcMgr_Impl() );
-        if (xLngSvcMgr.is())
-            xSpell = uno::Reference< XSpellChecker1 >( xLngSvcMgr->getSpellChecker(), UNO_QUERY );
-    }
-}
-
-
-uno::Sequence< sal_Int16 > SAL_CALL
-    SpellDummy_Impl::getLanguages()
-        throw(uno::RuntimeException)
-{
-    GetSpell_Impl();
-    if (xSpell.is())
-        return xSpell->getLanguages();
-    else
-        return uno::Sequence< sal_Int16 >();
-}
-
-
-sal_Bool SAL_CALL
-    SpellDummy_Impl::hasLanguage( sal_Int16 nLanguage )
-        throw(uno::RuntimeException)
-{
-    GetSpell_Impl();
-    BOOL bRes = FALSE;
-    if (xSpell.is())
-        bRes = xSpell->hasLanguage( nLanguage );
-    return bRes;
-}
-
-
-sal_Bool SAL_CALL
-    SpellDummy_Impl::isValid( const rtl::OUString& rWord, sal_Int16 nLanguage,
-            const beans::PropertyValues& rProperties )
-        throw(lang::IllegalArgumentException,
-              uno::RuntimeException)
-{
-    GetSpell_Impl();
-    BOOL bRes = TRUE;
-    if (xSpell.is())
-        bRes = xSpell->isValid( rWord, nLanguage, rProperties );
-    return bRes;
-}
-
-
-uno::Reference< linguistic2::XSpellAlternatives > SAL_CALL
-    SpellDummy_Impl::spell( const rtl::OUString& rWord, sal_Int16 nLanguage,
-            const beans::PropertyValues& rProperties )
-        throw(lang::IllegalArgumentException,
-              uno::RuntimeException)
-{
-    GetSpell_Impl();
-    uno::Reference< linguistic2::XSpellAlternatives > xRes;
-    if (xSpell.is())
-        xRes = xSpell->spell( rWord, nLanguage, rProperties );
-    return xRes;
-}
-
-
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-
-//! Dummy implementation in order to avoid loading of lingu DLL.
-//! The dummy accesses the real implementation (and thus loading the DLL)
-//! when it needs to be done only.
-class HyphDummy_Impl :
-    public cppu::WeakImplHelper1< XHyphenator >
-{
-    uno::Reference< XHyphenator >     xHyph;      // the real one...
-
-    void    GetHyph_Impl();
-
-public:
-
-    // XSupportedLocales
-    virtual ::com::sun::star::uno::Sequence<
-            ::com::sun::star::lang::Locale > SAL_CALL
-        getLocales()
-            throw(::com::sun::star::uno::RuntimeException);
-    virtual sal_Bool SAL_CALL
-        hasLocale( const ::com::sun::star::lang::Locale& rLocale )
-            throw(::com::sun::star::uno::RuntimeException);
-
-    // XHyphenator
-    virtual ::com::sun::star::uno::Reference<
-            ::com::sun::star::linguistic2::XHyphenatedWord > SAL_CALL
-        hyphenate( const ::rtl::OUString& rWord,
-                const ::com::sun::star::lang::Locale& rLocale,
-                sal_Int16 nMaxLeading,
-                const ::com::sun::star::beans::PropertyValues& rProperties )
-            throw(::com::sun::star::lang::IllegalArgumentException,
-                  ::com::sun::star::uno::RuntimeException);
-    virtual ::com::sun::star::uno::Reference<
-            ::com::sun::star::linguistic2::XHyphenatedWord > SAL_CALL
-        queryAlternativeSpelling( const ::rtl::OUString& rWord,
-                const ::com::sun::star::lang::Locale& rLocale,
-                sal_Int16 nIndex,
-                const ::com::sun::star::beans::PropertyValues& rProperties )
-            throw(::com::sun::star::lang::IllegalArgumentException,
-                  ::com::sun::star::uno::RuntimeException);
-    virtual ::com::sun::star::uno::Reference<
-            ::com::sun::star::linguistic2::XPossibleHyphens > SAL_CALL
-        createPossibleHyphens(
-                const ::rtl::OUString& rWord,
-                const ::com::sun::star::lang::Locale& rLocale,
-                const ::com::sun::star::beans::PropertyValues& rProperties )
-            throw(::com::sun::star::lang::IllegalArgumentException,
-                  ::com::sun::star::uno::RuntimeException);
-};
-
-
-void HyphDummy_Impl::GetHyph_Impl()
-{
-    // update configuration before accessing the service
-    if (SvxLinguConfigUpdate::IsNeedUpdateAll())
-        SvxLinguConfigUpdate::UpdateAll();
-
-    if (!xHyph.is())
-    {
-        uno::Reference< XLinguServiceManager > xLngSvcMgr( GetLngSvcMgr_Impl() );
-        if (xLngSvcMgr.is())
-            xHyph = xLngSvcMgr->getHyphenator();
-    }
-}
-
-
-uno::Sequence< lang::Locale > SAL_CALL
-    HyphDummy_Impl::getLocales()
-        throw(uno::RuntimeException)
-{
-    GetHyph_Impl();
-    if (xHyph.is())
-        return xHyph->getLocales();
-    else
-        return uno::Sequence< lang::Locale >();
-}
-
-
-sal_Bool SAL_CALL
-    HyphDummy_Impl::hasLocale( const lang::Locale& rLocale )
-        throw(uno::RuntimeException)
-{
-    GetHyph_Impl();
-    BOOL bRes = FALSE;
-    if (xHyph.is())
-        bRes = xHyph->hasLocale( rLocale );
-    return bRes;
-}
-
-
-uno::Reference< linguistic2::XHyphenatedWord > SAL_CALL
-    HyphDummy_Impl::hyphenate(
-            const rtl::OUString& rWord,
-            const lang::Locale& rLocale,
-            sal_Int16 nMaxLeading,
-            const beans::PropertyValues& rProperties )
-        throw(lang::IllegalArgumentException,
-              uno::RuntimeException)
-{
-    GetHyph_Impl();
-    uno::Reference< linguistic2::XHyphenatedWord > xRes;
-    if (xHyph.is())
-        xRes = xHyph->hyphenate( rWord, rLocale, nMaxLeading, rProperties );
-    return xRes;
-}
-
-
-uno::Reference< linguistic2::XHyphenatedWord > SAL_CALL
-    HyphDummy_Impl::queryAlternativeSpelling(
-            const rtl::OUString& rWord,
-            const lang::Locale& rLocale,
-            sal_Int16 nIndex,
-            const PropertyValues& rProperties )
-        throw(lang::IllegalArgumentException,
-              uno::RuntimeException)
-{
-    GetHyph_Impl();
-    uno::Reference< linguistic2::XHyphenatedWord > xRes;
-    if (xHyph.is())
-        xRes = xHyph->queryAlternativeSpelling( rWord, rLocale, nIndex, rProperties );
-    return xRes;
-}
-
-
-uno::Reference< linguistic2::XPossibleHyphens > SAL_CALL
-    HyphDummy_Impl::createPossibleHyphens(
-            const rtl::OUString& rWord,
-            const lang::Locale& rLocale,
-            const beans::PropertyValues& rProperties )
-        throw(lang::IllegalArgumentException,
-              uno::RuntimeException)
-{
-    GetHyph_Impl();
-    uno::Reference< linguistic2::XPossibleHyphens > xRes;
-    if (xHyph.is())
-        xRes = xHyph->createPossibleHyphens( rWord, rLocale, rProperties );
-    return xRes;
-}
-
-
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-
-typedef cppu::WeakImplHelper1 < XEventListener > LinguMgrAppExitLstnrBaseClass;
-
-class LinguMgrAppExitLstnr : public LinguMgrAppExitLstnrBaseClass
-{
-    uno::Reference< XComponent >        xDesktop;
-
-public:
-    LinguMgrAppExitLstnr();
-    virtual ~LinguMgrAppExitLstnr();
-
-    virtual void    AtExit() = 0;
-
-
-    // lang::XEventListener
-    virtual void    SAL_CALL disposing(const EventObject& rSource)
-            throw( RuntimeException );
-};
-
-LinguMgrAppExitLstnr::LinguMgrAppExitLstnr()
-{
-    // add object to frame::Desktop EventListeners in order to properly call
-    // the AtExit function at appliction exit.
-
-    uno::Reference< XMultiServiceFactory >  xMgr = getProcessServiceFactory();
-    if ( xMgr.is() )
-    {
-        xDesktop = uno::Reference< XComponent > ( xMgr->createInstance(
-                OUString( RTL_CONSTASCII_USTRINGPARAM ( "com.sun.star.frame.Desktop" ) ) ), UNO_QUERY ) ;
-        if (xDesktop.is())
-            xDesktop->addEventListener( this );
-    }
-}
-
-LinguMgrAppExitLstnr::~LinguMgrAppExitLstnr()
-{
-    if (xDesktop.is())
-    {
-        xDesktop->removeEventListener( this );
-        xDesktop = NULL;    //! release reference to desktop
-    }
-    DBG_ASSERT(!xDesktop.is(), "reference to desktop should be realeased");
-}
-
-void LinguMgrAppExitLstnr::disposing(const EventObject& rSource)
-        throw( RuntimeException )
-{
-    if (xDesktop.is()  &&  rSource.Source == xDesktop)
-    {
-        xDesktop->removeEventListener( this );
-        xDesktop = NULL;    //! release reference to desktop
-
-        AtExit();
-    }
-}
-
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-class LinguMgrExitLstnr : public LinguMgrAppExitLstnr
-{
-public:
-    virtual void    AtExit();
-};
-
-void LinguMgrExitLstnr::AtExit()
-{
-    // release references
-    LinguMgr::xLngSvcMgr    = 0;
-    LinguMgr::xSpell        = 0;
-    LinguMgr::xHyph         = 0;
-    LinguMgr::xThes         = 0;
-    LinguMgr::xDicList      = 0;
-    LinguMgr::xProp         = 0;
-    LinguMgr::xIgnoreAll    = 0;
-    LinguMgr::xChangeAll    = 0;
-
-    LinguMgr::bExiting      = sal_True;
-
-    //TL:TODO: MBA fragen wie ich ohne Absturz hier meinen Speicher
-    //  wieder freibekomme...
-    //delete LinguMgr::pExitLstnr;
-    LinguMgr::pExitLstnr    = 0;
-}
-
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-
-// static member initialization
-LinguMgrExitLstnr *             LinguMgr::pExitLstnr    = 0;
-sal_Bool                        LinguMgr::bExiting      = sal_False;
-uno::Reference< XLinguServiceManager >  LinguMgr::xLngSvcMgr    = 0;
-uno::Reference< XSpellChecker1 >    LinguMgr::xSpell        = 0;
-uno::Reference< XHyphenator >       LinguMgr::xHyph         = 0;
-uno::Reference< XThesaurus >        LinguMgr::xThes         = 0;
-uno::Reference< XDictionaryList >   LinguMgr::xDicList      = 0;
-uno::Reference< XPropertySet >      LinguMgr::xProp         = 0;
-uno::Reference< XDictionary >       LinguMgr::xIgnoreAll    = 0;
-uno::Reference< XDictionary >       LinguMgr::xChangeAll    = 0;
-
-
-uno::Reference< XLinguServiceManager > LinguMgr::GetLngSvcMgr()
-{
-    if (bExiting)
-        return 0;
-
-    if (!pExitLstnr)
-        pExitLstnr = new LinguMgrExitLstnr;
-
-    if (!xLngSvcMgr.is())
-        xLngSvcMgr = GetLngSvcMgr_Impl();
-
-    return xLngSvcMgr;
-}
-
-
-uno::Reference< XSpellChecker1 > LinguMgr::GetSpellChecker()
-{
-    return xSpell.is() ? xSpell : GetSpell();
-}
-
-uno::Reference< XHyphenator > LinguMgr::GetHyphenator()
-{
-    return xHyph.is() ? xHyph : GetHyph();
-}
-
-uno::Reference< XThesaurus > LinguMgr::GetThesaurus()
-{
-    return xThes.is() ? xThes : GetThes();
-}
-
-uno::Reference< XDictionaryList > LinguMgr::GetDictionaryList()
-{
-    return xDicList.is() ? xDicList : GetDicList();
-}
-
-uno::Reference< XPropertySet > LinguMgr::GetLinguPropertySet()
-{
-    return xProp.is() ? xProp : GetProp();
-}
-
-uno::Reference< XDictionary > LinguMgr::GetStandardDic()
-{
-    //! don't hold reference to this
-    //! (it may be removed from dictionary list and needs to be
-    //! created empty if accessed again)
-    return GetStandard();
-}
-
-uno::Reference< XDictionary > LinguMgr::GetIgnoreAllList()
-{
-    return xIgnoreAll.is() ? xIgnoreAll : GetIgnoreAll();
-}
-
-uno::Reference< XDictionary > LinguMgr::GetChangeAllList()
-{
-    return xChangeAll.is() ? xChangeAll : GetChangeAll();
-}
-
-uno::Reference< XSpellChecker1 > LinguMgr::GetSpell()
-{
-    if (bExiting)
-        return 0;
-
-    if (!pExitLstnr)
-        pExitLstnr = new LinguMgrExitLstnr;
-
-    //! use dummy implementation in order to avoid loading of lingu DLL
-    xSpell = new SpellDummy_Impl;
-
-/*    if (!xLngSvcMgr.is())
-        xLngSvcMgr = GetLngSvcMgr_Impl();
-
-    if (xLngSvcMgr.is())
-    {
-        xSpell = uno::Reference< XSpellChecker1 > (
-                        xLngSvcMgr->getSpellChecker(), UNO_QUERY );
-    }
-*/
-    return xSpell;
-}
-
-uno::Reference< XHyphenator > LinguMgr::GetHyph()
-{
-    if (bExiting)
-        return 0;
-
-    if (!pExitLstnr)
-        pExitLstnr = new LinguMgrExitLstnr;
-
-    //! use dummy implementation in order to avoid loading of lingu DLL
-    xHyph = new HyphDummy_Impl;
-
-/*
-    if (!xLngSvcMgr.is())
-        xLngSvcMgr = GetLngSvcMgr_Impl();
-
-    if (xLngSvcMgr.is())
-    {
-        xHyph = xLngSvcMgr->getHyphenator();
-    }
-*/
-    return xHyph;
-}
-
-uno::Reference< XThesaurus > LinguMgr::GetThes()
-{
-    if (bExiting)
-        return 0;
-
-    if (!pExitLstnr)
-        pExitLstnr = new LinguMgrExitLstnr;
-
-    //! use dummy implementation in order to avoid loading of lingu DLL
-    //! when only the XSupportedLocales interface is used.
-    //! The dummy accesses the real implementation (and thus loading the DLL)
-    //! when "real" work needs to be done only.
-    xThes = new ThesDummy_Impl;
-/*
-    if (!xLngSvcMgr.is())
-        xLngSvcMgr = GetLngSvcMgr_Impl();
-
-    if (xLngSvcMgr.is())
-    {
-        xThes = xLngSvcMgr->getThesaurus();
-    }
-*/
-    return xThes;
-}
-
-
-void LinguMgr::UpdateAll()
-{
-}
-
-
-uno::Reference< XDictionaryList > LinguMgr::GetDicList()
-{
-    if (bExiting)
-        return 0;
-
-    if (!pExitLstnr)
-        pExitLstnr = new LinguMgrExitLstnr;
-
-    uno::Reference< XMultiServiceFactory >  xMgr( getProcessServiceFactory() );
-    if (xMgr.is())
-    {
-        xDicList = uno::Reference< XDictionaryList > ( xMgr->createInstance(
-                    A2OU("com.sun.star.linguistic2.DictionaryList") ), UNO_QUERY );
-    }
-    return xDicList;
-}
-
-uno::Reference< XPropertySet > LinguMgr::GetProp()
-{
-    if (bExiting)
-        return 0;
-
-    if (!pExitLstnr)
-        pExitLstnr = new LinguMgrExitLstnr;
-
-    uno::Reference< XMultiServiceFactory >  xMgr( getProcessServiceFactory() );
-    if (xMgr.is())
-    {
-        xProp = uno::Reference< XPropertySet > ( xMgr->createInstance(
-                    A2OU("com.sun.star.linguistic2.LinguProperties") ), UNO_QUERY );
-    }
-    return xProp;
-}
-
-uno::Reference< XDictionary > LinguMgr::GetIgnoreAll()
-{
-    if (bExiting)
-        return 0;
-
-    if (!pExitLstnr)
-        pExitLstnr = new LinguMgrExitLstnr;
-
-    uno::Reference< XDictionaryList >  xTmpDicList( GetDictionaryList() );
-    if (xTmpDicList.is())
-    {
-        xIgnoreAll = uno::Reference< XDictionary > ( xTmpDicList->getDictionaryByName(
-                    A2OU("IgnoreAllList") ), UNO_QUERY );
-    }
-    return xIgnoreAll;
-}
-
-uno::Reference< XDictionary > LinguMgr::GetChangeAll()
-{
-    if (bExiting)
-        return 0;
-
-    if (!pExitLstnr)
-        pExitLstnr = new LinguMgrExitLstnr;
-
-    uno::Reference< XDictionaryList > _xDicList( GetDictionaryList() , UNO_QUERY );
-    if (_xDicList.is())
-    {
-        xChangeAll = uno::Reference< XDictionary > (
-                        _xDicList->createDictionary(
-                            A2OU("ChangeAllList"),
-                            SvxCreateLocale( LANGUAGE_NONE ),
-                            DictionaryType_NEGATIVE, String() ), UNO_QUERY );
-    }
-    return xChangeAll;
-}
-
-uno::Reference< XDictionary > LinguMgr::GetStandard()
-{
-    // Tries to return a dictionary which may hold positive entries is
-    // persistent and not read-only.
-
-    if (bExiting)
-        return 0;
-
-    uno::Reference< XDictionaryList >  xTmpDicList( GetDictionaryList() );
-    if (!xTmpDicList.is())
-        return NULL;
-
-    const OUString aDicName( RTL_CONSTASCII_USTRINGPARAM( "standard.dic" ) );
-    uno::Reference< XDictionary >   xDic( xTmpDicList->getDictionaryByName( aDicName ),
-                                      UNO_QUERY );
-    if (!xDic.is())
-    {
-        // try to create standard dictionary
-        uno::Reference< XDictionary >    xTmp;
-        try
-        {
-            xTmp =  xTmpDicList->createDictionary( aDicName,
-                        SvxCreateLocale( LANGUAGE_NONE ),
-                        DictionaryType_POSITIVE,
-                        linguistic::GetWritableDictionaryURL( aDicName ) );
-        }
-        catch(com::sun::star::uno::Exception &)
-        {
-        }
-
-        // add new dictionary to list
-        if (xTmp.is())
-            xTmpDicList->addDictionary( xTmp );
-        xDic = uno::Reference< XDictionary > ( xTmp, UNO_QUERY );
-    }
-#if OSL_DEBUG_LEVEL > 1
-    uno::Reference< XStorable >      xStor( xDic, UNO_QUERY );
-    DBG_ASSERT( xDic.is() && xDic->getDictionaryType() == DictionaryType_POSITIVE,
-            "wrong dictionary type");
-    DBG_ASSERT( xDic.is() && SvxLocaleToLanguage( xDic->getLocale() ) == LANGUAGE_NONE,
-            "wrong dictionary language");
-    DBG_ASSERT( !xStor.is() || (xStor->hasLocation() && !xStor->isReadonly()),
-            "dictionary not editable" );
-#endif
-
-    return xDic;
-}
-
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-uno::Reference< XSpellChecker1 >  SvxGetSpellChecker()
-{
-    return LinguMgr::GetSpellChecker();
-}
-
-uno::Reference< XHyphenator >  SvxGetHyphenator()
-{
-    return LinguMgr::GetHyphenator();
-}
-
-uno::Reference< XThesaurus >  SvxGetThesaurus()
-{
-    return LinguMgr::GetThesaurus();
-}
-
-uno::Reference< XDictionaryList >  SvxGetDictionaryList()
-{
-    return LinguMgr::GetDictionaryList();
-}
-
-uno::Reference< XPropertySet >  SvxGetLinguPropertySet()
-{
-    return LinguMgr::GetLinguPropertySet();
-}
-
-//TL:TODO: remove argument or provide SvxGetIgnoreAllList with the same one
-uno::Reference< XDictionary >  SvxGetOrCreatePosDic(
-        uno::Reference< XDictionaryList >  /* xDicList */ )
-{
-    return LinguMgr::GetStandardDic();
-}
-
-uno::Reference< XDictionary >  SvxGetIgnoreAllList()
-{
-    return LinguMgr::GetIgnoreAllList();
-}
-
-uno::Reference< XDictionary >  SvxGetChangeAllList()
-{
-    return LinguMgr::GetChangeAllList();
-}
-
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-
-#include <com/sun/star/linguistic2/XHyphenatedWord.hpp>
-
-SvxAlternativeSpelling SvxGetAltSpelling(
-        const ::com::sun::star::uno::Reference<
-            ::com::sun::star::linguistic2::XHyphenatedWord > & rHyphWord )
-{
-    SvxAlternativeSpelling aRes;
-    if (rHyphWord.is() && rHyphWord->isAlternativeSpelling())
-    {
-        OUString aWord( rHyphWord->getWord() ),
-                 aAltWord( rHyphWord->getHyphenatedWord() );
-        INT16   nHyphenationPos     = rHyphWord->getHyphenationPos(),
-                nHyphenPos          = rHyphWord->getHyphenPos();
-        INT16   nLen    = (INT16)aWord.getLength();
-        INT16   nAltLen = (INT16)aAltWord.getLength();
-        const sal_Unicode *pWord    = aWord.getStr(),
-                          *pAltWord = aAltWord.getStr();
-
-        // count number of chars from the left to the
-        // hyphenation pos / hyphen pos that are equal
-        INT16 nL = 0;
-        while (nL <= nHyphenationPos && nL <= nHyphenPos
-               && pWord[ nL ] == pAltWord[ nL ])
-            ++nL;
-        // count number of chars from the right to the
-        // hyphenation pos / hyphen pos that are equal
-        INT16 nR = 0;
-        INT32 nIdx    = nLen - 1;
-        INT32 nAltIdx = nAltLen - 1;
-        while (nIdx > nHyphenationPos && nAltIdx > nHyphenPos
-               && pWord[ nIdx-- ] == pAltWord[ nAltIdx-- ])
-            ++nR;
-
-        aRes.aReplacement       = OUString( aAltWord.copy( nL, nAltLen - nL - nR ) );
-        aRes.nChangedPos        = (INT16) nL;
-        aRes.nChangedLength     = nLen - nL - nR;
-        aRes.bIsAltSpelling     = TRUE;
-        aRes.xHyphWord          = rHyphWord;
-    }
-    return aRes;
-}
-
-
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-SvxDicListChgClamp::SvxDicListChgClamp( uno::Reference< XDictionaryList >  &rxDicList ) :
-    xDicList    ( rxDicList )
-{
-    if (xDicList.is())
-    {
-        xDicList->beginCollectEvents();
-    }
-}
-
-SvxDicListChgClamp::~SvxDicListChgClamp()
-{
-    if (xDicList.is())
-    {
-        xDicList->endCollectEvents();
-    }
-}
-
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-short SvxDicError( Window *pParent, sal_Int16 nError )
-{
-    short nRes = 0;
-    if (DIC_ERR_NONE != nError)
-    {
-        int nRid;
-        switch (nError)
-        {
-            case DIC_ERR_FULL     : nRid = RID_SVXSTR_DIC_ERR_FULL;  break;
-            case DIC_ERR_READONLY : nRid = RID_SVXSTR_DIC_ERR_READONLY;  break;
-            default:
-                nRid = RID_SVXSTR_DIC_ERR_UNKNOWN;
-                DBG_ASSERT(0, "unexpected case");
-        }
-        nRes = InfoBox( pParent, SVX_RESSTR( nRid ) ).Execute();
-    }
-    return nRes;
-}
-
-LanguageType SvxLocaleToLanguage( const Locale& rLocale )
-{
-    //  empty Locale -> LANGUAGE_NONE
-    if ( rLocale.Language.getLength() == 0 )
-        return LANGUAGE_NONE;
-
-    return MsLangId::convertLocaleToLanguage( rLocale );
-}
-
-Locale& SvxLanguageToLocale( Locale& rLocale, LanguageType eLang )
-{
-    if ( eLang != LANGUAGE_NONE /* &&  eLang != LANGUAGE_SYSTEM */)
-        MsLangId::convertLanguageToLocale( eLang, rLocale );
-    else
-        rLocale = Locale();
-
-    return rLocale;
-}
-
-Locale SvxCreateLocale( LanguageType eLang )
-{
-    Locale aLocale;
-    if ( eLang != LANGUAGE_NONE /* &&  eLang != LANGUAGE_SYSTEM */)
-        MsLangId::convertLanguageToLocale( eLang, aLocale );
-
-    return aLocale;
-}
-
-